Languages

Sub Category

State & Dynamic Verbs - Intermediate English with Mark #10
01:03:01
SmrtEnglish
9 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Tuesday and Friday at 17 00 GMT (17 00 GMT = https://goo.gl/cVKe0m).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
- Two 1-hour lessons per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

In this grammar lesson, Mark introduces the idea of state and dynamic verbs. State verbs are rarely used in the continuous tenses. The grammar lesson begins at 1:37 of the video.

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Mark at the Canadian College of English Language! http://www.canada-english.com

Present Simple & Continuous - Intermediate English with Mark #9
01:02:01
SmrtEnglish
9 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Tuesday and Friday at 17 00 GMT (17 00 GMT = https://goo.gl/cVKe0m).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
- Two 1-hour lessons per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

In this English grammar lesson, Mark explains the differences between the Present Simple and Present Continuous tenses.
The grammar lesson starts at 3:40 of the video.

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Mark at the Canadian College of English Language! http://www.canada-english.com

Vocabulary - Intermediate English with Mark #8
01:26:28
SmrtEnglish
9 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Tuesday and Friday at 17 00 GMT (17 00 GMT = https://goo.gl/cVKe0m).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
- Two 1-hour lessons per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

In this class, Mark goes over the vocabulary list related to the topic of housing.

Vocabulary lesson: 20:20

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Mark at the Canadian College of English Language! http://www.canada-english.com

Auxiliary Verbs & Making Questions - Intermediate English with Mark #7
01:14:21
SmrtEnglish
6 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Tuesday and Friday at 17 00 GMT (17 00 GMT = https://goo.gl/cVKe0m).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
- Two 1-hour lessons per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

In this class, Mark reviews the rules about English auxiliary verbs, and the usage of inversion to make English questions.

31:18 - Review of Auxiliary Verbs
44:50 - Review of Making Questions

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Mark at the Canadian College of English Language! http://www.canada-english.com

Have & Have Got - Intermediate English with Mark #6
01:24:40
SmrtEnglish
11 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Tuesday and Friday at 17 00 GMT (17 00 GMT = https://goo.gl/cVKe0m).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
- Two 1-hour lessons per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

08:54 - Grammar Preview Listening
39:27 - Grammar Lesson

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Mark at the Canadian College of English Language! http://www.canada-english.com

Vocabulary & Making Questions  - Intermediate English with Mark #5
01:09:45
SmrtEnglish
7 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Tuesday and Friday at 17 00 GMT (17 00 GMT = https://goo.gl/cVKe0m).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
- Two 1-hour lessons per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

In this class, first, Mark does a vocabulary dictation activity to practice vocabulary studied two lessons before. Then, Mark gives a lesson on how to make subject and object questions in English.

06:11 - Vocabulary Dictation Activity
43:36 - Grammar Lesson

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Mark at the Canadian College of English Language! http://www.canada-english.com

Auxiliary Verbs - Intermediate English with Mark #4
01:04:16
SmrtEnglish
9 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Tuesday and Friday at 17 00 GMT (17 00 GMT = https://goo.gl/cVKe0m).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
- Two 1-hour lessons per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

In this grammar lesson, Mark describes the different kind of verbs in English, modal verbs, and the three main auxiliary verbs: "be", "do", and "have".

08:17 - Grammar Lesson
59:54 - Grammar Exercise

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Mark at the Canadian College of English Language! http://www.canada-english.com

Vocabulary - Intermediate English with Mark #3
01:03:56
SmrtEnglish
8 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Tuesday and Friday at 17 00 GMT (17 00 GMT = https://goo.gl/cVKe0m).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
- Two 1-hour lessons per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

In this class, Mark teaches English vocabulary about health and sickness.

12:24 - Vocabulary Lesson

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Mark at the Canadian College of English Language! http://www.canada-english.com

Listening - Intermediate English with Mark #2
01:05:37
SmrtEnglish
11 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Tuesday and Friday at 17 00 GMT (17 00 GMT = https://goo.gl/cVKe0m).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
- Two 1-hour lessons per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

In this class, Mark describes the different classes available in Smrt LIve Class. Then, he does a listening activity with the students in the chat.

25:00 - Listening Activity Warm-Up Discussion
48:38 - Listening Activity

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Mark at the Canadian College of English Language! http://www.canada-english.com

Reading - Intermediate English with Mark #1
01:08:13
SmrtEnglish
21 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Tuesday and Friday at 17 00 GMT (17 00 GMT = https://goo.gl/cVKe0m).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
- Two 1-hour lessons per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

In the first Intermediate English with Mark Smrt Live Class, Mark does a reading activity that also focuses on the usage of the three main auxiliary verbs in English.

06:29 - Reading Warm-Up Discussion
34:00 - Pre-Reading Grammar Exercise
46:48 - Reading Activity


Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Mark at the Canadian College of English Language! http://www.canada-english.com

Upper-Intermediate English with Neal #64
01:01:24
SmrtEnglish
5 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Wednesday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
-1-hour lesson per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

Upper-Intermediate English with Neal #63
01:01:00
SmrtEnglish
6 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Wednesday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
-1-hour lesson per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

Upper-Intermediate English with Neal #62
01:05:00
SmrtEnglish
5 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Wednesday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
-1-hour lesson per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

Upper-Intermediate English with Neal #61
01:05:23
SmrtEnglish
6 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Wednesday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
-1-hour lesson per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

Upper-Intermediate English with Neal #60
01:17:02
SmrtEnglish
9 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Wednesday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
-1-hour lesson per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

Upper-Intermediate English with Neal #59
01:07:18
SmrtEnglish
2 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Wednesday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
-1-hour lesson per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

Writing: Punctuation - Upper-Intermediate English with Neal #57-58
01:46:50
SmrtEnglish
8 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Wednesday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Neal will list uses of the comma as well as other punctuation.

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
-1-hour lesson per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

Writing: Sentence Fragments, Run-on Sentences and Comma Splices - English with Neal #56
01:07:59
SmrtEnglish
8 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Wednesday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Neal will cover some common writing mistakes related to the misuse of punctuation.

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
-1-hour lesson per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

Writing: Linking Cause and Effect + Comparison and Contrast - English with Neal #55
01:01:59
SmrtEnglish
11 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Monday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Neal will introduce some linking words that show the relationship between clauses of cause and effect and comparison and contrast.

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
-1-hour lesson per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

Grammar: Infinitives and Verb + ing + Reading and Vocabulary - English with Neal #53 - 54
02:09:37
SmrtEnglish
14 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Monday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

1 hour - Grammar: Infinitives and Verb + ing - Neal will discuss verb patterns and the differences between gerunds and continuous verbs.

2 hour - Reading and Vocabulary - Neal will discuss reading strategy and application. A short article will be used as an example. In the second hour, vocabulary related to the subject of crime will be discussed.

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
-1-hour lesson per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

Vocabulary: The Internet - Upper-Intermediate English with Neal #52
01:01:28
SmrtEnglish
17 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Monday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Neal will discuss vocabulary related to the internet.

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
-1-hour lesson per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

Vocabulary: Politics - Upper-Intermediate English with Neal #51
01:03:28
SmrtEnglish
10 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Monday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Neal will discuss vocabulary related to the subject of politics.

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
-1-hour lesson per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

Learn English with Neal at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Reading: In The News: Immigration Problems - Upper-Intermediate English with Neal #50
01:03:58
SmrtEnglish
7 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Monday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
-1-hour lesson per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

Neal will discuss strategies used to predict and understand a topic-based article. Students will use an article about Immigration to practice.

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Neal at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Vocabulary: Celebrations - Upper-Intermediate English with Neal #49
01:03:06
SmrtEnglish
16 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Monday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
-1-hour lesson per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

Neal will continue with the Vocabulary associated with work and discuss meaning and use.

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Neal at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Vocabulary: Work - Upper-Intermediate English with Neal #48
01:05:56
SmrtEnglish
6 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Monday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
-1-hour lesson per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

Neal will continue with the Vocabulary associated with work and discuss meaning and use.

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Neal at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Grammar: Auxiliary Verbs - Upper-Intermediate English with Neal #47
01:00:46
SmrtEnglish
21 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Monday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
-1-hour lesson per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

Neal will discuss the use of "be," "do," and "have" as auxiliary verbs or full verbs in sentences.

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Neal at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Grammar: Active and Passive - Upper-Intermediate English with Neal #46
01:03:18
SmrtEnglish
12 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Monday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
-1-hour lesson per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

Neal will introduce the structure for active and passive sentences and the context in which to use them.

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Neal at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Vocabulary: Family Life - Upper-Intermediate English with Neal #45
01:02:45
SmrtEnglish
16 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Monday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
-1-hour lesson per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

Neal will introduce and discuss the Vocabulary associated with families.

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Neal at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Writing: Articles - Upper-Intermediate English with Neal #44
01:01:58
SmrtEnglish
8 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Monday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
-1-hour lesson per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

Neal will discuss definite and indefinite articles and when to use them.

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Neal at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Grammar: Infinitives and Gerunds - Upper-Intermediate English with Neal #43
01:01:36
SmrtEnglish
4 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Monday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
-1-hour lesson per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

Neal will continue discussing verb patterns and when to use an infinitive phrase and when to use a gerund.

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Neal at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Grammar: Infinitives and Gerunds - Upper-Intermediate English with Neal #42
01:03:11
SmrtEnglish
8 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Monday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
-1-hour lesson per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

Neal will introduce the structure of verb patterns.

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Neal at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Vocabulary: Film and TV - Upper-Intermediate English with Neal #41
01:03:57
SmrtEnglish
8 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Monday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
-1-hour lesson per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

Neal will introduce and discuss the Vocabulary associated with the world of film and TV.

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Neal at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Grammar: Indirect Questions and Noun Clauses - Upper-Intermediate English with Neal #40
01:01:13
SmrtEnglish
11 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Monday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
-1-hour lesson per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

Neal will show the structures for different types of indirect questions that use noun clauses within the question.

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Neal at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Writing: The Advantages/Disadvantages Essay - Upper-Intermediate English with Neal #39
01:03:10
SmrtEnglish
9 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Monday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
-1-hour lesson per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

Neal will introduce the Advantages/Disadvantages essay and how to use basic essay structure to answer a prompt that asks students to analyze the advantages and disadvantages of a topic.

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Neal at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Reading: Computer Games - Upper-Intermediate English with Neal #38
00:52:36
SmrtEnglish
8 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Monday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
-1-hour lesson per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

Neal will discuss strategies used to predict and understand a topic-based article. Students will use an article about Computer Gaming to practice.

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Neal at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Vocabulary: Gaming - Upper-Intermediate English with Neal #37
01:02:42
SmrtEnglish
10 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Monday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
-1-hour lesson per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

Neal will introduce and discuss the Vocabulary associated with the world of gaming and entertainment.

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Neal at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Grammar: Forming Questions - Upper-Intermediate English with Neal #36
01:02:51
SmrtEnglish
5 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Monday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
-1-hour lesson per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

Neal will show the structure for different types of questions and the kinds of answers expected when writing or asking the different types of question sentences.

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Neal at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Writing: Contrast and Concession - Upper-Intermediate English with Neal #35
01:02:06
SmrtEnglish
6 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Monday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
-1-hour lesson per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

Neal will provide transition words that are used in statements of contrast or concession. Students will practice by conceding and contrasting given statements.

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Neal at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Writing: 4 Types of Sentences - Upper-Intermediate English with Neal #34
01:02:30
SmrtEnglish
4 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Monday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
-1-hour lesson per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

Neal will present the structure and punctuary necessary to create four different types of sentences: simple, compound, complex, and compound-complex.

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Neal at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Vocabulary: Global Thinking - Upper-Intermediate English with Neal #33
01:03:08
SmrtEnglish
10 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Monday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
-1-hour lesson per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

Neal will introduce vocabulary related to both the environment and the politics that shape our world.

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Neal at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Other Conditional Expressions - Upper-Intermediate English with Neal #32
01:07:12
SmrtEnglish
7 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Monday and Wednesday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
-1-hour lesson per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

Neal will expand on structural possibilities with conditional sentences. Students will be introduced to new vocabulary and phrases to help with writing conditionals. Students will be asked to provide their own examples.

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Neal at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Mixed Conditionals - Upper-Intermediate English with Neal #31
01:16:09
SmrtEnglish
3 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Monday and Wednesday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
- Two 1-hour lessons per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

Neal will introduce the structure of mixed conditional sentences and the situations in which they're used. Students will practice by identifying different verb tenses in the dependent and independent clauses. Students will also be asked to provide their own examples.

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Neal at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

1st, 2nd, & 3rd Conditionals - Upper-Intermediate English with Neal #30
01:13:28
SmrtEnglish
10 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Monday and Wednesday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
- Two 1-hour lessons per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

Neal will introduce the basic structure of conditional sentences and the situations in which they're used. Students will practice by identifying correct verb tenses in the dependent and independent clauses. Students will also be asked to provide their own examples.

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Neal at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Writing: Parallel Structure - Upper-Intermediate English with Neal #29
01:12:54
SmrtEnglish
4 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Monday and Wednesday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
- Two 1-hour lessons per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

Neal will show written lists of words, phrases and clauses, and how those lists fit grammatically in a sentence. Students will become familiar with the use of commas and the concept of parallelism by writing their own examples.

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Neal at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Vocabulary: Crime #2 - Upper-Intermediate English with Neal #28
01:03:15
SmrtEnglish
5 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Monday and Wednesday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
- Two 1-hour lessons per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

Neal will cover vocabulary centered around the theme of "crime." Using example sentences and pictures, he will discuss meaning and pronunciation. Students will be asked to provide their own example sentences and synonyms of the words to check for comprehension. Part 2 of 2.

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Neal at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Vocabulary: Crime #1 - Upper-Intermediate English with Neal #27
01:00:29
SmrtEnglish
8 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Monday and Wednesday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
- Two 1-hour lessons per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

Neal will cover vocabulary centered around the theme of "crime." Using example sentences and pictures, he will discuss meaning and pronunication. Students will be asked to provide their own example sentences and synonyms of the words to check for comprehension. Part 1 of 2.

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Neal at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Reading: Rubin Carter - Upper Intermediate English with Neal #26
01:01:46
SmrtEnglish
8 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Monday and Wednesday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
- Two 1-hour lessons per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

Neal will read the Story of Rubin Carter with students and we will check understanding at the end of each paragraph. At the end, we will answer comprehension questions to clarify the content within the reading.

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Neal at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Listening: Bob Marley's Upper Intermediate English with Neal #25
00:59:26
SmrtEnglish
11 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Monday and Wednesday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Reading & Vocabulary - Upper-Intermediate English with Neal #24
01:59:12
SmrtEnglish
5 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Monday and Wednesday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
- Two 1-hour lessons per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

In this special two-hour class, first, Neal guides students through a short news article. We predict, summarize and answer questions of understanding to gain a better understanding of the text. He then discusses vocabulary that focuses on language acquisition including words that are applicable to a language school or university setting.

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Neal at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Summarizing - Upper-Intermediate English with Neal #23
01:01:24
SmrtEnglish
7 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Monday and Wednesday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
- Two 1-hour lessons per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

Neal will guide students through paragraphs to identify key terms and important concepts. Students will then paraphrase what they have read to develop a summary of the paragraphs. At the end, we will brainstorm a summary for the entire article.

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Neal at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Paraphrasing - Upper-Intermediate English with Neal #22
01:00:40
SmrtEnglish
5 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Monday and Wednesday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
- Two 1-hour lessons per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Neal at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Present Perfect: Indefinite Past - Upper-Intermediate English with Neal #21
01:00:59
SmrtEnglish
11 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Monday and Wednesday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
- Two 1-hour lessons per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Neal at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Present Perfect: Present Results - Upper-Intermediate English with Neal #20
00:59:05
SmrtEnglish
8 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Monday and Wednesday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
- Two 1-hour lessons per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Neal at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Present Perfect: Unfinished Actions - Upper-Intermediate English with Neal #19
01:01:05
SmrtEnglish
6 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Monday and Wednesday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
- Two 1-hour lessons per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Neal at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Vocabulary - Upper-Intermediate English with Neal #18
00:59:31
SmrtEnglish
5 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Monday and Wednesday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
- Two 1-hour lessons per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Neal at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Vocabulary - Upper-Intermediate English with Neal #17
01:01:52
SmrtEnglish
4 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Monday and Wednesday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
- Two 1-hour lessons per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Vocabulary - Upper-Intermediate English with Neal #16
01:03:14
SmrtEnglish
15 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Monday and Wednesday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
- Two 1-hour lessons per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Neal at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Could/Should + Perfect Infinitive  - Upper-Intermediate English with Neal #15
01:02:00
SmrtEnglish
4 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Monday and Wednesday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
- Two 1-hour lessons per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Modals of Past Probability - Upper-Intermediate English with Neal #14
01:01:04
SmrtEnglish
9 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Monday and Wednesday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
- Two 1-hour lessons per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Neal at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Modals of Ability & Advice - Upper-Intermediate English with Neal #13
01:16:09
SmrtEnglish
14 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Monday and Wednesday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
- Two 1-hour lessons per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Neal at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Modals of Probability - Upper-Intermediate English with Neal #12
01:01:20
SmrtEnglish
8 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Monday and Wednesday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
- Two 1-hour lessons per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Neal at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Reading - Upper-Intermediate English with Neal #11
01:06:56
SmrtEnglish
6 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Monday and Wednesday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
- Two 1-hour lessons per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Neal at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Reading - Upper-Intermediate English with Neal #10
01:00:16
SmrtEnglish
9 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Monday and Wednesday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
- Two 1-hour lessons per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Neal at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Writing Paragraphs - Upper-Intermediate English with Neal #9
01:04:50
SmrtEnglish
12 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Monday and Wednesday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
- Two 1-hour lessons per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Neal at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Topic & Supporting Sentences - Upper-Intermediate English with Neal #8
01:01:00
SmrtEnglish
6 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Monday and Wednesday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
- Two 1-hour lessons per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Neal at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Topic Sentences - Upper-Intermediate English with Neal #7
01:05:03
SmrtEnglish
7 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Monday and Wednesday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
- Two 1-hour lessons per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Neal at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Active & Passive Sentences - Upper-Intermediate English with Neal #6
01:00:35
SmrtEnglish
3 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Monday and Wednesday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
- Two 1-hour lessons per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Neal at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Upper-Intermediate English with Neal #5
01:11:50
SmrtEnglish
5 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Monday and Wednesday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
- Two 1-hour lessons per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Neal at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Upper-Intermediate English with Neal #4
01:06:48
SmrtEnglish
2 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Monday and Wednesday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
- Two 1-hour lessons per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Neal at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Upper-Intermediate English with Neal #3
01:08:29
SmrtEnglish
2 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Monday and Wednesday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
- Two 1-hour lessons per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Neal at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Upper-Intermediate English with Neal #2
01:04:48
SmrtEnglish
4 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Monday and Wednesday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
- Two 1-hour lessons per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Neal at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Upper-Intermediate English with Neal #1
01:09:01
SmrtEnglish
23 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Monday and Wednesday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
- Two 1-hour lessons per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Neal at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Pre-Intermediate English with Abby #56
01:00:03
SmrtEnglish
6 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Tuesday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
-1-hour lesson per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

Pre-Intermediate English with Abby #55
01:13:46
SmrtEnglish
26 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Tuesday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
-1-hour lesson per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

Pre-Intermediate English with Abby #54
01:02:47
SmrtEnglish
3 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Tuesday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
-1-hour lesson per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

Have and Need To Grammar/Vocabulary - Pre-Intermediate English with Abby #53
00:57:53
SmrtEnglish
8 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Tuesday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
-1-hour lesson per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification

After reviewing modal verbs, we will learn how and when to use, "have and need to," as well as continuing important and valuable vocabulary.

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

Have and Need To Grammar/Vocabulary - Pre-Intermediate English with Abby #52
01:04:02
SmrtEnglish
3 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Tuesday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
-1-hour lesson per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification

After reviewing modal verbs, we will learn how and when to use, "have and need to," as well as continuing important and valuable vocabulary

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Abby at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Modal Verbs #2 and Vocabulary - Pre-Intermediate English with Abby #51
01:03:35
SmrtEnglish
7 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Tuesday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
-1-hour lesson per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

Continuing on with modal verbs 'should' and 'must," and as always, helpful and valuable vocabulary.

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Abby at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Modal Verbs and Vocabulary - Pre-Intermediate English with Abby #50
01:02:17
SmrtEnglish
6 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Tuesday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
-1-hour lesson per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

As always, Abby will continue building on important and valuable vocabulary. In addition, modal verbs will be introduced.

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Abby at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Clauses and Vocabulary - Pre-Intermediate English with Abby #49
01:01:45
SmrtEnglish
12 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Tuesday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
-1-hour lesson per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

For this lesson, Abby will be going over clauses, and in particular, time clauses. In addition, we will be finishing up vocabulary, and specifically, vocabulary related to academics, learning and goals.

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Abby at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Vocabulary and Making Plans - Pre-Intermediate English with Abby #48
01:06:12
SmrtEnglish
10 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Tuesday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
-1-hour lesson per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

This week Abby will introduce how to suggest and make plans in English. As always, she will also be continuing with useful and helpful vocabulary.

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Abby at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Vocabulary and Grammar Review - Pre-Intermediate English with Abby #47
01:01:21
SmrtEnglish
8 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Tuesday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
-1-hour lesson per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

We'll continue learning new and helpful vocabulary, as well as practice and review intermediate grammar.

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Abby at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Vocabulary and Grammar Review - Pre-Intermediate English with Abby #46
01:01:51
SmrtEnglish
6 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Tuesday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
-1-hour lesson per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

We'll continue with valuable vocabulary, and review helpful grammar.

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Abby at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Vocabulary and Writing Complex Sentences  - Pre-Intermediate English with Abby #45
01:04:12
SmrtEnglish
5 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Tuesday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
-1-hour lesson per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

This week Abby will introduce vocabulary focused largely on academia and learning, as well as an outline on how to write complex sentences.

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Abby at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Pre-Intermediate English with Abby #44
01:01:16
SmrtEnglish
8 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Tuesday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
-1-hour lesson per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Nicole at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Word use covering Every, All, Most, Both, etc. - Pre-Intermediate English with Abby #43
01:01:47
SmrtEnglish
12 Views · 5 years ago

Definite Articles (the) / Use of English (How to make suggestions) / Continuing vocabulary

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Tuesday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
-1-hour lesson per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

Word use covering Every, All, Most, Both, etc. Continuing vocabulary.

This week Abby will be covering when and how to use the words every, all, most, both, and more. As always, she will also be continuing with useful and helpful vocabulary.

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Nicole at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Definite Articles (the) - Pre-Intermediate English with Abby #42
01:01:47
SmrtEnglish
9 Views · 5 years ago

Definite Articles (the) / Use of English (How to make suggestions) / Continuing vocabulary

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Tuesday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
-1-hour lesson per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

We hope you will be able to join Abby's class as she introduces the definite article "the," covers the proper and appropriate ways to make suggestions in English, and as always, continues the wonderful SMRT vocabulary. See you then!

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Nicole at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Grammar (Articles), and continued vocabulary - Pre-Intermediate English with Abby #41
01:03:04
SmrtEnglish
13 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Tuesday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
-1-hour lesson per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

Come join Abby as she introduces articles in grammar, as well as a quick review of previous indefinite articles (Unit 5). In addition, more vocabulary will be covered largely pertaining to animals and the natural world.

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Nicole at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Vocabulary, cont. - Pre-Intermediate English with Abby #40
01:02:06
SmrtEnglish
11 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Tuesday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
-1-hour lesson per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

This week Abby will pick back up on our continuation of vocabulary, as well as introducing new grammar points. Hope you can join us!

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Nicole at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Vocabulary - Pre-Intermediate English with Abby #39
01:02:23
SmrtEnglish
6 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Tuesday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
-1-hour lesson per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

In addition to basic and helpful everyday words, Abby will introduce new vocabulary to help describe animals and the natural word.

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Nicole at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Pre-Intermediate English with Abby #38
00:56:09
SmrtEnglish
7 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Tuesday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
-1-hour lesson per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Nicole at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Review Quantifiers - Pre-Intermediate English with Abby #37
01:05:12
SmrtEnglish
6 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Tuesday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
-1-hour lesson per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

Abby will finish reviewing quantifies, and finish with grammar points according to the topic discussed.

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Nicole at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Review Quantifiers - Pre-Intermediate English with Abby #36
01:00:43
SmrtEnglish
5 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Tuesday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
-1-hour lesson per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

This class Abby will once again will review quantifies, finish vocabulary and will start with some grammar points according to the topic discussed.

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Nicole at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Review Quantifiers - Pre-Intermediate English with Abby #35
01:06:07
SmrtEnglish
7 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Tuesday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
-1-hour lesson per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

This class Abby will be reviewing quantifiers, vocabulary, answer student questions at large, or any areas of class clarification still needed.

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Nicole at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Quantifiers - Pre-Intermediate English with Abby #34
01:04:47
SmrtEnglish
7 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Tuesday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
-1-hour lesson per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

Review countable and uncountable nouns and discover their effect on words like "much," "many," "a few," and "a little."

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Nicole at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Pre-Intermediate English with Abby #33
01:03:07
SmrtEnglish
7 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Tuesday and Thursday at 15:30 GMT (15:30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
- Two 1-hour lessons per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Nicole at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Vocabulary - Pre-Intermediate English with Abby #32
01:16:31
SmrtEnglish
5 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Tuesday and Thursday at 15:30 GMT (15:30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
- Two 1-hour lessons per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

Abby continues her lesson on shopping and clothing vocabulary.

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Nicole at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Vocabulary - Pre-Intermediate English with Abby #31
01:16:23
SmrtEnglish
8 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Tuesday and Thursday at 15:30 GMT (15:30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
- Two 1-hour lessons per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

Come meet Abby and learn some shopping vocabulary! From clothes to electronics, learn some words for things you buy!

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Nicole at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Vocabulary - Pre-Intermediate English with Nicole #30
01:02:29
SmrtEnglish
9 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Tuesday and Thursday at 15:30 GMT (15:30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
- Two 1-hour lessons per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

Learn how to get around town with some vocabulary words that focus on life in the city! From "crowded intersections" to the "neighborhood theater," explore some new vocabulary with Nicole!

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Nicole at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Commas - Pre-Intermediate English with Nicole #29
01:06:25
SmrtEnglish
7 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Tuesday and Thursday at 15:30 GMT (15:30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
- Two 1-hour lessons per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

Nicole introduces comma rules, including commas with dates, places and lists. Come join--and brush up on your punctuation!

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Nicole at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Prepositions of Time: Pre-Intermediate English with Nicole #28
01:00:08
SmrtEnglish
11 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Tuesday and Thursday at 15:30 GMT (15:30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
- Two 1-hour lessons per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

Nicole explains how prepositions like "in," "at" and "on" can also be used to talk about time. Learn why we say "in July" but "on July 25th!"

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Nicole at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Prepositions of Place: Pre-Intemediate English with Nicole #27
01:02:58
SmrtEnglish
10 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Tuesday and Thursday at 15:30 GMT (15:30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
- Two 1-hour lessons per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

Nicole discusses common prepositions of place. Come join and learn the differences between "in" and "at" and more!

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Nicole at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Vocabulary - Pre-Intermediate English with Nicole #23
01:06:22
SmrtEnglish
6 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Tuesday and Thursday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
- Two 1-hour lessons per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Nicole at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Past Passive - Pre-Intermediate English with Nicole #24
01:03:17
SmrtEnglish
4 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Tuesday and Thursday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
- Two 1-hour lessons per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

Nicole goes over form and function for Past Simple Passive and Past Continuous Passive. Learn the right situations to use each one!

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Nicole at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Apologizing & Summarizing - Pre-Intermediate English with Nicole #25
01:06:23
SmrtEnglish
8 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Tuesday and Thursday at 15:30 GMT (15:30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
- Two 1-hour lessons per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

Nicole explains how to apologize in formal and casual situations. She also introduces basic summarizing skills.

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Nicole at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

There Is & There Are - Pre-Intermediate English with Nicole #26
00:59:40
SmrtEnglish
9 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Tuesday and Thursday at 15:30 GMT (15:30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
- Two 1-hour lessons per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

Nicole goes over "there is" vs "there are" for singular and plural.

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Nicole at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Possessive Pronouns & Adjectives - Pre-Intermediate English with Nicole #7
01:01:20
SmrtEnglish
18 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Tuesday and Thursday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
- Two 1-hour lessons per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Nicole at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Past Simple + Continuous & Vocabulary - Pre-Intermediate English with Nicole #22
01:05:04
SmrtEnglish
6 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Tuesday and Thursday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
- Two 1-hour lessons per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Nicole at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Past Simple & Past Continuous - Pre-Intermediate English with Nicole #21
00:59:46
SmrtEnglish
6 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Tuesday and Thursday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber!
http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live

Premium Subscribers receive:

- Two 1-hour lessons per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

Join the Facebook group!
http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Nicole at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Past Simple - Pre-Intermediate English with Nicole #20
01:04:49
SmrtEnglish
12 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Tuesday and Thursday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
- Two 1-hour lessons per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Nicole at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Present Tenses & Vocabulary - Pre-Intermediate English with Nicole #19
01:01:03
SmrtEnglish
9 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Tuesday and Thursday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
- Two 1-hour lessons per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Nicole at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Present Passive & Vocabulary - Pre-Intermediate English with Nicole #18
01:01:03
SmrtEnglish
6 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Tuesday and Thursday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
- Two 1-hour lessons per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Nicole at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Present Passive - Pre-Intermediate English with Nicole #17
01:02:26
SmrtEnglish
8 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Tuesday and Thursday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
- Two 1-hour lessons per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Nicole at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Listening & Vocabulary - Pre-Intermediate English with Nicole #16
00:55:41
SmrtEnglish
12 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Tuesday and Thursday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
- Two 1-hour lessons per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Nicole at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Present Continuous - Pre-Intermediate English with Nicole #15
01:04:33
SmrtEnglish
5 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Tuesday and Thursday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
- Two 1-hour lessons per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Nicole at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Adverbs of Frequency & Vocabulary - Pre-Intermediate English with Nicole #14
01:04:28
SmrtEnglish
9 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Tuesday and Thursday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
- Two 1-hour lessons per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Nicole at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Present Simple - Pre-Intermediate English with Nicole #13
00:59:54
SmrtEnglish
23 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Tuesday and Thursday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
- Two 1-hour lessons per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Nicole at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Vocabulary & Commas - Pre-Intermediate English with Nicole #12
00:55:03
SmrtEnglish
2 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Tuesday and Thursday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
- Two 1-hour lessons per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Nicole at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Vocabulary & Listening - Pre-Intermediate English with Nicole #11
01:04:03
SmrtEnglish
5 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Tuesday and Thursday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
- Two 1-hour lessons per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Nicole at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Present Simple Questions - Pre-Intermediate English with Nicole #10
01:00:21
SmrtEnglish
7 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Tuesday and Thursday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
- Two 1-hour lessons per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Nicole at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Listening & Vocabulary - Pre-Intermediate English with Nicole #9
01:03:37
SmrtEnglish
15 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Tuesday and Thursday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
- Two 1-hour lessons per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Nicole at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Present Simple 'Be' Verb & Capital Letters - Pre-Intermediate English with Nicole #8
01:00:36
SmrtEnglish
9 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Tuesday and Thursday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
- Two 1-hour lessons per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Nicole at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Pre-Intermediate English with Nicole #6
01:03:06
SmrtEnglish
3 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Tuesday and Thursday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
- Two 1-hour lessons per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Nicole at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Pre-Intermediate English with Nicole #5
01:02:28
SmrtEnglish
16 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Tuesday and Thursday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
- Two 1-hour lessons per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Nicole at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Pre-Intermediate English with Nicole #4
01:18:39
SmrtEnglish
6 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Tuesday and Thursday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
- Two 1-hour lessons per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Nicole at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Pre-Intermediate English with Nicole #3
01:03:46
SmrtEnglish
6 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Tuesday and Thursday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
- Two 1-hour lessons per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Nicole at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Pre-Intermediate English with Nicole #2
01:04:19
SmrtEnglish
3 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Tuesday and Thursday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
- Two 1-hour lessons per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Nicole at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Pre-Intermediate English with Nicole #1
01:04:46
SmrtEnglish
22 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Tuesday and Thursday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
- Two 1-hour lessons per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Nicole at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

English for Academic Purposes with Josh #63
01:04:49
SmrtEnglish
8 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Thursday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
-1-hour lesson per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

Writing - English for Academic Purposes with Josh #62
01:09:30
SmrtEnglish
10 Views · 5 years ago

Joshua discusses different types of essays, and strategizes how to respond to essay prompts.

Class notes: https://drive.google.com/open?....id=1furt7bN6D2-hojV9

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Thursday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
-1-hour lesson per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

Academic Vocaublary - English for Academic Purposes with Josh #61
01:12:02
SmrtEnglish
6 Views · 5 years ago

Joshua uses live questions to propose learning strategies for building academic English vocabulary.

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Thursday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
-1-hour lesson per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

Academic Vocaublary - English for Academic Purposes with Josh #60
01:06:48
SmrtEnglish
7 Views · 5 years ago

Joshua continues to cover building and development of academic vocabulary through paraphrasing while preserving original intent and meaning.

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Thursday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
-1-hour lesson per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

Academic Vocabulary - English for Academic Purposes with Josh #59
01:01:13
SmrtEnglish
6 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Thursday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
-1-hour lesson per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

Mnemonics - English for Academic Purposes with Josh #58
01:06:18
SmrtEnglish
7 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Thursday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Joshua goes over basic development of systems for improving and assisting the memory. This topic ties into academic note-taking skills.

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
-1-hour lesson per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

Writing - English for Academic Purposes with Josh #57
01:04:41
SmrtEnglish
8 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Thursday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Joshua goes over the details of APA format, covering references and citations in academic essays.

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
-1-hour lesson per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

Writing - English for Academic Purposes with Josh #56
01:03:56
SmrtEnglish
7 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Thursday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Introduction to APA guidelines. Joshua covers the basics of APA and answers student questions.

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
-1-hour lesson per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

Reading 2 - English for Academic Purposes with Josh #55
01:10:34
SmrtEnglish
15 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Thursday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

In this English for Academic Purposes class, Joshua continues teaching the short story, The Necklace, by Guy de Maupassant. This class focuses on reading strategies for academics.

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
-1-hour lesson per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

Reading - English for Academic Purposes with Josh #54
01:03:10
SmrtEnglish
5 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Thursday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

In this English for Academic Purposes class, Joshua continues teaching the short story, The Necklace, by Guy de Maupassant. This class focuses on reading strategies for academics.

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
-1-hour lesson per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

Reading - English for Academic Purposes with Josh #53
01:04:59
SmrtEnglish
5 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Thursday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

In this English for Academic Purposes class, Joshua introduces the short story, The Necklace, by Guy de Maupassant. This class focuses on pre-reading strategies for academics.

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
-1-hour lesson per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

Writing - English for Academic Purposes with Josh #52
01:03:12
SmrtEnglish
7 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Thursday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

In this English for Academic Purposes class, Joshua responds to premium subscriber requests to go over academic writing skills, specifically rephrasing and summarizing.

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
-1-hour lesson per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

Vocabulary Building - English for Academic Purposes with Josh #51
01:05:20
SmrtEnglish
5 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Thursday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

In this English for Academic Purposes class, Joshua responds to premium subscriber requests to go over academic vocabulary building skills, specifically on the topics of stem cells and cloning.

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
-1-hour lesson per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

Academic Reading 2 of 2 - English for Academic Purposes with Josh #50
00:58:01
SmrtEnglish
8 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Thursday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
-1-hour lesson per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification

Joshua continues to discuss academic reading strategies including skills to improve reading comprehension and information retention; join Joshua to learn how to enjoy academic reading and get the most out of your reading experiences.

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Josh at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Academic Reading 1 of 2 - English for Academic Purposes with Josh #49
01:00:10
SmrtEnglish
8 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Thursday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
-1-hour lesson per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

Joshua discusses academic reading strategies including skills to improve reading comprehension and information retention; join Joshua to learn how to enjoy academic reading and get the most out of your reading experiences.

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Josh at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Academic Writing 2 of 2 - English for Academic Purposes with Josh #48
00:59:52
SmrtEnglish
11 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Thursday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
-1-hour lesson per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

Joshua continues to discuss academic composition skills and strategy including summarizing paraphrasing, and research techniques for creating strong academic essays.

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Josh at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Academic Writing 1 of 2 - English for Academic Purposes with Josh #47
01:02:58
SmrtEnglish
12 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Thursday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
-1-hour lesson per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

Joshua discusses academic composition skills and strategy including summarizing paraphrasing, and research techniques for creating strong academic essays.

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Josh at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Academic Note Taking - English for Academic Purposes with Josh #46
01:02:47
SmrtEnglish
10 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Thursday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
-1-hour lesson per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

Joshua discusses notetaking abbreviations and how to accurately and effectively take notes in an academic setting.

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Josh at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Academic Idioms - English for Academic Purposes with Josh #45
01:02:35
SmrtEnglish
10 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Thursday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
-1-hour lesson per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

Joshua defines slang and idioms and discusses what place slang and idioms have in an academic setting.

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Josh at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Academic Listening: Deforestation - English for Academic Purposes with Josh #44
00:56:12
SmrtEnglish
5 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Thursday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
-1-hour lesson per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

Joshua discusses academic listening strategies. His lesson covers listening to a sample of academic English usage on the topic of deforestation.

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Josh at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Analytical Writing - English for Academic Purposes with Josh #43
01:00:27
SmrtEnglish
4 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Thursday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
-1-hour lesson per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

We'll work on the dynamics and engineering of analytical writing.

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Josh at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Academic Writing: Analysis Writing 3 - English for Academic Purposes with Josh #42
01:08:45
SmrtEnglish
6 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Thursday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
-1-hour lesson per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

Joshua wraps up his discussion about analysis in academic writing and answers final questions live.

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Josh at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Academic Writing: Analysis Writing 2 - English for Academic Purposes with Josh #41
00:57:46
SmrtEnglish
5 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Thursday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
-1-hour lesson per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

Joshua continues his discussion about analysis in academic writing and answers questions live.

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Josh at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Academic Writing: Analysis Writing 1 - English for Academic Purposes with Josh #40
00:56:06
SmrtEnglish
9 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Thursday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
-1-hour lesson per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

Joshua discusses the aspect of analysis within academic writing.

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Josh at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Academic Speaking: Presentation Skills 5 - English for Academic Purposes with Josh #39
01:02:52
SmrtEnglish
8 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Thursday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
-1-hour lesson per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

Joshua concludes this presentation series and answers final questions about how to deliver the best presentation possible.

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Josh at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Academic Speaking: Presentation Skills 4 - English for Academic Purposes with Josh #38
01:08:22
SmrtEnglish
12 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Thursday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
-1-hour lesson per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

Joshua covers tips and gives advice on how to deliever the best presentation possible.

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Josh at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Academic Speaking: Presentation Skills 3 - English for Academic Purposes with Josh #37
01:04:11
SmrtEnglish
13 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Thursday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
-1-hour lesson per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

Joshua discusses the transition between crafting and delivering your academic presentation to prepare you for actual delivery.

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Josh at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Academic Speaking: Presentation Skills 2 - English for Academic Purposes with Josh #36
00:55:48
SmrtEnglish
5 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Thursday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
-1-hour lesson per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

Joshua goes over drafting an academic presentation. He answers questions about research, what to include, what not to include, and how to strengthen your presentation.

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Josh at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Academic Speaking: Presentation Skills 1 - English for Academic Purposes with Josh #35
00:57:32
SmrtEnglish
15 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Thursday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
-1-hour lesson per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

Joshua will introduce the topic of Academic Speaking and duscuss how to begin planning an academic presentation. This will be a multi-class topic.

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Josh at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Academic Listening - English for Academic Purposes with Josh #34
01:02:26
SmrtEnglish
7 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Thursday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
-1-hour lesson per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

Joshua discusses academic listening strategies. His lesson covers listening to a sample of academic English usage on the topic of climate change.

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Josh at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Academic Reading 3 of 3 - English for Academic Purposes with Josh #33
01:10:48
SmrtEnglish
10 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Thursday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
-1-hour lesson per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

Joshua discusses academic reading strategies, and discusses academic vocabulary in context. Today's lesson looks at an academic reading on the topic of climate change.

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Josh at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Academic Listening - English for Academic Purposes with Josh #32
01:07:53
SmrtEnglish
6 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Thursday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
-1-hour lesson per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

Joshua discusses academic listening strategies. His lesson covers listening to an sample of academic English usage on the topic of climate change.

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Josh at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Academic Reading - English for Academic Purposes with Josh #31
00:43:37
SmrtEnglish
11 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Thursday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
-1-hour lesson per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

Joshua discusses academic reading strategies, and discusses academic vocabulary in context. Today's lesson looks at an academic reading on the topic of climate change.

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Josh at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Academic Vocabulary vs. Slang Vocabulary - English for Academic Purposes with Josh #30
00:59:59
SmrtEnglish
8 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Thursday at 15 30 GMT (15 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/VAezNa).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
- Two 1-hour lessons per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

Joshua discusses academic vocabulary, and compares academic English to American slang.

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Josh at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Introduction to English for Academic Purposes with Josh #29
00:46:52
SmrtEnglish
6 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Tuesday at 22 30 GMT (22 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/b6lTKm).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
- Two 1-hour lessons per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

Joshua welcomes students to English for Academic Purposes and introduces the goals of our class.

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Josh at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

English for Academic Purposes with Josh #28
01:23:56
SmrtEnglish
5 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Tuesday and Thursday at 22 30 GMT (22 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/b6lTKm).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
- Two 1-hour lessons per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Josh at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

English for Academic Purposes with Josh #27
01:06:42
SmrtEnglish
6 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Tuesday and Thursday at 22 30 GMT (22 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/b6lTKm).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
- Two 1-hour lessons per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Josh at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Academic Writing: Final Drafts - English for Academic Purposes with Josh #26
00:37:09
SmrtEnglish
8 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Tuesday and Thursday at 22 30 GMT (22 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/b6lTKm).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
- Two 1-hour lessons per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

This class practices earlier class lessons of APA formatting and style for the purposes of editing an academic essay on the subject of the effects of immigration on labor.

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Josh at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Academic Writing: Rough Drafts - English for Academic Purposes with Josh #25
01:00:05
SmrtEnglish
13 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Tuesday and Thursday at 22 30 GMT (22 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/b6lTKm).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
- Two 1-hour lessons per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

This class practices earlier class lessons of APA formatting and style for the purposes of analyzing an academic essay rough draft on the subject of The Effects of Immigration on Labor.

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Josh at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Academic Writing: Editing an Essay - English for Academic Purposes with Josh #24
01:09:04
SmrtEnglish
13 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Tuesday and Thursday at 22 30 GMT (22 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/b6lTKm).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
- Two 1-hour lessons per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

This class practices earlier class lessons of APA formatting and style for the purposes of editing an academic essay on the subject of the effects of immigration on labor.

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Josh at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Academic Writing: Crafting an Essay - English for Academic Purposes with Josh #23
00:47:21
SmrtEnglish
6 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Tuesday and Thursday at 22 30 GMT (22 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/b6lTKm).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
- Two 1-hour lessons per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

This class practices earlier class lessons of APA formatting and style for the purposes of crafting an academic essay on the subject of the effects of immigration on labor.

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Josh at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Listening & Academic Vocabulary - English for Academic Purposes with Josh #22
01:02:02
SmrtEnglish
6 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Tuesday and Thursday at 22 30 GMT (22 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/b6lTKm).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
- Two 1-hour lessons per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

In this class, we discuss academic vocabulary in the context of an academic lecture sample on the topic of poverty.

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Josh at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Academic Writing: Word Transformation - English for Academic Purposes with Josh #21
01:04:08
SmrtEnglish
14 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Tuesday and Thursday at 22 30 GMT (22 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/b6lTKm).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
- Two 1-hour lessons per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

This class focuses on the writing skill of being able to use vocabulary in a number of ways and in a number of forms, such as verb, noun, adjective, and adverb.

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Josh at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Reading & Academic Vocabulary - English for Academic Purposes with Josh #20
01:01:14
SmrtEnglish
3 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Tuesday and Thursday at 22 30 GMT (22 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/b6lTKm).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
- Two 1-hour lessons per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

In this class, we continue our discussion of academic vocabulary in the context of an academic writing sample on the topic of poverty.

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Josh at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Reading & Academic Vocabulary - English for Academic Purposes with Josh #19
00:54:04
SmrtEnglish
5 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Tuesday and Thursday at 22 30 GMT (22 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/b6lTKm).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
- Two 1-hour lessons per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

In this class, we discuss academic vocabulary in the context of an academic writing sample on the topic of poverty.

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Josh at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Listening & Academic Vocabulary - English for Academic Purposes with Josh #18
01:14:11
SmrtEnglish
17 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Tuesday and Thursday at 22:30 GMT (22:30 GMT = https://goo.gl/b6lTKm).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
- Two 1-hour lessons per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

In this class, we discuss academic vocabulary in the context of an academic lecture sample on the topic of obesity.

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Josh at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Reading & Academic Vocabulary - English for Academic Purposes with Josh #17
01:01:44
SmrtEnglish
8 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Tuesday and Thursday at 22:30 GMT (22:30 GMT = https://goo.gl/b6lTKm).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
- Two 1-hour lessons per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

In this class, we discuss academic vocabulary in the context of an academic writing sample on the topic of obesity.

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Josh at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Academic Writing: Essay Format - English for Academic Purposes with Josh #16
01:08:06
SmrtEnglish
11 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Tuesday and Thursday at 22 30 GMT (22 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/b6lTKm).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
- Two 1-hour lessons per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

This class covers the format of an academic APA essay including formatting and stylizing title pages, essay content, reference pages, and more. Also discussed is an overview of setting your default font and style settings in Google Docs.

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Josh at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Academic Writing: APA #3 - English for Academic Purposes with Josh #15
00:47:58
SmrtEnglish
12 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Tuesday and Thursday at 22 30 GMT (22 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/b6lTKm).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
- Two 1-hour lessons per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

This class summarizes our previous lessons on APA formatting and style for the purposes of academic writing.

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Josh at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Academic Writing: APA #2 - English for Academic Purposes with Josh #14
01:01:15
SmrtEnglish
6 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Tuesday and Thursday at 22 30 GMT (22 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/b6lTKm).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
- Two 1-hour lessons per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

This class expands on APA formatting and style for the purposes of academic writing. Neal covers for Josh in his absence.

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Josh and Neal at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Academic Writing: APA #1 - English for Academic Purposes with Josh #13
00:59:06
SmrtEnglish
9 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Tuesday and Thursday at 22 30 GMT (22 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/b6lTKm).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
- Two 1-hour lessons per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

This class introduces APA formatting and style for the purposes of academic writing.

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Josh at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Academic Writing: Essay Outline - English for Academic Purposes with Josh #12
00:43:59
SmrtEnglish
14 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Tuesday and Thursday at 22 30 GMT (22 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/b6lTKm).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
- Two 1-hour lessons per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

This class discusses the importance of outlining academic essays and covers strategies to create an efficient and effective outline.

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Josh at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Academic Writing: Paragraph Unity - English for Academic Purposes with Josh #11
00:59:47
SmrtEnglish
8 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Tuesday and Thursday at 22 30 GMT (22 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/b6lTKm).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
- Two 1-hour lessons per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

This class covers the importance of paragraph unity in academic writing through analyzing a short academic narrative of Alexander Flemming's discovery of the world's first antibiotic: Penicillin.

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Josh at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Academic Writing: Body Transitions - English for Academic Purposes with Josh #10
00:46:44
SmrtEnglish
13 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Tuesday and Thursday at 22 30 GMT (22 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/b6lTKm).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
- Two 1-hour lessons per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

This class covers the composition of effective transition sentences among body paragraphs in academic writing.

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Josh at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Reading & Academic Vocabulary - English for Academic Purposes with Josh #9
01:00:59
SmrtEnglish
8 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Tuesday and Thursday at 22 30 GMT (22 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/b6lTKm).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
- Two 1-hour lessons per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

This class covers academic vocabulary in the context of nerve cells and neurotransmitters.

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Josh at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Listening & Academic Vocabulary  - English for Academic Purposes with Josh #8
01:01:01
SmrtEnglish
9 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Tuesday and Thursday at 22 30 GMT (22 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/b6lTKm).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
- Two 1-hour lessons per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

This class covers note-taking strategy and focuses on paraphrasing & summarizing academic material.

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Josh at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Listening & Academic Vocabulary - English for Academic Purposes with Josh #7
00:59:00
SmrtEnglish
6 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Tuesday and Thursday at 22 30 GMT (22 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/b6lTKm).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
- Two 1-hour lessons per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

This class discusses academic vocabulary in the context of cloning and stem cells.

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Josh at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Note-Taking Abbreviations  - English for Academic Purposes with Josh #6
01:00:34
SmrtEnglish
9 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Tuesday and Thursday at 22 30 GMT (22 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/b6lTKm).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
- Two 1-hour lessons per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

This class covers a variety of abbreviations for note-taking, and emphasizes effective note-taking strategy.

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Listening Skills: Note-Taking Strategy - English for Academic Purposes with Josh #5
00:57:24
SmrtEnglish
9 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Tuesday and Thursday at 22 30 GMT (22 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/b6lTKm).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
- Two 1-hour lessons per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

In this class, we discuss note-taking strategy and review vocabulary in the context of contrasts between Chinese & Western medicine.

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Listening & Academic Vocabulary  - English for Academic Purposes with Josh #4
01:08:02
SmrtEnglish
3 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Tuesday and Thursday at 22 30 GMT (22 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/b6lTKm).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
- Two 1-hour lessons per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

In this class, we discuss academic vocabulary in the context of contrasts between Chinese & Western medicine.

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Josh at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Reading & Academic Vocabulary - English for Academic Purposes with Josh #3
01:03:14
SmrtEnglish
6 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Tuesday and Thursday at 22 30 GMT (22 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/b6lTKm).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
- Two 1-hour lessons per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

In this class, we discuss academic vocabulary in the context of contrasts between Chinese & Western medicine.

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Josh at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

General Statement & Thesis Statement - English for Academic Purposes with Josh #2
01:04:19
SmrtEnglish
7 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Tuesday and Thursday at 22 30 GMT (22 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/b6lTKm).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
- Two 1-hour lessons per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

This class covers writing skills, and discusses the ability to identify general statements and thesis statements in academic papers. We also discuss strategy for crafting effective general statements and thesis statements in academic writing.

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Josh at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

Compound & Complex Sentences - English for Academic Purposes with Josh #1
01:04:41
SmrtEnglish
25 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Tuesday and Thursday at 22 30 GMT (22 30 GMT = https://goo.gl/b6lTKm).

Become a Premium Subscriber: http://www.smrt.me/smrt/live
Premium Subscribers receive:
- Two 1-hour lessons per week with a Canadian or American teacher
- Video-marked homework & assignments
- Quizzes & exams
- Official Smrt English Certification
- Weekly group video chats

This class covers different sentence structures in English. Dependent and Independent clauses, compound, complex, and compound-complex sentences are discussed with examples.

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

If you would like to support the stream, you can donate here: https://goo.gl/eUCz92

Learn English with Josh at the Spokane College of English Language! http://www.usa-english.com

#43 Taboos And Superstitions - Kent
00:57:08
SmrtEnglish
10 Views · 5 years ago

English classes streamed live on YouTube by Canadian and American teachers. During the class you can chat directly with the teacher and other students.

You can support your favourite Smrt Live streamers by subscribing to their Channel for $5 per month. Here: https://goo.gl/6o8tY8

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

#42 TV Shows - Kent
01:10:01
SmrtEnglish
21 Views · 5 years ago

English classes streamed live on YouTube by Canadian and American teachers. During the class you can chat directly with the teacher and other students.

You can support your favourite Smrt Live streamers by subscribing to their Channel for $5 per month. Here: https://goo.gl/6o8tY8

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

#41 Verbs, Phrasal Verbs And Collcations Used In Movies And Books - Kent
00:59:11
SmrtEnglish
21 Views · 5 years ago

English classes streamed live on YouTube by Canadian and American teachers. During the class you can chat directly with the teacher and other students.

You can support your favourite Smrt Live streamers by subscribing to their Channel for $5 per month. Here: https://goo.gl/6o8tY8

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

#40 Family - Kent
00:56:55
SmrtEnglish
15 Views · 5 years ago

English classes streamed live on YouTube by Canadian and American teachers. During the class you can chat directly with the teacher and other students.

You can support your favourite Smrt Live streamers by subscribing to their Channel for $5 per month. Here: https://goo.gl/6o8tY8

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

#39 Body Language - Kent
01:00:12
SmrtEnglish
16 Views · 5 years ago

English classes streamed live on YouTube by Canadian and American teachers. During the class you can chat directly with the teacher and other students.

You can support your favourite Smrt Live streamers by subscribing to their Channel for $5 per month. Here: https://goo.gl/6o8tY8

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

#38 How To Sound Awesome (Onomatopoeia) - Kent
01:00:30
SmrtEnglish
10 Views · 5 years ago

English classes streamed live on YouTube by Canadian and American teachers. During the class you can chat directly with the teacher and other students.

You can support your favourite Smrt Live streamers by subscribing to their Channel for $5 per month. Here: https://goo.gl/6o8tY8

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

#37 Generational Slang - Kent
01:05:15
SmrtEnglish
15 Views · 5 years ago

English classes streamed live on YouTube by Canadian and American teachers. During the class you can chat directly with the teacher and other students.

You can support your favourite Smrt Live streamers by subscribing to their Channel for $5 per month. Here: https://goo.gl/6o8tY8

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

#36 Passive Sentences - Kent
00:52:28
SmrtEnglish
13 Views · 5 years ago

English classes streamed live on YouTube by Canadian and American teachers. During the class you can chat directly with the teacher and other students.

You can support your favourite Smrt Live streamers by subscribing to their Channel for $5 per month. Here: https://goo.gl/6o8tY8

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

Travel Problems and Accidents #35 - Kent
01:04:36
SmrtEnglish
5 Views · 5 years ago

English classes streamed live on YouTube by Canadian and American teachers. During the class you can chat directly with the teacher and other students.

You can support your favourite Smrt Live streamers by subscribing to their Channel for $5 per month. Here: https://goo.gl/6o8tY8

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

Upper Intermediate English with Kent #34 - Kent
01:08:28
SmrtEnglish
10 Views · 5 years ago

English classes streamed live on YouTube by Canadian and American teachers. During the class you can chat directly with the teacher and other students.

You can support your favourite Smrt Live streamers by subscribing to their Channel for $5 per month. Here: https://goo.gl/6o8tY8

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

#33 Appearance - Kent
01:04:20
SmrtEnglish
17 Views · 5 years ago

English classes streamed live on YouTube by Canadian and American teachers. During the class you can chat directly with the teacher and other students.

You can support your favourite Smrt Live streamers by subscribing to their Channel for $5 per month. Here: https://goo.gl/6o8tY8

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

#32 Inversion - Kent
01:13:01
SmrtEnglish
9 Views · 5 years ago

English classes streamed live on YouTube by Canadian and American teachers. During the class you can chat directly with the teacher and other students.

You can support your favourite Smrt Live streamers by subscribing to their Channel for $5 per month. Here: https://goo.gl/6o8tY8

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

#31 Prepositions Of Place - Kent
01:17:44
SmrtEnglish
20 Views · 5 years ago

English classes streamed live on YouTube by Canadian and American teachers. During the class you can chat directly with the teacher and other students.

You can support your favourite Smrt Live streamers by subscribing to their Channel for $5 per month. Here: https://goo.gl/6o8tY8

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

#30 Adverbs Of Degree (Gradable) - Kent
01:10:37
SmrtEnglish
6 Views · 5 years ago

English classes streamed live on YouTube by Canadian and American teachers. During the class you can chat directly with the teacher and other students.

You can support your favourite Smrt Live streamers by subscribing to their Channel for $5 per month. Here: https://goo.gl/6o8tY8

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

#29 Future Technology - Kent
01:07:51
SmrtEnglish
14 Views · 5 years ago

English classes streamed live on YouTube by Canadian and American teachers. During the class you can chat directly with the teacher and other students.

You can support your favourite Smrt Live streamers by subscribing to their Channel for $5 per month. Here: https://goo.gl/6o8tY8

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

#28 Injuries - Kent
01:21:26
SmrtEnglish
12 Views · 5 years ago

English classes streamed live on YouTube by Canadian and American teachers. During the class you can chat directly with the teacher and other students.

You can support your favourite Smrt Live streamers by subscribing to their Channel for $5 per month. Here: https://goo.gl/6o8tY8

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

#27 Pickup Lines - Kent
00:54:58
SmrtEnglish
13 Views · 5 years ago

English classes streamed live on YouTube by Canadian and American teachers. During the class you can chat directly with the teacher and other students.

You can support your favourite Smrt Live streamers by subscribing to their Channel for $5 per month. Here: https://goo.gl/6o8tY8

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

#26 Sentence Connectors And Conjunctions - Kent
01:12:28
SmrtEnglish
7 Views · 5 years ago

English classes streamed live on YouTube by Canadian and American teachers. During the class you can chat directly with the teacher and other students.

You can support your favourite Smrt Live streamers by subscribing to their Channel for $5 per month. Here: https://goo.gl/6o8tY8

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

#25 Likes And Dislikes - Kent
01:02:55
SmrtEnglish
12 Views · 5 years ago

English classes streamed live on YouTube by Canadian and American teachers. During the class you can chat directly with the teacher and other students.

You can support your favourite Smrt Live streamers by subscribing to their Channel for $5 per month. Here: https://goo.gl/6o8tY8

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

#24 Future Continuous And Future Perfect - Kent
01:07:32
SmrtEnglish
10 Views · 5 years ago

English classes streamed live on YouTube by Canadian and American teachers. During the class you can chat directly with the teacher and other students.

You can support your favourite Smrt Live streamers by subscribing to their Channel for $5 per month. Here: https://goo.gl/6o8tY8

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

#23 Relationships - Kent
01:10:08
SmrtEnglish
5 Views · 5 years ago

English classes streamed live on YouTube by Canadian and American teachers. During the class you can chat directly with the teacher and other students.

You can support your favourite Smrt Live streamers by subscribing to their Channel for $5 per month. Here: https://goo.gl/6o8tY8

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

#22 Both, Neither, Either, All, Some, Any - Kent
01:19:24
SmrtEnglish
5 Views · 5 years ago

English classes streamed live on YouTube by Canadian and American teachers. During the class you can chat directly with the teacher and other students.

You can support your favourite Smrt Live streamers by subscribing to their Channel for $5 per month. Here: https://goo.gl/6o8tY8

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

#21 Infinitives (To + Infinitive verb) - Kent
01:14:47
SmrtEnglish
11 Views · 5 years ago

English classes streamed live on YouTube by Canadian and American teachers. During the class you can chat directly with the teacher and other students.

You can support your favourite Smrt Live streamers by subscribing to their Channel for $5 per month. Here: https://goo.gl/6o8tY8

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

#20 Gerunds (-Ing Verbs) - Kent
01:15:12
SmrtEnglish
8 Views · 5 years ago

English classes streamed live on YouTube by Canadian and American teachers. During the class you can chat directly with the teacher and other students.

You can support your favourite Smrt Live streamers by subscribing to their Channel for $5 per month. Here: https://goo.gl/6o8tY8

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

#19 Reporting People's Words & Thoughts - Kent
01:06:31
SmrtEnglish
15 Views · 5 years ago

English classes streamed live on YouTube by Canadian and American teachers. During the class you can chat directly with the teacher and other students.

You can support your favourite Smrt Live streamers by subscribing to their Channel for $5 per month. Here: https://goo.gl/6o8tY8

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

#18 Articles (A/An/the) With Singular, Plural And Uncountable Nouns - Kent
01:05:10
SmrtEnglish
21 Views · 5 years ago

English classes streamed live on YouTube by Canadian and American teachers. During the class you can chat directly with the teacher and other students.

You can support your favourite Smrt Live streamers by subscribing to their Channel for $5 per month. Here: https://goo.gl/6o8tY8

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

#17 Participle Clauses With Adverbial Meaning 1 - Kent
01:19:05
SmrtEnglish
19 Views · 5 years ago

English classes streamed live on YouTube by Canadian and American teachers. During the class you can chat directly with the teacher and other students.

You can support your favourite Smrt Live streamers by subscribing to their Channel for $5 per month. Here: https://goo.gl/6o8tY8

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

#16 Conditionals (All) - Kent
01:00:59
SmrtEnglish
10 Views · 5 years ago

English classes streamed live on YouTube by Canadian and American teachers. During the class you can chat directly with the teacher and other students.

You can support your favourite Smrt Live streamers by subscribing to their Channel for $5 per month. Here: https://goo.gl/6o8tY8

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

#15 Modal Verbs Review (Past) - Kent
01:18:59
SmrtEnglish
4 Views · 5 years ago

English classes streamed live on YouTube by Canadian and American teachers. During the class you can chat directly with the teacher and other students.

You can support your favourite Smrt Live streamers by subscribing to their Channel for $5 per month. Here: https://goo.gl/6o8tY8

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

#14 Participle & Compound Adjectives - Kent
00:59:03
SmrtEnglish
24 Views · 5 years ago

English classes streamed live on YouTube by Canadian and American teachers. During the class you can chat directly with the teacher and other students.

You can support your favourite Smrt Live streamers by subscribing to their Channel for $5 per month. Here: https://goo.gl/6o8tY8

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

#13 Future Tenses Review - Kent
01:03:57
SmrtEnglish
8 Views · 5 years ago

English classes streamed live on YouTube by Canadian and American teachers. During the class you can chat directly with the teacher and other students.

You can support your favourite Smrt Live streamers by subscribing to their Channel for $5 per month. Here: https://goo.gl/6o8tY8

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

#12 Expressions Of Quantity - Kent
01:14:38
SmrtEnglish
10 Views · 5 years ago

English classes streamed live on YouTube by Canadian and American teachers. During the class you can chat directly with the teacher and other students.

You can support your favourite Smrt Live streamers by subscribing to their Channel for $5 per month. Here: https://goo.gl/6o8tY8

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

#11 Phrasal Verbs 1 - Kent
00:55:29
SmrtEnglish
12 Views · 5 years ago

English classes streamed live on YouTube by Canadian and American teachers. During the class you can chat directly with the teacher and other students.

You can support your favourite Smrt Live streamers by subscribing to their Channel for $5 per month. Here: https://goo.gl/6o8tY8

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

#10 Verbs Plus Prepositions 1 - Kent
01:00:20
SmrtEnglish
12 Views · 5 years ago

English classes streamed live on YouTube by Canadian and American teachers. During the class you can chat directly with the teacher and other students.

You can support your favourite Smrt Live streamers by subscribing to their Channel for $5 per month. Here: https://goo.gl/6o8tY8

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

#9 Although, Even Though, In Spite Of And Despite - Kent
00:57:17
SmrtEnglish
4 Views · 5 years ago

English classes streamed live on YouTube by Canadian and American teachers. During the class you can chat directly with the teacher and other students.

You can support your favourite Smrt Live streamers by subscribing to their Channel for $5 per month. Here: https://goo.gl/6o8tY8

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

#8 Adverbs Of Manner - Kent
00:55:42
SmrtEnglish
18 Views · 5 years ago

English classes streamed live on YouTube by Canadian and American teachers. During the class you can chat directly with the teacher and other students.

You can support your favourite Smrt Live streamers by subscribing to their Channel for $5 per month. Here: https://goo.gl/6o8tY8

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

#7 Adjectives Ending In -Ed and -Ing (plus other forms) - Kent
01:10:39
SmrtEnglish
10 Views · 5 years ago

English classes streamed live on YouTube by Canadian and American teachers. During the class you can chat directly with the teacher and other students.

You can support your favourite Smrt Live streamers by subscribing to their Channel for $5 per month. Here: https://goo.gl/6o8tY8

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

#6 Gradable And Non-gradable Adjectives - Kent
01:05:32
SmrtEnglish
12 Views · 5 years ago

English classes streamed live on YouTube by Canadian and American teachers. During the class you can chat directly with the teacher and other students.

You can support your favourite Smrt Live streamers by subscribing to their Channel for $5 per month. Here: https://goo.gl/6o8tY8

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

#5 Modal Verbs Review - Kent
00:59:37
SmrtEnglish
4 Views · 5 years ago

English classes streamed live on YouTube by Canadian and American teachers. During the class you can chat directly with the teacher and other students.

You can support your favourite Smrt Live streamers by subscribing to their Channel for $5 per month. Here: https://goo.gl/6o8tY8

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

#4 Defining & Non-defining Relative Clauses - Kent
01:03:46
SmrtEnglish
15 Views · 5 years ago

English classes streamed live on YouTube by Canadian and American teachers. During the class you can chat directly with the teacher and other students.

#3 Defining Relative Clauses (Whose, Whom, Where) - Kent
01:13:18
SmrtEnglish
8 Views · 5 years ago

English classes streamed live on YouTube by Canadian and American teachers. During the class you can chat directly with the teacher and other students.

#2 Defining Relative Clauses (Object Defining) - Kent
00:59:23
SmrtEnglish
26 Views · 5 years ago

English classes streamed live on YouTube by Canadian and American teachers. During the class you can chat directly with the teacher and other students.

You can support your favourite Smrt Live streamers by subscribing to their Channel for $5 per month. Here: https://goo.gl/6o8tY8

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

#1 New Streamer !!! Defining Relative Clauses (Subject Defining)
01:05:18
SmrtEnglish
26 Views · 5 years ago

English classes streamed live on YouTube by Canadian and American teachers. During the class you can chat directly with the teacher and other students.

You can support your favourite Smrt Live streamers by subscribing to their Channel for $5 per month. Here: https://goo.gl/6o8tY8

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

Intermediate English with Karim #51
02:06:14
SmrtEnglish
22 Views · 5 years ago

English classes streamed live on YouTube by Canadian and American teachers. During the class you can chat directly with the teacher and other students.

Intermediate English with Karim #50
01:13:53
SmrtEnglish
7 Views · 5 years ago

English classes streamed live on YouTube by Canadian and American teachers. During the class you can chat directly with the teacher and other students.

Intermediate English with Karim #49
01:40:30
SmrtEnglish
5 Views · 5 years ago

English classes streamed live on YouTube by Canadian and American teachers. During the class you can chat directly with the teacher and other students.

Intermediate English with Karim #48
01:33:44
SmrtEnglish
13 Views · 5 years ago

English classes streamed live on YouTube by Canadian and American teachers. During the class you can chat directly with the teacher and other students.

Intermediate English with Karim #47
01:38:10
SmrtEnglish
9 Views · 5 years ago

English classes streamed live on YouTube by Canadian and American teachers. During the class you can chat directly with the teacher and other students.

Intermediate English with Karim #46
01:24:21
SmrtEnglish
2 Views · 5 years ago

English classes streamed live on YouTube by Canadian and American teachers. During the class you can chat directly with the teacher and other students.

Intermediate English with Karim #45
01:22:04
SmrtEnglish
10 Views · 5 years ago

English classes streamed live on YouTube by Canadian and American teachers. During the class you can chat directly with the teacher and other students.

Intermediate English with Karim #44
01:45:08
SmrtEnglish
12 Views · 5 years ago

English classes streamed live on YouTube by Canadian and American teachers. During the class you can chat directly with the teacher and other students.

Intermediate English with Karim #43
01:46:38
SmrtEnglish
7 Views · 5 years ago

English classes streamed live on YouTube by Canadian and American teachers. During the class you can chat directly with the teacher and other students.

Intermediate English with Karim #42
01:34:08
SmrtEnglish
11 Views · 5 years ago

English classes streamed live on YouTube by Canadian and American teachers. During the class you can chat directly with the teacher and other students.

Intermediate English with Karim #41
01:22:15
SmrtEnglish
9 Views · 5 years ago

English classes streamed live on YouTube by Canadian and American teachers. During the class you can chat directly with the teacher and other students.

Intermediate English with Karim #40
02:16:41
SmrtEnglish
6 Views · 5 years ago

English classes streamed live on YouTube by Canadian and American teachers. During the class you can chat directly with the teacher and other students.

Intermediate English with Karim #39
01:36:36
SmrtEnglish
19 Views · 5 years ago

English classes streamed live on YouTube by Canadian and American teachers. During the class you can chat directly with the teacher and other students.

Intermediate English with Karim #38
01:22:18
SmrtEnglish
15 Views · 5 years ago

English classes streamed live on YouTube by Canadian and American teachers. During the class you can chat directly with the teacher and other students.

Intermediate English with Karim #37
01:18:29
SmrtEnglish
6 Views · 5 years ago

English classes streamed live on YouTube by Canadian and American teachers. During the class you can chat directly with the teacher and other students.

Intermediate English with Karim #36
01:47:48
SmrtEnglish
5 Views · 5 years ago

English classes streamed live on YouTube by Canadian and American teachers. During the class you can chat directly with the teacher and other students.

Intermediate English with Karim #35
02:23:48
SmrtEnglish
8 Views · 5 years ago

English classes streamed live on YouTube by Canadian and American teachers. During the class you can chat directly with the teacher and other students.

Intermediate English with Karim #34
01:44:09
SmrtEnglish
7 Views · 5 years ago

English classes streamed live on YouTube by Canadian and American teachers. During the class you can chat directly with the teacher and other students.

Intermediate English with Karim #33
01:54:47
SmrtEnglish
2 Views · 5 years ago

English classes streamed live on YouTube by Canadian and American teachers. During the class you can chat directly with the teacher and other students.

Intermediate English with Karim #32
02:26:23
SmrtEnglish
12 Views · 5 years ago

English classes streamed live on YouTube by Canadian and American teachers. During the class you can chat directly with the teacher and other students.

Intermediate English with Karim #31
01:42:40
SmrtEnglish
9 Views · 5 years ago

English classes streamed live on YouTube by Canadian and American teachers. During the class you can chat directly with the teacher and other students.

Intermediate English with Karim #30
01:56:04
SmrtEnglish
5 Views · 5 years ago

English classes streamed live on YouTube by Canadian and American teachers. During the class you can chat directly with the teacher and other students.

Intermediate English with Karim #29
01:52:59
SmrtEnglish
5 Views · 5 years ago

English classes streamed live on YouTube by Canadian and American teachers. During the class you can chat directly with the teacher and other students.

Intermediate English with Karim #28
01:57:19
SmrtEnglish
7 Views · 5 years ago

English classes streamed live on YouTube by Canadian and American teachers. During the class you can chat directly with the teacher and other students.

Intermediate English with Karim #27
01:23:16
SmrtEnglish
9 Views · 5 years ago

English classes streamed live on YouTube by Canadian and American teachers. During the class you can chat directly with the teacher and other students.

Intermediate English with Karim #26
02:01:31
SmrtEnglish
11 Views · 5 years ago

English classes streamed live on YouTube by Canadian and American teachers. During the class you can chat directly with the teacher and other students.

Intermediate English with Karim #25
01:59:06
SmrtEnglish
3 Views · 5 years ago

English classes streamed live on YouTube by Canadian and American teachers. During the class you can chat directly with the teacher and other students.

Intermediate English with Karim #24
01:44:04
SmrtEnglish
9 Views · 5 years ago

English classes streamed live on YouTube by Canadian and American teachers. During the class you can chat directly with the teacher and other students.

Intermediate English with Karim #23
01:35:58
SmrtEnglish
7 Views · 5 years ago

English classes streamed live on YouTube by Canadian and American teachers. During the class you can chat directly with the teacher and other students.

Intermediate English with Karim #22
01:16:57
SmrtEnglish
8 Views · 5 years ago

English classes streamed live on YouTube by Canadian and American teachers. During the class you can chat directly with the teacher and other students.

Intermediate English with Karim #21
01:37:32
SmrtEnglish
9 Views · 5 years ago

English classes streamed live on YouTube by Canadian and American teachers. During the class you can chat directly with the teacher and other students.

Intermediate English with Karim #20
02:04:38
SmrtEnglish
9 Views · 5 years ago

English classes streamed live on YouTube by Canadian and American teachers. During the class you can chat directly with the teacher and other students.

Intermediate English with Karim #19
01:50:11
SmrtEnglish
7 Views · 5 years ago

English classes streamed live on YouTube by Canadian and American teachers. During the class you can chat directly with the teacher and other students.

Intermediate English with Karim #18
01:53:46
SmrtEnglish
3 Views · 5 years ago

English classes streamed live on YouTube by Canadian and American teachers. During the class you can chat directly with the teacher and other students.

Intermediate English with Karim #17
01:36:15
SmrtEnglish
7 Views · 5 years ago

English classes streamed live on YouTube by Canadian and American teachers. During the class you can chat directly with the teacher and other students.

Intermediate English with Karim #16
02:03:28
SmrtEnglish
6 Views · 5 years ago

English classes streamed live on YouTube by Canadian and American teachers. During the class you can chat directly with the teacher and other students.

Intermediate English with Karim #15
01:16:10
SmrtEnglish
5 Views · 5 years ago

English classes streamed live on YouTube by Canadian and American teachers. During the class you can chat directly with the teacher and other students.

Intermediate English with Karim #14
01:14:46
SmrtEnglish
7 Views · 5 years ago

English classes streamed live on YouTube by Canadian and American teachers. During the class you can chat directly with the teacher and other students.

Intermediate English with Karim #13
01:20:32
SmrtEnglish
10 Views · 5 years ago

English classes streamed live on YouTube by Canadian and American teachers. During the class you can chat directly with the teacher and other students.

Intermediate English with Karim #12
01:11:44
SmrtEnglish
8 Views · 5 years ago

English classes streamed live on YouTube by Canadian and American teachers. During the class you can chat directly with the teacher and other students.

Intermediate English with Karim #10
01:19:14
SmrtEnglish
3 Views · 5 years ago

English classes streamed live on YouTube by Canadian and American teachers. During the class you can chat directly with the teacher and other students.

Intermediate English with Karim #9
01:12:26
SmrtEnglish
7 Views · 5 years ago

English classes streamed live on YouTube by Canadian and American teachers. During the class you can chat directly with the teacher and other students.

Intermediate English with Karim #8
01:28:34
SmrtEnglish
14 Views · 5 years ago

English classes streamed live on YouTube by Canadian and American teachers. During the class you can chat directly with the teacher and other students.

Intermediate English with Karim #7
01:26:03
SmrtEnglish
5 Views · 5 years ago

English classes streamed live on YouTube by Canadian and American teachers. During the class you can chat directly with the teacher and other students.

Intermediate English with Karim #6
01:33:24
SmrtEnglish
5 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Wednesday at 22 00 GMT (22 00 GMT = https://goo.gl/cVKe0m).

1-2 Questions - Intermediate English with Karim #5
01:11:03
SmrtEnglish
11 Views · 5 years ago

Students learn how to form Questions
Inversion, Subject Questions, Negative Questions, Declarative Questions

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Wednesday at 22 00 GMT (22 00 GMT = https://goo.gl/cVKe0m).

English classes streamed live on YouTube by Canadian and American teachers. During the class you can chat directly with the teacher and other students.

You can support your favourite Smrt Live streamers by subscribing to their Channel for $5 per month. Here: https://goo.gl/6o8tY8

Check out Karims Cooking Youtube Channel FoodAF Here: https://goo.gl/wHVB9i

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

1-1 Three Kinds of Verbs - Intermediate English with Karim #4
01:10:58
SmrtEnglish
11 Views · 5 years ago

Lesson about auxiliary verbs, modal auxiliary verbs, and main verbs.

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Wednesday at 22 00 GMT (22 00 GMT = https://goo.gl/cVKe0m).

English classes streamed live on YouTube by Canadian and American teachers. During the class you can chat directly with the teacher and other students.

You can support your favourite Smrt Live streamers by subscribing to their Channel for $5 per month. Here: https://goo.gl/6o8tY8

Check out Karims Cooking Youtube Channel FoodAF Here: https://goo.gl/wHVB9i

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

Intermediate English with Karim #3
01:08:50
SmrtEnglish
12 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Wednesday at 22 00 GMT (22 00 GMT = https://goo.gl/cVKe0m).

English classes streamed live on YouTube by Canadian and American teachers. During the class you can chat directly with the teacher and other students.

You can support your favourite Smrt Live streamers by subscribing to their Channel for $5 per month. Here: https://goo.gl/6o8tY8

Check out Karims Cooking Youtube Channel FoodAF Here: https://goo.gl/wHVB9i

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

Intermediate English with Karim #2
01:42:47
SmrtEnglish
8 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Wednesday at 22 00 GMT (22 00 GMT = https://goo.gl/cVKe0m).

English classes streamed live on YouTube by Canadian and American teachers. During the class you can chat directly with the teacher and other students.

You can support your favourite Smrt Live streamers by subscribing to their Channel for $5 per month. Here: https://goo.gl/6o8tY8

Check out Karims Cooking Youtube Channel FoodAF Here: https://goo.gl/wHVB9i

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

Intermediate English with Karim #1
01:24:43
SmrtEnglish
17 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this course live for free on YouTube every Wednesday at 22 00 GMT (22 00 GMT = https://goo.gl/cVKe0m).

English classes streamed live on YouTube by Canadian and American teachers. During the class you can chat directly with the teacher and other students.

You can support your favorite Smrt Live streamers by subscribing to their Channel for $5 per month. Here: https://goo.gl/6o8tY8

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

Learn English With Julia #17
01:13:56
SmrtEnglish
10 Views · 5 years ago

English classes streamed live on YouTube by Canadian and American teachers. During the class you can chat directly with the teacher and other students.

You can support your favourite Smrt Live streamers by subscribing to their Channel for $5 per month. Here: https://goo.gl/6o8tY8

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

Learn English With Julia #16
01:09:39
SmrtEnglish
6 Views · 5 years ago

English classes streamed live on YouTube by Canadian and American teachers. During the class you can chat directly with the teacher and other students.

You can support your favourite Smrt Live streamers by subscribing to their Channel for $5 per month. Here: https://goo.gl/6o8tY8

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

Learn English With Julia #15
01:16:13
SmrtEnglish
8 Views · 5 years ago

English classes streamed live on YouTube by Canadian and American teachers. During the class you can chat directly with the teacher and other students.

You can support your favourite Smrt Live streamers by subscribing to their Channel for $5 per month. Here: https://goo.gl/6o8tY8

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

Learn English With Julia #14
01:15:41
SmrtEnglish
7 Views · 5 years ago

English classes streamed live on YouTube by Canadian and American teachers. During the class you can chat directly with the teacher and other students.

You can support your favourite Smrt Live streamers by subscribing to their Channel for $5 per month. Here: https://goo.gl/6o8tY8

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

Learn English With Julia #13
01:15:27
SmrtEnglish
7 Views · 5 years ago

English classes streamed live on YouTube by Canadian and American teachers. During the class you can chat directly with the teacher and other students.

You can support your favourite Smrt Live streamers by subscribing to their Channel for $5 per month. Here: https://goo.gl/6o8tY8

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

Learn English With Julia #12
01:12:54
SmrtEnglish
11 Views · 5 years ago

English classes streamed live on YouTube by Canadian and American teachers. During the class you can chat directly with the teacher and other students.

You can support your favourite Smrt Live streamers by subscribing to their Channel for $5 per month. Here: https://goo.gl/6o8tY8

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

Learn English With Julia #11
01:12:34
SmrtEnglish
6 Views · 5 years ago

English classes streamed live on YouTube by Canadian and American teachers. During the class you can chat directly with the teacher and other students.

You can support your favourite Smrt Live streamers by subscribing to their Channel for $5 per month. Here: https://goo.gl/6o8tY8

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

Learn English With Julia #10
01:16:20
SmrtEnglish
8 Views · 5 years ago

English classes streamed live on YouTube by Canadian and American teachers. During the class you can chat directly with the teacher and other students.

You can support your favourite Smrt Live streamers by subscribing to their Channel for $5 per month. Here: https://goo.gl/6o8tY8

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

Learn English With Julia #9
01:09:17
SmrtEnglish
6 Views · 5 years ago

English classes streamed live on YouTube by Canadian and American teachers. During the class you can chat directly with the teacher and other students.

You can support your favourite Smrt Live streamers by subscribing to their Channel for $5 per month. Here: https://goo.gl/6o8tY8

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

Learn English With Julia #8
01:07:33
SmrtEnglish
11 Views · 5 years ago

English classes streamed live on YouTube by Canadian and American teachers. During the class you can chat directly with the teacher and other students.

You can support your favourite Smrt Live streamers by subscribing to their Channel for $5 per month. Here: https://goo.gl/6o8tY8

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

Learn English With Julia #7
01:20:53
SmrtEnglish
7 Views · 5 years ago

English classes streamed live on YouTube by Canadian and American teachers. During the class you can chat directly with the teacher and other students.

You can support your favourite Smrt Live streamers by subscribing to their Channel for $5 per month. Here: https://goo.gl/6o8tY8

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

Learn English With Julia #6
01:12:13
SmrtEnglish
5 Views · 5 years ago

English classes streamed live on YouTube by Canadian and American teachers. During the class you can chat directly with the teacher and other students.

You can support your favourite Smrt Live streamers by subscribing to their Channel for $5 per month. Here: https://goo.gl/6o8tY8

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

Learn English With Julia #5
01:16:20
SmrtEnglish
6 Views · 5 years ago

English classes streamed live on YouTube by Canadian and American teachers. During the class you can chat directly with the teacher and other students.

You can support your favourite Smrt Live streamers by subscribing to their Channel for $5 per month. Here: https://goo.gl/6o8tY8

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

Learn English With Julia #4
01:20:13
SmrtEnglish
5 Views · 5 years ago

English classes streamed live on YouTube by Canadian and American teachers. During the class you can chat directly with the teacher and other students.

You can support your favourite Smrt Live streamers by subscribing to their Channel for $5 per month. Here: https://goo.gl/6o8tY8

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

Learn English With Julia #3
01:18:47
SmrtEnglish
6 Views · 5 years ago

English classes streamed live on YouTube by Canadian and American teachers. During the class you can chat directly with the teacher and other students.

You can support your favourite Smrt Live streamers by subscribing to their Channel for $5 per month. Here: https://goo.gl/6o8tY8

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

Learn English With Julia #2
01:31:06
SmrtEnglish
10 Views · 5 years ago

English classes streamed live on YouTube by Canadian and American teachers. During the class you can chat directly with the teacher and other students.

You can support your favourite Smrt Live streamers by subscribing to their Channel for $5 per month. Here: https://goo.gl/6o8tY8

Join the Facebook group: http://www.facebook.com/groups/leofgroup

Learn English with Julia #1
01:08:48
SmrtEnglish
10 Views · 5 years ago

Learn English with Julia #1

Slang in English - Many meanings of JOHN
00:04:34
engVid
15 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Do you think 'John' is just another name? Watch this free slang and vocabulary lesson to find out some common other uses of 'John'. To test your understanding, take the free quiz at http://www.engvid.com/slang-english-meanings-of-john/

"Happy New Year!" Bar & Club Vocabulary & Slang
00:08:52
engVid
8 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ A story about New Year's Eve, full of slang, vocabulary, and expressions related to drinking, partying, clubs, bars, and other typical North American New Year's Eve activities. After you've watched the class, take the free quiz at to test your understanding: http://www.engvid.com/happy-new-year-bar-club-party-vocabulary/

English Grammar - DO & MAKE - "Did you make your bed?"
00:03:38
engVid
9 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/english-....resource/do-make-exp - printable MAKE & DO list. In English we sometimes have two different words to express an idea that in your own language might have just one word. "Do" and "Make" are two words that are often used incorrectly by ESL students. But don't worry -- with this lesson, you'll learn to use these words correctly! You can take a free quiz at http://www.engvid.com/english-grammar-do-make/ to test your understanding.

English Pronunciation - F & V
00:07:24
engVid
11 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Practice your pronunciation of "F" and "V" in English. Do it slowly and master the sounds. A great lesson for all levels.

Speaking English - Talking about the Bathroom & Toilet
00:06:48
engVid
12 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Learn the different ways to ask and talk about the toilet in English in this practical lesson, then take the free quiz at http://www.engvid.com/

How to pronounce regular -ED endings in English
00:05:28
engVid
11 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Practice your pronunciation of regular -ED verb endings in this important English lesson. There are three endings to learn! Test yourself after watching by taking the free quiz at http://www.engvid.com/how-to-pronounce-regular-ed-endings-in-english/

How to give directions in English
00:07:56
engVid
18 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ An excellent practical lesson on giving and receiving directions. In this lesson I discuss how to give and receive directions. This is also excellent practice on prepositions.

English Pronunciation - B & V
00:08:49
engVid
11 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Learn how to speak clearly. In this lesson we practice the 'B' and 'V' sounds. It can be quite challenging for Spanish speakers, but will be excellent practice for anyone learning English.

Speaking English - 5 Idioms about TIME
00:04:42
engVid
10 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ In this English class, I discuss a few common expressions that you can use to talk about time. I show you the context and how to use the idioms. Take a free quiz on this lesson at http://www.engvid.com/english-idioms-hair/

Vocabulary - 7 adjectives for describing people in English
00:08:43
engVid
21 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ When you use adjectives, your communication becomes more interesting and sophisticated. There are many ways to describe people, and compound personality adjectives can add color to your language. Here are a few words to help you describe yourself and people that you know. After you've watched the lesson, take the free quiz at http://www.engvid.com/compound-adjectives-for-describing-people/ to test your understanding!

English Vocabulary - Talking about Shopping
00:05:19
engVid
15 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com You need to know some simple vocabulary and phrases in order to shop in an English-speaking country. In this lesson, I teach you some of this important vocabulary.

Make sure you're ready to go shoe shopping: http://www.engvid.com/english-vocabulary-shopping/#quiz!

Learn Pronunciation with Poetry
00:07:46
engVid
11 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com English pronunciation can be tough, but immersing yourself in language and having fun with it can make a big difference. By learning to read poetry with tone and rhythm, you can make your spoken English come alive!

Test your understanding with the quiz at http://www.engvid.com/pronunciation-poetry/

Talking about being sick - English health vocabulary
00:12:37
engVid
12 Views · 5 years ago

When you're sick, it's important to know how to describe how you feel. This vocabulary lesson will help you to talk about sickness and bodily pain!

5 Food Idioms in English
00:05:43
engVid
12 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com There are a lot of idioms and expressions in English that involve food. But most of their meanings don't actually have anything to do with food! In this lesson, I'll teach you five food expressions.

After the lesson, take the quiz at http://www.engvid.com/food-idioms/ .

Learn English with Cooking: Making Blueberry Pancakes!
00:09:20
engVid
7 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com Words and expressions about cooking can open up a world before you. Learning about the measurements, tools, and methods of cooking will expand your English vocabulary. And you'll learn how to make yummy blueberry pancakes, too!

Take the quiz at http://www.engvid.com/cooking-blueberry-pancakes/

Common Mistakes
00:03:32
engVid
5 Views · 5 years ago

Do you say "I should of listened to my mother?" or "I should have listened to my mother?" Even native English speakers make this very common mistake, but it's really easy to learn which is correct, and why it's correct, so watch this lesson and find out! Test your understanding with a free quiz at http://www.engvid.com/could-of-or-could-have/

Holiday Vocabulary in English - Halloween (and idioms about DEATH)
00:13:35
engVid
18 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com Learning about holidays and festivals is a fun way to understand other cultures. In this English lesson, you'll learn about Halloween and you'll learn some vocabulary and phrases related to the holiday. You'll also learn some idioms related to death. Do you celebrate Halloween in your country?

Test your understanding with the quiz at http://www.engvid.com/halloween-vocabulary/ !

Listening Comprehension - Learn English with strange news!
00:14:15
engVid
7 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com Listening to a story and answering questions on it is the best way to test and improve your listening comprehension. In this fun lesson, you will listen to a strange news story and have the opportunity to learn many new words. If you would like to continue the lesson, try to re-tell the story in your words. You could also try to use some of these new words in a sentence. The opportunities to learn are endless. Then take the quiz at http://www.engvid.com/listening-comprehension/news !

How to improve your English with story building
00:06:32
engVid
16 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com Playing with language can be an excellent way to learn. In this exciting English lesson I will teach you how to improve your English skills by using your creativity. It's an excellent way to build on what you know and to remember what you learn. Test your understanding with the quiz: http://www.engvid.com/improve-english-story-building/

Listening Comprehension - Legal Vocabulary in English
00:10:23
engVid
15 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Understand news stories better by taking this listening comprehension lesson. I'll teach you a lot of new vocabulary and then read you a story. Take the quiz at http://www.engvid.com/listening-comprehension-legal-vocabulary/ to see if you've understood everything!

http://www.engvid.com/listening-comprehension-legal-vocabulary/

English Grammar - How to compare: "as cold as ice"
00:05:37
engVid
15 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ There are many ways to compare in English and in this lesson, I'll teach you a simple structure that you can use. Watch this free grammar lesson and then practice with the quiz at http://www.engvid.com/english-grammar-compare/

Listening Comprehension - Biography of Clint Eastwood
00:06:40
engVid
8 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com Listening to this biography about a famous actor will help to develop your listening and writing skills in English. You will also expand your vocabulary and learn to use some new expressions in a way that sounds natural. Take a quiz on this lesson here: http://www.engvid.com/listening-comprehension-clint-eastwood/

English Vocabulary - End or Finish?
00:05:59
engVid
6 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com "Finish" and "end" are two words in English that have almost the same meaning, but are used in different situations. Watch this quick lesson to learn what context to use each in. Then take the quiz at http://www.engvid.com/english-vocabulary-end-finish/

Prepositions in English - on time or in time?
00:04:48
engVid
12 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com Prepositions can be confusing. In this grammar lesson, I look at the difference between in time and on time. Sometimes we can use either one, and in other situations only one of the prepositions is correct. Can you tell the difference? Take the quiz at http://www.engvid.com/prepositions-in-on-time/

Conversation Skills - Asking Questions
00:06:14
engVid
7 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com Asking questions can be, if not the only way, to keep a conversation going. In this lesson you will try to think of the question that is appropriate for the answer. Test yourself at http://www.engvid.com/conversation-skills-asking-questions/ !

Advanced English pronunciation with poetry
00:04:11
engVid
7 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com English pronunciation can be very challenging because the sounds are very inconsistent. Why do we say beard, but heard? They look like they should sound similar, but they do not. This is a great lesson for advanced students to learn some new words, as well as their pronunciation. Take a quiz on this lesson at http://www.engvid.com/advanced-pronunciation-poetry/ .

Listening Comprehension - Understand Sports on TV!
00:11:09
engVid
5 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com Sports on television can be exciting, but what are they saying? In this listening comprehension lesson we will hear a "play-by-play" commentary on a sporting event and learn about the language that is used. Then take the quiz at http://www.engvid.com/listening-comprehension-sports/

How to read job ads in English - Understanding abbreviated writing styles
00:10:10
engVid
14 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com Grammar is important, but there are times when we need to shorten/condense our language to communicate what we want to say. In this lesson you will learn about some "abbreviated" (shortened) ways of speaking in job advertisements, and looking for apartments. Take a quiz on this lesson at http://www.engvid.com/job-ad-abbreviations/ .

How to use the word OVER in English
00:06:07
engVid
9 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com Some English words have many uses. In this lesson we look at the usage of the word OVER, especially when talking about ages and speeds. I will talk about the word ABOVE in my next lesson. Don't forget to take the quiz on OVER at http://www.engvid.com/how-to-use-over-in-english/

How to use the word ABOVE in English
00:05:13
engVid
21 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com In this class, I'll teach you when and how to use the word ABOVE in English. You'll learn when we use the word "above" with measurements, and also when to use the word "below". Then take the quiz at http://www.engvid.com/above-below/ to test your understanding!

Conditionals -- second & third conditionals (English Grammar)
00:05:22
engVid
5 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com "If I had watched the lesson, I would have known the answer." OH NO!!! MORE CONDITIONALS!!! Learn about the 'Second Conditional' and 'Third Conditional' in English. I'll teach you when we use them, and what the structures are. After watching the lesson, you'll be able to answer the question -- "What would you do if you had a million dollars?"

Take the quiz here: http://www.engvid.com/second-third-conditionals/

Listening Comprehension - Learn English with dirty jokes
00:08:05
engVid
17 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com Jokes can be difficult to understand in any language -- especially if the language is not your native language. In this lesson I'll teach you about the parts of a joke, and you'll learn some new vocabulary and expressions that you wouldn't normally hear in a classroom... and hopefully you laugh! You can take a free quiz on this lesson at http://www.engvid.com/listening-comprehension-dirty-jokes/ .

English Vocabulary - afraid, afraid of, scared of, fear
00:04:13
engVid
17 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Don't be afraid of this lesson -- it's pretty easy! We will learn about the different uses of the word afraid in English. I'll also teach you about fear and scared. Bravely take the quiz at http://www.engvid.com/english-vocabulary-fear/

University degrees in North America
00:09:14
engVid
18 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ There are so many university programs and each program uses different abbreviations (short forms). In this lesson I will teach you some of the major abbreviations you will encounter in the academic world. This will help you if you are applying to or attending a university in North America. You can take a quiz on this lesson at http://www.engvid.com/university-degrees-in-north-america/

Listening Comprehension for Beginners - "under the weather"
00:06:43
engVid
12 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Learn the meaning and origin of an idiom in English, as well as a lot of vocabulary, in this simple comprehension lesson. You'll also be training yourself to listen and understand in English. http://www.engvid.com/listening-comprehension-under-the-weather/

Common Mistakes: SHADE or SHADOW?
00:04:26
engVid
9 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Sometimes there are words in English that have similar meanings but are used in different ways. In this vocabulary lesson, I discuss the difference between 'shade' and 'shadow' and show examples of how to use the two words.
http://www.engvid.com//

Common Mistakes: SOON, EARLY, QUICK, FAST
00:03:31
engVid
12 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ In this lesson I discuss the words soon, early, quickly, and fast. Are you going to finish university soon, fast, or early? I'll teach you when each of these words is used in English and how they are used. I also show examples for greater clarification, so by the end of this video there should be no confusion. Take the quiz soon at http://www.engvid.com/soon-early-quick-fast/

5 great ways to improve your English!
00:06:07
engVid
10 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ In this lesson I discuss five great ways to improve your English. All aspects are covered: reading, writing, grammar, and speaking. There is no end to what you can learn, and no reason why you can't have fun doing it! After the lesson, take the free quiz at http://www.engvid.com/5-great-ways-to-improve-your-english/

SUBSCRIBE for more lessons:
http://www.youtube.com/subscri....ption_center?add_use

3 expressions to improve your conversation skills
00:08:08
engVid
8 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Improve your conversation skills in English immediately with these three easy expressions. You'll make it easier for people to understand what you're saying, and your speech will flow more naturally, just by following the tips I give in this free lesson. To make sure you've understood how to use these three expressions correctly, take the quiz at http://www.engvid.com/conversation-skills-3-expressions/

English Grammar - Passed or Past?
00:14:07
engVid
10 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ "Past" or "passed"? Learn the very different meanings of these words and easy tricks to remember them. Watch this free lesson and these common mistakes will be a thing of the past. Take the quiz, too: http://www.engvid.com/passed-or-past/

Slang in English: 'What the hell' and other HELL expressions
00:20:13
engVid
18 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com The word 'hell' is used in many English expressions. Learn the multiple meanings of 'what the hell' and other common expressions like 'for the hell of it', 'like hell', 'to hell with it', 'when hell freezes over', and 'go to hell'. Take the quiz at http://www.engvid.com/hell-slang/

English Grammar - By or Until?
00:14:32
engVid
4 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com By or Until? "I will be there by 5 pm" or "until 5 pm"? What is the difference? In this English lesson, I talk about these two time prepositions, giving many different examples to highlight their meaning. By the time you take the quiz on this grammar lesson, you will know when to use by and until. You can take the quiz here: http://www.engvid.com/by-until/

Basic English Grammar - MOST, ALMOST, or ALMOST ALL?
00:10:56
engVid
4 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Most, almost, or almost all? In this English lesson for beginners, we examine a common mistake students make. Do 'almost all' and 'most' mean the same thing? "Almost cats like birds", "almost all cats like birds", or "most cats like birds"? What is the difference? Almost all of you will get something from this lesson.

Talking about disability - words to use and words not to use
00:13:41
engVid
9 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Can I use the word retard when talking about someone with a disability or is this an unacceptable term? What is the difference between visually impaired and blind? Should I say someone is handicapped or disabled? This lesson will teach you vocabulary for talking about disability. It will also teach you words that you should avoid. This is not just a vocabulary lesson; you'll also learn about North American culture. Take a quiz on this lesson at http://www.engvid.com/disability-vocabulary/ .

How to pronounce words ending in S
00:11:26
engVid
12 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ When we pronounce the s in the words dogs, cats, dishes, lives, and it's, do we pronounce the s the same way? In this video, we will learn the three different ways we pronounce the s at the end of a word. This video will help you master English pronunciation and make it easier for native speakers to understand you. Then, take the quiz on this lesson at http://www.engvid.com/pronunciation-words-ending-in-s/ .

IELTS - How to get a high score on Task 1 of the IELTS
00:25:50
engVid
10 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this lesson to get a better score on Task 1 of the academic IELTS.

Panicked about the writing section of the IELTS? Or do you work in a field that requires you to present graphs? This English lesson will teach you key vocabulary to use when describing different types of graphs, a requirement in task 1 of the IELTS writing section. I will explain what you must do in Task 1, how you will be marked, and key expressions to use. I'll also give you some tips to help you achieve a high score on the IELTS.

After the lesson, test yourself with the quiz at http://www.engvid.com/ielts-task-1-vocabulary/

For a complete, free guide to the IELTS, go to http://www.GoodLuckIELTS.com/

Conversation Skills - 3 expressions you can use
00:08:57
engVid
14 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Want to improve your conversation skills? In this lesson, I will teach you three common conversation expressions. By learning these expressions, you'll make it easier for people to understand what you're saying, and your speech will flow more naturally. After the lesson, take the quiz at http://www.engvid.com/3-expressions-for-conversations/ to test your understanding.

Writing in English - Comma Splices & 4 easy ways to fix them
00:08:06
engVid
6 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Do you know what a comma splice is? Learn about one of the most common writing mistakes that students make and four easy ways to correct it. This free lesson will help you to become a better writer. You can also test yourself with the quiz at http://www.engvid.com/comma-splices/ !

Using PASSIVE in English to avoid responsibility
00:08:22
engVid
15 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ "I made a mistake." "Mistakes were made." What is the difference between these two sentences? This grammar lesson will explain what the passive voice and active voice are and when we should use them. I'll also show you how governments and businesses use the passive voice to avoid responsibility. You can test your understanding of the class with the free quiz at http://www.engvid.com/passive-responsibility/

Prepositions in English – OF
00:11:16
engVid
12 Views · 5 years ago

"The leg of the dog" or "the dog's leg"? "England's role" or "the role of England"? "Almost all students" or "almost all of the students"? In this lesson, I'll teach you when to use the preposition 'of'. Although it's a small word, mastering 'of' is a challenge for many students. Let's solve the mystery of the word 'of' together.

Take a quiz on this lesson here: https://www.engvid.com/prepositions-in-english-of/

English Vocabulary - Assure, Ensure, Insure
00:07:45
engVid
9 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Assure, ensure, insure, reassure? Learn what these words mean in this vocabulary lesson. I assure you that after this video, you will not mix up these words again. After watching, make sure you've understood by taking the quiz at http://www.engvid.com/assure-ensure-insure/

Grammar Mistakes - RISE or RAISE?
00:14:28
engVid
13 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ I rise my hand or I raise my hand? Rise and raise are two verbs that are easy to confuse. In this lesson, I will teach the differences between these two words, their present tense, past tense, and past participle forms, and tricks to remember how we use them. http://www.engvid.com/rise-or-raise/

Learn English - Vocabulary - The Olympics
00:13:48
engVid
4 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ The Olympics is one of the world's biggest sporting events. This lesson will teach you key Olympic vocabulary that will help you talk about the Olympics with your friends. It will also help you to understand sports news. After the class, test your understanding of these sports words by taking the free quiz at http://www.engvid.com/vocabulary-olympics/

Gender-inclusive Language - How to avoid sexism
00:11:51
engVid
19 Views · 5 years ago

A student must always try their best, or his or her best? Mailman, policeman, businessman? Is there a problem with using these words? Do we still use the words man or mankind to refer to people in general? This vocabulary and grammar lesson will teach you how to avoid sounding old-fashioned or sexist and how to avoid incorrect grammar. Test yourself with the quiz at: https://www.engvid.com/gender-inclusive-language/

Grammar Mistakes - LIE or LAY?
00:14:05
engVid
8 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ "Lay" and "lie" are two of the most commonly confused words in the English language. Watch this lesson to learn the difference between these words, along with tricks to ensure that you don't confuse them again. At the end of the video, take the quiz so you can test your understanding. http://www.engvid.com/lie-or-lay/

Grammar Mistakes - GROW or GROW UP?
00:07:13
engVid
30 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ The plant grows or grows up? I grew in Toronto or I grew up in Toronto? Is there a difference between grow and grow up? This lesson will explain what these words mean in English and when we use them, so you won't make this common mistake again. Take a quiz on this lesson here: http://www.engvid.com/grow-or-grow-up/

Pronunciation - TU - culture, lecture, actually, fortune...
00:10:20
engVid
13 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Watch this lesson to learn about a very common pronunciation mistake. How do you pronounce 'tuba' and 'century'? Is the spelling 'tu' in both words pronounced the same? In this video, I will teach you how and when to pronounce 'tu' like a 'ch' in North American English, we will practice the pronunciation of many words, and we will do some fun tongue-twisters. Don't forget to check out the University of Iowa Library of English site that I mention in this lesson: http://www.uiowa.edu/~acadtech..../phonetics/english/f And take the quiz here: http://www.engvid.com/pronunciation-tu/

Learn English Vocabulary: Immigrate, Emigrate, Migrate
00:06:31
engVid
10 Views · 5 years ago

Immigrate, emigrate or migrate? These three words look similar and have similar meanings. In this vocabulary lesson, I will explain the meanings and differences between these three commonly mixed-up words. Take a quiz on this lesson at: https://www.engvid.com/vocabul....ary-immigrate-emigra

Pronunciation - DU - education, schedule, individual, procedure...
00:11:25
engVid
15 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ How do you pronounce duck and education? Is the spelling 'du' in both words pronounced the same? In this video, I will teach you how and when to pronounce 'du' like a 'j' in North American English. We will practice the pronunciation of many words, and we will do some fun tongue-twisters to make sure you've got it. Watch this lesson and make sure you don't make this very common pronunciation mistake again! Don't forget to check out the University of Iowa Library of English site that I mention in this lesson: http://www.uiowa.edu/~acadtech..../phonetics/english/f And take the quiz here: http://www.engvid.com/pronunciation-du/

A lot, alot, lots, allot
00:12:38
engVid
8 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ "A lot", "alot", "lots" or "allot"? These four small words cause confusion to native speakers of English and those learning English as a second language. This lesson will teach you the correct ways to use these words, with lots of examples. After watching the class, you can allot some time to taking our quiz: http://www.engvid.com/alot/

8 things NOT to say to women
00:07:44
engVid
24 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ This video is a must-see for anyone who plans to live in, work in, or travel to North America or Britain. You will learn about North American culture and things that may offend women. After the lesson, test yourself with a quiz: http://www.engvid.com/8-things-not-to-say-to-women/

Then or Than?
00:11:53
engVid
13 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ She is taller THEN you or she is taller THAN you? Than and then are words that are often confused by both native English speakers and people learning English. In this lesson, you will learn when to use than and then and how to pronounce them. Watch this video to see many examples of the differences, then try our quiz to test your understanding. http://www.engvid.com/then-than/

TRANSCRIPT:
Hi there. My name is Emma, and today we have a very good video... A very great video, actually, on the difference between "then" and "than". So this is a very, very common mistake a lot of people, both native speakers and ESL students make.

So before I begin, I'd just like to thank Milly45 for recommending this video idea, as well as my sister who is constantly making this mistake. She makes this mistake in business emails, she makes it on all sorts of very important documents, and she's constantly told by her boss or other people: "This is a bad mistake to make." So this is also for my sister. I hope she watches this, because maybe she won't make these mistakes in the future. Okay, so let's get started.

First of all, I'd like to talk about the pronunciation, the difference in pronunciation between "then" and "than". Okay? So, "then" sounds like "Ken". You know Ken and Barbie? Ken, it rhymes with Ken, "then". "Than" is more like "can". So, "can/than", "Ken/then". So there is a slight difference in pronunciation; although oftentimes when people speak fast, they might actually... You may just hear "then" for both cases. When somebody actually says: "than", you may hear "then". So, pronunciation-wise, these two are often pronounced as "then".

Okay, so now let's look at some questions, and I want you to see where you currently are in terms of "then" versus "than". How confident are you that you know the difference between these words?

So our first example: "She is bigger then me." Do you think this sentence is correct? Did we use "then" correctly? If you said no, you are correct. This should be "than".

Number two: "I will come than." What do you guys think? This is also incorrect.

"I ate dinner, and then I cleaned up." What do you think? This one, correct. And I'll go over the explanations in a second, but bear with me.

"I have more money than my sister." Okay? Do you think this is correct? Yes. Although I don't have more money than my sister, so that part's incorrect.

And number five: "Back than, I took the bus." What do you think? This one's also incorrect.

So, if you have made many mistakes or there are some of these that have confused you, this video will really help to help you to learn the difference between "then" and "than".

Okay, so we're starting with "then", with an "e". Okay? So, what can I tell you about "then"? First of all, "then" usually comes at the beginning or the end of a sentence. Not always, but often. Okay? So that's one hint. "Than" doesn't come at the beginning of a sentence. Another thing I can tell you is that "then" has to do with sequence. So, sequence means the order; first, then, finally. You often learn that when you learn English in beginner classes. First I did this, then I did that, next I did this, finally I did that. Okay? So that's sequence. "Then" also has to do with time. Okay? So, I will be there then. I'm going to the store, then I will go visit your house. I will be there at 5:00. I will be there then. So it has to do with time.

So let's look at some example sentences. "First I rented the movies. Then I watched all three LOTRs back to back." So that's a very, very long time to spend on Lord of the Rings, and I did do that. So notice the sequence, though. We have first, first action; next action, "then". "Then I watched all three LOTRs back to back." Okay.

Sentence number two: "We didn't have the Internet back then." Okay? So this is also common to say, "back then", when you're looking at today versus the past, we often call the past "back then". Today we have Facebook. When I was in junior high, we didn't have Facebook back then. Okay. So, again, this has to do with time.

Okay, here's another common expression with "then": "Every now and then,". So, "every now and then" means sometimes. "Every now and then, I look at my photo album." So sometimes I get this urge to look at my photo albums. "Every now and then, I eat ice cream cake." It doesn't happen all the time. It happens once in a while. So I guess you could say: "Every now and then," very similar to: "Every once in a while," okay. So, again, "then", think sequence and think time.

5 useful email expressions
00:08:20
engVid
11 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Having trouble writing an email? In this video, I will teach you five useful email expressions that will help you to write better emails. I will also teach some email vocabulary such as forward, attachment, and cc, along with some ways to end emails. Is it okay to use cc as a verb? Watch this class and find out! And don't forget to take the quiz: http://www.engvid.com/5-useful-email-expressions/

TRANSCRIPT:
Hi. My name is Emma, and today we are going to look at some very useful email expressions. So we're going to look at five in total, and these email expressions can be used in formal email writing. So I've had a lot of students in the past tell me that they spend hours writing very simple, short emails. These expressions will help you to improve your email writing, and to write emails a lot quicker. So let's get started.

Okay, so our first expression, very common:
"Please find attached _________."
Okay? "Please find attached _________." So, what do I mean by "attached"? So, in this case, "attached" is a verb, but "an attachment", which is the same thing but in the noun form, is an added computer file. So it's a computer file we add to an email. So, what are some examples of attachments? Well: "Please find attached my resume." This may be an added computer file. "Please find attached photos from the conference." So it's a very simple phrase. It's very polite. Notice we have "please". "Please find attached _________." And then you just fill in the blank with the computer file you're adding to the email. Okay? So that's our first expression.

Now let's look at our second expression.
"I've forwarded _________ to you." Or alternatively, we can also say: "I'm forwarding _________ to you."
So, first of all, what do I mean by "forward"? Okay? Well, a forward... "Forwarding" is a verb, but it can also be a noun, as in "forward". So a "forward" is when you get an email and you decide you want to resend the email to someone else, so you forward it to them. So, again, it's when you want to resend an email and you send it to a different email address. So that's a forward. So what can I forward? Well, we've used resume already; we can use it again. "I've forwarded..." Maybe you're forwarding someone else's resume, so: "Bill's resume to you.", "I'm forwarding John's email." Maybe there was a good email he sent, so you want to forward it to someone else to you. So that covers forwarding. K, now let's look at some more expressions.

Okay, so expression number three:
"I've cc'd/cc'ed/copied _________"-and then you write the name of the person-"on this email."
So, what does this mean? Well, sometimes maybe you've written an email to someone, but you want someone else to see what you've written. So the email isn't directed to this person; you just want them to know what's going on, so you might cc them or copy them. Okay? So there are three different ways to write this. Remember, in business writing and in formal writing for emails, we really want emails to be short and to the point. We want them to be concise, so that's why you may see "cc'd", not as a word but just with an apostrophe "d", meaning the past participle. "Cc'ed" or "copied". All of these are correct to use. So I could say: "I've cc'd Umar on this email." Meaning the email goes to someone, but Umar can also see the email too. So the email isn't directed to Umar; he can just see it too. So why might we cc someone? Well, to keep a person, so someone, in the loop. So this is another common expression you may hear. When you keep someone in the loop, it means you want them to know what is going on, so you keep them in the loop. Meaning now they know what is happening. Okay?

Expression number four:
"If you have any questions, please don't hesitate to contact me."
So, first of all, what does "hesitate" mean? This might be a word you don't know. It means to wait. So, this can also sound like: "If you have any questions, please don't wait to contact me." "Hesitate" is, of course, more formal and it's the one that is commonly used. So this is a great way to actually end an email. Towards the end, before you say: "Sincerely", or: "Kind regards, Vanessa", or: "Emma", or: "Umar", or: "John", this is a good thing to write before the very end of the email.

How to talk about children: Common Expressions
00:12:55
engVid
19 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ In this lesson, I will teach you some common words we use when talking about babies and children. You will learn words like "toddler", "temper tantrum", "infant", "tattle", "spank", "ground" and many more. If you are writing the IELTS or TOEFL, these words may help you get a higher vocabulary mark in the speaking and writing sections! Test yourself on this lesson with the quiz: http://www.engvid.com/children-common-expressions/

TRANSCRIPT:
Hi there. My name is Emma, and today we are going to do a vocabulary lesson, and we're going to talk about children and childhood. So this vocabulary lesson is very good for anyone who has children, anyone who knows children, who talk about children, and also people who are doing the TOEFL and the IELTS exam. And the reason for the TOEFL and the IELTS exam is for some of the questions, they may ask you maybe in the essay or in the speaking part to talk about your childhood, or if you have children, to talk about your children. So this vocabulary lesson can help you to get a higher score on the vocabulary component, because you'll be using a little bit more challenging words and they will recognize that.

So let's get started. Sorry about the siren, guys. Okay. So, a common grammatical mistake people make is they don't know when to use "child" and when to use "children". So, first of all, "child" means one; one kid, one child. "Children" is two... Or sorry, "children", two or more. Okay. So, my friend has three children. My other friend has just one child. Okay?

Another thing I want you to note is the meaning of "childhood". So when we talk about "childhood", we're talking about a period of time. A period of time when we were young, that's our childhood. So the childhood is the period of time when you're a child.

All right, so let's look at some different types... Some of the different stages of childhood and the terms we use for those. So, first of all, we have "infant". Okay? "Infant" is a noun, and it's a synonym of "baby". It's just sort of like a higher way to say "baby". "Infants tend to cry a lot." Just an example sentence of the word "infant".

So, after infant, the baby will get a bit bigger and it will become a "toddler". So, a toddler, this is a noun, and it's usually around the ages of 1 to 2 years old. It's a child who are... Who is between these ages. And usually toddlers, they're able to walk, and they can talk. They say not maybe full sentences, but you know, they're about 1 to 2 years old. So we use the term "toddler" for this age.

Now, similar to toddler, we also sometimes talk about "the terrible twos". So this is a common English expression, and we use it when we're talking about toddlers, because toddlers often scream, they often cry, they often fight, maybe kick or hit, and so as a result, parents often call this period of time: "The Terrible Twos". So, here's an example: "When children hit the terrible twos, they cry a lot." Okay? Although I hear the terrible twos really aren't that terrible, for parents who, you know, your children are growing, maybe it won't be such a bad time.

Okay, next we have "pre-teen". So I've skipped a lot between here. You'll see that we've jumped from 2 to 9-13. And the reason for that is, in general, after about 2 years old, we just usually use the term "children", "child", "kid". You can also use the age, too. I have an 8-year-old kid. I have a 3 year old. I have a 4 year old. So that's what we usually use for the ages between 2 and 9.

So, after that, we get to pre-teen. So, "pre" means before. So before teenage years. This is usually between 9 to 13 years old, these are pre-teens. And this is before a child hits puberty. That's what "pre-teen" means. This is also a noun. We're talking about a person.

And then, finally, our last two definitions for the types: "adolescent" and "teenager". These words are synonyms. They're for people between the ages of 13 and 19. So maybe you have teenagers at home, maybe you have adolescents, maybe you are a teenager. We can also shorten this. You will often hear the word "teen". Okay, so now we're going to learn some vocabulary about what children do and what parents do.

So here are a couple vocabulary words that reflect... Well, they are things that children do. So most of these are actions. Now, of course, children do a lot more things than the three things I have here, but these are words you may not know. They're words that can help you if you're doing TOEFL, IELTS, you know, they're a higher level word.

So, the first word we have is "crawl". "Crawl" is a verb and it's when children move, but they're not walking, they're on their arms and their knees. They crawl across the floor. So this is what babies do. So first, babies just lie there, then they crawl, and then they learn how to walk. So we can say: "Most infants learn to crawl between 7-12 months." Okay? So that's "crawl".

Improve your English: "I stopped smoking" or "I stopped to smoke"?
00:08:55
engVid
20 Views · 5 years ago

I stopped to talk or I stopped talking? What is the difference in meaning? In this lesson, we will look at the verb "to stop" and when it should be followed by a gerund or an infinitive. The meaning of "I stopped to smoke" and "I stopped smoking" is very different. Watch this video and find out what the difference is. Then take the quiz: https://www.engvid.com/stopped-or-stopped-to/

5 tips to improve your writing
00:12:13
engVid
7 Views · 5 years ago

Want to become a better writer? In this video, I will share five easy and quick tips that will improve writing in formal and academic settings. If you're in college or university or plan to study overseas, this video is for you! Watch the lesson, then take the quiz: https://www.engvid.com/5-tips-....to-improve-your-writ

Next, watch my Top 5 Writing Tips video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=xu2gm-Y4RXs

Speaking English - Going to the hairdresser
00:23:46
engVid
9 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Going to get a haircut? In this lesson, I will teach you expressions and vocabulary to use at the hair salon or barbershop. What is the difference between a barbershop and a hair salon, anyway? What are dreads, braids, ponytails, up-dos, and pigtails? What is dandruff? How do I ask to get my hair cut? Watch this lesson for the answers to these questions and more! Then take the quiz: http://www.engvid.com/speaking-english-going-to-the-hairdresser/

13 BOOK Expressions in English
00:12:33
engVid
7 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ What does it mean to be in someone's good books? Have you ever been called a bookworm? In this English lesson, you will learn 13 common expressions that have the word 'book' in them. I'll teach you how to use hit the books, don't judge a book by its cover, by the books, to have the book thrown at someone, the oldest trick in the book, and many more. Take the quiz on this lesson here: http://www.engvid.com/13-book-expressions/

6 tips for dealing with speaking anxiety
00:14:01
engVid
9 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Scared of speaking English in front of people? Do you get nervous when you have to speak in class, at meetings or even social events? You are not alone. Speaking anxiety is one of the most common problems students face. This video will give you six ways to overcome speaking anxiety. I have used each of these tips myself and know that they work. Test your understanding of this lesson with the quiz: http://www.engvid.com/6-tips-for-dealing-with-speaking-anxiety/

Between or Among?
00:15:49
engVid
19 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ "Among" or "between" -- which one should you use? In this lesson, you will learn about the common English words "between" and "among", and about how they are different. These two words are often confused by both native speakers and ESL students. Between you and me, this lesson is a must-see for anyone learning English. After the lesson, take the quiz here: http://www.engvid.com/between-or-among/

IELTS & TOEFL Vocabulary - Technology
00:11:53
engVid
17 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Is my computer outdated or state-of-the-art? In this vocabulary lesson, I will teach you words that can be used to describe technology and computers. This video will help you to improve your vocabulary and score higher marks on the TOEFL and IELTS. Watch to find out if you are a technophile or a technophobe, if your computer is cutting-edge and user-friendly, and whether you prefer technology to be bulky or compact. Then take a quiz on this lesson here: http://www.engvid.com/technology-vocabulary/

Vocabulary - Beside & Besides
00:10:47
engVid
12 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ What is the difference between "beside" and "besides"? In this English class, I will teach you the different meanings of these words, how to use them in sentences and in some common expressions. This video will help you to improve your vocabulary and grammar. Besides, you will be beside yourself with excitement after watching it! Go test your knowledge with the quiz: http://www.engvid.com/vocabulary-beside-besides/

English Grammar - "try to do" or "try doing"?
00:11:11
engVid
16 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ I tried to study English or I tried studying English? What is the difference in meaning? This is something that is asked a lot on tests! In this grammar lesson, I look at the verb "try", and will teach you when it should be followed by a gerund or an infinitive. The meaning of "I tried to watch the movie." is not the same as "I tried watching the movie." Watch this lesson and find out why.
Free quiz on this English grammar lesson: http://www.engvid.com/try-to-do-try-doing/

IELTS Speaking Task 1 - How to get a high score
00:19:18
engVid
9 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.goodluckielts.com/ Do you need to take the IELTS? I will teach you everything you need to get a higher score in Task 1 of the Speaking section of the exam! A lot of people have to take the IELTS exam when they immigrate or study overseas. Even if your English is good, you could get a low score in the Speaking section if you are not prepared. If you are taking this test, this video will help you. I'll tell you what to expect and give you a lot of tips and strategies to do well! To test your understanding of the video, take the quiz at http://www.engvid.com/ielts-speaking-task-1/ and for more IELTS tips, strategies, secrets, and sample questions and answers, go to Good Luck IELTS: http://www.goodluckielts.com/

Hi, there. My name is Emma, and in today's lesson, we will be looking at how to do well on the speaking part of the IELTS. So the speaking part of the IELTS is divided up into three sections. Today, we're just going to be looking at section No. 1. So first of all, I will explain how to do well -- oh, sorry. First, I'll explain what happens in Part 1 of the IELTS. And from there, we'll look at some things you should do to do well and some things you shouldn't do, okay? So let's get started.

So what happens in Part 1 of the IELTS? Well, first of all, the speaking Part 1 of the IELTS is for both those taking the General IELTS exam and the Academic. So whether you're taking the Academic or the General IELTS, it's the same test with the same questions.

Okay. It lasts between four to five minutes. It's made up of first an introduction. So the examiner is going to introduce himself or herself. Then, you will introduce yourself. So for example, "Hi. My name is Emma. Nice to meet you." Okay, so there's an introduction. And then, the examiner is going to ask you some questions about yourself. So these questions aren't that difficult. Usually, they're about where you're from. So for example what city you were born in, where you grew up. They might be about work. They might be about what you study, about your friends, about your hobbies, food, sports, and another thing I don't have up here, family. Family is also common on this part of the IELTS. Okay? So usually, the examiner, after introducing himself or herself, they will talk to you about two of these topics. Okay?"

Now, the way they mark this part of the IELTS is they're looking specifically for pronunciation, okay? So can they understand what you're saying? Do you pronounce things well? They're going to be looking at fluency. So what's "fluency"? Well, do you go, "Uh, um, uh, uh" a lot during the test? Or do you speak very clearly, in a very nice rhythmic way? Do you use organizers or transitions? "First of all, secondly, finally." Do you use words like this? "Another reason." Or do you have problems speaking at a normal rate? So they look at that in fluency."

Then, they mark you also on vocabulary. Do you use words like "good, bad" a lot? Those are very low-level words. Or do you use high level words that really show off your vocabulary?"

The final thing you're marked on is grammar and accuracy. So for example, do you only use the present test for the whole test or are you able to correctly use the present tense, the past tense, present perfect, future? How well is your grammar? Okay?

So don't panic. Maybe you're weak in grammar. Maybe you make some mistakes in grammar. But you're marked equally on these four components, okay? So now, let's look at some tips on how to do well on Part 1 of the speaking part of the IELTS.

Okay. So what are some of the things we should do to get a good mark in Part 1 of the IELTS for speaking? Well, we have a list here of dos. Okay? So these are things you want to do. So the first thing that's very important is when you first meet the examiner, okay? If you're very nervous, and you don't make eye-contact, and you look at the floor the whole time, you're not going to do well on the IELTS even if your English is pretty good. So it's very important to present yourself with confidence, okay? You want to go into that test and know you're going to do well. If you think you're going to do well, you're going to do a lot better. Okay? If you think you're going to do badly, you're probably going to do badly. So think you're going to do well, and be confident. Okay?

Another important thing is be friendly. Okay. You want to smile. Body language is actually very important in the IELTS.

You want to make eye-contact, okay? So don't look at your feet. Don't look at your hands. Look at the examiner. But you don't have to stare at them, okay? Just look at them when you talk.

English Vocabulary - ABOUT, ABOUT TO, NOT ABOUT TO
00:11:27
engVid
17 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ "I'm about to go study" or "I'm not about to go study"? What do these sentences mean? How do we use about, about to, and not about to in English? You are about to watch a vocabulary lesson in which I will explain the difference between these expressions with many examples. You'll also hear the Canadian pronunciation of "about" that many people find funny! Take the quiz on this lesson here: http://www.engvid.com/english-vocabulary-about-to/

TRANSCRIPT:
Hi there. My name is Emma, and today's video is about the word "about". So before I begin, well it's also -- sorry --, it's about "about", "about to", and "not about to". So we're going to look at what "about" means, what "about to" means, and what "not about to" means; they have different meanings.
But before I begin talking about the grammar and what these expressions mean, I just want to say that you'll notice I have a Canadian pronunciation of "about". Okay? So, if you ever hear an American make a joke about a Canadian, one of the jokes they often make is about the way Canadians say "about". For me, I don't actually hear the difference between how Americans say "about" and how Canadians say "about", but any time I go to the States, as soon as I say this word they go, "You're a Canadian." So just so you're aware: I have a Canadian pronunciation of the word "about".
So let's get started. First I'm going to talk about the word "about", then "about to", and then "not about to". Okay, so "about". Now, there are many different meanings of the word "about", I'm just going to go through two of the most common. So these are not all the meanings, there are a lot of meanings. This is just... these are just the two most common. So I have an example sentence here: "It's about five miles to town." So this means it's close to five miles to town; it's around five miles to town. I'm not saying exactly, it's five miles. I don't know, maybe it's 5.2 miles, maybe it's 4.9 miles, but it's around five miles. I could say, "It's about three o'clock." I don't mean it's exactly three o'clock. Maybe it's 2:59, maybe it's 3:05; it's close to that time. Okay? So that's the first meaning that we use very often when we want to say: "It's not exactly, but it's close to."
The second meaning is when we want to say what the subject is, we want to know what the subject of something is. So you might ask somebody: "What's Titanic about?" So this is: -"What is the subject of the movie?" -"Well, it's about two people who fall in love on a sinking ship."
Another example of the same idea with subject -- I love this question --, "What are you thinking about?" So I have a friend who always asks her husband this question. She looks at him and she says, "What are you thinking about?" And he's probably not thinking about anything I'm pretty sure or maybe work, and he always says to her, "Nothing. Nothing, I'm, I don't know. I'm thinking, I don't know, sports?" So my friend always asks this question hoping that he will say something very deep, maybe something romantic, maybe something sweet. But usually, I'm pretty sure he's not really thinking about much. So these are probably the two most common usages of "about". So again, "close to" and you want to know the subject.
So now let's look at "about to". Okay, so now I'm about to talk to you about "about to". So "Be + about + to", this has its own unique meaning. So "be" is a verb, then you need "about", and don't forget this little preposition, this is important: "to". What does this mean? It means you're going to do something soon; you're very close to doing something.
So for example:
"I" -- you have your subject -- "am" -- which is the "I" form of "be" --, "I'm about to eat dinner. Can I call you when I finish?" So this means: "I haven't started dinner yet, but I'm going to eat dinner soon. Can I call you when I finish eating dinner?" Okay? So very simple meaning.

My second example:
"The movie is about to begin." So here we have "is" which is the third form of "be", "about", and "to". So we have "Be about to + a verb". "Be about to sleep.", "I'm about to sleep.", "I can't do my homework, I'm about to sleep.", "I'm about to go to class.", "I don't have time to talk because I'm about to go to class." Meaning: "I'm going to class soon." Okay? So that's "about to".

Now, "Be not about to" actually has a different meaning. Okay? So although it's similar, you still have your "to", the only difference is this is in a negative; the meaning is different. "Be about to" has to do with determination. So, what do I mean by this? Well, here is an example: I might say, "I am not about to stop studying English because I failed a class." So this is a strong way to say... We don't write this, this is something we say in speech when we talk. You're showing the person you have determination. In this case: "I'm not about to stop studying English because I failed a class", you're showing you're not going to give up.

IELTS Speaking Task 2 - How to succeed
00:19:39
engVid
17 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ OH NO! YOU HAVE TO TAKE THE IELTS! Well, I can help. Watch this video to learn exactly what to expect in part two of the IELTS Speaking exam. I'll give you sample questions and answers, as well as tips and strategies for success. Test your understanding with a quiz: http://www.engvid.com/ielts-speaking-task-2-how-to-succeed/

TRANSCRIPT:

Hi, my name is Emma, and in today's lesson we are going to be looking at the IELTS. The IELTS is a test that a lot of ESL students have to take when they want to go to a Canadian university, an Australian university, an English university. So when they want to study overseas or often times, when they want to immigrate to one of these countries. Okay? So we're looking specifically at the speaking part of the IELTS, part two. So the IELTS speaking task is split up into three sections. We are going to be looking at section two in this video.
Okay, so let me first explain what happens in section two, and then we are going to look at some tips on what you should do if you want to do well on this section, and things you shouldn't do. Okay? So let's get started. So, in part two of the speaking component of the IELTS, you will be speaking for about two minutes. Okay? So this part lasts for about three minutes, so you have three minutes. The first minute you will be handed a question card. Okay?
So here is an example of a question card. It will tell you, often times, to describe something. "Describe a museum that you have visited." It will tell you what you need to say.
You should say:
* Where it is
* Why you went there
* What you particularly remember
This is just an example. Okay? So it can be on different topics, but you will get a card that looks something like this. Okay? So you have one minute to look at the question and to make notes, and to think: "Okay, what am I going to say?" So that takes one minute, and then after that the examiner will tell you: "Okay, you can begin."
You must talk for one to two minutes. A lot of students actually consider this the hardest part of the speaking component because it's not a dialogue. Okay? The examiner isn't asking you questions and you're giving responses, and you're going back and forth. In this part of the IELTS, you just talk and you talk for one to two minutes. So a lot of students find this difficult because talking for two minutes, even for some native speakers, is a little difficult. Okay, so that's what's going to happen in this part. Okay?
So what are some of the topics you might be asked about in this part of the IELTS? Well, topics often covered include: you might be asked about a precious item, so you might have to describe a precious item that you own. You might have to say something about where you bought it from or: how did you get it, what does it look like, why is it so precious? You might be asked about a special day, a sporting event that you went to or a concert, a special trip or journey or vacation, people who have influenced you. For example: they might ask you to describe your favourite teacher. What was she like? Why was she so great? You might be asked about a book, music, a television program, a movie you saw or even items of clothing. Okay, so sometimes you're asked about historical buildings, you might be asked about a neighbourhood in your city. The key thing that you probably will be asked is this question is often about description, not always, but usually you have to describe something. And then they usually have three questions, they can be: who, what, when, where, why? Okay? So these are the types of questions that they ask.
...

English Grammar - REMEMBER & FORGET - gerunds & infinitives
00:13:24
engVid
23 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ "I remembered to buy milk" or "I remembered buying milk"? What is the difference in meaning? "I forgot to water the plant" or "I forgot watering the plant"? English teachers often use similar questions in their tests. In this lesson, we will look at the verbs "remember" and "forget" and when they should be followed by a gerund or an infinitive. The meaning of "I remembered to watch this class" and "I remembered watching this class" is very different. Watch and find out how. And remember to take the quiz: http://www.engvid.com/remember-forget-gerunds-infinitives/

How to write numbers in English - 6 common mistakes
00:18:26
engVid
11 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Do we write "ten" or "10"? "I have an eight year old son", "I have an eight years old son", "I have an eight-year-old son", or "I have an 8 year old son"? What is the best way to write this? In this lesson, I will teach you six common mistakes that students make with numbers, and how to avoid them. We will look at pronunciation, grammar, and writing mistakes. http://www.engvid.com/writing-numbers-6-common-mistakes/

TRANSCRIPT

Hi there. My name is Emma, and today we are going to look at common mistakes that ESL students make when they're talking about numbers. Okay? So in this video, we will look at five different mistakes I hear my students make often and ways to correct these mistakes. So let's get started.

First we're going to look at pronunciation, the pronunciation of numbers. Okay, so the first mistake I hear often is when students are talking about time -- or things in general, but often with time -- they're talking about the month, the week, the night, the year, the day; they often forget to pronounce the "s" or they pronounce an "s" when they shouldn't. So what do I mean by this? Well, first I have "one month", "two months". So notice in this case: there's no "s" so I don't pronounce an "s". In this case there is an "s" so I do pronounce an "s". So even though it's a pretty simple rule, a lot of people when they speak, they don't do this. I hear students say all the time: "I've been here for one years." Or "I lived there for five year." Okay? So be very careful when you say numbers, make sure that the noun that comes after, if there's more than one: you need an "s" and it's pronounced, the "s" is pronounced.

So what I'd like to do is I'm going to read to you five sentences and I want you to hear if I'm pronouncing the "s" or not. Okay? Oh, and one other thing I should say. So sometimes "s" are pronounced as "s'" like "sss", other times they're pronounced like "zzz" like a "z". So for month: "months", it's pronounced like "sss" like a snake. Week: "weeks". Night:
"nights". Okay? Whereas "year" and "day", when we add an "s", the "s" is pronounced like a "z". "Years", "days". Okay? So keep that in mind.

Okay, so the first sentence. Listen carefully to see if I pronounce the "s" after the number or not. "I've been here for one years." Is that a correct sentence? No, it's not because I said "one", it should have been: "I've been here for one year."

Okay, number two: "Four day ago I saw my aunt." So what's wrong with this? Is there anything wrong? "Four day ago I saw my aunt." It should be: "Four days ago". There're four of them so they need to be plural, so you need to pronounce the "s".

Next one: "I've worked for two months." Is there a problem with that? "I've worked for two months." No, that sentence is okay. I pronounced the "s" because there were two months.

Okay, number four: "I must study for five month." "I must study for five month." Did you hear an "s"? So that one was incorrect. It should be: "I must study for five months."

Last one: "I went to Cuba for one weeks." What's the problem with this sentence? I pronounced an "s" after "week", but because there's only one, it shouldn't be "one weeks", it should be "one week". Okay? So I know this is a simple pronunciation rule, but it's something that it's very important to be careful with. So even if you have to practice at home: "One year, one year, one year. Two years, two years, two years." Keep repeating it until it becomes easy and you don't make that mistake. Okay.

So what's our next pronunciation mistake? Well this is sort of a funny one. A lot of ESL students, when they mean "Thirteen (13)" they say "Thirty (30)" and vice versa. So I'll ask a student: how many years did they go to university? Or not university, that would be a bad example. How many years of schooling did they have? And I'll hear "Thirty (30)" when what they really mean to say is "Thirteen (13)". Okay? And this is very common when it comes to money. Students, you know,
they'll hear the sum they have to pay incorrectly or they'll say something costs "Thirty (30)" when it really costs "Thirteen (13)" and vice versa. Same with when you give out your phone number, this could be a real problem -- or your address. So how do I pronounce "thirteen (13)" versus "thirty (30)"? Well the easiest thing to do -- and this goes for all the teen numbers so 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, it also goes for 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90 -- it's important to be aware of stress. So what do I mean by stress? Well, when we stress something, we say it louder and longer. So when you say the number "thirteen", the stress should be on "teen". So I should say: "thir-TEEN." It's very clear if I say "teen" longer and louder. Same with "sevenTEEN", longer and louder. So the stress, again, is on "teen", that's what you say louder and longer.

IELTS & TOEFL - How to give your opinion
00:14:55
engVid
9 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Students use the words "I think" way too much when giving their opinions. In this IELTS & TOEFL lesson, I will teach you better words to use that can help you express your opinion. This video is a must-see for anyone writing the TOEFL or IELTS. It will help you to score higher on both tests in the writing and speaking sections. Even if you're not taking an exam, you should watch this class to learn the vocabulary and expressions. Take the quiz on this lesson here: http://www.engvid.com/ielts-toefl-opinion/

TRANSCRIPT

Hello everyone. My name is Emma, and in today's lesson we are going to look at ways to give your opinion. So this video is very useful for anyone who will be writing the IELTS exam, the TOEFL exam, as well as anyone who wants to become a better speaker or a better writer. Okay, so in this video we will first look at some common expressions we use to give our opinion, and we will look at ways to strengthen these expressions to make them stronger and to show that we feel very strongly or not so strong about something.

Okay, so let's begin. I have here the most common way to give your opinion: "I think..." So why do I have an "x" here? Well the problem is students overuse "I think..." "I think this, I think that, I think this, I think that." It gets very boring. And so if you're doing the TOEFL or the IELTS, the problem with using "I think..." is you're going to get a lower mark because that's considered basic English usage. So in order to get a higher mark or if you're just interested in becoming a better speaker or writer, I've listed some expressions that will really help aid you in expressing your opinion. So let's look at some other expressions you can use. And these all pretty much mean "I think..."

So the first expression: "As far as I'm concerned," okay? "As far as I'm concerned,...". Okay, one question you often get on IELTS, on TOEFL is: "Should boys and girls go to the same school or should they go to different schools?" What I could say or I could write: "As far as I'm concerned, boys and girls should go to separate schools." Okay? One thing that's important to note: there's a comma. "As far as I'm concerned," and then you write your opinion. Okay?

Our next expression: "In my opinion,..." This is better than "I think" -- it's still a bit overused though. So I would recommend using some of these other expressions. But "In my opinion,..." is still okay to use, just don't use it too often. "In my opinion, in my opinion," -- I guess if we use the same example as before --, "boys and girls should go to separate schools." Okay?

Our next expression, again, it means the same thing as "I think...", it's just a nicer way to say it. I've given you two options. You can say: "It seems to me that..." or "It appears to me that..." These are excellent to use in writing. So if you're doing the TOEFL essay where you give your opinion on something, agree or disagree essay, or the IELTS essay this is a good one to use. One question that's often asked in the TOEFL and I think also the IELTS: "Do parents make the best teachers? Do you agree or disagree?" So I could say: "It seems to me that parents do make the best teachers.", "It seems to me that parents do not make the best teachers." Notice one other thing about this expression, whereas we have a comma here and here, "It seems to me that..." there's no comma. Okay? So any time we have "that", you don't have to worry about a comma.

Okay, our next expression: "I would argue that..." So again, we have "that", no comma. "I would argue that the death penalty is not a good form of punishment." Often times, the TOEFL may ask you if you agree or disagree with the death penalty. You could use: "I would argue that the death penalty is the best way to deal with criminals." So it all depends on your opinion, but you can either agree or disagree with this statement.

Another way to say "I think...": "From my point of view," or "From my perspective," Okay? Notice we have a comma for both of these. "From my point of view," okay, so now I'm not going to use an IELTS or TOEFL example, I'm going to use a superhero example. "From my point of view, Cyclops is a horrible superhero." So again, just for anyone who likes to argue,
this is a good one to use.

The last one is a very high formal way of saying your opinion. "I am inclined to believe that..." So you wouldn't use this with your friends. If you have an argument with your friends, maybe you're talking about the best place to live in the world or the best place to travel to, if you said: "I'm inclined to believe that France is a great place to visit." Your friends would find your language too formal. But you can use this in writing, in formal writing. If you're writing the TOEFL or the IELTS, you can use this expression. And again, at the end we have "that", we don't have a comma. Okay?

10 WORK Expressions in English
00:12:17
engVid
16 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ What does it mean to be overworked? Are you a workaholic? Do you easily get worked up over nothing? In this English lesson, I will teach you the following ten expressions with the word work in them: overworked, work someone in, get worked up, workaholic, work out for the best, work on something, dirty work, work it, and the two different meanings of work out. After this video, I hope you work on our quiz to practice these expressions. http://www.engvid.com/10-work-expressions-in-english/

TRANSCRIPT

Hello. My name is Emma, and today we are going to learn some work expressions, okay? So these expressions don't necessarily actually have to do with work, but they're expressions that use the word "work". So today, I will teach you ten new expressions. Let's get started.

Expression No. 1: "overworked". What does it mean to be "overworked"? If you are "overworked", it means you have too much work, okay? So this is not a happy situation. So you might tell your boss, "Listen. I feel a little overworked." Maybe you complain to your friends on the phone, "Work is so hard. I'm overworked. There's no staff. It's all me. I work, work, work. I'm overworked." So "over" usually means, like, "more". So that's a hint, "overworked". One thing about all of these expressions: Pay careful attention to the preposition because with work expressions, a change in preposition can completely change the meaning of the expression. So that is "overworked". I hope none of you are overworked, and I hope none of you are "underpaid", meaning you're not getting enough money.

Our next expression is "dirty work". I really like this expression. So what is "dirty work"? Well, "dirty" is the opposite of "clean", okay? So "dirty" is "no clean" -- "not clean". "Dirty work" is work that is not fun work. No one wants to do dirty work, okay? So it's unpleasant -- see the sad face? -- work. What is an example of dirty work? Well, maybe you work at a company, and maybe there's a co-worker, or maybe you have some staff, and someone wants you to "fire" that staff, meaning someone is not happy with this person's work, so they want this person to be "fired". Instead of them saying "You can't work here now", they will tell you to fire this person. So it's a job you don't want to do, essentially. There are many examples of "dirty work", but what it really is, is a job no one wants to do. Clean toilets might be dirty work. Maybe your friend is having a party, and there're a lot of people invited, and the party has to be cancelled. Maybe the dirty work is you have to tell everyone the party is cancelled. So it's work you don't want to do.

Example No. 3: "get worked up". What does it mean to "get worked up"? It means you get very, very angry or very upset. It means you get very emotional. When you get worked up, you get very angry or emotional. So "get worked up". An example of that: Maybe it's the night before your big test, and you haven't studied, and you're very stressed out, and you start to cry, and you say, "I'm not going to pass this test. My life is ruined. I'll never get into a university. Everything's horrible." That's you getting worked up, okay? Because chances are you will do all right on your test, and you will get into university, and even if you don't, you can try again at a later time.

No. 4: "work out". So "work out" has two meanings. The first meaning is "exercise", okay? Do any of you guys work out? I think working out is fun. So it just means, you know, if you like to run, if you like to lift weights. Maybe you like to play basketball -- these are "workouts"; it's exercise to become healthy. The second meaning of "work out" is when you "work something out", you find a solution to that. So for example, maybe you have a math problem, maybe two times two, two times two: You have to "work it out". That one is a little easy, but maybe you have calculus.

English Grammar: Past Simple Time Markers
00:14:13
engVid
14 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ "Just now, I have seen a movie" or "Just now, I saw a movie" -- which sentence is correct? In this grammar lesson, I will teach you about past simple time markers. Time markers like yesterday, just now, last week, and ago can help you to know if you should use the past simple tense or present perfect. Teachers love to test students on this, so watch this video, do the quiz, and be prepared for your next test or writing assignment. http://www.engvid.com/english-grammar-past-simple-time-markers/

TRANSCRIPT

Hello. My name is Emma, and in today's lesson, we are going to talk about something many students have difficulty with. We are going to talk about the past simple -- or simple past -- tense and time markers, which can help students to figure out what tense to use. So I'll explain this in a second.

First, my question: What is the past simple? What is the simple past? Well, "I ate two cookies." The present tense: "I eat two cookies. Every day, I eat two cookies." So in the past, we would say "ate". So usually, simple past are verbs, actions that end in "-ed". So we have "cleaned" -- "I cleaned the floor." "I cooked spaghetti." "I baked a cake." "I worked all night." These are all "-ed" -- past verbs. We also have some things called "irregular verbs", like "ate" -- "ate", "lay". What are some other irregular verbs? "I ran to school yesterday." "I run -- right now, I am running. Every day I run to school. Yesterday I ran to school." So these are irregular verbs. So if you look at my timeline, we have the future. What's the future? Everything after today. So this would be tomorrow. Maybe this would be a week from now. Maybe this would be 2020, and then 2050. So this is the future. This line right here represents now. Today it is the year 2013, okay? Maybe when you watch this, maybe it will be 2014, but right now, as I film, it is 2013. So that's the present; that's now. This is all the past, okay? This is all before. This is 1990, 1950, 2000. This is yesterday, so things that happened before. So when we talk about the past tense, we're talking about here. Okay. So now, let me tell you what "time markers" are. Many students, they hear the present -- present perfect: "I've never been to China." "I have eaten four cakes today." They hear this, and then they hear the simple past, "I ate four cakes." Which one do you use? Simple past? Present perfect? And teachers love to test on this. So how do you know?

Well, one way is using things called "time markers". These are our time markers right here. So we have, "yesterday", "the other day", "last week", "last month", "last year", "when", "just now", "ago", and "in". So these are all words that we can use with the past simple or simple past. You do not use these words with the future. You do not use these words with any of the presents. You use them with the simple past or past simple.

Okay. So let's do some examples. I could put "yesterday" here. "Yesterday, I ate two cookies." Okay? I could say, "Yesterday, I ate two cookies." "The other day, I ate two cookies." "Last week, I ate two cookies." "Last month, I ate two cookies." "Last year, I ate two cookies." Even if this isn't written, if it's a test: "I _________ two cookies." "I eat two cookies"? "I have eaten two cookies"? As soon as I see "yesterday", I know: "Yesterday -- ate." "The other day -- ate." "Last week -- ate." Okay? So these are your clues. So memorize them. Associate them with the simple past. Now, we have "when" here. What do I mean by "when"? "I ate two cookies when -- when I was eight years old." "I ate two cookies when I broke up with my boyfriend." Okay? So you can use -- when you see "when -- blah, blah, blah", "when I -- blah, blah, blah", this is a clue. This should be -- what should it be? Simple past or past simple; not present perfect. "Just now": "Just now, I ate two cookies." "Just now, I went shopping." "Just now, I made a video." Okay? So again, "just now" -- what is it? That's right. Past simple or simple past. "Ago": "ago"? This is when you're talking about a certain amount of time. "Two years ago, I went to Thailand." "Five years ago, I went to France." "Two days ago, I ate two cookies." Okay? So there's usually a number in either years, days, weeks -- "ago". As soon as you see "ago" -- past. Finally, the last one we will talk about today: "in". "In 1990 -- what happened in 1990? In 1990, I was a little kid." "In 2000, I finished grade 8." "In 2009, I think, I finished university." So if you see "in" with a year, what is it? It's simple past. Okay. Very good. And what do all of these things have in common? Again, they are talking about -- if we look at this -- a moment in time, okay? They're looking at a moment. They're not looking at this whole period of time. They are not looking at a long period of time. They're looking at a moment. All right, so let's do some questions to see how much you guys remember.

10 Weather Expressions in English
00:13:15
engVid
13 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ What does it mean to weather a storm? Have you ever rained on someone's parade? Do you feel under the weather today? In this lesson, I will teach you ten common weather expressions: steal someone's thunder, get wind of something, be on cloud nine, weather a storm, take a rain check, rain on someone's parade, storm out, take by storm, under the weather, and calm before the storm. Take our quiz by storm after this video: http://www.engvid.com/10-weather-expressions/

TRANSCRIPT

Hello, my name is Emma and in today's lesson, we are going to learn about weather expressions. Okay, weather expressions. So I will teach you 10 new expressions that have to do with wind, rain, storm, thunder, and weather. Okay? So let's get started.

The first expression I want to teach you today is: "storm out". So, what is a storm? A storm is when you have heavy rain, lots of lightning, lots of loud "boom" thunder sounds. So that's a storm. So we use it when we talk about weather, but we also can use it when we talk about how people leave. Okay. So when someone leaves a room very angrily, - okay -, they storm out. I don't know if you've ever seen someone storm out, but if maybe you have two friends and they have a fight, when there's a fight, usually one person storms out; they leave the room quickly and angrily. So the key word here: "angry".

Our second expression: "under the weather". Okay. And it's important to note which preposition we're using; not: "over the weather". "Under the weather". What does this mean? It actually doesn't have to do with weather. It means you're sick if you are under the weather. It's a common expression; we use it a lot. -"How are you feeling today?" -"Oh, I'm a little under the weather.", "My teacher didn't come to school today; she was feeling a little under the weather." So we can use: "I'm under the weather." Or: "I'm feeling under the weather." Both are okay.

Third expression for today: "weather that storm". So again, I showed you what a storm is, lots of rain, thunder, lightning. What does it mean to "weather a storm" or "that storm"? Well, when you weather a storm, it means you have a difficult situation and you get through it. So, for example: maybe you have to do a big English test, maybe you're doing the IELTS or the TOEFL or just a general English test, and you and your classmates are very good friends. And every night you study, you work very hard; you study, study, study and finally the test day comes, and you pass the test. You weathered that storm. So any difficult situation or problem that you get through. Okay. I like this expression a lot. Let me think of another example. Surviving difficult times. If you have a boyfriend or a girlfriend, and maybe you break up, and you're very, very sad but one day you feel happy again - you weathered that storm.

Our next expression: "to get wind of something". So what is "wind"? This is our key weather word. "Whish, whish." Wind. If you get wind of something, it's like the wind blows you information. So to get wind of something means you find out information or a secret. So maybe it's somebody's birthday party, maybe you're throwing a big surprise party for your friend. You don't want them to get wind of the party; you want to keep it a secret, you don't want them to know. Maybe someone says something about buying a cake, and they start to think: "Oh, there's going to be a party for me." They get... They got wind of the party. So usually: "Get wind of something." Something. Maybe if you celebrate a holiday, maybe if you celebrate Christmas or Chinese New Year, some sort of holiday and someone bought you a very nice present, maybe you get wind of what is... What the present is. Maybe it's a trip. So if you get wind of something, it means you learn some new information, and usually it's secret information that you've now discovered.

So number five on this list: "rain on my parade". You can rain on somebody's parade, not just "my parade". So you can say: "rain on his parade", "rain on Mary's parade", "rain on Abdullah's parade". Okay? So you can change this to "his", "her", "my", "your" or a name. What does it mean to rain on someone's parade? If I rain on someone's parade it means I lessen their happiness. Okay? So this is not a good thing; to rain on somebody's parade is a bad thing. It means somebody's very, very happy about something and you say something that takes a little bit of that happiness away. So what are some examples? Well, maybe I got a new promotion at work. I'm very happy. I have a new job at work, it's a great job, I'm telling my friend about it and they say: "Well, it's great you have a new job, but you're going to be very, very busy now and maybe you'll have a lot more stress." So my friend has now lessened my happiness; I'm less happy now when I think about stress, and pressure, and hard work maybe. What's another example of raining on someone's parade?

Pronunciation - Silent T: often, listen, castle...
00:05:22
engVid
8 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ How do you pronounce "often"? Is the /t/ silent or pronounced? What about words like "soften", "moisten", "mostly", "lastly", and other words with /t/ in them? In this video, I will teach you how to pronounce these words and more. If you say the word "often" often, this video is for you! Take a quiz on this lesson here: http://www.engvid.com/silent-t/

TRANSCRIPT

Hi there. My name is Emma, and in today's video, we are going to learn about pronunciation. I'm going to teach you how to pronounce "often". Is it with a T or with a silent T? What about words like "listen"? Is it "listen" or "lissen"? "Soften": "soften", "soffen"? Okay? So this video is about Ts in the middle of words. Do we pronounce them, or do we keep them silent? Okay, so let's get started on how to pronounce these words.

So I have a rule here. It's not always the rule, but for the most part this will help you. If you see "-sten", "-ften", "-stle", usually -- okay, and that's a big word. Usually -- not always -- usually, we do not pronounce the T. So what are some examples of this? This, how do we say it? "Lissen", "lissen", so you cannot hear a T. I do not say it "listen", I say it with an S but no T, "lissen". "Soffen", "soffen", okay? And again, you see "-ften", "-sten". "Cassle", "cassle". "Fassen", "fassen". Okay? Last one: "moissen", "moissen". So even though you see "-ten", "-tle", "-ten", you do not pronounce the T in these words.

But what about "often"? Did you hear how I said that? Did I say it with a T or without a T? "Often". Okay, so "often" is when it gets a little complicated because of the history of this word. Originally, in the 1700s, "often" was pronounced with a T, and then they stopped pronouncing it with a T. They pronounced it "offen". And then, people started to pronounce it with T again. So nowadays, how do we pronounce it? Both ways. Some people say, "often" -- that's good. Other people say "offen" with a silent T. Both ways are acceptable, okay? Both ways are now the standard. You can say either way. So if you look here, if you know the International Phonetic Alphabet, I have the different spellings that the dictionary says are okay for the pronunciation of this word, okay? And if you don't know the International Phonetic Alphabet, that's okay. Pretty much what this means is you can have it without it T, "offen" or with the T, "often". So even though we have a rule up here, "-ften", usually, it's a silent T, but in the case of "often", it's your choice. If you like the way the T sounds, great. If you hate the way the T sounds, "offen" is also good, okay?

Now, let's look at some words where we actually have to pronounce the T. So if you see "-stl", "-ftl", these are signs that you usually pronounce the T. What are some examples? Well, you can pronounce the T. "Lassly", you could also say, "lastly". It's okay either way. "Justly", "mostly", "softly": You can say it with or without depending on where you're from. So the main thing I want to say in this video is "offen", "often" are both okay. Our pronunciation is different depending on where we're from. So you might hear someone pronounce a word one way, but it could be their accent. It could be where they're from.

And also, a final point -- language is always changing. "Often" -- before there was a rule, no T. Now, it has changed to where you can have a T, or you can do it without a T. So language doesn't stay the same; it changes. Until next time -- oh, I forgot one thing. I want today invite you to come visit our website at www.engvid.com, and there you can take our test on pronunciation with words with silent T. So until next time, take care.

The Secret to Remembering Vocabulary
00:09:15
engVid
11 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ OMG, there are too many English words to learn! Well, I can help. Watch this video to learn my own trick for remembering new words. In order to show you how this trick works, I will also teach you the following five words: hammered, creamed, bald, beard, and condo. After watching this video, remembering new words will be a piece of cake. Take the quiz here: http://www.engvid.com/the-secret-to-remembering-vocabulary/

Hello. My name is Emma, and in today's video, I will teach you a trick on how to remember vocabulary. So English has the largest vocabulary out of any language. I think it's close to 600,000 words in English. So how are you going to remember so much vocabulary? Well, when I was in China, I created a little trick -- and other people use this trick, too -- that really helped me to remember all the new words I was learning. So in this video, I will teach you this trick.
So what you do -- I have a bunch of interesting pictures on the board -- is any time you come up across a new word and you're learning a new word, you need to make a picture in your head of this word. A good idea is to try to think of other words that sound like this word and imagine funny situations in your mind. So what do I mean by that? Well, let me show you.

The first word I'm going to teach you today is "bald", "bald", b-a-l-d. What does it mean to be "bald"? It means to have no hair, okay? So if you have no hair, you are "bald". How do you remember this word? Well, if you use my trick, you can imagine a word that sounds like "bald" -- maybe "ball", basketball, soccer ball. So in your mind, I want you to imagine a ball. It can be a basketball, a soccer ball -- any type of ball. Now, imagine the ball with a face. Imagine the ball with no hair on top, maybe a little hair on the side, a little hair here, but no hair on the top. Because "ball" and "bald" sound alike, if you imagine this picture for maybe ten seconds, it will help you to remember it in the future, okay? Think "ball with no hair". Okay.

Let's try our second word: "beard". What's a beard? It's the hair that comes off a man's chin -- usually, women don't have beards. So it's the hair that comes down like this. How are we going to remember this word? Well, imagine a man with a beard, and inside the beard is a bird, a little bird, tweet tweet! And what's it doing in the beard? Why, it's drinking beer. Okay? So this little picture is -- don't know if you can see that, but that is beer. So imagine a bird drinking beer. Those two words together -- beer. This isn't beer; this one is. Imagine "bird" and "beer". Together, if you put the words together, they make "beard". A bird drinking beer in a beard. Can you say that fast? "Bird drinking beer in a beard." So maybe, if you picture this for ten seconds, you will remember this word. Okay.

Next word I want to teach you today: "creamed". So what does it mean to be "creamed"? "We creamed you guys." "You guys got creamed." It means someone lost a game very badly. If our team creamed your basketball team, your basketball team lost; our team won. So you don't want to be "creamed". If you get "creamed", it's bad. It means you lost, you lose. So how can you remember this? Well, imagine someone -- maybe somebody you don't like, somebody you play basketball against or some sport. Imagine throwing a bunch of ice cream and it hits their face -- because the keyword "cream", "ice cream". So if you can imagine ice cream on someone's face, it will help you to remember the word "creamed". So imagine that for ten seconds. So think "ice cream on face", "creamed".

Writing Letters: formal & informal English
00:12:22
engVid
17 Views · 5 years ago

A letter to your friend and a cover letter for a job application are written very differently. Whether you work in business or are taking the general IELTS or CELPIP test, knowing the difference between informal and formal writing is a skill you should have. Watch this writing lesson, take our quiz, and check out our resource page to become a better writer.

- Use the resource: http://www.engvid.com/english-....resource/formal-info

- Take the quiz: http://www.engvid.com/writing-....letters-formal-infor

http://www.engvid.com/

TRANSCRIPT:
Hello, my name is Emma, and in today's lesson we are going to learn about writing. What kind of writing? Writing letters. Okay? So this is important for people who work in business. It's also important for people who like to write letters to their friends maybe or to their grandparents in English. Also, it is very... It is a very useful video for anyone who is taking the general IELTS test. So if you're taking not academic, but general, this is an important video. And also, if you plan to immigrate to Canada and you want to do the Canadian immigration test which is called: "the CELPIP", this video is also... It will also be useful and helpful to you. Okay?

So let's get started. What do I mean by "formal" and "informal"? "Informal" means something you would write to your friends, something you would write to your parents, - well, probably your parents unless you're afraid of your parents, then you might be more formal -, your classmates, your coworkers. Okay? So this is... It means it's not formal; it's for people you know well. On the other hand, "formal" English we use with strangers, we use with our boss, in the workplace, we use it in these different ways. So it's the English you really have to think about, whereas informal is kind of the relaxed English. So relaxed, serious. Okay?

So, sometimes you will have to write a letter formally, maybe to your boss or your company, other times maybe you're on holiday and you want to write a letter to your friend, you'll use informal English. So what is the difference? Let's see.

Informal English uses contractions. What are contractions? "Didn't", "wouldn't", "couldn't", "haven't", "hasn't". So if you see a verb with an apostrophe and then a "t", that is a contraction. Okay? It's very important to know this because in formal writing, you don't use contractions. "Didn't" would be: "Did not". I can write that for you. "Did not". Couldn't: could not, haven't: have not, can't: cannot. Okay? So that's one major difference.

Another major difference between formal and informal writing is the use of idioms; the use of certain expressions. If I'm writing to my friend, maybe I'll say: "Oh, you know, I've been very under the weather lately." Meaning: I've been very sick. If I'm writing to my boss, I won't use idioms. If I'm writing a formal letter, I will not use idioms. Those aren't good to use in formal writing.

Phrasal verbs, this is another thing we find in informal writing. What is a phrasal verb? It's a verb that has a preposition. Okay? So, for example: "find out", "find" is a verb, "out" is the preposition. "Go" is the verb, "up" is the preposition. So the... The preposition adds a different meaning to the verb. Phrasal verbs are very difficult to learn; we have so many of them in English. My students have told me phrasal verbs are one of the hardest parts of learning English, but it's possible, you can do it.

IELTS Reading strategies: True, False, Not Given
00:15:44
engVid
6 Views · 5 years ago

Oh no! My IELTS test is coming, and I am not prepared! Sound familiar? In this video I will give you tips on how to do well on one of the hardest parts of the IELTS. I will explain a specific type of question you may find in the Reading module of the IELTS: True, False, or Not Given. After watching this class, you can try to do some practice questions. After all, practice makes perfect. https://www.engvid.com/ielts-reading-strategies/

TRANSCRIPT

Hello. My name is Emma, and in today's video, we are going to be looking at the IELTS, that scary test a lot of you have to do. We're going to look at, specifically, one type of reading question for the academic reading. So this isn't for the general; it's for the academic reading. We're going to talk about the question that has to do with "true, false, or not given". So this is a specific question. It may or may not be on your test, but I think, personally, this is one of the most difficult questions on the reading section of the IELTS. So I'm going to give you some tips and strategies on how to do well on this section.

Okay, so let's get started. In this section, what you are going to find is a reading passage. So you will have a long passage on maybe cybercrime, maybe food security, on the history of the Internet -- it can be on anything. After the passage, there will be some statements, some facts, okay? What you need to do is you need to say if the fact matches -- if it's true based on the reading, if it's false based on the reading, or if the information is not given in the reading. So I will explain "true", "false", "not given" in detail in just a minute.

Okay. What else to know about the "true, false, or not given"? Another important thing about this question is we're not talking about the question that has to do with the writer's opinion. There's a very similar question on the IELTS that asks about the writer's opinion. That's the "yes, no, not given". This is only on "true, false, not given", not "yes, no, not given". Just -- hopefully, that will clear up any confusion.

Okay. So let's get started. What do they mean by "true" in these questions? When would you write "true"? I will show you. You can write "true" or "T". "T" is shorter. If there is a fact and it is clearly written, you write "T". If the fact is clearly written in the reading, you would write "T". You'll often see synonyms, and, again, write "T" only if you actually see this fact written. If you know the fact is true, but it's not written, don't write "true". Only write "true" if, with your eyes, you read it, and you see it in the fact. You see it in the reading; write "true". So I'll give you an example of this type of question. Here is just a part of a passage. The reading is a lot longer, but here is a short version that you might find on the IELTS. "This increase in cybercrime has alarmed many experts." So it would be a long passage. You might see something like that. And then, at the end of the reading, one of the statements you might see might say, "Cyber crime is on the rise." You need to say if this is "true", "false", or "not given".

So how do you know if it's "true", "false", or "not given"? My advice to you is first, read the statement: "Cyber crime is on the rise"; underline any key words. "Cyber crime" -- this is a keyword. "is on the 'rise'" -- that's a keyword, okay? Then you go back to the reading passage, and you quickly scan for these words or synonyms. What are "synonyms"? "Synonyms" are words that mean the same thing but are different words. So what is a synonym of "rise"? "Increase", "go up", okay? So let's see if we can find "cyber crime" or "rise". So I would scan the passage -- oh, the word "increase", "cybercrime". So "rise", "increase", okay. So I found a synonym. Now, it's important for me to read very carefully to see if there are any contradictions. What does the sentence say? Does it really match? "This increase in cyber crime has alarmed many experts." "Cyber crime is on the rise." Both of these -- both the reading passage and the fact or the statement are saying cyber crime is increasing. It's going up. So that would mean it's true. So I could write a "T" beside this, "true".

Okay. One thing to look out for with "true": Sometimes you will see words like "some", "all", "only", "never", "usually", "often", "sometimes". Be careful with these words, okay? Because if it says, "Some people in Canada like to eat poutine", and you see the sentence saying, "Poutine is always eaten by Canadians", even though you see the two words -- oh, "poutine", "poutine" -- one says "always", one says "some". So this would not be a true statement. So be on the lookout for "some", "all", "only", "never", "usually". This is where they try to trick you on the IELTS...

Exclamations in English!!!
00:13:04
engVid
12 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ What a great student you are! How wonderful! In this video, I will teach you about "how" and "what" exclamations such as "How exciting!" "What a cute couple!" Exclamations are very important in conversational English, and will help you to sound more natural in your English. Watch this video to find out more. What a great idea! http://www.engvid.com/exclamations-in-english/

TRANSCRIPT

Hello. My name is Emma, and in today's lesson, we will be talking about exclamations: How exciting! So what is an "exclamation"? Well, "How exciting!" is an example of an exclamation. So an "exclamation" is, pretty much, something you say -- so this is used in conversation English, not written -- when you want to show you are surprised about something, okay? "Whoa! What a big car!", for example. You can also use it when you want to emphasize something -- when you want to show you really mean something. So for example, yesterday, my grandmother gave me this beautiful ring. So what did I say when I got the ring? I said, "What a beautiful ring, Nanny!" I call my grandma "Nanny". I also said, "How beautiful!" These are examples of exclamations. So we use them a lot in conversation.

So let's look at how you make an exclamation. Okay, so first, we will look at "how". We make a "how" exclamation by taking "How + an adjective!" If you remember, an "adjective" is something that describes a noun. Example: exciting, interesting, big, small, medium, beautiful, pretty, cool. These are all adjectives. So for example, "How exciting!" -- this is an exclamation. And do you notice what is at the end of this sentence? That's right. An exclamation mark. So maybe you're talking to your friend; they're telling you about their job; what's their job? Maybe they're an astronaut. They go to space. What would you say to them? You'd say, "How exciting!" Meaning you're very excited for them. "How strange!" So again, "How + adj.!" There is no verb. And we have, again, our exclamation mark. "How strange!" Maybe you would say this if you saw a haunted house or a weird man or you saw someone doing something very strange. You would say, "How strange!" Another example: Maybe you see a baby. Your friend just had a baby. You're looking at it. It has these nice, big eyes. What do you say? "How cute!" I always say this when I see puppies and kittens. "How cute!" Okay, so again, no verb, and if you write it, it has an exclamation mark. Okay. So these are our "how" exclamations.

Let's look at our "what" exclamations. It's on this side. It's the same idea. We use this when we're showing surprise, or we really want to show we mean something. So the formula -- it's like math: We take "What + a + adj. +noun!" So let's isolate this. "What + a + adjective + noun + !" So what are some examples of this? If I saw a movie -- I really liked this movie. Maybe it's an action movie. At the end, I might say, "Wow! What an exciting movie!" Okay? "Exciting" is your adjective; "movie" is your noun. In this case, there is no verb, but you have to be careful. You must remember "a" or "an". Okay? So it's either "what a", "what an". Let's look at another example: "What a strange man." Okay, so again, maybe you see a man doing something very strange or you meet someone; you think they're very strange. "Oh, what a strange man!" Again: "What + a + adjective is 'strange' + noun is 'man'". Okay? Another example: "Oh, what a cute baby!" "What a cute baby!" And again, what is your adjective? Cute. What is the noun? Baby. Is there a verb? No. Is there an exclamation mark? Yes. That's the exclamation mark. Okay.

So these are some examples of exclamations, but there's another way to do this. So we have with "how". Maybe you have a sentence: "She is pretty." "Oh, she's very pretty." "She is pretty." You can say this a different way. Especially in conversation. You can say, "How pretty she is." So it's just like what we did up here, but we are adding the subject and the verb. And notice the order: "How pretty she -- so subject first -- is -- verb last." Okay? "How exciting the movie was!" "How strange the man is!" "How cute the babies are!" Here are some more examples of this.

Now, we can do something similar with "what" exclamations. This sentence: "You have big eyes." There's a very famous story called "The Three Little Pigs" -- or no. Not "Three Little Pigs", "Little Red Riding Hood". And there's a very famous line in that story -- it's a kids' story -- where the wolf is dressed in Grandmother's clothes, and Red Riding Hood says to the wolf: "Grandma, what big eyes do you have!" Oh, actually, "What big eyes you have!" There's no "do"! "What big eyes you have!" "What big lips you have!" "What big teeth you have!" Okay? So that's from a very famous story. So it's just like what we did up here. You have "What" -- you don't have "a", but "What + adjective + noun + subject + verb". We could say also, "What an exciting movie this is!" "What a strange man he is!"

Learn English: "last year" OR "in the last year"
00:08:27
engVid
14 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ "Last year" or "in the last year" -- which one should you use? What is the difference? In this grammar lesson, you will learn the differences between 'in the last year'; 'in the last month'; 'in the last week', and 'last year'; 'last month'; 'last week'. I will also teach you how these phrases relate to the past simple and the present perfect tenses. Take our quiz after the class, to test your knowledge: http://www.engvid.com/last-year-or-in-the-last-year/

Hello. My name is Emma, and in today's video, we are going to talk about the difference between "in the last year" versus "last year". We will also cover "in the last week" versus "last week", "in the last month" against "last month". Okay? So we'll talk about some of these differences. So let's get started.

So I have two sentences here. The first sentence. "Last year, I went to China." The second sentence. "In the last year, I've been to China twice." So what are some of the differences you notice between these two sentences? Maybe one of the first things you noticed is the difference between the verb tense. "Went" is an example of the simple past tense or the past simple whereas "I've been" is an example of present perfect. Okay? So one difference between "in the last year" -- also "in the last month; in the last week; etc." -- versus "last month' last week; etc.", is with "last year; last month", you use the simple past. Whereas with "in the last year", you use the present perfect. Okay.

What other things do you notice? You may notice the word "twice". A difference between "in the last year; in the last week; in the last minute", is we're often talking about how many times we've done an action. "In the last minute, I have said 'past simple' -- I don't know -- four times? In the last second -- well, in the last 30 seconds, I've smiled a lot. In the last month, I have gone on the Internet hundreds of times." So we're often talking about how many times we do something. "In the last five days, I've eaten pizza one time." Okay? Or once. Okay? So we usually have a number with "in the last". Whereas with "last year", we don't have that number.

Another difference is -- and I'll explain this using my diagrams down here. When I'm talking about "last year", I'm talking about -- right now, it's 2013. I'm talking about 2012. And how does that look on a timeline? Here is now; here is 2010, 2011, 2012. Notice what's emphasized is it's a moment in time. Okay? Whereas -- here's my second diagram. This would represent "in the last year". So now, maybe today is August 8, 2013. When I'm talking about "in the last year", I'm really emphasizing this whole period of time. Okay? So it's not really talking about a moment in time. You're emphasizing the length of time. So you'll have days, so many days. They're out here. So it's not just one point; it's a whole bunch of points. So the focus is a bit different. Same with if I'm talking about "last week". You're really emphasizing how many days of the week there are, whereas if I say "last week", it's really a moment in time. So now, let's look at some more examples of "in the last week, month, minute" versus "last".

Before we get to these examples, there's one other thing I should tell you about "in the last week; in the last month; in the last year" versus "last week; last month; last year". And that is "last week; last month; last year" happened in the past. Okay? So it's done. Past. Finished. "In the last week; in the last month" is about an action that started in the past but is going all the way up to this present moment. Okay? So it's something that started in the past, continued to now. So that's another difference. One of them is totally in the past, whereas "in the last year" started in the past but continued to now. Okay? So let's look at a couple examples.

The first one. "In the last week, my friend has been on four dates." So again, we have present perfect. This is true, by the way. My friend Claire has been on four dates in the last week. She's looking for love. So we use the present perfect. And this started exactly a week ago and continued up until today, okay?

Another thing you might notice is oftentimes, we have numbers when we're using "in the last". "In the last year -- in the last week, she's been on four dates." So you hear a number.

My second example. "Last week, my friend went on four dates." I can also use a number, but we're using the past tense. And the reason is because pretty much last week does not continue to today. It's finished. It's over. It ended. So, "Last week, my friend went on four dates." Because of "last week", I would use "went".

10 HEAVEN Expressions in English
00:10:39
engVid
10 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Have you ever "moved heaven and earth" to make something happen? Have you ever smelled something that "stank to high heaven"? In this lesson, I will teach you what heaven is, and give you ten "heaven" expressions that we use in conversation, such as "heaven forbid", "for heaven's sake", "heaven only knows", "heaven help us", and many more. Take the quiz here: http://www.engvid.com/10-heaven-expressions/

TRANSCRIPT:
Hello. My name is Emma, and in today's video, we are going to talk about heaven expressions. We are going to talk about ten heaven expressions. So, I've already made a video on hell expressions, this video will go very well with that one because now we're doing the opposite.
So, what is heaven? Well, heaven, first of all, is a very good place. It's... Different religions believe different things, and in some religions, people believe that when you die, you go to a very beautiful place that's very nice and wonderful in every way. So maybe you believe in these religions, maybe you don't, but Heaven is a place that some people think you go to when you die (if you're good). So, in English, we have many expressions using the word: "heaven". So let's get started and look at some of them.
Okay, so the first one I want to teach you today is a very romantic expression:
"A match made in heaven".
So, what does this mean? If there is a match made in heaven, it means that there is a very, very good pairing. So there're usually two people who fall in love and they're perfect for each other. We would say they are a match made in heaven. Do you think Brad Pitt and Angelina Jolie are a match made in heaven? I think my parents, my mom and my dad, are a match made in heaven. I want you to think about if you know any couples who are perfect for each other. If you do know these couples, you can say: "They are a match made in heaven."
Okay, so our second expression:
"To move heaven and earth".
What does this mean? It means you have a goal and you will do anything to achieve this goal. So, for example: maybe someone stole my bike and I'm very angry, and my goal is to find the person who stole my bike. I can say: "I will move heaven and earth to find the person who stole my bike. Okay, maybe your goal is to learn English; you really want to learn English. You can say: "I will move heaven and earth to learn English.", "I will learn...", or: "I will move heaven and earth to stop this war.", "I will move heaven and earth to find my soul mate." Okay? So it just means you will do anything to accomplish something.
Okay, let's see the next expression:
"I thought I died and", oh, wait. "I thought I died and" - sorry -, "I thought I died and went to heaven." Okay? This is a very common expression. When you are so happy, something very, very good happens, you can say: "I thought I died and went to heaven." So what are some examples of this? Well, maybe you find the best tasting cake in the world; it's a very good cake, you have a bite: "Mm, I thought I died and went to heaven." Okay? Or maybe... Maybe you had a very tasty drink; it was a very good drink. After drinking this: "I thought I died and went to heaven." So it pretty much means something is very, very good. Okay, so now let's look at some more expressions.
Okay, so now let's look at some more expressions. But before we do, there's one thing I want to say. A lot of these expressions are used in conversation. Okay? So you might not find them so frequently in writing, you will find them more often when people are talking, in conversation.
So let's look at number four:
"Heaven forbid".
What does this mean? "Heaven forbid you fail the test tomorrow.", "Heaven forbid there's a huge emergency.", "Heaven forbid the house catches on fire." This means that you hope something doesn't happen. Okay? So it means hope that something bad doesn't happen. "Heaven forbid you never watch an engVid video again." That would be terrible. So it means you don't want to something to happen.
Number five:
"Heaven only knows".
We use this when we're talking about a question that there's no answer or it's impossible to know the answer. "Heaven only knows when it will rain next.", "Heaven only knows when there will be peace on earth.", "Heaven only knows if we will ever meet aliens." Okay? So, "Heaven only knows" is a question that has no answer.
"To be in heaven".
This is a very happy expression. "To be in heaven" means you are very, very happy, everything is good. So, for example: if you like to shop, you like to go shopping, maybe you go to a shopping mall and it's a big shopping mall, so many sales. You could say: "I'm in heaven." Or, I have a dog, when my dog eats dinner, I could say: "Oh, she's in heaven." Meaning she's very, very happy. Okay?
This is actually my favorite, number seven:

Speaking English: WHILE or MEANWHILE?
00:10:12
engVid
8 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ 'Meanwhile' or 'while' -- which one should you use? In this short English grammar class, you will learn about the words 'meanwhile' and 'while' and how they are confused. You will find many examples, and afterwards, you can take my quiz to test your knowledge. http://www.engvid.com/while-meanwhile/

TRANSCRIPT

Hello, my name is Emma, and in today's video, we are going to talk about the difference between: "meanwhile" and "while". Okay? So, often times, these words are confused and I will tell you when to use which. So, let's get started.
First of all, I have two sentences. The first sentence:
"I will do my homework while you watch TV."
The second sentence:
"I went to a concert. Meanwhile, my friend was at a restaurant."
Okay, I want you to think for one second. Can you see any differences between these sentences? I know they're different sentences, but try to think: what is the difference between: "while" and "meanwhile"? Take a guess. Okay.
So, let me explain some of the differences. Both of these: "while", "meanwhile", both of them have a very similar meaning. You use it when two things, two actions are happening during the same time, at the same time. Okay? So when two things are happening usually at the same time. So, the difference is really in how we construct the sentence.
If you look at my chart here, I have: "while" versus: "meanwhile", or: "meanwhile" versus: "while". One of the first differences I want to point out is that "meanwhile" connects two sentences. So we have our first sentence: "I went to a concert. Meanwhile, my friend was at a restaurant." So: "meanwhile", you always need two sentences; the actions are split up into two sentences.
Another thing that's important to know is that you can't have "meanwhile" here. "Meanwhile, I went to a concert. My friend was at a restaurant." It doesn't work. It always has to be two actions, and "meanwhile" goes between these two actions. So there's always a sentence about an action, and then "meanwhile" with the second action. Okay, so it connects two sentences.
With "while", what do you notice? "I will do my homework while you watch TV." How many sentences are there? If you said: "one", you are correct; this is just one whole sentence. So, we still have two actions. The first action: "I will do my homework", second action: "you watch TV", but it is all in one sentence; there is only one period, not two. So that's a major difference between: "while" and: "meanwhile". Two sentences versus one sentence.
What's another difference? Let me jump here. Notice where "meanwhile" is located in the sentence. It's at the beginning of the second sentence, like I mentioned. So you say the first sentence, "meanwhile", second sentence. Whereas with "while", it can be at the beginning or middle of a sentence. So, for example, I could say: "I will do my homework while you watch TV." This is in the middle of a sentence. But I could change this sentence to: "While you watch TV, I will do my homework." So you have a choice with this; it can be here or here. I could say: "While I... While I do my homework, you can watch TV." So the placement of "while" can change, "meanwhile", it can't change; it's stuck where it is. So let's look at some more differences.
So what are some other differences between: "while" and "meanwhile"? Well, one of them you might have noticed is the comma. "Meanwhile"... So I have some sentences... Some new sentences here. Actually, let me first tell you these sentences.
"Every day, I eat breakfast while reading the newspaper."
"While you sang, I took pictures of you."
"Mom worked all day. Meanwhile, I was at school."
So what can you notice about commas? There is a comma always after "meanwhile". Okay. So that's a difference. With "while", is there a comma right after "while" like this? No. There's no comma there. Okay.
What is another difference? Well, "meanwhile" is followed by a subject. What's a subject? "I", "you", "she", "he", "they", "we", "the dog", "the cat", these are all subjects. So if we look at "meanwhile" - jump to this side -, so: "Mom worked all day. Meanwhile, I"... "I" is a subject. So we have subject, and then the verb: "I was", "Meanwhile, she was", "Meanwhile, he ate a sandwich", "Meanwhile, we went the mall." So you always need a subject after "meanwhile".
With "while", it's a little different. You can have a subject, like for example: "While you sang, I took pictures." So here you have your subject. But it's not always necessary. Often times, "while" is followed by a verb with "ing". Here's an example: "Every day, I eat breakfast while reading the newspaper." There's no subject, it's just I know that it's talking about "I", you don't have to repeat the "I". So "while" can be followed by verb-"ing". I could also say: "While reading the newspaper, I ate breakfast." Okay? So these are some more differences.

Telephone English: Emma's top tips
00:10:06
engVid
13 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Calling someone soon? Do you feel nervous when you speak on the telephone? Many English learners feel uncomfortable when they have to use English on the phone. In this lesson, I will teach you my top tips on how to have a successful telephone conversation. Watch this video and become more confident in your telephone English. Then test yourself with the quiz: http://www.engvid.com/telephone-english/

TRANSCRIPT

Hi there. My name is Emma, and in today's video, I am going to teach you about the telephone and cell phones. Telephone English. I'm going to teach you some of my top tips on how to speak well when you're on the telephone. A lot of students get very, very scared when they talk on the telephone. Why is this? Well, you can't see the person's lips moving when you're on the telephone, and the English -- it's sometimes difficult to understand what someone is saying. So it's okay. You can get better at talking on the telephone. And I'm going to tell you how. So let's get started. I have eight tips for you.

No. 1, one of the main problems students have when they're on the telephone, is they're very direct. What does "direct" mean? Maybe they'll say something like, "I want to talk to Mr. Bob." Okay? "I want to talk to Mr. Smith." This is very direct English. Why is it direct? "Want." It's not the most polite way to speak. When you say "I want. I want." It's better, when you're on the phone -- especially to someone you don't know that well -- to use polite English, such as "could, would, may." "May I speak to Mr. Bob? May I speak to Mr. Smith?" "Could you hold on a minute, please?" Okay? It sounds a lot nicer. So remember your "could, would, may". Try not to use "want".

Tip No. 2, practice. Practice, practice, practice. Practice makes perfect. But how do you practice? Who will you practice with? Well, one idea is if you know that there's a business, and the business is closed for the day, you can call their telephone number. Maybe they have an answering machine you can listen to. What I would recommend is call a business you know will be closed; listen to their answering machine message; and try to take notes on what they say. And then call back, and see. Did what you hear -- is it the same? Is it the same from the first time you called to the second time? Are your notes correct? So very key is practice. You can also practice with a friend. You can practice in front of the mirror. "Hello!" Okay? So practice, practice, practice.

No. 3, spelling. A lot of the time, we have to spell on the phone. Sometimes you have to spell your name, your last name, your address. So it's very important to be able to pronounce alphabet letters, a-b-c-d-e. So it's very important that you can say these letters correctly. And also that you know how to spell things out on the phone. So what do I mean by this? Well, for example, if you have to call someone, and they need to write down your last name, and your last name is -- we'll say your last name is White, so White. So you're on the phone, and they say, "What's your last name?" "My last name is White." And then you start spelling it. "W as in 'Wilson'; H as in 'Hilgar' -- it's a weird name, but -- I as in 'Iceland'." So what you do is you spell out your name using examples. So for example, if I'm spelling "Emma", I'd say, "My name is Emma. That's E as in 'Erin'; M as in 'Mary'; M as in 'Mary'; A as in 'Anne'." Why do we do this? It's because some English letters sound the same. If you're on the phone, and you say "p-d-t-v", they all sound so similar. By spelling out in this way, the person will know which letter you're talking about.

Tip No. 4, numbers. A lot of the time, when you talk on the phone, you have to use numbers or someone will tell you a number, and you may have to write it down. It's very important to practice your numbers. Practice listening for numbers. So for example, a lot of students have trouble with 30 vs. 13, okay? What's the difference? 30, the first part is long, "thir"; the second part is short, "ty". "Thirty". Versus 13, where the first part of the number, and the second part is long. So it's very important to get used to numbers like 14 vs. 40, 15 vs. 50. And you should also practice listening to long numbers. Okay? Maybe if I say the number one, you understand that. It's easy. But try to listen to this number. If I say "4-45-1-7-8-10-100", maybe it would be more challenging. So practice your numbers.

Learn English: 10 abbreviations you should know
00:09:43
engVid
8 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ RSVP? ASAP? Etc.? What do these letters mean? In this vocabulary lesson, I will explain and give examples of ten common abbreviations, such as RIP, BYOB, and PIN. I will also teach the difference between i.e., e.g., and etc.. Watch this video ASAP to find out more! Then take the quiz here: http://www.engvid.com/learn-english-abbreviations/

Hello. My name is Emma, and in today's video, we are going to talk about 10 abbreviations you should know.

So first of all, what is an abbreviation? Well, here's a clue in the word. You have the word "brev". "Brev" -- in other words, "brevity" -- it means to be short. So abbreviations are words or sentences that we have made short, usually to save time. So for example, ASAP, RSVP, RIP, BYOB, BBQ -- you see the pattern? We have capital letters, and they all stand for something that's longer. So it's a short form of a word or a sentence. So let's look at ten common abbreviations.

So the first one we have, "ASAP". What does this mean? "As soon as possible", okay? We use this a lot when we're writing emails, letters, sometimes in conversation. "As soon as possible" is long, so when we don't want to say "as soon as possible", we can shorten it to "ASAP". What are some examples? "Email me ASAP." "Take our quiz ASAP." "Go see the principal ASAP." So it just means to do something as quickly as you can. And this is a very common expression.

Our second abbreviation, "RSVP". What does it mean, "RSVP"? It means, "Please reply." Okay? So we often use this if you're invited to something. If, for example, I'm having a birthday party, and I want all of you to come, I would ask you to RSVP. "Please RSVP by Friday." This means, "Please reply. Please tell me you're coming by Friday." "Please RSVP as soon as you can." "Please RSVP by next Saturday." So it means, again, "Please send me a reply so I know you're coming." You, again, see this on invitations, any type of invite, you will see this.

Our next common abbreviation, RIP. You may have seen this before. It means, "Rest in peace." So when somebody passes away -- when somebody dies -- often on their tombstone, you'll see "RIP", which stands for, "Rest in peace". If you're on Facebook, and someone you know, maybe they lose a member of their family, they will often write, "RIP Fluffy" if it's a cat; "RIP whoever it is". And it means, "Rest in peace." Okay? So this one has to do with dying and death.

No. 4, "BYOB". This is common when we're talking about parties. And it means, "Bring your own beer" or "bring your own booze". Beer, booze -- they're both alcoholic drinks. So "booze" is any drink with alcohol in it. And so what that means is if you're invited to a party, maybe the host doesn't have any alcoholic drinks, so they will tell you, "Bring your own drinks." "Bring your own beer." "Bring your own wine." "BYOB" means "bring your own alcohol". Okay? So it's a very common expression for parties.

No. 5, "BBQ". "BBQ" means "barbecue". What's a "barbecue"? It's a way we cook meat. It's a way we cook food. You usually have a grill. You put maybe hamburgers, hot dogs on the grill. You barbecue them. You can eat barbecued chicken, different types of barbecue. So "BBQ" refers to a type of food or a party where they will serve hamburgers and hot dogs. So let's check out five more abbreviations.

IELTS Listening
00:07:04
engVid
10 Views · 5 years ago

Taking the IELTS soon? Watch this simple lesson to learn what happens in the listening section of the IELTS. I will explain what you need to know about the test, so that you will be prepared and confident on your test day. Take the quiz here www.engvid.com/ielts-listening/ and don't forget to check out
http://www.goodluckielts.com/ !

TRANSCRIPT

Hello. My name is Emma, and in today's lesson, I am going to tell you about the IELTS test -- specifically the listening module. Okay? I'm going to tell you exactly what happens in the listening module of the IELTS. All right?

Now, it's very important to know what will happen because if you know what's going to happen, you will feel less nervous, and you will do better on the exam. So let's get started.

The first part of the IELTS, of the whole test, is the listening. So on test day, you will go in; you'll be all ready, ready to go. And I know you're going to do well. And the very first section is the listening, okay? Followed by the reading and then the writing. So listening first.

The listening section is 30 minutes of four sections, plus 10 minutes to transfer your answers from one sheet of paper to another sheet of paper. So in total, 40 minutes.

Now, the IELTS test has two different streams. Some people do the academic; some people do the general. Usually, for immigration, you might do the general. For university or college -- if you want to go to university or college in Canada or England, you would do the academic.

Now, the thing is that for the general and the academic, the listening is the same. So you're going to be doing the same test whether it's academic or general, same listening.

Now, this is also important. This is actually, maybe, a very key point. One of the difficulties of doing the listening of the IELTS is the tape is only played one time. Okay? You will only listen to it once. Now, a lot of the times in English class, you get to re-listen to something, maybe two or three times. In this test, one time. So you've really got to listen carefully because you will only hear it once.

You also will have extra time at the end of each section to check your answers and to look ahead to the next set of questions. Very important to do this.

All right. So how many sections are in listening? There is a total of four sections. Each section has ten questions, okay? For a total of 40 questions. Now, one thing to know is that the questions usually start out easier, and then as the test goes on, and the listening goes on, it gets harder and harder. So the first part is the easiest, and then it gets a little bit more difficult, more difficult, more difficult. But it's all possible. You can do it.

All right. Let me tell you about Section 1. The first section of the listening module, you'll be listening to two speakers having either a conversation or, maybe, some sort of transaction. Maybe somebody is buying something. So either a conversation or a transaction. And this tests you on survival English. So it's basic English. English such as numbers, names -- so it's the survival English part. Okay?

Section 2 is a little more difficult than Section 1. There's going to be one speaker talking. Now, what are they going to be talking about? They'll talk about some sort of general topic, not academic, something very general. And again, it's going to be something that you would probably hear if you lived in Canada or if you lived in England, all right?

The third section, you're going to be hearing anywhere from two speakers, three speakers, or four speakers. What are they going to be talking about? They're going to be having a conversation in an academic situation. This is where it gets a little bit more challenging because it's easier to listen to one speaker or two speakers than four speakers. Okay? It's very important that at this point, to be able to know who -- to recognize each person's voice. Okay? How many individuals and what is each person saying.

Section 4 is just one speaker. It might be a professor, and they are talking -- giving an academic lecture. Okay? They might be talking about Einstein's life or the life of a mole. Okay? So it's a scientific or academic lecture.

So these two, survival English; these two, academic English, okay?

Another important thing to know about the IELTS is it's testing you on British English. So as a result, practice listening to British speakers, Canadian speakers too, Australian -- it's not testing you on American English, but British English. So you will hear mainly British accents. You might hear some Australian accents, New Zealand accents, Canada accents, but mainly British accents. All right?

Speaking English - How to answer the phone
00:09:33
engVid
13 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Practice speaking on the phone with me, Emma! Do you know how to speak on the phone? Do you feel nervous talking on the phone? In this survival English video, I teach you common expressions to use on a phone call. By learning these expressions, your telephone conversations will become clearer and you will understand more. You can practice these expressions by taking our quiz.
http://www.engvid.com/speaking-english-how-to-answer-the-phone/

TRANSCRIPT

Hello. My name is Emma. And in today's lesson, we are going to be learning some important telephone expressions. Okay?

I know a lot of students get very scared when they have to talk on the phone, and it's understandable; it can be very scary when you can't see the person's face when you're talking to them. So one great idea if you're afraid of talking on the phone in English is to memorize key expressions that we use all the time. This way, it will improve your listening, you will know what people will probably say on the phone, and your speaking will improve too. All right?

Now, in this video, we're actually going to practice these expressions together. In my pocket, I have my cellphone. All right? So what is going to happen is I will teach you an expression, and then I will pretend to be on the phone, you can pretend to be on the phone too. I will say something, and you say the correct expression to me. All right? So, if you don't understand, that's okay - you will in a moment. Let's get started.

Now, when somebody calls you... "Ring, ring, ring, ring" First thing you say is: "Hello?" As in a question. "Hello?" All right? And then what happens?

The person who's calling asks a question. They can do this in different ways. I've listed four different ways, the most common. Sometimes they'll say:
"Is __________ there, please?"
"Is Emma there, please?", "Is Daniella there, please?" "Is Yvonne there, please?"
Okay? A very common way. And notice: "please", very important to be polite.

You can also say:
"This is __________" - Emma - "calling for _________."
Whoever you're calling. So, if I'm calling you, I might say: "Oh, hello. This is Emma calling for Daniel", "This is Emma calling for Joseph.", "This is Emma calling for Pete." Okay? So this is a common expression, especially if you're at work, this is the one we would use a lot at work. This one is a little more informal; you'd probably use this one more if you're calling your friends or calling someone in not a business situation.

This is also another informal one:
"Is __________ in?"
So all of these blanks are the name of the person who the caller wants to speak to. "Is Emma in?", "Is John in?", "Is Mary in?" Okay. So, again: "Hello. Is Mary in?" Informal.

Last one:
"May I please speak to __________?" Emma.
"May I please speak to Mary?", "May I please speak to the doctor?" All right? This one is more formal. So we have sort of formal/informal, formal, informal, and last one, formal.

All right, so let's get your phone out. All right? Whether you have a real cellphone or your hand, and let's practice a statement. So you're going to be calling me. You're going to use one of these expressions. Pick whichever one you want and practice it. All right? Let's get started.

"Ring, ring, ring, ring."
"Hello?"
Perfect. All right? So you can watch this video again and again; practice, practice, practice until you have it memorized, until it is easy for you.

All right, now how do I respond or how..? How does the person you're calling respond?
If you say: "Is Emma there, please?" I would say: "Speaking." Which means: "Yes, it's me, it's Emma." I wouldn't say that, I would just say: "Speaking."

Or I could say:
"__________ speaking. How can I help you?" [SM1]"Emma speaking.", "Emma speaking. How can I help you?"

"This is __________." [SM2]"This is Emma." Or: "This is he.", "This is she."

All right? So again, these represents the... The name of the person. This... These blanks are names. All right?

So let's try one. I want you to pick any of these. All right? Now, I'm sorry - there are so many of you, I probably will not pick your name when I ask this question. So today, I am going to call you all "Bob". I'm sorry if that's a problem, but today, you are Bob. All right? So I want you to either say: "Speaking.", "Bob speaking.", "This is Bob." Just for practice. All right. So get your phone ready.

"Ring, ring, ring, ring"
So you say: "Hello?"
And I say: "Is Bob there, please?"
What do you say?
Good, very good.

All right, so let's learn some more expressions.

Okay, great. So we've gone through the first part of a phone call. -

"Hello, is Emma there, please?" -"Speaking."

All right? Now what? What if someone calls you and you pick up, but they're not looking for you; they're looking for your brother, they're looking for your mother, they're looking for someone else - what do you say?

Aprende inglés: 10 common Spanish speaker mistakes
00:14:30
engVid
11 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ ¿Hablas español? Checa este video y deja de cometer los 10 errores más comunes en inglés que cometen los hablantes del español. Los hablantes de otros idiomas también cometen estos errores. Vamos a repasar algunos de los errores más comunes en la pronunciación y en la gramática inglesa, que a su vez, afectan tu inglés escrito y tu inglés oral. Al final del video te recomendamos que hagas el examen para que practiques y aprendas más inglés. Good luck!

¿Hablas español? Watch this lesson to avoid ten common mistakes Spanish speakers make "en inglés". But this lesson is not JUST for Spanish speakers! These mistakes are common among speakers of many other languages too! We will look at some common pronunciation and grammar errors, which also affect your speaking and writing in English. Take our quiz at the end to practice your English. Buena suerte!

http://www.engvid.com/10-spanish-speaker-mistakes/

Hello! Hola! My name is Emma. Me llamo Emma. And in today's video, we are going to look at ten common mistakes Spanish speakers make. Now, if you are not a Spanish speaker, don't worry. You can still watch this video because some of these mistakes you might be making as well, okay? So they are ten common mistakes especially for Spanish speakers.

Now, before I get started, some of our Spanish audience has asked questions. "Emma, can you speak Spanish?" The answer is: Yo hablo un poco. A little. I think's it's that. I'm learning Spanish, but my Spanish is not perfect. So if I mispronounce any words in this video, any Spanish words, I'm sorry. I apologize now. So let's get started.

So we have ten in total, all right? Let's look at No. 1. A common mistake I see my Spanish students make is they often forget the subject of the sentence. So they often forget "it" at the beginning or "I" at the beginning. For example, in Spanish, I think you can say, "Soy canadiense." "I'm Canadian." In English, you can't do this. You always need the subject. So make sure you don't make this mistake. Remember, you need either "it", "I", "he", "she", "we", "they", "you" -- you always need a subject.

Problem No. 2 I see is the pronunciation of E and the I sound, especially when it comes to "this" and "these". When I hear my Spanish speakers -- or my Spanish students, sorry. When I hear them use "this", sometimes it sounds like "these" to me. I hear "these, these". They don't always pronounce the difference. So this is a common mistake. It's very important to practice the I sound versus the E sound. How do we do this? With E, you smile. "These" -- you see the big smile? "These". With the I, you don't really smile. "This" -- you have a serious face. "This, this, and these", I want you to practice saying "this" and "these". You see how different my mouth looks when I say "this" and "these"? Now, this is very important, not just for "this" and "these", but many words in English. Students mistake the E sound and the I sound. What are some other examples? Well, this is a bad example, but "shit" and "sheet". Okay? "Shit" is "mierda". "Sheet" -- I don't know what it is. But it's like a piece of paper or a bed sheet. So notice you have two E's. It's an E, "sheet". This one -- "shit". Okay? So serious. "Shit". It's very important. Also, there are many bad words in English, and they usually have the I sound. "Shit". Another bad words -- and I'm only saying these words to teach you not to make this mistake. Another bad word: "bitch" versus "beach".

IELTS Listening - Top 14 tips!
00:14:38
engVid
11 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Improve your IELTS score with these quick tips! In this lesson, you will learn about the Listening module of the IELTS exam. I will teach you the most common mistakes people make and how to avoid them. Watch this free video, so that you know how to practice for the IELTS Listening test. I want you to be prepared and confident on your test day, so that you can get the best results on your IELTS! http://www.engvid.com/ielts-listening-top-10-tips/

TRANSCRIPT

Hello. My name is Emma, and in today's lesson, I am going to teach you my top tips for the IELTS listening module. Okay?

So, before I teach you these tips, you might be wondering: "What's the IELTS listening module?" Well, the IELTS is a test and one part of the test is listening. So, in the listening section, you're going to have 40 questions where you're going to listen to some conversations for about 30 minutes, and then you'll have 10 minutes to transfer your answers over to another sheet. So, in total, it's 40 minutes; 30 minutes for listening, 10 minutes for writing down your answers.

Okay, now this part of the IELTS is very possible to get a high mark, especially if you follow my tips. All right? Now, before we get started, I just want to let you know: I know you can do the IELTS. I know you can pass, I know you can get a great mark, a great bandwidth - you just have to have confidence in yourself and you have to practice. Practice, practice, practice; it really pays off. So let's get started.

So, my first tip: write no more than three words. What do I mean by this? I don't mean for the whole thing, write no more than three words. On the IELTS, you will have to read the instruction of what to do. Often times, the instruction, before you listen, you're going to see: "Write no more than three words." This is an example of an instruction you must follow. One mistake a lot of students make during the IELTS is they don't read instructions properly. They're nervous, they're stressed out, they write whatever, they don't... They don't follow the instructions. If you see something like: "Write no more than three words." Do that. You can't write four, don't write five. Write three or less. Okay? So my main point here: follow the instructions carefully.

Point number two: get used to British English. A large part of the IELTS, you will be listening... For... For... Sorry, for the listening, you will be listening to British accents. Sometimes you might hear Australian accents or Canadian, you might hear a range, but a lot of the accents will be British. So it's very important to get used to listening to British accents. And also, listen to other accents like Canadian, Australian; that's a good idea too. Where can you find British accents to listen to? I recommend the BBC. They have a lot of great videos there and most of it's with British accents, so it's a very good idea so you can practice listening. The more you practice listening with British accents, the easier it will be to understand British speakers. Especially if you're used to American English, this is a very good thing to do.

Related to this point: British vocab. You should learn British vocabulary. For example: in American English and Canadian English, we say: "truck". In British English, we say: "lorry". So it's good to know some of these British expressions, some British words. One idea where you can practice these is if you check out our website: www.engvid.com, we have a new teacher who is British and who will be talking about British English, so check out her... Her videos. It will also be good to help you with practicing listening to British accents.

Number four: spelling counts. Okay? Very important. The listening part of the IELTS is not just listening; you're actually using other skills like writing and reading. Now, with writing, when you write down your answers, you sometimes have to spell something out, so you have to be very, very careful with spelling. Okay? This is something you should really study and practice before you take the listening part of the IELTS. Practice your spelling. Learn spelling rules. We have a lot of different videos on how to spell on engVid, so I would come and check those ones out.

Number five - this is the thing that always gets my students and I always warn them about when we practice - plural versus singular. Okay? You have to listen carefully on whether you're writing down the plural with an "s" or the singular. If the question wants me to write down: "cat", someone's talking about their cat and I write down: "cats", it's incorrect. I would get an "X". Okay, so it's important to be careful, to really listen: is it a singular thing, is it a plural thing? Are they saying "store" or "stores"? Okay?

Telephone English: How to take or give a message
00:08:22
engVid
8 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Want to be more confident talking on the phone in English? In this lesson, I teach you common expressions you can use at the end of a phone call. You will learn how to leave and take messages. By learning these key expressions, you'll become more comfortable speaking on the phone in English. Best of all, you'll be able to practice having a conversation with me! Once you hang up though, take the quiz.
http://www.engvid.com/telephone-english-how-to-take-or-give-a-message/

TRANSCRIPT

Hi, there. My name is Emma, and in today's video, we are going to learn some more telephone English. So if you haven't checked out my video on telephone English already, please do before you watch this video because this video is covering the end of a conversation. I've made one video that covers the beginning. So first, watch the beginning. And once you finish watching, come and watch this video. Okay. So let's get started. I have my telephone here. Let's finish this phone conversation.

So I want to ask you -- pick up your phone, everyone. "Would you like to leave a message? Okay. So repeat after me. "Would you like to leave a message?" Good. If someone asks you this on the phone, you can respond by saying, "Yes. Can you tell Emma that I called?" "Can you tell Peter that -- and you can say your name here -- that Henry called -- that Abigail called?" So your name goes here. The person you have the message for goes here. So this is the person that you have the message for. So if you were calling me, Emma, and you didn't get a hold of me, you want me to call you back. Maybe you talked to my mom, and my mom says, "Oh, would you like to leave a message?" You say, "Yes. Can you tell Emma that -- your name -- called?" Or, "Yes, can you tell Emma to call me tonight?" "Can you tell Emma to call me later?" Okay. So let's try this. I want you to say either this or this. All right? So everybody -- oops. Sorry. Pick up your phone. Pretend you're talking to me. "Would you like to leave a message?" Now, you say -- or --. Okay. Good. Well done. All right.

The next thing I want to do, if I'm calling someone and leaving a message, after I say my name and I say, "Can you tell So and So that Emma called", I want to leave a phone number. So I can say something like, "He/She can reach me at 555-5555." There might have been an extra five there. I don't know. This isn't my number, so don't try to call it. This is an example. "She can reach me at this number." Okay?

All right. So after you give your number, maybe the person isn't ready. Maybe they don't have a pen and paper, and they haven't written -- they can't write this down yet. So if they need a pen and paper, they'll say, "Hold on. Let me grab a pen and paper." Okay? So let's say this together to practice. "Hold on. Let me grab a pen and paper." Meaning, "Give me a moment. I want to write this down."

All right. So I'm now going to say this. I want you to say this. Just to practice. "Yes. Can you tell Frank that I called? Frank can reach me at 555-5555." Okay? Now, you say --. Good. With these expressions, it's very important to practice. And you'll feel more confident if you actually pretend to be on the phone. Don't ask me why, but when you practice to do these things, you actually will feel more confident when you do them.

Okay. So then, what would happen is if I didn't have a pen and paper at the beginning and I said, "Hold on. Let me grab a pen and paper", now, I have my pen and paper. I'm now ready to take the message. So I can say, "Okay. What's your number again?" So if the first time I didn't hear it, I wasn't prepared, I can say, "Okay. What's your number again?" So repeat after me. "Okay. What's your number again?" Great.

So now, we are going to finish the phone conversation. Okay. So the person who just wrote down your number and wrote down your name -- the person who took the message will now say, "Great! I'll let her/I'll let him/I'll let Emma/I'll let Peter know you called." Okay? That's one thing you can say. You can also say, "I'll pass on the message." "Okay. I'll pass on the message." So you have a choice between this or this. So let's try that. I want you to say this, okay? Great. Okay. Good.

So after this -- or actually, sometimes -- maybe you don't want to leave a message. Maybe you just want to try to call back later. Okay. So if somebody asks you, "Would you like to leave a message", and you don't want to leave a message, you can say, "No. That's okay. I'll try again later." Okay? So let me ask you if you'd like to leave a message, and you say this. "Would you like to leave a message?" Perfect. All right.

10 Common Driving Expressions
00:09:56
engVid
16 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Do you drive a car? In today's vocabulary lesson, I teach you 10 common driving expressions you need to know before you get on the road. You'll learn to talk about driving, and to complain about bad drivers! You've probably heard some of these phrases in movies or in your own life. I'll teach you expressions like 'pull over', 'run a red', 'hit the brakes', 'tailgating', and many more! WARNING: Do not watch this English lesson whilst driving. http://www.engvid.com/10-common-driving-expressions/

TRANSCRIPT

Hello. My name is Emma, and in today's lesson, we are going to talk about... Can you guess? Driving. I'm going to teach you 10 common driving verbs. So let's get started. Okay, and these are pretty common. Some of them are very, very common; you hear every day.

So the very first one is probably the most common word you will hear when it comes to driving: "Brake" or "Hit the brakes". What is "the brakes"? "The brakes" is what stops the car. I put a big "X" here because when you brake, you don't go; you stop. So, if you and I are in a car, we're driving, I'm driving very fast and suddenly there's a stop sign, you can say: "Emma, brake." Or: "Emma, hit the brakes." It means: "Emma, stop. Stop the car." Okay. And notice it's not: "Hit brakes", "Hit the brakes". And because there's more than one brake in a car: "Hit the brakes."

Okay, our second common verb is a very bad thing to do. "Run a red light." So, first of all, red light when you're driving... You might come to something that looks like this where you'll have a green light, a yellow light, and a red light. Green, of course, means go. What does red mean? It means to stop. So if you don't hit the brakes, and you see the red and you keep driving, and you drive fast even though you see the red - it means you run a red light. So this is a very bad thing to do. "Run a red light." And notice we have an article there. So what's an example? Yesterday-this isn't true-yesterday, I was driving, I ran a red light. I didn't hit the brakes.

Number three, another common verb we use when we're talking about driving. "Cut someone off." Okay, now this is a phrasal verb, very important. First of all, before I tell you the meaning, with phrasal verbs, you can have a different preposition and it can mean something totally different. For this: "Cut someone off", "off" is the preposition we're using. Now, what does it mean to cut someone off? Okay, when you cut someone off... Pretend I'm driving, vroom, vroom. What happens? Someone comes in front of me very fast. Okay? This can cause an accident. If you cut someone off, again, it's a bad thing. It means you drive in front of someone very fast and you don't give them a lot of room. So: "Cut someone off." We cannot say: "I cut off someone.", "I cut someone off." Okay.

In terms of this also... So, again, it's important to notice the "off". We can also use it in a conversation. If you're talking to someone and someone interrupts you, you just cut them off. Okay? You cut someone off. Oh, sorry, they cut you off. An example: "I'm sorry, I have to cut you off." Meaning: "I have to interrupt."

Number four: "Tailgate". If you tailgate someone, this is another bad thing. So this is bad, bad, bad. Tailgate is when you drive too close to someone else. So your car is here, someone's here, it means they're tailgating you. "That man tailgated me.", "I was tailgated by that man." Example sentences.

Now, for running a red light, cutting someone off, and tailgating someone - you may be "pulled over" by the police over. "Pulled over", can you guess what that means? If you're pulled over, it means someone, maybe a police officer stops you, and you pull your car to the side of the road. So, "pull over" means you're driving and then you move your car to the side of the road and stop. You know, maybe, for example: you hear an ambulance - you might pull over, meaning you might go to the side and stop the car. I hope you do that.

So now let's look at 10 more driving verbs. Did I say 10? I meant five more. Sorry, guys. Okay, so our next one on the list is like the previous one. We said: "Pull over", "The police pulled me over." This one also uses the word "pull", but it's a phrasal verb. We have a different preposition. Instead of "Pull over", now we're saying: "Pull out of". So this has a different meaning, even though both verbs are "pull". "Pull out of" means you're going backwards or forwards out of a small space. Usually, it's a parking lot or a driveway. So usually you park your car in your driveway, and you go forward, you look, make sure no other cars are coming - you pull out of your driveway, you pull out of the parking lot.

Talking shit with Emma
00:13:57
engVid
21 Views · 5 years ago

'Shit' is a very common and useful word in the English language. In this fun lesson, I'll teach you some of the most common 'shit' expressions. You will hear these expressions in movies, on TV shows, and in day-to-day life. Native speakers use the word 'shit' in a variety of situations. Do you know what it means to be shit-faced? Do you drive a shit-box? Learn these expressions to improve your vocabulary. Take the quiz to make sure you understand them all. And if you don't want to have shitty English, subscribe to my YouTube channel so that you can keep improving your English!
http://www.engvid.com/talking-shit-with-emma/

TRANSCRIPT

Hello. My name is Emma. And in today's video, we are going to do some shit talking. What's that? We are going to shit talk with Emma today. Okay? So I'm going to teach you 10 expressions with the word: "shit". Before we start, what is "shit"? Does anyone know? I've drawn a little picture in this corner. Shit is... I have a brown marker so it's-I don't know if you can see that-it's this colour. It's what you do in a toilet. We'll leave that... I think that's enough to tell you. You shit in a toilet.

So with these expressions, they're all very common expressions. They're not expressions you want to use with your boss, they're not expressions you want to use with your grandma or your grandpa. They're expressions you will use with your friends, they're expressions you will listen to in movies, on TV. So my main point: don't use these at work, don't use these with your family. Okay?

So let's get started. Oh, sorry, one other thing: pronunciation. Students often mispronounce the word: "shit". They say: "sheet", "sheet". You see? They smile when they say it. Shit is not something you smile about. So when you say the word: "shit", don't smile. Okay? Your mouth goes down, "shit". So repeat one time, make sure you're not in a room filled with people. Okay, let's say this word together. One, two, three, "shit". Okay. Good. So now let's look at some expressions.

My first expression today is one of my favorites. "Shitty", "shitty". Okay? So you can say that once: "shitty". When we say it, the "ty" almost becomes like a "dy" sound, and "shit" is longer and louder. "Shitty", "shitty". What does it mean? When something is "shitty", it's bad, it's a synonym of bad. So, for example: "Today I had a shitty day." Meaning: today I had a bad day. Okay? You can ask someone: -"How was work today?" -"Oh, work was shitty. I had a really shitty experience at work." Okay? -"How did your test go?" -"Uhh, it went shitty. It was a shitty test. I didn't do well." Okay? So it's an adjective.

Our second expression: "shit-faced". Now, important how you pronounce the "ed", it's like a "t" in this case. Okay? So we don't say: "shit-faced", no, no, no. "Shit-faced", okay, "shit-faced". What does it mean to be shit-faced? "Shit-faced" means very, very, drunk. Okay? If you ever go to the bar, you drink one beer, you drink two beer, you drink eight beers, you will probably get shit-faced. So it means very drunk. Here's our example sentence: "He had eight beers. He's shit-faced." Okay? We don't say: "He has a shit face." That would sound very bad if you said that to someone. We don't say: "He has a shit-faced." He... The "s" stands for: "He is shit-faced." Okay?

Let's look at our third expression: "shitbox". A "shitbox" is a car. Okay? It's a car... Can you guess? Do you think it's a good car or a bad car? If you said: "Bad car", you are correct. A "shitbox" is a very bad car; it's very slow, very ugly, maybe the wheel is falling off. Okay? It looks like it is going to fall apart at any moment. It's usually a very cheap car. So maybe you're on the street and you see your friend and he's driving a shitbox. You can say to your friend: "Look at the car. What a shitbox!" All right.

Similarly, so "shitbox" is car, a "shithole" is a way to describe a place someone lives. Okay? So if your friend lives in an apartment and the apartment is very ugly, and small, and dirty, and there's not a lot of light, maybe there's no windows, it's a really sad apartment - you can call it a "shithole". So I have a friend, "Her apartment is a shithole. It's dirty, and"-eww-"there are cockroaches." Cockroaches, do you know what a cockroach is? It's one of those insects that lives in people's apartments, they're really disgusting. So it's a type of bug. If you have cockroaches in your apartment, you might... May be living in a shithole.

IELTS Reading
00:05:52
engVid
13 Views · 5 years ago

Do you have to take the IELTS? Are you nervous about the test? I can help. In this lesson I will tell you what to expect in the reading section of both the general and academic versions of the IELTS. You will learn about the amount of time you have to do it, the number of questions on it, how much you will have to read, and much more. I'll also give you some tips about how to use your time. Take my quiz at the end to make sure you know what to expect on test day. Once you know what will be on the test, you can do exercises to practice for your test. Be sure to check out engVid's IELTS section at http://www.engvid.com/english-exams/ielts/ for many more lessons to help you prepare for the IELTS. Good luck!
http://www.GoodLuckIELTS.com/
http://www.engvid.com/ielts-reading/

Hi, there. My name is Emma. And in today's video, we are going to learn about the reading section of the IELTS. So it's very important before your test day to learn as much as you can about the test. If you know what's going to happen on the test, you're going to feel less nervous, more comfortable, and you'll do a better job. So in this video, I will explain what happens in the reading segment of the test.

So first thing to know is there are two different versions of the IELTS; one is for general and one is for academic. If you're doing the IELTS for things like immigration, you will probably be doing the general, whereas if you're doing the IELTS for... For to get into a university in Canada, England, Australia - you will probably be doing the academic. So there are a lot of similarities in terms of the reading passages on the general and academic versions of the IELTS. The readings are different, but there are some things that are the same.

In both cases, on the general and the academic, the reading module lasts for one hour. So it lasts for one hour. In this hour, you are going to see three texts or three passages. So there's three sections. Another thing to know is that you will also have to transfer your answers on to an answer sheet. That will also be a part of this one hour.

For both the general and the academic, there are 40 questions. The text in the general usually are social, work related, there's often one academic text as well; whereas in the academic, all the text are maybe something you would read in an undergraduate or graduate course.

In terms of also the general, you might see advertisements, you might be reading about... You know, comparing different products; whereas in the IELTS, they're usually more scientific or more academic articles.

Another thing to keep in mind is for both tests, usually the readings go from easy to difficult. So the first part of the test is going to be the easiest part, second section is going to be a bit more difficult, and the third section is going to be more difficult than the second. So keep this in mind when you're planning your time for the IELTS because if you spend all your time on the first section, that's actually the easiest. It's better if you spend less time on the first section, more time in the middle, and the most time at the end.

So in both the academic and the general, you're going to see a variety of questions. Okay? There are many different question types. And the best way to prepare for the IELTS is to learn about these question types.

You might see multiple choice where they'll want you to pick: "A", "B", "C", "D", sometimes "E". Short answer. Sentence completion. You might see tables, charts, diagrams. You might have to read something and then fill in a diagram based on the information you read. Sometimes there's summary completion. Paragraph headings where you have to match a heading with the correct paragraph. You might need to locate information. You might have to write about a writer's view or claims. You might get a question on classification. Or you might get a matching question.

So, the main point here is that it's important to know there are many, many different question types you can get on the IELTS. In terms of the IELTS also, it's very important before you do the IELTS to take a deep breath and to relax yourself. Especially with the reading section, you might see a lot of passages you have to read - take a deep breath, you will do fine.

It's also important to know with the reading module of the IELTS where it comes on the test. The first thing you do on the IELTS is listening, the second thing will be reading, and then after that, writing. So just so you're aware of where it comes, reading is in the middle.

So, I invite you to take our quiz to see if... How much you know about the IELTS, the reading module. Come visit our website at www.engvid.com. Good luck. Until next time.

Real English: Talking about men you like
00:11:24
engVid
9 Views · 5 years ago

Imagine a cute guy walks into your class or work. Do you like him? You might think he is good-looking, and want to tell your friends about him. In this lesson, I'll teach you English expressions to describe the guy you like. What is a "mama's boy"? What does it mean when a guy is sensitive, or has a "killer body"? Learn these expressions and many more in this lesson on everyday spoken English. Take our quiz at the end, so you will be ready the next time you see a cute guy! https://www.engvid.com/talking-about-men-you-like/

TRANSCRIPT

Hello. My name is Emma, and in this video, I am going to teach you some key words, words you can use to describe the boy you like. So imagine: You're in class, and a hot boy walks in -- a hot man. Not a boy -- man. He comes in, and you think, "Wow. That's the guy I love. That's the one I want." So you want to tell your friends about him. What do you say? How do you describe him? Well, I have a bunch of expressions to help you describe the man of your dreams or your boyfriend -- someone you're dating. How do you describe the boy you like to your friends? Let's look.

So first of all, I have a bunch of ways to describe how men look. And these are mainly positive. So if you like a guy, your friend will say, "Tell me. What is he like? Tell me. What is he like?" Okay? And so you might say, "Well, he's manly", meaning -- see keyword "man", yeah? So he's "manly", meaning he likes to do manly things. He likes driving cars fast and watching football, and he's a strong man. He drinks beer. He's "manly". Okay? You might describe a guy like that. You might say, "He's muscular", right? He has big muscles. "He's muscular." Okay? Maybe you could say, "He's handsome." He's a "handsome" man, meaning he looks good. His looks -- yes, he's good-looking. "He's handsome." "He's cute. There's a cute boy in my class. I really like him. There's a cute man in my class. I like him." We say, "He's cute." "He's hot. He's hot." When you see him, you feel your cheeks get red? That's because he's hot. He's a hot man. So "hot", "cute", and "handsome" -- they all mean pretty much the same thing. You can also say "sexy". At the bottom. "He's sexy." "He's a very handsome man. He's sexy."

Okay. "Hairy." You might wonder, "'Hairy.' What does that mean"? "Well, if a man is "hairy", he has a lot of hair -- maybe a lot of hair on his face, maybe his chest, hairy chest. So for me, personally, hairy men, you know -- maybe you would find a hairy man very hot. I put this on the list because you might say a hairy guy walked into the class and think, "Wow. He's hot. He's a little hairy." But if he's hairy, he's probably manly.

Another expression, "lanky". "Oh, he's tall and lanky." "Lanky" is not muscular. It's where the guy is sort of skinny. But he's still very handsome. "He's lanky." He's a little skinny. But usually we say, "He's tall and lanky." So it's similar to "skinny".

Okay. What about personality? How would you describe his personality to your friends? Well, you might say, "He's suave. He's suave." If a guy is "suave", it means when you go to the restaurant, he will hold the door open for you. He will pay for the meal. "He's suave." It means he's very good with women. He knows what women want. "He's suave." Similarly, a "smooth talker". If a man is a "smooth talker", it means he's very good with what he says. He knows how to wine and dine you. He knows how to make you fall in love with him. A smooth taker is a guy who is very good at talking and he can get you to like him.

"Charming." Okay? In fairy tales, Disney movies -- if you've ever seen a Disney movie, the men are always very charming. When they talk, it means you start to really like them. When someone is charming you like them very quickly. "He's romantic." Okay? On your birthday, he gives you flowers. He gives you chocolate. He says very nice things to you about how beautiful you are. "He's romantic."

"He's loaded." "Loaded." What does that mean? It means he's rich. Okay? He has lots of money. He's loaded. All right?

A "good dresser". "He's a good dresser" means his clothes look nice. He's fashionable. Similarly, "well-dressed", "He's well-dressed," -- his clothes look good. He knows how to dress well.

"Thoughtful." "Oh, he's very thoughtful." Okay. What does this mean? It means he knows how to do very nice things. If he's thoughtful, it means he thinks about you, and he does nice things. So for example, maybe you had a sad day, you had a bad day, and you felt very sad. If he's thoughtful, maybe he will give you flowers to make you feel happy and to make you feel better. Or maybe, if he's thoughtful, if he will ask you, "What's wrong? What happened?" "He's thoughtful."

Some guys are athletic. "Athletic" means they're good at sports. Okay. They like to play sports, and they're good at sports. And usually, if you see someone who's athletic, sometimes that means they'll be muscular, sometimes not.

12 Phrasal Verbs about CLOTHES: dress up, try on, take off...
00:10:04
engVid
21 Views · 5 years ago

Do you know what a 'phrasal verb' is? In this lesson, I will explain what a phrasal verb is, and teach you the most common phrasal verbs native speakers use to talk about clothing. I will teach you 'dress up', 'zip up', 'do up', 'wear in', 'kick off', 'have on', and many more! Phrasal verbs can be difficult for English learners to remember. Watch this lesson and then take the quiz, so that you'll remember them all! https://www.engvid.com/12-phrasal-verbs-clothes/

TRANSCRIPT

Hi, there. My name is Emma, and in today's video, I am going to teach you some phrasal verbs about getting dressed and putting on clothes. Okay? So it's about clothes. What's a phrasal verb? A phrasal verb is when you have a verb and you have a preposition. So it's a verb plus preposition is a phrasal verb. Students usually hate phrasal verbs. There's so many of them in English and they're very difficult to remember. So, in this video, I'm going to teach you maybe 12 or 13 phrasal verbs that will really help you to improve your English.

So let's get started. The first verb I want to teach you is: "dress up". Okay. "Dress up". What does it mean "to dress up"? When you dress up, maybe you have a hot, hot date. Maybe there's the boy or the girl of your dreams and you want to look good - you will dress up, meaning you will wear something that looks extra good. So, for example, right now, I'm wearing this sweater, not dressed up. If I wanted to dress up, oh, look here, maybe I would put on this nice dress. Okay? So dress up. Here's my sentence:
"I have a date. I have a date. I should dress up tonight."
Okay.

"Zip up". So again: "dress up", "zip up". What does "zip up" mean? Well, I'll show you. Did you see that? "Zipping up" means you have a zipper and you pull it up.
"Zip up! It's cold!"
Mothers love to say this to their children: "Zip up your jacket so you won't be cold."

Very similar to zip up, is: "button up". When you "button up" something, you don't zip up, you have buttons. So let me show you. So I will take off my sweater and I will put on a new jacket with buttons. Okay, so if I button up my jacket... Maybe... Where is the button? Okay, here we go. Just like this. Okay? So I buttoned up my jacket. Okay, good.
"I should button up my jacket."

The next expression I want to teach you: "do up". So all of these: "up", "up", "up", "up". If you "do something up", it means you either button it up or you zip up. "Do up" means the same thing as "zip up" and "button up".
"I must do up my jacket."
Means: I should button up my jacket, do up your jacket. Okay? It's all the same.

"Have on".
"What do you have on right now?"
It means the same thing as: "wearing". What are you wearing? What do you have on? Pay special attention, the preposition is: "on". Okay? So tell me, what does Emma have on right now? Emma has a hat on. Well, it's not exactly a hat; it's a shower cap. I like to take baths, so this is for the shower.

"Put on".
"I put on my hat."
Okay? When you put something on, it's just putting on. "I put on my hat."

What's the opposite of: "put on"? Oh, I don't have it here. Well, you will see it in a moment. But I put on - "take off". I took off my hat.

Next expression: "throw on".
"I threw on my hat."
Can you guess what this means? If I "throw it on", it means I do it quickly. Okay? "I threw on my hat and I ran out the door.", "I threw on my hat and I went to school.", "I threw on my jacket and I went to school." So it means you put on clothes very quickly. I'm going to take off my hat. I think it's a little too colourful.

"Try on". What does it mean "to try something on"? If you ever go to a store and you see: "Oh, look at that dress. It's the most beautiful dress." I'm going to try it on, meaning I'm going to put it on at the store to see if I like it. So "try on" is for shopping. You usually go to a small room, a fitting room, and you see if you like the outfit by putting it on. So it's about stores.
"At the store, I tried on a shirt.", "At the store, I tried on the shoes, I tried on the hat." So this is the expression: "try on".

Again: "on", "on", "on", "on". And the first four were: "up", "up", "up", "up". It's very important that you use the correct prepositions. If I say: "Do down", or: "do in", or: "do off", these maybe don't make any sense or they have different meanings. So the preposition is what makes the meaning. So let me teach you some more expressions about getting dressed.

Okay, so I already explained: "take off", but I wanted you to see how it's spelt. "Take off". I took off my hat, now I have no hat.
"I took off my jacket."
Means to take off your jacket. Okay, so it's the opposite of: "put on". I put on my hat and I took off my hat.

Learn English Vocabulary: Compound Adjectives to describe people
00:12:02
engVid
12 Views · 5 years ago

Do you know what a 'compound adjective' is? In today's lesson, I will teach you some very common compound adjectives to describe people. Native speakers use these expressions a lot in everyday conversation. Knowing these compound adjectives will help you understand spoken English, and will help you to speak English more fluently. Make sure you understood the lesson by taking the quiz. Good luck!
https://www.engvid.com/english....-vocabulary-compound

TRANSCRIPT

Hi, there. My name is Emma, and in today's video, I am going to teach you some new words. These words are all compound adjectives. So what is a compound adjective? Well, a compound adjective is when you have two different words together with a hyphen. English is full of compound adjectives. I'm going to teach you maybe eight compound adjectives that all have to do with people's personalities. So if you're describing a friend, a roommate, your family, these are the types of words you can use. So let's get started

The first word I want to teach you is "open-minded", okay? "Open-minded". Students have a lot of trouble with the pronunciation of this word. Many students say, "I have" or "I am open-mind"; "I am open-mind." No. You need "open-minded", -ED. Students always forget the "-ED" at the end. So be aware. Be careful. What does it mean to be "open-minded"? If you are open-minded, it means you like to try new things. When something happens, when you have an opportunity to try something new, you will do it. You're a "yes person". If somebody says, "Do you want to eat a spider?" Well, this might be extreme. But in some cultures, they eat spiders. They might ask you, "Do you want to eat a spider?" If you're open-minded, you'll say, "Sure. Yeah. Let's try it." You know, that's a little extreme. There are other cases of being open-minded. Here's another example. "I try to eat the local food because I'm open-minded." Okay? So you like to try new things. You are open-minded. Maybe you have never been outside of your country. If you go to a new country, maybe you'll notice there are differences in the culture. If these differences aren't upsetting to you, if you're willing to meet new people, try new things, learn new ways of living, you are "open-minded".

The opposite of "open-minded" -- just like you open a door -- "closed", "closed-minded". So be careful with the pronunciation of this. "Closed-minded." So it's not close-ed-minded". "Closed-minded." If you are "closed-minded", you don't like to try new things. Trying new things is very uncomfortable for you. So for example -- or thinking in new ways. You don't want to change the way you live. You don't want to think in new ways. You're very traditional, and you don't like change. You are "closed-minded". "My mother won't try anything new. She is closed-minded." Okay? So if somebody doesn't want to change, is very uncomfortable with other cultures, other ideas, they are "closed-minded".

Another "minded" compound adjective, "absent-minded". "Absent" -- you might have heard this word before. If you are not in class, you are "absent"; the teacher will mark you absent. Okay? So when you're absent, you're not there. "Absent-minded" is when your brain is not there. What does this mean? Well, it means you are thinking about something different, so you don't see what's happening. Here's an example to help you understand. I have a friend. My friend, her name is Lara. She is very absent-minded. She's always thinking about boys. Always thinking about her boyfriend, boy troubles. So because of that, sometimes, she forgets to do her homework. She's too busy thinking about one thing. She doesn't realize what's happening around her. She is "absent-minded". So, "Lara is absent-minded. She forgot to do her homework." So you're not thinking about something. You're absent-minded. Your mind is elsewhere.

Another expression, very common expression, "laid-back". "Laid-back." What does it mean to be "laid-back"? Well, this is a very positive expression. It's a good expression. And it means you're a very relaxed person; you don't get angry; you don't get annoyed; you're very calm, relaxed, you go with the flow. You're a very happy, laid-back person. For example, I told you my friend Lara, she's very absent-minded. She's always forgetting to do her homework because she thinks too much about boys. Well, her teacher is a very laid-back teacher. When she doesn't do her homework, her teacher does not get angry. He does not yell at her and say, "Lara, why didn't you do your homework?" No. He's laid-back. He says, "Oh, it's okay. That's fine. It's okay that you didn't do your homework." He doesn't the get angry. He is laid-back. So let's look at some more compound adjectives.

Talking about women you like - SEXY, HOT, SMOKING, CUTE, FREAKY
00:09:38
engVid
13 Views · 5 years ago

A sexy woman walks into your office. You think she is amazing and you want to tell your friends about her. In this vocabulary lesson, I will give you many expressions that will help you describe the girl you like. What is a tomboy? How is that different from a girly girl? What does it mean when a girl is a ten or has a killer ass? Is that woman you just saw smoking hot? Learn these expressions and more by watching this video. Take my quiz at the end, so you will be ready the next time you see a beautiful woman. Leave a comment and tell me about the woman you like. How would you describe her?
http://www.engvid.com/talking-....about-women-you-like

TRANSCRIPT

Hello. My name is Emma, and in today's lesson, we are going to talk about personalities, we're going to talk about looks, we're going to talk about all the ways you can describe the girl of your dreams. Okay? The woman you like, the person you have a crush on. So, we're going to talk specifically about women and how guys can talk about them to their friends.

So, imagine this: you're sitting in your English class and a new girl walks in, and immediately, you've fallen in love. You think this girl is great, maybe you want to go on a date with her, you tell your friends about it. So, your friend will ask you: "Oh, tell me what the girl's like. Tell me, what's she like?" Okay? "Tell me what she's like." And your response, you're going to tell them a whole bunch of descriptive words. So, I have some words about looks, I have some words about personality, and I have some other expressions.

So, let's get started. Okay? One way you can describe someone you like, of course, is what they look like. You can say a girl is "hot". Okay? This isn't just temperature. We use it a lot. Well, guys use it a lot when they talk about girls. "Ah, she's hot." Okay?

You can say: "She's gorgeous." Gorgeous, not georgeous, gor, gorgeous. It's like beautiful.

Okay, so she's hot, she's gorgeous, she's "fine". You know in English, we say: -"How are you?" -"I'm fine"? Well, when you say a girl is fine, you're saying she's hot; she looks good.

"Oh, she's cute.", "She's sexy.", "She's smoking hot." Or just: "She's smoking." Okay? All of these expressions mean-I'm going to draw a picture-when you see her, you feel like this because the way she looks is so good.

You can also... Don't say this in front of the girl. Okay? Whatever you do, don't say this in front of the girl, but when you're with your friends, you can also give her a number. Some guys say: "Oh, she's a ten." Meaning: she's perfect. "She's a nine." She's still good. "She's an eight." Enh. If you like the girl, you're probably not going to say she's a three; that wouldn't be nice. But this is sometimes how guys talk to her friends, they say: "Oh, she's a ten. She's great."

You can also describe a woman based on her hair colour. "Oh, she's a blonde." Okay? I'm a blonde. "She's a red-head." If the girl has red hair, she's a red-head. What about somebody with dark brown hair? We would call them "a brunette". Okay? So, we have "a blonde", and notice the "a", "a red-head", and-I guess I didn't write it-"brunette" is someone with brown hair. Okay? Also, when I said: "a ten", "a nine", "an eight", you need "a". All right, great.

So, after you tell your friends about how beautiful she is. "She's gorgeous, she's hot, she's sexy." After you tell them this, you will probably talk about personality, if you don't talk about it first. So, personality, what are some personality words you might use to describe the girl you like? Well, this one isn't the nicest word, but some guys like girls who are "high-maintenance". These are the girls that they want the man to pay for everything, they expect presents every birthday. Well, not just birthdays; people expect presents on their birthdays. Maybe every day they want a present, every day they need you to tell them how much you love them. These are the girls that you have to work hard to keep. Okay? They're the girls that want you to buy them maybe a diamond ring, a diamond necklace. So you have to pay a lot of attention to these girls, they are high-maintenance. They are not easy to be with; you have to work hard.

The opposite of high-maintenance is someone who is "low-maintenance". This is somebody who if you don't give them a present, they don't really care, it's okay. They're easygoing. They... You don't have to spend all your time with them. If you forget to call them on the phone, they're not going to get very angry. They're easygoing, they're low-maintenance.

You can also call a girl "sporty". "Oh, she's sporty." You probably know the word "sport", if a girl is "sporty" it means she likes sports.

You can also say a girl is "talkative". Someone who is talkative talks a lot. I'm a very talkative person.

IELTS Reading: Top 10 Tips
00:10:27
engVid
7 Views · 5 years ago

How to get a high score on the IELTS Reading. In this video, I am going to give you ten important tips that will help you succeed on the reading module of the IELTS. Prepare yourself for test day by watching this class and taking my quiz at the end. http://www.engvid.com/ielts-reading-top-10-tips/
http://www.goodluckielts.com/

TRANSCRIPT

Hello. My name is Emma, and in today's video, we are going to talk about the reading module of the IELTS. I'm going to tell you some of my top IELTS reading tips. So let's get started.

During the reading module of the IELTS, there will be three passages that you read, and for each passage, there are a bunch of questions you have to answer. The first tip I have for you is: don't spend too much time reading the passages. What happens to a lot of students is they read word-for-word everything. They see a word they don't know, they keep trying to understand the meaning. You don't have to understand everything to understand the passage. If you don't know a word, that's fine.

The better thing to do than to slowly read is to use skills such as skimming which means you quickly read for the main idea or scanning, meaning you look for key words or you look for specific detail. A lot of students, what they do for the IELTS is they will actually read the questions first, and then they will read the passage. And that way, they... They know what they're looking for. You don't have to do this; it's one technique. Some students find this a lot easier, other students like to read the passage first and then answer the questions. I recommend trying both out. First do the reading, then the questions, then try to read the questions first and read the passage and see what you like better, what you're more comfortable doing.

So the key thing here is: don't read slowly. It's a timed test, you have three parts you have to get through, 40 questions; it's very important that you read quickly. You can start practicing reading quickly also. There are a number of resources out there where you can actually start practicing. And time yourself when you practice, make sure you're not going over time.

Number two, similar to number one, my tip is: don't spend too long on each question. Some of the questions are difficult-they're possible, you can do well on them-but some of them, you might be reading and you might think: "Oh, I don't know what the answer is," and you might look at it, and think, and try, and try, and try. Well, the problem is if you spend too much time on a question, there are 40 questions and the one hour limit for the test, it goes by very quickly. So you can spend too much time on each question. So what I recommend is read a question, try to figure out the answer. If you don't know it, you can put a star beside it and come back after. Don't spend too long on any question. You can also take a guess, move on, and come back later.

My third tip: spend less time on earlier questions. For the reading module, the... Like I said, there are three passages. The first passage is the easiest, then the second passage, and then the third question. If you spend all your time on the first passage, you're not going to have time to do the second and the third. And, like I said, the first one is easier. So a good idea is to spend less time on the first passage, maybe about 17 minutes, then the second passage maybe spend about 20 minutes, and the third passage maybe 23 minutes. You don't have to follow this exactly, but the main idea is spend less time on part one, more time on part three because part three is harder.

My fourth point is: make sure you have enough time to transfer your answers. They will have an answer sheet and you're supposed to write your answers on it. It's very important to leave yourself time to transfer your answers from your test paper to the answer sheet. A lot of students, they work through the booklet and then they realize there's no time to transfer their answers, so make sure you leave time for this.

Speak English: How to say words that end with -ION
00:07:30
engVid
13 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Words that end in '-tion' and '-sion' are some of the most common words in English -- words such as 'information', 'question', 'addition', 'nation', and so on. In this lesson, I will teach you the pronunciation rules for these types of words. Find out what pronunciation stress is, and and what part of the word we place stress on. This video will help you to improve your pronunciation of these common words. Take the quiz on this lesson here: http://www.engvid.com/pronunciation-ion-word-endings/

TRANSCRIPT

Hello. My name is Emma, and today, I'm going to teach you a little bit about pronunciation. I want you to guess what kind of pronunciation you're going to learn about today. Behind me, I have a bunch of different words. What do these words all have in common? What is the same about all of these words? Take a moment to look. Okay. If you noticed they all end in-ion, you'd be correct. Today, you're going to learn about how to correctly pronounce words with -ion in them. Okay?

So one way to improve your pronunciation is learning about stress. When I talk about stress, I don't mean, you know, "I'm stressed. I have a test." No. I mean stress is where you say something longer and louder. English is a stress language. We have a lot of words where part of it you say longer and louder; the other part you say shorter and quieter.

Now, a lot of pronunciation mistakes happen when students make incorrect stress patterns, when they don't stress words correctly. So today, I'm going to teach you how you put stress on -ion words. Okay? So let's look at of these words.

I want you to listen. What part do I say louder and longer? "Decision, decision." If you said "ci", you are correct. "Decision." Okay. What about the next one? "Information, information." Good. If you said "ma', correct. "Situation, situation." Okay. Hopefully, you said "ua". And again, sometimes it takes a while to get used to listening for this. So if you're making mistakes, don't worry about it. It takes some time to get used to listening for stress. "Question, question." Okay. So this part is a little bit louder and longer. "Education. Position, position." What part is louder and longer? Here. Okay? So we're almost finished with these words. "Nation, nation." Okay. If you said the stress is here, you're correct. Next one. "Condition, condition." Good. This is the part that is louder and longer. "Population, population." Okay. Hopefully, you said the "la", "population". And last but not least, "attention, attention." Okay. This is the part I said louder and longer.

So what do you notice? Where is the stress on all of these words? What section is it? Is it at the very beginning of the word? No. It's actually on the syllable right before -ion. Okay. So for example, -cation, -ition, question, -ation, -mation. So what you will notice is when we have -ion words, it doesn't matter if they're -sion, -tion -- any -ion word, we put the stress on the syllable right before the -tion. Okay? So I want you to pause the video and try to say these words placing stress on the parts that I put a red line over. Okay?

Okay. So once you've finished practicing the pronunciation of these words, let's do a couple of sentences together to make sure you really have the pronunciation correct.

So I have a very, very long sentence here. Okay? And the sentence -- the meaning is not important. This is only for pronunciation. My sentence is, "The education of the population is a decision that needs attention." Okay? So it's a very long sentence, but you'll notice a lot of -ions. So again, repeat after me. "The education of the population is a decision that needs attention." Okay? So I'll say this quickly now. "The education of the population is a decision that needs attention." All right? Say it one more time just to see if you got it. Wonderful. Excellent.

Okay. So now, let's do the second sentence. The second sentence is, "The information on my condition results in more questions on my situation." Again, the meaning of this sentence does not matter. Let's practice the pronunciation of it. Okay. So tell me; where does the stress go? Is it here, here, here, or here? If you said here, you are correct. So let's say this. "The information on my condition results in more questions on my situation." All right. Let's say this together. "The information on my condition results in more questions on my situation." Now, I want you to try this one time quickly. All right. Let's see how quick you can do it. I'll say it my fastest. "The information on my condition results in more questions on my situation." Okay.

So again, there are thousands of words that end in -ion. Very, very common in English. And if you notice people -- when you speak -- are, like, "What? I don't understand you", it might be because of your pronunciation, and it might be because you're not putting stress on the proper syllables.

How to succeed on IELTS Reading
00:11:14
engVid
19 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Taking the IELTS? Get a better score by watching this simple lesson on the IELTS reading section. I'll give you my best advice on how to succeed on your reading test, based on years of helping students to pass the IELTS exam. Whether you are just starting to study or you have an exam scheduled tomorrow, these tips will help you to get a higher mark! Take the quiz to continue preparing.
For more IELTS tips, check out EngVid's many other IELTS lessons at http://www.engvid.com/english-exams/ielts/ and for more tips on the IELTS, go to http://www.goodluckielts.com/

Good luck!
http://www.engvid.com/how-to-succeed-on-ielts-reading/

TRANSCRIPT

Hello. My name is Emma, and in today's lesson, I am going to teach you some very good tips on how to succeed on the reading module of the IELTS. So this video is for anyone who is taking the IELTS. This video will really help you learn about some of the question types and how to do well on them. So let's get started.

My very first tip is very important. When you're practicing doing the IELTS, when you're preparing for the IELTS, one way to prepare is to start learning synonyms. Now, what's a "synonym"? A "synonym" is a copy of another word where the meanings are the same, but the words are different. So an example: "intelligent" and "smart". These are synonyms. They have the same meaning, but they're different words.

Now, why should you learn different synonyms for the IELTS? Well, one very good reason is oftentimes, on the IELTS you will have a text or a reading passage, and then, after that you will have a bunch of questions. Now, sometimes, in the questions, you need to look for certain information in the reading passage. So you read a question, and you need to find the answer in the reading passage. Now, one way to do this is looking at keywords. You might see a keyword in the question. And you're looking for that same word in the reading passage. But they often don't use the same words in the question and the reading passage. Oftentimes, they will use synonyms. So for example, maybe in the question the keyword is "intelligent". In the reading passage, the word that you'll actually need to find is "smart". So by knowing synonyms, you'll be able to do the questions a lot faster, and you'll be able to find information faster. And on the IELTS, time is very important, so you want to be able to do things very quickly.

My second point has to do with a lot of the question types, especially the "not given" question types. There's a question type called "True, False, or Not Given". There's also one called "Yes, No, Not Given". This point is for those.

Oftentimes, you need to pay close attention to negative words on the IELTS. So for example "never", "rarely", "hardly", "seldom". Depending on what the question is, sometimes, if it's a true or false question, it's very important to look for these words. This is one of the tricks you might find on the IELTS -- well, it's not exactly a trick, but sometimes, you might put down "true", but the answer is actually false because of these negative words. So key point: Notice and pay attention to these types of words in both the "True, False, and Not Given", and the "Yes, No, Not Given".

Point No. 3: Similar to point No. 2, it's very important to pay attention to frequency words, especially in the same part, and the "True, False, Not Given". You might see "always", "often", "sometimes", "never". Why is this important? Well, if you see something that says, "Sometimes the Pharaoh of Egypt -- or the Pharaohs of Egypt were buried in tombs", but the actual answer is true or false, and it says, "Pharaohs were always buried in tombs", you might get confused. You might put down the wrong answer. So it's very important to pay attention to "always", "often", "sometimes", "never" in true or false questions.

Point No. 4: This is probably one of my favorite points. During tests -- this happens to all students -- they will pick on answer; and then, they'll think about it; and they'll see another answer; and they'll want to change their answer; and they don't remember -- they don't know, "Which one should I pick?" It's good to go with your first instinct. So if you're doing multiple choice, and right off the bat you think, "Okay, the answer is A"; and then you look, and you think, "Okay, well, maybe the answer is C -- if both of them seem like good possibilities, and you don't know, choose the one you thought of first. Okay? Go with your gut feeling. Go with your instinct.

Improve Your Writing - 6 ways to compare
00:10:33
engVid
12 Views · 5 years ago

One of the most common types of essays you will have to write at university as well as on the IELTS or TOEFL is a comparison essay. In this lesson, I will teach you some useful words that will help you to compare things. By the end of this video, you will be able to use terms such as "alike", "similar", "in the same way", "likewise", and more. Take my quiz at the end for more experience using these words. http://www.engvid.com/writing-6-ways-to-compare/

TRANSCRIPT

Hello. My name is Emma, and in today's video, I am going to teach you some key words you can use when you talk about how things are the same or similar. Okay? So when you compare two things -- when you're comparing apples and oranges, there are some similarities. They're both fruits. When you're comparing shopping to skiing, when you're comparing a city to a country or the countryside -- there is a certain language we like to use when we're saying how these things are similar or the same. In this video, I'm going to teach you a bunch of expressions you can use when comparing two things to show their similarities. Okay? So this video is called "Talking about similarities".

So for this video, I decided I wanted to do a theme. I wanted to look at how Canada and England are similar. In what ways are they very much alike? Okay? So each of my sentences are going to have to do with Canada and England, and we're going to look at how they're alike using these comparison words.

So for those of you watching, if you are doing the TOEFL, these words are essential. If you are doing the IELTS -- very important vocabulary here. General English, you can use these at university for essays, college, or even just general conversation. So let's get started.

Okay. So how are Canada and England the same? Well, I would say, first of all, both Canada and England have a queen. Both Canada and England have Queen Elizabeth. So one word we often use when we're talking about similarities is this word, "both". Both Canada and England have a queen. Both Canada and England have trees. Both Canada and England have cities. Okay? So there are a lot of different things you can compare. This is just one of them.

Now, I want to say why I wrote the word "beginning" here. "Both" often comes at the beginning of a sentence. And notice how the construction is. We have both A and B. Another example, "Both cats and dogs are animals." "Both hamsters and mice are rodents." Okay? So we use this a lot when we're comparing.

We can also say "like". In this case, we're not saying, "I like Canada" or "I like" -- you know, showing preference -- we're again showing similarity. "Like Canada, England has many immigrants." Canada has many immigrants. England has many immigrants. "Like Canada, England has many immigrants." And again, you'll notice "like" is at the beginning of the sentence. It's often -- not always, but often -- at the beginning. We have it followed by a noun. I could change this to something else. Imagine if I wanted to compare cats and dogs. "Like cats, dogs have fur." Okay? I could say that. If I'm comparing men and women, "Like women, men are human." Okay? It's not the greatest of comparisons, but you can use these types of words when you're comparing. Okay?

So now, I have some other things I want to compare. In England, they speak English. In Canada, we also speak English. Not everybody, but many Canadians speak English. Some speak French, but a lot of people speak English. So I'm going to teach you some words you can use when comparing these two sentences. "In England, they speak English. Similarly, in Canada many people speak English, too. In comparison, in Canada many people also speak English. In the same way, in Canada many people speak English." And finally, another way similar to this but slightly different, "Likewise, in Canada many people speak English."

So these are a little bit different from these ones. They all mean how they are the same. But you'll notice one of the differences here is these are followed by a comma. "Likewise, comma." And then, we have the rest of the sentence. These go at the beginning of the sentence. Okay? In case you can't tell, this is a period. So we have our first sentence, "In England, they speak English. Similarly, in Canada many people speak English." Okay? So you can use these in your writing. They would really, really help on your TOEFL, IELTS, or university essays to help you get a better mark.

Power Poses for Exam & Interview Success!
00:05:57
engVid
12 Views · 5 years ago

Want to know how to do well on tests and interviews? In this video, I will give you a simple but powerful tip that will improve your speaking. You will learn about power poses, a technique that is proven to work. Use these power poses quickly before and exam or interview, or any time you need to speak confidently in front of people!

Seen the video? Take the quiz! http://www.engvid.com/power-poses/

TRANSCRIPT

Hello. My name is Emma, and in today's video, I am going to teach you a very, very important secret. This secret is going to help you on your tests, such as TOEFL, IELTS, or university, college; any English test. This secret is going to help you if you have an English job interview. And this secret will also help you if you ever decide to ask out that special someone.

So, what is this secret I'm telling you about? Well, it is the secret of power pose. Okay. So, first of all, what am I talking about? What is a power pose? Well, for starters, let's look at the word "power". I've drawn this man here, and if you can tell, he has a lot of big muscles, he looks very strong. Power is similar to strength. It's when you're very confident, when you're strong and you feel strong.

Then we have our second word: "pose". A pose is where you hold a position, and you stand still doing something. So, for example, this is a pose. Okay? These are poses. So, why are we learning about power poses today? Well, a lot of the times, ESL students, students learning English, their English level goes down because they don't have confidence. When they feel nervous, when they feel scared, their language level goes from here, downward. This usually happens in tests, and the reason is because... Because of fear and lack of confidence.

So, how do we stop this from happening? How do we make ourselves feel confident so we'll do well on that test? Well, one way is by doing a power pose. Your body language, the way you stand, the way you stand impacts how you feel, and it impacts how you will do on your test.

I'm going to show you what I mean. Okay? Imagine I am a student and I am going to do my TOEFL test. I go over to weak pose. Now, imagine before my test, I'm waiting to do it and I'm sitting like this. I'm going to start feeling nervous, and a lot of it has to do with the way I'm sitting. Notice I'm crouched over, my arms are folded, I'm looking downward. Okay? Even doing this right now, I'm starting to feel a little bit nervous. This is called a weak pose, and if you do something like this, your arms are crossed and you're going small. It makes you less confident.

Whereas, if I go to do my TOEFL and I do a power pose, I'm going to be more confident. What are power poses? They're poses where you try to be as big as possible. See how more...? Much more confident I look now? Okay? So, notice my arms are taking up a lot of space. I could go like this, I could go like this. The more space you take up, the more confident you will feel.

Now, I'm not telling you that in the middle of an exam or a job interview you should stand up and start flexing your muscles. No. What I'm saying is before your test, before your job interview, before taking the IELTS or TOEFL, go to the bathroom. You have time before the test, stand in front of a mirror, do these poses. They will make you sound more confident, and they will make you feel more confident as you write your test.

While you're doing speaking, whether it's at a bar or whether, you know, in front of a computer for TOEFL, or talking to an IELTS examiner, make sure you're not seated in a weak position like this. Okay? If you're answering like this, your answers are not going to be as good as they can be. You're going to be nervous, and as a result, you will not do as well on your test.

So, my main, main focus here: be aware of your body language. By doing a power pose before a test, you will do a lot better than if you just go to your test and sit like this. Now, some of you might not believe what I'm saying. "Oh, Emma, this sounds wonderful, but I don't know if it's true or not." Well, if you are interested in looking at the research about this, you can Google Amy Cuddy. She's a very famous psychologist who has studied body language, and she has a lot of documentaries and videos, such as TED Talks about this. Okay?

So, what is the point, again, what is the main idea of power pose? Before your test, do power poses. Okay? So, until next time, take care and I hope to see you later.

Learn Slang: 10 SHIT Expressions
00:12:58
engVid
5 Views · 5 years ago

"Shit" is a very common and useful word in the English language. In this fun slang lesson, you will learn some of the most common "shit" expressions that are often heard in movies, on TV shows, and in day-to-day life. Native speakers use the word "shit" in a variety of situations. Do you know what it means to be in "deep shit"? Have you been "up shit creek"? Learn these expressions to improve your vocabulary, and test your knowledge by taking the quiz.
http://www.engvid.com/learn-sl....ang-10-shit-expressi

TRANSCRIPT

Hello. My name is Emma, and in today's lesson, I am going to teach you some expressions that might not be the most polite, but that are very, very useful and common, actually. These expressions all have to do with the word "shit". As you may know, "shit" in English is considered a bad word or a swear word. Even though it's considered this, many, many people use the word "shit" in many different ways. "Shit" is actually one of the most useful expressions, because you can use it when you're angry, when you're happy, to describe your house, to describe your car. There are so many different ways we use the word "shit".

So, this video is actually called #2, and the reason why it's called: "Talking More Shit: #2" is because I've made a previous video with a lot of other "shit" expressions, and I just found there were so many in English, I wanted to add more to your vocabulary. Just as an aside, just a side note, "number two" is actually another way we say "shit". It's actually a synonym of this. Okay? So, if you ever hear anyone talk about taking a number two, it actually means they're taking a shit. Okay? So let's get started and learn some more shitty expressions.

So, the first expression I want to teach you with the word "shit"... And I'm sure I'm going to say the word "shit" a lot in this video, so just keep that in mind. The first expression I want to teach you is: "Scared shitless". Okay? So "scared shitless" means you are very, very scared of something. Okay? So it means you're terrified, you're so scared. An example of this is if you saw a ghost. Okay? "When I saw the ghost, I was scared shitless. I couldn't move. I was scared shitless." Have you ever seen a scary movie that has scared you shitless? For me, I guess it was the movie The Exorcist. That scared me shitless. Okay. So, very scared.

We have another expression with the word "shit". "To be in deep shit", "to be in deep shit". So, if you are in deep shit, it means you are in trouble. Okay? If you are in shit, deep shit means you're in a lot of trouble. So let's look at an example. "I lost $10,000"-okay, imagine this-"at the casino." So I spent all my money, $10,000 at the casino. Now I have a lot of problems. "I'm in deep shit." It means I have a lot of problems. I have big trouble. Okay? Deep shit.

Another expression, very common expression actually, is: "shitload". And you can talk about a shitload of something. "A shitload" means you have a lot. Okay? If I have a shitload of friends, it means I have a lot of friends. If I have a shitload of books, it means I have many, many books. Okay? Toronto has a shitload of people. Okay? I would never use these expressions maybe in front of my teacher; these are expressions I would use with my friends. And so, I might say: "Oh, yeah, Toronto has a shitload of people. It has a shitload of restaurants." Okay. It means it has a lot. So, here's an example with me: "I have a shitload of DVDs." I have a lot of DVDs.

Our next expression is probably one of my favourites on this list. "When shit hits the fan", okay. So: "Shit hit the fan". What does this mean? When shit hits the fan, it means all these dramatic, crazy, insane things are happening. Okay? So, imagine this, imagine I went to work and at my work maybe five people, they don't like their jobs, so they quit. So now maybe it's just me and my boss. Okay? And then maybe my boss has a terrible day, maybe, you know, there's a lot of trouble at my company, there's a lot of problems. When my boss gets really angry, I can say: "Shit hit the fan." When the situation becomes at its most insane, its most crazy, we say: "Shit hit the fan." Okay? So let's look at an example of this. "Shit hit the fan when Ken came to work drunk." So, when Ken came to work drunk, the situation became very dramatic. Shit hit the fan. It became very dramatic. Okay? If you have two people who are married, and unfortunately, maybe one of the people has a secret girlfriend or boyfriend. When the person finds out about the secret boyfriend or girlfriend, that person's going to be very angry. Shit will hit the fan. The situation will become very dramatic. Okay?

So, let's look at some more shitty expressions. So our next expression is: "shits", and that's right, "shit" has an "s" here, just be aware of that. "Shits and giggles".

IELTS: Top 10 Spelling Mistakes
00:13:38
engVid
9 Views · 5 years ago

Don't make these common spelling mistakes! Students often lose marks for spelling words incorrectly in the reading, writing, and listening modules of the IELTS. However, you can easily avoid making these mistakes with a bit of practice. In this lesson, you will learn eleven of the most common spelling mistakes students make on the IELTS and how to avoid them. After this class, you can practice spelling these words by taking the quiz so you will be ready on test day.
http://www.goodluckielts.com/
http://www.engvid.com/ielts-to....p-10-spelling-mistak

TRANSCRIPT

Hello. My name is Emma, and in today's lesson, we are going to talk about IELTS: Common Spelling Errors. Okay? Common spelling mistakes students make.

Now, a lot of students don't realize how important spelling is on the IELTS. It's a big problem because many times, the students will have the right answer, but they will spell it wrong, and then, they'll lose a mark. So it's very important to practice spelling before you do the IELTS.

In today's video, we're going to look at ten common words that students make mistakes with. Okay? So first, I'm going to I show you the words, and I'm going to explain to you some mistakes students make. And then, we'll have a practice test. Okay? So let's get started.

The first word that many students make a mistake on when they spell it: different. Okay? So notice, first off, there are two Fs. Sometimes, students only use one F. Another mistake, this E. I've seen students spell it-rant, but it's an E, okay? Actually, there's one more mistake I see. Sometimes, students mix up "different" and "difference", with -ence. They make a mistake between these two. They spell "different" "difference". They are two different words.

The next words that students commonly make a mistake with spelling is "society". Usually, in the second part of the writing test on the IELTS, you often write about society. What students often do is they can't remember if it's -cei or -cie. It's -cie. This is a mistake to keep an eye out for.

No. 3: their. Again, students make the -ei/-ie mistake. They often want to write t-h-i-e-r when it's t-h-e-i-r. Sometimes, students also mix up which "their" it is. There are three "theirs": t-h-e-r-e, like "'there' is three 'theirs'"; there's "they're", t-h-e-y-'-r-e; and then, there's this one, "their phone, their box, their cat." So make sure you use the right "their", and also make sure you write -ei instead of -ie.

No. 4: believe. A lot of the times in these essays we write, "I believe it's better to live in a city than a town. I believe education is very important." The mistake students make, again, -ei/-ie. So notice this one was -ie, -ei, back to -ie, "believe".

No. 5: definitely. Students often use this word in the IELTS. And they often forget this little E. So make sure you don't forget that E if you use "definitely".

No. 6: government. Many students forget this N because when you say the word "government", the N you don't really hear. So as a result, a lot of students forget that. They also sometimes write -mant when it is -ment.

No. 7: Another similar spelling mistake is with "environment". We often write about the environment on the IELTS, in the essay section. Students forget this N, and sometimes they write an A here. So be careful.

No. 8: which. Which witch is which? Sometimes students might spell w-i-t-c-h, which is pronounced the same, but has a different meaning, okay? So it's very important to also notice the -ch. Sometimes, students might write it -sh. So be careful with "which".

No. 9: percentage. In the first writing task of the IELTS, you often talk about percentages. Students often make that an E when it should be an A.

Finally, No. 10: nowadays. I think this is the most common mistake I see out of all of these. Students always forget the S. They always write "nowaday". But it should be "nowadays" with an S. Sometimes, they also forget this A also.

So what I want you to do now -- look at these words. Remember them in your head, okay? "Different. How do I spell 'different'? Society, their, believe, definitely, government, environment, which, percentage, and nowadays." Are there any of these words that you think you're going to make a mistake with? Try to remember how to spell these because now, we're going to do a practice is spelling test. So get out a pen and paper, and prepare yourself. Take a breath. We are going to spell.

Okay. I actually thought of another very good word that you should be able to spell on the IELTS. The word is "until", u-n-t-i-l. Very important word. Many times, I have seen students forget or -- not forget, sorry. They add an extra L. So there is only one L in "until", but many times, students will write two L's, which is no good. Okay. So this -- no. Just one L on "until". So are we ready to spell now? You got your paper and pen ready? All right. Great.

[Spelling bee]

Learn 11 ANGRY Phrasal Verbs in English
00:09:48
engVid
7 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Have you ever had to explain how angry you were in a particular situation? In this lesson, you will learn what a phrasal verb is and some of the most common phrasal verbs native speakers use to talk about anger. I'll teach you "blow up", "freak out", "work up", "fly into a rage", "lash out", "cheer up", and many more! Phrasal verbs can be difficult for English learners to remember because they don't always make sense. But don't freak out! Watch this lesson, and then take the quiz so that you'll remember them.
http://www.engvid.com/11-angry-phrasal-verbs/

TRANSCRIPT

Hi, there. My name is Emma, and in today's lesson, we're going to talk about words you can use when you get angry. Okay? Words that you use when you're very mad. Okay? So, all of these words have something in common. Okay.

I want you to look at these words. "Gets to", "winds up", "piss off", "work up", "tick off", "blow up", "freak out", "lash out at", "fly into". What do these words have in common? Well, all of the words I am going to teach you today are phrasal verbs. So, you probably know what a verb is. A verb is like an action. A phrasal verb is a verb that has a preposition with it. Okay. So, words like: "to", "up", "off", "up", "off", "up", "out", "at". These are all prepositions. Okay? So, a phrasal verb has a verb and a preposition.

Now, phrasal verbs are very, very common in English, especially in speech when we talk. This is one of the things that makes it a... English a difficult language. We have a lot of phrasal verbs, and the preposition-so like "up", "off"-the preposition at the end of the verb actually can change its meaning. Okay, so for example, if I say: "Get up", "get down", "get on", "get off", "get to", "get into", each of these words, although we use "get" as the verb, each of the prepositions actually change the meaning. Okay? So, today, I am going to teach you a bunch of phrasal verbs that have to do with when you get angry.

So, to begin with, let's look at these phrasal verbs that have to do with cause. Okay? And then we will look at the result. When I talk about cause, this is like the word "because". Why are you angry? This is the reason why. Okay? So, I'll give you an example. One thing I really don't like-I don't know why-but when people go crack, crack, crack, crack, or when they crack their neck. Right? I hate that sound. The sound of cracking, I... It might be strange, but I hate it. It makes me a little bit angry. Okay? When I hear cracking, I feel like this.

So, let's look at some ways we can talk about this anger. I can say: "Cracking gets to me." And I've drawn a person here, because: "Gets to" a person. Okay? Can you think of something that gets to you (meaning that makes you angry)? What is something that makes you angry? What is something that gets to you? Okay? I want you to think about that.

"Gets to you" has the same meaning as the next one. I can also say here: "Cracking... When people crack their fingers, it winds me up." So, this is me. Cracking fingers winds me up. Okay? Maybe there's something else I really don't like. Politicians, okay? When a politician lies, it makes me very angry. So I can say: "Politicians, they wind me up. They make me angry." When I was a kid, my brother and I used to fight a lot. My brother always was able to wind me up. Okay? So, again, this is something that makes you mad.

Another way we can say this: "Piss off". Okay? This one is a little bit less polite. These ones are all right, but this one is a little bit rude, so I wouldn't use it in front of children, but it has the same meaning. Okay? You can definitely use this with your friends. "Politicians piss me off. They make me angry." What else makes me angry? "When people spit on the ground, it pisses me off." Okay? It makes me angry. So I want you to think about something that pisses you off, that winds you up, that gets to you.

We can also say: "Work someone up", okay? Oftentimes, you know, my brother, he knows how to annoy me. He knows how to get under my skin, how to make me mad. So: "My brother works me up." Okay? So this means he knows how to make me angry.

And, finally, you can say: "Tick someone off." Okay? For example, maybe you have a teacher and the teacher does something, and it makes you very angry. You can say: "The teacher ticks me off." Okay? Maybe there's a celebrity you don't like. Maybe you don't like Celine Dion, or maybe you don't like Mariah Carey. I don't know. If you don't like them, you can say: "Mariah Carey ticks me off. She makes me angry." Okay?

So, all of these mean: make angry, to make someone angry. And pay close attention to where the people are. You can replace this with anything. You know, for example: "Too much TV... Watching too much TV gets to my mother. It makes her angry. When I watch too much TV, it gets to my mother. It winds my mother up." Okay? So, you can change this with any person that's applicable.

Vocabulary: How to talk about ADVANTAGES and DISADVANTAGES
00:06:35
engVid
10 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ In English, we often need to talk about the advantages and disadvantages of something. You will definitely need to do this at work, on tests such as the IELTS and TOEFL, and also in everyday conversation. In this lesson, you will learn words that have the same meaning as "advantage" and "disadvantage", such as "drawback", "downside", "positive aspect", "benefit", and many more. After watching, take our quiz to make sure you understood. There are many advantages to watching this video! Come and improve your vocabulary by learning these synonyms in a very short time.
http://www.engvid.com/vocabulary-advantages-disadvantages/

TRANSCRIPT

Hi, there. My name is Emma, and in today's video, I am going to teach you some new words. I'm going to teach you some words that mean "good" or "advantage" and some words that mean "bad" or "disadvantage". Now, these words are very, very important if you are planning on writing the TOEFL test, the IELTS test, if you plan to go to university or college, or just for general conversation. Okay? So it's very important you learn multiple ways to talk about advantages and disadvantages. Okay. So let's get started.

First of all, I would like to teach you some synonyms of the word "advantage". Okay? And maybe, we can work on your pronunciation. You can repeat after me as I say each word. So my first word here is "advantage", which most of you probably know. It means -- similar to "good". "An advantage of living in Toronto is you get to meet people from all over the word." Okay? So it's a good thing. Similarly, a "benefit" is another good thing. It has the same meaning as the word "advantage". "A benefit of living in Toronto is you get to eat food from all over the word." Another word we could say is "is positive aspect". "A positive aspect of living in Toronto is you get to visit the CN tower, which is a very interesting building." "A good point about living in Toronto is we have a great transportation system." For those of you who live in Toronto, you might think of that as a joke. Okay.

"An argument in favor of living in Toronto is the people here are very polite and friendly." Okay? So these are all considered good things about living in Toronto. We can use all of these words to describe the things we love about Toronto. Okay?

So I want you to take a moment to think about your city or your village or your town. What could you say that's about it about where you live? Can you think of an advantage, a benefit, a positive aspect, a good point, an argument in favor of where you live? Okay?

So now, let's look at some of the bad things, the disadvantages. Okay? So the first word we'll use is "disadvantage". Let's think about living in a city in general. "A disadvantage of living in a city is -- maybe it's very busy." Maybe it's very noisy. Okay? So these are problems with living in a city. "A drawback of living in a city" -- again, you could say it's crowded. There's too much pollution. These are drawbacks. Some people have an objection to living in a city. Maybe there's not enough green space; there's not enough environment living in a city. "A negative effect of living in a city is -- maybe you feel stressed out." Maybe you have a lot of stress because of all the noise. "A downside of living in a city is -- maybe, you know, you're not getting fresh air because of the pollution." "A frequent criticism of living in a city is, again -- maybe it takes a very long time to get anywhere if you live in a very big city." Maybe there's a bad transportation system. So this might be a frequent criticism. Now, for this word specifically, I really want to work on the pronunciation because of this "ism". I know a lot of students from Brazil, a lot of students from South America, Central America, and Europe pronounce this a little bit differently than we do in English. So we would say "criticism". Okay. Can you say that? "Criticism". Okay? So this actually almost becomes like "izum". Okay? So that would be a frequent criticism.

Finally, we can also talk about "an argument against". "An argument against living in the city is -- maybe you can't have farm animals." Maybe you love chickens and hens and pigs, but in the city, you can't have them. Okay? So these are all disadvantages of living in a city or disadvantage words. Whereas these are all advantage words.

Okay. So let's do a couple of practices with you. I want you to fill in this blank spot with one of these words. Okay? So let's start with positive. So I want you to say this out loud. So pick one of these. "Blank -- of living in a city is it's exciting." "A good point of living in a city is it's exciting." "A benefit of living in a city is it's exciting." Okay?

English Vocabulary: other words for LIKE and DON'T LIKE
00:07:25
engVid
15 Views · 5 years ago

Want to talk about things you like and don't like without sounding boring? In this vocabulary lesson, you will learn some expressions that mean "I like" and "I don't like". Using these words and expressions will make you sound more interesting and less repetitive. By the end of this video, you will be able to use words and expressions such as "loathe", "not my cup of tea", "I'm into", "can't stand", "fond of", and many more. Take the quiz at the end to practice everything you have learned. I hope you LIKE, ENJOY, and LOVE my lesson!
http://www.engvid.com/english-....vocabulary-like-dont

TRANSCRIPT

Hello. My name is Emma, and in today's lesson, I'm going to teach you some new words you can use to say: "like" and "don't like". Okay? So, one thing I notice with a lot of students is they always say: "I like Justin Bieber.", "I don't like Justin Bieber.", "I like movies.", "I don't like movies." It gets a little bit boring. Okay? It's... If you're always using this word... There's no problem with the word "like", but it does get a little bit boring.

So, today, I'm going to teach you some new expressions that are more exciting, that mean the same thing. So, let's look at some of these words. Okay. So, I have here the word: "I like reading." This is something I love doing. And then I wrote something I don't like. "I don't like cooking." I'm terrible at cooking, and it's actually one of the things I really, really do not like in my life.

I want you to think about something you like and something you don't like. Maybe you like movies. Maybe you don't like winter or cold. Okay? So think about one thing you like, and one thing you don't like. Okay. Once you have that in your mind, I want you to follow me as I teach you some words to describe your feelings. Okay?

So, the first word we can use when we talk about like is "enjoy". For example: I enjoy reading. I enjoy movies. I enjoy shopping. I love reading. I am passionate about reading. For this one, it means very strong like; you really, really like something. You are passionate about reading. Okay? And I do really like reading a lot, so I would use this.

Please pay attention to the preposition that goes with this. "I am passionate about" something. Are you passionate about music? Are you passionate about Justin Bieber? Or maybe you're passionate about the Beetles, or Taylor Swift. Maybe you don't like them at all. But think about something you're passionate about.

We can also use the word: "I am fond of reading." I am fond of reading. Similarly, I am a fan of reading. I am a fan of hockey. I am a fan of soccer. I am a fan of baseball. I am a fan of Canada. Okay? So, again, this means you really like something. "I am interested in..." I am interested in shopping. If you like a guy or a girl, you can also use this too, for someone you have a crush on. I'm interested in Brad Pitt. I'm interested in... Not Justin Bieber, but I can't think of any other names. I'm interested in Bob. Example.

"I am into..." I am into scuba diving. I am into travelling. I'm into going to the beach. Okay? So, again, all of these mean the same thing, pretty much as "like" or "love".

So, now, let's look at some words that have the opposite meaning: don't like. Okay? And like I told you before, I don't like cooking. I hate cooking. Now, if you want to sound like an academic at an academic level, we also have this word "loathe", and it means hate like a lot. You really, really hate something; you loathe it. Not love it. Loathe. Okay.

You can't stand it. I can't stand cooking. I am not much of a fan of cooking. Cooking drives me crazy. I am sick of cooking. I am tired of cooking. Cooking is not my cup of tea. So this one, actually, I really like. It's a very strange expression: "Not my cup of tea", and it means you don't like something. Justin Bieber is not my cup of tea. You know, certain types of food, they're not my cup of tea. Okay? "Not my cup of tea." And again, this has nothing to do with tea; it actually just means you don't like something. You can also say: "It's not my thing." Cooking is not my thing. Playing video games is not my thing. Okay? So just some examples, here.

So, when you're speaking to your friends, when you're talking maybe in class, I want you to try to use some of these words just so you're not always saying: "I like, I don't like". These will make your vocabulary a lot more interesting.

Help! I'm not improving my English!
00:07:19
engVid
9 Views · 5 years ago

Do you sometimes feel like you're not improving your English? The good news is that you are improving, but you just aren't noticing it. In this video, I recommend some helpful tips you can use to evaluate your progress. We will talk about keeping a journal, goal setting, and other techniques you can use to evaluate your learning process. After watching this useful lesson, you will have new tools to measure your success. http://www.engvid.com/help-im-....not-improving-my-eng

TRANSCRIPT

Hi, there. My name is Emma, and in today's video, I am going to discuss something that is a problem for a lot of advanced students. That problem is: "Help: I'm not improving my English anymore." Okay? A lot of advanced students believe that they are no longer improving. They've learned the present perfect, they've learned the past tense, they know a lot of vocabulary, and they just feel like they're no longer getting better in English; they feel like they are at the same level.

So, in this video, I am going to tell you three ways to stop you from feeling this way, because it's not true. Okay? You probably are improving; you just don't realize it.

So, the first thing I want to do is explain why these feelings are normal. I have here a graph. This means beginner, this is advanced, and intermediate would be here. For a lot of students, they remember when they were a beginner. They learned a lot. You learn past tense, you learn all sorts of new vocabulary, you learn: "Hello", "Good-bye", "How are you?" There's a lot you learn as a beginner, and you actually learn quite quickly. Okay? The first day you learn English, maybe you learn five words; the next day maybe you learn 10. You're learning very, very quickly.

As you get more and more advanced, the learning actually starts to kind of trickle off; it starts to almost plateau. You're still learning, but you're not learning as much as you did when you were a beginner. You don't feel the same way as you did when you were... When you were a beginner. So, this is a very normal feeling.

How do you deal with this? Okay? How do you deal with this frustration? Well, first of all, a lot of students, they don't realize how much they're actually learning, because they don't think about what they're learning. They go to school and then they come home, or they go to work and come home, and they just, you know, they don't think about it.

Well, so this is why I recommend making a self-reflection journal. Okay? If every day you write what you have learned that day about your English vocabulary, maybe grammar, this will help you recognize that yes, you are learning. Okay? Yesterday, maybe, you know, you learned five new words. When you write these words down, then you have proof, you have evidence of how much you actually are learning. And you can think about, and this will help you with that frustration.

So, what I would recommend doing is buy maybe a diary or a journal, and in that journal just write: "What did I learn today?" Did you learn some new idioms? Did you learn a new expression? A new word? A new grammar point? Okay? So write down everything you've learned, and then it's good to think about: what do you want to learn tomorrow? If you think about what you want to learn, you're more likely to actually learn it, and this will really help you get over this plateau. Okay?

A second thing you can do, which will help you with this frustration, is in terms of goals. Okay? A lot of students, when they make a goal, their goal is too big; their goal is: "I want to learn English. This is my goal. This is what I want to do." The problem is this doesn't tell you how you're going to do it, and it's just too big; you can't measure it. It's very difficult to measure this goal, so I've put an "x" here.

Instead, you should pick a smaller goal. Okay? So, for example: "Today I will learn five verbs." You could be even more specific. "Today I will learn five verbs about swimming." Maybe you want to practice pronunciation. "Today I will use 'I'll' instead of 'I will' three times.", "Today I will use the present perfect two times." So when you actually make a goal and you have very specific numbers, and times, and detail, this will really help you to get over this hump because you know that you are actually improving, you have evidence, you have this journal, you have these goals, and it's a lot easier to meet these goals.

Finally, a third thing you can do if you're feeling frustrated because of this is you can tape record yourself speaking. You can either buy a tape recorder, or use your phone or computer. Talk about something for one minute, and then listen to your mistakes. Okay? Keep doing this every day. Measure it. Listen for specific mistakes, and see: are you improving?

Sound like a Native Speaker: Compound Nouns
00:05:40
engVid
10 Views · 5 years ago

What do the words "newspaper", "bedroom", and "blackboard" have in common? They are all compound nouns. In this video, I will teach you what compound nouns are and how to pronounce them correctly. I will also be teaching you about pronunciation stress, which will help you sound more like a native speaker. After watching, take the quiz to practice everything you have learned. http://www.engvid.com/pronouncing-compound-nouns/

TRANSCRIPT

Hi, there. My name is Emma, and in today's lesson, I'm going to teach you what a compound noun is, and how to pronounce compound nouns. So, in this video, you're going to learn pronunciation and also about what is a compound noun.

So, let's look at what a compound noun is to get started. I have here five words. "Bed", "news", "hair", "sun", "foot", and beside them, I have another word: "room", "paper", "cut", "glasses", "ball". These are examples of compound nouns. So, you might have guessed it already, a compound noun is where you have a word and another word that have been put together to form a new word. So, "bed" and "room" together become "bedroom". "News" and "paper" become "newspaper". "Hair", "cut" becomes "haircut". "Sun" and "glasses" is "sunglasses". And finally, "foot" and "ball" is "football". Pretty simple, I think.

So, what I would like you to do now is I want you to take out a piece of paper and a pen, and try to think of as many compound nouns as you can. Okay? So take a moment, pause the video, brainstorm for maybe one to two minutes all of the compound nouns you can think of. All right.

Okay, so now that you have your list of compound nouns, I want to teach you about how to pronounce these words. Okay? So, the key here is a compound noun is made up of at least two words. Where do you think the stress is? What part of the word do you think we say louder and longer? What do I mean by this? Well, for example, do you think I say: "bedroom" or "bedroom"? If you said "bedroom", you are correct. For compound nouns, the very first part or the first word in the compound noun, we say it longer and louder. All right?

So repeat after me: "Bedroom. Bedroom". Okay? And again, here: "news" is the part we say louder and longer. "Newspaper. Newspaper." Okay. Here, again, we say the first part louder and longer. "Haircut. Haircut." Okay. Can you guess where the stress is going to be here? If you said: "On 'sun'". You are correct. "Sunglasses. Sunglasses." Okay?

And I'm saying the first part very loud and long, maybe a little bit too exaggerated. But with stress, it's very important to stress your syllables correctly, because this can really impact whether or not a native speaker understands you. So, this is very important. Stress is very important. Okay. Finally: "Football. Football." So what part was louder? This part was louder. "Football." Okay?

So, let's try to say some of these words in a sentence, and I want you to repeat after me and pay attention to the stress. Okay? So, I have this sentence: "My bedroom is nice." So, again, this is the part that's loud. "My bedroom is nice.", "Your sunglasses... Your sunglasses are pink like the sunrise." Oh, great, we have another compound noun right here. "Sun" and "rise", they are two different words that have been brought together. So "sun" will be louder. "Your sunglasses are pink like the sunrise." Okay? And finally: "She pays football." So, again, we have our stress at the first word. "She plays football."

So, again, you can find these compound nouns everywhere. If you look in an English newspaper, if you look on an English website, there are thousands of them. So this is quite important. Again, it's usually the very first word within a compound noun that is stressed, that is longer and louder.

So, I invite you to come check our website at www.engvid.com. There, you can actually do a quiz to make sure you understand what a compound noun is. You can also subscribe to my YouTube channel where I have a variety of videos on many different subjects. Until next time, take care.

Learn English: 8 TEST & EXAM Expressions
00:11:43
engVid
17 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ If you have a test coming up, you are probably talking about it with your classmates to prepare for it. Describe your testing experience accurately by learning some common expressions that are often used when talking about tests and exams. Some examples include "procrastinate", "cram", "pull an all-nighter", "burn the midnight oil", "pass with flying colors", "flunk", and "pass by the skin of your teeth". After watching, KILL THAT QUIZ with your new knowledge!
http://www.engvid.com/learn-english-8-test-exam-expressions/

TRANSCRIPT

Hello. My name is Emma, and in today's video, I am going to teach you seven test expressions. Okay? So, seven expressions that have to do with exams, finals, tests, quizzes, whatever you call them. So this video is very useful to you if you are in university or college, in high school, if you're taking the TOEFL or the IELTS, and also if you just want to learn some expressions for when you talk about when you were in school. Okay?

So, without further ado, let's talk about these seven expressions. The first expression: "Procrastinate". Okay? This is a very long word that actually has a simple meaning. Procrastinate. If you procrastinate, this is the first thing you do before you do a test. Procrastinate is where you don't study right away. For example, maybe you're very stressed about your test and you just don't want to study, so maybe you watch a movie, maybe you hang out with your friends, maybe you go to the bar. Maybe, like me, you spend a lot of time on Facebook or Twitter instead of actually studying for your exam. So, when you procrastinate, it means that you are not studying. In fact, you are doing everything but studying. Okay? So we call this "procrastinate". And we don't just use this for exams and tests. You can also use this word when it comes to projects, assignments, taxes; anything where you need to do work and you really don't want to do the work, so you do something else instead. Okay?

So let's look at our example sentence. "Facebook helped me procrastinate." So before my test, I went on Facebook, I didn't study, I procrastinated. Okay? And because this is a long word, let's just practice pronunciation. Pro. Okay? So say this with me. Pro. Procras, procras. Procrastin, procrastin. Procrastinate. Procrastinate. And you'll notice the "cras", procrastinate, is the loud part. Okay? If you are a person who always procrastinates, you, my friend, are a procrastinator. Okay? You are a procrastinator. A procrastinator is a person who always procrastinates.

So let's look at the next expression. If you have been procrastinating, and you've had weeks and weeks to study for your exam but you didn't, then this is when you might have to pull an all-nighter. Okay? "Pull an all-nighter." What does this mean? Well, I want you to look at this word here, "night". So, when you pull an all-nighter, it has to do with nighttime. It's where you study the whole night. You do not sleep, so no sleep. All you do is study all night. You might do this if you have an exam or a test the next day. You will stay awake all night studying. This usually happens after procrastination. Okay? So, pull an all-nighter. Pull an all-nighter.

Let's look at an example sentence. A very simple sentence, but: "Last night, I pulled an all-nighter for my math test." I stayed up all night studying. I pulled an all-nighter. It's a little bit of a strange expression, because we have the word "pull" an all-nighter. It's a little strange, but very, very common.

The next word: "cram". Okay? So here we have a verb, "cram". "Cram" is similar to "pull an all-nighter", although you can cram for weeks, so the time here is a little different. When you cram, it means you study very, very hard. It's like you are studying all day, all night. You're just always studying, and you're studying a lot in a very short time. You might have a week to cram, you might have two days to cram. Okay? So it's not always one night; it can be a week, a couple of days, but you're trying to put a lot of information in your head. You're trying to learn a lot in a short time. So, before a test, you will have to cram. You will have to study hard. "Study hard" and "cram" are synonyms. Okay?

So let's look at an example. "I have crammed a lot for the test.", "I have crammed a lot for the test." This means I have studied hard for the test. I've studied for the past two weeks for this test. I've crammed. I've filled my head up with all this knowledge.

Okay, the next expression: "Burn the midnight oil". "Burn the midnight oil" is very, very similar to "pull an all-nighter". Okay? Again, we have this idea of night, midnight. If you burn the midnight oil, it has nothing to do with oil. Okay? Maybe historically, yes, but nowadays, if you say you burn the midnight oil, it means you stay up all night, just like an all-nighter and you pretty much study or you do something all night, working hard. Okay?

Speak English Naturally with WOULD contractions: I'D, YOU'D, HE'D...
00:05:32
engVid
6 Views · 5 years ago

Want to sound more like a native speaker? In this lesson, I will teach you many "would" contractions that native speakers use frequently without thinking about them. For example, using "I'd" instead of "I would" is a quick and easy way to sound more natural. I will teach you how to pronounce these words correctly so that you can start using them right away. Take our quiz at the end of the video to make sure you understand the material. http://www.engvid.com/speak-en....glish-would-contract

TRANSCRIPT

Hello. My name is Emma, and in today's lesson, I am going to help you with your pronunciation. Today I am going to teach you how to pronounce contractions for the word "would". Okay?

So, first of all, "would". When do we use "would"? We use it a lot in English. One of the times in beginner and intermediate levels we use it is when we are at a restaurant. The server will ask you: "Oh, what would you like?" And you would respond: "I would like pizza.", "I would like chicken.", "I would like tacos.", "I would like coffee." Okay?

Now, the problem is... "Would"... This is all correct grammar-wise, but many, many students have trouble when it comes to pronouncing "would". Okay? The "w" sound is a little difficult, so many students can't pronounce this correctly. Okay?

Also, a lot of native speakers, like myself, a lot of Canadians and Americans, we don't really say "would" that frequently. What we usually say instead are contractions. So, a contraction is a short form. Instead of saying: "I would", "I'd" has the same meaning. Okay? So this apostrophe here actually means "woul". Okay? So this means there are all these missing letters, but we don't actually need them. Contractions are very, very common in spoken English. Not writing, but in speaking, we use them a lot. Okay? So, if you want to sound more Canadian or more American, you should use contractions.

So, let's look at some of these contractions. So: -"What would you like? What would you like to order?" -"I'd like some tea." Okay? So, let's start with that. I want you to repeat after me. "I'd", "I'd". And again, this means "I would", "I'd". So it almost sounds like "eye-de". "I'd", "I'd like some tea. I'd like some tea."

Now, maybe you're talking about... To your friend. Okay? In this case, if you want to say: "You would like tea", you can say: "You'd", "you'd". So, again: "You-de", "you'd". "You'd like some tea.", "You'd like some bread.", "You'd enjoy going to the beach." Okay? "You'd".

Now, if you're talking about a boy or a man, we can use the word... Instead of: "he would", you can use: "he'd". Okay? And notice, this one, I actually smiled quite a lot. "He'd". "He'd like toast.", "He'd like the chicken.", "He'd like a salad." Okay? "He'd".

For women, we would use: "she'd", "she'd". And again, notice my smile, "she'd". "He'd", "she'd". They rhyme. "She'd like coffee.", "She'd like coffee.", "She'd like pizza." Okay? And again, "she'd" means "she would". "She would like pizza.", "She'd like pizza."

Okay, now, if we're talking about us and someone else, we would say: "we'd", "we'd". Okay? And again, there's a big smile on my face. "We'd". "We'd like chicken.", "We'd like poutine.", "We'd like french fries.", "We'd like hot dogs." Okay? Example of "we'd".

Finally: "they'd". "They'd like". So this is if you have "they would", it becomes "they'd". And you'll notice-very simple-all of them are just apostrophe "d". "They'd like chicken.", "They'd like to study English." Okay?

So any time you want to use the word "would", try to replace it with a contraction. It will make you sound more like a native speaker. And, you know, especially if you have trouble with the pronunciation of "would", just adding apostrophe "d" will really help you with your spoken English.

So, I invite you to come visit our website at www.engvid.com. There, you can do a quiz on this subject just to make sure you understand all of the material. You can also come... Subscribe to my YouTube channel. I have a lot of other videos on pronunciation, grammar, vocabulary, and many other topics. So, thank you for watching, and until next time, take care.

Phrasal Verbs and Expressions about FOOD
00:10:18
engVid
10 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Do you know what a "phrasal verb" is? Grab a snack, and get ready to devour some brand new vocabulary! In this lesson, I will explain what a phrasal verb is and teach you common phrasal verbs native English speakers use to talk about food. I will teach you "pig out", "snack on", "pick at", "polish off", "live on", "cut down on", and many more! Watch this lesson, and then take the quiz so that you will remember everything. I'm hungry already. http://www.engvid.com/phrasal-verbs-expressions-food/

TRANSCRIPT

Hello. My name is Emma, and today, we are going to be talking about something I love to talk about. And that is food. Okay? So today, I'm going to teach you many, many words that have to do with food. Specifically, we are going to be looking at phrasal verbs.

So your first question might be, "Emma, what is a phrasal verb?" Well, I want you to look at all of these sentences, okay? "Pick at", "snack on", "pig out", "polish off". These are all phrasal verbs. So which part of this is the verb? If you said "pick", "snack", "pig" -- surprisingly -- and "polish", you're right. We have verbs here, and then we have something -- "at", "on", "out", "off". These words are called "prepositions", okay? So a phrasal verb is a mix of a verb with a preposition. English has many, many phrasal verbs, and this is one of the reasons why English is sometimes difficult because if we say, "look up", "look down", "look around", "look to", "look at", these each have a different meaning. The preposition is very important to the meaning of the word. Okay.

So I'm going to teach you various phrasal verbs that have a verb and a preposition. Let's get started.

So the first verb I want to teach you is "pick at". Okay? "Pick at." So you'll notice that the part of this word I say louder is the preposition. "Pick at." "I'm sad, so I pick at my food." Can you guess what this means based on the sentence you see here? When you are sad, do you eat a lot, or do you eat a little? Well, some people eat a lot. But many people, when they're very sad, they don't want to eat. "Pick at" means you don't eat a lot; you eat very, very little. You might pick at your food when you are sad or when you are sick. Okay? So that is the word "pick at". And I've drawn a face here because this person is maybe sick or sad, so they're not eating a lot. They are picking at their food.

The next word we use, "snack on". Okay? When you "snack on" something, you don't eat a lot, but you're not going to a restaurant and snacking on food. It's usually you snack on, maybe, popcorn, potato chips, junk food, candy, maybe sunflower seeds. When you "snack on" something, it means you're eating some of it, but it's not your dinner. It's not your lunch. You're eating it, maybe, between meals. Okay? Because you're a little hungry.

So for example, "Tonight, I will see a movie. At the movie theater, I will snack on popcorn." Okay? Popcorn is not my dinner, but I will eat some popcorn. I will snack on popcorn. Okay?

So again, these two words have to do with eating. This means eating very, very little. And this means eating a little bit more.

Then, we have the next word. I love this word, "pig out". Okay? If you know what the animal -- a pig is -- if you know what a pig is, you can probably guess that this word means to eat a lot. If you "pig out", you eat a lot of something. Okay? So if you went to a restaurant and you ate five hamburgers -- maybe not a fancy restaurant, but if you went to a restaurant and ate five hamburgers, you probably "pigged out". You ate a lot. Okay?

So our example sentence, "I pigged out. On Friday, I went to a restaurant. The food was so good, I pigged out. I ate a lot."

Then, we have this word, "polish off". And you'll notice there's a smiley face here. And this is when you eat even more than "pig out". Okay? "Polish off" is when you take all the food. There's no food left on your plate. Everything is gone. You've eaten everything on your plate. You polished it off. Okay?

So for example, "Jen polished off her dinner." It means she ate all of her dinner. There's not even a crumb. She ate everything. She polished off her dinner. You can also use "polished off" with drinks, too. Imagine if somebody loves wine and they drink the whole bottle, okay? "They polished off the wine." There's no more wine left. So that means there's none left because you ate or drank it all.

How to express opposing ideas in English: despite, although, nevertheless, in spite of...
00:09:33
engVid
10 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Want to know a simple trick that will help you sound more academic in your speaking? This tip can also help you begin writing the introduction to your TOEFL and IELTS essays. In this video, I will teach you the importance of showing the opposing viewpoint in writing and speech. You will learn how to use words like "although", "even though", "despite", "in spite of", and "nevertheless". These words help you effectively introduce opposing ideas or facts in speech and writing. Despite it sounding complicated and fancy, it is quite easy to learn! You can practice your new English skills by doing our quiz at the end of the lesson. http://www.engvid.com/how-to-express-opposing-ideas-in-english/

TRANSCRIPT

Hello. My name is Emma, and in today's video, I am going to teach you a very good and useful trick on how to write essays, how to sound better when you speak, how to do better in presentations. This tip is very useful if you are taking the TOEFL or the IELTS, or if you are studying in college, university, or high school. Okay? So it's a very, very useful trick. This trick is called... Well, I'm calling it: "How to Start Right". Okay? So I'm going to teach you a great way to start, either in your essays or in your speech.

Oftentimes, if you're taking the TOEFL or the IELTS, you're going to be asked to give your opinion on something. Okay? In general life, you might have to give your opinion on something. Maybe somebody wants to know: what do you prefer? Do you prefer going to a restaurant, or do you prefer eating at home? What's better? Okay?

When you give your opinion, it's a very good idea to start by saying what is good about the opposite opinion. Okay? So, example: if I love restaurants, I want to eat at a restaurant, instead of just saying: "I love restaurants." A better way to start this is by saying the opposite, the good part of the opposite. So, how can I do this? Well, I can say something like: "Although some people love eating at home, I prefer eating at a restaurant." Okay?

Another example. Imagine somebody wants to know if I like cats better or dogs better. What is the better animal? Well, maybe if I like dogs better, I would say: "Although some people prefer cats, I prefer dogs.", "Although some people prefer to live in cold countries, I prefer warm countries." So, you can use this in essays, in speaking, in so many different ways. It's always a good idea to start with the opposite of what you believe, a good point of the opposite, and then to say your opinion. Okay?

So, I want you to try this. Okay? I'm going to give you a question, and I want you to use this formula. What do you prefer, waking up early or waking up late? Okay? So: "Although some people prefer waking up..., I prefer waking up..." and here you would say either "early" or "late". Okay?

So, I've used this word "although". "Although" is to show this contrast. Okay? It's a very, very great word, useful word when you're writing essays or speaking in a formal setting. Something that has the same meaning as "although" is "even though". Okay? So very similar. "Even though". And we can use the same formula. Okay? If I ask you: "Would you rather go to a beach or go skiing?" You can say: "Even though some people love going to beaches, I prefer skiing.", "Even though skiing is a lot of fun, I'd rather go to the beach." Okay? So, again, you're offering the opposite idea first, and then your idea. Great for TOEFL and IELTS speaking.

Okay, so let's look at these sentence structures a little bit closer. So, I have here my words: "Although", "even though". What follows is a subject. A subject can be words like: "some people", can be "he", "she", "we", "the teacher". Okay? So, the subject is pretty much a noun. "Although Canada", okay? "Although Canada", "Even though Canada..." Now you need a verb. "Even though Canada", can use the verb "is". "Even though Canada is a good country", okay, if I was writing now, I would put a comma. "Even though Canada is a good country, Canada has problems."

So what I'm trying to get at here is that if you use "although", you will have two parts of a sentence. You will have part one before the comma, which has a subject and a verb; and then you will have a second part, part two with a subject and a verb. Okay? So let me give you one more example. "Although learning English is fun, many students find it difficult." Okay? "Although some people like learning English, I prefer learning French." Okay? Just some examples of these types of ideas.

So let's look at a couple more expressions to help you show the opposite view. Okay, so let's look at some more words that you can use to show the opposing side. Okay? We can use the word "despite". "Despite" is very similar to "although" and "even though".

CONCLUSIONS – How to finish speaking in English
00:04:53
engVid
10 Views · 5 years ago

Do you know what "in a nutshell" means? What about "the bottom line"? They both have in common that they announce a conclusion. In this English class, I will teach you some common expressions we use in speech that tell the listener that we are about to conclude what we want to say. You will learn "to sum up", "all in all", "in a nutshell", "the bottom line is", and "for these reasons". I will also explain some expressions that are useful in writing but sound strange in speech. Last but not least, test your knowledge by taking our quiz at the end of this video.
http://www.engvid.com/conclusi....ons-how-to-finish-sp

TRANSCRIPT

Hello. My name is Emma, and in today's video, I'm going to teach you a little bit about speaking. I'm going to teach you some expressions that can really help you if you're giving presentations, if you're taking the TOEFL, if you're taking the IELTS, or just generally for business English and also in university classes. Okay? So these are all going to be expressions you can use when you speak.

Now, the expressions I'm talking about specifically are expressions you can use after you've finished talking, just to, sort of, conclude. Okay? So these are ways to say, "In conclusion."

So I have here two expressions: "In conclusion", "thus". Okay? I don't know if you've ever seen these expressions before, but if you've written an essay, you've probably seen these. These come at the very end of an essay. In speech, we don't really use these. Okay? "In conclusion" and "thus", they're very, very formal, and so they sound a little strange. Okay? If you are a university professor, yeah. Maybe you'll use this. But for most people, they're not so common. So when we speak, we don't really use these. We use these in writing, not speaking. Okay?

So I want you to imagine this. Imagine I am giving a speech. I'm giving a presentation, and I'm talking about why dogs are great pets. Okay? So imagine this. I've told you first, dogs are very loyal. They're man's best friend. Maybe I've talked a little bit about how cute dogs are, how they're so obedient, they listen to their owners, and how they really help people. You know, they help people who are blind. They help people who are lonely. They help people, you know, for herding sheep. There are a lot of things that dogs do. So imagine I give a whole presentation about dogs. Now, at the very end, I really want to just say one more time how great dogs are. Well, I can use any of these expressions to show that.

So for example, "to sum up". Okay. So I've just talked a lot about dogs. At the very end, I might say something like, "To sum up, dogs are great pets." Okay? I might also say, "Yeah. You know, dogs are loyal, so they make great pets." I might say, "In a nutshell, dogs make excellent pets." I really do like this expression, by the way. It's a common idiom. And it's pretty interesting because "nutshell" -- I don't know the history of it, but "in a nutshell" means pretty much the same as "in conclusion".

We can also say "the bottom line". "The bottom line is dogs make excellent pets." If I've given a lot of reasons -- you know, dogs are clean; they're cute; they're smart. "For these reasons, dogs make excellent pets." And finally, "All in all". It's like from that Pink Floyd song, "All in all, there's just another brick in the wall." "All in all", again, means "in conclusion". And we use it a lot in speech. "All in all, dogs make wonderful pets." Okay.

So these expressions are very, very useful for when you're doing presentations, in business meetings. If you ever take the TOEFL or IELTS, you can use these if the examiner asks you a question. To finish off your answer, these are all wonderful expressions.

So all in all, use these expressions. They're great. In a nutshell, these expressions mean the same thing as "in conclusion" and "thus". The bottom line is, don't use these expressions; use these when you're speaking to finish off your answer or to finish what you're saying. Okay?

So I invite you to come visit our website at www.engvid.com. There, you will find a quiz where you can practice all of these expressions. You can also subscribe to my YouTube channel. Thank you for watching this video, and until next time, take care.

Learn English Vocabulary: The people you will meet at UNIVERSITY
00:12:55
engVid
12 Views · 5 years ago

Basic English vocabulary class – What is the difference between a "freshman" and a "sophomore"? What exactly is a "dean"? In this lesson, I will teach you words to describe different people you will encounter in college and university. These words are very important to know if you plan to go to university or if you are taking the IELTS or TOEFL. You will learn vocabulary like "junior", "senior", "TA", "RA", "grad", "undergrad", "prof", and many more. After watching the video, come take my quiz to see how much you learned from the lesson at http://www.engvid.com/english-....vocabulary-people-at

TRANSCRIPT

Hello. My name is Emma, and in today's video, I am going to teach you a lot of university language. I'm going to teach you specifically about the people you will see at university. I've used, here, the word "uni", this is very British English. "Uni" means "university". In American English, we would call it "college"; in Canadian English, we would call it "university". Okay? And I don't know about Australian, but I would assume it's probably "uni" also.

So, there are many different words we use when we talk about people at the university. I'm going to tell you what we call students, what we call professors, what we call the boss of the professor. Okay? So you will learn a lot of words today.

So let's get started. I have here a pyramid. This pyramid represents power at the university. Okay? It represents position at the university, and also, the number of positions at a university. So, if you notice... We'll start at the bottom. I have here "freshman". A freshman is a first-year student. Okay? So, when you get to university, you will be a freshman. It means you are in your first year of university. There are a lot of freshman at university.

Then what happens? Second year comes along. When second year happens, you become a "sophomore". This means you are in the second year of your program. We don't say "sophomore". Okay? We don't say "sophomore", no, no, no. "Sophmore", so it's almost like this "o" we spell with, it's silent when we say it. "Sophomore". And you'll notice the "ph" is a "f" sound: "sofmore". So your second year is your sophomore year.

Then, some people will continue on in university, and they'll get to their third year. Okay? In your third year, you will be called "a junior". "Junior". Okay? So I want you to say these words: "freshman", "sophomore", "junior".

If all goes well, after your third year, you're going to be in your last year or your final year, and you will be-so fourth year-a "senior". So this means you are the top of undergrad. You will be a senior in your fourth year. So all of this, these "freshman", "sophomore", "junior", "senior", this all refers to undergrad students or undergraduate. Okay? So for short, we say "undergrad". In the long, we say "undergraduate students". Okay? So when I was an undergrad, I started as a freshman; then my second year of undergrad, sophomore; third year of undergrad, junior; and finally, in my fourth year, I was a senior. Okay? If you finish and you finish your senior year, you get a bachelor's. Okay? So you get a bachelor's degree. You do four years of university, you get a bachelor's degree.

Now, some people, after their fourth year, after they're a senior, they're tired of university, they're so happy they're finished, you know, it's finally over, so they go and they start working, and they forget all about university. Other people want to do more university. They stay in university, and they continue studying. We call these people "master's students". Okay? Usually a master's is a two-year program. It can be a one-year program, but it happens after undergrad. So we call these students "grad students", we can also say "graduate students" or "master's student". Okay? So, again, usually these people are in a program for one or two years, they are grad students, master's students; it means the same thing.

From this point, you'll find that some grad students get a job at the university. Okay? So they're still a grad student, but they get a job. The job they get at the university is a "TA" job or a TA position. A "TA" is a person who is a teaching assistant. So, a TA is the same thing as teaching assistant; it's just the short way to say it. A teaching assistant works for a professor. They help the professor teach freshman, sophomore, junior, and seniors. So, the TA is the assistant to the professor, and they help the professor teach these people. Sometimes they mark. Okay? Essays, they might... If you write a test, it might be a TA who marks your test because the professor is too busy. So it's the professor's assistant.

Sound like a Native English Speaker: Tapping
00:10:00
engVid
8 Views · 5 years ago

Want to sound more like a native speaker? Learn this pronunciation secret! In this lesson, you will discover something very common in North American pronunciation: tapping. Tapping is when we change a /t/ sound to a /d/ sound. For example, in North American English we pronounce the word "water" like "wader". Watch this video to find out when we use tapping and what it sounds like. Finally, we will practice the pronunciation of example words together using tapping.
http://www.engvid.com/sound-li....ke-a-native-english-

TRANSCRIPT

Hello. My name is Emma, and in today's video, I am going to teach you a little bit about North American pronunciation. I'm going to teach you about something called "tapping". Okay.

So, before I explain what tapping is, I want you to listen to how I pronounce this word. I'm going to pronounce it in three ways, and I want you to tell me: What's the difference in each way I pronounce this? Okay? So the first way I'm going to pronounce it: "thiry", "thiry". Okay? Now, the next way: "thirdy", "thirdy". And finally: "thirty", "thirty". So what was the difference in the three pronunciations? Between "thiry", "thirdy", "thirty"? If you said this, you are correct.

One of the major differences you'll find in different Englishes is the way we pronounce "t". In British English, a lot of the times you actually hear the "t". I'm terrible with British accents, but "thirty", "t", okay? So you can hear it like a "t" sound. In Englishes... Some British Englishes, and sometimes Australian Englishes, they actually get rid of the "t", it's like it doesn't even exist. So you might hear: "thiry". Okay? In North American English, oftentimes, we pronounce t's like d's. So you would hear: "thirdy", okay? So this is one of the main difference between many different Englishes, how we pronounce our t's.

So what's the rule for this? How do we know when to pronounce our t's like d's? Because this is going to focus on the North American pronunciation. Well, I have here a bunch of different words, all have the word... Or all have the letter "t" in them. I want you to listen, and I want you to think about: Where is "t" pronounced like a "d"? Okay? So you're going to listen carefully, and I want you to think about: Which words do I pronounce "t" like a "d"? Okay?

So the first word: "party", "party". Okay? "Party". If you said this is like a "d", you are correct. So we have one here. Next word: "tiny", "tiny", "tiny". No "d" sound. "Water", "water". There is a "d" sound here. So, again, North American pronunciation. British people would probably say something different, like "wa-er" or like "water", okay? Next one: "forty", "forty". Okay. Yeah, we have a "d" sound, here. "Latter", "latter", "latter". Okay, you probably heard a "d" sound. Next one: "bottle", "bottle", "bottle". Probably heard a "d" sound there. The next word that has a "t" in it: "tornado", "tornado". Does it have a "d" sound? I mean where the "t" is. Of course it has this "d" sound, but: "tornado". No, we don't pronounce it like a "d". "City", "city". Yeah, it has a "d" sound. "Tuna", "tuna", no "d" sound; it sounds like a "t". "Bitter", "bitter", "d" sound. "Thanks", "thanks", doesn't even have a "t" sound, actually. It has a "th" sound, which is a little different. And finally: "tall", "tall". No "d" sound either.

So, what do you notice about these words? Is the "t"...? When we pronounce t's as d's in North American English, do we pronounce t's like d's when they're at the beginning of the word or when they're in the middle? You look here. So this one is a yes, it's in the middle, it's in the middle, middle, middle. The beginning, no. Middle; beginning, no; middle; no; no. So we pronounce t's like d's when they're in the middle of a word. Okay?

But we don't do it all the time. When do we do it? When do we say t's like t's, and when do we say t's like d's? That might get a little bit confusing, but I hope you're following. Well, it depends on stress. So, what is stress? "Oh, I have a test tomorrow. I'm stressed." Not that kind of stress. We're talking about stress in pronunciation. When we stress something in pronunciation, we mean we say it louder and longer. So, for example: "party", part of this I'm going to say loud and long, and part of it short. So listen and tell me where the stress is: "party". The stress, if you said it's here, you are correct. "Par" is loud "ty" is shorter. I'll... Let's go to "water" next. "Water", "water". So where is the stress? Stress is here, okay? The first part. "Water". We say this part quieter. Here: "forty", "forty". Where is the stress? What part's louder and longer? If you said "for", you're correct. We say that part louder and longer.

University English: Expressions and Vocabulary
00:13:16
engVid
14 Views · 5 years ago

Interested in college or university? In this fun lesson, you'll learn common expressions to talk about studying in university. You'll learn vocabulary by hearing a story about a student's real-life experience in university. Even if you're not going to university, you'll often hear these English expressions in movies and on television. These terms are also really important to learn if you're going to be taking the IELTS or TOEFL. Don't miss out on this conversational lesson, so that you can talk about university life just like a native English speaker! Afterwards, you can practice your new vocabulary by taking the quiz at http://www.engvid.com/universi....ty-english-expressio

TRANSCRIPT

Hello. My name is Emma, and in today's video, I am going to teach you some very, very useful verbs we use when we talk about university. Okay? So if you're going to university, if you're taking the TOEFL test or the IELTS test, these words are very, very important, because they're very common and we use them all the time.

So, to teach you these verbs, I've decided to tell you a true story about a friend of mine. My friend's name is Paul, and I'm going to tell you all about his university experience. While I tell you this story, it can help you if you imagine it in your head. Whenever you're learning new vocabulary, the more you can visualize or make a mental picture of the words you're learning, the easier it will be to remember them. Okay? And, if my friend, Paul, is watching this, I'm sorry, Paul. I'm telling some stories about you, maybe a little personal, so I apologize in advance.

Okay, so let's get started about Paul's life and problems at university. All right, so the first verb I'm going to teach you is "enroll". "Enroll" or "sign up for". These mean the same thing and it's where... When you decide to go to university, you enroll in a class or you enroll in multiple classes. Paul enrolled in four classes. The class we're going to be focused on, though, is Psychology 100. Paul enrolls in Psychology 100. Okay? I can also say: "Paul signs up for Psychology 100." So this means he's decided to take Psychology 100, and he's told the university, so now he's in the class. He's enrolled.

So, Paul, at first, was a very good student. He studied very hard. Okay? If you study hard, it means you "hit the books". "Hit the books" means "study hard". So, after Paul enrolled in Psych 100, Paul hit the books. Every night he went, he opened his book, and he studied. He hit the books.

Then, the professor, the prof "hands out the assignment". So this means the professor of Psych 100, he gave Paul an assignment. "Here, Paul, I want you to write this essay." Okay? So the prof hands out an assignment. Okay? So the prof gives you work.

So, after the prof hands out the assignment, Paul is very stressed. You know, he can't think about the assignment, he's too stressed out about it, so he ends up partying, he, you know, has fun. And then the assignment comes due, which means he has to give the assignment in, imagine on a Thursday. The night before the assignment is due, Paul decides to "pull an all-nighter". "Pull an all-nighter" means you stay up all night to finish something. So, for Paul, he did not have his assignment ready. It was not completed, so in order to get it finished, Paul stayed up all night working on it. So, at 3am, Paul was working at his... On his assignment. At 6am, Paul was working on his assignment. Well, Paul finished his assignment because he pulled an all-nighter.

So the next day, he goes to class, and guess what he does? He has his assignment, he's very happy he's finished, he "hands in his assignment". So Paul gives his assignment to the professor. Paul hands in his assignment. We can also use the word "paper". "Paper" is another word for "essay". So, in Psych 100, Paul had to write an essay. We can say: "Paul wrote a paper", and he handed it in.

So, if you... If we go back a couple steps, the professor hands out something.

14 English expressions about SLEEP
00:13:32
engVid
10 Views · 5 years ago

I'm going to teach you about one of my favourite activities – sleep! I will teach you some of the most common expressions about sleep, such as 'toss and turn', 'hit the sack', 'get some shuteye', 'sleep in', and many more. You will learn how to talk about sleeping well and sleeping poorly. Watch this video and take our practice quiz at http://www.engvid.com/14-engli....sh-expressions-about to make sure you've mastered these expressions. You don't need to sleep on it!

TRANSCRIPT

Hi, there. My name is Teacher Emma, and in today's lesson, I am going to teach you about sleep expressions. One of my favourite activities is sleeping, and so for me, these expressions are very important because I do so much sleeping. So I'm going to first teach you some expressions that have to do with when you get a good night's sleep and you're happy in the morning, I'm going to teach you some expressions for when you get a bad night's sleep and you wake up looking like this, and then I'm going to teach you some common expressions that just have to do with sleep in general.

So let's get started. The first expression I want to teach you is referring to a good sleep, and it's when you are "out like a light". Okay? This is when you go to bed, and [snaps], right away, you're asleep. It's very easy to fall asleep; you have no trouble falling asleep. As soon as you get into the bed, you fall asleep, that means you are "out like a light". So let me give you an example. After I exercise, after I go to the gym, I'm very tired. As soon as I get into my bed, I am out like a light Okay? Now, this expression, you need to say the whole thing. It's an expression that you need to use the whole thing for. Okay?

The next expression I want to teach you: "sleep like a log". I'm not the best artist, but this picture I've drawn. This is a log. So a log, if you can't really tell what this is, I guess it kind of looks like a battery, but actually this is part of a tree. So when you have a part of a tree, like you cut wood, you get something like this. This is what we call a log. So if you sleep like a log, it means you sleep like this. Nothing can wake you. You're so sleepy, you're fast asleep, nothing will wake you up. So it means you've had a good night sleep. Last night, I was so comfortable. I slept like a log. Okay?

The next expression I want to teach you: "sleep like a baby". So, "sleep like a baby" and "sleep like a log" have the exact same meaning. It means you have a great night sleep. You have no trouble sleeping. Your sleep is perfect. So, I sleep like a baby every night. It means I have a very peaceful sleep. This expression is kind of a little bit strange, though, because if you think about babies, I don't really think about them having great night sleeps. I usually think of babies crying all night long. But in this case, "sleep like a baby", it's a good thing.

Finally, the last good sleep expression I want to teach you is to "be a deep sleeper". If you are a deep sleeper, again, this means that you don't wake up during the night. You're very fast asleep. You're in a very deep sleep, which means you have a very good sleep. Okay? When we add... Okay. When we add "er" to a word, this means person. So if you are a good sleeper, "sleeper" is you, it means that you're able to sleep well.

All right, now let's look at some expressions that mean you've had a terrible sleep. So, again, bad sleep. The first one, very common: "I tossed and turned" all night. If you toss and turn, it means you keep moving during the night. Maybe you're sleeping like this, it's uncomfortable, then you sleep like this, then you sleep like this again. You're moving the whole night and you're not getting a good night sleep. So if you toss and turn all night, maybe you have a lot of stress, maybe you're thinking about work the next day, you can't sleep - you toss and turn all night. So it's another way to say you have a bad sleep.

Another expression: "I didn't sleep a wink". So this word right here means wink, okay? It's when you close your eye. "I didn't sleep a wink" means I did not sleep at all. So I have no sleep. Didn't sleep a wink means... Didn't sleep a wink-sorry-means no sleep.

The next expression is kind of opposite to "deep sleeper": "I'm a light sleeper". I'm a light sleeper, this means during the night, I don't have a good sleep; I wake up a lot. If I hear any noise, it wakes me up. So if my cat meows, I wake up. If the refrigerator starts making noise, I wake up. If somebody enters my house, I wake up. So, a light sleeper means you wake up very easily.

Speak English Naturally: Silent Syllables
00:10:07
engVid
7 Views · 5 years ago

Do you know what a 'silent syllable' is? It's actually one of the topics you have to master in order to sound more like a native English speaker. In this video, you'll learn what syllables are, which words have silent ones, and how to correctly pronounce some common words with silent syllables. You'll also learn to count syllables, so you know how many syllables are in a word. Practice these words by taking our quiz at the end of the video, and start speaking English more naturally today.
http://www.engvid.com/speak-en....glish-naturally-sile

TRANSCRIPT

Hello. My name is Emma, and in today's video, I am going to teach you about some pronunciation mistakes that you're probably making. So, if you look beside me, I have a bunch of words. These are some of the most commonly mispronounced words in English by English... By students who are learning English. So today, I'm going to teach you how we actually pronounce these words.

So, the title of this video is "Silent Syllables". All of these words have a silent syllable in them. Now, you may be wondering: "What is a syllable?" Well, a syllable is usually a vowel sound, sometimes it can also be a consonant-vowel sound. So, if that's a little bit confusing, let's look at some examples.

Here is the word "cat". It has one syllable. If I clap my hand, "cat". Okay? Now, compare this to the word "student", which has two syllables. Compare this to the word "beautiful", which has three, and we have here the word "incredible" which has four. Okay? So each of these has a different number of syllables. You'll also notice that the length of the word is different. "Incredible" is longer than "beautiful", "beautiful" is longer than "student", and "student" is longer than "cat". Okay?

So, a silent syllable is a syllable that people believe we're supposed to pronounce, but we don't actually pronounce it. Let's start with this one, because this is the most common mistake I hear in my classrooms. Many students pronounce this word as "com-for-ta-ble", they believe it has four syllables. This is not true. I want you to listen carefully to how I pronounce this word: "comfterble", "comfortable". How many syllables did you hear? "Comfortable". If you said three syllables, you are correct. So we do not pronounce "com-for-ta-ble", mm-mm, we say: "comfterble". Okay? So if I wrote this how it's almost pronounced, it almost looks like: "comfterble". Okay?

The next word that I hear a lot of students making a mistake with... This is one of my favourite types of food, I hear a lot of students say: "choc-o-late", where they pronounce this "o". In English, we don't pronounce that. We usually say... So we don't say "choc-o-late", which is three syllables; we actually say: "choclate", "chocolate", "chocolate". How many syllables does that have? If you said two, you are correct. It's almost like this "o" doesn't exist. So I want you to repeat after me: "chocolate", "comfortable". Okay, good.

Now, the next sound, or... The next word many students mispronounce is this one. First off, they often miss... Mispronounce the "v" sound, which is "veg", "vegetable". Many students say: "veg-e-ta-ble". Okay? So many students think it has four... Four syllables, but in fact, it doesn't. Tell me: How many sounds does this have: "vegetable", "vegetable"? It has three. Okay?

So I'm actually going to start writing this. "Comfortable" has two, "chocolate" has two. "Comfortable"... Sorry, "comfortable" has three. Okay? "Vegetable" has three.

The next word is another word a lot of students make a mistake with, similar to "chocolate", we have here an "o". We don't pronounce this "o". Okay? So many students say "brocc-o-li", but we don't say "broccoli", we say: "broccli". Okay? So, in this case, it only has two syllables: "brocc-li". Okay? And we will go over these one more time at the end of the video.

Okay, very common word here, how many syllables do you think it has? If you said: "in-trest-ing", you are correct, it has three syllables. Many students say: "in-ter-est-ing". "That is very interesting." We don't say it like that. We say: "in-trest-ing". Okay? "In-trest-ing", so this one has three syllables also.

Okay, another very common word... Okay, I've used the Canadian/British spelling. If you're an American or an... A speaker of American English, there will be no "u" here. How many syllables do you think this word has? Okay? Let's say it together: "Favourite", "favourite". How many did you hear? If you said: "fav-rite", and you heard two syllables, you are correct. We do not say: "fav-our-ite", mm-mm, we say: "fav-rite". Okay?

Okay, here's another one a lot of students make mistakes with, many students will say: "temp-er-a-ture", but we don't say it this way. I want you to listen carefully, and choose: How many syllables are there in this word? "Tem-pra-ture", "temperature". "Tem-pra-ture". Okay, so there are three syllables in this one.

Learn English Tenses: 4 ways to talk about the FUTURE
00:12:08
engVid
15 Views · 5 years ago

How many ways do you know to talk about the future in English? In this video, I will teach you four easy ways to talk about the future: will, going to, the present continuous, and the simple present. I will compare when and how we use these grammatical tenses to talk about the future. After you watch this lesson, quiz yourself to practice and make sure you get it. I know that you will do well.
http://www.engvid.com/learn-en....glish-tenses-4-ways-

Hello. My name is Emma, and in today's lesson, I'm going to teach you the four futures. Okay? A lot of you know two futures, I think. A lot of you probably know "will" and "going to". I'm going to teach you two more futures today, and teach you how they're different from one another. Okay?

So let's get started with the present continuous future. So the present continuous is when you have "be" verb, so "I am", "you are", "he is", "she is", "they are", I don't know if I said "we are", "we are" plus the verb and "ing". Okay? So we have "am", the verb, "ing". This is known as the present continuous. It's usually one of the first things you will learn when you're learning English. So a lot of you know the present continuous, and you think: "Oh, present continuous, it's taking place now." You're right, but we can also use it to talk about the future. We use the present continuous to talk about future that is going to happen very, very soon.

So, for example, if you ask me: "Emma, what are you doing this weekend?" Well: "I'm hanging out with my friend, Josh, this weekend." Okay? Or I might say: "I'm shopping this weekend.", "I'm studying this weekend." If you ask me: "What are you doing tonight?" Well, you know, I want to be a good student, so: -"I'm studying tonight. I'm studying tonight." -"What are you doing next week?" -"Well, next week... I'm working next week." Okay? So present continuous is very, very common for when we're talking about the future that's going to happen soon. Not future that's going to happen 2,000 years from now or 50 years from now - no, no, that's far future. We're talking about the future that's going to happen in the next couple of days. Okay? So very, very soon future.

We can also use the simple present to talk about the future. So, the simple present is when you take a verb and, you know, it's in the basic form, usually you add an "s". If it's third-person singular, for example: "I leave", "you leave", "he leaves", "she leaves", "they leave", "we leave". So this is all simple present. In your classes, you probably learned we use the simple present when we talk about routine. We can also use the simple present when we're talking about routines in the future. Okay? So, for example... And by this I mean timetables. We use this when we're talking about a schedule event; something that is scheduled to happen in the future. So, this usually has to do with when we're talking about transportation; trains, airplanes, we can use this tense. We can use it when we're talking about TV shows. We can use it when we're talking about restaurants opening and closing, or stores, when they open and close. So we use this when we're thinking about a schedule or a timetable.

So here are some examples: "The last train leaves at 6pm today." So 6pm hasn't happened yet. It's in the future, but because this is a schedule event, it's a timetable event, it's a schedule, we can use the simple present. Here's another example: "The restaurant opens at 5pm today." So this hasn't happened yet. Right now, it is 2pm. This is going to happen in the future. But still, I use the simple present because this is a schedule. Okay? Every day the restaurant opens at 5pm. Here's a third example, I like watching TV, imagine I like The Big Bang Theory: "My TV show, The Big Bang Theory, starts at 4pm." So again, it's a routine, it's a schedule that takes place in the future, but it's still a schedule so we can use the simple present here. All right, so these two, even though they're present tenses, they can be used for the future.

Now let's look at the two verbs we commonly use for the future or we commonly think of as future verbs. "Be going to" + a verb and "will". So, "be going to" + verb: "I'm going to study.", "I'm going to sleep.", "You are going to watch a video." Okay? These are examples of the "be going to" + verb future. So we use this when we're talking about the near future. Similar to this... So it's not a future that's very, very far away; it's soon, but it's a future where we think something is going to happen, and we have evidence that something is going to happen.

LOL!! Learn English vocabulary about JOKES: hilarious, dirty joke, LMAO...
00:13:11
engVid
10 Views · 5 years ago

What's the difference between "fun" and "funny"? What do you say when you see something that makes you laugh? What is the difference between "LOL" and "LMAO"? In this interactive video, I'm going to teach you how to talk about jokes and comedy. You will learn many ways to say that you think something is funny or not funny. You will also learn what you can say if you don't understand a joke. At the end, I will tell you some jokes, and you can practise your new expressions! Don't forget to take the quiz at the end to check your understanding.
http://www.engvid.com/lol-lear....n-english-vocabulary

TRANSCRIPT

Hello. My name is Emma, and in today's video, I am going to teach you all about laughing, funny jokes, and comedy. I'm going to teach you, specifically, expressions we can use when we hear a joke or when we watch a funny movie, or when something funny happens. So, the lesson for today is titled: "LMAO: Talking about Comedy hahaha".

All right. So, first off, "LMAO", I don't know if you've ever seen this, but this is something people write on the internet. It's the same as "lol"; this means "laugh my ass off". And we use this when we find something very, very funny.

So let me teach you first about the words "fun" and "funny", and then we will get into these expressions. So the first thing I wanted to teach you: "fun" versus "funny". This is probably one of the number one mistakes I see students make. "Oh, teacher, it's so fun.", "Oh, teacher, it's funny." What's the difference? "Fun" is not used for hahaha. "Fun" is used when we're talking about something that is exciting and that makes us happy. So, for example, I like sports, sports are fun, sports are exciting, sports make me happy. This is different from the word "funny". So, "funny" means it makes you laugh. The TV show The Big Bang Theory, to me, when I watch that, I laugh - it's funny. When I watch comedies, when I watch funny movies, I laugh, so they are funny. Okay? So this is a very big difference between these two, so very important you know the difference between "funny" and "fun".

We have here the word "lol", I'll just explain what this means very quickly. "Lol" is something we also use on the internet, similar to "lmao". It means "laugh out loud". Okay? So when you see something funny on the internet, you can write: "Lol", and it means you think it's funny.

So let's look at some expressions that we can use when we find something funny. The first expression... And actually, I'm going to add something here: "hahaha". Okay. It's important. Okay, so the first expression, here: "It's funny" means this happens. You see something: "Oh, it's funny. Hahaha." The second one has the same meaning: "It's hilarious." Okay? So this means it's funny. When I think about actors, Jim Carrey, Mike Myers, these guys, to me, I think they're hilarious. So I want you to try the pronunciation of this word: "hilarious". The stress, the part that's loud - there. "Hilarious". I want you to think about something in your own life that you think is very funny. What's something that's hilarious? Maybe you've seen a TV show, maybe YouTube videos. All right? Think about something that's hilarious.

We can also use this expression: "It made me laugh." Okay? So this means you saw something, it was funny, it made you laugh. We have, like I said before: "laugh my ass off", this is what we use when we're writing something on the internet. We can also use it with an "f", which is a little bit ruder. It means: "Laugh my fucking ass off". If you laugh your ass off, it means you found something hilarious, it means you found something very, very funny.

We also have this: "I burst out laughing." This means suddenly you start laughing. Okay? So you're serious, and suddenly: "Hahahahaha." Okay? You burst out laughing. It's sudden laughter.

We also have the word: "It cracks me up." If something cracks you up... So it can be anything. It means the same thing as "It made me laugh." For me, cat videos on YouTube, they crack me up. I laugh when I watch cat videos; they crack me up. Different movies crack me up. The Three Stooges, I guess, cracked me up. Okay? So "crack me up" means it makes me laugh.

Finally, the last one: "I couldn't stop laughing. I couldn't stop laughing." Has there ever been a situation that you found so funny you laughed, and laughed, and laughed? For those situations, we say: "I couldn't stop laughing." So all of these we use when we're very happy, and we find something hahaha; we find something funny.

All right. Now, we also have words we use when we don't understand a joke. A lot of the times you'll hear an English joke, maybe you're watching a TV show, and everyone around you is laughing, but you don't understand why.

IELTS & TOEFL Listening Practice: Academic Vocabulary
00:11:09
engVid
10 Views · 5 years ago

Want to improve your listening skills? In this lesson you'll practice your listening in English by hearing stories about university life. This video is especially important if you are studying in an English university, if you plan to, or if you are going to take an English test like IELTS or TOEFL. You will hear conversational English with university and academic vocabulary, including common slang and expressions that native English speakers use. Then take the quiz here: http://wwww.engvid.com/ielts-t....oefl-listening-pract

Follow this link to view or download a free resource page with this lesson's vocabulary: http://www.engvid.com/wp-conte....nt/media/Listening-P

Also check out these vocabulary lessons to learn the words used in this lesson:
Learn English Vocabulary: The people you will meet at UNIVERSITY – http://www.engvid.com/english-....vocabulary-people-at
University English: Expressions and Vocabulary – http://www.engvid.com/universi....ty-english-expressio

More IELTS videos: http://www.engvid.com/english-exams/ielts/
More IELTS practice & complete guide: http://www.goodluckielts.com/

TRANSCRIPT

Hi, there. My name is Emma, and in today's video, we are going to do some listening practice. This video is going to be particularly useful if you are going to university or plan to go to university, if you are writing the TOEFL test, or if you are writing the IELTS. University words come up a lot on the TOEFL and the IELTS, especially in the listening, so this video will help you improve your listening, specifically about university words.

Okay, so to get started, I want you, on a piece of paper, to put something like this. Okay? I want you to write the word "university" in the center, "verbs", "people", "places", "things", "slang". Okay? I want you to copy this, because I'm going to have you pause the video for one minute... Or maybe... You know what? Give yourself three minutes, and I want you to think about all the words you can think of that have to do with university. Okay? So, for example, people, I might think the "prof"; verbs, I might think "enroll". But try to come up with as many as you can. Places, maybe "cafeteria"; things, "course"; slang, "hit the books". Okay? So I want you to try to come up with as many words as you can, and then we will talk about these words.

Okay, so I hope you've done some brainstorming, and you've come up with a list of words. What I want you to do now is I want you to see: Did you come up with any of the same words that I came up with? Okay? So, behind me, I have a bunch of words I thought of. Do you have the same words, or totally different words? I put the word: "advisor", "flunk", "fall behind", "marks", "grades", "freshman", "sophomore", "junior", "senior", "prof", "pull an all-nighter", "cram", "TA", "ace the test", "dean", "instructor", "registrar", "drop a course", "hit the books", "undergrad", "grad student", and "hand in". So these are all very common words we use when we talk about university. If there are any words here that you don't know the meaning of, I highly recommend watching some previous videos I've done on these words that explain them fully. Okay? So there will be a link for that, so feel free, if you don't know these words, to click on the link.

So now what I'm going to have you do is we are going to do a practice listening. Okay? We are going to... You are going to listen to me tell you a story about university. You are going to look at these words, and if you hear me say the word, you're going to put a checkmark right beside the words you hear. If you are on engVid, there's going to be a link that you can click to download these words so you can print them off and have them in front of you. Same with on YouTube, if you're watching this off of YouTube, there will be a link you can click on in the description, and that will take you to a place where you can download a list of these words. Otherwise, if you don't want to do that, you can actually just copy them out by hand, just write down these words. And then when you're ready, you can listen to me, and all you need to do is if you hear the word, you put a checkmark. If you don't hear the word in what I'm going to say, then no checkmark. Okay?

Okay, so let's get started. So, again, put a checkmark if you hear the word. I went to the University of Toronto. I remember when I was an undergrad, I found school very difficult, especially in my freshman year. I guess the main problem was it was my first time away from home. School had always come naturally to me before. I wasn't used to cramming and pulling all-nighters. I naturally had been a straight-A student.

Describing people in English: BE or BEING?
00:07:38
engVid
7 Views · 5 years ago

Do you know the difference between "he is nice" and "he is being nice"? This small change makes a huge difference! In this video, you'll learn how "be" and "being" can either express an overall personality, or a current behavior. The English language is full of small changes which can alter the meaning of a sentence completely. But don't worry! I'll explain how 'be' and 'being' differ from each other, and will teach you to use them correctly. You'll have a chance to see many example sentences, and we'll do some practice exercises together. By the time you finish this easy lesson, I'm sure you'll be able to score 100% on the quiz at http://www.engvid.com/describi....ng-people-in-english

Hi there. My name is Emma, and in today's video I am going to teach you the difference between "be" and "being" when we are talking about people. Okay?

So, I'm going to show you some sentences. The first one: "The boy is naughty." So "naughty" is like a bad boy. And the second one: "The boy is being naughty." What is the difference in this...? These two sentences? What is...? Like, just looking at the grammar, what is something that you notice? Well, you probably notice this is the only thing that's different. "The boy is naughty.", "The boy is being naughty." Okay? Now, one of these has to do with behaviour. The other one has to do with personality. Okay? So, if we look at: "The boy is naughty." what we really are saying is the boy is usually bad. It's a part of his personality. It's his feelings. He's... He's a bad boy, it's who he is. He's a naughty boy. That's a little bit different than: "The boy is being naughty." In this case, we're just looking at a behaviour or an action. The boy is usually a good boy, maybe. Maybe he... You know, he usually does what his parents tell him to, he listens to his teachers, he's a good boy, but that one day he is acting a certain way, his actions are naughty, his behaviour is naughty. The boy is being naughty. So, again, the difference is this is more about the boy... It's his personality type, and this is usually a temporary behaviour. Okay? It's not forever; it's just right now he's acting that way, but it's not who he is. So let's look at some other examples.

"You are rude." Okay? Not you personally, but just an example. "You are rude." "Rude", for those of you who don't know, means not polite. So a person who's not polite is a rude person. Okay? If I say: "You are rude." I'm saying it's your personality. You're usually rude. You're a very rude person. It means this is who you are. Now, compare that to: "You are being rude." In this case, you're not usually a rude person; you're quite a polite person, maybe. But in this situation, your behaviour in this moment is rude. Okay? So, again, this is who you are; and this is your behaviour in a specific situation. So I'll give you an example. Okay? You know, I know someone who is always... Well, no, I don't actually know somebody. But imagine if there's somebody who's always picking their nose. We could say: "Ugh, that guy's rude. He's so rude." But if he, I guess does it once... Okay? If it's just a behaviour that happens only one time, you could say: "He's being rude." He's not always rude; it's just this one time.

Here's another example: "He is a smartass." Versus: "He is being a smartass." A smartass is a person who tries to be funny, but they do it in kind of a not nice way. So it's almost like not-nice funny. So if you think about when you were a kid, maybe there were some smartasses in your class, those were the kids who always said things that made the teacher very angry. Okay? So those people are smartassess, they purposely try to make people angry. So if you say: "He is a smartass." it just means that's his character. He's usually this way, this is how he is. If you say: "He is being a smartass." it means maybe just this one time. It's his behaviour in this moment, but it's not usual for him. It's just right now. So let's do some work on this together, let's do some examples together.

Okay, so now let's do some examples together. The first sentence I have: "I was careful when I drove." So when I drive a car, I'm careful. "I was careful when I drove." And again, "was" is the past tense for "be". Okay, so this is something I usually do, I'm a careful person, I drive very carefully. I want you to imagine this: Imagine if I'm not usually careful, but I see a police officer close to me. Okay? Maybe that might change the way I drive. So now I have a behaviour. How can I make this into a behaviour or an action that's not always true? If you said we can add something, you are right. What are we going to add? We're going to add "being", that "I was being careful when I drove."

Let's look at the next one: "Jack is stupid." Jack is a stupid person. I'm sorry if any of you are named Jack, I don't mean you; this is just an example.

The Many Meanings of "LOAD" in English
00:23:11
engVid
7 Views · 5 years ago

How many meanings does the word "load" have? What about "loaded"? In this video, you'll learn some of the common ways we use these words. We'll cover formal, informal, and slang uses of these words. In English, expressions based on one word can have so many different meanings! For example, did you know that "I'm loaded" can mean "I'm drunk" or "I'm rich"? You'll also see expressions such as "a load off my chest", "a shitload", "free loader", "a load of rubbish", and many more. I will also show you some great strategies to help your learning and understanding of new vocabulary. After you watch the video, review these expressions by taking the quiz at http://www.engvid.com/the-many....-meanings-of-load-in , and practice using them with your friends!

TRANSCRIPT

Hi there. My name is Emma, and in today's lesson I'm going to teach you 10 different expressions with the word "load". Some of these expressions are going to be slang expressions, some of them are going to be verbs, nouns, adjectives; and they all have very, very different meanings. So with the word "load", you might see it a lot. It has a lot of different possible meanings, so you're going to learn 10 today.

I'm also going to teach you two different strategies you should use when you see a word you don't know. Okay? So, in this case, we have the word "load" in many different ways. I'm going to teach you two strategies you should use whenever you see a word you don't know or recognize. Okay? So let's talk about the strategies first, and then I'm going to teach you about the different ways we use the word "load".

Okay, so when you come across a word you don't know, the first thing you should do is you should try to figure out how much information you can get from it. You can try to figure out if it's a noun, which is a person, a place, or a thing. Is it a verb? Is it an action? Is it an adjective? Which means: Does it describe something? Or is it an adverb? Does it describe a verb? Okay? So it's good to know these words, and to try to figure out if a word is a noun, a verb, an adverb, or an adjective. Okay?

Another thing you should do when you come across a new word is you should try to guess what it means based on the words around it. Okay? We call this "context". So, you should look at the sentence, look at the words in the sentence, and look at some of the words in the other sentence, and try to guess what the word means before you look in the dictionary or before you ask your teacher. Remember: The more effort and the more work you do for a word, the more likely you will remember it. Okay? So you want to work hard to remember these words. You want to guess what they mean before you actually find out what they mean.

So let's get started with the word "load". Okay, so I have here the first example we're going to do, and that is the word "loaded" with "ed". I have an example sentence. "Bill Gates is loaded. He has so much money." All right? So I want you to take a moment and think: Is this a noun, a verb, an adjective, or an adverb? So here it is in the sentence. This is... What is this? Well, it ends in "ed", okay? So that means it's probably going to either be a verb or an adjective, because both of these often end in "ed". But because it's followed by "is": "Bill Gates is loaded", it sounds like "loaded" is describing Bill Gates. So it's an adjective. Okay? So in this case, "loaded" is an adjective. It's describing Bill Gates. "Bill Gates is loaded." That's a description of Bill Gates. Okay, so we've done the first one. What about the second one? What do you think "loaded" means? Okay? So look at all the words in the sentence. What do you know about Bill Gates? "Bill Gates is loaded. He has so much money." If you focus on "much money" and "Bill Gates", you know Bill Gates is rich; he has a lot of money. "Loaded" means rich. So we can guess that it means rich, based on the words around it. So, I'm going to write that here. The first meaning of the word "loaded" is rich. I have a friend, she's loaded. She lives in a mansion. Okay? Prince William is loaded. You know, he's a prince, he's going to have a lot of money. I wish I was loaded. Unfortunately, I'm not, but it would be so great to be loaded. So, in this case, "loaded" means rich.

Okay, so we have the word again, "loaded". This is another different meaning of the word. Okay, so I want you to look at the example. "She's loaded. She had 10 beers." Okay. "She's loaded. She had 10 beers." So first, let's ask ourselves: Is it a noun, verb, adjective, or adverb? Okay? So we look here: "She is loaded." Well, again, it ends in "ed", so this is a clue.

English Conversation: The Meaning of Hand Gestures
00:18:14
engVid
12 Views · 5 years ago

Have you noticed that you make hand gestures while speaking your native language? Body movement during conversation can give off social clues that are particular to a certain culture. But when people learn a language, they often forget to learn the words and expressions that we make with our hands. You may find that a hand gesture in your culture has a different meaning in English-speaking countries. In this lesson, I will teach you common hand gestures used when speaking English.
Take the quiz to test your understanding: http://www.engvid.com/english-....conversation-the-mea

TRANSCRIPT

Hello. My name is Emma, and in today's video, I am going to teach you all about how we use our hands in English. So there are many ways we use our hands in English. I'm going to teach you a lot of different ways we use them. A lot of students get very confused with this, because the way we use our hands varies from culture to culture, so what we do in Canada and England and the U.S. might be very different than with what you do in your country. Okay? So pay close attention to these differences.

So to start with, let's look at: "knock on wood". If you're living in an English-speaking country, you may have noticed sometimes people have a wooden object or a desk, a table, something made of wood, and they knock on it. Okay? You might wonder: "What does this mean, knock on wood?" In English tradition, if you say something good, for example: "I did very, very well on my test. I killed my test. I did amazing on my test", you might knock on wood to make sure that you don't jinx it. Okay? I'll give you another example. Imagine if I want to go on a picnic, and I'm a little afraid about rain, I might say: "Oh, you know, today's supposed to be a very sunny day. Knock on wood." I'm knocking on wood to prevent rain. Okay? So it's a superstition we do in order to kind of protect ourselves from the opposite happening. Okay? One last example: -"How did your interview go? How did your job interview go?" -"Oh, it went well." [Knocks] Okay, so that's why we knock on wood, it's a superstition.

All right, let's look at some of these other ones. "Quotes". A lot of students have asked me: "What does this mean?" Okay? So, for example, somebody might say: "Yeah, she's beautiful." Or: "He's really smart." This kind of has a sarcastic tone to it. It means somebody has said somebody is beautiful, but you don't believe it. Or somebody has said somebody is smart, but you don't believe it. So if you hear someone saying something, and you're, you know, pretty much using their words but you don't believe it, you can do quotes. Okay? Another example: "Yeah that movie was awesome." Okay? So it means you don't believe it. English is fun. Your teachers might tell you English is fun. When you're talking to your friends, you might say: "English is fun", if you don't believe it.

All right, the next one: "crazy". All right? In English, if we think someone is crazy, we go... Okay? So, for example: "That guy, he's very..." [Clicks tongue] It means he's very crazy. Okay?

"Fingers crossed". A lot of the times in English, we take our fingers and we cross them, and we go like this. This means we're hoping something happens. Okay? So, for example: I hope you like this video, fingers crossed. Or: I hope I did well on the test, fingers crossed. Okay? So this means you hope something is happening. Now, this is a little different from if you take your finger and you put it behind your back. If you take your finger... Your fingers crossed and you put it behind your back, it means you're telling a lie. So, for example: "Oh, I loved the movie you made. The movie you made was incredible." If my fingers are behind my back, it means I'm lying to you. "I never talk to that guy." Okay? Fingers behind my back, it means I'm lying. Okay?

Now, this one you might know, I think it's a very common one: "OK". It can also mean: "nice work" or "A-OK". So that means something has gone well.

We have this one which is a very rude one. This, which means... And sorry, I'm not doing this to you; I'm just teaching it. This means "up yours", which pretty much in English means "fuck you". Okay? So if you ever see somebody going like that, it's not polite. It means up yours or fuck you.

Oh, we have one... Two more. "Peace sign". Okay, when we're talking about peace in English, we often go: "Peace." So this is against war. In the 1960s, there were people called Hippies, they were always going: "Peace." This is very different than the V sign, this. Peace is like this, the V sign is like this. The V sign is something that is almost the same as this. In England, in Australia, in New Zealand, if you do this to somebody, you're pretty much telling them: "Fuck you." Okay? So be careful. "Peace", versus "Fuck you."

IELTS & TOEFL Vocabulary: Talking about Food
00:17:40
engVid
9 Views · 5 years ago

A common speaking topic on both the IELTS and TOEFL is food. In this class, I will teach you some vocabulary and grammar that you can use when talking about food. These expressions can help you score higher on both tests. I will also give you some common examples of speaking questions you may hear. If you are not taking these tests, this lesson will still help you improve your vocabulary and conversational English. Try our quiz at http://www.engvid.com/ielts-to....efl-vocabulary-talki to practice these words. Good luck on your test!
MORE IELTS TIPS: http://www.goodluckielts.com/
MORE TOEFL TIPS: http://www.goodlucktoefl.com/

TRANSCRIPT

Hello. My name is Emma, and in today's video, I am going to teach you some great expressions and some great things you can say about food. Now, this video will be very, very helpful if you are taking the IELTS, because they often ask you about food in the speaking section, and same with if you're doing the TOEFL, because oftentimes there is a question on food; not always, but often. Also, just this video can benefit everybody, because food is something a lot of people talk about, and so these expressions are very good to use in everyday situations. All right, so let's get started.

I have, here, a question. This question comes up a lot on IELTS, sometimes on TOEFL, and in everyday life. The question is: "What kind of food do you like? And what kind of food do you dislike or not like?" So I've written here some key expressions you can use to... Which mean "like" and "dislike". Now, for IELTS and TOEFL people, you really want to show off your vocabulary, so these are some great ways to do that. All right, so let's look at some of these.

The first one: "I really like..." This is better than just saying: "I like", because you're actually, you know, giving an amount. "I really like something." So, for me: What kind of food do you like? I like Korean food, so I can say: "I really like bibimbap.", "I enjoy bibimbap.", "My favourite dish is bibimbap." "Dish" is similar to food, but it's not... We wouldn't use it for talking about apples or oranges. We use it for talking about a cooked meal. Okay? So a "dish" means something that is a meal. So: "My favourite dish is spaghetti.", "I'm keen on pizza." And here, be careful with this part: "on". "I'm keen on pizza."

Okay, for these two, if you're comparing two foods, you can use these two expressions. So, for example: "I prefer bibimbap to sushi. I prefer lasagna to pizza." So it means I'm saying: "I like pizza better than sushi." Okay? So, key here, preposition "to". "I prefer __________ to __________." Similar-I'll jump on this side-"I'd rather", "I'd rather eat". This means the same thing as "I prefer". The "d" here stands for "would". "I'd rather eat bibimbap than sushi. I'd rather eat Chinese dumplings than McDonalds." Okay? So you can use these expressions, too. Very helpful for TOEFL and IELTS.

Okay, what about for dislike, things we don't like? Here are some examples. "I really don't like..." For me: "I really don't like McDonalds. I really don't like hamburgers. I really don't like hotdogs." This has the exact same meaning: "I can't stand hamburgers. I can't stand anchovies.", "I'm not keen on tuna. I'm not keen on oysters." Okay? And finally: "I really dislike... I really dislike sardines." Okay? So these all mean "don't like", and these all mean "like". These are great expressions to use when you're talking about food on the TOEFL or the IELTS, or everyday life. So now let's look at some new vocabulary we can use when describing food.

Okay, so another question they might ask you on the IELTS or the TOEFL, or maybe one of your friends might ask you this, is to: "Describe your favourite dish." Okay, I'm just going to say this very quickly: The pronunciation of this word: "favourite", "favourite". Okay? Not "fav-our-ite". And "dish", what's a dish again? A dish is like a meal. Okay? So: "Describe your favourite meal." This is a very common IELTS question and TOEFL. So, when you describe your favourite dish, you might want to talk about how good it is. Okay? "It's incredible, it's amazing." So here are some words we can use that can help you maybe get a higher score on your vocabulary. The first one... And these all mean pretty much "delicious".

English Grammar: How to use "to" before an "-ing" verb
00:13:24
engVid
5 Views · 5 years ago

In this lesson, I explain how and when we use "to" before a verb with the "-ing" ending. The use of "to" before an "-ing" verb is not always correct. But it is correct in a particular case to express an emotion or action happening in the present referring to a past or future event. If this sounds complicated, have no fear! It is a simple structure once you understand how it works. And if you do our quiz at http://www.engvid.com/english-....grammar-how-to-use-t you will get used to using this concept in no time!

TRANSCRIPT

Hi there. My name is Emma, and in today's video, we are going to talk about something many students wonder about, and that is when we use "to" and "ing" together. Sorry. Okay, so for example... Yeah: "What???" Many students, when they see this, it "poof" their minds; they have no idea: What is this? It goes against all the rules they've learned. So I'm going to explain to you when this happens, and how we can use it. So, let's look at some examples.

This is the most common example of this you will see: "I look forward to meeting you." Notice we have our verb: "look forward", and then we have this little guy, here, "to", and then we also have "ing". Okay? So, in this case, it's very strange. We're going to learn about why this is in a moment, but before we do that, I want to tell you some of the basic rules so you can understand, first off: What am I talking about with "ing", and what am I talking about with "to"?

So let's look at the basic rules. This is all about when you have two verbs in a sentence. For example: "thank" is the first verb, and "help" is the second verb. Okay? What you will notice in English, the first rule is: Any time you have a preposition between the first verb and the second, you're going to use "ing". A preposition is a word like "for", "to", "about", "toward", "up", "down", "in", "out", all of these words that kind of tell us where something is located, these are called "prepositions". So, whenever you see a preposition after a verb, this next verb is going to end in "ing". So our example here: "I thank you for helping me."

Similarly, we have our verb: "interested", "I'm interested", so this is the verb. And we have a second verb: "learn". So, if we have a preposition after the first verb: "I'm interested in", you're going to see that the second verb is going to end in "ing". "I'm interested in learning English." So we don't say: "I'm interested in to learn English." Similarly, we don't say: "I thank you to help me." If you have a preposition like "for", "in", "out", you are going to have the second verb with "ing".

Okay, some verbs... These are verbs without prepositions. If we have two verbs and there's no preposition between them, they will be either verb with a second verb ending in "ing", or a verb plus the second verb beginning in "to". So let's look at some examples so you understand what I'm talking about.

Okay, I have here the verb "enjoy". Here's my first verb. Think of a second verb we can use. Let's say "eat". With the verb "enjoy", the verb that follows is always going to end in "ing". "I enjoy eating.", "I enjoy reading.", "I enjoy listening to music.", "I enjoy shopping." Okay? So, in this case, all... The second verb will always end in "ing". We have another example, here: "I started". "I started", let's think of a verb, any verb. "Fish". "I started fishing." So, again, this is the first verb, here's the second verb, second verb ends in "ing". I en-... Or: "I started drinking.", "I started eating my dinner." Okay?

Then we also have some verbs that you will see... Here's the first verb: "decided". The second verb does not end in "ing". "I decided to", what's a verb we can use here? "Watch". "I decided to watch TV." Okay? "I want to eat ice cream." So, in this case, we have two verbs-so verb one, verb two; verb one, verb two-the second verb begins with the word "to".

Now, other teachers on engVid have already covered this information. What you will notice is that some verbs are always like this, some verbs are always like this, and some verbs do both. It's pretty much you have to memorize: When is it "ing"...? Sorry. "ing", and when is it "to"? What we're really interested in today is this, this really confusing thing: Why is it "ing" and "to"? All right? So let's look at some more examples of this, and I will tell you the rule on when we use "ing" and "to" together.

Okay, so I've explained to you the three rules we use when we have two verbs together. Okay? Sometimes you have a verb followed by "ing", sometimes you have a verb followed by "to", and in the case of prepositions, you have a verb followed by "ing". So I've taught you these three rules. Now we're going to look at when we have both "ing" and "to" together. Okay? So, "ing" and "to" together.

So in this case, we have two verbs. The first verb is: "I look forward to". The second verb is: "meeting". Okay?

English Vocabulary & Expressions with HOUSE and HOME
00:15:11
engVid
7 Views · 5 years ago

What's the difference between "housework" and "homework"? What does it mean if a person is "homeless"? Do "house" and "home" mean the same thing? In this lesson, I will answer all these questions and more. I will also teach you common expressions that use the words "house" and "home". You will learn the meaning of "hometown", "homesick", "home sweet home", "on the house", "make yourself at home", and many more. After watching, you can do your homework by taking the quiz at http://www.engvid.com/english-....vocabulary-expressio

TRANSCRIPT

Hello. My name is Emma, and in today's video, I am going to teach you many, many new expressions. Okay? These words and expressions all have to do with "house" and "home", so they're all expressions that have the word "house" or "home" in them. Okay?

So, to get started, I wanted to explain the difference between "house" and "home" before we even look at the other expressions. So, let's get started with that. So, there is a little bit of a difference. A "home" means a house, an apartment, it can mean a condo, it can be any place a person lives. Okay? So, if you ever watched the TV show Sesame Street, there was a character, Oscar the Grouch, his home was in a garbage can. Okay? It's not a house, but it's his home because he lives there. Where a mouse, for example, his home might be in a wall. Okay? Or some people, again, maybe their home is in a tent. So, a home is a place where you live. This is different from a "house". A house is one type of building. Okay? So, a house is not an apartment, it's not a condo. This is a house. This is a house. Okay? So, a house is a very specific type of building. So that's the difference. "Home" is... Refers to anywhere a person lives, but a "house" is a type of building. There might be nobody who lives in the house. Okay? I might have four houses, but I... The one I live in is my home. So that's what the difference is.

Okay, so let's look at some of these very common expressions. The first one is the word "hometown". I'm going to give you an example of this sentence: "My hometown is Toronto." Okay? What do you think "hometown" means? I'll give you a hint. I'm from Toronto and I was born in Toronto. So, "hometown" is the place you're from. Okay? So, I have a friend who was born in Paris. My friend's hometown is Paris. Some people come from big hometowns, other people come from small hometowns. Okay? So the hometown is where you were born or where you spent your childhood. Where you were living when you were a child, that's your hometown.

The next word: "homesick". And I want you to notice my pronunciation of these words. You'll notice that for "hometown" and "homesick", "home" is the loud part. Okay? I say "home" louder than "town", and "home" louder than "sick", so: "homesick". Here's my example sentence of this word: "I'm homesick. I miss my family." Okay? "I'm homesick. I miss my family." Do you think "homesick" means you're happy or you're sad? If you're homesick, it means you're sad. Why are you sad? Because you're not at home; you're not in your country or your city. You're travelling, you're far from where you live. So, many students from all over the world come to Canada to study English. A lot of students miss their families, they miss their friends, they're a little bit sad because they miss everybody, so we say they are homesick. They miss their country, they are homesick.

Okay, again, we have two more words with home: "homeless" and "homelessness". Okay? These words have the same meaning, it's just this is an adjective, and this is a noun. So, I'll give some examples of this. For "homeless": "I sleep on the streets. I'm homeless." Okay? This means I don't have a home. I don't have a place to live. I live on the streets. Okay? So, you know, sometimes when you go to different cities, there are a lot of people on the street, they're asking for money, and they don't have a place to live, we say those people are homeless. When we talk about this problem, we say: "The problem is homelessness." Okay? So that's the noun form. So, there is a lot of homelessness in Toronto. There is a lot of homelessness in many parts of the world. There are many homeless people in Toronto. Okay? So both of these mean you don't have a home, or someone who doesn't have a home.

LISTENING & UNDERSTANDING in 3 Easy Steps
00:08:52
engVid
10 Views · 5 years ago

"Help! I don't understand." Many English language students have problems listening and feel embarrassed. Do you find yourself struggling to understand native English speakers? Do they sometimes speak too fast or use words you do not know? Do phone conversations make you nervous? You are not alone! You can say goodbye to embarassement because in this lesson, I will teach you THREE STEPS you can follow to help you become a better listener and develop confidence when listening to others. I will also teach you some helpful expressions to use in these situations. Watch the video, and you will start having better English conversations immediately! Test your understanding with the quiz at http://www.engvid.com/listenin....g-understanding-in-3

TRANSCRIPT

Hello. My name is Emma, and in today's video, I am going to teach you how to be a better listener. I'm going to teach you three steps, which will really, really help you with your listening.

So before I teach you how to be a better listener, I want you to think about: What kind of listener are you? Okay? So, I have, here, a question. I want you to imagine this. You're talking to somebody, an English speaker, and you don't understand what they're saying. Okay? You have no idea. I don't understand what they're saying. What do you do? Okay? Here are your choices. Do you: A) look scared? A lot of students do this. Do you: B) Nod and pretend you understand? Nod and say: "I understand", but you really don't understand; you have no idea? C) Are you honest? Do you say: "I'm sorry. I don't understand"? Or, D) Do you say: "I don't understand", and you ask the person to write down what they're saying? Okay?

So, which one do you do? Do you look scared, do you nod and pretend you understand when you don't? Do you say: "I don't understand" or do you say: "I don't understand" and ask them to write it down? Maybe you do multiple things. Okay? Which one do you think is the best thing to do? If you said: D or C, you are correct. Okay? Now, there is a little bit of a difference between C and D. It's mainly that D, we use some sort of listening strategy. I'm going to teach you some very, very good strategies you can use, which will help you be a better listener.

Okay, so if you don't understand something, very first thing you should do is show you don't understand. Okay? You should really let the person know you don't understand. There's nothing to be embarrassed about. We all have times where we don't understand what somebody is saying, but we really do want to know, so it's very important you let the person know that you don't understand.

So, here are a couple of different ways we can say that. The first one: "I didn't catch that.", "I'm sorry, I didn't catch that." This means the exact same thing as: "I don't understand." So you can say: "I don't understand." or "I didn't catch that." You can also say: "I'm sorry I don't understand." One thing a lot of students say, but it's not a good thing to say: "I no understand." Okay? This: "I no understand", I hear many students say it. This, wrong. Okay? So you can either say: "I didn't catch that.", "I'm sorry I don't understand.", but you cannot say: "I no understand." That one is bad English. Okay, so that's the first step.

The second step is using a strategy. Okay? So what do I mean by this? When you use a strategy, you're pretty much asking somebody to help you out in a different way. You're asking somebody to do something to help you understand. So, this is an excellent expression, very polite. All of these start with: "Could you please". You can ask the person: "Could you please write it down?" Okay? So: "I'm sorry I didn't catch that. Could you please write it down?" Some... For some people, when they read it, it's easier than listening to it.

You can also ask somebody to repeat what they're saying. "Could you please repeat that?" Okay? That means: "Could you please say it again?" A lot of English speakers and also me, myself included, sometimes we speak too fast. So, it's perfectly okay if you say politely: "Could you please speak more slowly?" Maybe the problem is the person who's speaking is talking way too fast. So just a nice, friendly reminder: "Could you please speak more slowly?"

And finally, the fourth strategy: "Could you please say it in a different way?" This one is very useful because sometimes when you say to an English speaker: "I don't understand", they keep saying the same thing the exact same way, and that's not helpful. Sometimes you really need to hear it in different words, so it's also a great idea to ask the person: "Could you please say it in a different way?" Okay? So these are the first two steps. First, show you don't understand; second, use a strategy. Now let's look at the third step.

How to Ask Questions: HOW LONG, HOW MUCH...
00:10:18
engVid
6 Views · 5 years ago

What is the difference between "how much time" and "how many times"? Do we say "how long" or "how long time"? In this essential English lesson, I will teach you how we use "how much time", "how long", and "how many times". I will also look at some of the most common mistakes students make with these question words and teach you how to correct them. At the end of this video, you will know exactly how to form questions using "how". After watching, take my quiz at http://www.engvid.com/how-to-a....sk-questions-how-lon to make sure you understand.

TRANSCRIPT

Hi there. My name is Emma, and in today's video I am going to teach you a very, very important grammar point. I'm going to teach you about a mistake many, many students make. So I don't want you to make this mistake, so let's get started. In this video I am going to teach you the difference between "How long", "How long time", "How much time" and "How many times". Students often confuse these four expressions. So let's look at some of the differences.

So I have here a question. I actually have three different sentences, here. One of them is right, two of them are wrong. Okay? So let's look at these together. The first one: "How long time have you been here?" The second one: "How long have you been here?" And the third one: "How many time have you been here?" So one of these is correct. Which one do you think is right? If you said: "How long time have you been here?" that's incorrect. This one, it's wrong. Number two: "How long have you been here?" If you said this one, you are correct. This is right. What about the last one? "How many time have you been here?" This one is also wrong, but we can make it right if we add an "s". So let's go over each of these so you can find out why some of these are wrong, and why some of them are right.

To get started, let's look at "How long". So when we ask somebody: "How long...?" we are asking them about time. Okay? We want to know the amount of time for something. So, for example: "How long have you been here?" I want to know, maybe, how many minutes. Or maybe I want to know how many hours you've been here. Okay? If I ask you: "How long have you lived in England?" an answer would be a number that has to do with time. You might say: "Five years.", "Four weeks.", "Two months." Okay? So when we ask: "How long...?" the answer and what we want to know is about time; minutes, hours, days, months, weeks, years. Okay?

So let's look at another example. "How long have you lived in Spain?" The answer is going to be something about time. "Three years." Okay? You'll notice not always, but many times we use: "How long" with the present perfect. It's possible to use it with the past tense, the simple past, and also the future, but you will often see it with the present perfect. "How long have you been married?", "How long have you worked here?", "How long have you studied English?" Okay? So a lot of the questions you probably want to ask somebody, you're probably going to use: "How long have you...?" Okay? Very common way we ask questions.

So, what about: "How long time"? Can I say that also? Can I say: "How long time have you lived in Spain?" or: "How long time did you sleep on the plane?" No. If you're asking how long, you don't need the word "time". Okay? We never say in English: "How long time". Many students say: "How long time", but this is not correct. The correct expression: "How long". Not: "How long time". All right, so now let's look at "How much time" and "How many times".

Okay, so we've talked about "How long", which is good, "How long time", which is bad. Now let's look at: "How much time...?" I think this is why many students get confused. I think they confuse: "How long" and "How much time", and they... As a result, they create: "How long time", which is incorrect.

So: "How much time" actually is pretty much the same as "How long". When you ask: "How much time...?" you want to know about the amount of time. You want to know about maybe it's minutes, days, weeks, months, years. It's the same as "How long". Okay? So, for example: "How much time does it take to get to work?" I could also say: "How long does it take to get to work?" They have the same meaning. Or: "How much time have you waited?", "How much time have you been in line for?" Okay? So, the answers to these questions are going to be about time. -"How much time does it take to get to work?" -"For me, it takes one hour." -"How much time have you waited in line?" -"I've waited in line five minutes." Okay? So, for both "How long" and "How much time", they're pretty much the same. In conversation, we usually use "How long". Okay? You can use both, but native speakers are more likely to use "How long". So if you're trying to decide: Do I use "How much time" or "How long"? "How long" is more natural and it's more common. Okay? But they mean the same thing.

Fix Your English Grammar Mistakes: Talking about People
00:13:33
engVid
17 Views · 5 years ago

Should you say "most of people" or "most people"? "Brazilian people" or "Brazilians"? "Every people" or "everybody"? If you're not 100% sure, this lesson is for you. In this lesson you'll learn how to talk about people correctly in English. This is an important subject because, in conversation, we often talk about things people do. I'll teach you the grammar behind common sentences and statements. You'll learn to use these sentence structures correctly and to avoid mistakes that many English learners make. Then take the quiz here:
http://www.engvid.com/fix-your....-english-grammar-mis

TRANSCRIPT

Hello. My name is Emma, and in today's video, I am going to teach you about some mistakes a lot of students make. So, I've been teaching English for about five years now, and the mistakes I'm going to teach you today, I've seen students make many times in both their speaking, as well as their writing. Okay? So these mistakes are mistakes students make when they're talking about people. So, I'm going to give you some examples of some of these mistakes.

The first one I want to show you: "Some Canadian people hate winter." It's true, I'm one of those people; I hate winter. So, "Some Canadian people hate winter." There's a mistake, here. I want you to take a moment to look, and think: What could the mistake be? "Some Canadian people hate winter." I'll give you a hint: The mistake is somewhere here. If you thought "people" is the mistake, you're correct. "Canadian people", it's redundant. We don't need the word "people", because "Canadian"... If we add an "s" here, this means "Canadian people". Okay? So, instead of saying "Canadian people", we would say "Canadians". "Some Canadians hate winter." It's the same if we wanted to talk about Americans. We would not say: "Some American people hate winter." We would prefer to say: "Some Americans"-with an "s"-"hate winter".

So, let's look at another example. "Many Brazilian people are learning English." So, there's a mistake, here. What's the mistake? "Many Brazilian people are learning English." If you said the mistake was "people", you're correct. When we're talking about nationalities, we do not use the word "people". So, what can we do to fix this? We can get rid of the word "people", and what can we do to the word "Brazilian", because there's more than one? We can add an "s". So, now it's: "Many Brazilians are learning English." Okay?

So, I'm going to give you another example, this time not on the board, but I'm just going to say it. "Many Asian people like spicy food.", "Many Asian people like spicy food." Now, how would you fix this sentence? If you said: "Many Asians like spicy food." you'd be correct. So, when we talk about nationalities, we do not need this word; this word is a waste of space. We just need the nationality with an "s".

So, I have another common mistake students make over here: "Muslim people". So, Muslim is a religion. Okay? "Muslim people fast"-"fast" means they don't eat-"during Ramadan". "Muslim people fast during Ramadan." It means Muslim people do not eat during their holy month, their religious month of Ramadan. So, there's a mistake, here. What do you think the mistake is? If you said, just like this, "people" is the mistake - you're correct. When we talk about religion and we're talking about Muslims, Christians, Jews, Hindus - you don't need the word "people". We could just change this to: "Muslims". So, "Muslim" here means a whole... All Muslims, it's like Muslim people, but we don't need the word "people".

Here's another example: "Christian people celebrate Easter.", "Christian people celebrate Easter." How can we fix this sentence? We can get rid of the word "people", and just add an "s". We can do the same thing for Hindus. "Hindus are often vegetarian", we could say. "Many Jews live in Israel.", "Many Buddhists live in Asia." Okay? So, instead of saying: "Jewish people", "Hindu people", it's easier just to say "Hindu" with an "s" or "Jews" with an "s". All right, so let's look at some other common mistakes students make.

Okay, so another mistake I often see students make in their writing especially, and also sometimes in their speaking is with "most", "some", and "a lot" when they're using these words with "people". Okay? So, the first example: "Most of people have cell phones these days." I see students use: "Most of people" a lot in their essays. So, what's the mistake, here? I'll give you a minute to think about it. "Most of people". The problem here is "of". Okay? We don't need "of"; "of" is incorrect here. We would just say: "Most people". "Most people have cell phones these days." Okay? "Most people love Chinese food.", "Most people like to play sports." You don't need "of". If you had: "Most of the people", that would be okay, but you need "the" here, although that's not as common.

IELTS Writing: Numbers and Pie Charts
00:21:32
engVid
17 Views · 5 years ago

Taking the IELTS? In this video, I will teach you key vocabulary that will help you get a better score on the writing section of the IELTS. To make things easy for you, I'll teach you impressive academic vocabulary and give you sentences you can use to describe numbers, percentages, and fractions. You'll learn what IELTS examiners are looking for, and what you need to write to get a high band. We'll practice analyzing and describing pie charts so you know exactly what to do when you take your test! Continue your IELTS preparation with many other free IELTS lessons at https://www.youtube.com/playli....st?list=PLaNNx1k0ao1
Test your understanding of this video with my quiz at http://www.engvid.com/ielts-wr....iting-numbers-and-pi

More free IELTS tips and training:
http://www.goodluckielts.com

TRANSCRIPT

Hi there. My name is Emma, and in today's video, I am going to talk a lot about the IELTS test, specifically writing task one. I'm going to teach you about a certain thing you might see on the IELTS, and that's a pie chart. I'm going to explain what a pie chart is, and ways to talk about pie charts in order to improve your vocabulary mark for the IELTS.

Many students get really, really confused when they see graphs on the IELTS, and they get really confused trying to talk about numbers, specifically. So, in this video, I'm also going to talk about: How do we describe numbers when we're looking at pie charts? How do we describe percentages? You know, and how can we make our vocabulary very varied? Okay? So, let's get started.

The first thing I want to do is talk about: What is a pie chart? So, I have here three different types of graphs. Three different graphs you might see on the IELTS, in the writing section, in the very first part of the writing section. Okay? You might see a picture like this, like this, or like this. So, one of these looks like a pie, something you eat. Which one do you think looks the most like pie? If you said this one, you are correct. This is what we are going to be talking about today. We can call it either a "pie chart" or a "pie graph". Both are correct. You might also see this one, this one is called a line graph; or you might see this, which is called a bar graph. So, let me write that on the board. So, "pie chart", "line graph", and "bar graph". You might also see a process, a diagram, or maybe even a table on the IELTS. But for today, we are only going to be focusing on pie charts.

Okay, so what is a pie chart? A pie chart shows us percentages. Okay? So, if we look down here, I have here what I spend my money on. Okay? I want you to imagine each month, all the money I make, all my salary, this is what I spend it on. I spend some of it on rent, I spend some of it on food, I spend some of it on transport or transportation, and I spend some of it on fun. Okay? So, on the IELTS, you might have to describe something like this. It might be more complicated. Sometimes you might actually have two pie graphs or pie charts that you might have to compare and describe, but in this case, let's start out a little bit easier.

So, I want you to imagine you're writing the IELTS, and you've been told to describe this pie chart. What are you going to say about it? Okay? Well, the very first thing you should do is you should think about: What does it all mean? And by that, I mean: Think about how much percent is each thing? Okay? So, for example, for cost of living, how much is this? What size does this look like? Although we can't be sure, because I'm not the best artist and this is not a perfect circle, I would say this is about 50%. Okay? And this, what does it look like to you? Maybe 25%. So, food is around 25%. Transport we might say... Let's say 15%. And fun, maybe 10%. Although, we're not sure. So, on the IELTS you might see something like this. You might actually have the percentages written, so you already know what it is, or you might actually have numbers. Okay? So, this might actually be money, and so it might actually say, like, $500 to rent, $200 to food, and so forth. Okay, but the first thing to do is really think about: What are the percentages, here?

Okay, so to begin a sentence when we're talking about the pie chart, these are three different sentences that are very great... Really, really good sentences to use on the IELTS when you're talking about pie graphs. The first one is: "According to the chart", you can also say: "We can see from the chart", or "We can see from the pie chart", "The chart shows that", okay? So these are good ways to open up the sentence, and then to actually talk about what you see here.

Silent Letters: When NOT to pronounce B, D, and L in English
00:13:07
engVid
9 Views · 5 years ago

You know that English has silent letters, but how do you know when certain letters are silent? In this video, you'll learn the rules for when NOT to pronounce the letters B, D, and L in English words. I'll also show you lots of example words that you can practice pronouncing correctly. I've chosen the most common words with these silent letters, so that even if you don't remember the rules, you'll still know how to pronounce these common words correctly. This is also a great chance for you to improve your spelling.

After the lesson, take the quiz at http://www.engvid.com/silent-l....etters-when-not-to-p You can also watch many other pronunciation lessons on our site!

TRANSCRIPT

Hi, there. My name is Emma, and in today's video, I am going to teach you about silent sounds. So I'm going to teach you about "b", "d", and "l" in words where we don't pronounce them. So, this is a pronunciation video, as well as a spelling video. Okay? So, if you have trouble with pronunciation and spelling, this video is for you.

So, I'm going to first explain... Actually, let's first look at a couple words. I have the word, here: "climb", "Wednesday", and "walk". These words have something that's the same in all of them. Okay? They have multiple things that's the same in all of them, but I want you to listen for the pronunciation. "Climb". Is there something in here we don't pronounce? "Climb". If you said: "'b'. We do not pronounce the 'b'", you are correct. What about "Wednesday"? "Wednesday". Am I pronouncing the "d" in this? "Wednesday". No. I do not pronounce the "d". Okay? And what about "walk"? "Walk". Is there something I'm not pronouncing in this word? "Walk". Do I pronounce every letter? No. "Walk". Okay, so the "l"... If you said: "The 'l'", I'm not pronouncing the "l", you're correct. So, in this video we're going to look at a bunch of words, and we're going to learn some rules with their pronunciation when we don't pronounce these sounds or these letters. Okay?

So let's get started with words like "climb", the silent "b". Okay? So, silent "b" means sometimes in a word we do not pronounce a "b". When is this true? Well, the first rule with the silent "b" is we don't pronounce "b" when there's an "m" before it. Okay? So you notice "b"... "mb". If you see an "m" and a "b" right after it, the "b" becomes silent. So, we don't ever say: "Clim-b", no, no, no. We say: "Clime". For spelling, we have the "b", but for pronunciation, we don't.

So, let's look at some other words. "Dumb". Okay? Do you hear a "b" sound in there? "Dumb". No. So, again, you'll notice there's an "m" and a "b", we see the "m", so we know no pronunciation of the "b" sound. For those of you who don't know the word "dumb", it means the same thing as stupid. You know, "That man is very dumb", "That man is very stupid", they have the same meaning. Okay, we have another word, here: "comb". Okay? So, "comb" is like you comb your hair in the morning. Do you hear the "b" sound? "Comb". No, there's no "b" sound, because again, we have this "m", so that means no "b" pronunciation. Okay.

You see this? This is a "thumb". We have our fingers and our thumb. Now, what do you notice in the spelling of this? You're going to notice a pattern, here. We have "m", so do we pronounce the "b"? No, we do not pronounce the "b". So, we don't say: "Thum-b". No. We say: "Thum". Okay, "bomb". If you think about a bomb, an explosion. Right? "Bomb". Again, same rule, if you have an "m", you do not pronounce the "b". So we don't say: "Bom-b", no. We say: "Bom", and we get rid of this. Okay, the last word we'll look at for "mb" pronunciation: "limb". So, your limbs are your arms and your legs. Okay? So, arms and legs are the same thing as your limbs. Now, do we pronounce the "b", here? If you said: "No", you are correct, because as you can see, there's an "m", so we don't pronounce the "b".

Okay, so there's another rule when it comes to "b" pronunciation. Okay. I want you to now look over here. "b" and "t". This word: "debt". Do you hear the "b" in the pronunciation? "Debt". You shouldn't hear the "b". I did not pronounce the "b", because when you have "b" and right after "t", usually you don't pronounce the "b". There are always exceptions to this rule, but in general, if you see "b" and "t", usually you do not pronounce the "b". So, "debt". I've heard many students say: "De-bt", and they get really tongue twisted. We don't... Don't worry about that, because you don't have to pronounce the "b".

How to study efficiently: The Cornell Notes Method
00:13:50
engVid
8 Views · 5 years ago

Learn to study faster and more efficiently, and remember more! I will show you my favorite system for taking notes, called the Cornell Notetaking System. You'll learn a way to take better notes and become a better active listener. I'll explain how to use this method and show you an example of it. Using the Cornell template will help you remember more of what you hear in class and help you organize your notes better. This method will help you if you are a student in a high school, language school, or university, or if you attend meetings, conferences, or like studying on your own! You can practice using the Cornell Notetaking Method with this video on the differences between British and American spelling at https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=BG017jvhB7I , or any other engVid lesson!

To test how well you understood this lesson, take the quiz here: http://www.engvid.com/how-to-s....tudy-efficiently-the

Find more free advice on how to take good notes here:
http://www.goodluckexams.com/h....ow-to-take-effective

TRANSCRIPT

Hello. My name is Emma, and in today's video I am going to teach you an amazing way to listen and take notes. This method I am going to teach you today is really, really going to help you, and I know this because I use this method myself, and I found it has really, really helped me when I was in university, during meetings, during all sorts of different situations. This method really works.

So, first, before I teach you about the method, I want you to think about yourself and I want you to think about: When do you take notes? Okay? So, when do you listen and when do you take notes? So, some of you might think... Maybe you're in university, maybe you're in college, maybe you're in high school, and you have to listen to your teacher talk, and you have to take notes to help you remember what they are saying. Maybe you've graduated and you're working in a business, and you have meetings and... Or presentations, and you also need to take notes. So, this method will work for whether you're working or you're studying. Maybe you're taking the IELTS or the TOEFL, this can also help you on the TOEFL test in terms of improving your listening and taking notes.

So, how do you take notes? Okay? I know some students, they watch their professor or their teacher talk, and they use their computer, and they just type everything their professor or teacher says. Is this something you do? Maybe you write your notes, and you write every single thing your professor says down on a piece of paper, or anything somebody says. Well, there are a couple of problems with these methods, and I'm going to explain to you some of the problems now. So, for people who like to take notes by computer, there are some advantages of this. You're able to type really quickly and you're able to get a lot of what you hear down on your computer, and it's easy to save. But the problem with this is it's a type of passive listening. So, a lot of the times you're not actually using your brain to interpret what you're listening to, and you're not actively listening. You're just copying word for word, you're not actually doing anything active with the material you're listening to. So, working with a computer-and I've seen this in my university-a lot of students also end up going on Facebook during the lesson or lecture. So, a lot of the times they get very distracted. When they should be listening, they're actually not.

So, for me personally and I think for a lot of people, using a computer to take notes is not the best method. Again, for some people it might work, but for a lot of people it doesn't. A lot of the times it's actually better to take notes by hand, and the reason is when you take notes by hand, you have to think about what you're writing because writing takes a bit longer than typing. So you're organizing the material, therefore it's more of an active way to listen. Okay? And they've done psychology studies on this, and they do find that taking your notes by hand is often better than taking notes by a computer.

So, today I am going to teach you a way to take notes by hand using what is called "The Cornell Method". This method was developed at Cornell University, and a lot of universities actually encourage students to use this method because it is very good. So, what is the Cornell Method? Okay, well, I'm glad you asked. So, I have here an example of how you would organize your paper. Imagine this is your paper that you take your notes on. What you can do is you can make a box just like this where you have a box where you write the title and the date of the lesson, you have a square or a rectangle here, you have a rectangle here, and you have a rectangle at the bottom. Okay? So, in total you have-one, two, three, four-four different rectangles.

How to write a good essay: Paraphrasing the question
00:14:39
engVid
11 Views · 5 years ago

Do you sometimes struggle to begin writing an essay when taking an exam? Good news! There is an important writing skill that will help you improve your essay introductions. This technique is called "paraphrasing", and it means rewriting something using different words. In this lesson, I will teach you how to paraphrase successfully and how to change essay questions into your own words. These skills are very useful for university and high school students, as well as any students writing English proficiency exams like the TOEFL or IELTS.
TAKE THE QUIZ: http://www.engvid.com/how-to-w....rite-a-good-essay-pa
WATCH NEXT: Essay Writing – 6 ways to compare: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=F8WSzwBD7GQ

TRANSCRIPT

Hi, there. My name is Emma, and in today's video I'm going to teach you something very important for if you're taking any type of test that has a writing component. So, if you are taking the IELTS, the TOEFL, the CELPIP, even just a university test, it can be any type of test, but if you're asked to write something like an essay or a paragraph, this video is for you. Okay? So I'm going to teach you a very important skill that will help improve your marks when it comes to writing on tests. So, let's get started.

So, I have here an essay question. This question is actually... I've seen it on the IELTS. You know, you have similar types of questions on the TOEFL, sometimes in university. The question is this: "Education is the single most important factor in the development of a country. Do you agree or disagree?" Or maybe: "To what extent do you agree or disagree?" So, this is an example of a question you might be asked.

Now, a problem a lot of students have is in their answer to this question. They see this, and they think: "Okay, education is the most important factor in the development of a country, yes, I agree." So then they... Or: "I disagree", and they start writing. And what do they write? Usually the very first thing students will write is this: "I agree that education is the single most important factor in the development of a country because..." So, what is the problem with this? Is there any problem to start off your essay with something like this, or to start off your answer? There's a big problem. So I want you to take a moment and think: "What could be the problem with starting your essay off with this sentence?" Okay, well, if you noticed, you have here the word: "education, education, is, is, the single most important, most important factor". If you notice, these are the same. They're the exact same, except for: "I agree that" and "because". The student, here, has used the exact same wording that is in the question. So, if you do this on the IELTS-and many students do this, same with on the TOEFL-you actually will lose marks, and same with in university, because you're not showing your abilities; you're just copying what somebody else has said or what the essay question is.

So, in this video, I'm going to show you first off... First off, I'm going to tell you: Don't do this, don't copy. And I'm going to teach you ways in order to improve yourself and your answer by changing this wording. How can you change your introduction so it's different than what the question is? Okay? So, let's look at how to make these changes.

Okay, so what we are going to do in order to change the question into a proper answer that doesn't just copy the question, is we are going to paraphrase. So, the word here is: "paraphrase". This might be a new word for you. What does it mean to paraphrase something? Well, when we paraphrase, it means we take a sentence that, you know... We take somebody else's sentence and we change it into our own words. Okay? So, we change the words of a sentence, we also change maybe the sentence structure, but we keep all the same meaning. Okay? So, the meaning from the sentence you copy, it stays the same, same meaning, but different words and different sentence structure. Okay? So it's in your words, but this other person's meaning.

So, we are going to paraphrase this example of a question into our own words. So, first we're going to look at how to do that using vocabulary and synonyms. So, we have here the same question: "Education is the single most important factor in the development of a country." How can we put this into new words or our own words that keep the same meaning? Well, we can use synonyms. So, this might be a new word for you, too. A "synonym". "Synonyms" are words that have the same meaning, but are different words.

How to give great customer service: The L.A.S.T. method
00:10:13
engVid
8 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Do you work in customer service? What do you do when your customer has a problem? In this video, I will teach you how to give great customer service. You will learn many polite expressions you can use with your customers. I will explain the Listen, Apologize, Solve, and Thank (L.A.S.T) method, which will help your performance at any customer service job. I'll also give you my customer service tips for dealing with an angry customer. After this video, watch Rebecca's video about phone customer service: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=KBSrZYXkkyE

Take the quiz at http://www.engvid.com/how-to-give-great-customer-service-the-last-method/

TRANSCRIPT

Hello. My name is Emma, and in today's video I am going to teach you a very, very important thing for customer service. I used to work in customer service, and this is actually one of the most important things I learned, and this is called the L-A-S-T or LAST approach.

So, to get started, let's talk a little bit about: What is customer service? So, customer service is when you have customers, of course, and you're trying to make your customers as comfortable and happy as possible. You're also trying to meet their needs and expectations, and solve any problems or situations that they might have. So, customer service is a huge category. There's many, many different jobs where you use customer service. If you work in a hotel, for example, as a clerk, you know, in the lobby, as a bellhop, you will be using customer service. If you work at a restaurant as a server, you'll be using customer service, or as a hostess. If you're the manager of a store, you'll be using customer service. If you work in a business or even in a hospital, you'll be using customer service. So, pretty much any time you're dealing with people from the public and they're customers and you're trying to help them, you're doing customer service.

So, there are many different problems that a customer might have. What are some examples of some problems? Can you think of anything, a problem a customer might have? Maybe somebody charged them too much for something, maybe they're in a store and the lineups are too long, maybe a customer is at a hotel and they're very unhappy because the Wi-Fi isn't working or their bed's uncomfortable. So, there's so many different problems customers might have at different types of businesses.

In this video what I'm going to teach you is: What do you do when a customer has a problem? Okay? So, a very easy thing to do when a customer has a problem is called the LAST approach. "LAST", what does it stand for? Well, if a customer has a problem, the first thing you should do is listen to their problem, the next thing you should do is apologize, solve their problem, and thank them. So: Listen, Apologize, Solve, and Thank. We're going to look at expressions we use to show we're listening, expressions to apologize, expressions that can help us solve problems, and expressions to thank customers.

Okay, so the first step when a customer has a problem is to listen. So, the first thing you should do is find out what the problem is. You can ask them: "What seems to be the problem?" or "How can I help you?" Okay? Once they start explaining what the problem is, very important that you look like you're actually listening and that you do listen. Okay? So, you shouldn't look at your watch: "Mm-hmm. Mm-hmm." Okay? That's a bad idea. You shouldn't look at the sky: "Uh, when is this person going to stop talking?" Okay? You shouldn't roll your eyes. Okay? No, no, no. You need to show that you actually care about what the customer is saying.

So, showing you're listening is very important. You can repeat back to the customer what they're saying to show that you understand and to make sure that you did understand. So: "So what you're saying is, you know, there's no hot water in this hotel.", "So what you're saying is the Wi-Fi's not working and you're not happy with that." Okay? These are some examples. "So what you're saying is _________." You can also say: "Let me get this right..." "Let me get this right, what you're saying is that, you know, there's a problem at your table.", "What you're saying is that you've been waiting for your food for a really long time." So it's important to show that you are listening and you acknowledge what they have said.

Okay. Now, sometimes with customer service you get a customer who's very angry, and maybe they start swearing, they start using very bad language. Okay? So if this happens, very important that you don't get upset. Okay? When this happened to me in the past, I would actually pretend to be a computer. I would not take anything personally. I would just smile and pretend to be a computer, and that's how I got through angry customers. So, if the person is rude... You know, it's not right if somebody is saying something rude to you, if they're swearing at you, or they're making you feel uncomfortable. So, be polite. Okay?

Phrasal Verbs for TRAVEL: "drop off", "get in", "check out"...
00:11:50
engVid
5 Views · 5 years ago

Want to learn some extremely common verbs for traveling? You've come to the right place. They say traveling is the school of life. It is also a great opportunity to improve your English! In this video, I will teach you common phrasal verbs that we use when talking about traveling. But first, I will explain what phrasal verbs are and show you their importance in conversational English. We will look at how to correctly use "drop off", "see off", "take off", "get in", "check in", and more. Join me, and get ready for a big trip to improve both your life and your English!
TAKE THE QUIZ: http://www.engvid.com/phrasal-....verbs-for-travel-dro

TRANSCRIPT

Hello. My name is Emma, and in today's video I'm going to talk about something I love, and that is travel. So, if you like travelling too, if you're planning on going on a vacation, or if you know somebody who's travelling, this video will be very, very helpful to you. In this video I'm going to teach you some very important verbs. They're all phrasal verbs, and I'll explain what a phrasal verb is in a moment. So, these are all verbs that we use when we're talking about travel. Okay.

So, to get started, I wanted to tell you a little bit about phrasal verbs. What is a phrasal verb? One of the difficulties students have with English are verbs where you have a verb and a preposition. So, when you see a verb and a preposition together, that's a phrasal verb. Now, you might be thinking: "What's a preposition?" Good question. I'm going to give you an example. We have here four words, each of these is a phrasal verb. They all have the verb "get": "get in", "get up", "get on", "get over", and there's many more, "get away". There's tons of them. Each of these actually can have multiple meanings, too. So, one of the most difficult parts about English is learning phrasal verbs, because this, the blue part is the preposition, it can change the meaning of the verb. Okay? So, prepositions are words like: "on", "off", "up", "down", "toward", "over", "away", these types of words are prepositions. So, you'll notice with phrasal verbs, they're very, very common in conversation. They're... You can write them down, too, but in general, when people talk they often use phrasal verbs. Okay? So, they're very, very important, especially when you're talking about going on a trip with your friends or family.

So let's look at some of the common phrasal verbs we use when we're talking about trips. The first verb I want to teach you: "Drop off". Okay? So: "drop" is the verb, "off" is the preposition, together: "drop off" is a phrasal verb. What does this mean: "drop off"? When you "drop someone off" it means you're taking them to a place and then you leave them there. So, for example, maybe your friend needs to go to the airport, so you drive them to the airport and you drop them off at the airport. This means you take them there and you leave them in that place. Okay? So they don't come home with you; they stay there. So, for example, I have a friend named Frank, and when Frank goes travelling: "We drop Frank off at the airport." So, we drive Frank to the airport, he has all his luggage, his suitcases, and then we say to Frank: "Goodbye, Frank, you know, have a nice trip." We drop Frank off at the airport. You can also use "drop off" in a lot of other situations. For example, when you were a child maybe your parents, your mom or your dad, or maybe your grandparents dropped you off at school. This means that they took you to school, and then once you got to school, they would say goodbye to you and they would leave. So: "drop off" means you take someone to a place, and then you leave them there. You'll also notice... So, I have here the verb and the preposition. "Frank" is a name of a person and it's in the middle of "drop" and "off". Okay? So, these two are not together. We drop somebody off at the airport. Okay? So, sometimes with phrasal verbs... For some phrasal verbs you actually separate them, and you can put the names of somebody between them; for other ones you can't do that. For this one: "drop off", you put the name between the two... Between the verb and the preposition.

So, now let's look at another example of a common phrasal verb. "See off". Okay? So, again, we have "off" in both of these. "See off" is when... It's similar to "drop off", but it's a little bit different. Sometimes your family or your friends are going away for a long time, maybe they're going on a vacation or a trip, so you want to "see them off". It means you want to say goodbye to them at the airport, at the train station, maybe at their house. So, it's that goodbye you say before somebody goes off on a vacation. Okay? So, for example: "We see Frank off." Frank is going to Australia, so we go to the airport because we want to say goodbye to Frank, so: "We see Frank off" is another way to say: "We say goodbye to Frank when he goes on his trip."

Learn English: BY or WITH?
00:12:22
engVid
6 Views · 5 years ago

Do you learn WITH Emma or BY Emma? Both "by" and "with" can explain how we do something. But if you don't know which to use, don't worry... you will by the end of this video! I'll show you the key grammatical differences between these words, as well as what sentence structure to use with each, so that you can use 'by' and 'with' correctly in your spoken and written English. Once you understand the difference, I don't think you'll confuse them ever again! Test yourself at http://www.engvid.com/learn-english-by-or-with/ after the lesson to see if you can get 10/10!

TRANSCRIPT

Hello. My name is Emma, and in today's video I am going to answer your questions on: What is the difference between "by" and "with"? Many students make mistakes with "by" and "with", so in today's lesson I'm hoping to help you with this so you won't make so many mistakes and you'll understand: What are the differences between these two words? Okay, so to start with I have here some questions. I want you to think: Which ones are correct and which ones are not correct? I also want you to think which sentences... Why are they correct? Okay? So, why are they correct and why are they incorrect? So my first sentence: "I learn English by watching engVid." Compare this to: "I learn English with watching engVid." Which one do you think is the correct form? Do we use "by" or do we use "with"? Okay. If you said: "I learn English by watching engVid." you are correct. Okay? And I will explain why in the next part of this video. So: "I learn English with watching engVid." no, we don't use that. Okay, so what about the next two? "I write with a pen.", "I write by a pen." Which one do you think is the correct sentence, and which one is incorrect and why? Okay, if you said: "I write with a pen." you are correct. In this case this is the correct one. And: "I write by a pen." this is-enh-incorrect. So, before we talk about some of the differences, let's talk about the similarities. How are "by" and "with" the same? Well, they both answer the question: How? Okay? So they're both the answer to the question: How? How do you learn English? I learn English by watching engVid. I learn English by reading my dictionary every night. That's probably not a good idea, but I learn English by talking to people. Okay? So that's answering how you do something. Similarly with "with", it also answers the question: How? How do you write? Well, I write with a pen. How do you eat dinner? I eat dinner with a fork. Okay? Or I eat dinner with chopsticks. So they both answer the same question: How? But they are a little bit different, so let's look at these differences now. Okay, so let's look at some example sentences with "by". "I turn on the computer by pushing the on button." Okay? So this is, again, answering the question: How? How do you turn on the computer? Well, I turn on the computer by pushing the on button. I want you to take a moment to look at this sentence. What comes after "by"? We have here "pushing". "Pushing" is a verb. Okay? So I'm just going to underline this. So we often use... After "by" we often have a verb when we're explaining how something is done. Let's look at another example. "I keep healthy by exercising." So, again, after "by" you'll notice we have a verb: "exercise". Okay? In this case it's "exercising". So, one of the first things to notice is after "by" we often have a verb. I have here: "by verb", but that's not all. If you look at the verb, what form is the verb in? Well, take a moment. What do "pushing" and "exercising" have in common? They both end in "ing", so I'm going to write here: "ing". Okay? So we use "by", after "by" comes a verb, and then comes "ing". You know: How do you keep clean? I keep clean by showering. How do you study? I study by... Well, not hanging out with my friends, that would be terrible for studying. I study by reading over my notes. Okay? So after "by" we have the verb and "ing". So let's do one together. "I learned karate (or karate) by _________ YouTube." What do you think the verb would be? We could say: "by watch". Is that right? "...by watch YouTube"? No, we need the "ing", perfect. "I learned karate by watching YouTube." Okay? So, again, this is very useful because any time you're explaining how, if you have a verb and "by" then you can explain how you do something. Okay, now let's look at some of... Some more differences between "with" and "by". So before I begin teaching you more about "by" and "with", I just want to say that these are the general rules, and there are always times in English when rules are broken or when there are exceptions. Okay? And so these are the most basic of the rules with "by" and "with". Okay, so now let's look at when we're talking about a noun. We've just talked about using "by" with a verb ending in "ing" to answer how to do something. Well, we can also talk about how... When... By using a noun.

IELTS Writing Task 1: How to describe a process
00:22:49
engVid
6 Views · 5 years ago

Are you worried about the writing section of the IELTS? In this video, you will learn how to describe a process. You will often need to do this in writing task 1 on the IELTS. It is a good idea to prepare yourself for it. I will teach you what to expect in writing task 1, what a process is, how to understand what is happening in a process, and how to organize your writing by using sequencers. I will also teach you how to use the passive voice, which is very important for this question type and for your English in general. Good luck!

Find more IELTS tips at http://www.goodluckielts.com/
Take a quiz on this lesson at http://www.engvid.com/ielts-wr....iting-task-1-how-to-

TRANSCRIPT

Hi there. My name is Emma, and in today's video I am going to teach you about how to write about processes. So, if you are taking the IELTS, this video is very important for writing task 1. If you're not taking the IELTS, you can learn a lot in this video, because we will be covering some very important grammar and some very important vocabulary that you can use in your everyday life also. Okay? So, if you're taking the IELTS, this video is great for you; and if you're not taking the IELTS, this video is also very good for you.

Okay, so first of all: What is a process? Okay, well, so, if you are doing the IELTS, there are two different writing components: task 1 and task 2. Sometimes you will get some pictures and you have to write about them on the IELTS. So, these pictures show a process. So, a process is pretty much showing different stages or steps on how something is made, or how something works, or how it's created or produced. Okay? So, the key thing here is that you're looking at different stages on how something is made, created, or produced.

Processes can be natural or they can be man-made. So, for natural, if you can imagine in science you might learn about how photosynthesis works with plants. Okay? You might learn about how mushrooms grow. Okay? How animals mate. These are all processes. In terms of man-made, an example of a process would be how concrete is made, or even how chocolate is created and produced. Okay?

So, on the IELTS, you might, because there are different versions of the test... You may have to look at some pictures and describe a process, and describe what is happening in this picture. So, I've drawn a very simple process-okay?-and this is the process of taking the IELTS. Okay? So, in my picture, I have a student here, and they're at their computer studying different videos and different things to help them prepare for the IELTS. So, this is my first stage or my first step. The second step in my process is actually taking the IELTS, and the final step is the student looking very happy, saying: "I got a great score." Okay? Because they studied a lot and they practiced a lot.

So, on the IELTS, you will not get something like this that's this simple. It'd be great if you did, but usually the processes are more complicated. They're more complex. You might have 10 pictures of something like how to make coffee. But the key here is you will see a bunch of pictures, and you need to figure out where the pictures start and where they finish. What is the final product? Okay? So in this case, the beginning is watching this video, and the end is getting a high score on the IELTS. Okay? In making coffee, maybe the first process is getting the beans. Maybe the last process is actually drinking a cup of coffee. Okay? So it's good when you see a diagram to figure out: Where's the beginning, and where's the end? And also thinking about: Is it natural or a man-made process?

Okay, so if you are taking the IELTS and you get a bunch of pictures in the writing section, a couple key things here. You will have to write 150 words where you describe the pictures. Okay? And you have 20 minutes to do this. So, what you pretty much need to do is summarize what is happening in the picture. So, you're just reporting the main features, you're summarizing what you see. You are not giving your opinion. Okay? You do not say what you think about the process. All you need to do on the IELTS is say what you see and describe it. Okay? You're also not adding information. If you know about, for example, how to make a cup of coffee and you have to describe this process, maybe you have a lot of information you know about this. But if you don't see it in the pictures, you don't write about it. Okay?

So, in this video, I am going to teach you about sequencers, which can really help your mark; as well as grammar, the passive voice, which is something we use a lot when we are describing processes. So, let's look at those features now.

Okay. So, in this video, I'm not going to tell you about how to write your introduction, but I just wanted to be clear: It's very important that you have about maybe two sentences to introduce what the process is.

Sound more natural in English: Learn and practice 5 FRONT VOWELS
00:27:18
engVid
9 Views · 5 years ago

Do you want to improve your pronunciation? Do you want to sound more like a native speaker? You need to work on your vowels! In this video, I will teach you how to pronounce five vowels that are common in both British English and American English. These vowels are known as front vowels. I'll help you pronounce these vowels correctly by showing you what your mouth and lips should look like during pronunciation. We will practice the vowels together and compare them to each other. Watch my mouth as I pronounce different vowel sounds and make sure you're doing the same with yours. Many English learners have a hard time with pronunciation because English is not a phonetic language. So I will show you the different spellings of these sounds in English. You will also learn the International Phonetic Alphabet (IPA) symbols for these vowels.
QUIZ: http://www.engvid.com/english-....pronunciation-5-fron

TRANSCRIPT

Hi there. My name is Emma, and in today's video I am going to teach you about pronunciation, specifically how to pronounce front vowels. Okay? So, you might be wondering: "What is a vowel?" first question, and: "What is a front vowel?" So these are very good questions. So let me show you first what a vowel is. So we have here: "a", "e", "i", "o", "u", and "y". In English, these are our vowels. Okay? So, they're different from consonants. What a consonant is is a consonant is a sound such as: "t", "d", "r", "s". So, these are vowels in green, and what you see in purple, there's a lot more of them, they're consonants. So anything that is not one of these is called a consonant.

Okay, so first thing I want to look at is: Where are the vowels in these words, and which are the consonants? We have the word: "king", so where is the vowel here? If we look up here at our list, we have "i" here, "i" here. So this is the vowel, whereas "k", "n", and "g" are consonants. If we look at our next word: "cake", what is the vowel in this word? If you said the "a", you're correct. "Cake". Now, the "e" in "cake" we don't pronounce, so it's not a vowel because we don't actually pronounce the sound. We have here the word: "sheet". What's the vowel in "sheet"? You said an "e", you're correct. Okay? Whereas "s", "h", and "t" are all consonant sounds. Okay, we also have the word here: "ship". Here is the vowel, the "i". And again, "s", "h", and "p" are consonants. What about "happy"? What's the vowel in "happy"? If you said the "a" and the "y", you're correct. These are the vowels. Okay? Whereas "h", "p", and "p" are consonants.

So in English, we have: "a", "e", "i", "o", "u", and "y" are the way we spell vowels. But here's the problem or here's the thing that's really difficult for a lot of people: If you look at these two words, we have "a" here and "a" here, both vowels. These a's, even though they're spelt the same way, they have the same spelling, we pronounce them differently. Okay? So for example, this, I would say: "Mat", "mat", just like the word "at", "mat". Whereas this word is actually: "Mate", "mate". So, "mat" and "mate". So they have different sounds even though they have the same "a" in the spelling. So what does this mean? This means that for each of these symbols they have multiple sounds. There are different vowel sounds for each of these. Okay? So, this, for example, is an "a", it can be pronounced: "awh", it can be pronounced: "ah". There's different pronunciations for it. So, in today's lesson I'm going to explain some of these different pronunciations. Okay?

So before we begin, I want to talk about how to pronounce vowels. Okay? What you should be really thinking about when you're pronouncing these sounds. The first thing you really should be thinking about is what your lips are doing. Okay? So these are your lips. So when you make a sound, you need to think: Are your lips spread like this, are they very...? Like, for example: "e", you see it's very big and spread, or is it like this, round, like a circle? "O". Okay? "E", "o". Do you see the difference in what my lips are doing? So that's one thing to really think about when you're pronouncing vowels.

You also need to think about how big your mouth is. Is it very small, the hole in your mouth? For example: "Oo", there's not a big hole, there's a small hole. Or is it really big, like: "Ah"? Okay? So think about: How big is the opening of your mouth? Is it big or small? Okay, this... I don't know if you can tell what this is... These are your lips, your teeth, and your tongue. You need to know what your tongue is doing in order to pronounce vowels correctly. So is your tongue at the very front of your mouth, close to your teeth? Like, for example, in an "e" sound? Or is your tongue far away from your teeth, is it more towards the back of your mouth?

In today's lesson we are only going to be looking at front vowels, vowels which are close to the front... Where your tongue is close to the front of your mouth.

Emma's TOP 15 STUDY TIPS
00:33:16
engVid
11 Views · 5 years ago

Want to do better on your tests? Improve your grades? If you are a student or have an upcoming exam, this lesson is for YOU. Many students spend hours studying in libraries, but they use bad study techniques and waste a lot of time. In this video, I will give you all my BEST study tips. I've found these over the years as both a student and a teacher. Whether you're prepping for the TOEFL or IELTS, taking university or high school classes, or want to improve your memory, this video will help.

Take the quiz! http://www.engvid.com/emmas-top-15-study-tips/

Check out the related videos on Power Poses (https://youtu.be/-iRBcNs9oI8) and Mind Maps (https://youtu.be/P1GAGSdAvxM)

For more study free advice about studying for exams, go to http://www.goodluckexams.com

TRANSCRIPT

Hello. My name is Emma and in today's video I am going to teach you my top study tips. So if you are having a test coming up or an exam, this might be a high school test or it might be the IELTS, the TOEFL, the CELPIP-there's so many different tests-maybe it's a university exam, whatever the case - if you have a test coming up, this video is for you. Okay? So I'm going to teach you a lot of well-researched tips that can really help you improve your marks and to feel more confident the day you're actually taking the test.

Okay, so let's get started at some study tips. My first question to you is I want you to think about it. You have a test coming up, where do you study? Some people study in their bed, some might study in the library, maybe a coffee shop, a classroom, or your home. In your opinion, what is the best way to study? Okay, well, if you said your bed, for most people this is a very bad idea. The reason why is if you're studying in your bed with all your books and your notes, your brain, when you're in bed you start thinking about sleep. So if you're studying in your bed, you might become very sleepy and it might be harder to study. So, in... I would not recommend this. Okay? I don't think the bed is a good place to study.

What about a library? Some people like studying in libraries, and sometimes it's a good idea. But if you're doing an English test, like where you have a speaking component, a library may or may not be a good place for you. What you really want to do is think about: Where are you taking this test? If you're going to be in a room with many people who maybe are talking or are being loud, you want to study in a similar environment. Okay? So, for some people the library, you know, might be a good place. For other people, maybe the library is not the best place. My point is: You want to study in a place that is just like the environment you'll be taking the test in. So, this is a possibility.

Other people might study in coffee shops. Now, if you're doing the IELTS or the TOEFL, this is not a bad idea because at least you're surrounded by people, you're surrounded by distractions, and on your test day you probably will have some sort of distractions around you, especially if people are doing speaking tests where they're talking and you can hear them. So, being around people, if you're doing a test where people will be kind of loud and distracting, a coffee shop is a good idea.

But if, you know, there's no speaking component to your test, maybe you're just writing an essay or something like that, then maybe a classroom might actually be a better place. If you're in school and you can go to a place that looks like where you're taking the test, this is the best thing you can do.

For home, I personally don't think home is the greatest place to study and I'll tell you why. At home you have your furniture, you have your bed, you have all these distractions around you, so it's easy to stop paying attention to what you're studying, and also your house is not like the environment you'll be taking the test in. You want an environment as similar as possible to where you're actually taking the test, so I would not recommend studying at home.

One thing, though, is sometimes it's good to study in multiple locations because the more places you study, the more memories you'll actually have of what you're studying, you'll remember: "Okay, I remember studying this at this coffee shop. I remember studying this at this library, and this at this classroom." So that can actually help... You know, the more places you study, the more memories you will have.

Okay, another important thing to note is: Think about your personality. Are you an introvert? This means: Are you a quiet person who kind of prefers to be alone most of the time, where you don't really like big groups? Or maybe you're an extrovert. Okay? So this is where you love big groups, you're, you know, the life of the party, you like being around people. Do you like being alone or with people? Because depending on your answer to that, it can really affect your studying.

How to learn English if you are shy
00:17:17
engVid
7 Views · 5 years ago

Are you shy? Do you feel uncomfortable or embarrassed when speaking English? Are you envious when your classmates, coworkers, or friends seem so comfortable speaking English to each other or in front of groups? In this video, I will give you advice to overcome your shyness. If you are shy, don't be discouraged, because you can learn English just as well as talkative, social people, but you need to use different strategies. Today, I will share my tips and tricks with you to help you break out of your shell!

Did you understand the video? Take the quiz to find out: http://www.engvid.com/how-to-l....earn-english-if-you-

TRANSCRIPT

Hi there. My name is Emma, and in today's video I am going to help you become a better speaker, especially if you are shy. Okay? So, a lot of people when they learn new languages, they're very embarrassed and they're too shy to speak. This video will help you with good tips and strategies on how to become more confident in your speaking. So let's get started.

Okay, so the first thing I like to tell shy people, so people who are afraid to speak, is: You need to find your strengths. You need to ask yourself: "What am I good at?" Because a lot of the times, shy people, they think: "Oh my goodness, I'm not good at speaking, I'm terrible at English, I'll never learn this language", and they feel really sad. But that's not usually true. Usually shy people are good at many different things, they just don't realize it. So remember: English is not only speaking. Speaking is part of it, but there are other skills, too. Maybe you're a great listener. Okay? Maybe you're good at grammar. Maybe you're not good at all grammar, but you're amazing at the present perfect or the simple past. You know, maybe you're good at reading or writing. So it's good to recognize what you're good at so you don't feel so sad when you're learning English, because you might be good at a lot of different things. So, you can always write down on a piece of paper: "I am able to", you know, listen very well, or: "I am able to do well on my grammar test." Okay? So think about: What are your strengths?

My next tip is probably one of the most important tips. When you're trying to learn a language, especially when you're shy, it's good to make goals and to write them down. Okay? So what do I mean by goals? Well, for example, I have three goals here and I'm going to talk about each of them. Somebody's goal might be: "I will be a better speaker." Or they might say: "I will say two things in class today." Or: "I will ask two people: 'How is your day going?'" So these are all goals, but these goals are not all great goals. What do I mean by that? Well, this first goal: "I will be a better speaker", you will not know if you've become a better speaker or not. This goal, it's too big so I would not use this goal. Okay?

When you make a goal it's good to make something where you have a number in it, and you can tell very easily: Did you do it or didn't you do it? So, for example: "I will say two things in class today", this is a great goal because you know: "Okay, I said two things in class, I met my goal for the day." This will really help you with speaking, especially if you're shy. Maybe you're too shy even to say two things in class, so maybe you can say one thing in class or maybe for the first class you can just listen and try for the next class to say one thing. Okay? Another example of a great goal is: "I will ask two", and again, this can be any number. "I will ask two people: 'How is your day going today?'" So just by making goals, it can really encourage you to speak and practice your English, and you will improve this way because it is important to speak as much as you can. This way, you know, it's not too difficult, it's something you can do. The other key point here is: Write down your goals. I think it's great to have a journal or a diary where you write down your daily goal, and then at the end of the week you can check it off and see: Did I meet this goal? Hopefully you did, and that way you can actually monitor your English progress. So now let's look at some more tips.

Okay, so my next tip is very important, too: Don't compare yourself to extroverts. So, what is an extrovert? It's the opposite of a shy person. So, an extrovert is somebody who everybody pays attention to because they love to talk, they're great in social situations, they're usually with friends or out with people. So, an extrovert is somebody who's not really shy. So, what a lot of shy people do is they compare themselves. They see the extrovert, and they think: "Wow, I wish I was just like that person. That person's speaking is so good. Why can't I speak like that?" It's very common to compare yourself, but it's not a good idea, because number one, it's possible that person is making a lot of mistakes.

Real English: Talking about pets and animals
00:10:55
engVid
15 Views · 5 years ago

Do you like animals? Do you have a pet? Join me and Gizmo and learn to speak about your favorite animals! Asking about pets can be a great conversation starter. So in this lesson, we will answer your most common questions about pets. What do North Americans think of their dogs? What questions can you ask people about their pets? Do we call pets "he", "she", or "it"? What sounds do dogs make? What do we call dog and cat hair? Learn the answers to these questions and many more. Take our quiz to practice what you learned in this useful lesson that will teach you not just English vocabulary, but an important aspect of North American culture!
http://www.engvid.com/real-eng....lish-talking-about-p

TRANSCRIPT

Hello. My name is Emma, and this is my friend Gizmo, and today we are going to help you learn English. Today's English is all about dogs. Okay? So, let's ask some questions to Gizmo, and we can get some answers.

Our first question: Do we call pets "he", "she", or "it"? What do you think, Gizmo? Usually for pets we like to use "he" or "she". Okay? So you might ask somebody: "What's her name?" or "What's his name?" when you're talking about a dog or a cat. We usually use "it" for wild animals, although sometimes we also use "he" and "she" if we want to personify them. So, majority of the time we use "he" or "she" when we're talking about pets.

Okay, question number two: What is pet hair called? Do you know the answer to this one, Gizmo? It is called fur. Okay? F-u-r, fur. As you can see, Gizmo has a lot of fur. We use the word "fur" when we're talking about cat hair, dog hair, hamster hair. It's what we call fur.

Okay, our next question: What are pet hands called? Okay, let's show Gizmo's off. So Gizmo, what is this called? This is a paw. So, dogs and cats have paws. I'm just going to put Gizmo down for a second. There you go. Okay, so his hands are called paws.

Okay, our next question: What does "canine" mean? "Canine" is another way to say "dog", but "canine" is more scientific sounding. So if you're reading a science book or something that's formal writing, you will probably see the word "canine". It's the science... Scientific word for dog. We also have the word "puppy". What does the word "puppy" mean? "Puppy" means a baby dog. Okay? So, when a dog is very small and very young, usually around, you know, two months to one year, we call it a puppy. For kittens, that's what we call a baby cat, a kitten.

Okay, our next question is a very good one: What sound does a dog make? Sounds are very cultural. In different cultures, animals make different sounds. For dogs, in English, dogs can either bark, they can say: "Woof woof", or they can say: "Ruff ruff". Is this different than what dogs say in your language? If you're wondering with cats or with, you know, all sorts of other animals, you can actually check out Ronnie's video which covers a lot of these different animal sounds if you're interested.

Okay, finally, our last question for vocabulary: What do you call a dog with no home? So a dog that lives in the streets. We call a dog with no home a stray dog, or we can also say a street dog. So we would say: "That dog has no owner. He's without a family. He's a stray dog." Or: "He is a street dog." So now let's look at some grammar and pronunciation, and cultural tips about talking about dogs.

Okay, so our next question is a grammar question, and it's a very important grammar question. Okay, so let me hold Gizmo. Okay. So, Gizmo, you see these two things? "I like dog", "I like dogs". Do you know what the difference between these two sentences are? No? Okay, well, let me tell you. "I like dog" is very different than: "I like dogs". When you want to say you like dogs as in, you know, you think they're really cute and funny, and you enjoy them, you say: "I like dogs" with an "s". This is different from: "I like dog" with no "s". If you say: "I like dog" it makes it sound like you like to eat dog. Okay? And this is true for a lot of animals. If we say: "I like chicken", it means I like to eat chicken. This is very different from: "I like chickens", which means: "I think chickens are cute. I enjoy chickens, and I find them very interesting."

Okay, so the next question is a pronunciation question, and that is: What is the pronunciation difference between "dogs" and "ducks"? So a duck is an animal, you know, that says: "Quack quack", at least in English it does, and a lot of students, when they say these words they pronounce them the same way.

Improve Your Vocabulary: KNOW, MEET, MEET WITH, or MEET UP?
00:10:43
engVid
17 Views · 5 years ago

Do you know the difference between "know" and "meet"? We use these verbs in almost every conversation, so let's make sure you use them correctly! I'll teach you the meaning of "know" and "meet" as well as expressions like "meet with" and "meet up with". Sometimes the difference is between formal and informal English. In other cases, these words and expressions have very different meanings. Try the quiz at http://www.engvid.com/improve-....your-vocabulary-know to practice what you've learned.

TRANSCRIPT

Hello. My name is Emma, and in today's video I am going to teach you about the difference between "know" and "meet". This is a very common mistake I hear many, many students making. Okay. I'm also going to teach you about the difference between "meet", "meet with", or "meet up with". Okay? And this, in case you're wondering, is the past tense of "meet". Okay? So in this video we're going to talk about: "know", "meet", "meet up with", and "meet with", and: What are the differences between those different words? So let's get started.

So I have here four sentences. "I knew Chelsea last week." And "knew" is the past of "know". "I met Chelsea last week." "Met" is the past of "meet". "I met with Chelsea last week." and: "I met up with Chelsea last week." Do you know what the difference between these sentences are? Are there any ones that have a mistake in them or all these all good sentences? Okay, so take a moment and think about it. Okay.

So, let's first look at the difference between these two: "I knew Chelsea last week." and "I met Chelsea last week." So I have here some pictures. Pictures can really help you remember things, and they can really, you know, help make a point... A stronger point. So, let's get started over here. We have "meet", which is now and the past, which is "met". I have here two people. These people do not know each other. It's the first time that they are talking. Okay? They don't know each other. So what do they say? They say: "Nice to meet you!" We use "meet" when we're meeting somebody for the first time. We use "meet" with strangers. Okay? So these guys, they don't know each other and now they are meeting for the first time. Okay, so these two, we could say: "They met last week." Meaning: The first time they shook hands: "Hi. Nice to meet you." was last week.

Now, compare this to "know" or "knew", which again, is the past tense. We have here two friends. Okay? We can call them David and Ken. They're friends forever. Okay? They've been friends for a very long time. In this case they know each other. They have history. It's not they're meeting for the first time. No. They met a long time ago. So if there's history between two people, they know each other. If there is no history between two people and, you know, it's their first time shaking hands, saying: "Nice to meet you", they meet each other. Okay? So this one we would never say... This is a mistake I hear a lot. A lot of people say: "Oh. It's nice to know you." We don't say that. Okay? Because "know" means you met the person a long time ago and you've... You know, you have a history together. For this, this is the first time, we would use "meet" not "know". Okay?

So another thing I wanted to say on this is a lot of the times you want to... You know, you want to talk about how long has somebody been friends with somebody or how long has somebody had this person for their teacher. So the... What we usually use is the present perfect, so we often say how long we've known someone. Okay? So "known" is the past participle of "know". So what you can say if somebody says: -"Oh. How long have you known your husband for?" -"I've known my husband for 10 years." -"How long has Dave known Ken for?" -"Dave has known Ken for five years." Okay? So, again, this is asking about: How long is your history? How long have you known each other for? Again, this is key English. It comes up a lot in conversation. When you meet somebody, you know, and there's like a couple, you often say: "Oh. How long have you known Bob for? How long have you known Jennifer for?" Okay? So now let's look at some of the differences with "met", or, sorry. "Meet", "meet with", and "meet up with".

Okay, so quick question to you. We've just gone over the difference between "know" and "met". For these two: "I knew Chelsea last week.", "I met Chelsea last week." which one do you think is correct? Well, if you said number two: "I met Chelsea last week." that's right. Oh, okay. "I met Chelsea last week." This one is correct, because usually you know somebody for a long time and we usually don't use "knew" because it makes it sound like the person has died or that you don't know them anymore. So we usually use "know" or we use "have known".

Sound more natural in English: Learn and practice 5 BACK VOWELS
00:24:56
engVid
8 Views · 5 years ago

You want to sound like a native speaker, but you don't know how to improve your pronunciation! Here's a little secret: the fastest way to get better pronunciation is to work on your vowel sounds. In this video, I will teach you how to pronounce four vowels that are common in both British and American English. We'll be looking at back vowels. You'll learn by seeing what my mouth, lips, and tongue are doing when I pronounce these vowel sounds, then you'll practice saying them by doing the same with your mouth. Often, English learners don't notice the difference between these sounds, and that might be why you aren't saying them correctly. We'll compare these similar vowel sounds to make those differences clear. I will show you the different spellings of these sounds in English and you will learn what the International Phonetic Alphabet (IPA) symbols for these vowels are. You should also watch my other video on FRONT VOWEL SOUNDS: https://youtu.be/k98VNRLEisE Those are just as important!
http://www.engvid.com/english-....pronunciation-5-back

TRANSCRIPT

Hello. My name is Emma, and in today's video we are going to learn about pronunciation, specifically how to pronounce back vowels. Okay? So, whether you are learning British English, Canadian English, American English, whatever English you're learning, these sounds exist in all of them. Okay? So it doesn't matter what type of... What dialect you're learning. You will find these sounds in many different dialects.

Okay, so to get started let's talk about: What are vowels? So I have here "a", "e", "i", "o", "u", and sometimes "y". These are what we call vowels in English. Okay? So, these make a certain type of sound where usually you... You have a lot of air coming into your mouth from the back of your throat. So it's not so important how... Like, what a vowel is. The main thing is to remember that "a", "e", "i", "o", "u", and sometimes "y" are vowels. Whatever is a letter that isn't one of these is called a consonant, so for example: "s", "t", "d", "f". These are all consonants.

Okay, so let's get started by looking at this and thinking: What is a consonant and what is a vowel? So we have here the word: "drew". Can you tell me: What is the vowel in this word: "drew"? If you said this, you're correct. Okay? The "d", "r", and the "w", they're consonants, and the "e" is a vowel. We have the word here: "foot". So what's the vowel? In this case it's the o's and "f" and "t" are consonants. "Hello", the "e" is a vowel and so is the "o". "All", in this case the "a" is the vowel. "Jaw", and "clock". Okay, so these are the different vowels in English. Today we are going to be looking at four of the vowel sounds that happen in the back of your mouth.

So I'll explain that in a second, but first I want you to look at these four words: "foot", "food", "foe", "flock". What is the same in these words? If you look at the spelling, all these words have an "o" in the spelling. Now, do we pronounce the "oo" the same way? Listen carefully. Is the "o" pronounced the same in each of these words? "Foot", "food", "foe", "flock". The "o" is actually pronounced differently in these words, which is why you can't always depend on spelling in English to help you with your pronunciation. Okay? So I'm going to teach you how to... You know, some tips on how to do these different pronunciations and how to know when to pronounce which sounds. Okay.

So, before we get to these different vowel sounds we're going to practice today, I just wanted to tell you some general things about pronouncing vowels. A lot of students, they don't know what they're doing with their mouth when they're pronouncing. It's very important to pay attention to what your mouth is doing and what your tongue is doing when you actually pronounce something. Okay? This will really help you improve your pronunciation. It's also a good idea maybe to use a mirror in order to look and become aware of what this area is doing to make the sound.

So, when you're thinking about your lips it's important to think: Are your lips spread, like: "cheese", or are your lips...? So this would be spread. Or are your lips like closer together, like: "food", "oo"? "ee", "oo", notice the difference? So that's one thing to look at: Are your lips spread like "ee" or are they close together like "oo"? Okay. How open is your mouth? Is something you want to look at. Is it not very open, like: "oo"? Or is it very open, like: "ah"? Okay? How open is your mouth?

The other thing you want to pay attention to is your tongue. So, these are your lips. I'm not a great artist, I know. These are your teeth, this is your chin, your neck, and this red... Red thing is your tongue. Is your tongue touching your teeth, is your tongue touching the top of your mouth, or is your tongue hanging out kind of close to the back of your mouth?

IELTS Writing Task 1: How to describe BAR GRAPHS
00:29:12
engVid
7 Views · 5 years ago

Are you preparing for the writing section of the IELTS? In this lesson, we will look at Writing Task 1, and I will teach you how to describe a bar graph. This is one question type that can be on the IELTS, so it is a good idea to prepare yourself for it. I will take you through what happens in Writing Task 1, what key grammar you can use for it, and how you can improve the organization of your description by using compare-and-contrast vocabulary. Good luck on your exam! Try my quiz at the end to practice some of the concepts from this lesson: https://www.engvid.com/ielts-w....riting-task-1-bar-gr

TRANSCRIPT

Hi there. My name is Emma and in today's video we're going to talk about the test known as the IELTS. So if you are going to be writing the IELTS, this video is for you. Now, in this video we're talking specifically about if you're writing the academic IELTS. If you're, you know, just here for general interest, you can still learn quite a bit from this video because we will be talking about different vocabulary and grammar. So this video can also help you if you're not taking the IELTS also.

Okay, so what are we going to be talking about specifically in this video? Well, if you're taking the IELTS you probably know that there's a writing part of the IELTS. The writing part has two sections, we call them Writing Task 1 and Writing Task 2. In this video I'm going to cover a small bit of Writing Task 1. So, in Writing Task 1 you're going to be given some sort of visual image. Okay? So you might see something like this, this, or this. It might be a chart, it might be a table, but you're going to see some sort of visual and you need to describe what you're seeing. So this video... I've covered different types of Writing Task 1 and I'll talk about the links to some of these other videos at the end, but in this specific video we're going to be talking about bar graphs. Okay?

So, first of all: What is a bar graph? Well, so I have here three different types of charts or graphs. We have this one, this one, and this one. This is called a pie chart. Okay? I've covered this in another video, so if you're interested in learning how to write about pie charts, you can check out that video. But you'll notice with a pie chart it looks kind of like a pizza or a pie. It's in a circle and it's... Has different colours representing different percents.

We have here, this is called a line graph. So you'll notice that there's a line and, you know, sometimes this represents time, sometimes it represents other things, but with a line graph you'll notice, like, increases and decreases, but it's one connected line. We're not covering either of these in this video.

What we're going to be covering is another thing you might see on the IELTS, which is you might be given a picture like this. This is called a bar graph or a bar chart. So we have here these rectangular-shaped things that are each a different colour. These are known as bars. Okay? So, I know a bar is a place you go to buy beer, but in this case a bar is not that, it's actually this kind of rectangle on the chart. So, on the IELTS you may get a picture of something like this. You might actually get a picture of two things together, or you might get a picture of something a lot more complicated than this. In this case we're going to talk about: What would you do and say, and what are some tips if you get a picture of a bar graph or a bar chart?

Okay, so what are you going to have to do? Specifically they're going to ask you... After you get a picture like this, they're going to ask you to describe what you see. Okay? So you're describing the main information. You're also going to have to maybe make comparisons, say how things are similar or how things are different, which is contrast. So, for example, if this is, you know, different activities, maybe you might say that the red is shopping and the blue is golfing. In this case, shopping is less popular than golfing. Okay? So pretty much you need to compare the different bars and say: What are the same about them? Which ones are similar and which ones are different?

You're also going to have to report any main features or trends. Okay? So maybe you'll see a pattern and you're going to have to write about, you know, some of these main points you see when you look at the visualization. You do not write your opinion. Okay? So if this is a graph on education, maybe this is elementary school, secondary school, university, master's, and like a doctorate or something - you do not write what you think about it. Okay? All you do is in this type of question you're just writing what you see and what it means. You're not writing your opinion on anything. So you should not write the words: "I think" or "In my opinion", you'll actually lose marks for this. So in task 1, no opinion; that's for task 2.

Read, Understand, and Remember! Improve your reading skills with the KWL Method
00:11:54
engVid
17 Views · 5 years ago

Is it difficult for you to understand or remember what you read? In this video, I will teach you an easy method that will help you become better at reading difficult material such as textbooks and journal articles. It is known as the "KWL" reading method. You will also remember more of what you read by using this method. If you plan to study at an English school, college, or university, this method will really help you. You can also use this method to help you in the IELTS and TOEFL exams. Try the KWL method yourself and tell me how it works for you in the comments!

Take the quiz! https://www.engvid.com/kwl-reading-method/

TRANSCRIPT

Hello. My name is Emma, and in today's video I am going to teach you how to be a better reader. So I want you to think about your life. Are there any things that are very difficult for you to read? Maybe you have to read something in English and you really don't understand what's happening in the story. Or maybe you're in university and you're taking a very hard course and you can't read the textbook because it's really difficult and you don't know what's happening. Well, if you're having difficulty reading or even if you just want to remember what you read more and be a better studier, this video is for you.

So first let's look at some things students might be reading that might be causing difficulty. Some students in their universities they have to read textbooks. If you go to university or college, or also high school, you have to do a lot of reading and you have to do a lot of complicated reading, especially for sciences, maths, history. So, this is a very good method. I'm going to teach you how to read these books better. Newspapers. Sometimes you'll be reading the newspaper and it's difficult, especially in another language. So if you're reading a newspaper and, you know, you want to be better at reading it, this video is for you. Internet sources. There's a lot of great things on the internet to read, and so this will also help you if you look reading things from the internet. Magazines.

Journals, for anyone who's a professional, whether you're a doctor, a nurse, a historian, or if you're in university or college, a lot of the times you have to read something called a journal, which is something for professionals to read about their field. So it's usually modern research. These things can be very difficult to read, so if you're reading these, this is a great technique for you. If you're doing the TOEFL or IELTS. Although I wouldn't recommend using this technique on the actual exam, I think it's great for your practice tests and I'll tell you why a bit later. So you can use this when you're practicing for the TOEFL and IELTS. And finally, if you're reading Shakespeare. When I read Shakespeare I had no idea what was going on. It was very confusing, all of the old English. I found it very difficult to read. There are also a lot of books that can be very, very hard to read. So these techniques will really work for you for any of these situations and many more.

So before I teach you about the KWL technique, I just want you to think about reading for a second. Okay? A lot of people when they pick up a book, that's all they do. They open it up and they start reading right away, and then they close the book and then a lot of the times they don't really remember anything they read or they don't understand what they read. So it's a lot of wasted time. I like to think of reading how I think of jogging or running. So if we look here, I have the word "running" or "jogging". If you like exercise, any type of exercise kind of follows this format. So, reading is a lot like running. What a good reader does is they have a warm up period. So if you think about running, before you go running you usually stretch. Maybe you'll do a little bit of movement to get your heart pumped. So you don't just start running. You do a warm up. The same is true with reading. The best reading... The best readers usually do a warm up.

For exercise, people then usually run or jog for a certain amount of time, and then afterwards they have what we call a cooldown period. So, "cooldown" is usually when somebody wants to slow their heartrate, so maybe they walk instead of run, maybe they do more stretches, but they don't just stop what they're doing. They slowly, you know, do slower activities before they stop jogging or running. So if you think about reading like exercise, you should also have a warm up, and then you read, and then the cooldown. This is the meat. This is the main idea of the KWL method, and I'm going to teach you exactly how we can do all of this when we read.

How to use "ABOUT TO" in English
00:05:15
engVid
7 Views · 5 years ago

What you are about to learn will be very useful when speaking English! In this video, we will look at "about to", a term we use when talking about the near future. It describes something someone plans to do very soon. I will teach you when to use "about to" and how to use it correctly. Try my quiz at the end of the lesson to make sure you understand. I hope you are about to click on this video!
https://www.engvid.com/about-to/

TRANSCRIPT

Hello. My name is Emma and I am about to teach you "about to". Okay?

So, "about to", what does it mean and how do we use it? Well, let's look at an example to really understand this. "I am about to clean my room." I want you to think for a moment. Do you think this sentence is about the past, the present, or the future? So: "I am about to clean my room." If you said this is about the future, you are correct. We use "about to" when we're talking about something we will do very soon in the future. We're not talking about far in the future. We usually use "will" for that. We're talking about very, very soon like in the next five minutes or in the next couple of minutes. So, I am about to give you some examples of "about to".

So we have here "I" as a subject: "I am about to", and then after "about to" we have a verb. I put this in colour to help you remember it better. We have: "You are about to" and the verb. "She or he is about to" and a verb. "We are about to" and a verb. "You guys are about to" and a verb. I've put here: "You guys", which is a bit informal, but when we're talking about a group of people in an informal situation we can use: "You guys", and: "They are about to" with a verb. So what can we do with the verbs here? Well, if you look up here I have: "I am about to clean my room." We keep the verb in the infinitive in this case. "I am about to study English.", "You are about to listen to me speak.", "She is about to watch TV.", "We are about to go to the gym.", "You guys are about to listen to Justin Bieber.", "They are about to take a shower." Okay? So now let's do some together, let's put the verb in the proper form together.

Okay, so just to remember: When we're talking about "about to", we're talking about the future and usually we're talking about either the immediate future, meaning the next 5-10 minutes or the next couple of hours or we can also be talking about soon. Soon is different for different people, so I might be talking about in the next couple of days or in the next couple of weeks, but what I really mean is soon. Okay? So I can say: "I am about to go on vacation", and that means soon I will go on vacation.

Okay, so now let's do some examples together.
"I am about to _________."
How can we change this verb into the proper form? "I am about to..." Well, this was a trick question. You said: "call"-and we add a little period here-you are correct. It's very easy to use "about to". We just need the subject, "am", "about to", and the verb.

All right, let's look at the next example together.
"Ednan is _________ do homework."
Now, I want to talk about Ednan in the immediate future, what he's going to do very soon, so what can we put here? If you said: "about to", you are correct. "Ednan is about to do his homework." Okay?

Now, let's do one more:
"Jess is about to _________."
And here we have the verb "study". So, again, very easy. What do we write? "Jess is about to study." Which means she is going to study soon. Okay?

I hope you are about to subscribe to my channel. There, you can find a lot of really great resources on all sorts of things English, including conversation, listening, speaking, IELTS. I have covered a lot of topics, so I hope you check that out. I also want to invite you to practice "about to" by visiting our website, www.engvid.com. There, you can actually do a quiz. I hope you're about to do this quiz where you can practice everything you learned today. So until next time, thanks for watching and take care.

English Listening Practice: Improve your vocabulary!
00:13:26
engVid
11 Views · 5 years ago

Want to practice your listening and learn some new vocabulary? In this video, you will play an English listening game. First, I will teach you some new vocabulary and review English prepositions which we will use in our fun listening practice. Next, you will listen to me describe a picture and you will draw the picture. At the end of the lesson, you can see how well you listened to my instructions. Are our pictures the same or different? You can listen to this video as many times as you like to get more practice and you can play this listening activity with your friends or classmates. Try my quiz at the end to see how many new words you remember. https://www.engvid.com/english....-listening-practice-

TRANSCRIPT

Hello. My name is Emma, and today we have a great lesson plan for you. In today's lesson we are going to practice listening. Okay? We're going to practice listening, and we're also going to learn some new words, we're going to learn about shapes, as well as prepositions. Okay? So, in this video you will also get to do a listening activity and I'll explain a little bit about that in a moment.

So first we are going to learn shapes, and these are some examples of shapes, then we are going to learn about prepositions. You might be wondering: "What is a preposition?" Well, a preposition is a short word like: "on", "above", "below". And after that we're going to do a listening activity where you're going to listen to me describe shapes and prepositions. For the listening activity you will need two things: A piece of paper and a pencil or a pen. This is an active video so you will actually be doing something while watching.

Okay, so let's get started on shapes. So I have here some major shapes in English. We have a triangle, we have a circle, square, a heart, and this one is a star. In our listening activity later, you will be drawing a triangle, a circle, a square, a heart, and a star. Okay? So these are the words we'll be using in this video. We will also be using some prepositions. So a preposition is a short word that shows the relationship between two things. So that's confusing to a lot of students.

An easier way I like to think about prepositions is they can... They can describe where something is. Okay? So they often answer the question of: Where? So, for example, I have here our triangle and our circle, and I have the preposition "on". So if we look at this, I could say: "There is a triangle on a circle." So: "There is a triangle on a circle." So we will be using the preposition "on" later in our listening activity. We also have "inside". "There is a triangle inside a circle." Another preposition is "outside". We can say: "There is a triangle outside the circle." So, here, the triangle is inside, whereas here the triangle is outside. So these are very common prepositions we use when describing where something is. Okay, we also have "above". So, "above" is a little bit different than "on". If you notice the circle, the triangle is on the circle, meaning it's touching, whereas when we're looking at "above" it can be touching, but it can also be just above. So it can touch or it can also just be above. So, for example, we have a triangle above a circle. Okay, now we have "below" and "under", two more common prepositions which we usually use in the same way. So we have here the circle. We can say: "There is a circle". Or actually we can say: "There is a triangle below the circle." Or: "There is a triangle under the circle." Okay?

And now we have "to the right". We can say: "There is a triangle to the right of the circle." So notice how they're beside? This side is to the right, whereas this side is to the left. So if we look at the triangle, the triangle is beside the circle and it's also to the right of the circle. Now, compare this to "to the left". We have a triangle and a circle, and we can say: "The triangle now is to the left of the circle." Okay? So these two are opposites: "to the right" and "to the left". So these pictures help you understand these prepositions, which answer the question of: Where? So, again, we have: "on", "inside", "outside", "above", "below/under", "to the right", and "to the left".

Okay, now, for the listening activity we are about to do, there are three more expressions that you will need. You will need to know: "in the center". Okay? So if I'm looking at this board, about here is in the center. Okay? So I can say: "My finger is in the center of the board." I can also say about corners. We have a corner, a corner, another corner, and another corner. Okay? So those are called corners. If I'm looking at my piece of paper from earlier, we have a corner here, a corner here, a corner here, and a corner here. So, what I can say is... If I ask you to draw something, I might tell you to draw something in the top corner, which might be here.

English Phrasal Verbs for LOVE, SEX, and DATING!
00:18:21
engVid
11 Views · 5 years ago

Are you looking for love? Or maybe you're already in a relationship and want to talk about it? In this video, you will learn common English phrasal verbs we use when we are talking about love and dating. You will learn phrasal verbs that have to do with relationships and romance. Use these with that special boy or girl that you like! It will also help you to understand conversations that you hear in TV shows and movies. You will learn expressions like: "go out", "check out", "hit on", "make out", "cheat on", and many more! Try my quiz at https://www.engvid.com/english....-phrasal-verbs-love- to practice what you learned in this video. Good luck!

TRANSCRIPT

Hello. My name is Emma and in today's video we are talking about love and dating. I'm going to teach you some very good vocabulary you can use when you're talking about boyfriends, girlfriends, people you like. You will see these words maybe on TV, in movies, especially if you like romantic comedies, these words come out... Up a lot. So, specifically, what I am going to teach you is phrasal verbs that have to do with love, as well as dating. Okay?

So you might be wondering: "What is a phrasal verb?" Good question. So, if you know what a verb is, a verb is an action. Okay? So some examples of verbs are: "play", "listen", "look", "eat". These are all different verbs. A phrasal verb is a little bit different. The reason a phrasal verb is different is because you have the verb and a preposition. Okay? So what's a preposition? A preposition is a word like: "on", "off", "over", "under", "above", "below", "at", "in". These are all prepositions. Okay? So, the thing about a phrasal verb is when you have a verb... Imagine the verb "get", if we add a preposition to it, it changes the meaning of the verb. So, for example, we have: "get on", "get off", "get over", "get under". Okay? "Get above". We have all these different phrasal verbs with "get" and each one has different meanings, and the meaning is really in the preposition. Okay? So, we have tons of these in English and we use them a lot in conversation. So today we're going to look at some ones that have to do with dating.

So, let's give some examples. Okay? I have here: "hit on". "Hit on" is a phrasal verb. We have "hit", which is the verb, and "on" which is the proposition. Okay? So before we continue I just wanted to point out one thing. There are different types of phrasal verbs. So we have phrasal verbs where the verb and the preposition are together, there's nothing in between them. So: "hit on" is an example of this. You see "hit" and "on", they're together. There's nothing in here. There's no person, there's no object. "Hit" and "on", the preposition and the verb are together.

Now, there is also a different type of phrasal verb where you have the verb, and then there's something in between the verb, and then there's the preposition. So, for example, another phrasal verb we will look at today: "check out". You have: "Check her out." So you actually have the verb, the preposition, but there is something in between the verb and the preposition. In this case we have a person. In other cases it might be an object. Okay? There's also a third type of phrasal verb where pretty much with the third type you have a choice. You can either put the phrasal verb together or it can be separate. Today, we're mainly, though, looking at either ones that are together like "hit on", or ones that are separated by a person or a thing, such as: "Check her out." If you're a little bit confused, don't worry because we will be looking at so many examples of what I'm talking about today so you will really understand this concept.

Okay, so let's look at "hit on" and the meaning of "hit on". So I have here the sentence: "Dave hit on me." Okay? So we have "hit", which is the verb, "on", which is the preposition. They're always together. And what this means is it means Dave said something to me, he told me that I was maybe beautiful or pretty, and maybe he asked me for my phone number. When you hit on somebody, it means that you're showing somebody that you're interested in them. Okay? So if you ever have seen any movies where you have people in bars or at clubs, you... And this can also be for real life, too, you might have a man go up to a woman and hit on her, meaning he says to the woman: "Can I buy you a drink?" Or, you know: "Can I talk to you? I think you're very beautiful." So this is "hit on". It means you're telling somebody or you're showing somebody that you are interested in them. Okay?

Okay, the next one I wanted to look at, the next phrasal verb is: "check out". So: "The man checked her out." What does this mean? When somebody checks you out, it means they're looking at you in a certain way. "Check out", when we're talking about dating, really has to do with the eyes.

Get a better job: Power Verbs for Resume Writing
00:15:22
engVid
8 Views · 5 years ago

Need to find a job? Writing a resume? Then you need to know about power verbs. These verbs will improve your resume and make you appear more professional. In this lesson, You will learn what power verbs are and how we use them in resumes. You will also see many examples of common power verbs, and I'll give you some of my best tips on resume writing in general. I will also teach you about weaker verbs like "did" and "make", which should often be avoided on resumes. After watching this video, you can take my quiz on power verbs and check out our helpful power verb resource page, which lists many common power verbs for different jobs. Good luck with your job hunt!

CHECK THE RESOURCE PAGE WITH LOTS OF POWER VERBS YOU CAN USE: https://www.engvid.com/english....-resource/power-verb

TAKE THE QUIZ: https://www.engvid.com/power-verbs-resume-writing/

TRANSCRIPT: Coming soon!

15 ways to improve your English pronunciation
00:21:10
engVid
14 Views · 5 years ago

Problems with your English pronunciation? In this lesson, I will give you lots of advice, practical tips, and resources to help you improve. After watching this video, you will have a deeper understanding of what is important for proper English pronunciation. I will teach you proven methods to become a better English speaker. https://www.engvid.com/15-ways....-to-improve-your-eng

Have better conversations using the FORD method
00:18:02
engVid
10 Views · 5 years ago

Don't know what to talk about with someone? Do you hate uncomfortable silence? Want to become a better conversationalist? In this video, I will teach you the FORD method of conversation. "FORD" stands for Family, Occupation, Recreation, and Dreams. These are perfect topics for conversing with anyone, including people you don't know very well. I will give you many examples of FORD questions to ask. You can use these questions to keep a conversation going and connect with people. FORD is a great tool for anyone who wants to improve their small talk skills and become more likeable. https://www.engvid.com/ford-method-small-talk/

TRANSCRIPT

ello. My name is Emma, and in today's video I am going to teach you how to be better at conversation and speaking. Okay? So, in this video I'm going to teach you about how to become better at conversation with a technique. We call the technique "F-O-R-D" or "FORD". This technique will really help you if you're shy, if when you meet people for the first time you don't know what to say, if you feel very uncomfortable at parties or in meetings or any social events. This is a great technique. Even if you're amazing at socializing, this video can still really help you even improve more than what you already can do. So let's get started.

Okay, so the first thing I want to talk about is we use FORD as a way of small talk. So, what is small talk? Okay? Small talk is the type of conversation we have with people we don't know well or strangers. So, you might make small talk with your neighbours, you might make small talk with your boss, with your colleagues, maybe if you're, you know, going to a coffee shop you might make small talk with the store clerk. So, you make small talk with people you don't know well and it's just a way to make people feel comfortable in conversation and to create a connection with people. A lot of conversation is small talk. If anyone has ever talked to you about the weather, sports, you know, all sorts of different topics - these are usually small talk topics. So, again, you might make small talk at parties, in elevators, at meetings, even if you're taking English classes you will probably make small talk there as well.

So, how do we get good at small talk? What do we talk about when we don't know what to talk about? Well, that's where FORD comes in. FORD is a technique which will help you know what to talk about when you really have no idea. So maybe this has been you before. Okay? Maybe this is you: "What should I talk about? Ah." Or, you know, maybe it's just a bunch of question marks. "I don't know what to say." It's totally silent. It's awkward. So, how can we fix this situation? Well, FORD stands for four things. "F" stands for "family". You can talk about family, and I'm going to give you some great questions you can use to ask about somebody's family. "O" stands for "occupation" or job. I'm going to give you some great questions about occupation that you can ask somebody you don't know well to keep the conversation going. "R" stands for "recreation", this is like hobbies, sports, movies, Netflix, TV. Okay? So I'm going to give you some great questions for hobbies or recreation. And finally, "D" stands for "dreams". This is when you ask somebody about their future goals or, you know, something they want to do. This does not... Dreams does not mean when you go to sleep, if you have some weird dream and you share it with somebody. I'm not talking about that. I'm talking about your dreams in life. What are your goals? Okay? So using the FORD technique will make you better at small talk. So, now let's look at some specific questions you can ask when you're socializing with somebody who you don't know that well.

Okay, so again, the "F" in FORD stands for "family". Family is a great thing to talk about, but remember to keep it light and easy. Okay? You want to talk about things people are comfortable with. So don't ask them any private questions, you know, like: "Oh, is it true so-and-so cheated on so-and-so?" No, no, no. Keep it light, simple, and easy. And also share about your own family, too. Okay? That's also very important. You don't want to sound like the FBI interrogating somebody. You want to have a conversation, so each time they say something, you can say something about yourself. So keep it kind of balanced.

Okay, so one easy question you can talk about: "Where are you from originally?" Okay? "Where are you from? Are you from Toronto? Are you from Tokyo? Are you from Istanbul? Where are you from?" This question is great because you can really talk about the difference between your cities and, you know, maybe some of your experiences growing up. Similarly: "Where did you grow up?" A lot of people have moved a lot, so maybe they were born in this city, then they moved to Mexico, and then they moved here. So that's also another interesting question.

Stop procrastinating and start learning!
00:22:20
engVid
12 Views · 5 years ago

Do spend time on Facebook or Instagram when you should be studying? Do you clean your desk when you have a test the next day? Do you get distracted when you have something important to do? Most people have a hard time concentrating and focusing on their work and studies. This leads to stress and a lot of wasted time. In this video, I'll talk about what causes procrastination, and share the best scientific research on how to overcome it. If you learn even one thing from this video, you'll become a better learner and get so much more done. I've been using these tips in my own life, and want to share these secrets for success!

TAKE THE QUIZ: https://www.engvid.com/stop-pr....ocrastinating-start-

TRANSCRIPT

Hello. My name is Emma, and I have a question for you. I want you to imagine this. Imagine you have a big English test that's going to happen very soon. What do you do? Okay? And I want you to be honest. Do you open up your book and study right away, and every day study for your test? Do you think about your test, feel a little bit sad and maybe go on Facebook? Do you, instead of studying, text your friends? Or do you think about studying, but instead just watch TV? Okay, a lot of students will say that they open up their book and study, but in reality a lot of people don't do this. A lot of people before tests or presentations or work get really, really nervous, and they do something different. Okay? They don't want to do the studying, they don't want to do the hard work, they're really afraid to do it so instead they do something like go on Facebook, call their friends, go to the mall. Okay? These are all examples, two, three, and four that is... These three are examples of procrastination. Okay?

So, "procrastination" is maybe a new word for you, but it's a very, very important word if you are a student or, you know, even if you work. It's actually an important word for everybody because most people procrastinate. So what does procrastination mean? Well, it's when you have something you have to do, but instead of doing what you have to do, you do something else that's more fun, and you keep thinking: "I'll come back to this", but you're very busy with these other things.

So let's look at some examples of the word procrastination. We have it as a verb, an action: "I am procrastinating." Because I'm not studying, I'm on Facebook, I'm procrastinating. "I'm not studying. I procrastinate a lot." Here we have another verb form. Okay? "I procrastinate a lot", which means: I don't study, I don't do my English homework; instead, I spend a lot of time texting my friends and doing anything but English. I can also use it as a noun: "My procrastination is really bad." Okay? My procrastination is bad. I have a problem with procrastination. So this means I have a problem getting stuff done because I don't really want to do it, I'd rather focus on doing Facebook or something else. Or we can also have it as a noun to say what we are. "I'm a procrastinator." A procrastinator is a person. Okay? So I'm a teacher, that's a person. When I was in university sometimes I was a procrastinator. This means before any big test or presentation I'd start working on it, and then I'd do something else because I'm a procrastinator. Okay? So let's... We're going to talk about why people procrastinate, and then we're going to talk about how to fight procrastination. Okay? Because it's something we all need to fight.

Okay, so why do people procrastinate? That's a very good question. Okay? So, different people procrastinate for different reasons, but usually a lot of the times people have the same reasons for procrastinating. People procrastinate when they think something is difficult. Okay? So for me I find math difficult, so when I used to do math I would procrastinate and I would do something else like, you know, make a sandwich or clean my room even because the math seemed so difficult to me, anything was better than doing the math. So I would always get distracted. A lot of people find English grammar difficult, and when they're studying grammar a lot of the times they procrastinate, they text their friends or they, you know, do anything but grammar. Boring. A lot of people procrastinate when something is boring. They don't want to do it because it's... You know, they want to do something interesting. People procrastinate when something is a lot of work. Okay? And they know it's a lot of work, so they look at the task and it's just too much, so then they want to feel good, so they do something else. A lot of people also procrastinate just because they're scared or they're afraid. They want to do something well, and they don't think that they can so it well, so you know... Or, you know, they're worried about making mistakes, so a lot of the times people procrastinate because of fear.

How SENTENCE STRESS changes meaning in English
00:19:39
engVid
8 Views · 5 years ago

What is sentence stress? How does it change the meaning of a sentence? In this video, I will teach you how saying a word louder and longer in a sentence can change the sentence's meaning. Many English learners don't listen for sentence stress and as a result, they don't fully understand what someone is saying. I will teach you how to recognize sentence stress and how it can change meaning. Then we will practice listening to sentences with different word stress and examine their meanings together. I'll share many examples so you'll be able to hear how native speakers use sentence stress, and how you can do it too! At the end of this video, you can practice more with our quiz at https://www.engvid.com/sentence-stress-english/

TRANSCRIPT

Hello. My name is Emma and in today's video I am going to teach you how to become a better listener, and I'm going to do that by teaching you about something called "Sentence Stress". Okay? So I want you to think about the times you've listened to English, maybe in a movie, maybe you saw a movie, or maybe a TV show - was there ever a time where you didn't understand something? Maybe everybody laughed, maybe somebody suddenly got angry and you felt like you missed some of the meaning to why something happened. It might be because you're not listening enough to sentence stress.

So, what is sentence stress? Well, let me show you. When we talk about stress in language, we're talking about making something louder and longer. Okay? So, for example, if I say the number "thirteen" versus "thirteen", even though they sound similar, they're different because I've put a different stress or a different emphasis on each part of the word. So this is in part a pronunciation lesson, but also really about listening and how to listen better.

So I have here a sentence: "I love studying English." Now, it seems like a pretty straightforward sentence, but I can actually change the meaning of this sentence using sentence stress. Okay? So, by saying different parts of the sentence louder and longer I can actually change the meaning. So I'm going to give you an example. "I love studying English." What part did I say louder and longer? If you said: "I", you're correct, so I'm going to put a mark here to show sentence stress. "I love studying English." If you heard somebody say this it means that I love studying English, but my friend doesn't. Or I love studying English, but other people hate studying English. So I'm really emphasizing that I am, you know, maybe one of the only people. Okay? So, I love studying English.

Now, this is a bit of a different meaning than if we move the stress-so I'll just erase that-to the word "love". Okay? So I want you to listen to how I say this: "I love studying English." So in this case "love" is the part I'm saying louder and longer. Okay? And now it has a different meaning. Even though it's the same sentence, just by saying a different part louder and longer I've changed the meaning. So: "I love studying English." What does that mean? If I'm focused on the word "love" it means I really want to emphasize that I don't just like English, I love English. English is my passion. I love it. I really, really, really like it a lot. Okay?

Now, if we take the stress here and we move it to "studying": "I love studying English", okay? So now you hear "studying" is louder and longer, again, now we have a different meaning from when I said: "I love studying English", "I love studying English", "I love studying English", each of these means a different thing. "I love studying English" means I only love studying English. I'm emphasizing maybe I don't like using English, maybe I don't like, you know, English in conversation. Maybe I only like reading my book about English, but I don't actually like using it. Okay?

Now, if we change the stress to "English" and now "English" is going to be louder and longer... Okay? So, for example: "I love studying English", "English" is louder and longer, now this has a new meaning, a fourth meaning. "I love studying English" means only English. Maybe I hate all other languages. I don't like studying French, I don't like studying Portuguese, I don't like studying Arabic. I only like studying English. Okay? So, as you can see, the way we pronounce these sentences adds meaning to them. It's not just the words that have meaning, it's also the way we use our voice, our intonation.

Okay, so we're going to do some practice listening. I'm going to say a sentence and you're going to first listen to: What part of the sentence has the stress? What part of the stress is louder and longer? Okay? So let's do that with the next sentence first. Okay? "I like your painting. I like your painting." What part was the loud part? What part was the long part? "I like your painting." If you said: "your", you are correct. This part has the stress. Now, I have three different meanings that this sentence could mean. It could mean it's an okay painting. Okay?

Say what you mean! Simple English words that learners often say incorrectly
00:17:31
engVid
10 Views · 5 years ago

Are you pronouncing the words "man" and "men" correctly? How about "word" and "world"? In this video, I will teach the pronunciation of words that are often mispronounced and confused with each other. The words I will cover in this video are "word and "world"; "walk" and "work"; "bird" and "beard"; "man" and "men"; and "woman" and "women". Watch this video for pronunciation tips on how to say these words like a native English speaker. Try my quiz at https://www.engvid.com/simple-....english-words-learne to practice what you've learned.

TRANSCRIPT

Hi there. My name is Emma, and in today's video I am going to teach you how to improve your pronunciation by looking at pronunciation problems. A lot of students confuse words; or sometimes two words, they sound similar, and students confuse the pronunciation of those words. Okay? So in this video we're going to look at five different sets of words, and I'm going to explain how to pronounce them, and: What are the differences in their pronunciation?

So let's get started. The first word that I want to practice is the difference between "word" and "world". Okay? I know a lot of students have a lot of difficulty, especially with "world" because you have the "r" and the "l", which is really challenging for a lot of students. So let's learn how to pronounce these two different words. With "word", I've written here the International Phonetic Alphabet spelling. If you know this, great; if you don't, don't worry about it. This is just, if you do know this, this is how the word is in the IPA alphabet, the International Phonetic Alphabet. So if you want to pronounce this word, the first thing I want you to do is make an "er" sound. Can you do that? "Er". "Er", kind of like: "her", "er". Okay? Now what I want you to do is say the word: "were", "were", "they were", okay? Now, if we add a "d" here: "werd", "werd". Okay? Can you say that? "Werd". One thing that can help you sometimes is with rhymes. If you know something that rhymes with the word it can also help you with the pronunciation. So this is the past tense of "hear": "I heard". Can you say the word: "heard"? "Heard". "I heard the word". So you see these have the same sound: "word", "heard". So the very basic part of this is if you can make the "er" sound, that's the very basic part of it: "er", "word". This is also a kind of short sound: "word". Now, I want you to compare that to this sound: "world". Okay? This sound is a little bit longer for this word. "World". So I have it here in the IPA or the International Phonetic Alphabet. Now, again, these two have the same vowel sound: "er", so I want you to start with the pronunciation of this word by making this sound: "er", "er". Okay? Now, again, I want you to make the sound: "were", "were", "they were". Okay, now here's where it might get a bit tricky for some of you because of the "l", I want you to add an "l" to this sound. "Werl", "werl". Okay? And at the very end, your tongue when you make the "l" should be touching the roof of your mouth: "werl". Okay. Now we're going to add the "d": "werld", "werld". Okay? So now let's compare these two. I want you to say after me: "word", "world", "word", "world". Do you hear the difference? Okay. So this is something you can practice. Again, start with the "er" sound, that will really help you in the pronunciation of this. Now let's look at some other words that are commonly confused.

Okay, so the next sounds or words that are very commonly confused in their pronunciation are the words: "walk" and "work". Okay? Many students pronounce these as the same, but they're quite different. So let's look at "walk" first. Okay? So, again, I've written the International Phonetic Alphabet, if you know it; and if you don't know it, that's totally fine, you don't need to know it for this lesson. This is just if you know it. So, one of the main mistakes people make with the word "walk" is with the "l". Okay? Some students, they try to pronounce the "l" and they'll say: "wallk". The "l" is silent; we do not say the "l" at all. Okay? So, imagine this is the word "walk"... Well, it is the word "walk". I'm just going to remove that. So, it looks more like: "w-a-k", "wak". Okay, so the first sound I want to practice is the vowel sound because this is where a lot of students have problems, is with the vowel sound. It's an "aw" sound, okay? So, I want you to remember when you last went to your doctor. Okay? So imagine you're at the doctor's and they want to look inside your mouth, you have to make a sound, you say: "Aw". Right? When you go to the doctor's you say: "Aw". I want you to make that sound: "Aw", "aw". Okay? Notice my mouth is very open for this sound. It's not closed. It's: "aw". Okay, so you need to make that sound to make this word. Now I want you to say: "wa", "wa". All right? It's not a relaxed sound. Your mouth is very... It feels like you're doing work with it: "wa", "wa"

Learn 14 GO Expressions in English
00:23:10
engVid
5 Views · 5 years ago

How's it going? What's going on? There we go! What do these expressions have in common? They all have the word "go" in them. These expressions are especially useful for conversation. Sometimes we can use "go" to indicate changes, like with "go grey" and "go mad". In many other cases we use "go" in set expressions such as "go for it" and "here we go again!". In this video, you'll learn the following expressions: "How's it going", "how you going", "what's going on", "it's going well", "something is going on", "go crazy", "go bald", "there you go", "there we go", "here you go", "here we go again", "go for it", "way to go", and "go out of your way". Who knew there were so many "go" expressions in English? Try my quiz at https://www.engvid.com/learn-1....4-go-expressions-in- to practice these important expressions. and improve your English speaking.

TRANSCRIPT

Hello. My name is Emma and in today's video I am going to teach you some very important conversational English. I'm going to teach you some expressions we use a lot, and all of these expressions have one thing in common: They all use the word "go". So, "go" is one of the first words you probably will learn in English. We use it when we talk about going to a different place, so for example: I go to school or I go to the park. So, we have "go" and it has that meaning, but it also can have a lot of other meanings in English, and those are the ones we're going to look at today. So, again, we use it a lot in conversation. So let's get started with some of the most basic ways we use "go" in conversation.

So I have here the question. One of the first questions you ask a person when you meet them or when you see them, and that is: "How are you?" We often use "go" in a way that means the same thing as this, so we often say: "How's it going?" "How's it going?" means the same thing as: "How are you?" Notice that there is an apostrophe and an "s". This actually is: "How is it going?" but we like to use a contraction in conversation. It's a little bit more informal, so we would probably use this with maybe our friends or our family, or you know, somebody we meet but maybe not in a job interview. Okay? So we use this a lot: "How's it going?"

If you are in Australia, you might see: "How you going?" We would not say this in North America, I don't think we say this in England, but in Australia you will often hear people say: "How you going?" and that means the same thing as: "How are you?" Okay? I was very confused when I went to Australia. I thought that, you know, people were making grammar mistakes, but it turns out that this is actually a very common way in Australia to say: "How are you?"

Another thing we can use with "go" is if we want to find out how something specific, you know, how is something. So, for example, maybe your friend has just started taking some new classes, you might say to them: "How are your classes going?" or "How is your job going?", "How...?" You know, if you're talking about the past: "How did the interview go?" So we often use "how" with, you know, some event or situation, and "going" to ask how did it... Like, you know, how... How it was. Okay? And you'll see this a lot. Okay, so these are some of the ways we use "go" when we're talking about how someone is, and we will come back to this one, but let's talk about some of the responses first.

When somebody says: "How are you?" you often respond with: "I'm fine." So it's the same thing with when somebody asks you: "How's it going?" You can say: "I'm fine", but you can also use "go" in your response, so you can say: -"How's it going?" -"It's going well." or "It's going good." I know that's not, you know, great grammar, but we do use "good" a lot when people ask us how we're doing, like, in conversational English, not in written English. But yeah: "It's going well", "It's going good", "It's going amazing", "It's going terrible". Okay? So you can use different adjectives here to describe how you're feeling or how your day is going. You know, you can also just talk generally. You can say: "It's" or you can also say: "Everything" or "Things". There are many variations of this. You might say: -"How's it going?" -"Everything is going amazing." or: "Things are great.", "Things are going good." Okay? So there's a lot of variation. If somebody asks you how, you know: "How are your classes going?" or "How is...? How is work going?" your answer could also be: "My classes are going great.", "Work is going great." You know: "School is going amazing." Or maybe, you know: "School's going terrible." Okay? So you can use this in a lot of different ways.

We also have this question which people sometimes ask when, you know, they see you and, you know, maybe it's your friend and they're meeting you, they might say: "Hey. What's going on?" Okay? So: "What's going on?" This one you've got to be careful with, because: "What's going on?" can have multiple meanings, and it all depends on the way you say it.

Learn English: “How come?”
00:07:53
engVid
8 Views · 5 years ago

“How come?” is a very, very common English expression that is important to learn. It is used all the time, but many textbooks and teachers don't teach it, because it is informal. In this simple video, I will teach you what “how come” means, how to use it, and when to use it. After watching, take the quiz at https://www.engvid.com/how-come/ to make sure you've got it!

TRANSCRIPT

Hello. My name is Emma, and in today's video I am going to teach you a very important expression for conversation. That expression is: "How come?" It's a very popular expression you may see in movies, on TV, or in conversation with English speakers. But it's a very good one to know because we do use it a lot.

So, what does "How come?" mean? Okay, well, first I have a question for you. I have here two sentences. "Why did you miss your plane?" and "How come you missed your plane?" What is the difference in meaning between these two sentences? Maybe you already know. Okay? So take a guess. The difference in meaning is actually they mean the same thing. "How come?" is another way to say "Why?". It's just a little bit more informal. Okay? So if you're writing, you're going to use "Why?", but if you're speaking you can use both. Okay? "How come?" is informal, it's an informal way to say "Why?" And so, by informal, I mean you use it with your friends, with, you know, people you're talking to on the street, but you wouldn't use it in an essay. Okay? Or for school.

Okay, so: "How come?" means: "Why?" So, when we're asking: "How come?" what we're asking about is... we want to know why something happened or the reasons why something happened. Okay? So, for example: "How come you missed your plane?" You know, a reason might be: "Oh, I was late getting to the airport" or "I slept in." Okay? So these would be the answers to a question like: "How come?" So, a lot of the time, teachers will ask this question. "You were late for class today. How come?" That means the teacher wants to know why you were late for class. So now let's look at the grammar of "How come?" and how we can use it in a sentence.

Okay, so again, "How come?" is an informal way to say: "Why?" So, we often use it in conversation. Now let's look at the grammar of "How come?" and how we make a sentence with "How come?" So, I have here: "How come", which is at the beginning, and then we have plus the subject. A subject is... It can be: "I", "you", "he", "she", "they", "we", or it can also be a thing, a place, or a person, but it's the doer of a sentence. Then we have the verb. So, for example: "play", "take", "listen", "sing", "eat", these are all verbs. And then finally we have an object, which comes after the verb in regular English sentences and usually those can be people, they can be places, they can be things, so these are the objects. If this is confusing, let's look at some examples, maybe that will help.

So, for example: "How come you"-is the subject-"take"-is the verb, and the object is-"the bus"? "How come you take the bus?" This means the same thing as: "Why do you take the bus?" So, here I actually have this written: "Why do you take the bus?" And you'll actually notice "How come" is easier in terms of grammar than "Why". If you look here: "Why do you take the bus?" you have this word, here: "do". Okay? In other sentences we say: "Why does he" or "Why didn't he", but there's always something like: "do", "does", "did", "didn't" here with "Why". And a lot of students forget to put this here. A lot of students will say: "Why you take the bus?" But this is not correct English. For "Why" we always need something here. Now, the nice thing about "How come" is you don't need this. Okay? If you look at "How come", if you can make an English sentence: "you take the bus", you can change this into "Why" just by adding "How come". So, the structure of this is just like a regular English sentence. We have the subject, the verb, and the object, and then we just add "How come" at the front of it.

So let's look at another example: "How come Toronto isn't the capital of Canada?" So, again, we have: "How come", we have "Toronto" which is the subject, we have "isn't" which is the verb, and we have "the capital", which is the object. So, if you want to make a regular sentence, I would just say: "Toronto isn't the capital", we can just add "How come" to this, and then it becomes a question, meaning: "Why isn't Toronto the capital?"

"How come John didn't come?" Okay? So here we have "How come" at the beginning, "John" which is the subject, and "didn't come", because it's negative form we have "didn't" here, so this is the past, past tense. "Didn't come" is the verb. Okay? This sentence doesn't have an object. Not all sentences in English need objects. The main thing is that you have a subject and a verb. Okay, so that might be a little confusing for you.

Learn English: 11 ‘mind’ expressions
00:20:36
engVid
9 Views · 5 years ago

Did you know that there are A LOT of expressions in English with the word "mind" in them? "Mind" is a very common word with several different meanings. In this video, I will teach you the three main ways in which "mind" is used in expressions, and then I'll give you 11 very common expressions using the word. The expressions I'll teach you include: Do you mind?, Would you mind?, What's on your mind?, my mind went blank, mind the gap, have someone in mind, give a piece of my mind, lose one's mind, cross one's mind, make up one's mind, and keep in mind. By learning these expressions, you will improve both your listening and speaking.

TEST YOURSELF WITH THE QUIZ: https://www.engvid.com/11-mind-expressions/

Hello. My name is Emma and in today's lesson I am going to teach you a bunch of new vocabulary expressions. These expressions are all very common and very useful. So, the expressions we're going to learn today all have the word "mind" in them. Okay? And there are a lot. I'm not even covering all of them because there are so many expressions in English with the word "mind", so we're only going to cover some of them, but we're going to cover the main ones.

Okay, so, when we talk about "mind", there are different ways we're talking about mind. "Mind" can have to do with the brain and with thinking or thoughts. Okay? So, sometimes when we're talking about mind we're talking about our brain or we're talking about our thoughts. Sometimes we're talking about something totally different with mind. Sometimes when we're talking about mind we're actually talking about being polite. For example: "Do you mind?" this is something where you're being polite. And then we also use "mind" when we're telling somebody to pay attention to something. For example: "Mind the gap" or "Mind the hole". So we have these three times where we're using "mind" and we have a lot of different expressions for each of these different categories. So we're going to go over each of these. I'm going to teach you a bunch of expressions where "mind" has to do with thought or brain, I'll teach you a lot of expressions where it has to do with politeness, and then I'm going to teach you a lot of "mind" expressions that have to do with paying attention. But this is pretty much one way you can look at these expressions.

So let's get started by talking about... When we're talking about mind, and thoughts, and the brain. So, first, when we talk about "mind" one meaning of "mind" can have to do with pretty much the brain, but it's not exactly the brain. Okay? So your brain is in your head and it's a physical thing. You can touch the brain, you can feel the brain, you can see the brain, smell the brain, so it's physical. Mind is not physical. You can't see the mind because the mind is where your thoughts are, where your memories are, and these are things you can't really see or feel, but they're somewhere in here; we just can't see them because they're not physical. So, for example: Einstein, very famous scientist: "Einstein had a brilliant mind." Okay? So this means Einstein had brilliant thoughts, he was very smart. He had, you know, brilliant ideas. These things are all in his mind. So it's similar to brain, although not exactly the same thing, it's very similar to brain.

We can also say: "psychologist". A psychologist is a job and people who are psychologists, they study the human mind, meaning they look at the brain and they look at people's memories, they look at the way people have ideas, and they think about: "Where do these things come from?" Okay? So they study the human mind. So, a lot of the times when we use the word "mind", we're talking about kind of your brain and your thoughts. You know, we might say: "Oh, Beethoven had an incredible mind", or you know: "In your opinion, which minds were the greatest of the 20th century? Who had the greatest mind?" Meaning: Who had the greatest ideas, and thoughts, and pretty much brain? Okay, so that's "mind".

Now, let's look at another way we use "mind" and that's in the expression: "on someone's mind". So this is a very common expression. In English we often ask: "What's on your mind?" Or we also say: "I have a lot on my mind." So, what does: "on my mind" mean? And make sure you have "on someone's mind", so it can be: "on my mind", "on your mind", "on her mind", "on John's mind", you can pretty much put any person here. What does it mean? Well, when we talk about "on our mind" we're usually talking about problems, so we're usually talking about problems that we are thinking about. These are thoughts, we're thinking about something so it's on our mind.

Learn English with Emma: vocabulary, culture, and the first conditional!
00:24:19
engVid
8 Views · 5 years ago

I will use one topic to teach you important English grammar (the first conditional), as well as vocabulary. You'll also learn a lot about North American culture. I'll teach you all this stuff by talking about superstitions. Is the number 13 bad luck in your culture? If you break a mirror, will you have bad luck? If you find a penny on the ground, do you think you will have a good day? Every culture has beliefs about luck. We call these beliefs superstitions. Some superstitions are common around the world, but many are very specific to a particular country or culture. My mom is really superstitious, so I grew up with a lot of these beliefs. In this video, I'll give you some examples of common North American superstitions, and in the second half of the video, I'll use this topic to teach you how to use the first conditional in English. Watch this video now. If you don't, your computer might get a virus.

Take the quiz! https://www.engvid.com/learn-e....nglish-superstitions

TRANSCRIPT

Hello. My name is Emma, and in today's video we are going to be talking about three different things. Okay? So, we are going to be learning some new vocabulary that have to do with superstition, and I'll explain what superstitions are; we're going to be learning about culture, and Western culture, and North American culture; as well as grammar, today we are going to be learning about the first conditional. So this is a great video because you are going to be learning a lot by the end of it, hopefully.

So, let's get started. First I want to tell you about superstitions. I love the topic of superstitions; I think it's very interesting. So, what a superstition is, is it is a belief, and this belief, it's usually cultural, but it can also be personal. Okay? And this belief is not based in science, so it's not scientific. Oftentimes when we're talking about superstitions we're talking about supernatural things, we're talking about good luck, bad luck, curses, you know, we're talking about things maybe from our culture's history and a different way of seeing the world. So if you're confused about superstitions, don't worry, when I give you examples you will start to really understand what a superstition is.

Okay, so let's start off with an example. Imagine this: I took a test and I did really well. I got a very high score on my test. Now, why did I get a high score? Maybe you think: "Oh, you probably studied well." Okay? So that might be kind of a scientific explanation. "Oh, Emma studied, so she did well on her test." Well, maybe I brought a pen to the test and it's a very lucky pen or a very lucky pencil, and I think anytime I use this pen or pencil I'm going to do well. It's my lucky charm, it's my lucky pen or pencil. If you think I did well on my test because I have a lucky pen, then that would be an example of a superstition. It's like a ritual you do to get good luck or to keep bad luck from happening, and it's a belief about these types of things. Okay? So, if for example, I say: "I did great on my test because I brought a lucky pen to class.", "I did really well on my test because it was, you know, at 7pm and 7 is a lucky number so therefore, you know, 7pm means I'm going to do well on my test. And I wore green, and green's a lucky colour, so all these reasons helped me on my test", you would say I'm superstitious. Okay? So, "superstition" is a belief, it's a cultural belief that explains something in the world, but not based in science.

A person is "superstitious". We use "superstitious" to describe people. My mother is the most superstitious person I know. She is very superstitious. In our house there are many superstitions. Okay? And that's true. I grew up in a very superstitious household. So let's look at some Western superstitions I grew up with. These are the ones that were in my own experience and my own culture. So, one example of a superstition is if you walk under a ladder, this is very bad luck. Okay? So when I walk down the street, if I see a ladder, I never walk under it because I'm also very superstitious. If you find a penny, so a penny is a type of... It's a type of currency or a type of... It's a form of money, it's a coin, and if you find a penny... If I ever find a penny, I always pick it up. Okay? I pick it up off the ground because I think the penny will give me good luck. Okay? A little crazy, I know, but a lot of people in North America do this. 13 is considered a very unlucky number. In Western culture you'll notice a lot of apartment buildings do not have a 13th floor, and that's because people think it's so... They think it's very unlucky, so they don't want to live on the 13th floor because they think they will, you know, have bad luck. I know in China the number 4 is very unlucky, and so it's the same thing. In China you don't see... In apartment buildings you usually don't see a 4th floor because it's very unlucky. Okay, so we've talked about some good luck and some bad luck.

Take the Present Perfect Progressive challenge!
00:17:15
engVid
9 Views · 5 years ago

Will you be able to pass my Present Perfect Progressive Challenge?! In this lesson, you will review the grammatical structure of the present perfect progressive tense and learn how to use it in conversation. You'll hear many examples taken from real English conversations and I'll explain how and when you should use this tense. Here is the challenge: First, watch this video. Second, take the quiz to make sure you're using the tense correctly. Third, use the present perfect progressive tense in conversation or in our comments section. Complete this challenge and you'll become more comfortable USING the grammar you learn. Good luck! Practice makes perfect!

TAKE THE QUIZ ON MY WEBSITE: https://www.engvid.com/present....-perfect-progressive

TRANSCRIPT

Hello. My name is Emma and in today's video we are going to talk about grammar, and specifically we are going to talk about the present perfect progressive, and this video is a bit special because in this video I am going to challenge you to use the present perfect progressive in a sentence or in a conversation this week. Okay? So, maybe you've heard of the Ice Bucket Challenge, well, this isn't that. This is the: "Present Perfect Progressive Challenge". Okay? And I hope you do this. So, here's the challenge: Use present perfect progressive tense in one conversation this week. So, in order to do this, first I'm going to teach you: What is the present perfect progressive? We can also call it the present perfect continuous, you might know it by that name. So I'm going to talk about what it is, why we use it. I'm going to teach you about the form of it, so: How does it look? And then we're going to practice it and we're going to talk about how we can actually use this in a conversation. Because I know what happens with many students, they go to class or, you know, they're studying online and they find these great grammar worksheets or resources, and they do them at home and it's great on paper, but then when they're actually in a conversation they get scared about making a mistake or they can't remember the grammar, and so they don't use it. So this video is more practical because I want you to use this grammar.

Okay, so let's look at some examples of the present perfect continuous or present perfect progressive. That's going to get tiring to say. It's such a long grammatical term, so if I make a mistake, you know, when I'm saying the word, don't mind that. Okay, so I have some examples here. My first one: "I have"-so this is part of the form-"been working at my company for 5 years". So, just take a moment to think about that. "I have been working at my company for 5 years." Now, let's look at another example. We're going to compare some examples, and then think about what they all mean. "He has been dating my friend for 2 months. He has been dating my friend for 2 months." Let's look at a third example: "We have been studying English forever." [Laughs] Sometimes it might feel that way, but you know, bear with me. "We have been studying English forever."

Okay, so what do these sentences have in common? Well, first of all you probably realize these are all present perfect progressive sentences, and they have a lot of things in common. The main thing that we're using the present perfect progressive for is we're talking about how long, so how long something is happening. Okay? So we're talking about the duration of time, how long something happens for. So you'll notice: "I have been working at my company for 5 years." Five years is an amount of time. Okay? "He has been dating my friend for 2 months." Two months is a period of time. "We have been studying English forever." Forever is a very long period of time. Okay? So we're talking about periods of time when we're talking about the present perfect progressive, and we're really answering the question: "How long?" or "How much time?" Okay? So now let's talk a little bit more about the meaning and the form.

Okay, so we've looked at some examples of the present perfect progressive, and let's think a little bit more about the meaning. I've drawn here a timeline. Okay? So this is now, today, right now; this is the future; and this is the past. Okay? So when we're talking about the... Well, actually any grammar, what can be really helpful is looking at timelines, they can really help you understand, you know, what these different tenses mean. So let's look at our timeline and what the present perfect progressive tense would look like on the timeline. So, I have here my first example: "I have been working at my company for 5 years." This means that five years ago, so let's go to the past-one, two, three, four, five-I started working, so this is the beginning, and this action continued and continued and continued to right now, so I'm still doing it.

Learn English Vocabulary: The people we LOVE ❤ – spouse, girlfriend, partner, husband...
00:14:38
engVid
6 Views · 5 years ago

Ready for an English lesson on romantic relationships? There are many terms we use when talking about people in romantic relationships. Spouse, partner, significant other, husband, wife, better half, lover, girlfriend, boyfriend, couple, and common-law are just some examples of relationship terms we'll be talking about in this video. I will teach you why some people might prefer the term partner instead of husband or wife. We will also discuss what people call the family of their husband or wife. For example, what does the term in-law mean and how do we use it to describe our partner's family? After you've watched this lesson and learned what we call people we are in a relationship with when talking about them, watch Ronnie's lesson to learn what we call them when talking TO them: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=URoJ6l5MVlY

Take the quiz: https://www.engvid.com/english....-vocabulary-people-w

TRANSCRIPT

Hello. My name is Emma, and in today's video we are going to talk about love and romance, and all those wonderful relationship words. Okay? So, this video is very important when we're talking about conversational English and English vocabulary, because a lot of what we talk about is relationships. Maybe if we don't have a relationship, we might talk about our friends' relationships or our family's relationships, so it's good to know these words. So, we're going to talk about some of the more common words you'll hear people talk about. For example, maybe you've wondered before: "What's the difference between: 'spouse', 'husband', and 'partner'? When do I use these different terms?" Well, that's a great question. "What do you call a girlfriend or boyfriend when you're in your 60s?" That's a great question, too. So we have a lot of these questions students often ask, so in this video I'm going to answer them. So let's get started.

To start with, let's talk about marriage. Okay? Getting married. What do you call somebody who is married? Well, there are multiple things you can call a person who is married. If we're looking at traditional terms, so terms a lot of people use that are more traditional, you might hear somebody talk about "a husband" if they're talking about a man who is married, you might hear them talk about their "hubby" if they're talking about a husband in an informal way. So, for example, I could talk about my husband or my hubby, they have the same meaning and they're talking about a man. I can also, if I'm talking about a woman, we can use the word "wife": "My wife". If we're talking about more than one husband, we can just add an "s" and say: "husbands". And if we're talking about more than one wife, we actually have to change the spelling from "f" to "v" and add an "s", and so this is pronounced: "wives". "Wife", "wives". Okay? So these are women and these are men.

We also have another term which I like: "spouse". So, "spouse" is a word that can mean either a husband or a wife, it's a different word, but the point is that it can be a man or a woman. Okay? So you can talk about: "My spouse", "Your spouse", "How long have you and your spouse been married?" If you're having trouble remembering this word, you can think about a mouse, maybe a mouse who's married, that can help you remember the word "spouse" because it rhymes with "mouse". Okay. So these are more the traditional terms we use when we talk about people who are married.

We also have less traditional terms that are very common and many people use. A less traditional term might be the term "partner". When we're talking about partner, you have your business partners, but in a relationship when you're talking about romance and love, you can also have a partner. So, "a partner" is someone you are in a relationship with. So, in this case, "partner" can mean that you're married to the person, so maybe you're married, but it's not necessary. So some people use the term "partner" when they're talking about who they're married to, and other people use the word "partner" and they're not married, so it can mean married or not. We can also use "partner"... It's genderless, meaning we don't know if the partner refers to a man, a woman, or a different gender. We also don't know if the person is in a same-sex relationship, or a gay or lesbian relationship, or if they're in a heterosexual or a straight relationship. So, the word "partner" is... It's different than the more traditional terms because there's a lot of information that people might not want to share, so they might use the word "partner" instead. Or maybe "husband" and "wife", those terms don't apply, so they like the word "partner". You might also hear somebody talk about their "life partner", which is another way to say "partner" or their "domestic partner". […]

How to succeed in your JOB INTERVIEW: Behavioral Questions
00:22:26
engVid
8 Views · 5 years ago

Think about your last job interview. What did you do to prepare for it, and how did it go? Job interviews are difficult whether you are an English learner or a native speaker. If you want to get the job, you need to prepare for the job interview. In many English-speaking countries, interviews often include behavioral questions. In this lesson, I will teach you about behavioral interview questions and how to answer them. This video also has a listening practice portion to train you to recognize these questions, as well as tips on how to prepare for them. Try our quiz at the end to practice what you have learned, nail that interview, and get that job! Then work like a dog for the rest of your life :)

Take the quiz: https://www.engvid.com/job-int....erview-behavioral-qu

TRANSCRIPT

Hello. My name is Emma, and in today's video I am going to teach you how to do really well on your interview. So, if you're looking for a job and you have an interview coming up, I'm going to talk to you about a type of question you might hear during your interview. I'm going to tell you how to recognize this type of question, and how to answer this type of question, along with many tips that can help you. Okay? So if you're about to do an interview, don't stress out - we can do it.

All right, so let's look at the types of questions we're going to talk about today. Today we're talking about behavioural interview questions. Okay? So let's look at some examples to understand what I mean by "behavioural interview questions". Okay, so we have this question: "Tell me about a time when you worked effectively under pressure." So take a moment to think about that question. "Give an example of how you worked on a team.", "Describe a time when you had to deal with a very upset customer.", "Have you ever made a mistake? How did you handle it?" Okay, so when we're talking about behavioural questions, it's important to think about: What is being asked of you? Okay? So, the main thing with these types of questions is this word here: "Give an example". Behavioural questions... behavioural interview questions require that you give an example of how you have dealt with or handled a situation.

So, my next question to you is: Do you think we're talking about an example of the past, something that's happened; the present; or the future, something that could happen? So look at these questions. Are we talking about a past example, a present example, or a future example? If you said: "Past example", you are correct. When we talk about behavioural interview questions, what the interviewer is asking is they want you to give a past example. Okay? Something you have done in the past. How can you recognize these types of questions? Because there are many different interview types of questions, these are just one type, so how do you know if it's behavioural interview question? That's a very good question. One way to know is by looking for key words. Okay? So, a lot of the times behavioural questions start off with some sort of hint or clue. "Tell me about a time" is an example. Okay? "Tell me about a time when you worked effectively under pressure.", "Tell me about a time when you disagreed with your boss.", "Tell me about a time when you had problems with your co-workers." Okay? So lot of the times you will hear: "Tell me about" or "Tell me about a time", and that's a signal: Okay, this is probably a behavioural interview question. You might have this as a starter to the question, they might ask you: "Give me an example of how you worked on a team." or "Give me an example of a time when you showed leadership." Okay? So those would both be behavioural questions. Again: "Describe a time". A lot of the times you'll hear the word: "a time" or "an example". So this is another common phrase you will hear with behavioural interview questions. You might also have a question like this: "Have you ever made a mistake?", "Have you ever had difficulties working with somebody?", "Have you ever had a conflict with a customer?", "How did you handle it? What did you do?" So these types of questions, they don't have the same key words as the ones above, but usually they're written or they're said with the present perfect tense, and usually you'll hear a second follow-up question: "How did you handle it?" Okay? So, key word here: "did". If you hear the past tense in the question, then they probably want you to answer the question using a past example. Okay? So, this might be a little bit confusing, you might be a bit worried, you know: "Oh, these questions seem really hard." Well, the very first step is recognizing these questions, so that's what we're going to do right now. We are going to practice recognizing behavioural interview questions.

Okay, so now we are going to practice identifying behavioural interview questions. Okay? […]

How to pronounce "OF" like a native English speaker
00:07:24
engVid
9 Views · 5 years ago

Stop talking like a robot! Some words don't always sound the same, and this is especially true when native English speakers speak quickly. In this short and simple video, I will teach you about the different ways we pronounce the preposition "of". For example, did you know we pronounce "a lot of" like "alotta" in conversations? Understanding the pronunciation of words can also help you develop better listening skills.

Take the quiz to test your understanding: https://www.engvid.com/how-to-....pronounce-of-like-a-

TRANSCRIPT

Hello. My name is Emma, and in today's video I am going to help you with your pronunciation. Today I am going to teach you how to pronounce one of the most common words in English. That word is the word "of". Okay? So, when we say "of" just on its own as a single word, we usually pronounce it like this: "ov", which has kind of like a "v" sound at the end, "of". Now, that's kind of hard to pronounce. There's an easier way that we pronounce this word when we use it in a sentence or an expression, and that's what we're going to learn today. So let's get started.

Okay, so I have here some English expressions. I have: "A lot of", "Slice of pie", "Piece of cake". Now, when I actually say this, I don't say: "ov". I want you to listen very carefully to what I'm actually saying and how I pronounce the word "of" in these expressions. Okay? "A lot a". I'll say that one more time: "A lot a". "Slice a pie", "Slice a pie", "Piece a cake", "Piece a cake". Okay? Now, I've said it a little louder than I usually would, but you'll notice I didn't say: "Slice ov pie", I said: "A slice a pie". So my point here is that native speakers of English, especially North American English, usually do not pronounce "of" like this; we actually pronounce it more like "a". Okay? So, what we can do is we can actually add an "a" here. So I want you to repeat after me: "A lot a", "A lot a", "I have a lot a friends." Okay? "A lot a". And we also say "a" a little bit quieter because it's not a stressed syllable. So we like to say it quieter than the rest of the expression. "Slice a pie". So I can remove this and add an "a". So let's say that together: "Slice a pie". All right, now let's try this expression: "A piece a cake". So this means it's something that's easy, so: "piece a cake". Okay?

So let's do some practice together. And you will see "of" a lot in English, so this is a really good word to practice and to get used to pronouncing in a native speaker way, because: A) it will be easier to understand you, and B) "a" is a lot easier to say than "ov". Okay? So let's practice these sentences together. So, I've put the word "of" with a red underline, and anytime you see "of", I want you to change it to "a", okay? So, let's say this together: "It is made of brick. It is made of brick.", "He has lots of money. He has lots of money." Okay. "Game of Thrones." If you like that TV show, that's a really important thing to be able to pronounce. "Game of Thrones.", "I thought of something." So, again, let's turn this to "a": "I thought of something.", "It's a piece of cake." And that means it's something very easy. "It's a piece of cake." Okay? This is actually one of my favourite idioms: "It's a piece of cake." All right? So now let's do some more practice on the word "of" and its pronunciation.

So one thing you can do if you're having trouble with the pronunciation of "of" in sentences, or expressions, or phrases is you can actually just put the "a" underneath "of" to help remind you. Okay? So this is one thing you can do when you're practicing the pronunciation of this. So let's practice some more sentences. "That's a nice piece of furniture." Okay? So now I want you to try: "That's a nice piece of furniture." And, again, when we say this part, we're not saying it loud, we're not saying: "Piece a furniture", we say it kind of quietly: "Piece of furniture". Okay? Let's try the next one: "The cost of living is high. The cost of living is high." Okay. You can do it one more time. "The cost..." Sorry. "The cost of living is high." All right. Let's do this next sentence. And, by the way, at the time of filming, Justin Trudeau is the Prime Minister, just in case, you know, it changes, I want this to make some sense. "The Prime Minister of Canada is handsome." Okay? He's a handsome man. "The Prime Minister of Canada is handsome." Okay? So now you can try to say that. Okay. Now let's try another sentence: "Many of the shows are comedies. Many of the shows are comedies." Okay? And when we say this part, we also kind of say it quicker, too. "Many of the shows are comedies", versus if I said: "Many of the shows are comedies." You can say that, but again, most native speakers say it very quick and more like a "a" sound. "Many of the shows are comedies." All right, and let's try one more: "Ottawa is..." So first I'll say it slow. "Ottawa is north of Toronto. Ottawa is north of Toronto." So now you try to say it. […]

Why you should make mistakes, and how to learn from them
00:19:05
engVid
16 Views · 5 years ago

Are you embarrassed or frustrated when you make mistakes? You are not alone. Many learners feel bad when they make a mistake, but they don't realize that making mistakes can help them improve! In fact, making mistakes is one of the BEST WAYS TO LEARN, especially if you are trying to learn a language. In this video, I will teach you that making mistakes is a very important part of learning a language. I will then show you some ways you can use your mistakes to improve your English. We will go through some practical tips on what you should do to maximize your learning. Which mistakes should you focus on? How do you know what your mistakes are? How can you make sure that you are improving? For answers to these questions and more, watch the video.

Now it's time to watch another video! Watch this video about how to stop wasting time and start learning:
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=REJNBGEAQRo&list=PLaNNx1k0ao1u-x_nKdKNh7cKALzelzXjY&index=11&t=0s

Take the quiz on this lesson: https://www.engvid.com/why-you....-should-make-mistake

TRANSCRIPT

Hello. My name is Emma, and in today's video we are going to talk about mistakes and why we should make them, and: What should we do when we make them? Okay? So, I hope you're making mistakes; very, very important when you're learning anything. Whether it's math, science, English, French, Spanish, Chinese - you want to make mistakes. Okay? I cannot say that enough. If you're not making mistakes, then you're doing something wrong because if you're making mistakes it means you're actually using the language or, you know, you're actually... It's very important in the learning process to make mistakes. So, in this video I'm going to teach you six ways or six steps on how to improve with mistakes. Okay?

So, before I get started, I just wanted to again say: Please, please, please make mistakes, especially when you're learning a language because mistakes equal good learning. Okay? So, I... You know, I know a lot of students when they go out and they're talking to a native speaker, they feel so embarrassed. "Oh my goodness, I just... I can't believe I just said that. I made a mistake with the present perfect. Oh my god", it's not a big deal, you should be making these mistakes.

So, the first step on how to learn from your mistakes is: Give yourself permission to make mistakes. Okay? You want to tell yourself it's okay, and I can't stress this enough. Tell yourself: "I need to make mistakes. Today I'm going to try make mistakes.", "Another mistake? Yay me. Woo! Very good." Okay? So give yourself permission. Don't look at mistakes as a bad thing because they are not a bad thing. Mistakes, when learning a language, are actually a good thing.

So, step two: Once you give yourself permission to make mistakes, you should start to know your mistakes. Okay? What are the mistakes you're making? So one way you can find out what mistakes you're making is you can ask your teacher, or your friend, or, you know, somebody you're close to, maybe your classmate. You can ask them: "What's my biggest mistake? When I speak English, what's my biggest mistake? In my writing, what's my biggest mistake?" Okay? So a lot of the times other people can help and tell you what your biggest mistake is.

Another thing you should be asking: "Why is it a mistake? What is the problem with this? Why is it a mistake?" Okay? A lot of the times with students I've found, and I'm also guilty of this, I remember in university I would write an essay and I would get all these comments on my essay and I'd also get a mark or a grade, you know, like A+, B, whatever. And I remember always looking just at the percent I got or the grade, and not looking at the comments. Those comments that your teachers write actually tell you a lot about the mistakes you're making, so please, please, please see that, read it, focus on it, and think about it. Okay? Whatever your teacher writes on your essay, on your test, take a moment to really think about that mistake.

Also, another way to know what mistakes you're making is you can think about what mistakes are common for people speaking your language. So, for example, if a Spanish person is learning English, maybe they say: "I am agree", which is fine in Spanish, but in English it's a mistake; or maybe if you're Brazilian, you want to say the word "red" but you say the word "head" because the R sound and the H sound, I think, you know, with Brazilian students this is often a pronunciation mistake. So think about: What mistakes are common for your culture? We have a lot of resources on this on engVid actually, where you can actually see common mistakes for your language. Okay.

I'm going to get into this in a moment with the next step, but I'll just say it right now because I really want you to think about this: When you ask somebody: "What is my biggest mistake?", try to focus on one mistake. […]

My TOP 5 Writing Tips (for all levels)
00:27:05
engVid
9 Views · 5 years ago

Whether English is your first, second, or third language, developing your writing abilities will help you in educational, work, and social media contexts. In this lesson, I will talk about writing in general and discuss both formal and informal writing. It is critical to learn the difference between formal and informal writing, including differences based on vocabulary, grammar, and format. I will teach you some strategies for how to plan your writing. My five tips will help you improve your writing regardless of your current level. Watch the video, follow my advice, and your writing will improve. Test yourself with the quiz at https://www.engvid.com/my-top-....5-writing-tips-for-a

Did you like this video? Keep improving by watching another video now:

1. 5 MORE tips on how to improve your writing:
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=GgkRoYPLhts&t=0s&list=PLaNNx1k0ao1u-x_nKdKNh7cKALzelzXjY&index=107

2. Writing an Essay: Paraphrasing the question:
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=o9aVjBHEEbU&list=PLaNNx1k0ao1u-x_nKdKNh7cKALzelzXjY&index=30&t=0s

TRANSCRIPT

Hello. My name is Emma, and in today's video I am going to teach you some great writing tips. These tips are for both academic writing and non-academic writing. Okay? So it's for writing in general. Now, this video is going to be in two parts, because I have so many tips, so I'm going to give five tips in this video and five tips in the next video. Okay, so let's get started.

So, there are so many different ways... Or so many different types of writing we do in our lives; we write emails, we write essays if we're a student, we might write a Facebook post, or we might write a resume or a cover letter. So it's very important to develop your writing skills because you will be writing throughout your life a lot. So let's look at my first tip.

My first tip is: It's very important to think about the genre of what you're writing. "Genre" is a very fancy word that pretty much means type. So, a genre of writing might be an essay, or it might be a cover letter, or an email, or a tweet. These are all different genres, and each one of these has a different expectation on what you should include and how you should write it. So it's very important, first step is: Know the genre or know the type, and know what is expected of you.

Also important in this is knowing your audience, or thinking about your audience. So, for example, if you write an email, the language you're going to use and the way you're going to write will be different if you write an email to your friend versus an email to your boss. So it's important to think about: "Who are you writing to?" because this is going to help you decide what to write and how to write it. Same with, you know, if you are on Twitter and you write a tweet, or on Facebook a Facebook post, you know, it's important to think about your audience. You know, are you writing this post for friends to see, or is this a post your boss might see, or members of the public? You know, and that could be a problem. So it's important to think about, especially with this and on other social media, too: Audience. Who will see this and what will they think about it, and what are their expectations? You know, some people work for companies where they're responsible for social media, so it's important, too, the type of wording they use when they're writing on Facebook. If you work at a company and you're writing for your company, it's going to be different than if you're writing for your friends. Same with an essay. An essay has a certain structure, you know, it's supposed to be a certain amount of pages, it has a certain organization to it, and so knowing what's expected of you when you write an essay will help you because it's going to be very different than, for example, a Facebook post. Same with in business, business reports. Understanding the format of a business report is important if this is something you're going to be writing, and thinking about your audience. Same with executive summaries, which is a type of thing businesspeople write. If you're not in business you might not ever write one of these, but if you are in business you need to realize that audience is important because professionals are going to be reading this, and these people are busy, so, you know, knowing your audience and knowing what is expected of you is the very first step to good writing. Let's look at some other tips.

Okay, so we've talked about genre or the type of writing you're doing, and part of this is knowing the expectations for how long what you write should be. Okay? So you want to know a bit about length expectations before you start writing. This is really important, especially in university where you often have a number of pages you're allowed to write. It's important, you know, in the workplace because sometimes, you know, you can't write a lot. […]

Learn English Expressions: JUST IN CASE
00:18:12
engVid
22 Views · 5 years ago

What does "in case" mean? When do we use it? In this video, you will learn about this commonly used expression. This lesson is part vocabulary and part grammar. After watching, you will be able to use "in case" properly in a sentence, which will be very useful for expressing a request, a condition, a particular event, and more. Take my quiz at the end of the video to practice using "in case". You can watch the video more than once in case you forget something.

TAKE THE QUIZ ON THIS LESSON HERE:
https://www.engvid.com/learn-e....nglish-expressions-j

WATCH ANOTHER VIDEO NOW:
1. How to use ABOUT TO:
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=HQx2tEWxC1Q&list=PLaNNx1k0ao1u-x_nKdKNh7cKALzelzXjY&index=17&t=0s

2. WHILE or MEANWHILE?
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=EofcMDlVNIk&list=PLaNNx1k0ao1u-x_nKdKNh7cKALzelzXjY&index=82&t=0s

TRANSCRIPT

Hello. My name is Emma and in today's video I am going to teach you about a very important piece of vocabulary -- it's also very important when it comes to grammar -- and that is the expression: "Just in case" or we can also say: "in case". So, we use this a lot in English, so it's very... It's something very important for you to learn. So let's talk about what it means and how we use it.

So, we use: "in case" or "just in case"-we use both-when we are talking about doing something to prevent a problem. Okay? So we're talking about... Or doing something to prepare for a problem. So, we're looking at a problem and we're looking at preparation or prevention of that problem. Okay? So, for example: "Tonight, I am going to a restaurant." I'm very excited. Now, the problem is I get cold very easily, and when I'm cold I'm not a very nice person; I get very cranky, and I'm not a good person to be with when I'm cold. So my problem is I get cold easily. What is my prevention or preparation for this problem? Well: "I will bring a sweater just in case I get cold." Okay? And that way I will have a great time at the restaurant, hopefully. So my problem is being cold, and my preparation is I'm going to bring a sweater. So, as you can see, if you think about life, we have a lot of these types of problems and we do a lot of things to prepare for these types of problems.

So let's look at some other examples. Okay, a problem is when it rains... Okay? A lot of the times when it rains, you know, I don't like getting wet, so what do I do? Well, my preparation or prevention is I bring an umbrella, or maybe I'll bring a rain jacket. Okay? So: "I will bring an umbrella just in case it rains." Another problem is if you work at 9am, you know, a lot of the times there's a lot of cars; everybody's going to work at the same time, there's a lot of traffic. And if there's a lot of traffic maybe you'll be late for work. So what will you do for this problem? So, traffic is the problem or maybe going to work late is the problem, but what you can do to prevent or prepare for this problem is you can leave your house early. So: "I leave my house early every day just in case there's traffic."

Another example of a problem is maybe you're going to visit your friend, and your friend gives you their address. Now, if you don't write down their address, you're going to be lost. I don't know where they live. I need to go to my friends' house, I forget their address; I don't know where they live. So this is the problem. Especially if you're very forgetful like me or you always forget people's phone numbers or, you know, where people live, this is a big problem. So what do you do to prevent this problem? Well, you write down their address. Okay? On a piece of paper, your friend tells you their address, you write it down. Why do you write it down? "You write down their address just in case you forget it." Okay? You forget their address.

So I've just given you some examples of where we would use "just in case". There are a lot of examples for "just in case". I want you to think about your life. Is there something that happens every day to you, maybe you have some sort of problem or something you worry about? So think about that for a second. Is there something you worry about every day, and what do you do to prepare for that or to prevent a problem from happening? Okay? Maybe, you know, you're worried about failing your test, so you might create a study group just in case. Okay? Or maybe, you know, your teacher gives you homework. Maybe you will do the homework just in case they want to see it. So, you see what I'm saying? There's a lot of problems you might have, and a lot of preventions or preparations you do for those problems. So try to think of one in your own life. Okay, so now we are going to look at the grammar of "just in case" or "in case".

Okay, so we've already looked at what are problems, and how we prepare or prevent problems. Now let's look at some examples of: How do we create this sentence in a grammatical fashion? So, I have here the sentence: "I will bring an umbrella in case it rains." […]

Learn English Vocabulary: FAKE NEWS
00:11:51
engVid
9 Views · 5 years ago

Have you heard of "fake news"? What about the words "conspiracy theory" and "hoax"? The topic of fake news has become very popular in the news lately. It refers to information that is not true or not accepted as truth by mainstream society. In this video, I will teach you some key vocabulary we use when talking about fake news. I'll also give you examples of their use. Next, I will talk about some expressions you can use if someone gives you fake news or tells you a story that isn't true. After watching, take my quiz to practice the new words and expressions you've learned. https://www.engvid.com/learn-e....nglish-vocabulary-fa
Next, watch this lesson on negative political vocabulary that you will hear in the news often:
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=45e99fofgJc&index=10&list=PLpRs5DzS7VqpcTS7hXJU4ARPwSETGI1gy

TRANSCRIPT

Hello. My name is Emma, and in today's video I am going to teach you some key expressions you can use when somebody tells you something that's not true and you want to argue against what they're saying. So, in this video I'm going to teach you these great expressions, but before I do that, we're going to talk about three words that are very common in English these days. Those three words are: "Fake news", "conspiracy theories", and "hoaxes". So in this video you will learn what these words mean, and you will also learn what to say to somebody that tells you something that's not true. All right, so let's get started.

So I have here three sentences. The first sentence is: "Scientists say the earth is flat. Not round." Is this true or not true? Okay, this sentence is not true. Some people believe this, but it is not true. My second sentence: "Michael Jackson is alive and living as Kim Kardashian." True or not true? Again, we have a sentence that is not true; I made this up. And finally, my third sentence: "Listening to rock music causes cancer." Is this true or untrue? Again, this is untrue; I also made up this. So my point here is that a lot of what you hear from people in conversation not true. People say these types of things all the time, and you will know that this is something that's not true, so what do you say when someone tells you that the earth is flat, or they tell you that Michael Jackson is living as Kim Kardashian? Okay? So, I will teach you those great expressions you can use. Before I do that, I wanted to just say that these three sentences can also be considered fake news. So, we will look at the meaning of fake news in a moment.

Okay, so the three main words I wanted to teach you today are words that you will see a lot on the internet and in the media. The first word is: "fake news". So what is fake news? Well, "fake" means not true. "Fake news" is news stories that are not true, and they're created to damage a person, a business, an agency, or a government, or they might also be created to get attention and to get clicks on the internet. So you'll see a lot of fake news on different social media, like Twitter, Facebook, and a lot of other places, too, online. So, this is a very common word these days, a lot of people are using it, so it's important that you know what it means.

We also have the word here: "conspiracy theory". So, "a conspiracy theory" is an explanation of an event or situation that is different from the official account. A lot of the times conspiracy theories are about a government or a business doing something illegal or to harm someone. Okay? So let's think of some conspiracy theories. Some people believe that the moon landing, so when... When astronauts went to the moon in the 1960s, some people believe the moon landing was fake. This is a popular conspiracy theory. Another conspiracy theory I heard recently is some people believe that Paul McCartney from the Beetles actually died in 1966, and there is a different man who replaced him and who is actually the better musician. So this is a different conspiracy theory. So, you'll see a lot of conspiracy theories on the internet, and a lot of people will tell you conspiracy theories during conversations.

The last word I wanted to teach you was the word: "hoax", "hoax". So, "a hoax" is a type of practical joke that is meant to embarrass or hurt people. So some examples of hoaxes are you'll have these death hoaxes, where they'll say a celebrity is dead, but it's not true; it's a joke. Or you might have a hoax, like, you know, some people might take a picture of an alien or a monster and tell everyone: "Look, we have evidence of this monster alien." But if it's not true, then it's a hoax. It's a joke, a practical joke. So, again, fake news, conspiracy theories, and hoaxes are very common on the internet, and so for these things that are not true, what do you say to people when they tell you this untrue information? Well, let's find out in a moment. […]

Find a NEW JOB in North America: Cover Letter & Resume Advice
00:21:07
engVid
9 Views · 5 years ago

Looking for a job? You will need to create a resume and a cover letter. But the rules on what to include and what NOT to include are different from country to country. To get you started, I've put together this lesson on writing cover letters and resumes, where I will give you all of my key tips. I will also talk about the reasons why we write cover letters and resumes and give you some important points on formatting. Watch my other job skill videos to learn about job interviews and for specific vocabulary you should use on your resume.

Take the quiz: https://www.engvid.com/north-a....merica-jobs-cover-le

Download a sample resume here: https://www.engvid.com/english....-resource/resume-sam

TRANSCRIPT

Hello. My name is Emma, and in today's video I am going to talk to you about cover letters and resumes. So, if you are going to be looking for a job soon... Maybe you're new to Canada, or England, or the USA, or new to an English-speaking country and you're looking for a job or you will be looking for a job soon, this video can really help you with that. Cover letters and resumes really are different in different parts of the world. Okay? So there's a lot of different cultural parts that you need to know when you're writing a cover letter or resume, and in this video I'm going to talk about the cultural aspects of both. So, this video you're going to learn more of an overview about cover letters and resumes, what their purpose is, and the type of information we include on them. Okay, so let's get started.

Okay, so a cover letter and a resume are two different documents that have very different formats. They look very differently from one another. A cover letter is a letter format, whereas a resume has its own special format, but there are certain things that are common or the same for both. One of the things that's common for both a cover letter and a resume is their purpose. The purpose of a cover letter and resume is to help you get an interview for a job, or help you get the job. Okay? So, when you think about a cover letter or a resume, imagine a company is asking you: "Why should we hire you? What makes you special? What makes you right for this job?" Your cover letter and your resume are the answer to this. They tell employers about your amazing skills. Okay? Maybe you know CPR, maybe you're great when it comes to computers, maybe you speak four languages. Okay? So they tell your employer... Your future employers this. They talk about your abilities, they talk about your experience, your education experience, your work experience, you know, maybe some other organizations you're a part of and the experiences you had there, and they also talk about your accomplishments, your successes. Okay? Maybe at this company you increased sales, maybe you won a customer service award because you're so great when it comes to talking to customers. Okay? So your resume and cover letter show all these great things about you, and they answer the question: Why should we hire you? Okay?

So, a lot of people want to know: "Do I need both a cover letter and a resume? Can I just give my resume or just my cover letter?" For most jobs you will need at the very least a resume. Okay? This is one of the most important things you give when you're applying for a job, and then for a lot of jobs they also will want a cover letter. So, how do you know if you need both? Well, when you apply to the job, look at the job advertisement. Usually in the advertisement they say if they want just a resume, or if they want a cover letter and a resume. If you don't know and you can't find the information, it's a good idea to send both.

A lot of people want to know: "Can I reuse my resume and cover letter for each job I apply for? Writing cover letters and resumes are a lot of work, so can I just give the same cover letter and resume to everybody, and every job I apply for?" In general, that's not a good idea, and the reason is usually companies can tell that they're getting the same resume and cover letter as other companies, because you're not saying specific things about how your skills match this company's skills or this company's... What this company wants. So as a result, it's always the best idea to write a different cover letter for each job you apply for. Okay? I know that's a lot of work, but you will be more likely... You're more likely to get the job if you do a good job on your cover letter instead of just sending everyone the same ones, and it's the same with resumes. You know, different jobs you might want to highlight or talk about different things on your resume. If you're applying to this company, maybe you'll talk about a certain work experience, whereas this company maybe you'll talk about a different work experience. Okay? So very important to write your cover letter and your resume for each job. […]

Practice your VOCABULARY, LISTENING, and COMPREHENSION with this game
00:16:15
engVid
7 Views · 5 years ago

Want to improve your listening skills and improve your vocabulary at the same time? Do you want to have fun while learning? In this video, I will teach you common words we use while describing people's faces. Then, you will practice your listening skills in a fun and interesting activity. Get a pen and paper ready for this interactive and hands-on video. If you want even more practice, try my helpful quiz at the end of the video at https://www.engvid.com/vocabul....ary-listening-compre

#engvid
#vocabulary
#LearnEnglish

Next, watch my video on 11 'MIND' Expressions in English:
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=N_N9iPueids&list=PLaNNx1k0ao1u-x_nKdKNh7cKALzelzXjY&index=12

TRANSCRIPT

Hello. My name is Emma, and in today's video we are going to do something very special. Okay? We are going to practice our listening skills by doing a really, really fun activity that I love to do with my classes. So, for this video, we are going to be listening for adjectives about the face. Okay? So I'm going to teach you a whole bunch of new words, and maybe some words you already know, when... That we can use to describe our faces. Okay? So you are going to first learn some new words and we're going to review some words; and once you have these words down, what we are going to do is I am going to describe a face to you, and while I describe it, you're going to listen carefully and you are going to draw the face. Okay?

So this is what you're going to do: You're going to take your pen or your pencil, and a piece of paper, and you are going to draw what I describe. Okay? Now, it's okay if you're not a great artist; you don't have to be for this video. You don't have to Picasso or Leonardo Da Vinci. Okay? As you can tell, I'm not the greatest of artists, so that's okay. But after you listen and you draw what I say, you're going to look at your picture and you're going to compare it to my picture or what I was describing. And then you can see: "Okay. Are these the same? Are they different? Did I follow the instructions? Did I understand these adjectives correctly?" And so this is a great way to really practice your listening, and to also learn some new words. All right? So let's get started.

Ta-da. Here is my art. Okay? So I'm going to describe these pictures now, just so you learn some new words, and we're... We're also going to review maybe some words you already know. Okay? And I hope none of my drawings creep you out; I know that, you know, they might be a little bit unusual, but let's get started.

So, when we're talking about faces, there's many different ways to describe a face; I've just picked two. This man has a long face. Okay? His face is in the shape of an oval, but it's also very long. Now, compare this to this person who has a round face; more like a circle. Okay? So, during the description I'm going to be describing faces, and I'm going to either use the word: "a long face" or "a round face". Okay? So, here we have the eyes, we have the nose, we have the mouth... In this picture we have lips which are these things, so we might have really red lips or big lips, like Angelina Jolie; maybe small lips, thin lips. Okay?

Another thing I'm going to talk about in this video is eyebrows. So, the eyebrows are this part of your face; they're the hairy part above the eyes, here. So, I have two different types of eyebrows. These eyebrows... So you see we have eyes here. The eyebrows here are very thin; whereas these eyebrows are thick, or we can also call them bushy eyebrows. Okay? Because they almost look like bushes. Bushy or thick.

Okay. Another thing you're going to hear during this listening activity is I'm going to talk about wrinkles. So, what's a "wrinkle"? Well, as you get older, your face starts to develop these lines, usually around the eyes or maybe around, you know, your smile - and we call these age lines wrinkles. Okay? So here's the spelling of that word. So, you'll be hearing this word during the listening activity.

You might also hear the word "braces". So, braces are something that helps your teeth to become straight. So, during the listening, one of the people I'm going to be describing may have braces. So this is the teeth, and it's just a piece of wire that goes across the teeth to help keep the teeth straight. Okay. So, anything else on this picture? No? Let's move on to this picture.

The other thing you might hear during this activity is I might be describing facial hair. So, when I'm talking about facial hair, I'm not talking about the hair on the head; I'm talking about the hair on the face. So, this man has a lot of facial hair. He has a beard, which is hair that comes from your chin, down. You might have a short beard or a very long beard. This man has a long beard. I also put a moustache on this man, so that's the facial hair or the hair under the nose - the moustache. And this is how we spell that word. […]

12 English Expressions with ALL
00:17:33
engVid
3 Views · 5 years ago

Do you want to learn some useful English expressions? In this video, I will teach you common expressions with the word "all" in them. What does it mean when someone is a "know-it-all" or "not all there"? What is the difference between "all along" and "all over"? I will also teach about the following expressions: all in all, all-nighter, all the way, for all I know, for all I care, all for it, all talk, and once and for all. After watching the video, take my quiz at https://www.engvid.com/english-idioms-all/ to practice what you've learned.

#engvid
#LearnEnglish
#expressions

TRANSCRIPT

Hello. My name is Emma, and in today's video, I am going to teach you some new expressions. These expressions all have the word "all" in them. Okay? So you're going to learn a lot of new words today, or a lot of new expressions. So, let's get started.

The first expression I want to teach you is one of my favourites: "an all-nighter". So, an all-nighter is when you stay awake for over 24 hours. So, you do not sleep. So, who pulls an all-nighter? Usually students before an exam or a test might pull an all-nighter; or maybe somebody has a big project and they don't have time to sleep because they want to finish the project, so they might pull an all-nighter.

English for Beginners: Countable & Uncountable Nouns
00:22:17
engVid
11 Views · 5 years ago

Do you think English grammar is confusing? Ever wonder why can we say "a dollar" but we can't say "a money"? Why can we say "houses", but not "furnitures"? In this class, you will learn the grammar rules about countable and uncountable nouns in English, including when to use "a" or "an", when to add an "s" at the end of a noun to make it plural, and when you should NOT add an "s". You will also learn about the difference between "much" and "many". Test yourself with the quiz at https://www.engvid.com/countab....le-uncountable-nouns

Watch next:
FIX YOUR GRAMMAR MISTAKES! -- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=XnrAM9QZ90U&list=PLaNNx1k0ao1u-x_nKdKNh7cKALzelzXjY&index=40

#engvid #LearnEnglish #EnglishGrammar

TRANSCRIPT

Hello. My name is Emma, and in today's video I'm going to teach you about countable and uncountable nouns. We can also call these "count nouns" and "non-count nouns".

So, let's begin by first talking about: What is a noun? So, a noun is a word that is a person... It can be a person, so: "Emma", that's a noun; "teacher", that's a noun. It can be a place. "Russia" is a noun. "School" is a noun. It can be an animal; a dog. "Dog" is a noun. The word "cat" is a noun. It can also be a thing. This marker... The word "marker" is a noun. Okay? And it can also be a feeling. "Happiness" is a noun. So, a noun is a person, a place, a thing, an object, an animal. There are many things that are nouns.

What a noun is not is it's not an action, like a verb; it's not a description, like an adjective; and it's not a preposition, like the word "on" or "off". Okay? A noun is, like I've said before, one of these things. So, in English...

Well, actually, first let's do something. Let's underline the nouns just to make sure we have this concept. So, my first sentence is: "Canada is a large country." So let's underline the nouns, here. Well, "Canada" is a place, so we know "Canada" is a noun; "is" is a verb; "large" - this is a description; "country". "Country" is a place; this is also a noun.

"My teacher is funny". "Teacher" is a person, so this is a noun; "funny" is a description, it's an adjective, it's not a noun.

"The dog", so we have "dog" is an animal; "cats", "cats" are nouns; and we have the word, here, "friends". The word "friend" is also a noun. Okay? So, these are all nouns.

So, in English, we have two types of nouns; we have countable nouns and we have uncountable nouns. It's important to know if a noun is countable or uncountable, because this is going to tell us if we use words, like: "a" in front of the word, and it will also tell us which words we cannot use with these words. So... And whether or not we need to add an "s" to the end of the noun if there's more than one. So, in this video, we are going to talk about countable nouns with many examples and uncountable nouns. So, let's look at countable nouns first.

Okay, so we're going to start with countable nouns first. So, the first thing you need to know with a countable noun is when we have a countable noun, we need to put an "a" or an "an" in front of it. So, for example: "I have a dog. I have a computer. I have a lamp. I have a chair." So, notice I'm putting "a" in front of all of these. If the noun starts with a vowel sound, so for example: "a" is a vowel, "e", "i", "o", "u" - these are all vowels. And if it starts with a vowel sound, then we use "an". "I have an apple. I have an egg. I have an ant." Okay? So, we use this if the first... The first sound of the word is a vowel.

So, the second thing you need to know is that with countable nouns a lot of the time we can count them. Okay? So we can often... A countable noun is something you can count, or... Usually it's something, or an animal, or, you know, a place - it's something you can count. So, for example: "I have a book." This is one book. "I have two books.", "I have three books." So, this... You can count books and it's a countable noun. "I have two chairs. I have five dresses." These are all countable nouns.

When we have more than one countable noun, so for example, here we have one, here we have two. If we have more than one-so two, three, four, five, six-we need to add an "s". This shows us that there is more than one. And also notice that we don't need this in front of the noun anymore. So, we cannot say: "a books", because the "s" means there's more than one, so this would not match. Okay.

What else do we need? So, we need an "s" or an "es" if we have more than one of this type of object or noun. Here's another example: "I have one sister.", "I have three sisters." So, notice here, you can count the number of sisters I have, and so I've added an "s".

Now, we have some exceptions. For example, the word "moose". You can count the number of moose, but we never add an "s". It's... It's a strange exception. In English, you'll notice we have a lot of exceptions. We break rules a lot of times in English and that's okay. It's the same with "fish".

Learn English: How to use I'D BETTER & I'D BETTER NOT
00:10:51
engVid
8 Views · 5 years ago

"It's late. I'd better go." Have you ever heard this in conversation or a movie? The expressions "I'd better" and "I'd better not" are very, very common in conversation. In this English class, you will learn what these expressions mean, how to use them, and how not to use them. We will look at many examples of the use of these expressions, and I'll explain the grammar too. You will also learn about the meaning of "you'd better", which we use to express an order or a strong suggestion. At the end of the video, try my quiz at https://www.engvid.com/learn-e....nglish-better-better to practice what you have learned.

TRANSCRIPT

Hello. My name is Emma, and in today's video I am going to teach you a very common and important expression we use in English, and that expression is: "I'd better"; or in the negative form: "I'd better not". So we use this expression a lot. But before I teach you how to use this expression, I'm going to give you an example to help you understand when we use this expression. Okay, so let's get started.

So I have here my friend Jack, and you'll notice Jack is a little confused. He has a whole bunch of question marks around his head, because he's thinking. So, what is Jack thinking about? Well, Jack has a test at 8am, and he's nervous about his test, and so he's wondering: "What should I do?" That's what Jack is thinking. So I want you to think about: What should Jack do in this situation? He has a test at 8am. Should he go to bed early? Should he party all night? Or should he watch TV all night? What do you think? And he really wants to do well on his test. Well, hopefully, you know, you said the first one: Jack should go to bed early. So this is when we would use the expression: "I'd better". We would use it in this case.

And what does it mean? We use: "I'd better" when we want to talk about something that's a good idea to do; and if we don't do it, there might be a problem. Okay? So, for example: "I'd better go to bed early." This is something Jack would say, because going to bed early is a good idea. He has a test to study for... Or, sorry. He has a test the next day, so it's very important that he goes to bed early. Okay? So let's make this into an expression Jack can say. "I'd better", and then we put the verb, which is the action or the good idea. So, in Jack's case, Jack would say: "I'd better go to bed. I'd better go to bed." So, now let's look at more examples of the expression: "I'd better".

Okay, so you might be wondering: What does "I'd better" stand for? If you actually break up the "I'd", because "I'd" is a contraction, it stands for: "I had better". But usually when we use: "I'd better", we don't usually use it with the word "had"; we usually use it in conversation with the contraction. And so, the way we pronounce that is: "I'd better". So let's look at some examples with this expression.

Okay, so I want you to imagine it's going to rain later today. What's a good idea? If it's going to rain, a good idea is to bring an umbrella. So, we can use this expression to talk about this good idea. "I'd better bring an umbrella today because it's going to rain." Okay? If I don't bring an umbrella, I'm going to get wet. So this is a good idea; and if I don't do it, something bad is probably going to happen - I'll get wet.

So let's look at another example. "I'd better leave my house earlier because I don't want to be late." So maybe there's a meeting or a job interview, and you're thinking: "Oh, I need to get to work early", or: "I need to get to this job interview early." That's a good idea. A good idea is to leave my house early. So, because we're talking about a good idea, we say: "I'd better leave my house earlier than normal." If I don't leave my house early, maybe there will be problems getting to the interview; maybe I'll be late. Okay? So we often use "I'd better" when we're talking about a good idea; and if we don't do this good idea, there can be a problem.

This is a very common thing you'll hear people say: "It's late", okay? Meaning it's late at night. You're at somebody's house: "It's late. I'd better go." Okay? So, I think this is actually probably the most common way we use this expression. You'll see it all the time in movies; somebody often says: "It's late. I'd better go."

And then another example: "My friends are coming over." Okay? So, what's the good idea? Your friends are coming over. It's usually good to buy some food, maybe some drinks, so: "I'd better buy some food." Okay? So that's a good idea. If I don't buy food, my friends will be hungry.

I just wanted to point out one thing. You'll notice after: "I'd better", it's the same in each sentence: "I'd better", "I'd better", "I'd better", "I'd better"... What comes right after the word "I'd better"...? Or, sorry. The expression is the verb. So, in this case, we have the verb "buy"; in this case, we have the verb "go"; we have the verb "leave"; and we have the verb "bring". […]

English Grammar: Comparative Adjectives
00:18:44
engVid
7 Views · 5 years ago

Comparative adjectives are words that are used to show the differences between two nouns: “larger”, “smaller”, “longer”, etc. Some comparative adjectives have unexpected spellings, but there are some simple rules to follow to get the spellings right. In this lesson, I will use strange objects from my personal collection to teach you about comparative adjectives. For example, is my first sword “biger”, “bigger”, or “more big” than my second sword? I will teach you when to use “er” and when to use “more” to express comparisons between adjectives. You will also learn how the spelling changes on some words when we add the “er” ending. After watching this video, take the quiz at https://www.engvid.com/english....-grammar-comparative for more practice.

TRANSCRIPT

Hello. My name is Emma, and in today's video, I am going to teach you about comparative adjectives. So, what are comparative adjectives? They are words we use when we are comparing different things or different people. Okay? So, let's look a little bit more into this.

I just wanted to remind you about what a noun is and an adjective is before we begin. A noun is a person, a place, or a thing. So, for example, this marker is a noun because it's a thing. I'm a person, my name is Emma - I'm also a noun. Okay? Right now we are in a classroom - a classroom is a place, so "classroom" is a noun. So, a noun is a person, a place, or a thing.

An adjective is something... Or I should say it's a word that describes a noun. Okay? So, I said before this is a marker. If I called it a blue marker, "blue" would be the adjective. Or if I said: "This is a colourful marker" or "a dull marker", these are all adjectives to describe the noun "marker". Okay.

So, here are some other examples of adjectives. We can use the word "cold", okay? Right now I'm cold. We can use the word "hot"; that's an adjective. "Tall", "old", "rich", "poor". We use these words to describe something. Okay? So, a lot of the times we like to compare things. Okay? We like to compare people. Okay? Which celebrity is hotter? Okay? Which...? Which dress is nicer? In English, we often compare two things; and when we compare things, we need to use comparative adjectives. So, let's look at that.

So, we have some rules when it comes to using adjectives to compare two things. When an adjective, so such as these, are one syllable or one beat, we add "er" to it when we want to use it to compare. So, let's look at an example of this-okay?-because it's sort of hard to understand unless you actually see what I'm talking about. I have here two cups. Okay? I want to compare these two cups. This cup is old, this cup is new, so when I compare these two cups, I add the word "er" to the adjective when I compare them. So, I can say: "This cup is older than this cup. This cup is newer than this cup." Okay? So, let's look at this. What did I do? I added "er" to the word "old", and I added "er" to the word "new". So, when I'm comparing two things, if the adjective... In this case, the adjective is "old" and "new". If the adjective is one syllable or one beat, meaning it's a short adjective, we add "er".

Let's look at another example. This book is very heavy. So, I have here this book: The Unabridged Edgar Allan Poe. It's a very nice book, but it's very heavy. And then I have this book: The Hen Who Dreamed She Could Fly. It's a book written by a South Korean author that's really good, but it's... It's very light. Okay? So, I want to compare these two books. What can I say about these two books? How are they different? Well, this book is very long. This book is longer than this book. Okay? This book is longer than this book. So, notice we have the word "long"; this is long; that describes the book. And we add "er"-"er"-to compare it to this book. Now, maybe I want to talk about this book. I can say: "This book is shorter than this book." And, again, all I need to do is add "er" to the adjective. Sorry. So, this book is longer; this book is shorter.

Let's look at another example. I have a lot of things today to show you. Best part of all: The swords. Okay? These are swords. I don't know if you can see that, but this is a little sword. It looks like something you could put in a sandwich, maybe. This is a much bigger sword. So, how can we compare these two? Well, again, there's many things we can say about these two swords; there's many adjectives we can use to describe them. Let's look at the one we have on the board. Let's do... Well, this isn't really thicker. We can say "longer" and "shorter" with this. We can also say: "lighter" and "heavier". This sword is a heavier sword. Okay? It's a lot bigger. It's bigger and it's heavier. This sword is smaller. Okay? Notice it's smaller and it's lighter. So, what I did there was I just added "er" or the sound "er" to "heavy" to make it "heavier", and I added "er" to small to make it "smaller". Okay? So let's do some more practice […]

Get a new job: Vocabulary & grammar for your RESUME & COVER LETTER
00:17:54
engVid
9 Views · 5 years ago

Many people don't get a job because there are mistakes in their resume and cover letter. Don't let this happen to you. In this video, I will talk about the grammar and vocabulary expectations for resumes and cover letters. You will learn some important tips for your resume and cover letter, such as words you should use or avoid. If you follow my advice, you are much more likely to make a good impression on your future employer.

Test your understanding by taking the quiz at https://www.engvid.com/vocabul....ary-grammar-resume-c
Download this POWER VERB resource: https://www.engvid.com/english....-resource/power-verb

If you're looking for a new job, make sure to watch my other videos about job interviews and resumes:

1. COVER LETTER & RESUME TIPS & ADVICE: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vDMJVrVY3ME&index=6&list=PLaNNx1k0ao1u-x_nKdKNh7cKALzelzXjY

2. JOB INTERVIEW SUCCESS – BEHAVIORAL QUESTIONS: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=6aO6cGTcnUg&index=12&list=PLaNNx1k0ao1u-x_nKdKNh7cKALzelzXjY

3. POWER VERBS FOR YOUR RESUME: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=SVAIXGhwYt8&index=24&list=PLaNNx1k0ao1u-x_nKdKNh7cKALzelzXjY

TRANSCRIPT

Hello. My name is Emma, and in today's video I am going to talk about resumes and cover letters, and the vocabulary and grammar you can use on both. Okay? So in this video I am going to talk to you about some things that you should do for your cover letter and resume-some verbs you should use, some grammar that's really good to use, and, you know, some vocabulary-and I'm also going to talk about things you shouldn't do on your cover letter or resume. Okay? So this video is mainly about grammar and vocabulary. So let's get started.

So, first of all, when you're writing a cover letter and/or a resume, you want to be very professional. So this means that you want to make sure that, you know, you're presenting yourself in a very professional way. Your writing should be formal, instead of informal. So, what do I mean by that? Well, for example, in your cover letter or resume, you should not use contractions. Contractions are words, like: "I'm", "I'll", "can't", "don't". Okay? These are all examples of contractions, and they should not be used in a cover letter or resume.

You should also not use slang in a cover letter or resume; words, like: "cool", "screw up", "killed". There's a whole bunch of different slang words that you should avoid when you're writing a cover letter or resume. Another thing you should try to avoid - words, like: "really", "very", "totally". Okay? So if you want to say that you're really hardworking or you're, you know... You're totally right for this position - these words will make you sound unprofessional. Okay? So you do not want to use words, like: "very", "really", or "totally". They're great in conversation, but when you're writing something like a resume or cover letter, they're not good words to use. Okay.

You should not use idioms. Okay? So, idioms are expressions that we use a lot in conversation. So, for example, you might say: "Oh, I passed my test with flying colours", which means you did really well, or, you know: "My old job was a piece of cake", meaning it was very easy. Idioms are great in conversation, but they are not good in cover letters or resumes. Okay? They're not professional, so do not use idioms in your resume or cover letter.

You also want to be very polite in your resume or cover letter. So, expressions like... Or, you know, saying: "I want", "I want this job because" is not really polite. "I want" is a very strong... It's very strong, so it's better to use a more polite form of that, such as: "I would appreciate" or "I would like". These have pretty much the same meanings, but this is very strong, so we don't use it on a resume or a cover letter; whereas these are more polite so they're better to use in a cover letter. So this was a little bit about how to make your resume or the language in your resume and cover letter more professional; now we're going to learn more about great vocabulary to use and great grammar to use.

Okay, so let's talk about vocabulary on your resume and cover letter. Vocabulary is very important. It can make you look very smart, very professional, and also very confident. Okay? So the words you choose can really help you in this way. So it's important to really think about what words you want to use. So, one thing to think about is if you've found a job advertisement and you've seen the job description, and it's a job you want to apply for, they often will have keywords in the advertisement. They might say that they are looking for somebody who is hardworking, or maybe somebody who knows Microsoft Office, or is a strong communicator. Whatever they say in the job description, it's a good idea to take that same vocabulary and use it in your resume and cover letter […]

Conversation Skills: A quick & easy way to make people understand you
00:08:59
engVid
8 Views · 5 years ago

“I’m sorry. I don’t understand.” Does this sound familiar? It is frustrating when people don’t understand you. In this video, you will learn an easy and quick tip that can improve your conversation skills even if you have a very strong accent or you are having trouble communicating with others. I will teach you how to introduce the topic of the conversation, also called the main idea. By just following this simple advice, people will understand more of what you say!

After the lesson, test yourself with the quiz: https://www.engvid.com/convers....ation-skills-make-pe

Next, watch my lesson on how we use hand gestures in conversation:
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=xY_xiGadcgk&index=50&list=PLaNNx1k0ao1u-x_nKdKNh7cKALzelzXjY

TRANSCRIPT

Coming soon!

Improve Your English Pronunciation: How the Human Voice Works
00:14:36
engVid
10 Views · 5 years ago

Want to improve your pronunciation and vocabulary at the same time? Learning the structure of your face, your mouth, and your neck will help you learn to pronounce the sounds of English. In this lesson, I will teach you the names of many body parts related to speech and pronunciation, such as the voice box, Adam’s apple, roof of the mouth, upper and lower lip, and more. I will give examples of how we use these body parts to produce different sounds. You will learn about the sounds produced by the roof of your mouth, as well as how we use the Adam’s apple or larynx to pronounce consonants like ‘k’ and ‘g’.

NEXT: watch other important pronunciation videos:
1. How to pronounce "OF" like a native English speaker: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Kb2tjo3FNkk

2. Sound more natural in English: Learn and practice 5 BACK VOWELS: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=3UKNO_-m7so

TRANSCRIPT

Hello. My name is Emma, and in today's video I am going to help you with your pronunciation. So, in this video, I am going to teach you the first step to learning how to pronounce different English sounds. We have many different sounds of English, and by knowing about the different body parts we use when we pronounce these sounds, it can really improve your pronunciation. Okay? So, let's get started.

The first thing I want to do is I want to teach you some of the different body parts we use when we pronounce English sounds. So, I have here a face. I hope it's not a scary face. I'm not the best artist, as some of you might know, but this is my art. And so, in this face, we have the eyes, the nose, the lips, the teeth, and the tongue. So, let's look at each of these parts that we actually use when we pronounce different words.

This is... I know it looks kind of like a silly nose, but this is a nose. So, this is this part of your body. Okay? A lot of people are surprised to find out we actually use our nose when we pronounce some sounds in English. We use our nose when we pronounce the "m" sound, so: "ma". Okay? And you can actually feel your nose vibrate. "Ma". The "n" sound, so like "no" you actually use your nose. And the "ing" sound, so anytime you hear, like "ing" words, like: "swimming", you use your nose as well.

The other parts of the body we use for different sounds is we often use our lips. Okay? So for our top lip is the top part, so this is the top lip. Okay? It's the lip that's more up. So, the upper lip is also the top lip; here it is. And we also have the bottom lip, which is at the bottom of your face. Okay? So top lip and bottom lip. So, you can also call the bottom lip your lower lip. Okay? It's another word that means the same thing. So, for your lower lip, we often use your lower lip when we're pronouncing sounds like the "f" sound, so for example: "fan", you'll notice my teeth touch my lower lip. "Fan". And the "v" sound, so for example: "van". Okay? So, it's important to know what parts of your body you're using, and a mirror can really help with this.

We also use our teeth. Okay? So, these are our teeth. We use our teeth when we pronounce things. So, for example, the "th" sound in English is a sound many people have trouble with, and so if you say: "Thank you", you'll notice my tongue touches my teeth. "Thank you", so I'm using my teeth to pronounce the sound.

We use... Sometimes we use both our lips when we pronounce sounds, so for example, we will use our top lip and our lower lip together. So, when we make a "b" sound, we use our lips. "Ba". Or when we use a "p" sound: "pa". When we use the "sh" sound, like in "shoe", you notice my lips are circled. "Shoe", we're using both lips. The "ch" sound, like: "choose". And the "w" sound, like: "wonderful". So, sometimes when we're using our top and lower lip, our lips might be in a circle. So, for example, with the "o" sound. So: "whoa", you notice my lips are in a circle, like this. Other times when we use our lips, our lips might retract or they might spread out, so for example, like this. You might get: "e". Okay? Notice my lips? They're pulled apart. "E".

So, a lot of your face is used when pronouncing sounds. Now we're going to learn about what types of body parts we have inside our mouth that also help us to make different sounds.

Okay, so I've made another very scary picture for you. I hope you like my art; it's an Emma original. So, this, can you guess what this is? If you said it's the eye, the nose, the lips, the teeth, and the tongue - you're right. This is the inside of somebody's face-okay?-from the side. So, if you're looking in a mirror and you're looking at the side, and you could see through your skin, you might see something like this. Probably not like this, because this is a bad drawing, but you get the point.

So, what are some of the parts of our body we use when we're thinking about the inside of our mouth when we pronounce English sounds? Well, first of all, this is your nose. Okay? […]

How to talk about your job in English: 10 Key Verbs
00:25:19
engVid
10 Views · 5 years ago

I will teach you ten common English verbs to talk about jobs and the workplace. You will learn the meaning, spelling, pronunciation, and grammar of the following words: hire, earn, pay, fire, quit, lay off, resign, retire, promote, and demote. You will also see examples of how these words are used. One of the most common topics of conversation is work. Whether you love or hate your job, you probably talk about it frequently, so you need to learn how to use these words. After watching the video, take my quiz to practice the new words you have learned, at https://www.engvid.com/how-to-....talk-about-your-job-

NEXT, watch the rest of the videos in my JOB SKILL series: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=-iRBcNs9oI8&list=PLaNNx1k0ao1uIoYaxVNntjU9kIjWYNlxO

TRANSCRIPT

Hello. My name is Emma, and in today’s video, we are going to teach you 10 verbs that you can use when you’re talking about work and jobs—okay?—and careers. So these are 10 very important verbs that you will hear a lot in movies, and on TV shows, and maybe even your professional life. Okay? So, let’s get started.
So, for each of these verbs, I’m going to tell you what they mean; I’m going to tell you the grammar of the verb, because that’s also very important; and I am going to talk about pronunciation, so: “How do we say it?”; and spelling. Each of these parts, so meaning, grammar, pronunciation, and smell… Spelling; not smelling. Spelling can really help you remember these verbs better. Okay?
So, my first verb: “to be hired”. What does it mean: “to be hired”? Well, this is a very good meaning; this is something very exciting. When you are hired, it means you get a job. Okay? So, it’s: You’ve given your resume to a company, you’ve done the interview, and guess what? You are hired. Okay? That means: “You’ve gotten the job! Well done.” So, I’ve drawn a smiley face here, because this is very exciting.
So, let’s look at an example of the verb “hired”. A long time ago, when I was a lot younger: “I was hired by Blockbuster.” Okay? So, a company, I don’t know if it still exists, but: “I was hired by Blockbuster.” Okay? So you’ll notice something about this verb. We have here the subject, which is “I” – “Emma”, and we have the verb “hired”, but you might also notice this word “was”. “I was hired”. This means that this verb is in what’s called the passive tense. Okay? So, when we’re talking about maybe our friends or our family, or people we know who got a job, we will say: “My friend was hired by”, and the company. Or, you know: “I was hired by this company.” Okay?
Now, this is a bit different. So this is in the passive and it’s very important to remember the word “was”. We have here our… Our same verb: “hired”, but in this case it’s in the active tense. And if you don’t know what I mean by passive or active, that’s okay, because we have a video on that which will help explain that; but the point here is that: Usually when you use “hired”, you usually have a “was” in front of it or a “were”, depending on if you’re saying: “he”, “she”, “we”, “they”. We usually have it like this.
If you’re talking about a company or the boss of a company—a manager—and we’re talking about their role and that they want to employ someone, in this case we would use the active, which is this sentence: “The manager hired John.” Okay? And so you’ll notice here… I could also say: “Blockbuster hired me.” You know, if I was a famous actress, I could say: “Universal Studios hired me for their next movie.” Not true, but just an example. So, the key here is there’s no “was” or “were” in the active form. But for you, you will probably be mainly using the first form – the passive form. Okay? And if you have questions about this, you can watch our videos on passive and active tenses.
So: “I was hired by Blockbuster.” How do I pronounce this word? Well, the first thing is: It is two syllables. So, we say: “hi-er”. Okay? So I want you to repeat after me: “hi-er”. Okay. And so it’s kind of like the word: “hi”, “er”. And in terms of the spelling… One of the great things with verbs that have to do with jobs is a lot of them are spelt very similarly; they have very close spellings. So, for example, we have here: “hire”. There’s another job verb that we’ll be talking about soon that does not mean the same thing, but it also has “ire”. Can you guess what that word is? “Fire”. Okay? “Fire” rhymes with “hire”; they both have similar spelling… Spellings. And we also have another word: “retire”. Okay? So, “i-r-e” you’ll see are very common with job verbs.
All right, so let’s look at another verb: “to earn”. Okay? This is a great verb: “to earn”. It means to make money. Okay? So you’ve gotten the job, you have been hired, so what happens now? The best part: You start to make money. You earn money. Okay? So, I’ve drawn a happy face here because this is also a very good thing about jobs. […]

How to learn MORE English with Emma
00:07:52
engVid
11 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.TeacherEmma.com Are you looking for more ways to learn English? In this video, I will talk about an exciting new opportunity. You will learn how you can get more English resources made by me. I will talk about my new website, http://www.teacheremma.com, and what I am currently offering to people. After watching the video, check out my website to learn more.

TRANSCRIPT

Hello. My name is Emma, and in today's video I want to tell you about a very exciting opportunity; but before I talk about this really great opportunity, I wanted to tell you a little bit about myself and what I do.

So, I hope you see this heart, here. I put this heart here because I want to talk something that's very close, and near and dear to my heart, and that is teaching English. I believe English learning or learning the English language can help people change their lives for the better. Okay? A lot of you are learning English, and I want to ask you: Why are you learning English? Maybe some of you want a promotion at work, maybe some of you are looking for a new job or the love of your life, maybe some of you want to travel and see the world and you know English is going to help that goal; for others it might be about studying at a different university abroad; or maybe for those of you who work in business, maybe English can help you conduct your business better. Whatever the reason, there are many, many reasons why somebody might learn English, and I'm here to help you with your goal.

So, my job is to help you meet your goals-whatever they are-by providing free English lessons. I have been doing this for a very long time. Since 2011, I have been creating YouTube videos about all sorts of things related to English; from listening, to grammar, to vocabulary, to test preparation. I create a lot of videos about English-language learning.

But what a lot of people don't realize is that these videos take a lot of time and effort to create, so I wanted to talk a little bit about that. What goes into creating one of our videos? Well, first of all, our videos require a team. You see me in front of the camera, but we have people working behind the camera who I'd like to thank; we have people who film, people who edit, who produce, we have people who create the closed captioning at the bottom of the videos to help our learners understand them better. So, we are a team who create these videos.

The second thing I wanted to say is that these videos take a lot of time and effort, and we're very happy to create these videos because they are very important to a lot of people; and we believe in free, accessible education. So, let me tell you a little bit more about myself and why I do what I do.

So, I have spent years learning on how to teach and what goes into learning a language. I have gone to different conferences, I have taken many courses and certifications, as well as recently I obtained a master's related to language learning. Another thing that a lot of people might not know about me is I still work full time. So, during the day I work and I teach; and it's in the evenings and on weekends when I do my passion. Well, my passion is teaching, but I mean my passion at work of creating these free videos.

So, some of you might wonder: Why do you spend your evenings and weekends creating these videos? Well, to me they're very important for the following reasons. I like to help to create these free videos because I think they really help people. I've met a lot of different people who have watched my videos, and I'm always glad to help. I think that English can help people reach their goals, and I want to be a part of this and I want to help people reach their goals, so this is one reason why I do this. I also very much believe in accessible education.

To me, I like the idea of a fair world; I like the idea of free education where it doesn't matter how much money you have, and it doesn't matter where you live, or even what... If you have a disability or not. I like the idea of everybody having access to education. So, one reason I create these videos is to make the world more accessible and to provide free education for all. I also think it's important that when you know something, you should share it when it comes to new research, or new information, and new knowledge. I've spent a lot of time learning about the best ways to learn a language, so I like sharing this with others.

Finally, I love sharing my culture. I'm a very proud Canadian and a very proud Torontonian, which is somebody from Toronto. So, in these videos I get to talk a lot about my city and my country, and I get to share aspects of my culture, and I also love learning about other people's cultures, so doing this really helps me to do that. […]

Practice the PRESENT PERFECT TENSE in English!
00:17:40
engVid
7 Views · 5 years ago

Did you know that it is possible to have fun while learning grammar? In this lesson, I will teach you my favorite game for practicing the present perfect tense in English. You will learn how to use it to talk about past experiences. For example, when using the verb “to drink” in the present perfect, do we say, “Have you ever drank?” or “Have you ever drunk?” Watch the video to find out. You will also hear many more examples in conversation with a surprise guest. That’s right! There will be a surprise guest who will also help you to learn and remember the present perfect tense. Test your understanding with the quiz at https://www.engvid.com/practic....e-the-present-perfec

NEXT, watch one of my other grammar lessons:

1. Take the Present Perfect Progressive Challenge: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Kxh5mCr93eY&list=PLaNNx1k0ao1u-x_nKdKNh7cKALzelzXjY&index=17

2. Learn English Tenses – 4 ways to talk about the future: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=0-6ZBRkZKWI&list=PLaNNx1k0ao1u-x_nKdKNh7cKALzelzXjY&index=58

TRANSCRIPT

Emma: Hello. My name is Emma, and we have a very special video for you today. Okay? In today's video you're going to learn a little bit of grammar about the present perfect, and then you are going to play a really fun game. Not only are you going to get to play a fun game, you're also going to get to meet my sister. Yes, Emma has a sister, so you'll get to see my sister a little bit later because she is going to play the game with us as well. So, let's get started and let me teach you this grammar point, so then we can get to the fun stuff. Okay?

So, today we're going to talk about the present perfect. The present perfect is a bit of grammar. Okay? It's a type of tense that many students get very frustrated with. They don't know: "Do I use the present perfect? Do I use the past tense?" It can be really difficult. So, when do we use the present perfect, and what is the present perfect?

Well, let me first give you an example of a present perfect sentence, because maybe you've seen something like this before. "Have you ever been to France?", "Have you ever lived in a different city?", "Has your sister ever been on TV?" These are three examples of the present perfect.

So, when do we use the present perfect? Well, there's different times we use the present perfect in English. In today's lesson, we're going to focus on using the present perfect to talk about a past experience. So, this is something interesting. An experience is usually an interesting experience; although it doesn't have to be. So, it's an experience that has happened in the past. So, it's not happening now, it's not happening in the future; it's already happened. It happened before, in the past. That's why a lot of students have a hard time with the present perfect because they see the word "present", and they get confused. "But how can we be talking about the past?"

Well, the present perfect can be used to talk about a past experience, and we use it to talk about a past experience when we're just talking about something that happened, but we're not talking about when it happened. We're not talking about a specific time; we're not talking about a date. We're talking generally about an experience that happened in the past.

So, I wanted to focus on present perfect questions to ask people about their experiences, because a lot of conversations start this way or have this in them. So, when we ask a person a question about the past experience, we can ask them: "Have you ever...?" This indicates we want to know something about somebody's past. "Have you ever been to France?" for example. So I'm asking you: "In the past, have you been to France?"

So, to create the present perfect, let's talk about form now. We have: "Have you ever" and then we add something called a past participle to make it the present perfect. So, what's a past participle? Well, a "past participle" is a form of the verb. So, for example, in this case we have the verb "be", "to be". The past participle form of the verb "to be" is "been". Okay? In this case, we have: "Have you ever" and we have our past participle. What's a past participle again? It's a verb in a specific form. Okay? So it's a specific form of a verb. In this case, "lived" is the past participle of "live" or "to live". And our last example. Oh, we have "been" again, which I've already discussed.

So, we use past participles in the present perfect. Now, this is where it gets a little bit challenging. There are two different types of past participles; we have our regular past participles and our irregular past participles. So, what's a "regular past participle"? Well, this is a verb where we just add "ed". Okay? So, for example: "play" becomes "played", and I add "ed", and that makes it a past participle. Another example is just down here: "lived". "Live", we add "ed" and it becomes "lived", and that's an example of a regular past participle. Okay? So, have you ever...? […]

How to use sequencers in English: FIRST, THEN, NEXT, AFTER THAT, FINALLY
00:08:31
engVid
54 Views · 5 years ago

Sequencers are words that organize your writing and speaking, words like “first”, “next”, “then”, “after that”, and “finally”. We often use sequencers in English when we give instructions, describe a process, or tell stories. Using sequencers is a simple trick that improves your writing and speaking because it organizes your ideas into sections and gives them an order. Watch the video and you will see how sequencers can help others understand you more clearly. Next, take the quiz at https://www.engvid.com/english....-writing-sequencing-

TRANSCRIPT

Hello. My name is Emma, and in today's video I am going to teach you about sequencers. So, "sequencers" are words like: "First", "Next", "Then", "After that", and "Finally". We use sequencers when we are talking about steps or the order of doing things. So, we will use sequencers when we tell stories. We use sequencers when we give instructions, such as how to do something. Okay? Because when we tell someone how to do something, we're giving them a lot of different steps, and so sequencers help us organize these steps. Okay, so let's get started and let's see some examples of how we use sequencers.

So, I have here my five steps: "First", "Next", "Then", "After that", and "Finally". These are the sequencers we're focusing on in today's lesson. So, I want you to imagine you want to tell somebody how to make a hamburger. Okay? When you make a hamburger, there are different steps to making a hamburger.

"First, you take a bun. Next, you put lettuce on the bun. Then you add a hamburger or the meat. After that, maybe you put ketchup or mustard. And finally, you put on the top bun and you eat it." So, these are the five steps in making a hamburger. That's just an example of how we would use this type of language. Okay?

So, when we're using sequencers, "First" always comes first. Okay? So, notice "First" is number one. So, when we're giving instructions or we're giving steps, this is how we would start. When we're ending our instructions or at the end of what we're saying, when we're giving a how-to or telling somebody how to do something, we can end with this word: "Finally". So, "First" is the first thing you say, "Finally" is the last, and then we have these three: "Next", "Then", and "After that". They all mean the same thing, so you can use "Then" as your second step; you can use "After that" as your final step; you can use these interchangeably. So, it doesn't matter the order of these three. "First", "Then", "Next", "After that", "Finally" - we can use sequencers in that way, too.

So, let's think of some more examples. I want you to use these in your own life, or think about ways you can use these in your own life. I want you to think about when you woke up this morning. What were five things you did? And think about the order you did them in. So, maybe: First, you heard your alarm clock. Okay? So, first, you woke up and you heard your alarm clock. What's the second thing that happened? Well, maybe if you're like me: Next, I had a shower. I took a shower. Okay. After that, I ate breakfast. Then I brushed my teeth. And finally... Oo, what did I do "finally" this morning? I think I went for a walk. Okay? So, those were the five things I did this morning in the order I did them.

So, I want you to try: Think about the five things you did this morning. And you can say them out loud to practice. Okay? So: First, you... Next... Then... After that... And: Finally... So let's look at another example of how we can use these sequencers.

So, one of my favourite things in life is drinking tea; I love tea. So, I am going to use sequencers to teach you how to make a cup of tea. So, first thing I want to use is the word "First". The first thing you do is first: You boil the water. Okay? So, you boil water; you make it very hot. Then you add tea to your cup. Okay? Maybe you have a tea bag. Next, you add the hot water to the cup. After that, add milk and sugar. Finally, you stir it and you drink it. Okay?

So, these are steps in making a cup of tea. Now, if I wanted to, I could go and make more steps. Okay? And I can use some of these multiple times. So, maybe I can use "Then" to talk about: Then you let the tea steep or you let the tea... You... I don't know. Then you add honey. So, there are other steps you might add. And you can use some of these sequencers multiple times. Again, the main thing is: Use "First" for the first step, and "Finally" for the last step. Let's look at one more example of using sequencers when we're talking about how to do something.

Okay, so let me tell you about a true story. I have a friend named Lucy, and she is beautiful, smart, funny; she's a wonderful woman, and right now she's looking for a boyfriend. So, she asked me for advice: Emma, how can I find the man of my dreams? […]

English Pronunciation Practice: CONSONANT CLUSTERS
00:14:57
engVid
8 Views · 5 years ago

Do you have trouble pronouncing ‘s’ words in English? Many students find words like street, squirrel, screen, spell, snow, and others difficult to pronounce. That’s because these words have consonant clusters in them. Consonant clusters are two or more consonants next to each other in a word. In this video, we will focus on ‘s’ words that contain consonant clusters, like the “str” in “street” or the “sk” in “sky”. In English, consonant clusters are very common. There may not be any in your native language, which could make their pronunciation challenging for you. But by the end of this video, you will have a solid grasp of the concept of consonant clusters and their pronunciation. Test your understanding with the quiz at https://www.engvid.com/english....-pronunciation-pract

TRANSCRIPT

Hello. My name is Emma, and in today's video I am going to teach you about pronunciation. Today we are going to talk about something called: "Consonant Clusters". Okay? So, you're probably thinking: "What is a 'consonant cluster' or a 'consonant blend'?" That's okay, because in this video I will talk about what these are-they're very common in English-I'm going to talk about mistakes people make when pronuncing-... Pronouncing them. Sorry. And then I'm going to teach you a great way to practice these words. Okay?

So, let's first learn about: What are "consonant clusters"? Okay, so I have here the word: "snow", "small", "sleep", and "sport". These have something in common. If you're not quite sure, but you're thinking maybe it has to do with consonant clusters, you're correct. Okay? Just like the name of this video, these four words all have consonant clusters in them. Okay? And I've underlined the part that is the consonant cluster. So, here we have: "sn", "sm", "sl", "sp".

So, to better understand consonant clusters, first we should really talk about vowels and consonants. So, vowels, in English, are sounds that contain either: "a", "e", "i", "o", "u", and sometimes "y". So these are our vowels in English. In different languages, vowels are different; in English, these are our vowels. So, we have here: "o" in "snow" is a vowel, the "a" sound in "small", the "ah" is a vowel, we have the "e" sound in "sleep" is a vowel, and the "o" sound in "sport" is a vowel. So, these are our vowels.

The opposite of a vowel is a consonant. So, consonants are not vowels; they're pretty much everything else. Okay? So, in English, we have a lot of consonants. "t" is an example of a consonant, "r", "s", "k", "c", "m", "n", "b", "v", "q", "p", "l", and there's so many more. Okay? So, pretty much every other sound that is not these are consonants. So, now we've... So, in this word, for example: "s" is a consonant, "n" is a consonant. In this word: "s" is a consonant, "m" is a consonant, and "l" is a consonant. Okay? And here we have the same; "s", "l", and "p" are consonants; "s", "p", and "r" and "t" are consonants. Okay?

Okay, so we've talked about vowels and we've talked about consonants. So now let's talk about consonant clusters. So, consonant clusters are where you have two or more consonants together in your pronunciation, and they... They make, like, one unit of sound. So, for example, we have here "s", which is a consonant, and "t" which is a consonant. So, when these two are together in the beginning or the end of a word, it's a consonant cluster. So, we pronounce this, for example: "stair". So, the "st" is a consonant cluster. Or it can come at the end of a word, like: "last". And a lot of students have trouble with consonant clusters, because they're... They're hard. You're... You're pronouncing a lot of different sounds together.

Here's another example of a consonant cluster. So, we have "f" which is a consonant, and we have "r" which is a consonant; together, they're a consonant cluster. We might find this in the word "friend", or maybe a word like "free". Here we have "s" and "q". We'll get back to "r" in a second. We have "s" and "q" together. So, if you think about this: "squirrel". So, "s" and "q" together. I'm just going to remove that. "Squirrel". We have another consonant cluster, because "s" is a consonant and so is "q"; "q" is a consonant as well.

And then, finally, another example, we have the "g" sound and we have the "r" sound. Together, for example, in the beginning of "green", these two are both consonants, so they form a consonant cluster. So, I think you're sort of getting the idea. There's a lot of consonant clusters in English, and these are hard to pronounce.

So, today we're going to focus on consonant clusters that start with the letter "s" or that are in "s" words. Okay? So let's look at what I mean by this. You might see a word with "sm" in it, so for example: "small" - that's a consonant cluster with "s". You might see "sn", like "snake"; "sw", like "sword"; "st", like... Well, I was going to say "street"; that's more, like, here: "str" is "street". […]

How to use SO & NEITHER in English: "So do I", "Neither am I"...
00:11:44
engVid
3 Views · 5 years ago

I will teach you how to use “so” and “neither” to show you agree with or have had the same experience as someone. For example, if your friend says, “I like pizza”, you can answer, “So do I” to agree with them. If your friend says, “I can’t whistle”, you can answer, “Neither can he” to refer to someone else. As you can see, “so” and “neither” can be used with different verbs and different subjects. Watch the video to learn the grammar behind this concept and get many examples. After watching, take the quiz at https://www.engvid.com/english-grammar-so-neither/ to practice what you have learned.

TRANSCRIPT

Hello. My name is Emma, and in today's video I'm going to teach you about something we use a lot in conversation, and that is the words: "So" and "Neither". So, how do we use these in conversation? Well, I want you to think about a conversation you've recently had with somebody. A lot of the times when we talk to people, we want to contribute something to the conversation and we want to show that we agree with someone. Okay?

So, for example, maybe I'm talking about pizza. "I like pizza." If you want to tell me that you agree with me, you can use the word: "So do I." Okay? So, you can use this expression; it starts with "So", then we have a verb, a helping verb, and then we have the person; in this case, it's "I". Okay, so: "So do I."

Let me ask you another question. Well, not a question. Let me say something that I believe. "I really like music." Do you like music, too? If you do, when I say: "I like music", you can say: "So do I" because you agree with me; you like music, too. Okay? Now... So, that's when we use "So", and we'll have a lot more examples in a moment.

Let's just talk a little bit about "Neither" for a moment. We use "Neither" when we're talking about something negative, so something that has the word "not" in it or... You know, for example: "I do not like pizza. I don't like pizza." If I say something like this in a conversation, you can agree with me, and you can say: "Neither do I". "I don't like pizza." You say: "Neither do I", if you agree with me.

So, let's do some examples together. "I speak English." If you wanted to add to the conversation and show you agree and you have the same experience, you can say: "So", then we can add: "do", and then you can say: "I".

Okay, let me think about something else. "I don't speak Klingon." This is a language from Star Trek. "I don't speak Klingon." If you wanted to add to this conversation, you can say-so, we have here it's a negative; it has the word "not"-"Neither do I." So, we use "So" and "Neither" when we want to show agreement with what somebody's saying in a conversation. So, let's look at some more examples of that.

So, so far we've talked about: "So do I" and "Neither do I". Okay? To show agreement with what somebody's saying. What about if we want to talk about somebody else? Well, we have "So" here, but we can actually change the pronoun we use when we're talking about someone else. So, if you're talking to somebody, you can say: "So do you." Or maybe, you know, I say: "I love traveling." And maybe you have a sister who loves traveling, you can say about your sister: "So does she." Okay? We can also do, if there's you and somebody else, you can use the pronoun "we"; or if you're talking about a group of other people, you can use the pronoun "they".

So, before I had "I", but you can actually use any of these or you can use somebody's name. For example: Drake. Okay? So: "I live in Toronto. So does Drake." We both live in Toronto. I never see Drake, but we both live in Toronto, so I can say: "I live in Toronto, and so does Drake."

Now, did you notice I did something different with the verb? Okay? The verb has to be in agreement with the pronoun. So, when we use "you", this goes into "do": "I do", "you do". For "he" and "she", the verb, in this case we call this a helping verb - the helping verb goes into "does": "she does", "he does", so we invert it. "So does he.", "So does she.", "So do we.", "So do they." Drake is "he", so we would put: "So does Drake." The point is: It needs to match. The pronoun and the verb need to match. Okay?

What about "Neither"? Well, it's the same. Okay? "I don't live in Australia. Neither does Drake.", "neither do you", "neither does he", "neither does she", "neither do we", "neither do they". Okay? So, it's important that the verb matches the pronoun. But notice that "So" and "Neither" are at the very beginning of the sentence. So, they always have the same place. Okay, so let's look at some other examples of ways we can use "So" and "Neither" in conversation. […]

SMALL TALK: What to say and what NOT to say!
00:17:28
engVid
14 Views · 5 years ago

What is “small talk”? Small talk is a type of conversation we make when we are talking to people we don’t know well. It’s one of the most important speaking skills to develop when you learn English. In this lesson, I will teach you what you should and shouldn’t talk about with people you don’t know well in North America. The topics that are appropriate for small talk are different in different cultures, so these might be different from what you’re used to, depending on where you are from. We will also talk about how to politely leave a conversation. Small talk can help you connect with new people, make friends, network, and it can also help you feel more comfortable in a conversation. Test your small talk skills with the quiz: https://www.engvid.com/small-talk/

WATCH THESE VIDEOS NEXT:
1. Have better conversations using the FORD method: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=glBGzRw1rWw&index=24&list=PLaNNx1k0ao1u-x_nKdKNh7cKALzelzXjY

2. English Conversation – The Meaning of Hand Gestures: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=xY_xiGadcgk&index=52&list=PLaNNx1k0ao1u-x_nKdKNh7cKALzelzXjY

TRANSCRIPT

Hello. My name is Emma, and in today's video we are going to talk about something very, very important in English, and that is small talk. Okay? So, I'm first going to talk about: What is small talk? And then I'm going to talk about the good things to do in order to make good small talk, and the don'ts - the things we don't do when we're making small talk.

Okay, so first of all, what is "small talk"? Very good question. So, I've written some question words up here: "What?", "Who?", "Where/When?", "Why?", and "How?" So, what is "small talk"? "Small talk" is a type of conversation. It's conversation we make with people we don't know that well. Okay? So, it's conversation we make when we don't really know people that well. We use small talk not with our family, not with our friends; we use small talk with strangers - with people we don't know.

We use it with acquaintances. And for those of you who don't know, "acquaintance" is somebody you know, but not really well. So, for example, your neighbour might be an acquaintance. Your friend's friend might be an acquaintance. So, with strangers, with acquaintances, people you know their name but you don't really know them well. With your co-workers, with your boss, with your neighbours, with the clerk at the store maybe - if you like to go to a cafe, you might use it with the person who works at the cafe. So, small talk is for people you don't know that well.

So, where and when? We've already talked of a couple of examples. Have you ever been on an elevator, and everybody's look at their phone; nobody's making eye contact? A lot of people will make small talk on elevators. At parties. We use small talk at parties. We use them when we're in line ups; sometimes we talk to people near us. We use them at conferences when we're in business or academics. We use them in our classes. When you have a classmate, you don't know them that well, you would probably use small talk. And there are many, many other situations you use small talk.

So, why do we use small talk? Well, number one, we want to be friendly. Okay? When we meet somebody, we don't want to seem rude, we don't want to seem unfriendly; we want to seem friendly, so we use small talk. We use small talk to meet new people. A lot of students, when they come to other countries, they want to meet new people. A good way to do that is by using small talk.

We want to not feel uncomfortable. Okay? We want to feel comfortable; not uncomfortable. If, for example, you're in an elevator and nobody's talking, it makes everybody feel a little bit uncomfortable. Small talk could make that situation feel more comfortable. We also use small talk to make other people feel comfortable. Okay? We're trying to make a connection with other people and make them feel comfortable, too. All right?

So, key point: Small talk we use for people we don't know that well; we use it for strangers, acquaintances, neighbours. Do we use it for family and friends? Not really. We use it for many different types of situations, and we use it for multiple reasons. So now I'm going to teach you some great ways to make small talk.

Okay, so remember small talk is for everybody. So, we want to keep the conversation easy, and things everybody can talk about. Okay? So, what are some things that would make great small talk? Well, first of all, I want you to imagine you're at a party and you don't know anyone, and you want to talk to somebody. Here are some great things you could say. So, to start, you can talk about the place you're in or the venue. Okay?

So, for example, if music is playing, you can just say to someone: "Oh, I love this song", and that can start a conversation. Or maybe you can say: "What a great apartment this is" or "Isn't that such a beautiful painting? You know, it's such a nice painting." […]

How to LEARN & REMEMBER English Words: My Top Tips
00:28:13
engVid
8 Views · 5 years ago

Have you ever forgotten a word in the middle of a sentence? Maybe you have even paused your conversation to look up a word in the dictionary or on an electronic translator. In this lesson, I will teach you the key areas that can help you to learn and REMEMBER English words. These include focusing on a word’s meaning, spelling, pronunciation, and grammar. Learn why each of these areas are important and learn how they help you to remember. The tips in this video are based on current brain and language learning research, so you can trust that they are effective. To see how well you understood this lesson, take the quiz at https://www.engvid.com/how-to-....learn-remember-engli

TRANSCRIPT

Hello. My name is Emma, and in today's video we are going to talk about learning new words, and some tips and tricks that can really help you with this. Okay? So, English has one of the world's largest vocabularies, and every year there are more and more words that come into the English language. So, every year I learn new words, and every year I hope you learn new words, too. So, in this video I'm going to talk about how we can really learn all these new words well, and how we can get a really deep understanding of these words and really know what they mean. Okay?

So, to get started, I've drawn a beautiful picture of a guy who kind of looks like Charlie Brown, and I have here HIS SKULL IS OPENED, and you can see at the top... I don't know if you realize what that is, but that's his brain. And the reason I've drawn this is because when we're learning new words, what we're really doing is we're taking new words and we're putting them into our brains, and we're storing them in different ways. Okay? So, what we want to do is we want to find the best way that makes our brain really happy when we're learning these words, because that will help us remember them better, and learn them better.

So, I'm going to talk about maybe a word that I learned recently, and I want you to think about maybe the last word you learned. Okay? Because that'll help you in this video to think about a word that you have learned recently. The word I learned recently was "binge-watch", and I'll be talking about this word to give examples when we talk about how to help your brain learn new English words.

So, there are four areas we're going to be talking about today. We're going to be talking about meaning and that's, like, you know, understanding a word. Understanding it, and knowing how to use it and when to use it. We're going to talk about spelling. A lot of people don't know this, but spelling is very important when you're learning new words, and I'll tell you why. We're going to talk about pronunciation, which is another key and another very important area of learning new words. And then the grammar of the words-okay?-which is also very important.

Each of these areas-meaning, spelling, pronunciation, and grammar-each of these are ways your brain stores a new word. Okay? So that's why each of them is very important. Your brain, when you learn a new word, it stores it based on the meaning, on the spelling, on the pronunciation, and on the grammar, so that's why we're going to look at each of these areas today and think about them when we're learning a new word. So, let's get started with meaning.

Okay, so the first thing we're going to talk about is a word's meaning. Okay? What does it mean? So this is, of course, very important when you're learning a new word because, you know, without knowing the meaning, how can you use the new word, right? So, I have here some questions that I like to ask myself when I'm learning new words, because it helps me to think about what's important about the word, and also it helps me to make more connections with the word, and that will help me remember the word more. Okay?

So, first of all, I like to ask myself when I see a word maybe that I kind of know: "How well do I know this word? Do I know it really well? Do I use it all the time already? Have I never seen this word before? Maybe I've seen this word before, but I don't know what it means. Or maybe I kind of know what it means, but I'm not really comfortable with it." Okay? So I usually ask myself, if I see a word: "Have I seen it before? Can I guess what it means?" Okay?

Do I understand the word? And this is different than: Can I use the word? Because when we're talking about understanding, we're talking about, you know, reading. When you look in a book and you see the word written, can you understand what it says? And we're also talking about listening. When you hear someone say it, do you know what they're saying? Do you understand the word when they're...? They're using it in a sentence? So, we have understand, which is about reading and listening, and then we have using it: Can I use the word? And this is: Can I use the word in conversation or when I talk? Can I use the word in writing? […]

Stop saying I'M SORRY: More ways to apologize in English
00:17:04
engVid
12 Views · 5 years ago

Have you ever made a mistake and regretted it? Want to learn other ways to say “I’m sorry” in English – for all kinds of situations? In this lesson, I will teach you formal and informal ways to apologize. I will also discuss ways to speak about mistakes, regrets, and forgiveness. You will learn common phrases and expressions, like “It’s my fault”, “I didn’t mean to”, “I shouldn’t have”, “How can I make it up to you?”, and more. We will also look at North American cultural practices when it comes to apologizing. Learning a language is about more than just learning vocabulary; you need to understand culture, too. In this video, you get both!

Take the quiz: https://www.engvid.com/stop-saying-im-sorry/

TRANSCRIPT

and ways we talk about regrets. Okay? So this video is really about when you've done something wrong and you have to say: "I'm sorry", and how to say: "I'm sorry", you know, to make the other person feel better. Okay, so let's get started.

The first thing I wanted to talk about is reasons. What are some reasons why we say: "I'm sorry"? What are some reasons why we apologize? (Which is another word for "I'm sorry"). There are many reasons. I've come up with a very short list. The number of reasons for why we say: "I'm sorry" is enormous; it's very large. So, this is a small list, but I thought about: We often say: "I'm sorry" when we're late, so we've told our friend: "I'm going to be there at 1pm", and then we show up at 1:30. So, we say: "I'm sorry. I'm sorry I'm late."

Sometimes we might accidentally break something. Maybe we break somebody's lamp, or maybe we spill something - we drop wine on their carpet, so we'd say: "I'm sorry". Sometimes, you know, maybe somebody's saying something bad about someone else, and that person finds out that, you know, the person has said something bad-we call that "gossip"-and so you might apologize if you've said something bad about somebody. You might say: "I'm sorry" if you said something rude or impolite. Maybe if you were not nice to somebody; you did something that was bad or that was wrong, or you made a mistake.

Maybe you had tuna for lunch with a whole bunch of onions, and now your breath smells, and so when you come back to work, you might say: "Oh, I'm sorry. I had tuna for lunch." Okay? This is... I hear this one quite a lot. So maybe you ate something that has a very strong smell, and you're saying: "I'm sorry" for that.

Sometimes we also say sorry to be polite. So, sometimes we didn't make a mistake; somebody else made a mistake; and to be polite, we still say: "I'm sorry". I know it's a little bit strange, but for example, if you go to a restaurant and you order chicken, and the waiter comes and he brings you beef, then you might say: "I'm sorry. This isn't what I ordered." Okay? So, there are many reasons why we say: "I'm sorry". So now let's look at some of the ways we say: "I'm sorry".

Okay, so the word "apology", "apology" means the same thing as "sorry". Okay? When you give an apology, it means you're saying you're sorry. So, let's look at some ways to say sorry. Well, we have: "Sorry", which is pretty informal; if you made a mistake with your friends or just in general conversation, we often just say: "Oh, sorry". We might say: "I'm sorry for" and give the reason why we're sorry. "I'm sorry for breaking your iPad.", "I'm sorry for not calling you.", "I'm sorry for being late.", "I'm sorry for forgetting your birthday." Okay? "I'm sorry for not being there."

What you'll notice is when we use the word "for" after "I'm sorry"-this means we're giving a reason-we usually have a verb and "ing" with it, so it's the verb in the "ing" form. Okay? So: "I'm sorry for breaking", so you'll notice "break" and then "ing". "I'm sorry for forgetting" - you'll notice "ing".

And if we want to say something that we didn't do that we're sorry for, we just add the word "not". "I'm sorry for not calling.", "I'm sorry for not answering the phone.", "I'm sorry for not telling you about, you know, my problem." Okay? So, we can... if we want to talk about something we didn't do that we're sorry for, we use the word "not".

So: "I'm sorry for" is something we use a lot, but if we wanted to be more formal... imagine you're at work and you make a mistake, and you're talking to your boss-okay?-you might want to use more formal English for when you're talking at work. You might say: "I apologize", which is similar to the word "apology". "Apologize", okay? So, it's four syllables: "apologize". "I apologize". You can say that.

And if you want, just like "sorry", you can also add the word "for" and give a reason. "I apologize for breaking it.", "I apologize for missing the meeting.", "I apologize for being late every day." So, if you're going to apologize to your boss or, you know, you're in a formal situation, you can use the words "apologize". And then, again, it follows the same rule as "sorry for", where you just have the verb with "ing". […]

How to succeed in your JOB INTERVIEW: Situational Questions
00:20:58
engVid
17 Views · 5 years ago

Imagine you have a job interview in the near future. How would you prepare for it? Job interviews can be difficult whether you are an English learner or a fluent speaker. Learning about common interview question types can help you prepare and feel more confident for the big day. In many English-speaking countries, interviews often include situational questions. A situational question gives you an imaginary scenario and asks what you would do if it were real. In this video, I will teach you about situational interview questions and how to answer them. This video also has a listening practice that will help you recognize these questions and prepare for them. After watching this video, watch some of my other job interview and employment skill videos: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=-iRBcNs9oI8&list=PLaNNx1k0ao1uIoYaxVNntjU9kIjWYNlxO

TRANSCRIPT

Hello. My name is Emma, and in today's video, I am going to teach you about job interview questions; specifically, we are going to talk about a type of job interview question called "a situational interview question". "Situational" is quite a large word, and you know, it's nothing to be afraid of, if you get this type of question. What we are going to learn today is how to recognize a situational interview question, and how to answer one. Okay? And I'm going to share a whole bunch of tips on the best ways to answer these types of questions.

All right, so to get started, I've shown some examples of a situational interview type of question. So, let's read these together.

The first question: "You hear someone making a racist joke in your office. What would you do?"

"You disagree with the way your supervisor says to solve a problem. What would you do?"

"You have been placed in charge of a team for a new project. What are your first steps to get the team going?"

Okay? So, I want you to think about these questions, and: What do they have in common? Okay? If you said that these questions were talking about an imaginary situation or a hypothetical situation, you're correct. When we answer these types of questions, we're talking about something we would do if a situation happened. So, this is not based on our experiences; this is based on, you know, what we might do if this situation happened to us. Okay? So, again, there are many different types of interview questions; this is just one type that you might get. And these are just some examples; there are many more examples of situational interview questions.

So, how do we know these questions are situational interview type questions? Well, there's a couple of keywords which can really help you recognize and identify these types of questions. If you hear the word: "If"; if you hear the word "would", these are really good hints. So, for example: "What would you do?" That's a... right there, we know: "Okay: 'What would you do?' it's a situational question." Again: "What would you do?"

Another common clue or another way we can tell that a question is situational is they often start with the word: "You", because they want you to imagine yourself in this situation. So, for example: "You hear someone making a racist joke in the office." Or: "You have been placed in charge of a team for a new project." This hasn't actually happened to you yet, but this is something that might happen to you in the future at this job. So, the interviewer wants to know: "If this happened, what would you do?" Okay?

Okay, so now what we're going to do is we're going to look at some more examples of situational interview questions, and we're going to do a practice listening activity to help you practice recognizing these types of questions.

Okay, so now that you know a little bit more about situational interview questions, let's practice listening for them. Okay? So, what I'm going to do is I'm going to say some different types of interview questions, and I want you to decide: Are they situational or not? Are they situational or something else? Okay? So, I want you to take out a piece of paper and get your pen or pencil ready, and I want you to make a picture on your paper that looks like this. Okay? So you can write: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, a column for yes and a column for no. Okay? And when... so, you can pause the video, and then when you're ready, you can unpause it and we can begin. Okay.

So, now that you have your piece of paper and your pencil ready, and you've put this on your paper, let's get started. I'm going to say a question, and if it's situational, I want you to put a checkmark under "Yes"; if it's not situational, I want you to put a checkmark under "No". Okay? And to help you with this, remember: Situational questions usually have keywords in them, like: "If", "would", or they might begin with a sentence that starts with "You". Okay? So, let's... let's practice.

Question number one: "What would you do if you knew your boss was absolutely wrong about an important work-related issue?" […]

النحو والصرف: اسم الآلة والنسبة
00:33:34
iugaza1
19 Views · 5 years ago

سم المساق: اللغة العربية نحو وصرف
اسم المحاضر: د.أسامة خالد محمد حماد
مشرف الموقع: أ. خالد محمد الأدغم
الكلية: الآداب
القسم: اللغة العربية
وصف المساق : يتناول المساق دراسة الموضوعات التالية:
1. أقسام الكلمة العربية والمبني والمعرب بالحركات والحروف.
2. الفعل بأقسامه، ونواصب المضارع وجوازمه، وأسلوب الشرط.
3. الميزان الصرفي، والفعل من حيث صحته واعتلاله وإسناده إلى الضمائر وتوكيده بنون التوكيد والمشتقات..
مركز التميز الأكاديمي:
http://lectures.iugaza.edu.ps/
http://quality.iugaza.edu.ps/E....xcellenceCenter/ar/D
قائمة محاضرات المساق:
http://www.youtube.com/playlis....t?list=PL9fwy3NUQKwY
الجامعة الإسلامية غزة:
http://www.iugaza.edu.ps/ar
قناة مركز التميز الأكاديمي بالجامعة الإسلامية - غزة على YouTube :
http://www.youtube.com/iugaza1

اسما الفاعل والمفعول والمذكر والمؤنث
00:32:05
iugaza1
16 Views · 5 years ago

سم المساق: اللغة العربية نحو وصرف
اسم المحاضر: د.أسامة خالد محمد حماد
مشرف الموقع: أ. خالد محمد الأدغم
الكلية: الآداب
القسم: اللغة العربية
وصف المساق : يتناول المساق دراسة الموضوعات التالية:
1. أقسام الكلمة العربية والمبني والمعرب بالحركات والحروف.
2. الفعل بأقسامه، ونواصب المضارع وجوازمه، وأسلوب الشرط.
3. الميزان الصرفي، والفعل من حيث صحته واعتلاله وإسناده إلى الضمائر وتوكيده بنون التوكيد والمشتقات..
مركز التميز الأكاديمي:
http://lectures.iugaza.edu.ps/
http://quality.iugaza.edu.ps/E....xcellenceCenter/ar/D
قائمة محاضرات المساق:
http://www.youtube.com/playlis....t?list=PL9fwy3NUQKwY
الجامعة الإسلامية غزة:
http://www.iugaza.edu.ps/ar
قناة مركز التميز الأكاديمي بالجامعة الإسلامية - غزة على YouTube :
http://www.youtube.com/iugaza1

الأفعال المزيدة والمصدر الثلاثي ودلالاتها
00:39:24
iugaza1
6 Views · 5 years ago

سم المساق: اللغة العربية نحو وصرف
اسم المحاضر: د.أسامة خالد محمد حماد
مشرف الموقع: أ. خالد محمد الأدغم
الكلية: الآداب
القسم: اللغة العربية
وصف المساق : يتناول المساق دراسة الموضوعات التالية:
1. أقسام الكلمة العربية والمبني والمعرب بالحركات والحروف.
2. الفعل بأقسامه، ونواصب المضارع وجوازمه، وأسلوب الشرط.
3. الميزان الصرفي، والفعل من حيث صحته واعتلاله وإسناده إلى الضمائر وتوكيده بنون التوكيد والمشتقات..
مركز التميز الأكاديمي:
http://lectures.iugaza.edu.ps/
http://quality.iugaza.edu.ps/E....xcellenceCenter/ar/D
قائمة محاضرات المساق:
http://www.youtube.com/playlis....t?list=PL9fwy3NUQKwY
الجامعة الإسلامية غزة:
http://www.iugaza.edu.ps/ar
قناة مركز التميز الأكاديمي بالجامعة الإسلامية - غزة على YouTube :
http://www.youtube.com/iugaza1

عين الفعل وبناؤه للمجهول
00:28:57
iugaza1
10 Views · 5 years ago

سم المساق: اللغة العربية نحو وصرف
اسم المحاضر: د.أسامة خالد محمد حماد
مشرف الموقع: أ. خالد محمد الأدغم
الكلية: الآداب
القسم: اللغة العربية
وصف المساق : يتناول المساق دراسة الموضوعات التالية:
1. أقسام الكلمة العربية والمبني والمعرب بالحركات والحروف.
2. الفعل بأقسامه، ونواصب المضارع وجوازمه، وأسلوب الشرط.
3. الميزان الصرفي، والفعل من حيث صحته واعتلاله وإسناده إلى الضمائر وتوكيده بنون التوكيد والمشتقات..
مركز التميز الأكاديمي:
http://lectures.iugaza.edu.ps/
http://quality.iugaza.edu.ps/E....xcellenceCenter/ar/D
قائمة محاضرات المساق:
http://www.youtube.com/playlis....t?list=PL9fwy3NUQKwY
الجامعة الإسلامية غزة:
http://www.iugaza.edu.ps/ar
قناة مركز التميز الأكاديمي بالجامعة الإسلامية - غزة على YouTube :
http://www.youtube.com/iugaza1

الصحيح والمعتل واللازم والمتعدي
00:44:03
iugaza1
18 Views · 5 years ago

سم المساق: اللغة العربية نحو وصرف
اسم المحاضر: د.أسامة خالد محمد حماد
مشرف الموقع: أ. خالد محمد الأدغم
الكلية: الآداب
القسم: اللغة العربية
وصف المساق : يتناول المساق دراسة الموضوعات التالية:
1. أقسام الكلمة العربية والمبني والمعرب بالحركات والحروف.
2. الفعل بأقسامه، ونواصب المضارع وجوازمه، وأسلوب الشرط.
3. الميزان الصرفي، والفعل من حيث صحته واعتلاله وإسناده إلى الضمائر وتوكيده بنون التوكيد والمشتقات..
مركز التميز الأكاديمي:
http://lectures.iugaza.edu.ps/
http://quality.iugaza.edu.ps/E....xcellenceCenter/ar/D
قائمة محاضرات المساق:
http://www.youtube.com/playlis....t?list=PL9fwy3NUQKwY
الجامعة الإسلامية غزة:
http://www.iugaza.edu.ps/ar
قناة مركز التميز الأكاديمي بالجامعة الإسلامية - غزة على YouTube :
http://www.youtube.com/iugaza1

الميزان الصرفي
00:31:58
iugaza1
8 Views · 5 years ago

سم المساق: اللغة العربية نحو وصرف
اسم المحاضر: د.أسامة خالد محمد حماد
مشرف الموقع: أ. خالد محمد الأدغم
الكلية: الآداب
القسم: اللغة العربية
وصف المساق : يتناول المساق دراسة الموضوعات التالية:
1. أقسام الكلمة العربية والمبني والمعرب بالحركات والحروف.
2. الفعل بأقسامه، ونواصب المضارع وجوازمه، وأسلوب الشرط.
3. الميزان الصرفي، والفعل من حيث صحته واعتلاله وإسناده إلى الضمائر وتوكيده بنون التوكيد والمشتقات..
مركز التميز الأكاديمي:
http://lectures.iugaza.edu.ps/
http://quality.iugaza.edu.ps/E....xcellenceCenter/ar/D
قائمة محاضرات المساق:
http://www.youtube.com/playlis....t?list=PL9fwy3NUQKwY
الجامعة الإسلامية غزة:
http://www.iugaza.edu.ps/ar
قناة مركز التميز الأكاديمي بالجامعة الإسلامية - غزة على YouTube :
http://www.youtube.com/iugaza1

نحو وصرف: الصرف
00:47:17
iugaza1
9 Views · 5 years ago

سم المساق: اللغة العربية نحو وصرف
اسم المحاضر: د.أسامة خالد محمد حماد
مشرف الموقع: أ. خالد محمد الأدغم
الكلية: الآداب
القسم: اللغة العربية
وصف المساق : يتناول المساق دراسة الموضوعات التالية:
1. أقسام الكلمة العربية والمبني والمعرب بالحركات والحروف.
2. الفعل بأقسامه، ونواصب المضارع وجوازمه، وأسلوب الشرط.
3. الميزان الصرفي، والفعل من حيث صحته واعتلاله وإسناده إلى الضمائر وتوكيده بنون التوكيد والمشتقات..
مركز التميز الأكاديمي:
http://lectures.iugaza.edu.ps/
http://quality.iugaza.edu.ps/E....xcellenceCenter/ar/D
قائمة محاضرات المساق:
http://www.youtube.com/playlis....t?list=PL9fwy3NUQKwY
الجامعة الإسلامية غزة:
http://www.iugaza.edu.ps/ar
قناة مركز التميز الأكاديمي بالجامعة الإسلامية - غزة على YouTube :
http://www.youtube.com/iugaza1

نحو وصرف: العدد
00:51:00
iugaza1
11 Views · 5 years ago

سم المساق: اللغة العربية نحو وصرف
اسم المحاضر: د.أسامة خالد محمد حماد
مشرف الموقع: أ. خالد محمد الأدغم
الكلية: الآداب
القسم: اللغة العربية
وصف المساق : يتناول المساق دراسة الموضوعات التالية:
1. أقسام الكلمة العربية والمبني والمعرب بالحركات والحروف.
2. الفعل بأقسامه، ونواصب المضارع وجوازمه، وأسلوب الشرط.
3. الميزان الصرفي، والفعل من حيث صحته واعتلاله وإسناده إلى الضمائر وتوكيده بنون التوكيد والمشتقات..
مركز التميز الأكاديمي:
http://lectures.iugaza.edu.ps/
http://quality.iugaza.edu.ps/E....xcellenceCenter/ar/D
قائمة محاضرات المساق:
http://www.youtube.com/playlis....t?list=PL9fwy3NUQKwY
الجامعة الإسلامية غزة:
http://www.iugaza.edu.ps/ar
قناة مركز التميز الأكاديمي بالجامعة الإسلامية - غزة على YouTube :
http://www.youtube.com/iugaza1

المعرف بأل والمضاف إلى معرفة والنكرة المقصودة
00:40:22
iugaza1
6 Views · 5 years ago

سم المساق: اللغة العربية نحو وصرف
اسم المحاضر: د.أسامة خالد محمد حماد
مشرف الموقع: أ. خالد محمد الأدغم
الكلية: الآداب
القسم: اللغة العربية
وصف المساق : يتناول المساق دراسة الموضوعات التالية:
1. أقسام الكلمة العربية والمبني والمعرب بالحركات والحروف.
2. الفعل بأقسامه، ونواصب المضارع وجوازمه، وأسلوب الشرط.
3. الميزان الصرفي، والفعل من حيث صحته واعتلاله وإسناده إلى الضمائر وتوكيده بنون التوكيد والمشتقات..
مركز التميز الأكاديمي:
http://lectures.iugaza.edu.ps/
http://quality.iugaza.edu.ps/E....xcellenceCenter/ar/D
قائمة محاضرات المساق:
http://www.youtube.com/playlis....t?list=PL9fwy3NUQKwY
الجامعة الإسلامية غزة:
http://www.iugaza.edu.ps/ar
قناة مركز التميز الأكاديمي بالجامعة الإسلامية - غزة على YouTube :
http://www.youtube.com/iugaza1

الاسم الموصول
00:38:15
iugaza1
9 Views · 5 years ago

سم المساق: اللغة العربية نحو وصرف
اسم المحاضر: د.أسامة خالد محمد حماد
مشرف الموقع: أ. خالد محمد الأدغم
الكلية: الآداب
القسم: اللغة العربية
وصف المساق : يتناول المساق دراسة الموضوعات التالية:
1. أقسام الكلمة العربية والمبني والمعرب بالحركات والحروف.
2. الفعل بأقسامه، ونواصب المضارع وجوازمه، وأسلوب الشرط.
3. الميزان الصرفي، والفعل من حيث صحته واعتلاله وإسناده إلى الضمائر وتوكيده بنون التوكيد والمشتقات..
مركز التميز الأكاديمي:
http://lectures.iugaza.edu.ps/
http://quality.iugaza.edu.ps/E....xcellenceCenter/ar/D
قائمة محاضرات المساق:
http://www.youtube.com/playlis....t?list=PL9fwy3NUQKwY
الجامعة الإسلامية غزة:
http://www.iugaza.edu.ps/ar
قناة مركز التميز الأكاديمي بالجامعة الإسلامية - غزة على YouTube :
http://www.youtube.com/iugaza1

نحو وصرف: العلم واسم الإشارة
00:46:23
iugaza1
21 Views · 5 years ago

سم المساق: اللغة العربية نحو وصرف
اسم المحاضر: د.أسامة خالد محمد حماد
مشرف الموقع: أ. خالد محمد الأدغم
الكلية: الآداب
القسم: اللغة العربية
وصف المساق : يتناول المساق دراسة الموضوعات التالية:
1. أقسام الكلمة العربية والمبني والمعرب بالحركات والحروف.
2. الفعل بأقسامه، ونواصب المضارع وجوازمه، وأسلوب الشرط.
3. الميزان الصرفي، والفعل من حيث صحته واعتلاله وإسناده إلى الضمائر وتوكيده بنون التوكيد والمشتقات..
مركز التميز الأكاديمي:
http://lectures.iugaza.edu.ps/
http://quality.iugaza.edu.ps/E....xcellenceCenter/ar/D
قائمة محاضرات المساق:
http://www.youtube.com/playlis....t?list=PL9fwy3NUQKwY
الجامعة الإسلامية غزة:
http://www.iugaza.edu.ps/ar
قناة مركز التميز الأكاديمي بالجامعة الإسلامية - غزة على YouTube :
http://www.youtube.com/iugaza1

النكرة والمعرفة ـ الضمير (2)
00:49:12
iugaza1
22 Views · 5 years ago

سم المساق: اللغة العربية نحو وصرف
اسم المحاضر: د.أسامة خالد محمد حماد
مشرف الموقع: أ. خالد محمد الأدغم
الكلية: الآداب
القسم: اللغة العربية
وصف المساق : يتناول المساق دراسة الموضوعات التالية:
1. أقسام الكلمة العربية والمبني والمعرب بالحركات والحروف.
2. الفعل بأقسامه، ونواصب المضارع وجوازمه، وأسلوب الشرط.
3. الميزان الصرفي، والفعل من حيث صحته واعتلاله وإسناده إلى الضمائر وتوكيده بنون التوكيد والمشتقات..
مركز التميز الأكاديمي:
http://lectures.iugaza.edu.ps/
http://quality.iugaza.edu.ps/E....xcellenceCenter/ar/D
قائمة محاضرات المساق:
http://www.youtube.com/playlis....t?list=PL9fwy3NUQKwY
الجامعة الإسلامية غزة:
http://www.iugaza.edu.ps/ar
قناة مركز التميز الأكاديمي بالجامعة الإسلامية - غزة على YouTube :
http://www.youtube.com/iugaza1

النكرة والمعرفة ـ الضمير (1)
00:35:09
iugaza1
22 Views · 5 years ago

سم المساق: اللغة العربية نحو وصرف
اسم المحاضر: د.أسامة خالد محمد حماد
مشرف الموقع: أ. خالد محمد الأدغم
الكلية: الآداب
القسم: اللغة العربية
وصف المساق : يتناول المساق دراسة الموضوعات التالية:
1. أقسام الكلمة العربية والمبني والمعرب بالحركات والحروف.
2. الفعل بأقسامه، ونواصب المضارع وجوازمه، وأسلوب الشرط.
3. الميزان الصرفي، والفعل من حيث صحته واعتلاله وإسناده إلى الضمائر وتوكيده بنون التوكيد والمشتقات..
مركز التميز الأكاديمي:
http://lectures.iugaza.edu.ps/
http://quality.iugaza.edu.ps/E....xcellenceCenter/ar/D
قائمة محاضرات المساق:
http://www.youtube.com/playlis....t?list=PL9fwy3NUQKwY
الجامعة الإسلامية غزة:
http://www.iugaza.edu.ps/ar
قناة مركز التميز الأكاديمي بالجامعة الإسلامية - غزة على YouTube :
http://www.youtube.com/iugaza1

الأفعال الخمسة والفعل المضارع المعتل الآخر
00:38:06
iugaza1
10 Views · 5 years ago

سم المساق: اللغة العربية نحو وصرف
اسم المحاضر: د.أسامة خالد محمد حماد
مشرف الموقع: أ. خالد محمد الأدغم
الكلية: الآداب
القسم: اللغة العربية
وصف المساق : يتناول المساق دراسة الموضوعات التالية:
1. أقسام الكلمة العربية والمبني والمعرب بالحركات والحروف.
2. الفعل بأقسامه، ونواصب المضارع وجوازمه، وأسلوب الشرط.
3. الميزان الصرفي، والفعل من حيث صحته واعتلاله وإسناده إلى الضمائر وتوكيده بنون التوكيد والمشتقات..
مركز التميز الأكاديمي:
http://lectures.iugaza.edu.ps/
http://quality.iugaza.edu.ps/E....xcellenceCenter/ar/D
قائمة محاضرات المساق:
http://www.youtube.com/playlis....t?list=PL9fwy3NUQKwY
الجامعة الإسلامية غزة:
http://www.iugaza.edu.ps/ar
قناة مركز التميز الأكاديمي بالجامعة الإسلامية - غزة على YouTube :
http://www.youtube.com/iugaza1

الممنوع من الصرف
00:36:42
iugaza1
8 Views · 5 years ago

سم المساق: اللغة العربية نحو وصرف
اسم المحاضر: د.أسامة خالد محمد حماد
مشرف الموقع: أ. خالد محمد الأدغم
الكلية: الآداب
القسم: اللغة العربية
وصف المساق : يتناول المساق دراسة الموضوعات التالية:
1. أقسام الكلمة العربية والمبني والمعرب بالحركات والحروف.
2. الفعل بأقسامه، ونواصب المضارع وجوازمه، وأسلوب الشرط.
3. الميزان الصرفي، والفعل من حيث صحته واعتلاله وإسناده إلى الضمائر وتوكيده بنون التوكيد والمشتقات..
مركز التميز الأكاديمي:
http://lectures.iugaza.edu.ps/
http://quality.iugaza.edu.ps/E....xcellenceCenter/ar/D
قائمة محاضرات المساق:
http://www.youtube.com/playlis....t?list=PL9fwy3NUQKwY
الجامعة الإسلامية غزة:
http://www.iugaza.edu.ps/ar
قناة مركز التميز الأكاديمي بالجامعة الإسلامية - غزة على YouTube :
http://www.youtube.com/iugaza1

جمع المذكر السالم
00:40:24
iugaza1
13 Views · 5 years ago

سم المساق: اللغة العربية نحو وصرف
اسم المحاضر: د.أسامة خالد محمد حماد
مشرف الموقع: أ. خالد محمد الأدغم
الكلية: الآداب
القسم: اللغة العربية
وصف المساق : يتناول المساق دراسة الموضوعات التالية:
1. أقسام الكلمة العربية والمبني والمعرب بالحركات والحروف.
2. الفعل بأقسامه، ونواصب المضارع وجوازمه، وأسلوب الشرط.
3. الميزان الصرفي، والفعل من حيث صحته واعتلاله وإسناده إلى الضمائر وتوكيده بنون التوكيد والمشتقات..
مركز التميز الأكاديمي:
http://lectures.iugaza.edu.ps/
http://quality.iugaza.edu.ps/E....xcellenceCenter/ar/D
قائمة محاضرات المساق:
http://www.youtube.com/playlis....t?list=PL9fwy3NUQKwY
الجامعة الإسلامية غزة:
http://www.iugaza.edu.ps/ar
قناة مركز التميز الأكاديمي بالجامعة الإسلامية - غزة على YouTube :
http://www.youtube.com/iugaza1

المثنى وجمع المؤنث السالم
00:34:15
iugaza1
18 Views · 5 years ago

سم المساق: اللغة العربية نحو وصرف
اسم المحاضر: د.أسامة خالد محمد حماد
مشرف الموقع: أ. خالد محمد الأدغم
الكلية: الآداب
القسم: اللغة العربية
وصف المساق : يتناول المساق دراسة الموضوعات التالية:
1. أقسام الكلمة العربية والمبني والمعرب بالحركات والحروف.
2. الفعل بأقسامه، ونواصب المضارع وجوازمه، وأسلوب الشرط.
3. الميزان الصرفي، والفعل من حيث صحته واعتلاله وإسناده إلى الضمائر وتوكيده بنون التوكيد والمشتقات..
مركز التميز الأكاديمي:
http://lectures.iugaza.edu.ps/
http://quality.iugaza.edu.ps/E....xcellenceCenter/ar/D
قائمة محاضرات المساق:
http://www.youtube.com/playlis....t?list=PL9fwy3NUQKwY
الجامعة الإسلامية غزة:
http://www.iugaza.edu.ps/ar
قناة مركز التميز الأكاديمي بالجامعة الإسلامية - غزة على YouTube :
http://www.youtube.com/iugaza1

الأسماء الخمسة
00:36:22
iugaza1
11 Views · 5 years ago

سم المساق: اللغة العربية نحو وصرف
اسم المحاضر: د.أسامة خالد محمد حماد
مشرف الموقع: أ. خالد محمد الأدغم
الكلية: الآداب
القسم: اللغة العربية
وصف المساق : يتناول المساق دراسة الموضوعات التالية:
1. أقسام الكلمة العربية والمبني والمعرب بالحركات والحروف.
2. الفعل بأقسامه، ونواصب المضارع وجوازمه، وأسلوب الشرط.
3. الميزان الصرفي، والفعل من حيث صحته واعتلاله وإسناده إلى الضمائر وتوكيده بنون التوكيد والمشتقات..
مركز التميز الأكاديمي:
http://lectures.iugaza.edu.ps/
http://quality.iugaza.edu.ps/E....xcellenceCenter/ar/D
قائمة محاضرات المساق:
http://www.youtube.com/playlis....t?list=PL9fwy3NUQKwY
الجامعة الإسلامية غزة:
http://www.iugaza.edu.ps/ar
قناة مركز التميز الأكاديمي بالجامعة الإسلامية - غزة على YouTube :
http://www.youtube.com/iugaza1

الإعراب الأصلي والفرعي
00:41:38
iugaza1
14 Views · 5 years ago

سم المساق: اللغة العربية نحو وصرف
اسم المحاضر: د.أسامة خالد محمد حماد
مشرف الموقع: أ. خالد محمد الأدغم
الكلية: الآداب
القسم: اللغة العربية
وصف المساق : يتناول المساق دراسة الموضوعات التالية:
1. أقسام الكلمة العربية والمبني والمعرب بالحركات والحروف.
2. الفعل بأقسامه، ونواصب المضارع وجوازمه، وأسلوب الشرط.
3. الميزان الصرفي، والفعل من حيث صحته واعتلاله وإسناده إلى الضمائر وتوكيده بنون التوكيد والمشتقات..
مركز التميز الأكاديمي:
http://lectures.iugaza.edu.ps/
http://quality.iugaza.edu.ps/E....xcellenceCenter/ar/D
قائمة محاضرات المساق:
http://www.youtube.com/playlis....t?list=PL9fwy3NUQKwY
الجامعة الإسلامية غزة:
http://www.iugaza.edu.ps/ar
قناة مركز التميز الأكاديمي بالجامعة الإسلامية - غزة على YouTube :
http://www.youtube.com/iugaza1

النحو والصرف - الحرف
00:25:05
iugaza1
15 Views · 5 years ago

سم المساق: اللغة العربية نحو وصرف
اسم المحاضر: د.أسامة خالد محمد حماد
مشرف الموقع: أ. خالد محمد الأدغم
الكلية: الآداب
القسم: اللغة العربية
وصف المساق : يتناول المساق دراسة الموضوعات التالية:
1. أقسام الكلمة العربية والمبني والمعرب بالحركات والحروف.
2. الفعل بأقسامه، ونواصب المضارع وجوازمه، وأسلوب الشرط.
3. الميزان الصرفي، والفعل من حيث صحته واعتلاله وإسناده إلى الضمائر وتوكيده بنون التوكيد والمشتقات..
مركز التميز الأكاديمي:
http://lectures.iugaza.edu.ps/
http://quality.iugaza.edu.ps/E....xcellenceCenter/ar/D
قائمة محاضرات المساق:
http://www.youtube.com/playlis....t?list=PL9fwy3NUQKwY
الجامعة الإسلامية غزة:
http://www.iugaza.edu.ps/ar
قناة مركز التميز الأكاديمي بالجامعة الإسلامية - غزة على YouTube :
http://www.youtube.com/iugaza1

جزم الفعل المضارع ـ 2
00:46:28
iugaza1
18 Views · 5 years ago

سم المساق: اللغة العربية نحو وصرف
اسم المحاضر: د.أسامة خالد محمد حماد
مشرف الموقع: أ. خالد محمد الأدغم
الكلية: الآداب
القسم: اللغة العربية
وصف المساق : يتناول المساق دراسة الموضوعات التالية:
1. أقسام الكلمة العربية والمبني والمعرب بالحركات والحروف.
2. الفعل بأقسامه، ونواصب المضارع وجوازمه، وأسلوب الشرط.
3. الميزان الصرفي، والفعل من حيث صحته واعتلاله وإسناده إلى الضمائر وتوكيده بنون التوكيد والمشتقات..
مركز التميز الأكاديمي:
http://lectures.iugaza.edu.ps/
http://quality.iugaza.edu.ps/E....xcellenceCenter/ar/D
قائمة محاضرات المساق:
http://www.youtube.com/playlis....t?list=PL9fwy3NUQKwY
الجامعة الإسلامية غزة:
http://www.iugaza.edu.ps/ar
قناة مركز التميز الأكاديمي بالجامعة الإسلامية - غزة على YouTube :
http://www.youtube.com/iugaza1

جزم الفعل المضارع ـ 1
00:42:35
iugaza1
19 Views · 5 years ago

سم المساق: اللغة العربية نحو وصرف
اسم المحاضر: د.أسامة خالد محمد حماد
مشرف الموقع: أ. خالد محمد الأدغم
الكلية: الآداب
القسم: اللغة العربية
وصف المساق : يتناول المساق دراسة الموضوعات التالية:
1. أقسام الكلمة العربية والمبني والمعرب بالحركات والحروف.
2. الفعل بأقسامه، ونواصب المضارع وجوازمه، وأسلوب الشرط.
3. الميزان الصرفي، والفعل من حيث صحته واعتلاله وإسناده إلى الضمائر وتوكيده بنون التوكيد والمشتقات..
مركز التميز الأكاديمي:
http://lectures.iugaza.edu.ps/
http://quality.iugaza.edu.ps/E....xcellenceCenter/ar/D
قائمة محاضرات المساق:
http://www.youtube.com/playlis....t?list=PL9fwy3NUQKwY
الجامعة الإسلامية غزة:
http://www.iugaza.edu.ps/ar
قناة مركز التميز الأكاديمي بالجامعة الإسلامية - غزة على YouTube :
http://www.youtube.com/iugaza1

نصب الفعل المضارع ــ 2
00:38:54
iugaza1
20 Views · 5 years ago

سم المساق: اللغة العربية نحو وصرف
اسم المحاضر: د.أسامة خالد محمد حماد
مشرف الموقع: أ. خالد محمد الأدغم
الكلية: الآداب
القسم: اللغة العربية
وصف المساق : يتناول المساق دراسة الموضوعات التالية:
1. أقسام الكلمة العربية والمبني والمعرب بالحركات والحروف.
2. الفعل بأقسامه، ونواصب المضارع وجوازمه، وأسلوب الشرط.
3. الميزان الصرفي، والفعل من حيث صحته واعتلاله وإسناده إلى الضمائر وتوكيده بنون التوكيد والمشتقات..
مركز التميز الأكاديمي:
http://lectures.iugaza.edu.ps/
http://quality.iugaza.edu.ps/E....xcellenceCenter/ar/D
قائمة محاضرات المساق:
http://www.youtube.com/playlis....t?list=PL9fwy3NUQKwY
الجامعة الإسلامية غزة:
http://www.iugaza.edu.ps/ar
قناة مركز التميز الأكاديمي بالجامعة الإسلامية - غزة على YouTube :
http://www.youtube.com/iugaza1

نصب الفعل المضارع ــ 1
00:38:29
iugaza1
18 Views · 5 years ago

سم المساق: اللغة العربية نحو وصرف
اسم المحاضر: د.أسامة خالد محمد حماد
مشرف الموقع: أ. خالد محمد الأدغم
الكلية: الآداب
القسم: اللغة العربية
وصف المساق : يتناول المساق دراسة الموضوعات التالية:
1. أقسام الكلمة العربية والمبني والمعرب بالحركات والحروف.
2. الفعل بأقسامه، ونواصب المضارع وجوازمه، وأسلوب الشرط.
3. الميزان الصرفي، والفعل من حيث صحته واعتلاله وإسناده إلى الضمائر وتوكيده بنون التوكيد والمشتقات..
مركز التميز الأكاديمي:
http://lectures.iugaza.edu.ps/
http://quality.iugaza.edu.ps/E....xcellenceCenter/ar/D
قائمة محاضرات المساق:
http://www.youtube.com/playlis....t?list=PL9fwy3NUQKwY
الجامعة الإسلامية غزة:
http://www.iugaza.edu.ps/ar
قناة مركز التميز الأكاديمي بالجامعة الإسلامية - غزة على YouTube :
http://www.youtube.com/iugaza1

الفعل المضارع
00:40:20
iugaza1
16 Views · 5 years ago

سم المساق: اللغة العربية نحو وصرف
اسم المحاضر: د.أسامة خالد محمد حماد
مشرف الموقع: أ. خالد محمد الأدغم
الكلية: الآداب
القسم: اللغة العربية
وصف المساق : يتناول المساق دراسة الموضوعات التالية:
1. أقسام الكلمة العربية والمبني والمعرب بالحركات والحروف.
2. الفعل بأقسامه، ونواصب المضارع وجوازمه، وأسلوب الشرط.
3. الميزان الصرفي، والفعل من حيث صحته واعتلاله وإسناده إلى الضمائر وتوكيده بنون التوكيد والمشتقات..
مركز التميز الأكاديمي:
http://lectures.iugaza.edu.ps/
http://quality.iugaza.edu.ps/E....xcellenceCenter/ar/D
قائمة محاضرات المساق:
http://www.youtube.com/playlis....t?list=PL9fwy3NUQKwY
الجامعة الإسلامية غزة:
http://www.iugaza.edu.ps/ar
قناة مركز التميز الأكاديمي بالجامعة الإسلامية - غزة على YouTube :
http://www.youtube.com/iugaza1

الفعل الماضي وفعل الأمر
00:39:13
iugaza1
11 Views · 5 years ago

سم المساق: اللغة العربية نحو وصرف
اسم المحاضر: د.أسامة خالد محمد حماد
مشرف الموقع: أ. خالد محمد الأدغم
الكلية: الآداب
القسم: اللغة العربية
وصف المساق : يتناول المساق دراسة الموضوعات التالية:
1. أقسام الكلمة العربية والمبني والمعرب بالحركات والحروف.
2. الفعل بأقسامه، ونواصب المضارع وجوازمه، وأسلوب الشرط.
3. الميزان الصرفي، والفعل من حيث صحته واعتلاله وإسناده إلى الضمائر وتوكيده بنون التوكيد والمشتقات..
مركز التميز الأكاديمي:
http://lectures.iugaza.edu.ps/
http://quality.iugaza.edu.ps/E....xcellenceCenter/ar/D
قائمة محاضرات المساق:
http://www.youtube.com/playlis....t?list=PL9fwy3NUQKwY
الجامعة الإسلامية غزة:
http://www.iugaza.edu.ps/ar
قناة مركز التميز الأكاديمي بالجامعة الإسلامية - غزة على YouTube :
http://www.youtube.com/iugaza1

النحو والصرف: نائب الفاعل
00:47:48
iugaza1
23 Views · 5 years ago

سم المساق: اللغة العربية نحو وصرف
اسم المحاضر: د.أسامة خالد محمد حماد
مشرف الموقع: أ. خالد محمد الأدغم
الكلية: الآداب
القسم: اللغة العربية
وصف المساق : يتناول المساق دراسة الموضوعات التالية:
1. أقسام الكلمة العربية والمبني والمعرب بالحركات والحروف.
2. الفعل بأقسامه، ونواصب المضارع وجوازمه، وأسلوب الشرط.
3. الميزان الصرفي، والفعل من حيث صحته واعتلاله وإسناده إلى الضمائر وتوكيده بنون التوكيد والمشتقات..
مركز التميز الأكاديمي:
http://lectures.iugaza.edu.ps/
http://quality.iugaza.edu.ps/E....xcellenceCenter/ar/D
قائمة محاضرات المساق:
http://www.youtube.com/playlis....t?list=PL9fwy3NUQKwY
الجامعة الإسلامية غزة:
http://www.iugaza.edu.ps/ar
قناة مركز التميز الأكاديمي بالجامعة الإسلامية - غزة على YouTube :
http://www.youtube.com/iugaza1

النحو والصرف: الفاعل
00:34:47
iugaza1
14 Views · 5 years ago

سم المساق: اللغة العربية نحو وصرف
اسم المحاضر: د.أسامة خالد محمد حماد
مشرف الموقع: أ. خالد محمد الأدغم
الكلية: الآداب
القسم: اللغة العربية
وصف المساق : يتناول المساق دراسة الموضوعات التالية:
1. أقسام الكلمة العربية والمبني والمعرب بالحركات والحروف.
2. الفعل بأقسامه، ونواصب المضارع وجوازمه، وأسلوب الشرط.
3. الميزان الصرفي، والفعل من حيث صحته واعتلاله وإسناده إلى الضمائر وتوكيده بنون التوكيد والمشتقات..
مركز التميز الأكاديمي:
http://lectures.iugaza.edu.ps/
http://quality.iugaza.edu.ps/E....xcellenceCenter/ar/D
قائمة محاضرات المساق:
http://www.youtube.com/playlis....t?list=PL9fwy3NUQKwY
الجامعة الإسلامية غزة:
http://www.iugaza.edu.ps/ar
قناة مركز التميز الأكاديمي بالجامعة الإسلامية - غزة على YouTube :
http://www.youtube.com/iugaza1

إن وأخواتها
00:32:53
iugaza1
14 Views · 5 years ago

سم المساق: اللغة العربية نحو وصرف
اسم المحاضر: د.أسامة خالد محمد حماد
مشرف الموقع: أ. خالد محمد الأدغم
الكلية: الآداب
القسم: اللغة العربية
وصف المساق : يتناول المساق دراسة الموضوعات التالية:
1. أقسام الكلمة العربية والمبني والمعرب بالحركات والحروف.
2. الفعل بأقسامه، ونواصب المضارع وجوازمه، وأسلوب الشرط.
3. الميزان الصرفي، والفعل من حيث صحته واعتلاله وإسناده إلى الضمائر وتوكيده بنون التوكيد والمشتقات..
مركز التميز الأكاديمي:
http://lectures.iugaza.edu.ps/
http://quality.iugaza.edu.ps/E....xcellenceCenter/ar/D
قائمة محاضرات المساق:
http://www.youtube.com/playlis....t?list=PL9fwy3NUQKwY
الجامعة الإسلامية غزة:
http://www.iugaza.edu.ps/ar
قناة مركز التميز الأكاديمي بالجامعة الإسلامية - غزة على YouTube :
http://www.youtube.com/iugaza1

كان وأخواتها
00:31:47
iugaza1
14 Views · 5 years ago

سم المساق: اللغة العربية نحو وصرف
اسم المحاضر: د.أسامة خالد محمد حماد
مشرف الموقع: أ. خالد محمد الأدغم
الكلية: الآداب
القسم: اللغة العربية
وصف المساق : يتناول المساق دراسة الموضوعات التالية:
1. أقسام الكلمة العربية والمبني والمعرب بالحركات والحروف.
2. الفعل بأقسامه، ونواصب المضارع وجوازمه، وأسلوب الشرط.
3. الميزان الصرفي، والفعل من حيث صحته واعتلاله وإسناده إلى الضمائر وتوكيده بنون التوكيد والمشتقات..
مركز التميز الأكاديمي:
http://lectures.iugaza.edu.ps/
http://quality.iugaza.edu.ps/E....xcellenceCenter/ar/D
قائمة محاضرات المساق:
http://www.youtube.com/playlis....t?list=PL9fwy3NUQKwY
الجامعة الإسلامية غزة:
http://www.iugaza.edu.ps/ar
قناة مركز التميز الأكاديمي بالجامعة الإسلامية - غزة على YouTube :
http://www.youtube.com/iugaza1

الحروف العاملة عمل ليس
00:27:39
iugaza1
14 Views · 5 years ago

اسم المساق: اللغة العربية نحو وصرف
اسم المحاضر: د.أسامة خالد محمد حماد
الكلية: الآداب
القسم: اللغة العربية
وصف المساق : يتناول المساق دراسة الموضوعات التالية:
1. أقسام الكلمة العربية والمبني والمعرب بالحركات والحروف.
2. الفعل بأقسامه، ونواصب المضارع وجوازمه، وأسلوب الشرط.
3. الميزان الصرفي، والفعل من حيث صحته واعتلاله وإسناده إلى الضمائر وتوكيده بنون التوكيد والمشتقات..
مركز التميز الأكاديمي:
http://lectures.iugaza.edu.ps/
http://quality.iugaza.edu.ps/E....xcellenceCenter/ar/D
قائمة محاضرات المساق:
http://www.youtube.com/playlis....t?list=PL9fwy3NUQKwY
الجامعة الإسلامية غزة:
http://www.iugaza.edu.ps/ar
قناة مركز التميز الأكاديمي بالجامعة الإسلامية - غزة على YouTube :
http://www.youtube.com/iugaza1

المبتدأ والخبر
00:39:06
iugaza1
12 Views · 5 years ago

سم المساق: اللغة العربية نحو وصرف
اسم المحاضر: د.أسامة خالد محمد حماد
مشرف الموقع: أ. خالد محمد الأدغم
الكلية: الآداب
القسم: اللغة العربية
وصف المساق : يتناول المساق دراسة الموضوعات التالية:
1. أقسام الكلمة العربية والمبني والمعرب بالحركات والحروف.
2. الفعل بأقسامه، ونواصب المضارع وجوازمه، وأسلوب الشرط.
3. الميزان الصرفي، والفعل من حيث صحته واعتلاله وإسناده إلى الضمائر وتوكيده بنون التوكيد والمشتقات..
مركز التميز الأكاديمي:
http://lectures.iugaza.edu.ps/
http://quality.iugaza.edu.ps/E....xcellenceCenter/ar/D
قائمة محاضرات المساق:
http://www.youtube.com/playlis....t?list=PL9fwy3NUQKwY
الجامعة الإسلامية غزة:
http://www.iugaza.edu.ps/ar
قناة مركز التميز الأكاديمي بالجامعة الإسلامية - غزة على YouTube :
http://www.youtube.com/iugaza1

المبني والمعرب
00:41:08
iugaza1
7 Views · 5 years ago

سم المساق: اللغة العربية نحو وصرف
اسم المحاضر: د.أسامة خالد محمد حماد
مشرف الموقع: أ. خالد محمد الأدغم
الكلية: الآداب
القسم: اللغة العربية
وصف المساق : يتناول المساق دراسة الموضوعات التالية:
1. أقسام الكلمة العربية والمبني والمعرب بالحركات والحروف.
2. الفعل بأقسامه، ونواصب المضارع وجوازمه، وأسلوب الشرط.
3. الميزان الصرفي، والفعل من حيث صحته واعتلاله وإسناده إلى الضمائر وتوكيده بنون التوكيد والمشتقات..
مركز التميز الأكاديمي:
http://lectures.iugaza.edu.ps/
http://quality.iugaza.edu.ps/E....xcellenceCenter/ar/D
قائمة محاضرات المساق:
http://www.youtube.com/playlis....t?list=PL9fwy3NUQKwY
الجامعة الإسلامية غزة:
http://www.iugaza.edu.ps/ar
قناة مركز التميز الأكاديمي بالجامعة الإسلامية - غزة على YouTube :
http://www.youtube.com/iugaza1

علامات الاسم
00:32:45
iugaza1
14 Views · 5 years ago

سم المساق: اللغة العربية نحو وصرف
اسم المحاضر: د.أسامة خالد محمد حماد
مشرف الموقع: أ. خالد محمد الأدغم
الكلية: الآداب
القسم: اللغة العربية
وصف المساق : يتناول المساق دراسة الموضوعات التالية:
1. أقسام الكلمة العربية والمبني والمعرب بالحركات والحروف.
2. الفعل بأقسامه، ونواصب المضارع وجوازمه، وأسلوب الشرط.
3. الميزان الصرفي، والفعل من حيث صحته واعتلاله وإسناده إلى الضمائر وتوكيده بنون التوكيد والمشتقات..
مركز التميز الأكاديمي:
http://lectures.iugaza.edu.ps/
http://quality.iugaza.edu.ps/E....xcellenceCenter/ar/D
قائمة محاضرات المساق:
http://www.youtube.com/playlis....t?list=PL9fwy3NUQKwY
الجامعة الإسلامية غزة:
http://www.iugaza.edu.ps/ar
قناة مركز التميز الأكاديمي بالجامعة الإسلامية - غزة على YouTube :
http://www.youtube.com/iugaza1

اللغة العربية نحو وصرف: المقدمة
00:51:19
iugaza1
21 Views · 5 years ago

سم المساق: اللغة العربية نحو وصرف
اسم المحاضر: د.أسامة خالد محمد حماد
مشرف الموقع: أ. خالد محمد الأدغم
الكلية: الآداب
القسم: اللغة العربية
وصف المساق : يتناول المساق دراسة الموضوعات التالية:
1. أقسام الكلمة العربية والمبني والمعرب بالحركات والحروف.
2. الفعل بأقسامه، ونواصب المضارع وجوازمه، وأسلوب الشرط.
3. الميزان الصرفي، والفعل من حيث صحته واعتلاله وإسناده إلى الضمائر وتوكيده بنون التوكيد والمشتقات..
مركز التميز الأكاديمي:
http://lectures.iugaza.edu.ps/
http://quality.iugaza.edu.ps/E....xcellenceCenter/ar/D
قائمة محاضرات المساق:
http://www.youtube.com/playlis....t?list=PL9fwy3NUQKwY
الجامعة الإسلامية غزة:
http://www.iugaza.edu.ps/ar
قناة مركز التميز الأكاديمي بالجامعة الإسلامية - غزة على YouTube :
http://www.youtube.com/iugaza1

اللغة العربية نحو وصرف: المقدمة
00:51:19
iugaza1
16 Views · 5 years ago

سم المساق: اللغة العربية نحو وصرف
اسم المحاضر: د.أسامة خالد محمد حماد
مشرف الموقع: أ. خالد محمد الأدغم
الكلية: الآداب
القسم: اللغة العربية
وصف المساق : يتناول المساق دراسة الموضوعات التالية:
1. أقسام الكلمة العربية والمبني والمعرب بالحركات والحروف.
2. الفعل بأقسامه، ونواصب المضارع وجوازمه، وأسلوب الشرط.
3. الميزان الصرفي، والفعل من حيث صحته واعتلاله وإسناده إلى الضمائر وتوكيده بنون التوكيد والمشتقات..
مركز التميز الأكاديمي:
http://lectures.iugaza.edu.ps/
http://quality.iugaza.edu.ps/E....xcellenceCenter/ar/D
قائمة محاضرات المساق:
http://www.youtube.com/playlis....t?list=PL9fwy3NUQKwY
الجامعة الإسلامية غزة:
http://www.iugaza.edu.ps/ar
قناة مركز التميز الأكاديمي بالجامعة الإسلامية - غزة على YouTube :
http://www.youtube.com/iugaza1

Phrases & Clauses -1
00:33:56
iugaza1
5 Views · 5 years ago

اسم المساق: Grammar I
اسم المحاضر: dr. Bassam Al-Aswad د. بسام حسن الأسود
مشرف الموقع: أ. خالد محمد الأدغم
الكلية: الآداب Faculty of arts
القسم: اللغة الإنجليزية English Department
وصف المساق : This course offers a general review of basic grammatical rules and structures of the English language through varied practice activities. Verb tenses are given pre-eminence as one of the objectives of the course is to enable students to express themselves confidently while making clear and appropriate time reference to the past, present and future. Other topics to be covered include subject-verb agreement, nouns, definite and indefinite articles, pronouns, and modals.
مركز التميز الأكاديمي:
http://lectures.iugaza.edu.ps/
http://quality.iugaza.edu.ps/E....xcellenceCenter/ar/D
قائمة محاضرات المساق:
http://www.youtube.com/playlis....t?list=PL9fwy3NUQKwb
الجامعة الإسلامية غزة:
http://www.iugaza.edu.ps/ar
قناة مركز التميز الأكاديمي بالجامعة الإسلامية - غزة على YouTube :
http://www.youtube.com/iugaza1

Phrases & Clauses-2
00:30:48
iugaza1
12 Views · 5 years ago

اسم المساق: Grammar I
اسم المحاضر: dr. Bassam Al-Aswad د. بسام حسن الأسود
مشرف الموقع: أ. خالد محمد الأدغم
الكلية: الآداب Faculty of arts
القسم: اللغة الإنجليزية English Department
وصف المساق : This course offers a general review of basic grammatical rules and structures of the English language through varied practice activities. Verb tenses are given pre-eminence as one of the objectives of the course is to enable students to express themselves confidently while making clear and appropriate time reference to the past, present and future. Other topics to be covered include subject-verb agreement, nouns, definite and indefinite articles, pronouns, and modals.
مركز التميز الأكاديمي:
http://lectures.iugaza.edu.ps/
http://quality.iugaza.edu.ps/E....xcellenceCenter/ar/D
قائمة محاضرات المساق:
http://www.youtube.com/playlis....t?list=PL9fwy3NUQKwb
الجامعة الإسلامية غزة:
http://www.iugaza.edu.ps/ar
قناة مركز التميز الأكاديمي بالجامعة الإسلامية - غزة على YouTube :
http://www.youtube.com/iugaza1

Modals-part1.e
00:36:05
iugaza1
5 Views · 5 years ago

اسم المساق: Grammar I
اسم المحاضر: dr. Bassam Al-Aswad د. بسام حسن الأسود
مشرف الموقع: أ. خالد محمد الأدغم
الكلية: الآداب Faculty of arts
القسم: اللغة الإنجليزية English Department
وصف المساق : This course offers a general review of basic grammatical rules and structures of the English language through varied practice activities. Verb tenses are given pre-eminence as one of the objectives of the course is to enable students to express themselves confidently while making clear and appropriate time reference to the past, present and future. Other topics to be covered include subject-verb agreement, nouns, definite and indefinite articles, pronouns, and modals.
مركز التميز الأكاديمي:
http://lectures.iugaza.edu.ps/
http://quality.iugaza.edu.ps/E....xcellenceCenter/ar/D
قائمة محاضرات المساق:
http://www.youtube.com/playlis....t?list=PL9fwy3NUQKwb
الجامعة الإسلامية غزة:
http://www.iugaza.edu.ps/ar
قناة مركز التميز الأكاديمي بالجامعة الإسلامية - غزة على YouTube :
http://www.youtube.com/iugaza1

Modals-part1.d
00:42:23
iugaza1
13 Views · 5 years ago

اسم المساق: Grammar I
اسم المحاضر: dr. Bassam Al-Aswad د. بسام حسن الأسود
مشرف الموقع: أ. خالد محمد الأدغم
الكلية: الآداب Faculty of arts
القسم: اللغة الإنجليزية English Department
وصف المساق : This course offers a general review of basic grammatical rules and structures of the English language through varied practice activities. Verb tenses are given pre-eminence as one of the objectives of the course is to enable students to express themselves confidently while making clear and appropriate time reference to the past, present and future. Other topics to be covered include subject-verb agreement, nouns, definite and indefinite articles, pronouns, and modals.
مركز التميز الأكاديمي:
http://lectures.iugaza.edu.ps/
http://quality.iugaza.edu.ps/E....xcellenceCenter/ar/D
قائمة محاضرات المساق:
http://www.youtube.com/playlis....t?list=PL9fwy3NUQKwb
الجامعة الإسلامية غزة:
http://www.iugaza.edu.ps/ar
قناة مركز التميز الأكاديمي بالجامعة الإسلامية - غزة على YouTube :
http://www.youtube.com/iugaza1

Modals-part1.c
00:38:35
iugaza1
12 Views · 5 years ago

اسم المساق: Grammar I
اسم المحاضر: dr. Bassam Al-Aswad د. بسام حسن الأسود
مشرف الموقع: أ. خالد محمد الأدغم
الكلية: الآداب Faculty of arts
القسم: اللغة الإنجليزية English Department
وصف المساق : This course offers a general review of basic grammatical rules and structures of the English language through varied practice activities. Verb tenses are given pre-eminence as one of the objectives of the course is to enable students to express themselves confidently while making clear and appropriate time reference to the past, present and future. Other topics to be covered include subject-verb agreement, nouns, definite and indefinite articles, pronouns, and modals.
مركز التميز الأكاديمي:
http://lectures.iugaza.edu.ps/
http://quality.iugaza.edu.ps/E....xcellenceCenter/ar/D
قائمة محاضرات المساق:
http://www.youtube.com/playlis....t?list=PL9fwy3NUQKwb
الجامعة الإسلامية غزة:
http://www.iugaza.edu.ps/ar
قناة مركز التميز الأكاديمي بالجامعة الإسلامية - غزة على YouTube :
http://www.youtube.com/iugaza1

Modals-part1.b
00:31:04
iugaza1
14 Views · 5 years ago

اسم المساق: Grammar I
اسم المحاضر: dr. Bassam Al-Aswad د. بسام حسن الأسود
مشرف الموقع: أ. خالد محمد الأدغم
الكلية: الآداب Faculty of arts
القسم: اللغة الإنجليزية English Department
وصف المساق : This course offers a general review of basic grammatical rules and structures of the English language through varied practice activities. Verb tenses are given pre-eminence as one of the objectives of the course is to enable students to express themselves confidently while making clear and appropriate time reference to the past, present and future. Other topics to be covered include subject-verb agreement, nouns, definite and indefinite articles, pronouns, and modals.
مركز التميز الأكاديمي:
http://lectures.iugaza.edu.ps/
http://quality.iugaza.edu.ps/E....xcellenceCenter/ar/D
قائمة محاضرات المساق:
http://www.youtube.com/playlis....t?list=PL9fwy3NUQKwb
الجامعة الإسلامية غزة:
http://www.iugaza.edu.ps/ar
قناة مركز التميز الأكاديمي بالجامعة الإسلامية - غزة على YouTube :
http://www.youtube.com/iugaza1

Modals-part1.a
00:43:19
iugaza1
8 Views · 5 years ago

اسم المساق: Grammar I
اسم المحاضر: dr. Bassam Al-Aswad د. بسام حسن الأسود
مشرف الموقع: أ. خالد محمد الأدغم
الكلية: الآداب Faculty of arts
القسم: اللغة الإنجليزية English Department
وصف المساق : This course offers a general review of basic grammatical rules and structures of the English language through varied practice activities. Verb tenses are given pre-eminence as one of the objectives of the course is to enable students to express themselves confidently while making clear and appropriate time reference to the past, present and future. Other topics to be covered include subject-verb agreement, nouns, definite and indefinite articles, pronouns, and modals.
مركز التميز الأكاديمي:
http://lectures.iugaza.edu.ps/
http://quality.iugaza.edu.ps/E....xcellenceCenter/ar/D
قائمة محاضرات المساق:
http://www.youtube.com/playlis....t?list=PL9fwy3NUQKwb
الجامعة الإسلامية غزة:
http://www.iugaza.edu.ps/ar
قناة مركز التميز الأكاديمي بالجامعة الإسلامية - غزة على YouTube :
http://www.youtube.com/iugaza1

Pronouns-5
00:32:57
iugaza1
11 Views · 5 years ago

اسم المساق: Grammar I
اسم المحاضر: dr. Bassam Al-Aswad د. بسام حسن الأسود
مشرف الموقع: أ. خالد محمد الأدغم
الكلية: الآداب Faculty of arts
القسم: اللغة الإنجليزية English Department
وصف المساق : This course offers a general review of basic grammatical rules and structures of the English language through varied practice activities. Verb tenses are given pre-eminence as one of the objectives of the course is to enable students to express themselves confidently while making clear and appropriate time reference to the past, present and future. Other topics to be covered include subject-verb agreement, nouns, definite and indefinite articles, pronouns, and modals.
مركز التميز الأكاديمي:
http://lectures.iugaza.edu.ps/
http://quality.iugaza.edu.ps/E....xcellenceCenter/ar/D
قائمة محاضرات المساق:
http://www.youtube.com/playlis....t?list=PL9fwy3NUQKwb
الجامعة الإسلامية غزة:
http://www.iugaza.edu.ps/ar
قناة مركز التميز الأكاديمي بالجامعة الإسلامية - غزة على YouTube :
http://www.youtube.com/iugaza1

Pronouns-4
00:37:54
iugaza1
10 Views · 5 years ago

اسم المساق: Grammar I
اسم المحاضر: dr. Bassam Al-Aswad د. بسام حسن الأسود
مشرف الموقع: أ. خالد محمد الأدغم
الكلية: الآداب Faculty of arts
القسم: اللغة الإنجليزية English Department
وصف المساق : This course offers a general review of basic grammatical rules and structures of the English language through varied practice activities. Verb tenses are given pre-eminence as one of the objectives of the course is to enable students to express themselves confidently while making clear and appropriate time reference to the past, present and future. Other topics to be covered include subject-verb agreement, nouns, definite and indefinite articles, pronouns, and modals.
مركز التميز الأكاديمي:
http://lectures.iugaza.edu.ps/
http://quality.iugaza.edu.ps/E....xcellenceCenter/ar/D
قائمة محاضرات المساق:
http://www.youtube.com/playlis....t?list=PL9fwy3NUQKwb
الجامعة الإسلامية غزة:
http://www.iugaza.edu.ps/ar
قناة مركز التميز الأكاديمي بالجامعة الإسلامية - غزة على YouTube :
http://www.youtube.com/iugaza1

Pronouns-3
00:39:44
iugaza1
12 Views · 5 years ago

اسم المساق: Grammar I
اسم المحاضر: dr. Bassam Al-Aswad د. بسام حسن الأسود
مشرف الموقع: أ. خالد محمد الأدغم
الكلية: الآداب Faculty of arts
القسم: اللغة الإنجليزية English Department
وصف المساق : This course offers a general review of basic grammatical rules and structures of the English language through varied practice activities. Verb tenses are given pre-eminence as one of the objectives of the course is to enable students to express themselves confidently while making clear and appropriate time reference to the past, present and future. Other topics to be covered include subject-verb agreement, nouns, definite and indefinite articles, pronouns, and modals.
مركز التميز الأكاديمي:
http://lectures.iugaza.edu.ps/
http://quality.iugaza.edu.ps/E....xcellenceCenter/ar/D
قائمة محاضرات المساق:
http://www.youtube.com/playlis....t?list=PL9fwy3NUQKwb
الجامعة الإسلامية غزة:
http://www.iugaza.edu.ps/ar
قناة مركز التميز الأكاديمي بالجامعة الإسلامية - غزة على YouTube :
http://www.youtube.com/iugaza1

Pronouns-2
00:39:04
iugaza1
12 Views · 5 years ago

اسم المساق: Grammar I
اسم المحاضر: dr. Bassam Al-Aswad د. بسام حسن الأسود
مشرف الموقع: أ. خالد محمد الأدغم
الكلية: الآداب Faculty of arts
القسم: اللغة الإنجليزية English Department
وصف المساق : This course offers a general review of basic grammatical rules and structures of the English language through varied practice activities. Verb tenses are given pre-eminence as one of the objectives of the course is to enable students to express themselves confidently while making clear and appropriate time reference to the past, present and future. Other topics to be covered include subject-verb agreement, nouns, definite and indefinite articles, pronouns, and modals.
مركز التميز الأكاديمي:
http://lectures.iugaza.edu.ps/
http://quality.iugaza.edu.ps/E....xcellenceCenter/ar/D
قائمة محاضرات المساق:
http://www.youtube.com/playlis....t?list=PL9fwy3NUQKwb
الجامعة الإسلامية غزة:
http://www.iugaza.edu.ps/ar
قناة مركز التميز الأكاديمي بالجامعة الإسلامية - غزة على YouTube :
http://www.youtube.com/iugaza1

Pronouns-1
00:41:40
iugaza1
15 Views · 5 years ago

اسم المساق: Grammar I
اسم المحاضر: dr. Bassam Al-Aswad د. بسام حسن الأسود
مشرف الموقع: أ. خالد محمد الأدغم
الكلية: الآداب Faculty of arts
القسم: اللغة الإنجليزية English Department
وصف المساق : This course offers a general review of basic grammatical rules and structures of the English language through varied practice activities. Verb tenses are given pre-eminence as one of the objectives of the course is to enable students to express themselves confidently while making clear and appropriate time reference to the past, present and future. Other topics to be covered include subject-verb agreement, nouns, definite and indefinite articles, pronouns, and modals.
مركز التميز الأكاديمي:
http://lectures.iugaza.edu.ps/
http://quality.iugaza.edu.ps/E....xcellenceCenter/ar/D
قائمة محاضرات المساق:
http://www.youtube.com/playlis....t?list=PL9fwy3NUQKwb
الجامعة الإسلامية غزة:
http://www.iugaza.edu.ps/ar
قناة مركز التميز الأكاديمي بالجامعة الإسلامية - غزة على YouTube :
http://www.youtube.com/iugaza1

Nouns-6
00:51:31
iugaza1
15 Views · 5 years ago

اسم المساق: Grammar I
اسم المحاضر: dr. Bassam Al-Aswad د. بسام حسن الأسود
مشرف الموقع: أ. خالد محمد الأدغم
الكلية: الآداب Faculty of arts
القسم: اللغة الإنجليزية English Department
وصف المساق : This course offers a general review of basic grammatical rules and structures of the English language through varied practice activities. Verb tenses are given pre-eminence as one of the objectives of the course is to enable students to express themselves confidently while making clear and appropriate time reference to the past, present and future. Other topics to be covered include subject-verb agreement, nouns, definite and indefinite articles, pronouns, and modals.
مركز التميز الأكاديمي:
http://lectures.iugaza.edu.ps/
http://quality.iugaza.edu.ps/E....xcellenceCenter/ar/D
قائمة محاضرات المساق:
http://www.youtube.com/playlis....t?list=PL9fwy3NUQKwb
الجامعة الإسلامية غزة:
http://www.iugaza.edu.ps/ar
قناة مركز التميز الأكاديمي بالجامعة الإسلامية - غزة على YouTube :
http://www.youtube.com/iugaza1

Nouns-5
00:40:04
iugaza1
11 Views · 5 years ago

اسم المساق: Grammar I
اسم المحاضر: dr. Bassam Al-Aswad د. بسام حسن الأسود
مشرف الموقع: أ. خالد محمد الأدغم
الكلية: الآداب Faculty of arts
القسم: اللغة الإنجليزية English Department
وصف المساق : This course offers a general review of basic grammatical rules and structures of the English language through varied practice activities. Verb tenses are given pre-eminence as one of the objectives of the course is to enable students to express themselves confidently while making clear and appropriate time reference to the past, present and future. Other topics to be covered include subject-verb agreement, nouns, definite and indefinite articles, pronouns, and modals.
مركز التميز الأكاديمي:
http://lectures.iugaza.edu.ps/
http://quality.iugaza.edu.ps/E....xcellenceCenter/ar/D
قائمة محاضرات المساق:
http://www.youtube.com/playlis....t?list=PL9fwy3NUQKwb
الجامعة الإسلامية غزة:
http://www.iugaza.edu.ps/ar
قناة مركز التميز الأكاديمي بالجامعة الإسلامية - غزة على YouTube :
http://www.youtube.com/iugaza1

Nouns-4
00:37:38
iugaza1
15 Views · 5 years ago

اسم المساق: Grammar I
اسم المحاضر: dr. Bassam Al-Aswad د. بسام حسن الأسود
مشرف الموقع: أ. خالد محمد الأدغم
الكلية: الآداب Faculty of arts
القسم: اللغة الإنجليزية English Department
وصف المساق : This course offers a general review of basic grammatical rules and structures of the English language through varied practice activities. Verb tenses are given pre-eminence as one of the objectives of the course is to enable students to express themselves confidently while making clear and appropriate time reference to the past, present and future. Other topics to be covered include subject-verb agreement, nouns, definite and indefinite articles, pronouns, and modals.
مركز التميز الأكاديمي:
http://lectures.iugaza.edu.ps/
http://quality.iugaza.edu.ps/E....xcellenceCenter/ar/D
قائمة محاضرات المساق:
http://www.youtube.com/playlis....t?list=PL9fwy3NUQKwb
الجامعة الإسلامية غزة:
http://www.iugaza.edu.ps/ar
قناة مركز التميز الأكاديمي بالجامعة الإسلامية - غزة على YouTube :
http://www.youtube.com/iugaza1

Nouns-3
00:39:50
iugaza1
9 Views · 5 years ago

اسم المساق: Grammar I
اسم المحاضر: dr. Bassam Al-Aswad د. بسام حسن الأسود
مشرف الموقع: أ. خالد محمد الأدغم
الكلية: الآداب Faculty of arts
القسم: اللغة الإنجليزية English Department
وصف المساق : This course offers a general review of basic grammatical rules and structures of the English language through varied practice activities. Verb tenses are given pre-eminence as one of the objectives of the course is to enable students to express themselves confidently while making clear and appropriate time reference to the past, present and future. Other topics to be covered include subject-verb agreement, nouns, definite and indefinite articles, pronouns, and modals.
مركز التميز الأكاديمي:
http://lectures.iugaza.edu.ps/
http://quality.iugaza.edu.ps/E....xcellenceCenter/ar/D
قائمة محاضرات المساق:
http://www.youtube.com/playlis....t?list=PL9fwy3NUQKwb
الجامعة الإسلامية غزة:
http://www.iugaza.edu.ps/ar
قناة مركز التميز الأكاديمي بالجامعة الإسلامية - غزة على YouTube :
http://www.youtube.com/iugaza1

Nouns-2
00:32:23
iugaza1
16 Views · 5 years ago

اسم المساق: Grammar I
اسم المحاضر: dr. Bassam Al-Aswad د. بسام حسن الأسود
مشرف الموقع: أ. خالد محمد الأدغم
الكلية: الآداب Faculty of arts
القسم: اللغة الإنجليزية English Department
وصف المساق : This course offers a general review of basic grammatical rules and structures of the English language through varied practice activities. Verb tenses are given pre-eminence as one of the objectives of the course is to enable students to express themselves confidently while making clear and appropriate time reference to the past, present and future. Other topics to be covered include subject-verb agreement, nouns, definite and indefinite articles, pronouns, and modals.
مركز التميز الأكاديمي:
http://lectures.iugaza.edu.ps/
http://quality.iugaza.edu.ps/E....xcellenceCenter/ar/D
قائمة محاضرات المساق:
http://www.youtube.com/playlis....t?list=PL9fwy3NUQKwb
الجامعة الإسلامية غزة:
http://www.iugaza.edu.ps/ar
قناة مركز التميز الأكاديمي بالجامعة الإسلامية - غزة على YouTube :
http://www.youtube.com/iugaza1

Nouns-1
00:44:46
iugaza1
4 Views · 5 years ago

اسم المساق: Grammar I
اسم المحاضر: dr. Bassam Al-Aswad د. بسام حسن الأسود
مشرف الموقع: أ. خالد محمد الأدغم
الكلية: الآداب Faculty of arts
القسم: اللغة الإنجليزية English Department
وصف المساق : This course offers a general review of basic grammatical rules and structures of the English language through varied practice activities. Verb tenses are given pre-eminence as one of the objectives of the course is to enable students to express themselves confidently while making clear and appropriate time reference to the past, present and future. Other topics to be covered include subject-verb agreement, nouns, definite and indefinite articles, pronouns, and modals.
مركز التميز الأكاديمي:
http://lectures.iugaza.edu.ps/
http://quality.iugaza.edu.ps/E....xcellenceCenter/ar/D
قائمة محاضرات المساق:
http://www.youtube.com/playlis....t?list=PL9fwy3NUQKwb
الجامعة الإسلامية غزة:
http://www.iugaza.edu.ps/ar
قناة مركز التميز الأكاديمي بالجامعة الإسلامية - غزة على YouTube :
http://www.youtube.com/iugaza1

Subject Verb Agreement - 2
00:33:37
iugaza1
10 Views · 5 years ago

اسم المساق: Grammar I
اسم المحاضر: dr. Bassam Al-Aswad د. بسام حسن الأسود
مشرف الموقع: أ. خالد محمد الأدغم
الكلية: الآداب Faculty of arts
القسم: اللغة الإنجليزية English Department
وصف المساق : This course offers a general review of basic grammatical rules and structures of the English language through varied practice activities. Verb tenses are given pre-eminence as one of the objectives of the course is to enable students to express themselves confidently while making clear and appropriate time reference to the past, present and future. Other topics to be covered include subject-verb agreement, nouns, definite and indefinite articles, pronouns, and modals.
مركز التميز الأكاديمي:
http://lectures.iugaza.edu.ps/
http://quality.iugaza.edu.ps/E....xcellenceCenter/ar/D
قائمة محاضرات المساق:
http://www.youtube.com/playlis....t?list=PL9fwy3NUQKwb
الجامعة الإسلامية غزة:
http://www.iugaza.edu.ps/ar
قناة مركز التميز الأكاديمي بالجامعة الإسلامية - غزة على YouTube :
http://www.youtube.com/iugaza1

Subject Verb Agreement - 1
00:31:36
iugaza1
29 Views · 5 years ago

اسم المساق: Grammar I
اسم المحاضر: dr. Bassam Al-Aswad د. بسام حسن الأسود
مشرف الموقع: أ. خالد محمد الأدغم
الكلية: الآداب Faculty of arts
القسم: اللغة الإنجليزية English Department
وصف المساق : This course offers a general review of basic grammatical rules and structures of the English language through varied practice activities. Verb tenses are given pre-eminence as one of the objectives of the course is to enable students to express themselves confidently while making clear and appropriate time reference to the past, present and future. Other topics to be covered include subject-verb agreement, nouns, definite and indefinite articles, pronouns, and modals.
مركز التميز الأكاديمي:
http://lectures.iugaza.edu.ps/
http://quality.iugaza.edu.ps/E....xcellenceCenter/ar/D
قائمة محاضرات المساق:
http://www.youtube.com/playlis....t?list=PL9fwy3NUQKwb
الجامعة الإسلامية غزة:
http://www.iugaza.edu.ps/ar
قناة مركز التميز الأكاديمي بالجامعة الإسلامية - غزة على YouTube :
http://www.youtube.com/iugaza1

Future Time 2
00:43:44
iugaza1
12 Views · 5 years ago

اسم المساق: Grammar I
اسم المحاضر: dr. Bassam Al-Aswad د. بسام حسن الأسود
مشرف الموقع: أ. خالد محمد الأدغم
الكلية: الآداب Faculty of arts
القسم: اللغة الإنجليزية English Department
وصف المساق : This course offers a general review of basic grammatical rules and structures of the English language through varied practice activities. Verb tenses are given pre-eminence as one of the objectives of the course is to enable students to express themselves confidently while making clear and appropriate time reference to the past, present and future. Other topics to be covered include subject-verb agreement, nouns, definite and indefinite articles, pronouns, and modals.
مركز التميز الأكاديمي:
http://lectures.iugaza.edu.ps/
http://quality.iugaza.edu.ps/E....xcellenceCenter/ar/D
قائمة محاضرات المساق:
http://www.youtube.com/playlis....t?list=PL9fwy3NUQKwb
الجامعة الإسلامية غزة:
http://www.iugaza.edu.ps/ar
قناة مركز التميز الأكاديمي بالجامعة الإسلامية - غزة على YouTube :
http://www.youtube.com/iugaza1

Future Time 1
00:45:58
iugaza1
18 Views · 5 years ago

اسم المساق: Grammar I
اسم المحاضر: dr. Bassam Al-Aswad د. بسام حسن الأسود
مشرف الموقع: أ. خالد محمد الأدغم
الكلية: الآداب Faculty of arts
القسم: اللغة الإنجليزية English Department
وصف المساق : This course offers a general review of basic grammatical rules and structures of the English language through varied practice activities. Verb tenses are given pre-eminence as one of the objectives of the course is to enable students to express themselves confidently while making clear and appropriate time reference to the past, present and future. Other topics to be covered include subject-verb agreement, nouns, definite and indefinite articles, pronouns, and modals.
مركز التميز الأكاديمي:
http://lectures.iugaza.edu.ps/
http://quality.iugaza.edu.ps/E....xcellenceCenter/ar/D
قائمة محاضرات المساق:
http://www.youtube.com/playlis....t?list=PL9fwy3NUQKwb
الجامعة الإسلامية غزة:
http://www.iugaza.edu.ps/ar
قناة مركز التميز الأكاديمي بالجامعة الإسلامية - غزة على YouTube :
http://www.youtube.com/iugaza1

Past Perfect & Past Perfec Progressive
00:41:18
iugaza1
5 Views · 5 years ago

اسم المساق: Grammar I
اسم المحاضر: dr. Bassam Al-Aswad د. بسام حسن الأسود
مشرف الموقع: أ. خالد محمد الأدغم
الكلية: الآداب Faculty of arts
القسم: اللغة الإنجليزية English Department
وصف المساق : This course offers a general review of basic grammatical rules and structures of the English language through varied practice activities. Verb tenses are given pre-eminence as one of the objectives of the course is to enable students to express themselves confidently while making clear and appropriate time reference to the past, present and future. Other topics to be covered include subject-verb agreement, nouns, definite and indefinite articles, pronouns, and modals.
مركز التميز الأكاديمي:
http://lectures.iugaza.edu.ps/
http://quality.iugaza.edu.ps/E....xcellenceCenter/ar/D
قائمة محاضرات المساق:
http://www.youtube.com/playlis....t?list=PL9fwy3NUQKwb
الجامعة الإسلامية غزة:
http://www.iugaza.edu.ps/ar
قناة مركز التميز الأكاديمي بالجامعة الإسلامية - غزة على YouTube :
http://www.youtube.com/iugaza1

Persent Perfect Progressive
00:39:09
iugaza1
10 Views · 5 years ago

اسم المساق: Grammar I
اسم المحاضر: dr. Bassam Al-Aswad د. بسام حسن الأسود
مشرف الموقع: أ. خالد محمد الأدغم
الكلية: الآداب Faculty of arts
القسم: اللغة الإنجليزية English Department
وصف المساق : This course offers a general review of basic grammatical rules and structures of the English language through varied practice activities. Verb tenses are given pre-eminence as one of the objectives of the course is to enable students to express themselves confidently while making clear and appropriate time reference to the past, present and future. Other topics to be covered include subject-verb agreement, nouns, definite and indefinite articles, pronouns, and modals.
مركز التميز الأكاديمي:
http://lectures.iugaza.edu.ps/
http://quality.iugaza.edu.ps/E....xcellenceCenter/ar/D
قائمة محاضرات المساق:
http://www.youtube.com/playlis....t?list=PL9fwy3NUQKwb
الجامعة الإسلامية غزة:
http://www.iugaza.edu.ps/ar
قناة مركز التميز الأكاديمي بالجامعة الإسلامية - غزة على YouTube :
http://www.youtube.com/iugaza1

Perfect and Perfect Progressive Tenses
00:43:40
iugaza1
7 Views · 5 years ago

اسم المساق: Grammar I
اسم المحاضر: dr. Bassam Al-Aswad د. بسام حسن الأسود
مشرف الموقع: أ. خالد محمد الأدغم
الكلية: الآداب Faculty of arts
القسم: اللغة الإنجليزية English Department
وصف المساق : This course offers a general review of basic grammatical rules and structures of the English language through varied practice activities. Verb tenses are given pre-eminence as one of the objectives of the course is to enable students to express themselves confidently while making clear and appropriate time reference to the past, present and future. Other topics to be covered include subject-verb agreement, nouns, definite and indefinite articles, pronouns, and modals.
مركز التميز الأكاديمي:
http://lectures.iugaza.edu.ps/
http://quality.iugaza.edu.ps/E....xcellenceCenter/ar/D
قائمة محاضرات المساق:
http://www.youtube.com/playlis....t?list=PL9fwy3NUQKwb
الجامعة الإسلامية غزة:
http://www.iugaza.edu.ps/ar
قناة مركز التميز الأكاديمي بالجامعة الإسلامية - غزة على YouTube :
http://www.youtube.com/iugaza1

Present Simple & Present Progressive
00:48:00
iugaza1
8 Views · 5 years ago

اسم المساق: Grammar I
اسم المحاضر: dr. Bassam Al-Aswad د. بسام حسن الأسود
مشرف الموقع: أ. خالد محمد الأدغم
الكلية: الآداب Faculty of arts
القسم: اللغة الإنجليزية English Department
وصف المساق : This course offers a general review of basic grammatical rules and structures of the English language through varied practice activities. Verb tenses are given pre-eminence as one of the objectives of the course is to enable students to express themselves confidently while making clear and appropriate time reference to the past, present and future. Other topics to be covered include subject-verb agreement, nouns, definite and indefinite articles, pronouns, and modals.
مركز التميز الأكاديمي:
http://lectures.iugaza.edu.ps/
http://quality.iugaza.edu.ps/E....xcellenceCenter/ar/D
قائمة محاضرات المساق:
http://www.youtube.com/playlis....t?list=PL9fwy3NUQKwb
الجامعة الإسلامية غزة:
http://www.iugaza.edu.ps/ar
قناة مركز التميز الأكاديمي بالجامعة الإسلامية - غزة على YouTube :
http://www.youtube.com/iugaza1

PHRASAL VERBS: LITERAL OR IDIOMATIC? SEPARABLE OR INSEPARABLE? .
00:42:47
iugaza1
10 Views · 5 years ago

اسم المساق: اللغة الإنجليزية متطلب جامعة
اسم المحاضر: Hani Ali Rabah El-Helou
أ. هاني علي رباح الحلو
الكلية: الآداب
القسم: اللغة الإنجليزية
وصف المساق :
1. The course is designed to enhance the students' fluency and accuracy in the use of grammatical categories and their functions.
2. It also includes activities aiming at developing students' competence in linguistic and communicative skills.
3. The is achieved through the use of authentic texts related to both Palestinian, British and American cultures.
مركز التميز الأكاديمي:
http://quality.iugaza.edu.ps/E....xcellenceCenter/ar/D
قائمة محاضرات المساق:
http://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PL9fwy3NUQKwZQm1WzCEzA1TRC9joCRwzb&feature=edit_ok
الجامعة الإسلامية غزة:
http://www.iugaza.edu.ps/ar
قناة مركز التميز الأكاديمي بالجامعة الإسلامية - غزة على YouTube :
http://www.youtube.com/iugaza1

READING 3 : DREAMING JOBS :THE COWBOY IN THE SKY
00:42:54
iugaza1
18 Views · 5 years ago

اسم المساق: اللغة الإنجليزية متطلب جامعة
اسم المحاضر: Hani Ali Rabah El-Helou
أ. هاني علي رباح الحلو
الكلية: الآداب
القسم: اللغة الإنجليزية
وصف المساق :
1. The course is designed to enhance the students' fluency and accuracy in the use of grammatical categories and their functions.
2. It also includes activities aiming at developing students' competence in linguistic and communicative skills.
3. The is achieved through the use of authentic texts related to both Palestinian, British and American cultures.
مركز التميز الأكاديمي:
http://quality.iugaza.edu.ps/E....xcellenceCenter/ar/D
قائمة محاضرات المساق:
http://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PL9fwy3NUQKwZQm1WzCEzA1TRC9joCRwzb&feature=edit_ok
الجامعة الإسلامية غزة:
http://www.iugaza.edu.ps/ar
قناة مركز التميز الأكاديمي بالجامعة الإسلامية - غزة على YouTube :
http://www.youtube.com/iugaza1

READING 2 : DREAMING JOBS :THE TRAPEZE ARTIST
00:34:34
iugaza1
12 Views · 5 years ago

اسم المساق: اللغة الإنجليزية متطلب جامعة
اسم المحاضر: Hani Ali Rabah El-Helou
أ. هاني علي رباح الحلو
الكلية: الآداب
القسم: اللغة الإنجليزية
وصف المساق :
1. The course is designed to enhance the students' fluency and accuracy in the use of grammatical categories and their functions.
2. It also includes activities aiming at developing students' competence in linguistic and communicative skills.
3. The is achieved through the use of authentic texts related to both Palestinian, British and American cultures.
مركز التميز الأكاديمي:
http://quality.iugaza.edu.ps/E....xcellenceCenter/ar/D
قائمة محاضرات المساق:
http://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PL9fwy3NUQKwZQm1WzCEzA1TRC9joCRwzb&feature=edit_ok
الجامعة الإسلامية غزة:
http://www.iugaza.edu.ps/ar
قناة مركز التميز الأكاديمي بالجامعة الإسلامية - غزة على YouTube :
http://www.youtube.com/iugaza1

READING : DREAMING JOBS:THE HURRICANE HUNTER
00:24:56
iugaza1
15 Views · 5 years ago

اسم المساق: اللغة الإنجليزية متطلب جامعة
اسم المحاضر: Hani Ali Rabah El-Helou
أ. هاني علي رباح الحلو
الكلية: الآداب
القسم: اللغة الإنجليزية
وصف المساق :
1. The course is designed to enhance the students' fluency and accuracy in the use of grammatical categories and their functions.
2. It also includes activities aiming at developing students' competence in linguistic and communicative skills.
3. The is achieved through the use of authentic texts related to both Palestinian, British and American cultures.
مركز التميز الأكاديمي:
http://quality.iugaza.edu.ps/E....xcellenceCenter/ar/D
قائمة محاضرات المساق:
http://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PL9fwy3NUQKwZQm1WzCEzA1TRC9joCRwzb&feature=edit_ok
الجامعة الإسلامية غزة:
http://www.iugaza.edu.ps/ar
قناة مركز التميز الأكاديمي بالجامعة الإسلامية - غزة على YouTube :
http://www.youtube.com/iugaza1

PRESENT PERFECT ACTIVE AND PASSIVE
00:40:41
iugaza1
11 Views · 5 years ago

اسم المساق: اللغة الإنجليزية متطلب جامعة
اسم المحاضر: Hani Ali Rabah El-Helou
أ. هاني علي رباح الحلو
الكلية: الآداب
القسم: اللغة الإنجليزية
وصف المساق :
1. The course is designed to enhance the students' fluency and accuracy in the use of grammatical categories and their functions.
2. It also includes activities aiming at developing students' competence in linguistic and communicative skills.
3. The is achieved through the use of authentic texts related to both Palestinian, British and American cultures.
مركز التميز الأكاديمي:
http://quality.iugaza.edu.ps/E....xcellenceCenter/ar/D
قائمة محاضرات المساق:
http://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PL9fwy3NUQKwZQm1WzCEzA1TRC9joCRwzb&feature=edit_ok
الجامعة الإسلامية غزة:
http://www.iugaza.edu.ps/ar
قناة مركز التميز الأكاديمي بالجامعة الإسلامية - غزة على YouTube :
http://www.youtube.com/iugaza1

ADJECTIVES FOR FOOD,TOWNS, AND PEOPLE-SOUNDS
00:53:41
iugaza1
54 Views · 5 years ago

اسم المساق: اللغة الإنجليزية متطلب جامعة
اسم المحاضر: Hani Ali Rabah El-Helou
أ. هاني علي رباح الحلو
الكلية: الآداب
القسم: اللغة الإنجليزية
وصف المساق :
1. The course is designed to enhance the students' fluency and accuracy in the use of grammatical categories and their functions.
2. It also includes activities aiming at developing students' competence in linguistic and communicative skills.
3. The is achieved through the use of authentic texts related to both Palestinian, British and American cultures.
مركز التميز الأكاديمي:
http://quality.iugaza.edu.ps/E....xcellenceCenter/ar/D
قائمة محاضرات المساق:
http://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PL9fwy3NUQKwZQm1WzCEzA1TRC9joCRwzb&feature=edit_ok
الجامعة الإسلامية غزة:
http://www.iugaza.edu.ps/ar
قناة مركز التميز الأكاديمي بالجامعة الإسلامية - غزة على YouTube :
http://www.youtube.com/iugaza1

READING : GLOBAL  PIZZA:THE WORLD'S FAVOURITE FOOD
00:48:59
iugaza1
15 Views · 5 years ago

اسم المساق: اللغة الإنجليزية متطلب جامعة
اسم المحاضر: Hani Ali Rabah El-Helou
أ. هاني علي رباح الحلو
الكلية: الآداب
القسم: اللغة الإنجليزية
وصف المساق :
1. The course is designed to enhance the students' fluency and accuracy in the use of grammatical categories and their functions.
2. It also includes activities aiming at developing students' competence in linguistic and communicative skills.
3. The is achieved through the use of authentic texts related to both Palestinian, British and American cultures.
مركز التميز الأكاديمي:
http://quality.iugaza.edu.ps/E....xcellenceCenter/ar/D
قائمة محاضرات المساق:
http://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PL9fwy3NUQKwZQm1WzCEzA1TRC9joCRwzb&feature=edit_ok
الجامعة الإسلامية غزة:
http://www.iugaza.edu.ps/ar
قناة مركز التميز الأكاديمي بالجامعة الإسلامية - غزة على YouTube :
http://www.youtube.com/iugaza1

VERB PATTERNS : VERBS+-ING, VERBS+TO+INFINITIVE
00:56:34
iugaza1
7 Views · 5 years ago

اسم المساق: اللغة الإنجليزية متطلب جامعة
اسم المحاضر: Hani Ali Rabah El-Helou
أ. هاني علي رباح الحلو
الكلية: الآداب
القسم: اللغة الإنجليزية
وصف المساق :
1. The course is designed to enhance the students' fluency and accuracy in the use of grammatical categories and their functions.
2. It also includes activities aiming at developing students' competence in linguistic and communicative skills.
3. The is achieved through the use of authentic texts related to both Palestinian, British and American cultures.
مركز التميز الأكاديمي:
http://quality.iugaza.edu.ps/E....xcellenceCenter/ar/D
قائمة محاضرات المساق:
http://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PL9fwy3NUQKwZQm1WzCEzA1TRC9joCRwzb&feature=edit_ok
الجامعة الإسلامية غزة:
http://www.iugaza.edu.ps/ar
قناة مركز التميز الأكاديمي بالجامعة الإسلامية - غزة على YouTube :
http://www.youtube.com/iugaza1

QUESTIONS WITH "LIKE" : WHAT........LIKE? or  HOW.........?
00:50:28
iugaza1
12 Views · 5 years ago

اسم المساق: اللغة الإنجليزية متطلب جامعة
اسم المحاضر: Hani Ali Rabah El-Helou
أ. هاني علي رباح الحلو
الكلية: الآداب
القسم: اللغة الإنجليزية
وصف المساق :
1. The course is designed to enhance the students' fluency and accuracy in the use of grammatical categories and their functions.
2. It also includes activities aiming at developing students' competence in linguistic and communicative skills.
3. The is achieved through the use of authentic texts related to both Palestinian, British and American cultures.
مركز التميز الأكاديمي:
http://quality.iugaza.edu.ps/E....xcellenceCenter/ar/D
قائمة محاضرات المساق:
http://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PL9fwy3NUQKwZQm1WzCEzA1TRC9joCRwzb&feature=edit_ok
الجامعة الإسلامية غزة:
http://www.iugaza.edu.ps/ar
قناة مركز التميز الأكاديمي بالجامعة الإسلامية - غزة على YouTube :
http://www.youtube.com/iugaza1

EVERYDAY ENGLISH:TRAVELLING AROUND, WEATHER FORECAST
00:46:57
iugaza1
6 Views · 5 years ago

اسم المساق: اللغة الإنجليزية متطلب جامعة
اسم المحاضر: Hani Ali Rabah El-Helou
أ. هاني علي رباح الحلو
الكلية: الآداب
القسم: اللغة الإنجليزية
وصف المساق :
1. The course is designed to enhance the students' fluency and accuracy in the use of grammatical categories and their functions.
2. It also includes activities aiming at developing students' competence in linguistic and communicative skills.
3. The is achieved through the use of authentic texts related to both Palestinian, British and American cultures.
مركز التميز الأكاديمي:
http://quality.iugaza.edu.ps/E....xcellenceCenter/ar/D
قائمة محاضرات المساق:
http://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PL9fwy3NUQKwZQm1WzCEzA1TRC9joCRwzb&feature=edit_ok
الجامعة الإسلامية غزة:
http://www.iugaza.edu.ps/ar
قناة مركز التميز الأكاديمي بالجامعة الإسلامية - غزة على YouTube :
http://www.youtube.com/iugaza1

READING: MY KIND OF HOLIDAY
01:00:00
iugaza1
3 Views · 5 years ago

اسم المساق: اللغة الإنجليزية متطلب جامعة
اسم المحاضر: Hani Ali Rabah El-Helou
أ. هاني علي رباح الحلو
الكلية: الآداب
القسم: اللغة الإنجليزية
وصف المساق :
1. The course is designed to enhance the students' fluency and accuracy in the use of grammatical categories and their functions.
2. It also includes activities aiming at developing students' competence in linguistic and communicative skills.
3. The is achieved through the use of authentic texts related to both Palestinian, British and American cultures.
مركز التميز الأكاديمي:
http://quality.iugaza.edu.ps/E....xcellenceCenter/ar/D
قائمة محاضرات المساق:
http://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PL9fwy3NUQKwZQm1WzCEzA1TRC9joCRwzb&feature=edit_ok
الجامعة الإسلامية غزة:
http://www.iugaza.edu.ps/ar
قناة مركز التميز الأكاديمي بالجامعة الإسلامية - غزة على YouTube :
http://www.youtube.com/iugaza1

FUTURE FORMS:  PREDICTION, CERTAINITY: WILL_WON'T
00:36:52
iugaza1
8 Views · 5 years ago

اسم المساق: اللغة الإنجليزية متطلب جامعة
اسم المحاضر: Hani Ali Rabah El-Helou
أ. هاني علي رباح الحلو
الكلية: الآداب
القسم: اللغة الإنجليزية
وصف المساق :
1. The course is designed to enhance the students' fluency and accuracy in the use of grammatical categories and their functions.
2. It also includes activities aiming at developing students' competence in linguistic and communicative skills.
3. The is achieved through the use of authentic texts related to both Palestinian, British and American cultures.
مركز التميز الأكاديمي:
http://quality.iugaza.edu.ps/E....xcellenceCenter/ar/D
قائمة محاضرات المساق:
http://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PL9fwy3NUQKwZQm1WzCEzA1TRC9joCRwzb&feature=edit_ok
الجامعة الإسلامية غزة:
http://www.iugaza.edu.ps/ar
قناة مركز التميز الأكاديمي بالجامعة الإسلامية - غزة على YouTube :
http://www.youtube.com/iugaza1

FUTURE FORMS:  DECISION , INTENTION,ARRANGEMENT
00:44:45
iugaza1
6 Views · 5 years ago

اسم المساق: اللغة الإنجليزية متطلب جامعة
اسم المحاضر: Hani Ali Rabah El-Helou
أ. هاني علي رباح الحلو
الكلية: الآداب
القسم: اللغة الإنجليزية
وصف المساق :
1. The course is designed to enhance the students' fluency and accuracy in the use of grammatical categories and their functions.
2. It also includes activities aiming at developing students' competence in linguistic and communicative skills.
3. The is achieved through the use of authentic texts related to both Palestinian, British and American cultures.
مركز التميز الأكاديمي:
http://quality.iugaza.edu.ps/E....xcellenceCenter/ar/D
قائمة محاضرات المساق:
http://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PL9fwy3NUQKwZQm1WzCEzA1TRC9joCRwzb&feature=edit_ok
الجامعة الإسلامية غزة:
http://www.iugaza.edu.ps/ar
قناة مركز التميز الأكاديمي بالجامعة الإسلامية - غزة على YouTube :
http://www.youtube.com/iugaza1

NATIONALITY WORDS - REQUESTS AND OFFERS
01:00:07
iugaza1
13 Views · 5 years ago

اسم المساق: اللغة الإنجليزية متطلب جامعة
اسم المحاضر: Hani Ali Rabah El-Helou
أ. هاني علي رباح الحلو
الكلية: الآداب
القسم: اللغة الإنجليزية
وصف المساق :
1. The course is designed to enhance the students' fluency and accuracy in the use of grammatical categories and their functions.
2. It also includes activities aiming at developing students' competence in linguistic and communicative skills.
3. The is achieved through the use of authentic texts related to both Palestinian, British and American cultures.
مركز التميز الأكاديمي:
http://quality.iugaza.edu.ps/E....xcellenceCenter/ar/D
قائمة محاضرات المساق:
http://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PL9fwy3NUQKwZQm1WzCEzA1TRC9joCRwzb&feature=edit_ok
الجامعة الإسلامية غزة:
http://www.iugaza.edu.ps/ar
قناة مركز التميز الأكاديمي بالجامعة الإسلامية - غزة على YouTube :
http://www.youtube.com/iugaza1

READING : GOOD MANNERS
00:36:04
iugaza1
19 Views · 5 years ago

اسم المساق: اللغة الإنجليزية متطلب جامعة
اسم المحاضر: Hani Ali Rabah El-Helou
أ. هاني علي رباح الحلو
الكلية: الآداب
القسم: اللغة الإنجليزية
وصف المساق :
1. The course is designed to enhance the students' fluency and accuracy in the use of grammatical categories and their functions.
2. It also includes activities aiming at developing students' competence in linguistic and communicative skills.
3. The is achieved through the use of authentic texts related to both Palestinian, British and American cultures.
مركز التميز الأكاديمي:
http://quality.iugaza.edu.ps/E....xcellenceCenter/ar/D
قائمة محاضرات المساق:
http://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PL9fwy3NUQKwZQm1WzCEzA1TRC9joCRwzb&feature=edit_ok
الجامعة الإسلامية غزة:
http://www.iugaza.edu.ps/ar
قناة مركز التميز الأكاديمي بالجامعة الإسلامية - غزة على YouTube :
http://www.youtube.com/iugaza1

MODAL VERBS OF OBLIGATION AND SUGGESTIONS  MUST,SHOULD,HAVE TO , OUGHT TO
00:55:32
iugaza1
10 Views · 5 years ago

اسم المساق: اللغة الإنجليزية متطلب جامعة
اسم المحاضر: Hani Ali Rabah El-Helou
أ. هاني علي رباح الحلو
الكلية: الآداب
القسم: اللغة الإنجليزية
وصف المساق :
1. The course is designed to enhance the students' fluency and accuracy in the use of grammatical categories and their functions.
2. It also includes activities aiming at developing students' competence in linguistic and communicative skills.
3. The is achieved through the use of authentic texts related to both Palestinian, British and American cultures.
مركز التميز الأكاديمي:
http://quality.iugaza.edu.ps/E....xcellenceCenter/ar/D
قائمة محاضرات المساق:
http://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PL9fwy3NUQKwZQm1WzCEzA1TRC9joCRwzb&feature=edit_ok
الجامعة الإسلامية غزة:
http://www.iugaza.edu.ps/ar
قناة مركز التميز الأكاديمي بالجامعة الإسلامية - غزة على YouTube :
http://www.youtube.com/iugaza1

MODAL VERBS OF OBLIGATION AND PERMISSION     HAVE TO - CAN
00:47:18
iugaza1
8 Views · 5 years ago

اسم المساق: اللغة الإنجليزية متطلب جامعة
اسم المحاضر: Hani Ali Rabah El-Helou
أ. هاني علي رباح الحلو
الكلية: الآداب
القسم: اللغة الإنجليزية
وصف المساق :
1. The course is designed to enhance the students' fluency and accuracy in the use of grammatical categories and their functions.
2. It also includes activities aiming at developing students' competence in linguistic and communicative skills.
3. The is achieved through the use of authentic texts related to both Palestinian, British and American cultures.
مركز التميز الأكاديمي:
http://quality.iugaza.edu.ps/E....xcellenceCenter/ar/D
قائمة محاضرات المساق:
http://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PL9fwy3NUQKwZQm1WzCEzA1TRC9joCRwzb&feature=edit_ok
الجامعة الإسلامية غزة:
http://www.iugaza.edu.ps/ar
قناة مركز التميز الأكاديمي بالجامعة الإسلامية - غزة على YouTube :
http://www.youtube.com/iugaza1

EVERYDAY ENGLISH: GIVING OPINIONS
00:39:53
iugaza1
18 Views · 5 years ago

اسم المساق: اللغة الإنجليزية متطلب جامعة
اسم المحاضر: Hani Ali Rabah El-Helou
أ. هاني علي رباح الحلو
الكلية: الآداب
القسم: اللغة الإنجليزية
وصف المساق :
1. The course is designed to enhance the students' fluency and accuracy in the use of grammatical categories and their functions.
2. It also includes activities aiming at developing students' competence in linguistic and communicative skills.
3. The is achieved through the use of authentic texts related to both Palestinian, British and American cultures.
مركز التميز الأكاديمي:
http://quality.iugaza.edu.ps/E....xcellenceCenter/ar/D
قائمة محاضرات المساق:
http://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PL9fwy3NUQKwZQm1WzCEzA1TRC9joCRwzb&feature=edit_ok
الجامعة الإسلامية غزة:
http://www.iugaza.edu.ps/ar
قناة مركز التميز الأكاديمي بالجامعة الإسلامية - غزة على YouTube :
http://www.youtube.com/iugaza1

READING:PART 2_ ERNEST HEMINGWAY,THE WRITER
00:35:49
iugaza1
6 Views · 5 years ago

اسم المساق: اللغة الإنجليزية متطلب جامعة
اسم المحاضر: Hani Ali Rabah El-Helou
أ. هاني علي رباح الحلو
الكلية: الآداب
القسم: اللغة الإنجليزية
وصف المساق :
1. The course is designed to enhance the students' fluency and accuracy in the use of grammatical categories and their functions.
2. It also includes activities aiming at developing students' competence in linguistic and communicative skills.
3. The is achieved through the use of authentic texts related to both Palestinian, British and American cultures.
مركز التميز الأكاديمي:
http://quality.iugaza.edu.ps/E....xcellenceCenter/ar/D
قائمة محاضرات المساق:
http://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PL9fwy3NUQKwZQm1WzCEzA1TRC9joCRwzb&feature=edit_ok
الجامعة الإسلامية غزة:
http://www.iugaza.edu.ps/ar
قناة مركز التميز الأكاديمي بالجامعة الإسلامية - غزة على YouTube :
http://www.youtube.com/iugaza1

READING : PART 1 -PABLO PICASSO,THE PAINTER
00:33:28
iugaza1
15 Views · 5 years ago

اسم المساق: اللغة الإنجليزية متطلب جامعة
اسم المحاضر: أ. هاني علي رباح الحلو Hani Ali Rabah El-Helou
الكلية: الآداب
القسم: اللغة الإنجليزية
وصف المساق :
1. The course is designed to enhance the students' fluency and accuracy in the use of grammatical categories and their functions.
2. It also includes activities aiming at developing students' competence in linguistic and communicative skills.
3. The is achieved through the use of authentic texts related to both Palestinian, British and American cultures.
مركز التميز الأكاديمي:
http://quality.iugaza.edu.ps/E....xcellenceCenter/ar/D
قائمة محاضرات المساق:
http://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PL9fwy3NUQKwZQm1WzCEzA1TRC9joCRwzb&feature=edit_ok
الجامعة الإسلامية غزة:
http://www.iugaza.edu.ps/ar
قناة مركز التميز الأكاديمي بالجامعة الإسلامية - غزة على YouTube :
http://www.youtube.com/iugaza1

PAST PERFECT AND CONTINUOUS- PASSIVE FORMS
01:05:14
iugaza1
10 Views · 5 years ago

اسم المساق: اللغة الإنجليزية متطلب جامعة
اسم المحاضر: أ. هاني علي رباح الحلو
الكلية: الآداب
القسم: اللغة الإنجليزية
وصف المساق :
1. The course is designed to enhance the students' fluency and accuracy in the use of grammatical categories and their functions.
2. It also includes activities aiming at developing students' competence in linguistic and communicative skills.
3. The is achieved through the use of authentic texts related to both Palestinian, British and American cultures.
مركز التميز الأكاديمي:
http://quality.iugaza.edu.ps/E....xcellenceCenter/ar/D
قائمة محاضرات المساق:
http://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PL9fwy3NUQKwZQm1WzCEzA1TRC9joCRwzb&feature=edit_ok
الجامعة الإسلامية غزة:
http://www.iugaza.edu.ps/ar
قناة مركز التميز الأكاديمي بالجامعة الإسلامية - غزة على YouTube :
http://www.youtube.com/iugaza1

PAST SIMPLE TENSE - REGULAR AND IRREGULAR VERBS
00:57:45
iugaza1
6 Views · 5 years ago

اسم المساق: اللغة الإنجليزية متطلب جامعة
اسم المحاضر: أ. هاني علي رباح الحلو
الكلية: الآداب
القسم: اللغة الإنجليزية
وصف المساق :
1. The course is designed to enhance the students' fluency and accuracy in the use of grammatical categories and their functions.
2. It also includes activities aiming at developing students' competence in linguistic and communicative skills.
3. The is achieved through the use of authentic texts related to both Palestinian, British and American cultures.
مركز التميز الأكاديمي:
http://quality.iugaza.edu.ps/E....xcellenceCenter/ar/D
قائمة محاضرات المساق:
http://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PL9fwy3NUQKwZQm1WzCEzA1TRC9joCRwzb&feature=edit_ok
الجامعة الإسلامية غزة:
http://www.iugaza.edu.ps/ar
قناة مركز التميز الأكاديمي بالجامعة الإسلامية - غزة على YouTube :
http://www.youtube.com/iugaza1

EVERYDAY LANGUAGE : NUMBERS AND DATES
00:58:40
iugaza1
11 Views · 5 years ago

اسم المساق: اللغة الإنجليزية متطلب جامعة
اسم المحاضر: أ. هاني علي رباح الحلو
الكلية: الآداب
القسم: اللغة الإنجليزية
وصف المساق :
1. The course is designed to enhance the students' fluency and accuracy in the use of grammatical categories and their functions.
2. It also includes activities aiming at developing students' competence in linguistic and communicative skills.
3. The is achieved through the use of authentic texts related to both Palestinian, British and American cultures.
مركز التميز الأكاديمي:
http://quality.iugaza.edu.ps/E....xcellenceCenter/ar/D
قائمة محاضرات المساق:
http://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PL9fwy3NUQKwZQm1WzCEzA1TRC9joCRwzb&feature=edit_ok
الجامعة الإسلامية غزة:
http://www.iugaza.edu.ps/ar
قناة مركز التميز الأكاديمي بالجامعة الإسلامية - غزة على YouTube :
http://www.youtube.com/iugaza1

READING : THE CLOWN DOCTOR
00:42:58
iugaza1
26 Views · 5 years ago

اسم المساق: اللغة الإنجليزية متطلب جامعة
اسم المحاضر: أ. هاني علي رباح الحلو
الكلية: الآداب
القسم: اللغة الإنجليزية
وصف المساق :
1. The course is designed to enhance the students' fluency and accuracy in the use of grammatical categories and their functions.
2. It also includes activities aiming at developing students' competence in linguistic and communicative skills.
3. The is achieved through the use of authentic texts related to both Palestinian, British and American cultures.
مركز التميز الأكاديمي:
http://quality.iugaza.edu.ps/E....xcellenceCenter/ar/D
قائمة محاضرات المساق:
http://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PL9fwy3NUQKwZQm1WzCEzA1TRC9joCRwzb&feature=edit_ok
الجامعة الإسلامية غزة:
http://www.iugaza.edu.ps/ar
قناة مركز التميز الأكاديمي بالجامعة الإسلامية - غزة على YouTube :
http://www.youtube.com/iugaza1

STATE VERBS AND ACTION VERBS
00:57:47
iugaza1
9 Views · 5 years ago

اسم المساق: اللغة الإنجليزية متطلب جامعة
اسم المحاضر: أ. هاني علي رباح الحلو
الكلية: الآداب
القسم: اللغة الإنجليزية
وصف المساق :
1. The course is designed to enhance the students' fluency and accuracy in the use of grammatical categories and their functions.
2. It also includes activities aiming at developing students' competence in linguistic and communicative skills.
3. The is achieved through the use of authentic texts related to both Palestinian, British and American cultures.
مركز التميز الأكاديمي:
http://quality.iugaza.edu.ps/E....xcellenceCenter/ar/D
قائمة محاضرات المساق:
http://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PL9fwy3NUQKwZQm1WzCEzA1TRC9joCRwzb&feature=edit_ok
الجامعة الإسلامية غزة:
http://www.iugaza.edu.ps/ar
قناة مركز التميز الأكاديمي بالجامعة الإسلامية - غزة على YouTube :
http://www.youtube.com/iugaza1

PRESENT TENSES- PASSIVE FORMS
01:06:26
iugaza1
4 Views · 5 years ago

اسم المساق: اللغة الإنجليزية متطلب جامعة
اسم المحاضر: أ. هاني علي رباح الحلو
الكلية: الآداب
القسم: اللغة الإنجليزية
وصف المساق :
1. The course is designed to enhance the students' fluency and accuracy in the use of grammatical categories and their functions.
2. It also includes activities aiming at developing students' competence in linguistic and communicative skills.
3. The is achieved through the use of authentic texts related to both Palestinian, British and American cultures.
مركز التميز الأكاديمي:
http://quality.iugaza.edu.ps/E....xcellenceCenter/ar/D
قائمة محاضرات المساق:
http://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PL9fwy3NUQKwZQm1WzCEzA1TRC9joCRwzb&feature=edit_ok
الجامعة الإسلامية غزة:
http://www.iugaza.edu.ps/ar
قناة مركز التميز الأكاديمي بالجامعة الإسلامية - غزة على YouTube :
http://www.youtube.com/iugaza1

VOCABULARY-PHONETIC SYMBOLS_-EVERYDAY ENGLISH
00:58:35
iugaza1
15 Views · 5 years ago

اسم المساق: اللغة الإنجليزية متطلب جامعة
اسم المحاضر: أ. هاني علي رباح الحلو
الكلية: الآداب
القسم: اللغة الإنجليزية
وصف المساق :
1. The course is designed to enhance the students' fluency and accuracy in the use of grammatical categories and their functions.
2. It also includes activities aiming at developing students' competence in linguistic and communicative skills.
3. The is achieved through the use of authentic texts related to both Palestinian, British and American cultures.
مركز التميز الأكاديمي:
http://quality.iugaza.edu.ps/E....xcellenceCenter/ar/D
قائمة محاضرات المساق:
http://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PL9fwy3NUQKwZQm1WzCEzA1TRC9joCRwzb&feature=edit_ok
الجامعة الإسلامية غزة:
http://www.iugaza.edu.ps/ar
قناة مركز التميز الأكاديمي بالجامعة الإسلامية - غزة على YouTube :
http://www.youtube.com/iugaza1

READING: WONDERS OF THE MODERN WORLD
00:58:10
iugaza1
13 Views · 5 years ago

اسم المساق: اللغة الإنجليزية متطلب جامعة
اسم المحاضر: أ. هاني علي رباح الحلو
الكلية: الآداب
القسم: اللغة الإنجليزية
وصف المساق :
1. The course is designed to enhance the students' fluency and accuracy in the use of grammatical categories and their functions.
2. It also includes activities aiming at developing students' competence in linguistic and communicative skills.
3. The is achieved through the use of authentic texts related to both Palestinian, British and American cultures.
مركز التميز الأكاديمي:
http://quality.iugaza.edu.ps/E....xcellenceCenter/ar/D
قائمة محاضرات المساق:
http://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PL9fwy3NUQKwZQm1WzCEzA1TRC9joCRwzb&feature=edit_ok
الجامعة الإسلامية غزة:
http://www.iugaza.edu.ps/ar
قناة مركز التميز الأكاديمي بالجامعة الإسلامية - غزة على YouTube :
http://www.youtube.com/iugaza1

NEGATIVES - SHORT ANSWERS
00:57:09
iugaza1
11 Views · 5 years ago

اسم المساق: اللغة الإنجليزية متطلب جامعة
اسم المحاضر: أ. هاني علي رباح الحلو
الكلية: الآداب
القسم: اللغة الإنجليزية
وصف المساق :
1. The course is designed to enhance the students' fluency and accuracy in the use of grammatical categories and their functions.
2. It also includes activities aiming at developing students' competence in linguistic and communicative skills.
3. The is achieved through the use of authentic texts related to both Palestinian, British and American cultures.
مركز التميز الأكاديمي:
http://quality.iugaza.edu.ps/E....xcellenceCenter/ar/D
قائمة محاضرات المساق:
http://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PL9fwy3NUQKwZQm1WzCEzA1TRC9joCRwzb&feature=edit_ok
الجامعة الإسلامية غزة:
http://www.iugaza.edu.ps/ar
قناة مركز التميز الأكاديمي بالجامعة الإسلامية - غزة على YouTube :
http://www.youtube.com/iugaza1

AUXILIARY VERBS, TENSES, QUESTIONS
00:37:42
iugaza1
5 Views · 5 years ago

اسم المساق: اللغة الإنجليزية متطلب جامعة
اسم المحاضر: أ. هاني علي رباح الحلو
Hani Ali Rabah El-Helou
الكلية: الآداب
القسم: اللغة الإنجليزية
وصف المساق :
1. The course is designed to enhance the students' fluency and accuracy in the use of grammatical categories and their functions.
2. It also includes activities aiming at developing students' competence in linguistic and communicative skills.
3. The is achieved through the use of authentic texts related to both Palestinian, British and American cultures.
مركز التميز الأكاديمي:
http://quality.iugaza.edu.ps/E....xcellenceCenter/ar/D
قائمة محاضرات المساق:
http://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PL9fwy3NUQKwZQm1WzCEzA1TRC9joCRwzb&feature=edit_ok
الجامعة الإسلامية غزة:
http://www.iugaza.edu.ps/ar
قناة مركز التميز الأكاديمي بالجامعة الإسلامية - غزة على YouTube :
http://www.youtube.com/iugaza1

Past Simple or Present Perfect?
00:05:22
engVid
13 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com English tenses can be confusing. In this lesson, you will learn a simple way to know when to use the past simple and present perfect tenses.

Test yourself with the quiz at http://www.engvid.com/past-simple-or-present-perfect/

Speaking English - Nationalities - AMERICAN, RUSSIAN, IRAQI, SPANISH...
00:03:35
engVid
14 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com Learn how to pronounce many nationalities in English and delight your international friends, colleagues, and clients by paying attention to this critical information. Take a quiz on this lesson at http://www.engvid.com/pronouncing-nationalities-in-english/

Getting a job - How to talk about your education
00:07:09
engVid
10 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com Learn how to describe your educational qualifications correctly and clearly in English. Make sure to watch this video before your next job interview, to make a strong positive impression.

Who? That? Which?
00:05:59
engVid
11 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com Do you confuse who, that, and which? Learn the difference easily in this short and simple English grammar lesson.

Take the quiz at http://www.engvid.com/who-that-which/

Basic English Grammar - Past Tense Questions
00:07:16
engVid
17 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com Learn the one word many English students forget and which you must use to ask questions correctly in the Simple Past Tense. Test your understanding with the quiz at http://www.engvid.com/past-tense-questions/

When to capitalize names in English
00:08:37
engVid
6 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com Learn when to use capital letters at the beginning of names. If you are going to be writing in English, you need to learn the rules I teach in this lesson. Test your understanding with the quiz at http://www.engvid.com/capitalizing-names/

How to find a new job - Transferable Job Skills
00:08:21
engVid
9 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com Find a new job more easily by learning how to identify and describe your transferable job skills in English. Not sure what transferable job skills are? Watch this video to learn more about this important concept in job hunting. http://www.engvid.com/transferable-job-skills/

Singular or Plural? Subject-Verb Agreement in English Grammar
00:10:59
engVid
9 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com Sometimes, it's hard to know if the verb in a sentence should be singular or plural. Learn more about such tricky cases in this short grammar lesson and take the quiz at http://www.engvid.com/subject-verb-agreement/ .

Writing in English - How to Start Any Letter
00:06:40
engVid
8 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com Need to write letters in English? Rebecca shows you how to start any letter easily and correctly with a few useful expressions. No more wasted time! Take a quiz on this lesson at http://www.engvid.com/writing-english-starting-letters/

6 ways to use the verb 'GO' in English
00:11:42
engVid
16 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com "Go to", "go on", "go for"? Rebecca explains which preposition to use with this very common English verb in this grammar lesson for beginners. Go take a quiz on the lesson at http://www.engvid.com/6-ways-to-use-go/

"Have you ever...?" How to use Present Perfect immediately
00:07:22
engVid
14 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com Start using the present perfect easily and effectively by watching this important English grammar lesson. No more fear! Afterwards, test yourself at http://www.engvid.com/present-perfect/ .

Practical English Vocabulary: Shopping in a mall
00:11:49
engVid
9 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com Save time and energy finding what you need at a shopping mall by watching this useful lesson. Learn the key vocabulary to describe different kinds of stores and services. Then take the quiz at http://engvid.com/shopping-mall-vocabulary/ !

Practical English: Understanding Medicine Labels
00:10:57
engVid
20 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Learn important vocabulary that's not taught in classrooms or textbooks. Take medicine safely by learning how to read the labels and instructions. You will learn the vocabulary you need to understand medicine labels correctly, and I'll also teach you some related medical words and terms in English. After the lesson, test your understanding by taking the quiz at http://www.engvid.com/practical-english-medicine-labels/

Practical English: How to write a check
00:13:49
engVid
6 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com Protect yourself by learning the 6 steps involved in writing a check/cheque safely in English. Avoid common errors and pick up key banking vocabulary in this practical lesson. Test your understanding with the quiz at http://www.engvid.com/practical-english-write-a-check/ .

Speaking English - How to talk about your friends
00:11:00
engVid
10 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com Rebecca teaches the vocabulary of friendship in this lesson, aimed at giving you the right words, expressions, and idioms to describe your most important relationships. Test your understanding with the quiz at http://www.engvid.com/speaking-english-friends/

Speaking English - Saying Numbers
00:06:03
engVid
29 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Confused about how to say larger numbers in English? In this video lesson, Rebecca shows you how, step-by-step, taking you from one to over a billion! You won't avoid using numbers anymore, once you see how simple it can be. Watch the lesson, then take the free quiz at http://www.engvid.com/speaking-english-saying-numbers/

Common English Errors: I or me? She or her? They or them?
00:04:32
engVid
5 Views · 5 years ago

Do English pronouns confuse you? Watch this important lesson and learn which pronouns to use when. You'll be taking a big step forward in improving your English. Make sure to test yourself by taking the free quiz at https://www.engvid.com/common-....english-errors-i-or-

Speaking English - How to talk about your birthplace and birthday
00:03:59
engVid
14 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ You will surely have to ask and answer this important question many times in your life. Yet many students make mistakes when providing this critical information. Watch this class to get it right, then take the quiz at http://www.engvid.com/how-to-talk-about-your-birthday-and-birthplace/

Common English Errors: SOME & ANY
00:07:18
engVid
14 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ The words "some" and "any" are used frequently in English. Are you using them correctly? Watch this lesson to be sure, then take the free quiz at http://www.engvid.com/common-english-errors-some-any/ to test yourself.

Business English - How to expand your vocabulary
00:05:11
engVid
8 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Vocabulary is the key to effective expression in any language. In this lesson, you'll learn how to expand your Business English vocabulary faster than before.

Its & It's
00:08:12
engVid
10 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ When to use "it's" and when to use "its". Watch this lesson to eliminate one of the most common English errors made by native and non-native English speakers. Don't miss this one! Make sure you've understood by taking the free quiz at http://www.engvid.com/its-its/

Confused Words - sometime or sometimes?
00:04:07
engVid
8 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Do you go to the movies sometime or sometimes? There is a big difference -- learn what it is in this lesson presented by Rebecca, then take the free quiz at http://www.engvid.com/confused-words-sometime-or-sometimes/

Business English Vocabulary - CUSTOMER & CLIENT
00:02:39
engVid
9 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ In your business, do you have customers or clients? What's the difference, anyway? Learn more in this short but informative lesson, then test your understanding by taking the quiz at http://www.engvid.com/business-english-vocabulary-customer-or-client/

Confused Words - Succeed, Success, Successful, Successfully
00:05:31
engVid
11 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com Succeed, Success, Successful, Successfully: The most commonly confused word family in the English language, yet so important!. Learn some cute tricks to help you spell and use all forms of these words correctly once and for all. Then, test yourself with the quiz at http://www.engvid.com/confused-words-succeed/#quiz!

Short Answers in English
00:04:36
engVid
7 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com Learn how to use short answers correctly. This will allow you to have more natural conversations in English. This short, effective lesson will show you how to give short answers correctly and politely. Once you've watched the lesson, test yourself at http://www.engvid.com/short-answers/#quiz!

Confused Words - DESERT or DESSERT?
00:05:16
engVid
6 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com Did you eat desert or dessert? Particularly recommended for students from India, this lesson explains the difference in pronunciation and spelling between these commonly confused words.

Basic English Grammar - THIS, THAT, THESE, THOSE
00:07:30
engVid
10 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ This or that or these or those? Not sure which word to use at times? I explain the difference in an easy way, so you can improve your English immediately after watching this free grammar lesson. You can take a quiz to test yourself at http://www.engvid.com/this-that-these-those/#quiz

Speaking English - When to use 'THE' with places
00:07:56
engVid
14 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ No matter how long you've been studying English, you may still be unsure when to use "the" ! In this lesson, you can review when to use the definite article "the" in connection with places. You'll also learn when to capitalize "the"!

Test your knowledge with the quiz at http://www.engvid.com/using-the-with-places/#quiz

Confused Words - LOSE or LOOSE?
00:05:22
engVid
10 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ LOSE or LOOSE? This vocabulary lesson is about one of the most common spelling mistakes made by students. Watch this video and you won't go wrong again. Take the quiz on the lesson at http://www.engvid.com/confused-words-lose-or-loose/

Business English Vocabulary - COLLABORATE or COOPERATE?
00:03:47
engVid
18 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com Is it the same to collaborate on something and cooperate with someone? Well, no, it isn't. Learn the difference and speak more confidently in business situations with this free English vocabulary lesson.

English Grammar - Tenses overview - present, past, future, simple, continuous, progressive, perfect!
00:05:37
engVid
7 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ This lesson offers a quick overview of the main verb tenses in English. It also explains which are the most important to master at various language levels. Test yourself on the tenses in English by taking the quiz at http://www.engvid.com/english-grammar-tenses-overview/

Business English - Complaining & Disagreeing Politely and Effectively
00:07:22
engVid
21 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Negative adjectives can come across harshly in English. In this lesson, you will learn a more effective way to complain or disagree. Test your understanding of the class by taking the quiz at http://www.engvid.com/polite-business-english-complain-disagree/

English Grammar - SINCE & FOR
00:05:29
engVid
11 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Watch this grammar lesson to learn the difference between "since" and "for", and how to use them correctly in English. Test your understanding of the lesson by taking the free quiz at http://www.engvid.com/english-grammar-since-for/

Business English - Talking about your Work
00:05:44
engVid
3 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Make a perfect first impression by learning how to describe the place, country, city, department and field in which you work. Test your understanding of this English lesson by taking the free quiz at http://www.engvid.com/business-english-talking-about-your-work/

Confused Words - BEFORE & AGO
00:03:04
engVid
6 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engVid.com/ Did you start learning English several years ago or several years before? In this video, you will learn the correct usage of these commonly confused words. Take the free quiz to test your understanding of the lesson at http://www.engvid.com/confused-words-before-ago/

English Vocabulary - First name? Given name? Forename? What's your name?
00:05:16
engVid
6 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engVid.com/ When filling out a form in English, do you know your given name, your forename, your surname, and so on? Learn how to provide this basic information correctly and clearly, by watching this lesson. After watching, you can test your understanding by taking the free quiz at http://www.engVid.com/vocabulary-first-name-given-forename-surname/

Confused Words - EFFECT & AFFECT
00:03:56
engVid
15 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engVid.com/ Are you affected by something or effected by it? If you're not sure which is right, this English lesson will clarify the difference. Test your understanding of the lesson by taking the quiz at http://www.engvid.com/confused....-words-effect-affect

English in the News: Vocabulary of Floods
00:23:13
engVid
18 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Learn how to speak about and understand the news more effectively with this lesson based on the terrible floods in Pakistan. After watching this lesson, you will know how to analyze news stories and use them as a resource for enriching your English vocabulary. Take a quiz on this lesson here: http://www.engvid.com/english-in-the-news-vocabulary-of-floods/

Business English - Talking about your Responsibilities
00:03:23
engVid
14 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ What are you responsible for? Who are you responsible to? Learn how to answer these basic Business English questions easily and correctly. Take a free quiz on this lesson at http://www.engvid.com/business-english-talking-about-your-responsibilities/

Polite English - Softening Your Message
00:03:57
engVid
17 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ By using key words or phrases, you can give bad news or negative opinions more diplomatically. Learn how in this valuable English lesson, then take the free quiz at http://www.engvid.com/polite-english-softening-your-message/

Speaking English - Talking about travel
00:03:19
engVid
8 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Depart from? Arrive at? Travel to? If you're going to travel, this short English grammar lesson will help you speak correctly about your experiences. After you've watched the lesson, test your understanding by taking the free quiz: http://www.engvid.com/speaking-english-talking-about-travel/

How to Learn English with the News
00:07:40
engVid
10 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Learn how to use the news to learn English. Improve your vocabulary and comprehension by listening to the news on TV and radio, or reading English news on the net or in newspapers and magazines.

Bring or Take? - Confusing words in English
00:03:10
engVid
6 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Is it possible to make a mistake when these two verbs are actual opposites? Yes, it is, but not if you watch this English lesson. Test your understanding of this lesson at http://www.engvid.com/confused-words-bring-take/

Common English Errors: Someone, Anyone, No one?
00:05:11
engVid
7 Views · 5 years ago

Someone? Anybody? No one? Not sure which word to use when? Watch this lesson and learn a few simple rules to end your confusion. Take a free English test on this lesson at http://www.engvid.com/english-....errors-someone-anyon

Where do I put the adverb?
00:04:27
engVid
4 Views · 5 years ago

Using adverbs is quite easy, once you know where to place them. Learn how in this short lesson, and improve your English immediately. Take a free quiz to test your understanding of the lesson at https://www.engvid.com/english....-grammar-where-do-i-

Confused Words - DURING & WHILE
00:02:52
engVid
7 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engVid.com/ We say "During the lesson..." but "While I was studying..."
Find out why in this English lesson.

Confused Words - YOU'RE & YOUR
00:06:46
engVid
5 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engVid.com/ One of the most common mistakes in the English language. Learn to differentiate once and for all between these two similar-sounding words with totally different meanings.

TOEFL or IELTS? Which exam should you take?
00:17:15
engVid
8 Views · 5 years ago

Not sure whether to take the TOEFL or the IELTS? Want to know which of these English proficiency exams is easier? This lesson explains the key differences between the two exams and makes recommendations based on your strengths and weaknesses.

English Grammar - Present Simple & Present Progressive
00:08:06
engVid
4 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Learn about the difference between the Present Simple and the Present Progressive in English. Go to engVid to take the free quiz on this lesson.

English Grammar - Are you bored or boring?
00:03:31
engVid
3 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ I'm bored? I'm boring? Not sure of the difference? Better watch this lesson then, or you could be saying something rather rude about yourself!

IELTS Basics - Introduction to the IELTS Exam
00:08:27
engVid
19 Views · 5 years ago

If you're asking "What's IELTS?", this lesson is definitely for you. You'll have all the info you need to know about this popular English proficiency exam. For more free IELTS information, see http://www.goodluckielts.com/ and http://www.engvid.com

Confused Words - ADVICE & ADVISE
00:05:34
engVid
14 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ One of these words is the verb, and one is the noun. If you don't know which is which, you need to watch this lesson... Take the free quiz on this lesson at: http://www.engvid.com/confused-words-advice-advise/

Polite English - WANT & WOULD LIKE
00:05:40
engVid
5 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engVid.com/ Learn how to sound polite and respectful in any situation with this short, important lesson. A small change can lead to a big difference in the way you communicate in English.

Polite English: 8 ways to say THANK YOU
00:02:56
engVid
8 Views · 5 years ago

In this video lesson, you will learn several ways of expressing thanks in formal and informal situations in English.

Polite English - Saying Yes and No
00:07:54
engVid
12 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engVid.com/ Did you know that the words "yes" and "no", when used alone, can make you sound rude and angry? In this lesson, you'll learn the secret of how to communicate these basic messages simply and politely. You can take a quiz on this English lesson at http://www.engvid.com/polite-e....nglish-saying-yes-no

Business English - How to minimize problems
00:04:26
engVid
9 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engVid.com/ By following a few simple techniques, you can make any problem sound less serious. Learn how to resolve your difficulties more easily, in business and in life. This English lesson will show you how. You can take a quiz on this lesson at http://www.engvid.com/business....-english-how-to-mini

English Vocabulary - How to talk about money
00:05:12
engVid
11 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engVid.com/ Money is something you'll need to talk about all your life! In this English lesson, you'll learn some essential vocabulary to help you speak about this important subject. Take the free quiz on this lesson at http://www.engVid.com/

English Writing - Paraphrasing
00:08:26
engVid
12 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engVid.com/ Paraphrasing is expressing what you have read or heard in your own words. Its a skill you need in academic and professional life. Don't forget to take the quiz on this lesson at our website, engVid.

TOEFL Structure & Skills for iBT success!
00:11:28
engVid
8 Views · 5 years ago

Getting a high score on the TOEFL iBT demands much more than reading, writing, listening and speaking skills. Discover all the indirect skills you must master in order to do well on this important English proficiency exam. Visit http://www.GoodLuckTOEFL.com for more information on the TOEFL iBT, and http://www.engVid.com/ for all of my free English lesson videos.

TOEFL Essay Types & Essay Patterns
00:08:06
engVid
9 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engVid.com/ Before writing the TOEFL essay, you must be able to identify the essay type and choose the correct essay pattern. This important lesson explains the five essay categories and two essay patterns you need to know to succeed in the Independent Essay Writing task of the TOEFL iBT. Check the free TOEFL section on my website, http://www.engvid.com/category..../english-exams/toefl to see all of my TOEFL lessons.

English Grammar: Reported Speech
00:08:10
engVid
15 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ In this lesson you will learn how to correctly relate what others have said to you. In English grammar, this point is known as "reported speech". The lesson covers how to change tenses, as required, to convey your message correctly in both spoken and written English.

Prepositions in English - 'at', 'on', 'in'
00:04:24
engVid
10 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Many students have problems with prepositions in English. In this lesson, I explain how three prepositions -- 'at', 'on', and 'in' -- are used in relation to time. If you have any questions about this lesson, please ask me on engVid, where I will be happy to help you.

Confused Words: WHO'S & WHOSE
00:07:17
engVid
6 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ In this lesson, you can overcome any confusion you feel about the meanings and usage of these two often-confused words -- WHO'S & WHOSE.

Confused Words: THEY'RE, THERE, THEIR
00:06:41
engVid
8 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Homonyms are words that sound the same, but have different meanings and spelling. In this lesson, I explain how to correctly use the homonyms THERE, THEIR, and THEY'RE

IELTS Writing - Letters
00:10:13
engVid
15 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ How to write proper openings and closings for your IELTS letter-writing assignment. There are three types of letters you can be asked to write on the IELTS -- formal, semi-formal, and informal. In this lesson I explain how to start and end each type. For more free IELTS information, see http://www.goodluckielts.com/

How to Structure Your TOEFL Essay
00:07:18
engVid
13 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Get full points on the organization section of your TOEFL essay by following the steps in this lesson. For more information on the TOEFL, go to http://www.goodlucktoefl.com

Using the Future Tense in Conversation - English Grammar
00:07:57
engVid
3 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ In this lesson, I explain how the future tense is used in conversation.

TOEFL Basics - Introduction to TOEFL iBT
00:08:11
engVid
6 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.goodlucktoefl.com/ If you want to know about TOEFL iBT, this is where to start. In this lesson, I answer some basic questions about the TOEFL that I've received from students. We cover some introductory information about the exam. If you are just starting your journey towards TOEFL, or if you are interested in the exam, but don't know where to start, watch this lesson. You can ask me more questions on engVid. I will record answers to common questions for students whenever I can. Find more FREE information on the TOEFL at http://www.goodlucktoefl.com/

Past Tense Regular Verb Pronunciation
00:02:46
engVid
5 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ In this ESL lesson, I explain how to pronounce past tense regular verbs in English. You can see more of my videos and ask me questions at http://www.engVid.com

Short, easy questions in English
00:06:37
engVid
13 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Want to ask questions like a native English speaker? It's easier -- and shorter -- than you think. In this conversation lesson, I'll show you how to use spoken grammar to ask questions more naturally. Then test yourself with the quiz at http://www.engvid.com/conversational-english-short-questions/ .

Past Perfect Tense
00:10:41
engVid
7 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ In this grammar lesson, you'll learn when and how to use the past perfect. It's much easier than you think. You may even start using the past perfect as soon as you finish watching the lesson. Try it, and see for yourself, then take the past perfect quiz at http://www.engvid.com/past-perfect-tense/

Speaking English - Pregnancy & Having a Baby
00:09:04
engVid
14 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Being pregnant and having a baby is big news, but what words and phrases do you us to talk about this subject in English? In this vocabulary lesson, I'll teach you how to announce that someone is pregnant, how to wish someone who has given you this good news, and much more. Challenge yourself with the quiz! http://www.engvid.com/speaking-english-pregnancy-baby/

4 Grammar Mistakes: MYSELF, YOURSELF and Other Reflexive Pronouns
00:05:47
engVid
10 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ In English, we call words like myself and yourself 'reflexive pronouns'. Learn how to master these important but confusing words with this grammar lesson. I'll show you how to avoid the four mistakes students make when using these special pronouns. You can test yourself with a free quiz here: http://www.engvid.com/reflexive-pronoun-mistakes/

5 ways to say sorry - Polite English
00:07:48
engVid
7 Views · 5 years ago

In this practical lesson, I'll show you many ways of saying you're sorry in English. Lean how to apologize in simple and serious situations. Save face, save your relationship and maybe save your job one day by using the right words and expressions at the right time. Test your understanding of the lesson by taking the free quiz at http://www.engvid.com/ways-to-apologize-sorry/

MYSELF, YOURSELF: Introduction to Reflexive Pronouns in English
00:08:22
engVid
9 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ I enjoyed? or I enjoyed myself? In this grammar lesson, I explain when and how to use words like myself, himself, itself, and yourself. We call these words reflexive pronouns. Watch the lesson, then take a quiz at http://www.engvid.com/intro-reflexive-pronouns/ !

Conversational English - Asking "How about...?"
00:04:00
engVid
6 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Having trouble asking questions? In this conversation lesson, I'll show you how to ask any kind of question more easily in English. Learn how to use the expression "How about..." to ask about people, places, food, time, transportation, or anything else. http://www.engvid.com/conversational-english-how-about/

Knowing English can save you money!
00:08:59
engVid
22 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Save money by learning the most common English expressions related to money. Learn which words mean that something is free, and which mean that you have to pay. Never miss a free opportunity, and never be surprised by an unexpected bill again. Take the *free* quiz on this lesson at http://www.engvid.com/knowing-english-saves-money/

Slow or Slowly? Understanding Adverbs of Manner
00:08:41
engVid
18 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ In this grammar lesson, I show you an easy way to understand and use adverbs correctly. You'll also learn about the difference between good and well, hard and hardly, and more! No more confusion!

Test yourself with the quiz at http://www.engvid.com/adverbs-of-manner/

Prepositions - Arrive AT, ON, or IN?
00:08:47
engVid
14 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Arrive at, on, or in a city? Arrive on, in, or at Monday? In this basic grammar lesson, I'll show you the right preposition to use with the verb "arrive". An important lesson for all English learners who are confused by prepositions. Watch the lesson, then take the quiz: http://www.engvid.com/arrive-at-on-in/

Speaking English - Discussing Advantages & Disadvantages
00:05:11
engVid
7 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Improve your academic and professional vocabulary instantly! Learn how to discuss the advantages and disadvantages of any subject or topic. Essential vocabulary for success at school, university, and work. An added benefit: you can take a quiz on this lesson here - http://www.engvid.com/advantages-disadvantages/

Basic English Grammar - Using "to be" to describe your life
00:08:36
engVid
17 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ The common verb "to be" is one of the most confusing verbs in English. In this basic grammar lesson, I'll show you how to use this verb to describe the present, past, and future events of your life. You must master these basics to speak good English. Test your understanding of this lesson by taking the quiz: http://www.engvid.com/use-to-be-to-describe-your-life/

Conversation Skills - The secret to successful socializing
00:07:06
engVid
20 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Want the secret to turning strangers into friends? In this conversation lesson, I teach you an easy 3-step method to socialize with anybody without confusion, fear, or stress. This simple strategy can transform your personal and professional life and give you confidence like never before. Are you ready to socialize? Test yourself with our quiz: http://www.engvid.com/conversation-skills-socializing/

Conversational English - How to make polite requests
00:06:58
engVid
5 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ "Could you please"? "Would you mind"? This important lesson teaches you how to succeed in personal and professional life by learning to make polite requests in English. Master these key expressions until they flow easily and automatically and watch how your life improves. Now, could you please take the quiz? http://www.engvid.com/conversational-english-polite-requests/

Conversational English - What are Embedded Questions?
00:06:18
engVid
7 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Can you tell me where is he? Can you tell me where he is? Which question is correct? Find the answer and learn how to frame embedded questions correctly and easily in this important lesson, which will make you a much more polite English speaker. Take a quiz on this lesson at: http://www.engvid.com/conversational-english-embedded-questions/

TRANSCRIPT:
Hi. My name is Rebecca, and in today's lesson, we're going to talk about something called: "Embedded Questions". Okay? Now, many English learners have a difficult time when they're framing questions, because you have to change the word order. But embedded questions actually require you to change the order back again, so they can be even more confusing, unless you understand the principle. So, please make sure you pay attention to this one. A lot of English students don't recognize that they're making a mistake because they've taken so much trouble to learn the regular way of asking questions, that they don't realize that when you have an embedded question, you need to change that order all over again. Okay?

So, what is an embedded question? An embedded question is not a question that you ask somebody in bed. An embedded question is a question that is found inside another question, or inside a sentence or statement. All right? So that's enough theory for now. Let's look at the actual reality.

Okay, so let's take this regular question: "Where is the bank?" Right? You see I've written the verb, "is" in red, and that's the regular way you would ask the question. You would take the sentence, "The bank is somewhere", and say: "Where is the bank?"

However, when you add something like this before that, then the order at the end is going to change. Let me show you what I mean. "Where is the bank?" Or: "Can you tell me where the bank is?" That's the correct way to ask this question. We do not say: "Can you tell me where was", or: "where is the bank?" All right? The original question by itself if you ask it is: "Where is the bank?" But if you add something before it, like: "Can you tell me", or: "Do you know", or: "Could you tell me", "Would you know", "Would you happen to know", right? If you add one of these expressions before the rest of the question, then the order changes back.

So, for example, you would say: "Do you know where the bank is?", "Could you tell me where the bank is?", "Would you happen to know where the bank is?" All right? So instead of saying: "Where is the bank?" You say: "Where the bank is", if you have one of these expressions before that. If you don't, then you stay with the regular question format.

Let's take another example. "Who was that man?" Okay? If you're only asking that much, then that's fine. "Who was that man?" But if you're going to add one of these expressions before, then we cannot say: "Would you know who was that man?" No. That's wrong. You would need to say: "Would you know who that man was?" Okay? I know it seems a little bit confusing if you haven't come across this before, but believe me, it's right. A lot of my students ask me: "Are you sure?" Yes, I am sure.

So, let's look at it again. Now, one point, this happens not only when we add question tags like this-okay?-but also in sentences. An embedded question can be in a sentence. For example, you could say: "I know where the bank is." Or: "I don't know where the bank is." We do not say: "I don't know where is the bank." You say: "I don't know where the bank is." Or: "I don't remember who that man was." Okay? Or: "Would you know who that man was?" You see what's happening? The order is changing. All right?

Now, let's take a couple of examples so that you can practice. Okay? I'm going to ask you a question in the regular format, and you practice in your mind or wherever you are, changing it to the way it should be because it's an embedded question. So let's take the regular question: "How much was that cellphone?" Okay? "How much was that cellphone?" So now, if we make it into an embedded question: "Could you tell me how much the cellphone was?" Right? "Could you tell me how much the cellphone was?"

Let's take another question. "How old is he?" That's a regular question. "How old is he?" If you ask it as an embedded question, you could say: "Would you happen to know how old he is?" Not: "How old is he?" But: "Would you happen to know how old he is?" Okay?

One more practice question. "What time is the flight?" All right? By itself, that's a regular question. "What time is the flight?" Or you could say: "Do you know what time the flight is?" Okay?

Conversational English - How to emphasize your point
00:05:38
engVid
10 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Want to speak naturally, the way native speakers do? In this vocabulary lesson, you'll learn the trick of using "identical pairs" to emphasize your point and express your emotions. Watch the lesson now to see how repetition can strengthen your English sentences. Then test your understanding with a free quiz: http://www.engvid.com/identical-pairs/

Past Simple & Present Perfect
00:07:01
engVid
7 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Confused by English tenses? In this grammar lesson, you'll learn an easy way to tell the difference between the past simple and present perfect. Find out how asking the right question can give you the correct answer simply and quickly. Then take a quiz on the lesson at http://www.engvid.com/past-simple-present-perfect/

Conversational English - So & Such
00:07:30
engVid
13 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ So nice day or such a nice day? So big or such big? Learn the difference between these two commonly confused words and improve your conversational English immediately. Test yourself with the quiz here: http://www.engvid.com/so-such/

Polite English - How to give advice
00:03:13
engVid
8 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Giving advice diplomatically is an art! In this lesson, you'll learn to use a key expression for making suggestions and recommendations to family, friends, and colleagues. The right way will earn you respect. The wrong way could cost you a relationship -- or your job! Take the quiz: http://www.engvid.com/polite-english-giving-advice/

Conversational English - Adjective Pairs - "Short and sweet", etc.
00:05:38
engVid
10 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Short and sweet? Loud and clear? Nice and warm? Get into the rhythm of the English language by learning 8 commonly-used adjective pairs to express your thoughts more clearly and powerfully. Then test your understanding with the quiz at http://www.engvid.com/conversational-english-adjective-pairs/

Introduction to the TOEIC
00:08:19
engVid
6 Views · 5 years ago

Need to take the TOEIC? Learn the basics of this popular English proficiency exam, which tests your business English skills and is easier than the TOEFL and the IELTS. How much do you know about the TOEIC? Quiz yourself at: http://www.engvid.com/introduction-to-the-toeic/

Polite English: How to offer help
00:04:04
engVid
17 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Be nice in English! Learn how to offer help in formal and informal situations with 4 easy phrases and expressions. Expand yourself by being more helpful in your personal and professional life! Would you like to take a quiz on this lesson? Go here: http://www.engvid.com/polite-english-how-to-offer-help/

5 ways to say YES in English!
00:02:53
engVid
8 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ How many ways can you say "yes"? Expand your vocabulary by learning 5 popular ways native speakers respond positively to questions, without using the word "yes". Watch the lesson, then take the quiz: http://www.engvid.com/5-ways-to-say-yes/

How to discuss a topic in a group
00:09:21
engVid
8 Views · 5 years ago

Five English teachers come together to show you how to discuss a topic in a group. You'll learn how to give your opinion, interrupt, contradict, and more. We'll teach you how to use expressions like "in a nutshell", "please let me finish", and "don't get me wrong". You can use these expressions confidently in personal, social, and professional situations. Make sure to test your understanding of the lesson at https://www.engvid.com/how-to-....discuss-a-topic-in-a

To improve your English, subscribe to each of the teachers who appear in this lesson:
Ronnie - http://www.youtube.com/subscri....ption_center?add_use
James - http://www.youtube.com/subscri....ption_center?add_use
Alex - http://www.youtube.com/subscri....ption_center?add_use
Adam - http://www.youtube.com/subscri....ption_center?add_use
Rebecca - http://www.youtube.com/subscri....ption_center?add_use

TRANSCRIPT:
Hi! My name is Rebecca, and in today's lesson you'll learn how to participate effectively in a discussion in English, something you may need to do in your personal, professional, or academic life, okay? Now, the topic we'll use as our sample is this one: Is it better to study online or in a regular classroom? Okay? You'll have a chance to hear a discussion by native English speakers on this topic. What I'd like you to do is listen for any special expressions and phrases that they use during the discussion. Afterwards, I'll review the expressions and phrases with you, okay? Now, today I have some special friends who have agreed to help me with this lesson, and they're waiting in the classroom next door, so let's go and say hello to them.
-- Hello!
-- Hello!
-- Hi!
-- Hi!
-- Well, look who's here. It's --
-- Ronnie.
-- Alex.
-- James.
-- Adam.
-- Thank you for joining me, and thanks for helping with this lesson, guys.
-- No problem.
-- No problem.
-- So you know we're talking about discussions, and the topic is: Is it better to study online or in a regular classroom? Okay, who wants to go first?
-- Okay, so I'll start, and I think that it's actually very good to study online because it's very convenient because you can study whenever you want and at your own pace. For example, someone like me, I like to study at nighttime. So for me, online works better because it's quiet at night, no one disturbs me, and I can do what I need to do.
-- Okay, that's true, but if you're going to study online --
-- Sorry, but --
-- Please let me finish. Let me finish. As I was saying, that's true, but if you're studying online you do need to motivate yourself, so I think it's better to be in a classroom where you have other students and a teacher who can motivate you.
-- That's true, but some people can't afford to go to a classroom and don't have enough money or resources to actually go to a big school. So studying online, you can actually do it for free.
-- Me? Well, I would like to add -- May I say something?
-- Sure.
-- Soft skills. That's not usually talked about in schools, but when we talk about "soft skills", it's actual interaction, utilizing your English when you're with other people, and that's hard to get online because you're watching a screen and not actually interacting with other people.
-- You make a very good point but I would also like to add that sometimes having classmates takes you away from your focus because you have to maybe review things many times for other people to catch up, or you have to do topics that are interesting to other people, not to yourself. So it's a little distracting sometimes, too.
-- However, focus is a good thing. I mean, it's not a bad thing to repeat something because sometimes people don't catch the material the first time. So that way, you go over the material, and they -- you know, you get depth. So you get to learn more, and people who don't understand get the opportunity to ask questions and learn from it again.
-- Yeah, but sometimes the resources that you get in a classroom are boring, and online you can just look up whatever you need on the Internet, and you've got it right there. You don't have to rely on a textbook. Sometimes it can be a bad textbook.

"AT ALL!" - How to make a strong point in English!
00:03:57
engVid
11 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Want to express a strong, negative opinion in English? Watch this lesson and learn how to use the expression "at all" to strengthen your point when making negative comments. An easy way to start sounding more natural in English. Take the quiz on this lesson here: http://www.engvid.com/at-all/

TRANSCRIPT:
Hi. My name is Rebecca, and in today's lesson I'm going to explain the meaning of a commonly used English expression, and that expression is: "at all". I'd like to thank Mitchelin from Columbia, one of our viewers on engVid, for suggesting this lesson. Okay? So, Mitchelin, this lesson is for you and also for all you other viewers out there. All right, so let's see how to use this expression: "at all".

In order to understand it, let me read you a few sentences where I've used this expression, and you try to figure out if you can understand what it means and why we use "at all".
"I don't like this music at all."
"He doesn't enjoy his work at all."
"She didn't understand the instructions at all."

All right? So, what's going on here? Why did we use the expression "at all" at the end of these three sentences? After all, I could have said: "I don't like this music." So why did I say: "I don't like this music at all"? What do you think? Well, the reason I said: "I don't like this music at all." is because I was trying to emphasize or stress that I really don't like this music. Okay? So one way of doing that is by adding this expression, "at all", at the end of my sentence.

Similarly, in the second one, I could have said: "He doesn't enjoy his work." All right? And that's a perfectly correct sentence. But when I said: "He doesn't enjoy his work at all." I mean he really, really doesn't enjoy his work. Okay? All right. So that's the expression, "at all".

Now, there's another way in which you might see this expression being used. For example, if someone says: "Do you like spinach?" And you don't, you really don't like it for some reason, you might say: "No. Not at all, though I know it's good for us." Okay? So: -"Do you like spinach?" -"Not at all." All right? So that's another way in which you might see that expression being used.

And one last point about this. Let's read this one: "I eat non-vegetarian food at all." Well, we can't use this expression "at all" in this way. Why? Because this is a positive sentence. And as you might have noticed, we can only use the expression "at all" in negative sentences. So, we cannot say: "I eat non-vegetarian food at all." You have to... You could only use it in a negative expression, like this one: "I don't eat non-veg food at all." That means I don't eat even a little bit. Okay? Because the expression "at all" means even a little, to the slightest degree. That means I don't like this music at all. I don't like this music even a little bit. Okay?

All right, if you'd like to do a quiz on this and practice using this expression, please go to our website: www.engvid.com. And you can also leave comments for us there. So if there's a lesson or idea that you have, you have some suggestions, you can leave us some comments, and, who knows? We might be able to record a lesson for you. Thanks very much for watching. Good luck with your English.

Basic English Grammar - Can you find the errors?
00:06:37
engVid
11 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ See if you can find the errors in these five sentences! This is a fun way to improve your English and discover what you still need to learn. I explain why each sentence is wrong and why, and how to fix it. After you've watched the video, take a quiz on it here: http://www.engvid.com/basic-english-grammar-find-the-errors/

This video has subtitles! We're trying them out -- let us know if you like them or how we can make them better!

Conversational English - How to Generalize
00:03:17
engVid
13 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ "Overall", "basically", "on the whole"... Watch and learn a wide variety of expressions to discuss issues in general. Watch this lesson to improve your English in professional and academic situations. Then take the quiz: http://www.engvid.com/conversational-english-how-to-generalize/

TRANSCRIPT:
Hi. My name is Rebecca, and in today's lesson, I'm going to show you a number of words and expressions that you can use when you want to generalize about something, when you want to speak about something in general. Okay? So let's look at them. They're very useful when you're discussing an issue with someone, or if you're writing an essay, or a paper about something. You can certainly use these transition kind of words and these expressions.

Here we go. Okay. So, here's the first one: "Overall," okay? You can also practice pronouncing them after me, if you like. "Overall,", "Generally,", "Basically,", "All in all,", "On the whole,", okay? So all of these mean that you're going to make a statement which is a general statement, or comment, or remark.

So, for example, you could start with something like this: "Overall, I believe the situation is out of control." And you don't have to say this part. You could just say: "Overall, the situation is out of control." But you could add this, if you're saying that... If you want to qualify it and explain that that's your perspective and your view. Okay? You can do that with any of them. "Generally, I think the govt has misspent our money." "Misspent" means spent it in the wrong way or in a bad way.

English Grammar Tricks - Countable & Uncountable Nouns
00:05:58
engVid
13 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ A furniture? Much books? Do you make mistakes like these? Learn some easy tricks to master countable and uncountable nouns for use in conversation and on exams. http://www.engvid.com/countable-uncountable-nouns/

Basic English Grammar - Find the 5 mistakes!
00:06:50
engVid
9 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Review your English grammar by finding the errors in these 5 sentences. A fun way to find out what you still need to learn to improve your English. Take the quiz here:
http://www.engvid.com/basic-english-grammar-find-the-5-mistakes/

Speaking English: The easy way to ask questions
00:04:02
engVid
10 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Hate asking questions in English? Don't stress out! This lesson teaches you the easiest way to ask any question in any English tense. Native speakers use this trick all the time; now you can too. Watch the lesson, then test your understanding with the quiz: http://www.engvid.com/the-easy-way-to-ask-questions/

How to change Basic English into Business English
00:05:46
engVid
4 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Want to get that job? Improve your image? Sound more professional? Learn how to transform simple English words to business English vocabulary and watch your career take off! I'll show you how to change "get" to "receive", " make sure" to "ensure", "give more information" to "elaborate", and more. These small vocabulary changes will make a huge difference in your English level. Test yourself on this lesson at http://www.engvid.com/how-to-change-basic-english-into-business-english/

TRANSCRIPT:
Hi. My name is Rebecca from [a]www.engvid.com.[/a] Today, you're going to learn how to speak more professionally in business situations. Now, at times, it's all right to use informal language. It's acceptable in everyday situations. But there are times when you'll want to create a more powerful impression. And at that time, you'll want to be able to use business English.

What's the difference between general English and business English? Well, sometimes, there's not very much difference. Sometimes, general English is used in business contexts. But sometimes, you use a higher-level word. And that's what I'm going to teach you in this lesson. Let's look at some really easy, common examples.

For example, if you say -- or if you want to say, "I got your email", in regular English, you might just say, "I got your email." What would you say if you want to make it business English? You would say -- I'm giving you a clue. The word starts with R. Instead of saying, "I got your email"; "I received your email." Okay? Now, it becomes more formal and more business-like.

Suppose you want to tell someone, "I need your help" or, "I need some help." What word could you use that starts with R instead of "need"? "Require." So instead of saying -- and you can also change more than the verb. The verb is the key, but you could say -- instead of saying, "I need some help", you could say, "I require some assistance." Now, you've changed two words, the verb and also a noun.

Let's try another one. "Let's talk about it later." Which business word could you use? "Let's discuss -- let's discuss it later." That sounds much more professional than saying, "Let's talk about it later."

Next one. "How do I get in touch with her?" What word could you use instead of that? "How do I contact her?" Okay? Good.

"Please make sure you arrive on time." Which business word could you use instead of "make sure"? "Please ensure you arrive on time."

"Please give her your travel plans." Instead of saying "give", you could say, "Please provide her with your itinerary." There, we've changed another word. Instead of saying "travel plan" or "travel plans", you could use the word "itinerary". An "itinerary" is usually a piece of paper or a document that lists your travel plans, when you're departing, when you're arriving, where, when, and so on.

"Please let them know when you will be arriving." "Please let them know" -- instead of that, you could say, "Please inform them of your arrival." Okay? Good.

"Please tell me why you've made this decision." "Please explain your decision."

"Could you please talk some more about that subject?" "Could you please elaborate? Could you please elaborate on that." Now, this is actually a very useful word if you go to a conference or a meeting and you want someone to speak some more about a particular point or issue. It's a good, kind of, question to learn. "Could you please elaborate on that?" So "to elaborate" means to speak more or talk more, give more information.

"How are you going to fix this problem?" Better than using the word "fix" is the word "solve". "How are you going to solve this problem?" All right? So try to do that for every simple word that you know and basic word that you know in general English, try to find a slightly more formal version, which will be your business English word. And use these words in an office environment.

If you've found this helpful, please subscribe to my channel on YouTube. And if you'd like to do a quiz on this subject, you can also go to our website, [a]www.engvid.com.[/a] Thanks very much. Good luck with your English.

6 idioms about TALKING
00:05:27
engVid
28 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Learn English idioms like "shoot the breeze", "talk a mile a minute", "spill the beans", and more. I'll explain the meaning of these commonly used idioms and also teach you when NOT to use them! Knowing idioms always takes your communication skills to a higher level. Remember, idioms are useful for IELTS, TOEFL, and TOEIC test-takers, too. And speaking of tests, you can take a quiz on this lesson here: http://www.engvid.com/6-idioms-about-talking/

Speaking English - How to use "unless"
00:04:31
engVid
6 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ You won't understand how to use this word UNLESS you watch this grammar lesson! Learn how to use "unless" in those tricky conditional and negative conditional sentences. I'll show you how to change "if you don't prepare for the TOEFL" to "unless you prepare for the TOEFL". I'll also give you an easy formula to start using "unless" in your own English conversations. Take a quiz on this lesson here:
http://www.engvid.com/speaking-english-unless/

TRANSCRIPT:
Hi. My name is Rebecca from [a]www.engvid.com.[/a] In today's lesson, you'll learn how to use the word "unless" correctly in English. Now, the word "unless" expresses a negative condition. That means that unless one thing happens, something else cannot happen. Let's look at some examples on the board, and I think you'll learn this very easily, okay? Let's get started.

Now, for example, let's take the first sentence: "You can't go to university if you don't finish high school." So the negative condition here is "if you don't finish high school", right? So instead of saying "if you don't", you could say, "You can't go to university unless you finish high school." Okay? "You can't go to university if you don't finish high school" or "You can't go to university unless you finish." So here, you see that we had to use the negative words, "if you don't". But when we use the word "unless", it does that automatically.

Let's look at another example: "You can't enter the club if you don't have ID." "ID" is short for "identification". "You can't enter the club unless you have ID. You can't enter the club unless you have ID."

Next one: "You can't visit Italy if you don't get a visa." So what do we do? We place this, and we can say, "You can't visit Italy unless you get a visa." "You can't borrow books if you don't have a library card." How would we change that using "unless"? "You can't borrow books unless you have a library card."

Last one: "You can't pass the TOEFL if you don't prepare." How would you change that using "unless"? "You can't pass the TOEFL unless you prepare." All right?

Next, I'll give you an exercise so you can practice this a little bit better. Now, let's try a couple of examples with "unless". Let's say this is the situation: "John can't go out unless he does a few things." So how would you say that? "John can't go out unless he finishes his homework; unless he cleans his room; unless he takes a shower." Okay? Good.

Let's see if you can do this one. You can say it at home: "I can't improve my English unless I read more books; I write more often; I watch more EngVid lessons." Okay?
So you see how "unless" can be used in these examples. Try your best to write some sentences of your own, create a situation that, "Today, I can't do this unless I do that." And each day, if you write a sentence like that with what you need to do or what has to happen before something else can happen, you will learn how to use the word "unless".

So if you'd like to do a quiz on this subject, you can go to our website: [a]www.engvid.com.[/a] All the best with your English. Bye, for now.

How to give a presentation in English
00:11:31
engVid
9 Views · 5 years ago

Deliver a successful English presentation with 12 important tips from an experienced presentations coach.
http://www.presentationprep.com/ An essential lesson when English is not your native language. You will learn what to focus on when you are preparing your presentation, as well as how to come across professionally to your audience. Did you understand the video? Take the quiz here: http://www.engvid.com/how-to-give-a-presentation/

Speaking English - How to use idiomatic pairs
00:04:29
engVid
7 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ High and low? Now and then? Thick and thin? Did you know that when these simple words are used together in pairs, they get new meanings? Learn to use popular idiomatic pairs like these in English conversation and writing. Guaranteed to improve your English by leaps and bounds! http://www.engvid.com/speaking-english-idiomatic-pairs/

TRANSCRIPT

Hi, my name is Rebecca. And in today's lesson, I'm going to show you a fun and easy way to improve your English, improve the quality of your English when you speak and when you write. And that's by using something that we call "idiom pairs". So, what are "idiom pairs"? Idiom pairs are two words that we use together and produce a different meaning than when we use those words separately. Let me show you what I mean. What I'm going to do first is instead of telling you the meanings of these words, of these idiom pairs, I'm going to read a sentence and you try to figure out if you understand the meaning, and afterwards I'll explain the meaning to you. Okay?

So, the first one: "I searched high and low for my glasses, but I couldn't find them anywhere." Right? "I searched high and low for my glasses, but I couldn't find them anywhere." So what does the idiom pair: "high and low" mean? What do you think? Okay. Well, "high and low". When we say: "I searched high and low", it means I searched everywhere. I searched all over the place; I searched up, and I searched down. So, "I searched high and low." I searched everywhere. Okay?

Next one: "Your house is always spick and span. How do you do it?" Okay? "Spick and span". "Spick and span", by the way, can be written with the "k" or without the "k". All right? So what do you think it means if you say to someone: "Your house is always spick and span. How do you do it?" Well, it's a compliment, it means very, very clean. All right? So if you say something's spick and span, it means it's very clean.

Next one: "They've been married for over 50 years and have been through thick and thin." What does that mean? "Thick and thin." "They have been through thick and thin" means they've been through many hard times, good times, and bad times; many difficult times, many easy times. "Thick and thin" -- all kinds of experiences. Okay?

Next one: "His condition is still touch and go." "His condition is still touch and go." Any idea what that means? Well, that one means that his condition is still uncertain; a little bit risky. The doctor cannot predict what is going to happen. Okay?

Next one: "Your English has improved by leaps and bounds." "Your English has improved by leaps and bounds." For sure, when you use these expressions, your English will improve by leaps and bounds. So what do you think it means: "leaps and bounds"? All right? Well, "leaps and bounds" means a lot, tremendously. Okay? So if you say to someone: "Your English has improved by leaps and bounds", your English has improved a lot; it's improved greatly. All right?

Next one: "We only see each other now and then." "We only see each other now and then." What do you think it means? Well, "now and then" means you don't see that person very often; you meet infrequently, not very often. Okay?

So these six idiom pairs are quite easy. Try to remember what they are, try to use them in conversation, and you might be very surprised to find that people are telling you that your English has really improved. Okay? So, that's it for now. If you'd like to do a quiz on this, please visit our website: www.engvid.com. Thanks for watching.

10 ways to say "I don't know" in English
00:04:05
engVid
9 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ I don't know who, what, when, where... learn 10 ways to say exactly what you don't know! I'll show you how to be confident, clear, and polite even when you cannot help someone. Start using expressions like,"I don't know how often the bus comes", 'I don't know how to reach him", and more. Pick up this smart, quick way to improve your English! http://www.engvid.com/10-ways-to-say-i-dont-know-in-english/

TRANSCRIPT

Hi, my name is Rebecca from [a]www.engvid.com.[/a] In today's lesson, you will learn how to express yourself when you don't know something in English. This is actually such an easy method that I think by the end of this lesson, you'll already start using it. So let's have a look at the board and see how it works. You start by using the phrase: "I don't know", and you connect it to one of these words or expressions. For example: "I don't know who is going to the party.", "I don't know what to do.", "I don't know what to say.", "I don't know what to cook." Right? "I don't know when he's arriving.", "I don't know where my glasses are.", "I don't know why she left her job.", "I don't know how to reach him.", "I don't know how to drive.", "I don't know how to swim." And so on. "I don't know how much it costs.", "I don't know how many people were at the concert.", "I don't know how often he goes to the club.", "I don't know whether Jane has arrived." "Whether", spelt like this: "whether" means "if". All right? It's another word for "if". "I don't know whether Jane has arrived yet.", "I don't know if I locked the door.", "I don't know if I locked the door." So, you can see that by using that one expression: "I don't know" with any of these words, you can express a range of information.

Now, a couple of points to keep in mind. You can use this expression and combine it with present, past, or future tense. What do I mean? Well, you could say: "I don't know who usually goes to his parties." That's present tense. "I don't know who went to his party." Past tense. Or: "I don't know who is going to his party." Future tense. Right? So you can do this with all of these words; you can use it in the present, in the past or in the future.

And one last, very important point to keep in mind regarding the word "know", regarding the verb "know". The verb "know" is a stative verb. A stative verb means that you cannot use it in the continuous form. You can only use it in the simple form, like this. So you can only say: "I don't know", not: "I am not knowing." Many people in different parts of the world use, tend to use continuous forms for everything in English, but you have to be really careful not to use the continuous forms with stative verbs. "Know" is a very common stative verb; there are many others like it. So other than that, you're fine. You couldn't say - sorry -, you could also say: "I don't know" or "I didn't know". All right? So you could use this part, but remember not to change the verb "know".

If you'd like to practice this, please go to our website at [a]www.engvid.com.[/a] There you'll find a quiz on this subject. And if you found this lesson useful, please subscribe to my channel on YouTube. Good luck with your English. Bye for now.

Improve your English with the "Magic of 3"
00:07:37
engVid
6 Views · 5 years ago

Learn the "Magic of 3" technique used by English presenters, politicians, and writers. I'll show you why and how to use this literary technique to get higher marks on your IELTS, TOEFL, or TOEIC exams. You can learn it easily and use it in personal, social, and business situations too, with the same positive results. http://www.engvid.com/improve-....your-english-magic-o

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. My name is Rebecca, and in today's lesson, you'll have a chance to learn a very powerful technique in English -- a very powerful communication technique. It's called "The Magic of Three". I'll explain to you exactly what it is, but first, let me give you some examples of the "Magic of Three". You might have heard of this expression by Julius Caesar. It was originally in Latin, but I'll say it for you in English: "I came. I saw. I conquered." Similarly, modern times, Obama, in his inauguration speech said: "We have a responsibility to ourselves, our nation, and our world." Okay? See three there? There's another example by Ben Franklin. Some people also say this is a Chinese proverb: "Tell me, and I forget. Teach me, and I remember. Involve me, and I learn." Now, what all three famous men here were doing was using what you're going to learn how to use by the end of this lesson, which is the "Magic of Three".

What is the "Magic of Three"? The "Magic of Three" is a literary device, a literary technique, a rhetorical technique, which is used by leaders, by politicians, by writers, by speakers, by orators to make the language come alive, to give it more rhythm, to give it more power, to give it more detail. All right? And you can learn how to do this. This is especially important if you're preparing for an exam like the TOEFL or the IELTS or anything in English, all right? You can use it in your personal life. You can use it in your professional life. And you can use it in your academic life, okay? So I'll give you examples of all of these, and then you will see how easy it is to start using this technique.

Now, what are the advantages of using this technique? Especially if you are an ESL student, well, if you give one example of something like, "I enjoy reading", well, it's just one example. It shows you don't have too many ideas. And you also don't have -- you're also not displaying too much vocabulary. If you give two examples of something, it's a little bit better, but if you give three examples, it's excellent. It shows not only that you can think of different ideas, but also that you have the vocabulary -- and extensive vocabulary -- to express those ideas, but just because of time limitations, you're not going on and on, giving hundreds of examples. Three examples sounds like you have lots of ideas, but you're just restricting it for the purpose, all right? Let's look at some of the examples on the board so you can learn how to do this. In personal life you could say, "I enjoy reading, dancing, and travelling." All right? Three examples. "She loves roses, tulips, and daisies." "They serve Italian, Chinese, and Indian food." Now, you will see another grammatical principle at work here. I hope you see it. And what is that? When I said, "reading, dancing, travelling", what was common about those three words? They are all gerunds, right? So not only do you need to give three examples, but you need to give three examples in the same form of speech. Same here: "roses, tulips, daisies" -- three nouns. "Italian, Chinese, Indian" -- three adjectives. All right? So remember that principle, too.

There is also another related principle called "parallelism", which you -- which talks about the same principle, okay? Let's continue. In your professional life, you could say, "The job requires hard work, long hours, and organizational skills." Now, here you see not just one word being repeated, but a pattern of words, right? Adjective-noun, adjective-noun,
adjective-noun. So if you do that, try to keep that consistency, all right? Don't say, The job requires hard work, long hours, and organization", because then, you've lost the parallelism; you've lost the Magic of Three; you've lost the rhythm, okay? So remember that, as well. In this -- these examples have been taken, in fact, from some TOEFL essays. These are various TOEFL topics that had been given in previous exams. One was about success. Let's see how we could write it. "To some, success means fancy cars, huge mansions, and luxurious holidays." By using an adjective and a noun, you're showing off -- you're showing the examiner, "I have lots of vocabulary available, and I'm going to show you. Here it is." All right? Excellent idea in an exam to write this way. "My opinion is based on social, cultural, and financial reasons." See? Three examples -- very powerful, very strong. "This policy will have local, national, and international implications." All right? See how well that -- how good that sounds? How well it flows?

Speaking English - How to use "so" and "neither"
00:05:50
engVid
5 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ "So do I." "Neither did he." "So will we." Learn how to use these common expressions in the present, past and future tenses in English. I'll teach you how these shortcuts can improve your speaking skills so you sound more like a native English speaker. This is a practical English lesson you can apply right away. Go test your skills with the quiz: http://www.engvid.com/speaking-english-so-neither/

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. My name is Rebecca from www.engvid.com. In today's lesson, you'll learn how to agree with a positive or negative sentence in English. And you can do this by using the words "so" or "neither" -- "neither" or "neither", okay? It's pronounced both ways, and both ways are acceptable. I'll show you how to agree within five different tenses, okay? So let's have a look at the board.

Let's start with the present simple. If someone says to you, "I work every day" or "I work five days a week", and you want to agree with them, you can say, "So do I." In present simple, we would use the "do" -- "So do I." "I don't work on Sundays." "Neither do I." Okay? That's present simple.

If it was present continuous -- or present progressive, as it's also known -- someone says, "I'm working on Thursday", and you want to agree, you say, "So am I." The "am" is taken from here: "I am working." "So am I." "I'm not working on Friday." "Neither am I." Okay? See there is also a kind of intonation to that. So try to listen for that as well as for the words.

Someone talks to you in the past simple, tells you something that happened, okay? So he says, "I worked last weekend", and you agree with him, so you say, "So did I."; or "I didn't work last week." "Neither did I." Okay? So basically, these are short forms. These are abbreviations. So that you don't have to say, "Well, I didn't work last week either." You don't have to repeat the whole sentence. By saying "so" or "neither", you are, in fact, repeating what the person said.

Past continuous: "I was working when you called." "Well, so was I." "I wasn't working when you called." "Neither was I." Okay?

And lastly, we have the future tense. The future -- we can, of course, say, "I will work", or "I'm going to work." So let's try to see what happens with both of those. "I'll work -- I'll work tomorrow." Okay? So you can agree with that and say, "So will I." "I won't work on Fridays." "Neither will I." Okay? Again, "I will work", so we're saying "will". And this, which is the negative "I will not work", when we contract it, we actually say, "I won't work." Okay? But in this form, we still say, "Neither will I." Last: "I'm going to work on Friday." "So am I." Again, "I'm going to work" is "I am going to work." So therefore, we have the "am" here. And last, "I'm not going to work on Saturday." And you say, "Neither am I."

I know it's a little bit confusing, but once you are able to do this in the -- the five basic tenses in English -- present simple, present continuous, past simple, past continuous, and future tense -- then you will be able to say a whole lot of things in English.

Next, I'll give you a chance to practice this through an exercise. Now, remember: We use "so" to agree with a positive sentence and "neither" to agree with a negative sentence. So you've to keep this in mind, and you also have to keep in mind the tense that's being used in the sentence. Let's get started.

"I like jazz." So the other person says, "So do I." Good.

"Mark didn't go to school." How do you agree with that? "Neither did I." "Neither did I" because it's in the past tense.

"The baby was sleeping." How do you agree with that? "So was I" -- past continuous.

"Jim isn't studying." How do you agree with that? "Neither am I" -- present continuous, right?

"Dad's flying to Nigeria." What do you say? "So am I."

And last: "Susan doesn't dance." How do you agree with that? "Neither do I."

All right? I hope you got those right. If you'd like to do a little more practice on this, please go to our website, www.engvid.com, and there you'll be able to do a quiz on this subject and also watch lots of other videos to help you improve your English. So thanks for watching, and good luck with your English. Bye for now.

Good Manners: What to Say and Do (Polite English)
00:14:50
engVid
7 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Learning English? Then you must learn about English culture and etiquette too. I'll tell you the one secret you MUST know to be accepted in North American and British cultures. You'll also learn 12 other good habits if you're studying, working, living, or traveling overseas. This is a cross-cultural English lesson you cannot afford to miss. Take a quiz on this lesson here: http://www.engvid.com/good-manners-polite-english/

TRANSCRIPT

Hi, my name is Rebecca from www.engvid.com. In today's lesson, we will be talking about good manners or what can also be referred to sometimes as cross-cultural skills. What does that mean? It's the skills that you need to function effectively in a different culture than your own. So for example: if I were to come to your country and learn your language, do you think that would be enough? Not really, because along with the language, I also need to learn what's acceptable, what's not okay in that particular culture. So today, we'll be talking about 12 things that you need to say and do when you're living or working in an English speaking environment. Okay? Let's get started.

So first we'll talk about what you should say. The first one is using the word: "please". Now, everybody knows that you should say "please", but not everybody remembers to actually say it. So for example: if you go into a coffee shop, don't just say: "Coffee." Say: "Coffee, please." Or if you're asking someone else to do something, also remember: "Could you please turn off your cellphone?", for example. All right?

Next: remember to say "thank you" whenever somebody does something. "Thank you", "You're welcome": these are phrases that we do use very often in English. And it could be for anything simple like somebody holding the door for you or it could be for something more elaborate like somebody giving you a birthday present. Okay? The way you say it, say it from your heart. Okay? "Thank you.", "Thank you very much." And so on.

The next one is to say "sorry", or even better to say "I'm sorry", because "I'm sorry" is more personal. But otherwise, at least say "sorry". And again, you can say "sorry" for little things like perhaps stepping on someone's foot or if you bang into someone by mistake, you bump into someone by mistake somewhere in a crowded place, still apologize, say: "I'm sorry.", "I'm sorry.", "I'm sorry." Okay? We do use that quite often.

Next one: "Excuse me." Now, "excuse me" you can say when you sneeze. Right? [Achoo!]. "Excuse me." Or if you need to ask somebody for some information, you can say: "Excuse me, would you know where the nearest subway is?" Right? So this is a very useful expression and it's also a polite expression.

The next one is to remember to greet people and also to wish people. By greeting people, even at work if you're working in an English speaking environment, remember we do say "good morning", "good night", "happy birthday", "happy New Year", "congratulations". So greet people, and also wish them on the appropriate days. The next one might seem obvious also, but again, it's the way that you do it. Even if you work in an office, in the morning, we can say: "Hey, good morning. How are you?" And when you ask: "How are you?" even though you're not expected to give a full answer, but whatever answer someone gives you, remember to listen. Don't start talking right away. Wait to hear if the other person is saying: "Oh, pretty good. I'm fine. How are you?" Hear all of that before you start speaking about your own disposition, your own state of mind. Okay? Listen to the answer. All right? So these are six things that you must remember to do; they are taken for granted and they are expected of you.

Next: let's look at what you should do. This seventh one here says: "Smile." Smiling creates a more friendly environment and it's certainly expected. So try to do that, again, it doesn't mean you have to keep smiling, but when you meet someone, give them a smile. If you don't smile, they might think that you're nervous, they might think you're angry or unhappy about something. Okay? Or they might take it a little bit aggressively. So try to smile, it makes the... It also gives people the message that everything is okay, not just that you're happy to meet them, but that everything is fine with you. So it says two things: something about you and something about the other person.

Next: shake hands. Now, that's usually in a more business-like situation; in an office or somewhere, and certainly when you meet somebody for the first time. In an English speaking environment, you are expected to shake hands and shake hands rather firmly. Don't shake hands very weakly or just hold a part of the hand. Hold the entire hand and shake it firmly. All right? That's, again, part of the office expectation and the business norm.

Bad Manners: What NOT to say or do (Polite English)
00:11:50
engVid
11 Views · 5 years ago

Every language is also a culture. Make sure you know the one habit you MUST avoid to succeed in North American and British cultures. I'll also teach you 14 other mistakes in English etiquette and manners, such as what not to ask, when not to speak, and what not to wear to the office. Knowing what NOT to say and do will give you the cultural keys to success in your personal, social, and professional life. Take a quiz on this lesson here: http://www.engvid.com/bad-manners-polite-english/

TRANSCRIPT

Hi, my name is Rebecca from www.engvid.com. In today's lesson, you'll learn how to function effectively in a cross-cultural environment - in North America, in Britain, and so on -, and what you should not do. This is actually one of two videos that I've recorded. The other one is on good manners, and this one is about bad manners. This one is about what you should not do when you're in North America or in England. Okay? So I've divided it between what you should not say and what you should not do. Let's have a look.

So, in terms of speaking: when you're speaking in a group or in a public place, try not to speak in a very loud voice. Don't speak too loudly; keep your volume relative to other people's volume. All right? Listen. Now, again, everything that I'm going to say to you here remember always take it with a pinch of salt. What does this expression mean? Understand that it's not 100% like that, but generally speaking it's like that. Okay?

Next one: in a public situation such as a party, try to avoid controversial subjects. What does that mean? A controversial subject is something where people have strong views such as religion or politics. We try to avoid these subjects, for example: at a social occasion, at a wedding, or a party because if you get into a discussion with someone on these subjects it can become a little bit aggressive, it can become a little bit angry, and perhaps that's not very kind to your host or hostess that are planning a pleasant kind of event. So remember to keep that in mind. Of course, with your own friends or people you know well or people you see often, you do share your views on these subjects and that may be perfectly okay. All right?

Next: we also avoid speaking about money. I know that money is, of course, of great interest to everyone, but we usually do not ask people that we don't know well or acquaintances or people we've just met, we don't ask them questions like: "How much do you make?", "How much do you earn?", "How much did you pay for your house or your car?" or something else. We don't ask that because it's not polite. Okay? Of course, again, with people you know well, you may share that information. And if somebody decides to share that with you, that's fine, but you try to avoid asking it.

Next is not to ask personal questions. What do I mean by personal questions? You don't usually ask people how old they are or how much they weigh or something like that, or how many... If they're married or if they have kids. Now, again, if you're a married person and you have children and you meet another married person and it's clear that he or she has children, it's perfectly fine to talk about how old your children are because it's obvious that you all have children. So I don't mean to never ask them, but if you meet just one person you don't want to start asking them: "Oh, why don't you have children?" or something like that because that's giving advice very early when you barely know somebody and people don't like that kind of advice usually.

Next is avoid talking about yourself because that can sometimes seem like you're boasting. Now, of course, that doesn't mean not to give information about yourself, but not to talk too much about yourself. When you talk too much about yourself then people feel that you're... you just care about yourself. Instead of that, show, tell a little bit about yourself, and then turn the conversation and turn the focus and the attention onto the other person; ask them about themselves. Okay, the next point is not to interrupt people. In many different cultures there're many different rules about this, but in North America generally when one person is speaking we try to wait until they finish speaking and then we say what we want to say. Try not to interrupt while other people are speaking.

Last point here is about speaking when your mouth is full. Don't do it. In other words: don't eat and talk at the same time. Eat - if you're at a dinner -, eat, finish eating, and then speak. Nobody likes to see all that food inside your mouth and neither can we understand you very clearly when you have something in your mouth, so avoid that.

English Grammar - Prepositions to say where you live: AT, ON, IN
00:06:20
engVid
6 Views · 5 years ago

http://[a]www.engvid.com%2F[/a] Do you live ON Main St? AT Main St? IN Main St? Learn how to answer basic English questions about where you live with the right prepositions. I'll teach you how to use "in Los Angeles", "at Hill St", "on the 6th floor" and more. This is an important lesson for beginners and a great review for all levels. Take the quiz on this lesson here: http://[a]www.engvid.com%2F[/a]english-grammar-prepositions-at-on-in/

TRANSCRIPT:
Hi, my name is Rebecca from [a]www.engvid.com.[/a] Sometimes the most basic questions can cause us confusion. Why? Because when you have a question like: "Where do you live?" you need to know which preposition to use to answer the question correctly. So let's look at the board so that you can learn to answer this question correctly and confidently.
So, suppose you need to give your address, the actual number where you live, the number of the house, then you say: "I live at 35 Hill St." Okay? -"Where do you live?" -"I live at 35 Hill St." So when you're giving the number with the street name, remember to say: "at".

If you're just asked: "Which street do you live on?" Then you can say: "I live on Hill St." So when you're only giving the name of the street, use the preposition: "on". Now, just for you to know and remember: there are many words which basically represent the word: "street". You could have something like: "Street, Road, Avenue, Drive, Boulevard". Okay? "I live on Hill St.", "I live on San Fernando Rd.", "I live on Fairfax Ave.", "I live on Riverside Dr.", "I live on Hollywood Blvd." Okay? I don't, but hypothetically. All right?

Next, if you're asked: "Where do you live?" as in the city or the country, then you have to use a different proposition. Then you have to use the preposition: "in". So: "Where do you live?" -"I live in Los Angeles.", "I live in California.", "I live in the U.S." Okay? So if you're mentioning the city, the state or the country then you want to make sure you use: "in".

So: "I live at 35 Hill St. I live on Hill St. I live in Los Angeles." Okay? "At", "on", "in".
Here are a few other points that sometimes you need to mention some more detailed information. There also, you need to know which preposition to use. So: "I live at the intersection of Pine and Maple Streets." So you have two streets, and you live close by so you can say: "I live at the intersection of Pine and Maple Streets." Okay?
Or if somebody asks you: "Which floor do you live on?" You can say: "I live on the 15th floor.", "I live on the 6th floor." All right?

And last, you might also sometimes need to give this information and you can say: "I live in an apartment." If you're in England, you might say: "I live in a flat." You could also say: "I live in a house." All right? So these are the three basic prepositions: "at", "on", and "in" that you need to answer the fundamental question: "Where do you live?" Now, to review that, next I'll be giving you a little exercise so you can practice what you've learned.
All right, so we have two people here, Lucas and Sarah and we're going to ask them: "Where do you live?" And you help me to figure... fill in the blanks and to know how to answer the question.

"So Lucas, where do you live?" So he says: "I live in Miami." Okay?
Next one is: "the 6th floor" so what does he say? "I live on the 6th floor."
"Where do you live?" "92 Bird St." So what does he say? "I live at 92 Bird St."
-"Where do you live?" -"I live in Florida."
"Kendall Dr.": -"Where do you live?" -"I live on Kendall Dr."
"Where do you live?" "An apt": "I live in an apt." Okay? Now we know all about Lucas.
Let's go to Sarah. "Sarah, where do you live?" "65 Oxford St." So she says: "I live at 65 Oxford St."
"Where do you live?" "London": "I live in London."
"Regent St.": "I live on Regent St."
"A rented flat": "I live in a rented flat."
"The 10th floor": "I live on the 10th floor."
And: "Where do you live?" She wants to answer: "England" so she says: "I live in England." All right?

The only way to learn these is to practice them a lot. Put down information like this and try to see if you can put in the right answers. All right? If you want some more practice, you can also go to our website: www.engvid.com and there you'll have a chance to do a quiz on this topic. So good luck with your English. Thanks for watching.

Learn English - 6 common idioms about TIME
00:07:27
engVid
7 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ To take your time, do time, be ahead of your time... what do these mean? Improve your English by learning to understand 6 common idioms about time. I'll teach you what it means to have the time of your life, to run out of time, to give someone a hard time, and more. Take your English to a higher level by learning more idioms today. Then take the quiz: http://www.engvid.com/6-time-idioms/

TRANSCRIPT:
Hi. My name is Rebecca from www.engvid.com. In today's lesson, you'll have a chance to learn six idioms related to time. Now, just to remind you: an idiom is a combination of words which have a specific meaning which is different from when those words are used individually. So let's look at these idioms, and I'm sure you'll be able to start using them very soon after watching this lesson.

So, the first one is this... Now, what I've done is actually I've written each of them in a... in a sentence. Right? So I'm going to read the sentence to you, try to see what you think it means, and then I'll explain to you what it means.

First one:
"I had the time of my life."
Okay. Do you understand what that means? Let me try to give you a clue. "I had the time of my life when I went on my vacation." So: "the time of my life" actually means a very, very good time; the best time ever. I had the time of my life, I had a wonderful time, an excellent time, an extraordinary time. Okay? So that's the expression: "the time of my life." Now, you could also say: "He had the time of his life.", "She had the time of her life.", "We had the time of our life." So these idioms can be used in that way, remember that, and that applies to all of them.

Next one:
"Take your time."
What does it mean if I say to someone: "It's okay, take your time"? All right. "Take your time" means don't rush, do things as quietly and slowly as you need to do them in order to do them calmly and properly. Don't feel under pressure. Don't hurry. Take your time. Okay?

Next one:
"He did time in the past."
What does that mean? Any idea? What does it mean: "to do time"? Well, "to do time" actually means to spend time in jail, to spend time in prison. So, this expression is important; you need to understand it. It has a completely different meaning from what you might think and really the words: "to do time" doesn't tell you anything at all, so you really need to know the idiom.

Okay, next one. You might be able to figure this one out.
"She ran out of time on the exam."
Because that tends to happen to some of us. Right? We are working and working, and then before you know it, the time is up. So what happened? Well, you ran out of time like this lady here. "She ran out of time on the exam." Which means that you didn't have enough time to finish something. All right? You didn't have sufficient time before the deadline. Now, it doesn't have to mean just in hours; it could mean in days, in months, whatever. We ran out of time on the project. The project might have taken three years. All right? But to run out of time means to not have sufficient time to complete something that you were supposed to finish.

Next one:
"Why are you giving her such a hard time?"
So the idiom here is: "to give someone a hard time". Any idea what it means? Might be able to figure this one out. It means to give someone difficulty. Okay? Because maybe it's a new employee and the boss is getting angry at this person and he's giving... He's shouting or he's correcting her all the time. So someone else says: "Why are you giving her such a hard time? Why are you treating her so harshly or so roughly?" Okay? So to give somebody a hard time means that.

Last one:
"She was ahead of her time."
What does it mean? Again, from the sentence, I don't give you too many clues. If we say that a woman was ahead of her time, it means that she had thoughts, ideas or actions that were not normal for the period... People who lived during that period of history. Okay? So, this could refer to someone who was a scientist, it could refer to a philosopher. Right? Anybody like that. A mathematician. Their ideas, their knowledge was not really in keeping with what people knew at that time or thought; it was way ahead of that. Now, it usually refers... Or it's usually used in connection with famous people, but it doesn't have to be. It could be that you had a great-grandmother or a grandmother who did some things in her lifetime which most women didn't do at that time. So you could also use it in that situation to say that: "My grandmother was ahead of her time." Let's say she finished her... Her BA and her MA or she became a doctor at a time when women didn't do that or in places where people... Women didn't do that. Okay? And of course, it can be used about men as well.

How to express your opinion in English
00:03:58
engVid
12 Views · 5 years ago

http://[a]www.engvid.com%2F[/a] Participate confidently in personal, professional, or academic discussions. Learn how to use a variety of phrases to express your opinion on various subjects. This lesson is a must for those who want to speak or write about important issues. Take the quiz on this lesson here: http://[a]www.engvid.com%2F[/a]how-to-express-your-opinion-in-english/

TRANSCRIPT

Hi, my name is Rebecca, and in today's lesson I'll show you how to express your opinion in English. Now, this is important whether you're participating in a conversation, a debate, or a discussion, or whether you're writing a report, or an evaluation, or proposal, you're still going to need various types of phrases and expressions to express your view. So let's look at what some of these expressions are. Okay?

So, here are some of the most common ones. Now, the one at the top is probably the strongest, and the one down here is the weakest. So let's go through them. You could say: "I think the government should keep university free." for example. Or: "I believe..." Next one: "I feel..." Or: "I suppose the government should keep university free." Now, you see with my body language, here, it's a little bit weaker. So you say: "I suppose the government should keep university free." But this kind of body language kind of suggests that you're not very sure, but you think so. All right? Last one is very weak, but you could use it if you have... If you believe it a little bit. Okay? In that position. "I guess the government should keep university free." Right? It's weak, but it's acceptable. All right? Again, these are the stronger options.

Here are some other expressions: "In my opinion, we should accept their offer." Or: "In my view, we should accept their offer." Okay? So you could also use any of these, in my opinion. Now, remember: here, we don't need any kind of punctuation after: "I think". It just goes directly: "I think the government should keep university free." But here, we do have a comma. Okay? So: "In my opinion," - comma - or: "In my view," - comma -, that's important when you're writing. Okay?

Next one: "From my viewpoint," or: "From my point of view," or: "From my perspective, it's time to make a decision." Okay? Again, with each of these, remember: there is a comma after that expression. Okay?

Next one: "According to me, the Prime Minister should resign." Okay? Or: "It seems to me that you should take the job." All right? So these are some other expressions.

Now, that's a lot of expressions so what you want to do is to choose the expressions that you like. Perhaps these could be this... The sort of translation of the expressions that you use in your own language because you probably like those expressions. So learn a few of them correctly, rather than trying to learn all of them and getting them mixed up. Okay? So you don't want to say: "From my opinion," or something like that. So it's better to learn a few of them and use them correctly. All right?

If you'd like some more practice with this, you can go to our website: www.engvid.com and there you can do a quiz on this subject and also watch English learning videos on lots of other topics in English. Okay? Thanks very much for watching, and good luck with your English.

Business English - How to talk about your career
00:11:10
engVid
11 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Have you just been recruited, promoted, or retrenched? I'll teach you 24 essential business English expressions to talk about your working life and career, from hiring to retiring, and everything in between. You'll learn key vocabulary for job interviews, resumes, and work performance, as well as the TOEFL, IELTS and TOEIC exams. Next, take a quiz on this lesson: http://www.engvid.com/business-english-how-to-talk-about-your-career/

TRANSCRIPT:
Hi, my name is Rebecca from www.engvid.com. In today's lesson, you will learn about 24 different words to talk about your working life. You'll need these words if you want to be able to talk about your career or about someone else's professional life. So let's get started.
I've divided the vocabulary into two parts. On this side, we'll see words which the applicant or the employee, the future employee is going to need; things that a person who is applying for a job or someone who works somewhere, these words apply to them. And the words on this side refer to things that the employer does, that the company does. Okay?

So let's start with what a person does when he's looking... He or she is looking for a job. So the first thing is to "look for a job". That could mean that you look at classified ads, you go online; you look for a job. Another way to say that is: "to seek employment", that's a formal way to say it. "To seek" means to look for, and "employment" means work or a job.

Next, you would probably "apply". After you see a position that interests you or a job that interests you, you would apply for that position, you would fill out perhaps an application form or send in a letter. And also "submit" which means to formally give in or send in, to submit your resume, to submit your CV. CV is curriculum vitae. In some places, they say: "CV", and in other places, they say: "resume". It's the same thing, but you need to apply and submit it. So these are the first three things that someone who's looking for a job or a job applicant is going to do.

Let's jump on to this side now to see what the employer does, and then later, we'll come back to a couple of other things which the person can do. Okay? So what does the employer usually do? After they have gone through the applications, they will invite some people for an "interview" and they will interview that person.
Next, they'll make a list which is... That process is called: "to shortlist". "To shortlist" means let's say that they interviewed 20 people and now they're going to choose about three people or five people, and from those five or three, they will choose one person finally because there's one position available. So when they take out of the 20, they make it three or five, that's called... That process is called shortlisting. They shortlist the candidates. So the first thing you can hope, after being interviewed, is that you will be shortlisted. And then, hopefully, you will also be chosen for the position.

So if that happens, the company decides to "hire" someone or to "recruit" a new employee, to recruit someone. Both words are used.
After that, if necessary, but not always, they may have to "train" that person to teach them how to do the job. At some later point in their career, it may be also necessary to "retrain" that person. "Re"-anything usually means to do something again.

Next, after the person has been hired and perhaps trained, the person will be "placed" in a particular department, in a branch, in a division, in a particular location. They will placed there means they will be put in that position.

Next, a variety of things can occur, can happen in the course of a person's career. A person could be "transferred". You see the arrow? Transfer means your position, the level of your position doesn't change necessarily, but you might be just moved. "To transfer" means to move to another branch, to another location, to another country, - right? - another department, another division. You are transferred.

Another thing that can happen if you're doing very well is you might be "promoted". Here we see the arrow pointing up. So, "to promote" means to get a higher level position. Usually, but not always, that includes a higher salary as well. Then you may be... That's referred to as a "raise", but it doesn't always happen. Sometimes you get a higher position without the extra money.

Speaking English: How to express your reaction
00:04:44
engVid
12 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ What great news! How sad! Learn how to respond easily and naturally to good or bad news by using easy expressions. What a lesson! http://www.engvid.com/speaking-english-reactions/

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. My name is Rebecca, and in today's lesson, you'll learn two easy ways to express your reaction to something. Now, you can use these to express your reaction to something positive or to something negative. And they're really easy, so follow with me, and before you know it, you'll be able to use them yourself. Okay? Here we go.
So the words that we're going to use are words which are very basic, and you know them. They are "what" and "how". But "what" we use with a noun, and "how" we're going to use with an adjective. Okay? Now, remember: These are all ex -- sorry -- exclamations. They are exclamations. That means normally, we would have an exclamation mark at the end of this expression. Okay? Like this. Right?
So what we can say is something like this, "What a great singer!" Okay? So you see we're using "what" plus a noun, which is the word "singer". You can always use an adjective before that, but you must have a noun there, okay? You could also say, "What a singer!" which means he or she is a very good singer. All right?
"What a talented actor!" "What a kind man!" "What a beautiful view!" "What a gorgeous sunset!" "What an experience!" "What a surprise!" Okay? So as you can see here, we used it to talk about people. Then, we used it to talk about places. And here, we used it to talk about an event or an experience, okay? So you can use it in any kind of context, and you can use it in positive situations to express positive emotions, or we can also use it to express negative emotions. Let's look at some of these.
"What a rude person!" "What horrible weather!" "What bad service!" "What a shame!" "What a disaster!" "What a day!" Or, "What nonsense!" Okay? So all of these are obviously negative situations, but all you're doing is you're using "what" plus a noun somewhere in that entire exclamation, okay? All right.
Now, how do we use "how"? With "how" we have to add an adjective. So we would say something like, "How wonderful!" Okay? So remember, this is your reaction or your response to something that you see or hear, okay? Somebody says -- tells you something, and you answer, "How wonderful!" Perhaps someone says, -"I'm getting married next month." -"How wonderful!" Okay? Or, -"We're going to Bermuda on our honeymoon." -"How romantic!" "How nice!" Okay? Somebody describes something that happened, and you say, "How nice!" Or "How lovely!" It could be about someone's dress. Okay? Or -- very often, we say this when we see a baby or a child doing something very adorable -- we say, "How sweet!" Okay? So that's another little expression that's very common.
As I said, you can also use "how" for negative emotions. So you could say, "How awful!" "How sad!" "How terrible!" "How frustrating!" Or, "How tragic!" Okay? So we can use it in rather serious situations; we can use it in lighter situations. And these are very, very common ways of expressing our reaction to news or to events, okay?
So if you'd like to do a little more practice with this, please go to our website www.engvid.com, and there you'll see a quiz on this subject as well as hundreds of other videos on many other topics in English. Okay? Good luck with your English, and thanks for watching.

IELTS Speaking Task 3 - How to get a high score
00:05:31
engVid
8 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ In this advanced grammar lesson, you learn three ways to express a negative idea more powerfully in English. You'll upgrade your speaking and writing skills seriously by learning these bold expressions. http://www.engvid.com/express-negative-ideas-powerfully/

Speaking English - 8 ways to be positive & encourage others
00:07:48
engVid
4 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Change your life by being a more positive person in English! Learn 8 easy phrases to bring out the best in yourself as well as your family, friends, and colleagues. Then quiz yourself here: http://www.engvid.com/speaking-english-8-ways-to-be-positive/

TRANSCRIPT:
Hi. My name is Rebecca, and this lesson may change your life. It may also change the life of the people who are closest to you in your personal and in your professional life. Why am I saying that? Because in today's lesson, I'm going to teach you some simple, yet powerful phrases and expressions that you can use to help stay positive as well as to encourage other people around you, okay?

Now, we all want to be loved and appreciated and admired and respected. And sometimes it just the takes a few simple words in order to achieve that. By doing that, we can improve our relationships with other people; we can increase our confidence and the confidence of people around us; and we can also change attitudes for the best -- for the better, okay? So let's look at some of these expressions. And by trying to include them in your daily life, I think you'll see that there will be quite a change in the relationships that you share with people at work and also at home, okay? So let's look at some of these expressions.

Okay. So if you want to instill confidence in someone, these are some things you can say. Now, the words here are not difficult. But as I said, sometimes the simplest things are emotionally hard to say. So what you might want to do, especially if you're alone, is after I say the sentence, try to repeat it after me. If you've said something once, it becomes easier to say it again. And then, in the right situation, you may find that the words come to you more easily, okay? So here we go.

"I know you can do it." Okay? Repeat after me if you can like. "I know you can do it." Okay? We say that when someone isn't very sure; he's feeling a little bit afraid or nervous or scared, maybe before an exam. "I know you can do it." You're showing that you have confidence in them.

Something similar to that, "I have confidence in your abilities." Okay? That's a little bit more formal. Perhaps you want to use that at work with one of your colleagues, with someone who you are a supervisor for, right? So -- one of your employees -- "I have confidence in your abilities." Parents can also use that, okay?

Another one, "I have faith in you." Would you like to repeat it? "I have faith in you." "I have faith in you" means "I believe you can do it; I know you can do it; I trust you can do it; I believe you have the ability to succeed in whatever it is that we're talking about." Okay? "I have faith in you."

Next one, "I believe in you." Okay? Now, this one is actually very powerful. "I believe in you", first of all, is different from saying, "I believe you." That little preposition changes the meaning. If we say to someone, "I believe you", it means that I think that what you're saying is true. Let's say somebody else has another story, you have this story, and I believe your story. "I believe you. I trust that what you're saying is true and honest and correct." That is, "I believe you." Okay? But when we add this little preposition "in", and we say to someone, "I believe in you", it means, "I believe in your potential as a person, your potential as a human being, to achieve something or to do great thing." So it's actually a very powerful thing to say to someone, okay?

Now, if the person that you're trying to instill confidence in is yourself, you can also use these on yourself, okay? You can say, "I know I can do it, or I have confidence in my abilities, or I have faith in myself, or I believe in myself." Okay? Sometimes we have to do a little bit of self-talk to make ourselves -- to give ourselves the strength to do something or to face a challenge, okay? All right.

Now, if you want to show your appreciation of someone, you could use some of these simple, yet powerful phrases, okay? "I trust you." Okay? Again, three simple words, but really powerful. "I trust you." When you say to someone, "I trust you", you're saying to them that, "I believe that you are honest, that you are loyal", okay? "I trust you."

Next one, "I respect you." Very powerful. When you say, "I respect you" to someone, you're saying, "I have an appreciation for your value, your behavior, the choices you make in your life." Okay?
Next one, "I admire you." Okay? When you say to someone, "I admire you", it means that you believe they have a lot of strength or strengths that you admire -- the things they have achieved in their life, and how they have achieved them, or that they face difficulties in a very confident way, all right? Without giving up. So you say, "I admire you." All right?

IELTS & TOEFL - The easy way to improve your vocabulary for English exams
00:08:42
engVid
14 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Is your English limited to "good" and "bad"? Learn how to improve your vocabulary FAST by using more advanced, descriptive adjectives. Having marked thousands of student essays, I know this one simple change can help you get a higher score on any English exam, especially the TOEFL, IELTS, and TOEIC. You can move from lazy English to powerful English in minutes! Take the quiz on this lesson here: http://www.engvid.com/ielts-toefl-improve-your-vocabulary/

TRANSCRIPT

Hi, my name is Rebecca, and in today's lesson, I'm going to show you how to stop using lazy English and start using energetic English. How do you do this? Very easy. For the next few minutes, I'd like you to participate in a little experiment with me. I'd like you to pretend that you are a professor, and join me in checking these sentences on the board.
So, six students wrote these sentences in an English exam, and what I'd like you to do is to help me to decide which students, which two students should get the highest marks. Let's start looking at the sentences.
Number one wrote:
"It was a good lecture."

Two:
"It was an interesting lecture."
Three:
"It was an informative lecture."
Out of these three students, which student do you think should get the highest marks? Think about it. Well, according to me, it would be the third student. Let's look at another set of sentences.
Number four wrote:
"I had a bad week."
Student number five wrote:
"I had a tiring week."
And student number six wrote:
"I had an exhausting week."
Again, put on your professor's cap and tell me: which student do you think should get the best marks? Which one? Well, according to me, it would be student number six.
Now, why did we - I think you probably chose the same ones as me -, why did we choose student number three and student number six? Why did we choose these responses and why didn't we choose one and four? Because one and four use the words: "good" and "bad". And what I'd like you to learn in this lesson is to use any words when you're speaking or writing other than: "good" or "bad". Why? Because "good" and "bad" are overly used, they're rather boring words, and they're not very descriptive words; they don't tell us anything specific, they're very vague, they're very general.
What I'd like you to do instead is to do what these other students went on to do which is to be more detailed, more specific, more descriptive, more energetic, more dynamic in your speaking and in your writing. This one change will make a tremendous difference in the way that you speak and definitely in the way that you write. This is a really important lesson if you're planning to appear for the TOEFL, or the IELTS, or the TOEIC exam, or any English proficiency exam, or even if you're just in school and you're submitting assignments and essays. This one technique of getting rid of the words: "good" and "bad" and replacing them with more interesting words is going to give you a much higher score. Next, I'll show you exactly how you can do this.
So, now I'll show you how to avoid using the lazy words: "good", "nice", or "bad", and start using more powerful words instead. All right? You're going to go from the basic, to the intermediate, to the advanced level word or you could say the more vague word, general word to a clear word, to a more specific word. Okay? That's what you want to keep in mind when you're coming up with your words. I've just given you some examples, but you can certainly come up with lots of other examples.
Let's look at some of these.
A "good" meal. A "tasty" meal. A "delicious" meal.
We had a "nice" evening. Okay. We had a "fun" evening. We had an "enjoyable" evening.
It was a really "good" meeting. It was a "useful" meeting. It was a "productive" meeting.
You see how I'm adding so much more information with the more powerful vocabulary. Right? More detailed vocabulary.
We had a "nice" holiday. Well, what is "nice"? "Nice" is a very general word. If you want to stay general, you can still use a better word. So here I've given you an example: we had a "pleasant" holiday. We had a "relaxing" holiday. Okay? So... Oh, I'm sorry. We had a "pleasant" holiday. Or: we had a "delightful" holiday. That's if you want to stay more general. If, by "nice holiday", you meant that it was really a quiet holiday, then say: "quiet". A better word than "quiet" is: we had a "relaxing" holiday. Okay? So you see how you're being more specific because when I say: "I had a nice holiday", it doesn't tell you very much; just gives you a very general impression.
Let's continue with using the word: "bad". Also, another very overused word.
It was a really "bad" journey. It was a "difficult" journey. It was a "problematic" journey. "Problematic" means there were many problems that you had or that you encountered on the way, during your journey.

Grammar: How to ask questions correctly in English - Embedded Questions
00:05:34
engVid
15 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Could you tell me where he went? Could you tell me where did he go? Which question is right? Find the answer in this important grammar lesson on embedded questions in the present and past tense. You'll be speaking more politely and correctly by the end of the lesson! http://www.engvid.com/grammar-embedded-questions/

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. My name is Rebecca, and in today's lesson, I'm going to teach you about embedded questions in the present simple tense and in the past simple tense, okay?

So what is an "embedded question"? An "embedded question" is a question that is hidden inside another question or inside a sentence. And what happens is that when you have an embedded question, you have to change the word order back to that of a sentence rather than that of a question. And that's what makes it a little bit confusing or quite confusing for many students because you've learned that when you have a question, you change the order. But in an embedded question like the ones I'm about the show you, you have to change the order back more or less to a regular sentence order. So let's look at some examples. You'll understand better, okay?

All right, so let's take this present simple question. "Where does he live?" Right? "Where does he live?" Well, that is correct the way it is. But if you add before that one of these expressions like "can you tell me", "do you know", "could you tell me", "would you know", "would you happen to know" -- if you add one of these types of questions before the question, then you're going to have to change something here. So let's look at this one, and let's look at the embedded question version.

"Where does he live", or "Can you tell me where he lives?" Right? You see what happened? We lost that word "does", and we came back to "he lives" with an S, right? It was like it would be if it was a sentence. So "Do you know where he lives?" Okay? "Could you tell me where he lives?" "Would you know where he lives?" "Would you mind telling me where he lives?" Okay? Something like that. The mistake that's made is that students sometimes say, "Can you tell me where does he live?" Right? So they take the question from up here, and they leave it the same even with the tag. But you can't do that. You need to change it.

Let's look now at a past simple question, okay? A question in the past simple tense might be, "Where did he work?" Right? So you have to use the word "did" in that question. But in an embedded question in the past simple tense, it would sound like this, "Could you tell me where he worked?" Right? "Could you tell me where he worked?" Not "where did he work"; not, "Could you tell me where did he work"; but, "Could you tell me where he worked?" Just as where you're saying the sentence. Okay?

Let's look at a few more examples. Now this also applies not only when you have these kinds of questions -- expressions before, but also with certain kinds of sentences like, "I know where he lives", or "I don't know where he lives", or "I don't remember where he worked" Okay? So even in certain kinds of sentences, when you have that embedded question, you change the order into something like this, okay? All right.

Let me give you a few examples, and then you can hopefully understand a little better. So if you said -- if you take the regular question, "How do birds fly?" Right? "How do birds fly?" Well, if you wanted to change that into an embedded question, you'd say, "Do you know how birds fly?" Okay? "Do you know how birds fly?"

Next one, "When does the concert begin?" Right? Regular question, "When does the concert begin?" "When does the concert begin" becomes, "Could you tell me when the concert begins?" Okay? So that's an embedded question.

Next one, "Why did they miss class today?" Right? That's in the past tense, past simple. "Why did they miss class today?" "Could you tell me why they missed class today?" Right? Here we have the embedded version.

Last one, "What time did you finish work?" "Could you tell me what time you finished work?" Okay?

I know it takes some getting used to. It's a little bit confusing, so if you'd like to have some more practice, please go to our website, www.engvid.com. There, you'll find a quiz on this and many other topics in English, and you can practice this. It is an important point because if you make that mistake of saying this question with the embedded question, then it's really completely wrong. So practice this a lot, and I'm sure you'll get it. Okay? All the best with your English.

Conversation Skills - How to END a conversation politely
00:03:18
engVid
7 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Saying goodbye is as easy as 1-2-3, once you know how! Learn an easy three-step method for ending any conversation -- formal or informal. Never be stuck in a conversation longer than you want. This simple exit strategy works on the phone or in person, in both social and business situations.
http://www.engvid.com/ending-conversations-politely/

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. My name is Rebecca from www.engvid.com. In today's lesson, I'm going to show you how to end a conversation. Now, many people know how to start a conversation, but it's not always clear exactly how you can end a conversation politely. So I'm going to show you a three-step technique that you can use anytime you need to leave or end a conversation with someone. So let's have a look at the board.

Basically, what you want to do is something like this. You want to give a reason; you want to refer to the future; and then, you want to say goodbye.

So you could combine something from here, here, and here. Let's try it out.

You could say, "Oh, look at the time. I'm afraid I have another appointment. Let's get together soon, okay? Bye for now. Take care."

So something from here, something from here, something from here. Of course, a person might say something between, but even if you're saying these three things, it's a very polite way to exit the conversation.

Another way that you can use which we often use to be polite to the other person is rather than indicating that you are in a hurry to go, your turn around, and you say to them, "Well, I won't keep you any longer. You're probably busy." Or, "I'll let you go." Something like that. You could then add something from here. "Let's do lunch sometime"; or "I'll give you a call next week"; and "All right. See you. Bye for now." Something like that.

A little more formal situation. Let's say you've been to a meeting or a cocktail party or something like that. You could say, "It's been a pleasure talking to you." We're in a business situation, right? "It's been a pleasure talking to you." "It's been a pleasure meeting you." "I'll call you next week.", or "May I call you next week?" if you want to, all right?

Here, you might skip this part because if it's a very formal situation, you might not be the one who calls them. You might say something like, "I'll look forward to hearing from you" if that's relevant. Or you could just say, "It's been a pleasure talking to you. Thank you very much." Because in a formal situation, that might be enough.

So by following this simple three-step rule, you can exit any conversation in a polite way.

If you'd like to do a little quiz on this, please go to our website www.engvid.com, and you can practice exactly how to do this so you can do it easily in your own life. If you enjoyed this video, please subscribe to my channel on YouTube as well. All right? Good luck with your English. Bye for now.

English Vocabulary: Find the Mistake
00:06:07
engVid
5 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Is engVid your most favourite? Can you return back from a holiday? Do you meet together with a friend? Learn about English redundancies and why these examples are ALL wrong! This is an important lesson to improve your everyday speech and writing. These common mistakes are essential to avoid on the IELTS, TOEFL, and TOEIC exams. Watch this lesson and then test your understanding by taking the quiz on www.engvid.com/english-vocabul....ary-redundant-expres !

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. This is Rebecca, and I have a question for you. Is there anything wrong with the sentences behind me? Let's have a look.

"The car was speeding too fast."

"We will progress forward this year."

"Do you have any other alternatives?"

And, "When are you returning back?"

Okay. Let's start with those four. So did you find anything wrong there, or did you think they were perfectly okay? Well, I hope you said that there was something wrong because there is. And what's wrong is that all of these sentences contain what is called in English "redundant expressions". "Redundancy" means repetitive and unnecessary. That means there are some extra words here that we don't need to use. So let's go back and see what those redundancies are.

The first one, "The car was speeding too fast." So what's redundant? These words here, "too fast". When you say that the car was speeding, that's enough because "speeding" means that you're driving too fast. So you don't need to say that you're speeding too fast. Just, "The car was speeding."

Next, "We will progress forward this year." Where's the problem? Here. You don't need to say "progress forward". It's enough to say "progress" because "progress" means to go forward. Okay?

Next one, "Do you have any other alternatives?" Where's the problem? Here. "Alternatives" means other ideas, other options. So you don't need to say "other alternatives". Just, "Do you have any alternatives?"

"When are you returning back?" Where's the problem? Here. You just need to say, "When are you returning?" Because "returning" means "going back", all right?

Let's try a few others. "Could you repeat the directions again?" Where's the problem? Over here. Because "to repeat" means to say something again, so "Could you repeat the directions?" That's enough.

"Please continue on with your work." Where's the problem there? Here. "To continue" means to go on. So you don't need to say "continue on", okay?

"They meet together often." That sounds like it's okay. A lot of people do use those kinds of expressions. But it's not technically correct. You should just say, "They meet often" because if they meet, they are together, right? We don't need to repeat it. That is a redundancy.

Last one here, "We reserved the seats in advance." Where's the problem? Over here. If you reserved the seats, it means that you booked them in advance. So you don't need to repeat the words "in advance".

Now, this is really important especially if you're writing an exam like the TOEFL or the IELTS because examiners look out for these types of issues in your English language mastery, okay? Let's look at a few more examples. There are, actually, hundreds of examples in English of common redundancies. I'll tell you a little bit more about that in a second. But let's look at a few examples.

"Still continues" -- can you say something "still continues"? Not really. You shouldn't be saying that. You don't need the word "still". "It continues" means it's still going on. All right?

Next one. You do hear this one quite often, but it's not really right. "It's a crisis situation." We don't need the word "situation". "It's a crisis." That's enough.

Next one. Well, these two, let me read them to you first. "Completely destroyed"; "absolutely necessary". Now, as such, it's really enough to say, "It was destroyed" or "It's necessary". But it often happens that in English and in different languages, words sometimes become weaker over time. So sometimes, we have a tendency to emphasize them. And that's what's happening here. So you could leave this, or you could eliminate it. "Completely destroyed" we use when we want to emphasize that it was really gone. But as such, the word "destroyed" means that it's gone. Same here, "It's necessary" means that you need it. But sometimes, you will hear people say, "It's absolutely necessary that you arrive on time for your interview." So they're just trying to emphasize it. But technically, it's not necessary. Okay?

If you'd like a list of about a hundred redundancies like this, I've compiled a list for you which you can download for free from our website, www.engvid.com. You can also do a quiz on this subject and watch lots of other videos that will help you improve your English, okay? Thanks for watching. Bye for now.

Learn English with DRUNK Justin Bieber?
00:09:57
engVid
15 Views · 5 years ago

Love him? Hate him? All are welcome in this lesson about Justin Bieber's Miami racing arrest. Learn English with the news! You will learn vocabulary such as "DUI", "sobriety", "bail", "impounded", "belligerent", and more. I also teach you two ways to discuss the news -- depending on your level of English. So grab your baby or your boyfriend, and watch this fun English lesson ft. RebeccaESL! I am confident you'll enjoy it! Take a quiz on this video here: http://www.engvid.com/learn-en....glish-with-drunk-jus

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. Recently, the famous celebrity and pop idol Justin Bieber got into a little trouble down in Miami, and the story was all over the news. You can learn a lot of English from the news. And so some of the expressions that I've taken from this story were from CNN and BBC. So let's take a look at what kind of vocabulary was used to talk about this event with Justin Bieber. Okay?

So as you can see, I've written the vocabulary in two colors, and there's a reason for that. What I've written in black is the active vocabulary, as in what Justin Bieber himself was supposed to have done, okay? Now, I don't know if any of this actually happened, but it was on the news, all right? So what's in black is what he did, and what's in orange is passive vocabulary -- what was kind of done to him by the police and the authorities. All right? So we have active vocabulary and passive. Let's get started.

So first, what happened according to the story is that he raced his sports car late at night. "To race" means to go very fast. He was racing with someone else according to the story. And then, he was "pulled over". What does that mean? What does it mean when it says the police "pulled him over" or "he was pulled over"? Does it mean he was pulled? No. It means the police, with their car, kind of signal to you and encourage you to move your car to the side of the road and stop your car so that they can talk to you. So that act is called "pulling over", "pulling someone over". Okay? So he was pulled over by the police because he was racing.

And then, they say that he acted in a belligerent way. Okay. This was also on the news. So what is the word "belligerent?" Well, the word "belligerent" can mean rude, not very cooperative. All right? He also was supposed to have resisted arrest. What does it mean to "resist arrest"? To not cooperate with the process when the police were trying to arrest him. Okay?

They also say that he failed a sobriety test. So what does the word "sobriety"? Does it remind you of anything? Maybe the word "sober"? So sometimes, when people drink, we talk about somebody being "drunk" or somebody being "sober". And "sobriety" is the noun from the word "sober". So a "sobriety test" is a kind of test that the police do to check how much alcohol is in someone's blood, and there's a legal limit to how much is allowed for you to be able to drive. So he, unfortunately, according to the police, failed this test. And he also ignored police requests. When they told him to get out of the car or different things, supposedly he ignored them. What does it mean to "ignore" someone? So "to ignore" means "to not pay attention to them".

Next, they say that he consumed alcohol. Now, of course, there are a lot of casual ways to say all of these things, and I'll be telling you what those are in a little while. But this is what official words were used in the news stories. "He consumed alcohol" means "he drank alcohol". "He smoked marijuana" -- I think you know what that means. Marijuana is also "pot". And he took prescription meds. That's what they say that he said or something like that. Prescription medication, medicines, okay? All right.

And then, what happened? What did the police do? Well, he was accused -- after all that, he was accused of/charged with/arrested for DUI and for resisting --oh, sorry. Resisting arrest. Okay? So a few vocabulary words there.

Confusing words: VERY & TOO
00:05:04
engVid
3 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Is the weather very hot or too hot? Was the movie very good or too good? Learn the difference between the commonly confused words 'very' and 'too'. You will never make this mistake again! This English vocabulary lesson is a must if you're not sure when to use these words. It's really easy -- it isn't too hard! Take the very comprehensive quiz here: http://www.engvid.com/confusing-words-very-too/

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. This is Rebecca. In today's lesson, I'll explain the difference between two commonly used words and two commonly confused words. They are: "very" and "too". So what is the difference between these? Well, first of all, both of them are used for in... To intensify the meaning of words, usually adjectives, but they are very different.

Let's look at some examples and you'll understand. So the word "very" is used to mean extremely, a lot. But it's extremely... It's when something is extremely something, but manageable. The word "too" indicates extremely, a lot, but something is not acceptable, or not manageable, or over the limit. All right? I'll explain and you'll understand when I give you some sentences.

So, for example, I could say: "Oh, this food is very spicy", but I'm still eating it. Okay? Or: "This food is very spicy, but I like it like that." So that's okay. Or you might say: "This food is too spicy. I can't eat it." So here, it was over the limit, it was not acceptable.

Let's take another example. "The exam was very difficult." Okay? "But I think I'll pass." Okay? Or: "The exam was too difficult. I'm not sure I'm going to pass." All right? So you see again, too much, over the limit.

"I'm very tired. I'm going to bed." Sorry, I wanted to give you a different example there. "I'm very tired, but let's go out anyway." Or: "I'm too tired. I'm going to bed." All right? So there, it was too much so the person was not going to go out. But here, they were saying they're very tired, but it's manageable.

Next: "It's very cold out, but I'm going to go out anyway.", "It's too cold. Let's stay at home." See the difference?

Next one: "She's very short." It's just a fact. Or: "She's too short to be on the basketball team," for example. All right? Which is what happened to me when I was in school. Wasn't very good at basketball. All right?

So I hope you understand, through these examples, the difference between "very" and "too". Both are used to intensify the word we are talking about, but in a completely different way. So now see if you can decide which of these to use.

So suppose I want to say that a particular movie is so violent that I can't watch it, I don't want to watch it. So would I say: "It's very violent", or would I say: "It's too violent"? I would probably say: "It's too violent. I don't want to watch it."

Okay, suppose you want to indicate that some jewelry is extremely valuable. So what could you say? "It's very valuable." All right?

Next: suppose you want to say that the hotel room is so dirty that you will not stay there, you want the management to give you another hotel room. So then you would say: "Our room is... This room is too dirty. Please give us another room." Okay?

Suppose you want to say that it's so slippery outside that you're afraid to go out, you're not going to go out. So you say: "It's too slippery." Right?

Next: suppose you want to indicate that a suitcase is so heavy that you can't lift it. Would you say: "It's very heavy", or "It's too heavy"? Well, if you say "very heavy", you're still saying it's heavy, that's true, but because we want to indicate that it's over the limit heavy, it's so heavy that you can't pick it up - we're going to say: "It's too heavy. I can't lift it. I need some help."

Last one, if you want to say that something is extremely expensive, you would just say: "It's very expensive." But if you want to say that it costs so much money that you can't afford to buy it, then you have to say: "It's too expensive." All right?

So I hope this lesson helped you to understand the difference between these two very commonly confused words. If you want to do a quiz on this, please go to our website: www.engvid.com. You could also subscribe to my YouTube channel for more English lessons. Thanks for watching, and good luck with your English.

Learn English - 6 fun idioms about DREAMS
00:07:23
engVid
11 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Get your DREAM vocabulary with these six popular idioms about dreams! Learn these expressions to help you understand native speaker conversations and popular culture. Improve your vocabulary with idioms such as "dream on", "wouldn't dream of it", "a dream come true", and more... Not sure about the meaning of these English idioms? Watch this lesson to build a vocabulary "beyond your wildest dreams"! Take the quiz here: http://www.engvid.com/learn-english-idioms-dreams/

TRANSCRIPT

Hi, my name is Rebecca from www.engvid.com. In today's lesson, we're going to learn six idioms that have to do with dreams. All right?

Now, what is an idiom? You probably know, but just to review. An idiom is a combination of words that together means something different than the words mean individually. All right? So let's understand what these idioms are. You need to be able to understand idioms because people use them quite often in conversation and also in writing. But remember, the rule about idioms is: don't actually use it unless you're really sure how to use it because otherwise it sounds a bit silly. But, it's still important to know them and to understand them, and maybe at some point, to get to the stage where you can actually use them in your own conversation which I hope you'll be able to do soon.

Let's get started. First one:
"It was a dream come true."
Now, what I've done in all of these is to use them in a sample sentence, a sample sentence which doesn't necessarily give away the answer, but let's see if you can figure it out. What is "a dream come true"? "A dream come true" is when something is so perfect, so beautiful, so amazing, we say: "Oh, it was a dream come true." For example: -"How was your vacation?" -"Wow, amazing. It was a dream come true. I loved it." Okay? So it's like a good dream that actually happens. But we can't analyze it that way, you just need to understand that the expression: "A dream come true" means that something was amazing.

Next:
"I wouldn't dream of it."
What does that mean? "I wouldn't dream of it." Well, this means that something is so silly or improper that I would never do that. So, "I wouldn't dream of it" means I would never do that, I would never do such a thing. Okay? For example: if somebody says: -"Oh, are you going to always be my friend or are you going to stop being my friend when I'm not so rich?" - "Oh no, I will always be your friend. I wouldn't dream of not being your friend. I really care about you." Something like that. Okay?

Next one:
"It was like a dream."
Again, this is a complimentary positive kind of idiom. -"How was your vacation?" -"It was like a dream." Okay? Which means: perfect, wonderful, great. Usually, dreams symbolize something strong and positive when they're in idioms. We do have another idiom: "It was like a nightmare." A nightmare, of course, is a very bad dream. So that's when everything goes wrong, you can say: "My holiday was like a nightmare." That's different. But now, this was a good holiday, so we say: "It was like a dream."

Next is an expression which is a little bit sarcastic. Sometimes someone says to somebody:
"In your dreams!"
When does that happen? Or:
"Dream on!"
Let's say that two friends... Two good friends are driving through a very expensive neighbourhood and they're looking at these amazing mansions and huge houses that are on both sides. And one of them says: "Wow, I'd like to have a mansion like that. I'd like to be living in a house like that." And the other friend says to him: "Dream on!" Or: "In your dreams!" Which means: "Yeah, really. It's just a fantasy. I don't think it's really going to happen." Okay, he's not being mean; he's just being a little bit sarcastic. And that's how we use something like that. Or if someone says: "Oh, what an amazing actor he is. I wish I could date him." So the other girl says: "Oh, yeah. In your dreams! Really." Okay? That's an example of how we use something like that. A little bit we're joking with people; we're not trying to be mean.

Okay, next:
"It was beyond my wildest dreams."
Again, this is like: "It was like a dream", but this is even more so, it was more than. "Beyond" means more than my wildest dreams, my most crazy dreams, my most imaginative dreams. "It was beyond my wildest dreams." What could be beyond your wildest dreams? I don't know, anything. Your wedding day. Maybe you had always dreamt of something beautiful and your wedding day was actually even more amazing than that. So you could say: "It was beyond my wildest dreams." All right?

How to talk about a topic intelligently
00:04:23
engVid
10 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Want to discuss a topic intelligently in English? Learn how to present your argument in three different ways. Improve your conversational and written skills in personal, professional, and academic life. http://www.engvid.com/how-to-talk-about-a-topic-intelligently/

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. My name is Rebecca, and in today's lesson, I'm going to show you how to discuss or how to start discussing any subject intelligently. Now, when we start to discuss anything, you want to give the listener a frame of reference. We want to give the listener an idea what we're talking about. So the expressions that I'm going to show you will do just that; they will provide a context to discuss whatever you are talking about. Okay? So let's look at some of these common expressions.

Okay, so I've divided them into three. Okay? I've divided them into three areas because they are slightly different in terms of the way they're structured.

The first one is like this: "From a political point of view," okay? What I'm giving you here is just the introduction. Okay? After this comma, you need to say whatever your opinion is. But this is to give it a context and to tell your listener that you're going to talk about the political side, the politics of it. Okay? "From a political point of view," - you might say - "I believe we need a drastic change in the government." Okay?

Or: "From an environmental perspective, I think", something. Okay? Now, you don't have to use: "I believe", "I think", "I feel", but you can. All right?

"From a social angle, the people need change."

"From a psychological standpoint," okay? And then you say whatever you need to say.

"From a financial viewpoint," all right?

So you see these expressions and words. Right? "Point of view", "perspective", "angle", "standpoint", "viewpoint". I can assure you that if you start speaking using some of these expressions, your English will be much, much improved and you'll sound a lot more intellectual as well. Okay? Also in your writing, also in academic writing. If you happen to be in university, you definitely want to use some of these expressions in your writing. Okay?

Another technique you can use is this expression: "Technically speaking," all right? And then you talk about the technology of it.

Or: "Philosophically speaking," or: "Professionally speaking," okay? And again, you can take any topic. All right? And express it in that way. When we say: "Technically speaking," or: "Philosophically speaking," it means when we're speaking about the philosophy of it. Okay? Or when we're speaking about it from a professional point of view. Okay? Same idea, different ways of expressing it.

Last one is without: "speaking", just saying this word. "Historically," or: "Spiritually," or: "Educationally," or: "Academically," or: "Personally, I prefer to go to a relaxed movie." Okay? Or "funny movie", "I prefer to go to a funny movie rather than a horror movie." Okay? So, that's how you can use the word: "Personally," right? Or: "Personally speaking," right?

So, these are three different ways in which you can discuss anything intelligently or give your opinion on something by providing first a frame of reference for your listener. If you want to have a little more practice in this, please visit our website: www.engvid.com. You'll find a quiz on this, as well as videos on many other topics in English. All right? Thanks for watching. Good luck with your English.

Speak English: What to call people
00:07:58
engVid
11 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Learn what to call people in casual, professional, and formal situations. Knowing the correct way to refer to people is the key to starting a good conversation. This lesson is important for everyone, but especially if you work with the public. Watch this English lesson to learn the starting point of good manners and good business! Take the quiz to test your understanding at: http://www.engvid.com/what-to-call-people/

TRANSCRIPT:

Hi. My name's Rebecca. In today's lesson, you will learn what to call people in various situations. Now, this may seem rather basic, but I've actually heard lots of foreigners and English learners make mistakes in this area. So make sure to watch this lesson so you don't make these basic mistakes. Okay?

So, how do you know what to call someone? Well, it depends on a lot of different factors. Let's look at what some of them are first. So, is the situation formal or informal? Are you talking to a man or to a woman? Are you speaking to one person or many people? Is it somebody that you know? In other words, do you know their name or is it somebody unknown? And is it a regular kind of a situation or is it a romantic situation?

Now, if it's a romantic situation, that's a whole other lesson, but in general, romantically you may call someone: "sweetheart", "sweetie", "love", "honey", and so on, "baby", things like that. Okay? That's romantic. In the rest of the lesson, we'll talk about all of the other options. Okay?

So let's start first here. In the first part here at the top, I've marked what you should do if you're talking to someone that you know. In other words, you know the name but it could be a formal situation or an informal situation. Let's start with the formal situation.

Now, in some cases, we refer to the... A professional-only a few professionals, not all-we refer to them by their title. What does that mean? For example: you may simply call someone: "Doctor. Doctor, what should I do?" All right? You don't have to necessarily use the name; you can just refer to him as "Doctor", so you're using his or her title. You could also do this for Professor; you don't have to use the last name even though you may know the last name. Let's say the name is Professor Black, but you don't have to say: "Professor Black", you could just say: "Professor". All right? Or if you're talking to a police officer... All right? And even if you see his badge, or his name, or something like that - you could still just refer to the person, whether it's a man or a woman as: "Officer", and that would do. And it's nice to do that, it's polite to do that, it might actually be rather important for you to do that if you're talking to a police officer. Okay? So in some formal situations, you can refer to the person by their title. These are probably the most common. All right? Other than this, we don't usually refer to people as... By their title. Okay?

Now, if you know the name but it's a formal situation, so they're not good friends of yours or something like that, then you use: "Mr." if it's a man with the last name. "Mr. Jones". If it's a woman and you know that she's married, you can say: "Mrs. Smith". If it's a woman and she's not married or you're not sure if she's married or not, then you say: "Ms. Brown". Now, "Ms" is spelt: "M-s", but it's pronounced like: "Miz", "Ms.", "Ms. Brown". Okay? So if you're going up to someone and you say: "Excuse me, Ms. Brown." Okay? Or: "Excuse me, Mrs. Smith", and so on. Formal situations.

If it's an informal situation with a known person, then of course, you can use their first name if in the past you have been told that it's okay to use their first name. So if you called Mr. Jones, if you said to Mr. Jones: "Excuse me, Mr. Jones", and he says: "Oh, that's okay. You can call me 'John'." Then, you can refer to him as John after that. The same with women's names; Mary or Susan. These are for people who are known to you. Okay?

Now, here at the bottom, this is what you do when you're talking to people who you don't know. In other words, to strangers. Right? So if you're talking to a man in a formal situation, you would usually say: "Sir". Okay? "Good morning, sir.", "Excuse me, sir." All right? "May I help you, sir?" All right? Especially in customer service kind of positions or if you work in a hotel - these are very important titles to know.

English Prepositions: IN or ON?
00:04:13
engVid
7 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Is it ON Facebook, or IN Facebook? Did you read it ON the newspaper or IN the newspaper? In this short lesson, you will learn an easy trick to know when to use 'in' or 'on'. It's so easy, you'll never confuse these words again! Using English prepositions correctly can be hard. But after you learn this tip, you won't have any problems with 'in' and 'on'. Take the quiz ON our site:
http://www.engvid.com/english-prepositions-in-or-on/

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. My name is Rebecca, and today's lesson is about prepositions. Specifically, it's about the two prepositions: "in" or: "on". Okay? Now, I'm going to give you a useful tip so that you will know which one to use in certain kinds of situations.

So let's look at the board. Okay, so what you need to decide is: are you talking about something that is written on paper or are you talking about something represented on an electronic device, for example? Okay? Let's look at some examples.

You could say, for example: "I read it in a book.", "I saw it in a comic.", "I read it in the newspaper.", "in a magazine", or: "in an email". Now, even though email is kind of seen on an electronic device, it is regarded as a letter. And a letter used to be something that came on paper, and so we still use that expression, "in" when we're talking about emails. Okay? So things that come on paper or were traditionally on paper are with the proposition: "in". Now, of course, today, you can find books, and comics, and newspapers, and magazines which are called ezines, and email online, on computers, and we can read them on computers. But the preposition is kind of based on the fact that originally, they were all on paper, so try to think of it in that way and it will help you to decide.

Now, when we look at electronic devices, we use the preposition: "on". So: "He was speaking on the phone.", "I saw it on TV.", "I read it online", or: "on the net", or: "on the internet". On my... "I was working on my computer.", "I was working on my laptop.", "I saw it on my tablet." Or: "I watched the video on engVid." So you can also use "on" when you're talking about a website. Right? So those are for electronic devices. Okay? And this was paper. So if you've got that clear in your mind, let's try some examples.

So what would you say here?
"__________ our textbook".
I read it "in our textbook" or: "on our textbook"? What do you say? It's written, right, it's on paper, so: "in our textbook".

"__________ the screen".
I saw it... "on the screen". Good.

"__________ the article".
I read it... "in the article" or: "in an article". Okay? Usually article might be in the newspaper or in a journal.

"__________ the poem".
"in the poem" or: "on the poem"? "in the poem" again. Very good.

"__________ the journal".
"in the journal".

"__________ the radio".
"on the radio". Good.

"__________ the letter".
"in the letter".

And the last one:
"__________ the monitor".
What would you say? "on the monitor". Okay?

So we see, I hope you see how to use the prepositions: "in" and "on". There are many different ways in which we can use these prepositions, but when we're talking about something paper or something electronic, you now know what to do and which preposition to use. Okay? If you'd like some more practice on this, go to our website: www.engvid.com. Thanks very much for watching. Bye for now.

What are proverbs? 7 common sayings in English
00:06:26
engVid
8 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Every language has proverbs, or wise sayings, that advise us about love, life, business, and everything in between. Learn the meanings of seven common English sayings or proverbs and take your English to a more advanced level. If you've never heard of proverbs, better late than never! Who said ignorance is bliss? Watch this lesson to understand these examples of proverbs, and many more! Then take the quiz here: http://www.engvid.com/what-are-proverbs-7-common-sayings-in-english/

Real English - How to complain about a problem
00:04:59
engVid
4 Views · 5 years ago

Got a problem? Speak up about it! In this useful lesson, you will learn a simple 3-step process to complain about any issue you have! This lesson is essential for anyone living, travelling, or doing business in an English-speaking country. Whether your hotel room is dirty, your food is cold, or your internet is not working -- you need to know how to lodge a complaint! Watch this lesson so that you can stand up for yourself and get the service you deserve! Then take the quiz here: http://www.engvid.com/real-eng....lish-how-to-complain

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. My name is Rebecca. Complaining is something that most people don't enjoy doing. But sometimes, it's necessary for us to get what we need or want or deserve. In this lesson, I'll show you an easy three-step process to complain effectively in English. Let's get started.

Okay. So the three steps are: First, state the problem; second, express your feelings; and last, ask for action. Let's look at some examples of how this works.

Let's say you have no hot water in your hotel room. So state the problem. You say, "We have no hot water in our hotel room. This is unacceptable. Please transfer me to another room." Okay? So, "I have no hot water. This is unacceptable. Please transfer me to another room." Right? State the problem; express your feelings; ask for action.

It's very important to do this last part. Some people just do this part. They state the problem, or they grumble by stating -- they're expressing their feelings. But they don't tell people what they want them to do. So if you really want action, make sure you ask for what you ask for what you want someone to do to fix your problem, okay?

Next, you're in a restaurant, and the food isn't to your satisfaction. So you say, "The food is cold. This is ridiculous. Please bring us some hot food." Okay? One, two, three.

Next, "The Internet is down" -- "the Internet is down" means the Internet is not working, all right? "This is unacceptable. Please credit me for the lost hours." Okay?

Another example, "You overcharged me for this item. This is wrong. Please give me a refund." Okay? So you see, by following this three-step process, it's a very easy way for you to complain about anything that you're having a problem with, okay?

So remember, don't forget to ask for action, because without that, people may come up with a solution which you don't really like. And you want to make sure that people do what you want them to do, for example, give you a refund, or for example, not just fix your Internet, but give you a credit for the hours that you lost. So by you stating what you want, there's a much greater likelihood that the problem will be fixed in a way that makes you satisfied, okay?

For example, let me tell you what happened to me the other day, a really bad experience. I went to the supermarket. I was really hungry. I had nothing at home to eat. And I bought a roast chicken. And that was going to be my dinner. So I took it home, spent a good amount of money for that chicken, prepared some other things to eat with the chicken. And finally, when I was about to sit down, I opened up the chicken, and what do I see? Somebody had actually eaten a part of the leg. One of the legs was eaten, and the bone was left there. I mean, can you imagine my shock? I was absolutely disgusted. I took action. I complained. So what did I do? I told them, "Someone has eaten my chicken! Somebody has eaten one of the legs and actually left the dirty bone there in the package! And you sold me this ridiculous chicken! So this is ridiculous. This is completely wrong. Please give me a refund immediately. Give me a replacement chicken. And in addition, I'm going to write to your management because this is a health hazard." So depending on what the situation is, you can decide how much you complain, what you ask for. I did, by the way, get a replacement chicken. I did get my money back in addition. And I'm planning to follow up with the management because it's really crazy, isn't it?

So I hope you've learned from this, how to complain. I hope this never happens to you, no chicken situations or anything else. But sometimes things happen. So at least, you'll know how to handle it, all right? If you'd like to do a quiz to really master how you complain, please go to our website www.engvid.com. And you could also subscribe to my YouTube channel to learn many other things that you could do in English more effectively. All right? Thanks very much for watching. Bye, for now.

8 English Sentences: Find the Mistakes
00:08:16
engVid
7 Views · 5 years ago

Can you find the mistakes in these English sentences? In today's lesson, you'll review 8 grammar rules of correct English sentences. You'll get to practice correcting sentences with me in the video. Once you learn these easy grammar rules, you'll avoid making common mistakes and improve your marks on English essays and exams like IELTS, TOEFL, and TOEIC. To test if you really understand these rules, take the quiz. Good luck with your English!
http://www.engvid.com/8-englis....h-sentences-find-the

TRANSCRIPT

Hi, my name's Rebecca. For the next few minutes, let's pretend you are the English teacher and you're correcting your student's homework. Let's look at some of these sentences and see if you can find some of the errors in these English sentences.

Okay, the first sentence:
"My mother she works in a bank."
Is that okay?

Well, let me tell you right now that actually none of these sentences are okay; there is a mistake in every sentence. So see if you can find the mistake. Okay?

"My mother she works in a bank."
What's the mistake? Okay... Here, "she", all right? I'm just going to grab a different marker. So what happened here is we said: "My mother she works in a bank." So we cannot repeat the subject. The mistake here is that we had a double subject; the subject was mentioned twice. In English, you can't do that. You just mention the subject once. So this sentence, in order to be correct, would need to be: "My mother works in a bank." Or: "She works in a bank." If you know who "she" is. Right? But you can't say both. So no double subjects.

Number two:
"John is an engineer"
What's wrong with that? Look carefully. Well, what's wrong is that it's missing the punctuation. All right? Part of a correct sentence is correct punctuation. So here, there was no period at the end of the sentence, that's what was wrong.

Next sentence:
"The manager of my department"
What's wrong with that? Well, what's wrong is that it's not a sentence because it doesn't have any verb, there's no verb there. Okay? And, of course, you need to continue this sentence, and then eventually you'd need to have some punctuation as well. But basically, there is no... This is a sentence fragment. This is called only a part of a sentence. It is not a complete English sentence or a correct English sentence. There is no verb. Missing verb.

Next one:
"we enjoy watching old movies."
Okay? Again, look carefully. What's wrong there? Well, it has a subject, it has a verb, but this is the problem. The first letter in the first word of an English sentence has to be capitalized and that's what was missing here. You see, we didn't have that problem before. Okay.

Next one:
"I like very much Chinese food."
Okay? Maybe that sounds okay to you, but doesn't sound okay to me. It's close, but not quite. What's wrong? Well, what's wrong here is this, the word order. Not only do you need to have certain elements, you need to have the words in the right order. So in English, the correct order for this sentence would be: "I like Chinese food very much." Okay? Not: "very much Chinese food." "I like Chinese food very much." Okay?

Next:
"Maria need help with her hw."
"Maria need help with her homework." What's wrong there? Okay? So the mistake is here, the mistake is in subject-verb agreement. The verb has to agree with the subject. Right? And if we say: "Maria", it's like: "she", and we would have to say: "She needs". "Maria needs help with her hw." So the error here was in subject-verb agreement.

Next one:
"delivered the package yesterday"
Okay? "delivered the package yesterday" What's wrong here? Well, it's similar to this one, except here, we had a sentence fragment and we had the subject. Here, we have a sentence fragment, and we have a verb, but we don't have a subject. We have a missing subject. So this is also a sentence fragment. "Fragment" means only part. It is not a complete sentence.

Next one:
"We recieved your letter."
"We recieved your letter." Sounds fine, but if you're an English teacher, you're going to look really carefully at each of the words. And what's wrong is here, the mistake is here. It's a spelling mistake. Okay? The word "received" is one of those tricky words with the "e" and the "i", and the "i" and the "e" that you have to learn very well.

So spelling mistakes will also bring down your marks. If you're doing the IELTS, if you're bring... Doing the TOEFL, any errors of this kind will bring your marks down. Okay? So even though they seem very basic, I know from experience that students make all of these mistakes. Be very careful not to make them.

Let's look at what principles apply to correct English sentences. Okay? So, an English sentence must express a complete thought and it must express it with certain elements. Now, just because a sentence must express a complete thought, it doesn't have to have a lot of words; it doesn't have to be a very long sentence.

Speaking English - "I wish I had..."
00:04:45
engVid
4 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Have you ever made a mistake? Feel bad about something you did or didn't do? Learn two useful ways to express regret in English in personal, social, and professional situations. I'll teach you how to use the positive and negative forms of "I wish I had..." and "If only I had...". This lesson is a must for anyone whose actions differ from their plans -- and that could be you!
http://www.engvid.com/speaking-english-i-wish-i-had/

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. My name is Rebecca from [a]www.engvid.com.[/a] In life, as much as we try, we don't always do the right thing, right? Sometimes, we do something, and wish afterwards that we hadn't done it. And sometimes, we don't do something and wish afterwards that we had done it. Well, in English we have some expressions to express these kinds of situation and these kinds of feelings that we have when we do and don't do something. All right? So this lesson is focused on that. So what we're basically talking about in this lesson is expressing regret. Regret is when we feel somewhat unhappy and uncomfortable with something that we did or didn't do. So let's get started.

So the expression you can use to talk about something that you didn't do that you wish you had done is, "I wish I had --." Now, you can use this expression to talk about personal situations or social situations or business situations. Okay? So you can use it in a professional context as well. So these are things that you wish you had done that you didn't do. And then on the other side, we'll come to the other part of the equation.

So for example, you could say, "I wish I had studied harder for my test." Or, "I wish I had bought the house last year when it was so much cheaper." Okay? So these are some examples in the personal realm. You could say, in a social situation, "I wish I had called her last week." "I wish I had gone to the concert." Okay? This means you didn't go to the concert, and you're saying you heard it was really good. "I wish I had gone to the concert." In a professional context you might say, "I wish I had quoted a better price." "I wish I had booked the meeting room earlier." Okay?

So here, you have some examples. Now, you do see another expression down here. Instead of saying, "I wish I had" plus whatever you need to say, you could also use the expression, "If only I had --." For example, "If only I had booked the conference room earlier." "If only I had quoted a better price." Okay? So you get the idea on this side.

Now, we come to this side. This is when you did something, and you shouldn't have done it, and you wish that you had not done it. So then, you could say, "I wish I hadn't eaten so much. I was really trying lose weight. I'm supposed to be on a diet. Why did I eat so much? I wish I hadn't eaten so much." Or, "I wish I hadn't waited until now to call her." Okay? Another example. "I wish I hadn't trusted him/her." I wish I hadn't invited them." Or in a profession situation, "I wish I hadn't agreed to their proposal." "I wish I hadn't paid the contractor already." Or, "I wish I hadn't paid the contractor in advance." Okay? And again, another way of expressing the same thing is to say, "If only I hadn't paid the contractor in advance, we could've found another contractor." "If only I hadn't agreed to their proposal, I could have considered your offer." Okay? So you see that you can use "I wish I had", "I wish I hadn't", or you can use "if only I had" or "if only I hadn't". Okay? And all of these are used to express regret for something you did or something you didn't do. And it happens to all of us, so now you know how to express it. Okay? So if you'd like to do a quiz on this subject, please go to our website, [a]www.engvid.com.[/a] That way, you'll have a chance to really master what we've studied here. And also, subscribe to my YouTube channel. I'd be happy to see you again. Bye, for now.

Learn English: 6 Idioms about People
00:05:47
engVid
8 Views · 5 years ago

http://[a]www.engvid.com%2F[/a] Help to change our sexist langauge by learning 6 common idioms about people. Are you a ladies' man? A woman of your word? A man of the people? Learn the meanings of these English idioms and find out which ones you can use to describe women too! Taught by a teacher who cares about both men and women doing well in the world.
http://[a]www.engvid.com%2F[/a]6-idioms-about-people/

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. I'm Rebecca from engVid. In many ways, English is a sexist language because it reflects the society around it. And so, we have a number of expressions and idioms in English which are actually quite sexist and refer to men, and we're going to look at six of them today. What you should be aware of, though, is that today, we do use a lot of these idioms to refer to women also when we can, but most of the time, you'll probably hear these idioms being used to refer to men still. Okay? So, let's have a look at what they are.

All right, the first one: "The Buddhist monk was a man of few words." So what do you think it means when I say: "a man of few words"? It means someone who is quiet, someone who doesn't say very much. This is one of those that you could change to also use for women. Okay?

All right, the next one we cannot use for women. Let's see what it is. "James Bond is a ladies' man." What do you think that means? So the idiom: "a ladies' man", refers to a man who is popular with women, who likes to go out with women. He likes women and women like him. All right? That's a ladies' man.

Next one: "My father is a man of his word." So, what do you think: "a man of his word" means? Here, we could say: "a woman of her word", we can change it. But the original idiom was: "a man of his word". So: "a man of his word" means someone who keeps his promise, someone who does what they say they're going to do. Okay?

Next one: "Our new Prime Minster is a man of the people." Do you have any idea what that might mean? Okay? So: "a man of the people" means someone who understands and expresses the ideas, and opinions, and views of the ordinary people in a country. All right?

Next: "My cousin is a confirmed bachelor." This is a slightly oldish expression, slightly British expression as well, but it's still used sometimes. "A confirmed bachelor" is someone who is single and he wants to stay that way; he doesn't want to get married at all. So we refer to that kind of a person as a confirmed bachelor. All right?

And the last one is: "The winner of the race was the man of the hour." Any idea what you think that might mean? Okay? So, somebody's just won a race, he's done something that has attracted attention. He has some kind of achievement, and so he has a lot of attention. So: "the man of the hour" is someone that people are paying a lot of attention to and who people may admire because he has done something worthy of attention-okay?-and admiration. He's getting a lot of attention.

So, again, aside from: "a confirmed bachelor" and "a ladies' man", you could adapt the other ones to use them to refer to women, but be aware that they're usually used... Seen the other way. Okay?

Let's review a little bit and see if you've understood these. So, if I want to refer to someone who keeps their promises, which idiom could I use? Which one? This is: "a man of his word", or: "a woman of her word."

Okay. If I want to refer to someone who is quiet, doesn't talk very much, what's that? Which one? This is: "a man of few words". Good.

What about someone who is very popular because he's recently had a very important achievement? What do we say for that? This is: "the man of the hour".

Now, please note that all of the other ones start with "a". "A man", "a ladies' man", "a man of his word", "a man of the people", "a confirmed bachelor". But this one starts with "the", "the man of the hour" because it's a specific... You're drawing attention to that specific person. Okay?

And what about someone who is very popular with women and he likes women? That's "a ladies' man".

And the person who doesn't want to get married ever, this is? "A confirmed bachelor".

Okay, so you've learned some expressions that we have, some idioms that have to do with men and use... Feel free to use some of them with women too, so we can change the language, which we should do.

So, if you'd like to practice this, please go to our website: www.engvid.com and you can do a quiz on this and many other topics in English. All right? Bye for now, and good luck with your English.

Learn English with the News: Cyber Crime
00:09:25
engVid
22 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ What's a security breach, cyber heist, or identity theft? Learn the modern vocabulary of crime with this essential English News lesson. Find out how cyber criminals affected 70 million customers, what problems they caused, and how to protect yourself. Understanding this English vocabulary and these dangers can help keep you safer in today's world. Take the quiz on this lesson here: http://www.engvid.com/cyber-crime/

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. This is Rebecca. In today's English In the News lesson, we're going to talk about cyber theft. So what does "cyber theft" mean? The word "cyber" has to do with computers. And the word "theft" has to do with stealing. All right? So let's look at three headlines that were in the news recently regarding this subject of cyber theft. You'll also learn lots of other vocabulary related to the same theme.

So the first headline said, "Target data theft affects 70 million". "Target", you should know, is the name of a very large retail store in the United States and Canada and some other places, perhaps. I know they are in Canada and the U.S. "target payment card heist." "Target security breach." Okay? These were three different headlines in three different newspapers about the same situation, the same story. Let's see what words they chose to use.

So here, we have "Target data theft." So that means data -- or "data" -- was stolen, and it affected 70 million people. Here, they said "Target payment card heist". So what's a "heist"? "Heist" is another word which means "robbery" or "stealing". Another way is "Target security breach." So what's a "breach of security"? A "breach" is a kind of violation, when somebody does something illegally that they are not allowed to do. They go over some limit that they were not allowed to pass; that's a "breach". And in this case, it was a breach of -- or violation of -- security. All right? So you have three different ways that they refer to it already. "Data theft", "payment card heist", "security breach". See how you can pick up these expressions -- all right? -- to improve your English?

Let's look out at a paragraph about that story. I'll just read it for you first. "Retail giant Target confirmed a pre-Christmas cyber attack at over 1700 U.S. stores, resulting in payment card and identity theft of over 70 million customers." Okay. A lot of information. A lot of journalistic writing -- packs in a lot of information, especially in the first paragraph. They're supposed to tell you who, what, when, where, why -- if they can -- or how in that one paragraph because in case you don't have time to read the rest, at least you've got the main information.

So let's see if we can figure out what that information was. So who were the victims here? Who was affected by this crime? Well, "Retail giant Target" -- Target store was affected, and as a result, their customers were affected. These were the victims of this attack, this cyber attack.

Who were the criminals? Well, those who did the cyber attack. They're sometimes known as cyber thieves; they're known as cyber hackers. But you'll see this term "cyber" because they're not just regular thieves. They steal through the means of the computer. Okay?

What was the crime? You've now learned many expressions to describe this crime. But let's see what we've found here. We have also found here "cyber attack", "payment card theft", "identity theft", along with what we had up here, "data theft", "heist", and "breach". Right? "Security breach." So what is "identity theft"? What does it mean to steal somebody's identity? Well, it means to take all of their personal and private information -- their name, perhaps their email address, their credit card information, their address, things like that, phone number. And then, they might try to use your credit card and give your information in an illegal way. So that's called "identity theft", stealing somebody's identity, pretending to be that person, to do a fraudulent or illegal kind of transaction. Okay?

And when did this happen? Okay. Did you find the information in this paragraph to tell you when it happened? It said "pre-Christmas cyber attack." Pre-Christmas" means "before Christmas". Okay.

And where did it happen? Which places were affected by it? Here. 1700 U.S. stores. All right? We can say the number like that, "seventeen hundred". You can also say "one thousand seven hundred". All right?

So here, if you continue to read the story, you would find more vocabulary that you could pick up. So here are three things that Target did after that -- after this happened -- and three things that they asked the customers to do. So let's look at vocabulary they used here.

Extreme English!
00:05:13
engVid
9 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Are you really starving, freezing, or dying? Learn to sound like a native speaker by using exaggerated expressions in English. Find out when to use EXTREME verbs, adjectives, and adverbs to sound more natural and expressive. Take the quiz on this lesson here: http://www.engvid.com/extreme-english/

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. My name's Rebecca from [a]www.engvid.com.[/a] Nowadays, it's very common to talk about extreme things. We hear about extreme fitness, extreme sports, extreme weather. Well, today's lesson is about extreme English. What do I mean by extreme English? Well, often, in informal conversation, people use a lot of exaggerated expressions to express their feelings, and that's what we're going to learn here. You should try your best not to use this in formal situations because it's really not meant for that, but you will hear a lot of people using it in regular conversation. So, let's have a look at some examples.

So, the examples that I have on the board show you verbs which can be exaggerated, adjectives that can be exaggerated, and adverbs. Okay?

Let's look at some example. So, for example, let's say you're hungry. Right? So, instead of just saying: "I'm really hungry." People tend to say: "Oh my god. I'm starving." Now, does it mean they're actually starving? No. Of course not. Not the person who's saying that. The person who's probably actually starving doesn't have the strength to say they're starving, but... So, we say: "I'm starving. Let's get something to eat."

Or, if it's really cold and you say: "I'm freezing." Okay? Instead of just saying: "I'm really cold", "I'm freezing." Okay? This is the extreme part of it. Or: "My shoes are killing me." Of course you're not going to die. It's just a way of speaking. "My shoes are hurting." Right? Okay. All right.

Adjectives, let's see how we can use extreme English when it comes to adjectives. "Oh my god. There's a gigantic spider on my bed." It's probably not a gigantic spider, but it's a large spider as far as you're concerned. So, that's where the exaggeration takes place. Or: "I have a million emails to answer." Probably not a million, but we mean a lot of emails.

Adverbs. "I'm totally exhausted today." It would have been enough to say that you're exhausted, because after that, it's kind of repetitive or redundant. But sometimes people add that just to exaggerate it. Or: "She's absolutely gorgeous." Or: "He's absolutely gorgeous." Right? So, that's how we can have the extreme part of it, the exaggeration.

We often apply this also to certain areas, such as when we're talking about numbers, or amounts, or time, or space. For example: "There were 100's of people in line outside the store." Now, it's extreme or exaggerated only if there weren't actually hundreds, just meant a lot. But you say hundreds because hundreds represents a lot. Or: "I have 1000's of things to do before I leave next week." Okay? Again, you probably don't have thousands of things, but you've got a lot of things to do.

Amounts. "Oh, we've got tonnes of homework." We don't have tonnes of homework. We've got a lot of homework. Or: "There were piles of paper everywhere." Okay? Exaggeration again.

Sometimes when we exaggerate time, we can exaggerate it in two directions. We can make it shorter than it actually is, or we can make it longer than it actually is. For example: "Could I talk to you for a minute? I know you're busy. It'll just take 5 seconds." Now, isn't that an exaggeration? It is, because it's going to take you more than five seconds, but you're exaggerating it in another way, you're shrinking it. Right? Or: "Oh my god. I met my friend. I haven't seen her in years." Okay? Maybe it's true, but it could be an exaggeration. Or, you could say: "In ages", that's another expression where you exaggerate the amount of time. Right?

Or: "Oh my god. I can't live here. This is such a tiny closet." Okay? "I need a big closet." All right? It's probably not tiny, but in your view, from your perspective, it's tiny. Or: "This is a huge bedroom." Okay? Again, these are relative terms, but we're also exaggerating it to express our emotions, as well as our... The objective reality. Okay? Again, the objective reality was not a gigantic spider, just a large one; and not a tiny closet, but just a small one. Okay? But by using this kind of extreme English, you'll sound a little bit more like a native speaker when you're speaking in informal situations. Okay?

If you'd like to do a little quiz on this to master it, please go to our website: [a]www.engvid.com.[/a] Thanks very much for watching. Good luck with your English. Bye for now.

How to introduce yourself & other people
00:07:42
engVid
5 Views · 5 years ago

Are you stuck when you have to introduce yourself? Do you avoid introducing people because you don't know how? Don't be afraid anymore! Watch this lesson and learn what to say and do! Develop your confidence to be more successful in personal and professional life. Take the quiz on this lesson here: http://www.engvid.com/how-to-i....ntroduce-yourself-ot

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. I'm Rebecca from www.engvid.com. In this lesson, you'll learn how to introduce yourself and also how to introduce people who don't know each other. Now, sometimes, you learn a lot of English and you don't... You still feel nervous, you don't feel confident doing simple things. So, this is one of those simple, but important things, but you need to be able to do. To be able to walk up to someone, to introduce yourself, and also to know how to respond when someone does that. And that may be true, whether you're at a business conference or at a party. Okay? So, let's get started.

So, here, first we'll talk about the formal situation. So, let's say we'll start over here. "Hello. I'm Bill White." Their response is: "Hi. I'm Susan Jones." So, he says, then: "It's a pleasure to meet you." And she says: "It's a pleasure to meet you, too." Okay? Pretty straightforward, pretty simple. Why? Because, especially at this part, you're just repeating what the other person says, except that you're adding the word: "too". Okay?

Let's try it again. "Hello. I'm Bill White." Now, at that point, you probably want to also shake hands. So, let me mention that. So, the things that you should do in addition to what you say are these things: you should try to maintain a straight posture because you look more professional that way, especially in a business situation. In a North American context, also, we establish eye contact. All right? That shows that we're not afraid, that shows we're not hiding anything. All right? Shows confidence. And, you want to give a firm handshake. Okay? Don't keep your hand really weak. Keep it firm. Not hard. Don't squeeze the other person's hand, but make a firm handshake. And this is true whether you're a man or a woman. And usually, we smile because it's a little bit... It shows that you're a friendly person and you're happy to meet the other person, even in a business situation.

So let's get started. And what I was saying is about the handshake, you could shake hands right here. So, you could say: "Hello. I'm Bill White." Or, you could say it at this point when you say: "It's a pleasure to meet you." Okay?

-"Hello. I'm Bill White." -"Hi. I'm Susan Jones." -"It's a pleasure to meet you." -"It's a pleasure to meet you, too." And if you want, one thing you can do is to mention the person's name when you're saying: "It's a pleasure to meet you." Okay? But sometimes in a business context, you're not yet sure whether to say: "Ms. Jones", or: "Susan", so you could try it, and you could say: "It's a pleasure to meet you, Ms. Jones." And she might say: "Oh, you can call me Susan. It's a pleasure to meet you, too." And so on. Okay? But main thing is this part is just repeated.

Next, in an informal situation. So, here, instead of saying: "Hello", we're just going to say: -"Hi! Hi! I'm George." -"Hi! I'm Maria." -"Nice to meet you." -"Nice to meet you, too." Again, we're just repeating. So, what happened? Here, it's a little more formal, so we said: "It's a pleasure to meet you." And here, because it's informal, we just said: -"Nice to meet you." -"Nice to meet you, too." Okay? So, just repeat that. And also, instead of: "Hello", we're just saying: "Hi!" All right? -"Hi! I'm George." -"Hi! I'm Maria." -"Nice to meet you." -"Nice to meet you, too." Okay? So, try that. Next I'll show you how to introduce people who don't know each other.

So, let's see how to introduce people to each other. First, we'll do this in a formal situation. Okay? So let's pretend in this scenario that there are three people. You are Carol Smith, and you know Scott Topper, and you know Steven Shaw, but they don't know each other. But you don't know that, so you have to find out first, because sometimes people do know each other.

So, Carol is going to speak first. So, Carol knows both of them. All right? So she says... Carol Smith says: "Have you met each other?" So, let's say she turns to one of them or to either of them, and she says... So, Scott answers and he says: "No, we haven't." Sometimes this person will answer, sometimes both of those people will answer kind of at the same time, say: "No, we haven't." Doesn't matter. And then, Carol says, if it's a formal situation: "Mr. Topper, this is Mr. Shaw. Mr. Shaw, this is Mr. Topper." Now, sometimes this part is not necessary, because it's kind of obvious. So, usually... Usually, if you just say the first part, people will start introducing themselves then to each other or continue with the: "Pleasure to meet you." But if you want to know the traditional way in which it's done, it's done like that. Okay?

12 IELTS Speaking Tips
00:11:48
engVid
13 Views · 5 years ago

Learn 12 important ways to get a higher score on the IELTS Speaking section. Find out what to do and what NOT to do from an experienced IELTS trainer and understand how to increase your IELTS Speaking score, easily and immediately. You're guaranteed to learn something new here -- and that can make all the difference!
http://www.goodluckielts.com/
Take a quiz on this lesson here: http://www.engvid.com/12-ielts-speaking-tips/

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. I'm Rebecca from engVid. In today's lesson, I'll give you 10 important tips to do well and to get a higher score on the speaking section of your IELTS exam, or actually on any oral speaking test where you're sitting with a live examiner. Okay? So these tips don't apply actually to the TOEFL where your answers are recorded, but it's for any English exam where you're sitting with a real examiner. Okay?

Now, the IELTS, of course, the speaking section of the IELTS test is about 11 or 14 minutes long, has three different sections, and so on. And the IELTS is an exam which is a... It's an English proficiency exam. It's used for immigration purposes, for example, to Canada and Australia. It's used for admission to universities where English is the medium of instruction, and it's also used for professional certification purposes. So lots and lots of people, millions of people do the IELTS exam. And if you're one of them, these speaking tips will really help you. They're general tips; they're not about the specific sections. They apply to all sections of the speaking test. Okay? Let's get started.

So, the first point is: during your speaking test, be formal. By that, I mean treat it like a job interview. And just as in a job interview, you'll be on your best behaviour and so on, behave that way. Don't take it very casually. Okay? Take it seriously and be formal.

Next, give a full answer whenever possible. Now, remember and just think about it: you have about 11 to 15 minutes to use the best English that you know and that you've studied all your life. Okay? So, obviously, you want to try to show off during your English test. So, when I say give a full answer, I mean, in the first section when they ask you some questions about you, about your family, about your background, if they say, for example: "Where are you from?" Don't just say: "Tokyo", because that's just a one word answer. Try, as much as possible, to give sentences. Give full sentences. All right? Full answer. So that you can show when you use the full sentence that you know grammar, you know vocabulary, and all these other things. So, instead of just saying: "Tokyo." Say: "I'm from Tokyo, the capital of Japan." Or: "I'm from the capital of Japan, Tokyo." Now, you've given a lot more information. So, obviously, you get much more marks if you kept doing that throughout. Right? Give full answers, using sentences, not just words.

Next: be polite. What we mean by that, for example, if the examiner asks you something and you didn't understand, it's okay. Just ask for the explanation in a polite way. Don't just say: "What?" Or: "Sorry?" Say: "Excuse me? Could you please repeat that?" Because that's also using English, and that's what they want to know: can you use English? And by being polite, you're not just showing that you know the language, but also that you know the culture of the language, which is being polite. Okay? So remember to do that.

Next, maintain good posture. Why do I put that? Nobody's filming you. Right? So, why do you have to maintain good posture? Because your posture actually affects your... The way you speak. It affects your confidence, the confidence with which you speak, it affects the way your voice is projected. So you want to make sure that you don't, for example, lean on your hand when you're speaking or anything like that. Okay? Make sure that you sit straight and don't put your hand anywhere near your face, even if you're nervous, because that will affect the quality of your voice and the way it's projected. Okay?

Next. Number five: speak clearly. Now, what I mean by this is: don't worry too much about your accent. Everyone has an accent, and as long as you do your best to enunciate the words clearly, that's all you can do. If you need to improve your pronunciation, work on that before your exam. If there are some very specific pronunciation errors that you tend to make or that people from your country tend to make, then obviously, work on those beforehand. For example, if you are a Spanish speaker and you say: "Jess", instead of: "Yes", then that's a big mistake that you want to correct well before you come to the exam. So, work on those pronunciation issues before, and then afterwards, don't worry about your accent, just speak as clearly as you can. Okay?

Real English - Ordering food on the phone
00:05:09
engVid
9 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Do you avoid simple tasks like ordering food on the phone because you are too nervous? Does the idea of speaking on the phone in English frighten you? Watch this lesson and you won't be scared anymore. Learn what to say and what to expect the other side to say in response. Your confidence will grow as you improve your practical life skills in English.
http://www.engvid.com/real-english-ordering-food-on-the-phone/

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. I'm Rebecca from engVid. In today's lesson, I'll show you how to order food on the phone. Sometimes we learn how to do all kinds of other sophisticated things in a new language, but we still feel nervous when we need to do simple things. So, this is one of those things. And hopefully after this lesson, you won't be nervous or shy to order food on the phone. All right? Let's see how a typical dialogue might proceed. Okay?

So, let's say you call, you know what you want. All right? And you say: "I'd like to order please." So, the person asks you: "Pick-up or delivery?" That means: do you want the food delivered to your home, or are you going to go there and pick up the food from the restaurant? Okay? So: -"I'd like to order please." -"Pick-up or delivery?" Let's say you want it delivered, so you say: "Delivery."

So, if you want it to be delivered, the person's going to ask you some more questions. For example: "What's your address?" So you say: -"66 Fleet Street, Apartment 4." -"What's your phone number?" You give your phone number. -"647-2164." -"What's your buzzer code?" Okay?

Now, what's a buzzer code? In many North American buildings, as part of the security system, you can't get into the building by just walking in. There's usually a security door which can only be unlocked by the residents from upstairs. All right? And the buzzer code does not... Is a separate number from the apartment number. This is an added layer of security so that nobody can know exactly how to get inside, and so on, and they won't know which apartment you live in. So, a buzzer code is a number that is given to you so that you answer it in your apartment and you can let somebody inside to... Into the building when they either press the button or they punch in the number. So this is like a code. So this is the buzzer code. -"What's your buzzer code?" Let's say: "612." Okay?

Then: "What would you like to order?" Now you give them your order. "1 Pad Thai and three veggie spring rolls." Okay? Let's say you called a Thai restaurant. All right. So, "veggie", you know, it's used, it's like short form, "vegetarian". Right? Next, so the person says: -"Anything else?" -"Could you please send some chilli sauce?" Okay? Anything extra that you want or any special instructions you have about how the food should be cooked, that's the time to say it. All right?

Next will come the question of money. So: "How are you paying?" So, you could just say: "Cash", or: "Mastercard", "Visa", "Debit". All right? You'll see that a lot of this conversation is very short, to the point. Okay? It's not long sentences because nobody has time, also. They're usually very busy at these places. So they just ask you basic questions, so you give basic answers. You don't always need to use a full sentence.

Okay, then maybe you want to ask them: "How much will..?" Some other questions, like: "How much will that be?" Or: "How much is it?" Let's say the person says: -"$18.47." -"How long will it take?" -"About 45 minutes." -"Okay, thanks." -"Thanks. Bye." Okay? So, you see that the conversation goes pretty fast, but at the same time, if you know what to expect, it will be a lot easier for you to order the food.

Let's run through it one last time, fast. -"I'd like to order please." -"Pick-up or delivery?" -"Delivery." -"What's your address?" -"66 Fleet Street, Apartment 4." -"Your phone number?" -"612-9148." -"Your buzzer code?" -"317." -"What would you like to order?" -"One Pad Thai and three veggie spring rolls, please." -"Anything else?" -"Could you send some chilli sauce, please?" -"Okay. How are you paying?" -"Cash. How much will that be?" -"$18.47." -"And, how long will it take?" -"Oh, about half an hour." -"Okay, thanks." -"Thanks. Bye." Okay? So, that's how you order food in English.

And if you'd like to do a quiz on this, please go to our website: www.engvid.com. Thanks for watching. Bye for now.

Learn 10 Easy English Commands
00:08:18
engVid
10 Views · 5 years ago

Listen up! Phrasal verbs can be complete sentences! These ten short commands are so easy to learn, you'll start using them immediately. A great shortcut to improve your English vocabulary easily and quickly. Download a free list of 100 phrasal verbs to use as commands (with meanings), in our Resources section:
http://www.engvid.com/english-....resource/100-phrasal
and don't forget to test yourself with the quiz:
http://www.engvid.com/10-easy-english-commands/

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. I'm Rebecca from engVid. Do you wish you could learn English really quickly? Well, you can. Why? Because in this lesson, I'm going to teach you 10 common expressions in English, which are really short and easy to learn. Now, technically, these are phrasal verbs, but that doesn't matter. What matters is that they're actually used as complete sentences or commands in English. Okay? So even though they are all only two words each, they're actually a complete sentence, a complete thought, and a command. Okay? Let's have a look and get started.

Okay, so the first one is: "Cheer up!" What does it mean to cheer up? "To cheer up" means to be happy. So if you see someone and they're a little bit sad, and they're feeling depressed, and you say to them: "Hey. Cheer up! Be happy." Okay? To be cheerful means to be happy. So, just say: "Cheer up!"

Next one: "Wait up!" When do we use that? Now, you probably know the word "wait", but why do we say: "Wait up"? Well, again, it's an expression, and you say it when... Let's say somebody's walking ahead of you and you recognize a friend of yours, and she's walking a little bit ahead of you, and you're trying to get her attention. You say: "Hey! Wait up!" Okay? That means: wait for me. So, "cheer up" means be happy; "wait up" means wait for me, I'm coming.

Next: "Hurry up!" Okay? So, when do we say: "Hurry up"? We say: "Hurry up", when we trying to tell someone to do whatever they're doing a little bit faster. It could be something mental, like a test, like: "Hey, hurry up. You only have 10 minutes to finish the test." Or it could be something physical, like: "Hurry up. We're going to be late for the bus or for the movie. Get dressed fast. Move quickly." This is when we say: "Hurry up!" Move quickly. Or do whatever you're doing quickly.

Next one: "Listen up!" Now, you know the word "listen", so why do we say: "Listen up"? Again, it's an expression, and we use it when we're usually talking maybe to a group of people and we're trying to get their attention, and we're trying to tell them to listen carefully. Okay? So, we say: "Okay, everyone. Listen up! This is what we're going to do." Okay? So: "listen up" means listen carefully. There we go.

Next: "Calm down!" Okay? Or: "Calm down." So, what does "calm down" mean? To be calm means to be peaceful. So, "calm down" we say when someone is upset, angry, or really not in a good mood; really kind of upset about something, not happy about something. Say: "Relax. Take it easy. Calm down." Okay? Now, usually when we say that, the person is not going to find it very easy to calm down, but nevertheless, we tell them: "Take it easy. Calm down." Okay?

Next one: "Slow down!" Okay? So, when do we say "slow down"? We say "slow down" when we want someone to do something more slowly. For example, maybe something happened and somebody's very excited, and they're speaking really, really fast and you want to tell them: "No, stop it. I can't understand what you're saying." So: "Hey. Slow down. Tell me, quietly, what you mean." Okay? "Take it easy." But really, we're not just saying "take it easy", we're saying: "Speak more slowly." Or usually speaking, but sometimes maybe walking, also. Okay? Like if somebody's walking with you and you can't even keep up with them, and they're going so fast, and they say: "Hey. Slow down. I can't catch my breath." Okay? So it could be also for something like that. So do whatever you're doing a little more slowly. Okay.

Next one: "Go on! Go on!" So, this is like it means continue. So, if someone's talking and they got you all excited, and then they stop, and like: "Hey. What happened then? Go on. I want to know. Tell me." So, "go on", just means continue.

Next one is "Hold on!" Okay? Now, you might hear this when you call customer service or something like that, and they might use a slightly different, more polite version, hopefully. And they might say: "Please hold on." Okay? But in regular life, "hold on" just means wait. Okay? Please wait. So: "Hold on. I'll be with you in a minute." Or: "Hold on. I'm tying my shoelaces." Okay? Something like that. So "hold on" just means wait.

Polite English: Show people you care: "You must be..."
00:06:22
engVid
16 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ "You must be tired." "You must be thrilled." Learn how to use these easy English expressions to connect with others in social or business situations. By being polite and caring, your friends and colleagues will appreciate you more. I will teach you exactly how to use this simple structure in English. You'll also learn some useful vocabulary. Not just an important English lesson, but also a good life lesson!
Take a quiz on this lesson here: http://www.engvid.com/polite-english-you-must-be/

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. My name is Rebecca. In today's lesson, you'll learn how to show empathy for someone else. Empathy is the ability to show that you care about the other person. So, when somebody says something to you, you want to be able to respond in a way that shows that you understand how they're feeling, and that's what I'm going to show you. You can use this in personal situations, social situations, or business situations, and it will work in all these cases. And the way we're going to do it is by using one simple expression, and then adding a little bit to them. Let me show you.

So, the expression you're going to learn today is: "You must be", plus something else. So, you could say either: "You must be happy." Okay? So, for example, you can say: "You must be", plus an adjective; could be a positive adjective, like "happy"; could be a negative adjective, like "tired" or something. And you could also say: "You must be", plus a noun. So, I'm going to show you each of these in actual examples.

So, let's say that someone says to you: "I worked all day." So what could you say to them to show that you understand how they must be feeling? And how do you think the person is feeling? Well, if he says: "Mm, I worked all day." So you could say to him: "Wow. You must be tired." Or: "You must be exhausted." Right?

Let's say someone says to you: "I just got a promotion." So what can you say to them? "Congratulations. You must be thrilled. You must be very happy." Right? So: "You must be", plus an adjective is what we're doing.

Next one, someone tells you: "You know, John lost his cellphone." You say: "Oh no. He must be", all right? So we don't have to say only: "you", you can also say: "he", "they", etcetera, "she", and so on. So, in this case, John lost his cellphone, so you could say: "He must be upset. He must be frustrated." Okay? "He must be angry." One of these words, depending on what you choose.

Now, you could also use a slightly different expression. I'm going to show you here. Someone says to you: "Our meeting room is too small." So, let's say we respond with: "You must be", plus an adjective. So then we could say not: "You must be", but in this case, there's another expression. "That". This is when we're talking about situations. So, we could say: "That must be problematic." Or, if we want to use the noun, we can say: "That must be a problem." Okay? So if you're talking about situations versus news, then you can use the expression: "That must be". All right? So... Because we're talking about a fact, a situation. "That must be problematic. That must be a problem."

Let's look at another situation. -"We don't speak English very well." -"That must be challenging." Or: "That must be a challenge." Okay? So you see that we could use this expression: "You must be", "He must be", "She must be", "They must be", or: "That must be", plus the adjective/plus a noun. All right?

So, now, to practice, I'm going to give you some sentences and you try to think or say what you think would be an appropriate empathetic response. Okay? So, let's say I say to you: "I haven't slept in 48 hours." So, which of these words, which of these adjectives could you use as your response? -"I haven't slept in 48 hours." -"You must be exhausted." Right? "Exhausted" means very tired.

"My daughter hasn't answered her phone all day." What would you say if someone said that to you? Which of these? Probably: "You must be really worried." Okay? You can also say: "You must be worried." Or: "You must be really worried.", "You must be very worried."

Let's say: "John forgot his presentation at the hotel." What could you say? "Wow. He must be really annoyed." "Annoyed" means upset, angry, irritated. Okay?

Another example: "We got the contract." Good news? Bad news? Good news. Right? So, what could you say? "Congratulations. You must be thrilled."

Next one: -"John hasn't eaten anything all day." -"Oh no." He must be, what? Well, could be a lot of these, but: "He must be starving." Sometimes we exaggerate-okay?-in English, like here.

And last one: "My boss missed his flight." So, what could we say there? Again, there are a few possibilities, but: "He must be really upset. He must be annoyed." Okay?

Business English - 6 common idioms
00:06:31
engVid
6 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Do you need to communicate in the business world? Face the facts, you need to learn some common business English idioms if you want to head a team. Improve your communication skills in professional environments by watching this lesson and learning these phrases. When you finish the lesson, take our quiz on www.engVid.com to make sure you understand the correct usage of each idiom. Then, you can test them out at work by speaking with your colleagues and clients!
http://www.engvid.com/business-english-6-common-idioms/

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. My name is Rebecca. In this lesson, we'll focus on six business English idioms. Even though they are somewhat advanced, follow along with me because they are used quite often. All right? Let's get started.

The first one:
"You need to face the facts about the drop in sales."
So the idiom here is: "to face the facts". So, "to face the facts" means to accept a difficult situation. To effect... Accept the reality. Okay? Accept the truth, to deal with the truth. That's what it means to face the facts. You're not going to say: "Face the facts", if you're talking about something good. But here, you see there was a drop in sales; sales went down, so you need to face the facts, means you have to accept the hard truth or the hard reality.

Next one:
"Mr. Brown heads our team in NY."
So, the idiom here is: "to head the team". You'll see... Here we have "face", here we have "head", and in fact, all of these, you'll have some part of the body as part of the business idiom. It's just the way I chose them. All right, so, "to head the team" means to... What do you think it means? To lead a group. All right? So, Mr. Brown is the manager, or he's the leader, or the head of this team in New York. "To head a team", that's the idiom.

Next one:
"The marketing dept. is footing the bill."
"The marketing department is footing the bill." Again, part of the body, the foot. All right? "To foot a bill", "to foot the bill" means to take responsibility for payment. All right? I know it doesn't always make sense, and that's why it's an idiom. Okay? The individual words don't reveal the meaning to you. You have to understand the entire expression, and that whole expression is called an idiom. So, "to foot the bill" means to take responsibility for paying for something.

Next one:
"Our HR manager" - our human resources manager - "has an eye for selecting good people."
The expression here: "to have an eye for". I should say this. "To have an eye for something" means to have a talent for something, to have the ability to notice something. All right? So, our human resources manager has the ability to select good people. All right?

Next one:
"Who shouldered the blame for this disaster?"
"Who shouldered the blame?" Expression: "to shoulder the blame". "To shoulder the blame" means to take responsibility for something that went wrong, for a bad situation, for a difficult situation. "To shoulder the blame." Again, you see a part of the body is mentioned in each of these idioms. All right?

And the last one we have here is:
"Jane was in over her head at work."
"Jane was in over her head". "To be in over your head" means to have too much responsibility, to have... To have something which is too difficult for you. Maybe you took a course in university and it was just way beyond your ability in mathematics or something else, so you went in over your head; it was too hard for you, too difficult for you. Okay? So: "Jane was in over her head at work." All right?

So, one of the things you need to do is you need to know what... How to complete these. Right? How we complete them. So, for example, let's look at them. Try not to look up here. So if I say: what's the expression or what's the idiom?
"To face the facts", "To head the team", "To shoulder the blame", "To foot the bill", "To have an eye for" - all right, I already said that - and: "To be in over your head". All right? Let's review what they mean.

So which one means that you have an ability to notice something? This one: "to have an eye for something". Good.

Which one means that you take responsibility when something goes wrong or you took responsibility because something went wrong? What did you do? You "shouldered the blame". Good. Okay?

Which one means to accept that something bad has happened or accept the hard truth? This one: "to face the facts". Very good.

What does it mean when we say: "Someone is in over their head"? It means that they've taken on something that's too difficult for them or they have too much of it. Okay?

Next one: which one means that you are paying for something? Here: "to foot the bill". Okay?

So play with them like that. Sometimes try to guess how they finish, sometimes try to guess the meaning. And, best of all, try to write your own sentences using these business idioms. All right?

The Secret to English Vocabulary – How to remember more
00:08:43
engVid
7 Views · 5 years ago

The secret to a rich vocabulary is to remember words and not just recognize them. I'll teach you a practical, easy way to increase your active vocabulary. Understand the difference between your productive and receptive skills. Find out why multiple-choice questions are easier than fill-in-the blank questions. Use these tips to boost your vocabulary for everyday life and get higher grades on the IELTS, TOEFL, TOEIC, SAT, ACT, GRE, GMAT, and other exams.
http://www.engvid.com/the-secr....et-to-remembering-en

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. This is Rebecca. Let me start this lesson by asking you a question. Which of these two exercises is easier for you? Let me go through them with you.

"Chaos means __________."
Something. Fill in the blank. Okay? In other words, they're asking you here: the word "chaos" means what?

Or second question:
"Chaos means
a) sadness
b) disorder
c) illness".

Okay? Think about that for a second. So, which of these two questions was easier for you? Okay? If you're like most students, you will probably say that this question was easier for you, because you had a choice of something. And here, you actually had to think of the answer. All right?

So, let me explain why that is the case. Here, in the fill in the blank question, you were asked to remember the answer. When you're trying to remember a word, you're using your active vocabulary. In English, like any other language, you have two kinds of skills. We have productive skills and receptive skills. Productive skills are what we use when we are speaking and writing, because when we speak and write, we have to remember words in order to do that. Right? And receptive skills are what you use when you're reading or listening, because when you do either of these activities, you just have to recognize the word, so you have to recall what they mean, but you don't have to think of them by yourself. You just have to recognize them.

So the vocabulary that's involved here on this side is your passive vocabulary of being able to recognize things. The vocabulary that's demanded here for speaking and writing is your active vocabulary, which you need when you're doing these activities and which you needed here in the fill in the blank answer. Okay? So, this is true not only in English. It's true in every language. You have a productive... You have productive skills and receptive skills. You have an active vocabulary and a passive vocabulary. And, in all languages, people's passive vocabulary is always much, much larger than their active vocabulary. That's why you can read hundreds of books and understand thousands and thousands of words, but you may not actually use those words yourself, even in your own language and certainly in English. So, next, I'll explain to you how to develop this active vocabulary.

So there are many ways to improve your active vocabulary. Today I'm going to show you one way. All right? So, what I've done is written a lot of vocabulary on the board, and what I'd like you to do is to take a theme, a vocabulary theme. What do I mean by a vocabulary theme? I mean an area, such as here, I've taken education, here I've taken religion, and here I've taken business or work. All right? And then you divide it. Let's say you have a piece of paper or you could do it, you know, on... You could do it written or you could do it in your mind, and you divide it into categories, such as: in the field of education, you want to think of people, you want to think of places, and you want to think of actions which are the verbs. Right?

So you could start by just doing it in a simple way and see if you can come up with at least three examples. All right? Three examples of people in education: "teacher", "student", "principal"; places: "school", "college", "university"; actions: "study", "teach", "learn". Okay? In the area of religion, if we're talking about different kinds of people, people of different religions: "Muslims", "Christians", "Hindus"; places in the area of religion: "mosque", "church", "temple"; actions could be: "pray", "bless", "believe". Obviously, these are not the only examples; I'm just showing you how to do it. In the field of business, for people you might put: "manager", "employee", "supervisor"; for places: "office", "factory", "department"; and for actions, things like: "work", or "recruit", or "promote". Okay?

12 Common Errors in Academic English – and how to fix them!
00:07:44
engVid
4 Views · 5 years ago

What's "academic writing"? If you're in school or university, you must know the difference between general English and academic English. Watch this important lesson to avoid the most common mistakes students make in academic writing. In your own language, the difference between these two modes of writing might not be that great, but in English, there are a lot of differences depending on the context. So even if you know your grammar and write a correct sentence, you might still be wrong because the structure or tone was not appropriate for an academic setting! Watch this video and learn how to write correctly and get higher grades in an academic environment. Then take the quiz: http://www.engvid.com/12-commo....n-errors-in-academic

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. I'm Rebecca. And in today's lesson, I'll explain twelve common errors that students make in academic English. Now, what's academic English? It's the English that you need to use in school, college, or university when you're reading, writing, listening, and speaking -- okay -- ideally, but most importantly, when you're writing. Now, what's the difference between academic English and general English? Well, academic English in general -- there are many differences, but in general, academic English is more formal; it's more objective, and also, it has to use a lot of referencing. You always have to let people know where you got your information from. You have to cite the source. You have to give the source. You can't claim to write something and claim it as your own. Okay? If you do that, that's called "plagiarism". It's a very serious offense in academic circles. But today, we're not going to talk about how to reference a source. We're going to talk about the two other aspects: How to write more formally and objectively, and what are the ten common errors that students make when they are not formal enough. Okay? So not ten, twelve. Here we go.

So first of all, using contractions. All of these are what you should not do, okay? So avoid using contractions. Sorry. In this case, don't use contractions at all. So don't say "don't"; say "do not". Don't say "isn't"; say "is not". All right? That's academic English.

Next, avoid phrasal verbs. So for example, instead of saying "go up" -- "Prices went up. -- say, "Prices increased." Instead of saying "take away", say "removed". Avoid these multi-part verbs. All right? It's not as formal.

Next, avoid idioms. Instead of saying, "It was A1", say, "It was excellent." All right? Avoid slang. Don't say "kids"; say "children". Use the proper terminology for various subjects.

Avoid pronouns. So for example, instead of saying, "You can see from the graph..." -- all right. We use the pronoun "you". Instead of that, say, "The graph shows..." all right?

Next, avoid negatives. For example, instead of saying, "Something is not effective", just say, "It is ineffective." Instead of saying something is "not positive", say, "It's negative." So avoid these kinds of negatives.

Next, avoid clichés. Now, what are "clichés"? "Clichés" are a kind of idiom, basically -- commonly used expressions. All right? And so on. Kind of a common wisdom about different things. And so you want to avoid these kinds of expressions. For example, instead of saying, "When all is said and done" -- all right? We use that in conversation, but you don't want to use it in your academic writing. Instead of saying that, you'd probably use an expression like "in conclusion". All right?

So next, there are certain kinds of punctuation -- there are actually lots of rules about punctuation. And the kind of punctuation, the style of punctuation that you use in academic writing depends on the style guide that you have been asked to follow in your school, college, or university. Some very well-known style guides are the MLA or APA. These are certain style guides, and they tell you everything about how you need to write, what rules you need to follow, what are the rules of punctuation and of quotations marks, of this and that. Okay? A lot more than what I'm covering here. But in general, I can just tell you that we don't see that many exclamation marks in academic writing, okay? We do see a lot of semicolons. All right? That's kind of -- when do we use a semicolon? Do you remember? Okay. What's the difference between a period and a semicolon? A period clearly divides two sentences. And a semicolon has one sentence which is a complete sentence; then you put the semicolon. You do not capitalize the next letter, and the next sentence is connected, and you want to show that it's connected to the first sentence, which is a very academic, intellectual, philosophical thing to do. So learn to use semicolons if you're in university especially.

Learn English: 5 'WORLD' Idioms
00:04:51
engVid
6 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Are you on top of the world today or are you watching the world go by? Improve your English today by learning to use five common idioms with the word "world". Take your English to a higher level, and you'll soon start moving up in the world.
http://www.engvid.com/learn-english-5-world-idioms/

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. My name is Rebecca from [a]www.engvid.com.[/a] In today's lesson, you're going to learn five idioms with the word "world" in them. Okay? So, here we go.

First one: "They're on top of the world since they had a baby." What do you think it means? "They're on top of the world since they had a baby." Well, it could be a lot of things if you have a baby, but in this case, it means that they're very, very happy. So, to be on top of the world means to be extremely happy about something; very joyful. Okay? To be on top of the world.

Next one: "I think the world of my parents." So, what do you think that means? To think the world of someone means to respect someone, to admire them. Okay? To value them. To think the world of someone is to think very respectfully about someone. Okay?

Next, suppose somebody asked you: "So, what are you guys doing?" And you answer: "Nothing much. Just sitting here watching the world go by." All right? So, what does it mean to watch the world go by? To watch the world go by means really what it says, pretty much. To not do anything much, to just sit, sit around, do nothing special, and the world is going on. Okay? That's the expression: "to watch the world go by". It means to sit around and do almost nothing, and certainly nothing important. Okay?

Next: "He had the whole world at his feet by the time he was 30." So, what do you think that means? To have the world at your feet, or in this case, he had the whole world at his feet means to become extremely successful, popular, admired. Okay? So, that's the expression to have... Or the idiom: "to have the whole world at your feet".

Last one: "Congratulations on your new job! You're really moving up in the world." So, the idiom is: "to move up in the world". What do you think it means? It kind of is easy to figure out. It means to become more successful, to go up in social status, and so on. All right?

So, we have here: "on top of the world", "to think the world of someone", "to watch the world go by", "to have the whole world at your feet", and: "to move up in the world". Okay?

So, which one of these means to not do anything special? Do you know? Okay, it's the third one: "to watch the world go by". All right?

Which one means that somebody's extremely popular, and successful, and admired by lots of people? What..? Which idiom is that? "To have the whole world at your feet". Very good.

Okay. If you're very, very happy, let's say you're getting married or you just had a baby, or you won the lottery, what could you say? "I'm on top of the world." All right? Means you're very, very happy.

Okay. What do you say about someone who is becoming more and more successful, getting one promotion after another? What's happening to him or her? They are "moving up in the world". Very good.

And if you respect someone very much, you could say that you: "Think the world of them".

Again, an idiom is important... Idioms are important to learn because the individual words don't always tell you the meaning; the entire expression tells you the meaning. All right? So, that's why you have to learn idioms very carefully. The most important thing about idioms is to understand them first, make sure you know, because people do use them very often. And only when you really know how to use it, then you use it yourself in language, especially if you are a language learner. Okay?

If you'd like to practice this a little bit more, please go to our website: [a]www.engvid.com.[/a] You could also subscribe to my YouTube channel for lots of other delightful English lessons. All right? Thanks very much. Bye for now.

Learn English: "No matter..."
00:04:16
engVid
12 Views · 5 years ago

No matter what, no matter when, no matter where... Learn the meaning of this very common expression, and practice how to use it in lots of ways to express different ideas. Each time you learn a new expression, you get closer to becoming a fluent English speaker! No matter what your level of English now, you can improve by watching lessons and practicing.

Take the quiz: http://www.engvid.com/learn-english-no-matter/

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. I'm Rebecca from www.engvid.com. In today's lesson, you'll learn how to use a common expression used by many English speakers, and that is the expression: "No matter", with some other words. So, what does this mean? When we say: "No matter", something, it means it doesn't matter, but... Okay? You'll understand more as we look at the very many examples that I've put on the board, because there are so many ways that we can use this expression. Okay? Let's get started.

"No matter when you arrive, call me."
Okay? So, what happens here is that we use: "No matter", with one of these many words. Okay? And also, something to keep in mind is in this first part of the expression-right?-you want to use the present tense, and not the future tense. Even though we're talking about the future, but when we have a conditional word like that, then we just use the present tense in that part of the sentence. So we say: "No matter when you arrive", not: "No matter when you will arrive". "No matter when you arrive, call me."

Next:
"No matter what you think, he's a nice person."

"No matter who calls, tell them I'm out."

"No matter which city you live in, there are problems."

"No matter where you go, you meet friendly people."

"No matter how you feel, you should call them."

"No matter how much I do, it's never enough."
Oh, some people feel like that. Many people feel like that sometimes.

Next:
"No matter how many times we tell her, she doesn't listen."

"No matter how often I warn them, they keep gambling."

"No matter how hard it is, don't give up."
Okay?

Now, you see the very many ways in which we can use this expression, and you can see in the last one that we said "how hard". So you could use all kinds of adjectives here. "No matter how hard", "No matter how kind he is", "No matter how generous they are". You could say: "No matter how tired you are, you should go to their house." or whatever. Okay? So there's no limit here to the number of variations that you can use with the expression: "No matter". And again, "No matter" means it doesn't matter when you arrive, call me; it doesn't matter what you think, he's a nice person. It's just a short way of expressing that-okay?-idea.

Now, there's also one other thing I want to point out to you. Usually, it's like this. Usually, "No matter" is at the beginning, but sometimes we change the order a little bit. For example:
"Call me when you return, no matter what time." or: "no matter what time it is".
Okay? So you see here, "No matter", has jumped to the second part of the sentence. And that's okay, because here, the person wants to emphasize this part: "Call me", okay?

And a last example:
"I'll always love you, no matter what!"
Okay? I hope you love somebody so much that you have the opportunity to use that expression.

Okay, so if you'd like to do some more practice on this, go to our website: www.engvid.com, and you can also subscribe to my YouTube channel and get lots more lessons like this one. Thanks very much. Bye for now.

Advanced Vocabulary of CAUSE & EFFECT
00:08:41
engVid
4 Views · 5 years ago

Do you know what it means to "wreak havoc", "spell disaster", or "prompt speculation"? In this lesson, you will learn how to use advanced expressions that describe cause and effect. These types of expressions will certainly increase your writing score in the IELTS, TOEFL, TOEIC, or any other English test. Use any of these expressions in your writing, and you are guaranteed to impress your teacher, professor, or examiner!
http://www.engvid.com/advanced....-vocabulary-cause-ef

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. My name's Rebecca from www.engvid.com. Now, everyone knows that to improve your English, you need to expand your vocabulary. Right? True. But in today's lesson, I'm going to show you the key to not just expanding your vocabulary, but expanding... But really transforming your vocabulary. And, how is that? That's by learning something called "collocations".

What are collocations? Collocations are word combinations, or two or more words that are used together very frequently. So, rather than just learning one word, if you learn the expression, you learn how that word is used, what verb goes with which noun, etcetera, then your vocabulary will sound much more advanced, much more natural, and much more fluent. This is very important if you want to impress people when you're speaking, and extremely important if you want to get high marks in any English proficiency exam, such as the TOEFL or the IELTS.

Now, there are all kinds of collocations in English about everything that you can imagine, and that's what makes the difference, sometimes, between whether someone really knows the language or not. It's not just a matter... It's not only a matter of knowing the word, but knowing how to use the combination of words, the collocation. All right?

So, in today's lesson, we're going to look at six kind of advanced collocations that have to do with cause and effect. Now, you can always say that something made something else happen, and that's English, too, and it's perfectly fine to say that. But if you want to say things in a more sophisticated way, in a more intelligent or educated way, then you'll want to use the expressions which I'm going to teach you. All right? So, let's have a look.

So what I've done, I've written some words in red and some in black. So, all of the words in red here at the top basically mean "caused". Okay? And everything on this side means the effect. All right? So these words are words we can use... These are synonyms for "caused" or "made something happen" and this is the effect of it. So, let's look at some examples in sentences.

"The govt's policy produced the results..." Okay? So, you can't say: "made the results" or: "did the results", but you can say: "produced the results". All right? So, the collocation is "to produce results" or: "to produce the results". So: "The govt's policy produced the results that we expected." Or: "The govt's policy didn't produce the results that we expected." All right? So, that's the collocation there. That's the expression that you can learn.

Let's look at another example. "The election provoked an outcry..." Now, again, "provoked" has something to do with caused. So, "to provoke" means to cause in a rather aggressive manner. Okay? So, to provoke. Provoke what? An outcry. Now, what is it..? What is an outcry? An outcry means public anger. All right? So, it's talking about something happened and it caused, in a very kind of an aggressive way, a response, an angry response from the public. So, it provoked an outcry. All right? You could say: "The election results provoked an outcry from the people."

Next: "The blizzard wreaked havoc on the highway." All right? Now, what's a blizzard? A blizzard is a very heavy snowstorm, for example. So: "The blizzard wreaked havoc..." "Wreaked" we said all these words mean "caused", it's another word for "caused". And "havoc", what is "havoc"? "Havoc" means damage, destruction, confusion. Okay? So, the blizzard, the very heavy snowstorm caused a lot of damage and destruction on the highway. So, it wreaked havoc. Now, of course, if you say that, you can always say: "The blizzard caused a lot of damage." Or: "The blizzard caused a lot of destruction." And that's fine. That's correct English, too, but this better English.

All right. Next. "The strike spelled disaster for the economy." for example. Right? So, again, "to spell" in this case doesn't mean like spelling. Okay? It has a different meaning here. Here, "to spell disaster" means to cause disaster. And what's "disaster"? Means something very, very, very bad; a very bad event, a very bad happening, very serious issues and problems. A disaster. So, the strike caused disaster or spelled disaster. Okay? On the... For the economy.

Common English Grammar Errors with Plurals
00:08:28
engVid
3 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Do you say "the news is" or "the news are"? "Politics is" or "politics are"? "The fish is" or "the fish are"? In this lesson, you will learn an easy way to avoid subject-verb errors. You will also learn three categories of nouns: irregular, single, and plural. Watch this lesson to improve your English dramatically in just a few minutes. Then test yourself with the quiz: http://www.engvid.com/common-english-grammar-errors-with-plurals/

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. I'm Rebecca from engVid. We're going to start and end this lesson with a short quiz to see where you are before, and where you are after. All right? Let's get started.

So, which of these verbs is correct to use in these sentence? In these sentences? Do we say: "Economics is very important." or do we say: "Economics are very important."? Okay? Well, we say: "Economics is very important." You'll understand why in a few minutes.

The next one: "The children is asleep." or: "The children are asleep?" Which one is correct? It should be: "The children are asleep." Okay? Again, you'll understand why.

Last one: "The fish is very beautiful." or: "The fish are very beautiful."? Which is correct? Well, that's a good question, because actually, both are correct. It depends if you're talking about one fish or whether you're talking about many fish. And you'll understand that also, as soon as we go on. So, we could say: "The fish is very beautiful." We could say: "The fish are very beautiful." I'll explain.

So, in this lesson today, we're going to be talking about irregular plural nouns, which is an area which is... Which causes a lot of confusion for many students. Many grammar errors are because of this issue, so it's really good that you're watching so you won't make this kind of mistake.

So let's look at what the problem areas are. The problem is that normally, when we have a singular word... Right? So if we say: "the chair", then we use a singular verb. Right? "The chair is", so that... When that happens, when we use the right noun with the right verb, then that's called subject-verb agreement. "That chair is in the room." But we say, if it's plural: "The chairs are in the room." Correct? So this was singular, singular; plural, plural. That's the normal way. And most of the time, that's absolutely fine. However, the reason why students get confused is because, unfortunately in English, we also have irregular nouns, which don't follow those rules and they follow separate rules. But you can understand it because we can group them in certain categories to help you understand them.

So, first of all, we have irregular singular nouns. So these are confusing a little bit because they end with "s", but they are singular. They should be singular. So, for example, we say: "Politics is", "The news is good.", "Mathematics is difficult for some students.", "Ethics is very important in life." Okay? So don't get fooled by the fact that there is an "s" there as part of the noun. Okay? It's still singular. So there's one category of irregular singular nouns.

Next one: irregular plural nouns. Here, there is no "s", but it's plural. "Children are", "The mice are", "My feet are hurting.", "The men are", "The women are", "My teeth are", "The geese are". Okay? So here, what was confusing is that there's no "s", and yet, the answer is that the correct verb to use is that it's... Is "are". Right? Is the plural verb. So that's the irregular plural nouns.

And then last, we have a category which can be even more confusing, but luckily there's not too many examples in this category, and these are the irregular unchanging nouns. What does that mean? That means that whether you have one fish or two fish, you still say: "Fish". Okay? Generally speaking, that's what you can keep in mind. The same with "deer", and "sheep", and "moose". "One moose, two moose". You're probably not very likely to talk so much about moose, but that's how it is.

So if you're, say... If you're talking about one fish, or one deer, or one sheep, or one moose, you can say: "The deer is very beautiful." But if you're talking about many deer, you can still say: "The deer are very beautiful." Okay? Depends if you're talking about one or more than one. So in this case, the noun is unchanging, so that's what causes a little bit of confusion in this category, because you could use either one, but you still have to use the right one. Because if you're talking about more than one, you have to make sure you use the plural verb; if you're talking about one, you use one... You use the singular one. In a second, we'll do a really short quiz to see how well you've learned this.

8 Idioms with "HAVE" in English
00:09:49
engVid
8 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Do you have a sweet tooth? A green thumb? A heart of gold? Find out the meanings of 8 commonly used idioms about what people have! Using these idioms in speech and writing will make you sound more natural and fluent in English. Don't have your hands too full to view this lesson!
Take the quiz here: http://www.engvid.com/8-idioms-have-english/

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. I'm Rebecca from www.engvid.com. In today's lesson, we'll learn eight idioms which have the word "have" in them. Okay? Now, of course, an "idiom" is an expression where the overall meaning is something different from the individual words that are included in that expression. Okay? So let's have a look at these idioms.

The first one, "Bill has a sweet tooth." "Bill has a sweet tooth?" What does that mean? He has a tooth that's sweet? No. Remember; it's an idiom, so it has a different meaning. Have you ever heard anyone using this? Well, if you say that someone has a "sweet tooth", it means that he or she likes to eat sweet things, likes desserts, likes chocolates, likes anything sweet. Okay? And maybe a little too much. So that's the expression "to have sweet teeth." All right.

Let's go to the next person. "Susan has a heart of gold." Okay. So what does that mean? Again, don't take the meaning literally. It doesn't actually mean that; it means something else. When you say that someone has a "heart of gold", it means that that person is very kind, is very generous, is very helpful. Okay? A really good person. All right? So there we are.

Let's go to the next one. "John has a good head on his shoulders." "John has a good head on his shoulders." Okay. What do you mean, "good head on his shoulders"? Of course, you have a head on your shoulders, right? Yes, but it's an idiom, remember. Okay. So when you say that somebody has a "good head on their shoulders", it means that they're very sensible; they're clever; they're intelligent. Okay? So it's kind of like they have a good brain. They think well. Okay? So that's what it means to "have a good head on your shoulders".

Let's go to the next one. "Angela has her hands full." "Her hands are full" means that she's very busy. Okay? Because you're always doing something, in other words. She's very busy. So before we go on to the other four, let's review the first four.

So who is very kind and helpful, generous? Who has a heart of gold? Susan. Okay? Now, what does it mean -- or which idiom can we use to say that somebody really likes to eat desserts? You have to say that somebody has a sweet tooth. Good. If you want to say that somebody's very intelligent, very clever, which idiom can you use? You can say that they have a good head on their shoulders. And if you want to say that somebody is very busy, you can say that they have their hands full. You want to use it for yourself, you can say, "I'd love to help you, but I'm really sorry. I have my hands full." " I have my hands full" means, "I'm very busy right now. I'm very busy with a lot of other things, so I can't help you." Okay?

Next. All right. Let's look at the next four. "Steven has eyes in the back of his head." "Steven has eyes in the back of his head." What does that mean? How can you have eyes on the back of your head? What could that possibly mean? Well, it means that you know what's happening around you as if you had eyes in the back of your head. Obviously, you don't. But when we say this, what we're trying to say is somebody knows everything that's happening even though you don't know how they know it, but they know what's going on. So, "He has eyes in the back of his head". Okay?

Next. Now, of course, you see that I'm changing it, right? If we're talking about a man like Steven and we say, "He has eyes in the back of his head." If it is Angela, then, we'd say, "Angela has eyes in the back of her head." And that goes for all of these, okay? Whenever there's a "his", "her". If it was about me, "I have my hands full." "You have your hands full." Etc. okay?

Next. "Barbara has a big mouth." Oh, no. That's not good. What's going on with Barbara? Does it mean she physically has a big mouth? No. Not necessarily. When we say that someone has a "big mouth", it means they like to gossip; they like to talk a lot; they like to tell secrets; and they just like to talk a lot. So don't tell your secrets to Barbara. Won't work.

Next. "Mark has a green thumb." So first of all, what's a "thumb"? This is a thumb, right? This is your thumb. What does it mean to have a "green thumb"? Any idea? Okay. So "green" has to do with plants and so on. So if someone has a green thumb, you're saying that he is very good with plants, is very good at gardening. Okay? And things grow well when he plants them. Okay? He's very good at that. He has that skill.

Learn English Grammar: "supposed to" & "going to"
00:05:35
engVid
9 Views · 5 years ago

Were you supposed to do something yesterday? What were you going to do? Learn two simple ways to talk about changed plans in English. Because plans change often, we use a set grammatical structure to express that clearly to others. Once you learn the structure, you will be able to say correctly what was supposed to happen and what actually happened. Watch the lesson, and take my quiz at the end to practice and perfect what you've learned.
http://www.engvid.com/english-....grammar-supposed-to-

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. My name's Rebecca. You know how sometimes you make plans, and then your plans change and you do something different from whatever you thought you were going to do? Well, in today's lesson, I'm going to show you how to express yourself when changes take place from the plans that you had made to what you actually do. So, let's have a look at this.

So, the way you talk about changes in plans in the past is by using the expression: "was supposed to", or: "were supposed to", or: "was going to", "were going to". All right? I'll give you many examples of this. So what you need to do to use this expressions, you need to have first a subject, for example: "I". "I", then you use the past tense of the verb "to be": "was", then you use this expression: "supposed to". So far we have: "I was supposed to", plus you need to add a verb. All right? So: "I was supposed to do something.", "You were going to call me.", etc. Now, you can use this to talk about all kinds of activities, and I've given you some examples on the board. The activities can relate to people, they can relate to things, or just to actions in themselves.

So let's look at some examples. "I was supposed to call my mom." Now, this sentence is fine by itself. "I was supposed to call my mom." All right? But often, we add something, like to explain why you didn't do that. So, for example: "I was supposed to call my mom, but it got too late." Or: "I was going to visit my friend, but he wasn't home." Or: "I was supposed to talk to my boss, but he was too busy." All right? So you see how it works? You use: "I was supposed to" or "I was going to", plus this, and then if you want, you can give an explanation about why your plans didn't work out.

Let's look at some examples of how it works with things. "We were going to buy", oops. Not "help", but "milk". "We were going to buy some milk, but the store was closed.", "I was going to send the cheque, but I didn't have enough money in my account." Or: "He was going to fix the computer, but he came home too late." All right?

Now, you see I'm changing the subject. So you could say: "I was supposed to", "He was supposed to", "She was supposed to". So these, we use with "was". And you could also say: "You were going to", "We were going to", "They were going to". All right? So, of course, you must know whether to use "was" or "were", and that you learn when you learn the past tense of the verb "to be". Okay.

Now let's look at some actions. "I was supposed to travel this week, but it didn't work out.", "I was supposed to sleep, but my friends came over and then we went out instead.", "I was supposed to teach today, but I was feeling unwell." Okay? So here are many examples, and you can come up with your own. I'm sure there's something that you were planning to do which didn't work out. So think about it: what were you supposed to do yesterday that you didn't end up doing? And then you can use the sentence.

Now, not only can you use this expression in sentences, you can also use it in a question. Now, often it's kind of in a negative question, like this: "Weren't you supposed to go to school today? What happened? How come you're still at home?" Or: "Weren't you going to submit your resume? What happened? Did you change your mind?" Or: "Weren't you supposed to attend the lecture?" Or: "Weren't you going to see the doctor?" Right? So you could also use it in question format, and usually it will be kind of a negative because somebody had told you that they were going to do something and then you found out that they didn't do it. So you can use this kind of expression. All right?

So once again, the expression is: "supposed to" or "going to". If you're writing it, remember to spell it with the "d", because when I say it: "supposed to", you don't hear the "d". So don't make the mistake of leaving out the "d" in the word "supposed". Okay? We don't hear it, but you must spell it. All right?

If you'd like to do some practice on these expressions, please go to our website: www.engvid.com. And you can also subscribe to my YouTube channel to get lots of other English lessons. Okay? Lots of luck with your English. Bye for now.

How to spell plural nouns easily
00:08:10
engVid
5 Views · 5 years ago

Learn and practice how to spell plural nouns easily and correctly in English by watching this lesson. Did you know that there is more to plurals than simply adding an S at the end? For example, the plural of "child" is not "childs". Why? Learn and practice how to spell plural nouns easily and correctly in English by watching this lesson. Then, download my free resource "cheat sheet" about spelling plural nouns at EngVid.com. Remember: You might not always have spell check, and you might need to write notes by hand. Make sure the best spell check is in your brain by learning the proper patterns for spelling plural nouns, as well as the exceptions.
Resource: http://www.engvid.com/english-....resource/spelling-of
Quiz: http://www.engvid.com/spelling-plural-nouns/

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. I'm Rebecca from engVid, and this lesson is about spelling. Now, I know that spelling might not necessarily be your favourite subject, but that is exactly why you need this lesson. Also, I do know that there's something in the world called spell check, and that many of you use it, and it's extremely helpful. But spell check doesn't always know exactly which word you need, and you need to know that. So then your knowing spelling is going to make a big difference. Also, there may be the odd times when you don't have a computer around, and you actually have to write something the old-fashioned way with a pen and paper, so at times like that, it's very important to know how to spell. Right? You agree with me, right? Okay. So this particular spelling lesson is going to focus on nouns that are plural. So when we make a noun plural, what do we need to do? Let's have a look.

So most of the time, what you need to do is to add an "s". So even though we have this whole chart on the board, just know that most of the time what you have to do is right here, you just need to add an "s". However, there are some other possibilities which we'll learn. So, most of the time, adding an "s". For example: makes "car" into "cars"; "book", "books". Right? There are many, many thousands of other examples.

If you have a noun that ends with a vowel plus an "o", then you also add an "s". For example: "radio", "videos". Okay?

If you have a noun that ends in a vowel plus a "y", then you have to also add an "s". "Toy" becomes "toys", "day" becomes "days". All right? So that's when you add an "s".

Now, when do we add "es"? When a word ends in: "ch", "sh", "ss", "x", or "z" or "z". For example: "churches", "brushes", "dresses", "boxes", or "buzzes". You can almost hear it. Right? It doesn't sound just like an "s". It sounds like a little bit more, and that little bit more is the "es". "Churches", "brushes". Okay? Listen for that.

Also, when do we add an "s"? When you have a vowel... Oh, sorry. A word that ends in a consonant plus an "o". For example: "potatoes" or "tomatoes". All right? These are a little bit confusing. Many people get it wrong, so make sure you pay attention here. So here where you had the consonant "t" plus an "o", and we just added "es".

All right. Sometimes we need to add "ies". Luckily, not very often. When does that happen? When the word ends in a consonant plus "y". For example: "baby", "babies". All right? It became with an "ies".

All right, you're almost done with the exceptions, here. Okay? So, there are some words that end with "f" or "fe", and when that happens, you need to add "ves". So, look at this one: "wife", w-i-f-e becomes "wives", w-i-v-e-s. Or: "thief" which ends in an "f" becomes "thieves". All right?

And then you have some words which are complete exceptions. So, in some cases, when they... When we're talking about the exception, the word changes completely. For example: "child" becomes "children", "mouse" becomes "mice", "foot" becomes "feet", "tooth" becomes "teeth". Right? There are many like that.

And there are some exceptions where the singular and the plural are both the same, just to confuse you a little bit more but not for too long; now you know. So, we say: "one deer" and "two deer". "One fish" and "two fish". All right? So that's kind of the pattern that there is for exceptions.

Now, I know that was kind of a lot to take in, but I also know that practice makes perfect, so that's what we're going to do next.

So let's practice together. Number one: "television". How do you make that plural? What do you think? Okay. "Televisions". We just add an "s".

"Kiss", do you remember how to make that plural? You get one kiss, but you get two "kisses". Okay? Remember? You can hear it.

"Echo", how do we make that plural? It ends in "o", there's a consonant before, so it becomes with an "es": "echoes".

"Bottle", how do we make that plural? Just "s". Okay?

"Fox" is one of those letters, "x", so we need to add "es". "Fox", "foxes".

8 Common Grammar Mistakes in English!
00:06:27
engVid
8 Views · 5 years ago

"What's the different"? "Today morning"? "I enjoyed"? Improve your grammar by correcting the common mistakes in these English sentences. A good review for all students, especially at intermediate and advanced levels. Also check our full resource of 100 Common Grammar Mistakes in English at http://www.engvid.com/english-....resource/50-common-g
Quiz: http://www.engvid.com/8-common....-grammar-mistakes-in

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. I'm Rebecca from engVid. In this lesson, you'll have a chance to review eight common English errors. So, let's see how you do.

The first one: "Today morning I woke up late." So, what's wrong with that? There is actually something wrong with each and every one of these. I'll tell you that in advance; there's no... There are no tricks here. Okay? So, what's wrong with that sentence? "Today morning I woke up late." Well, it should be: "This morning". Okay? We don't say: "Today morning". We say: "This morning".

Number two: "What's the different?" What's the different? Well, that's wrong too, because "different" is an adjective. What you want to use here is the noun. So, what's the noun of this word? "Difference". "What's the difference?" Okay? This is a really common error, so make sure you don't make this one.

Next one: "I met John two years before." Okay? What's wrong with that? Well, over here, we can't say: "I met John two years before." We can say: "I met two... I met John two years ago." All right? If you use the word "before", then you have to say before something. "Before I graduated". Okay? "Before I got married", or whatever. But you can't use "before" by itself. So the proper word there is "ago". "I met John two years ago."

Next one: "This is a six-months course." That sounds almost okay, but it's not okay. So the mistake here is with the "s". When we use this expression, it becomes... The entire expression becomes an adjective for the noun "course". So we should say: "This is a six-month course.", "This is a million dollar contract." And so on. Okay? That's another... Each of these is a different element of grammar, different aspect of grammar, and so on.

Next, number five: "Thank you. I really enjoyed." What's wrong with that? Well, the problem is here. "Enjoyed" is a reflexive verb, so you would need to say: "I really enjoyed myself.", "I really enjoyed myself.", "He enjoyed himself.", "She enjoyed herself.", "We enjoyed ourselves.", "They enjoyed themselves." Okay? So there are certain reflexive verbs in English, and we need to use them correctly. That's one of them. Very common one.

Okay, number six: "Did you loose your cellphone?" What's wrong with that? I helped you a little bit by actually showing you where the error is. So, many people make this error. This is actually a spelling mistake. You should be spelling the word this way. "Did you lose your cellphone?" "Loose" is an adjective which means not tight, and "lose" is the opposite of "find". Okay? "Did you lose your cellphone?" Also, the pronunciation is "lose" and not "loose".

Next one: "This is an academic course.", "This is an academic course." So, what was wrong with what I said there? Okay? So, what was wrong was my pronunciation of that. So many people mispronounce this word. It is not "academic". It is "academic". The stress is on the middle. Academic. "This is an academic course.", "This is an academic program." Okay? So, if... In case you make that mistake. I'm not saying you do. In case you do, make sure you correct it.

Last one: "Yes, I have a free time." Is that...? What's wrong there? What's going on? Okay, here. We don't need to say: "A free time". We need to say: "Free time", because this is a... Time is an uncountable noun.

Now, each one of these examples represents a different aspect of grammar. So, how can you possibly learn all of them? Well, I'll give you two easy ways to help you out. One is to go to our website: www.engvid.com, because there, we have currently I think more than 700 lessons on different aspects of English grammar and of English in general for exams, for writing, speaking, all kinds of things. And by watching them, you can find the lessons that you actually need. And the other thing is that we also have... I've written actually a resource which might help you, which shows 50 such common errors that people make in English, and that might help you out as well. Okay?

So, I hope you did well, and I hope you continue to do better and better in English. All the best with your English. Bye for now.

When NOT to use prepositions in English!
00:06:39
engVid
7 Views · 5 years ago

Do we say "On last week, I did schoolwork" or just, "Last week, I did schoolwork"? Is it, "In every day, I have lunch" or, "Every day, I have lunch"? Avoid making common English errors by learning when NOT to use prepositions. In this important grammar lesson, you will learn how to use "this", "that", "last", "next", "every", "each", and more without using prepositions. The video includes a quiz at the end to check your understanding as well as an online quiz to help you master this important concept. http://[a]www.engvid.com%2Fwhen-not-to-use-prepositions-in-english%2F[/a]

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. I'm Rebecca from engVid. In this lesson, you'll learn when not to use prepositions. That might sound a little strange, because most of your English learning life, you probably spent learning prepositions. But it's equally important to know when we don't use prepositions, especially prepositions of time. So, I'm going to explain to you which are the situations when you don't use them.

But before we do that, let me just do a very short review of the three basic words we use when we use prepositions. Those are "at", "on", and "in". Okay? "At" is very specific, like: "At 12:30"; "on" is for a day or date, like: "On Thursday" or "On January 25th"; and "in" is for anything wider than a day, like: "In the summer", "In 1965", and so on. Okay? So, now we're going to look at when not to use prepositions.

So, you will see that I've sort of divided them up, because they tend to go in pairs. You'll see more, as we go along. Let's look at the first example. "I have an interview this week." So, you don't say: "on this week", "in this week", "at this week". Nothing. You say nothing. No preposition necessary. So you just say: "I have an interview this week." Or: "We met that night." Okay? Again, no preposition necessary before the words "this" or "that" when we're talking about time. These are all when you talk about time.

Next: "They moved last September." Or: "She's returning next year." So, again, with "last" and "next", you use no preposition. Okay?

Next one: "He passes my house every day." Or: "Each time we meet, he wants money." So, with the words "every" and "each", you need to use no preposition.

"Call me any time." Or: "I was waiting for you all day." So before the words "any" or "all", you need no preposition.

"The deadline was today at 5:00." Or: "She left for Mexico yesterday." Or: "Can I call you tomorrow?" So you see with these words: "today", "yesterday", "tomorrow", you don't need to use any preposition. All right? So they kind of tend to go in pairs. "This", "that"; "last", "next"; "every", "each"; "any", "all"; "today", "yesterday", "tomorrow". That's just to help you to kind of group them in your mind. Next, we'll do a short quiz to see how well you have understood this.

Okay, here we go. Number one: "Did you work in last week?" Is that right or wrong? What do you think? Okay? Well, that one is wrong. The problem is here. You should just say: "Did you work last week?" So that was one of those words where we don't need to use a preposition.

Number two: "See you on Friday." Is that okay? Yes, that's fine. Okay? Remember we said: "at", "on", "in" we can use for specific things, like: "At 3:00", "On Friday", "In the summer", "In September", like... And so on.

Next, number three: "I get up every morning at 6:00. I get up every morning at 6:00." Is that correct? Yes, it is correct. Okay? Because here, we need no preposition, and here we need a preposition, which is "at", so this is also fine.

Number four: "The meeting lasted all evening." Is that correct? Do we need a preposition before "all"? No. So this one is also fine.

Next one: "Can you meet me on tomorrow?" Is that okay? Well, I hope you said: "No", because we need no preposition before the word "tomorrow".

Next one: "The flight leaves at 9pm." Is that correct? I hope you said: "Yes", because it is. Again, before a specific time, we use the word "at", the preposition "at".

Next: "We have to finish the project in this week." Is that correct? That is wrong, because we have the word "this", so we don't need any preposition before this.

Last one: "On next winter, we'll be in France!" Is that correct? What do you think? It's wrong. We should just say: "Next winter, we will be in France!" Okay?

So, as important as learning when to use prepositions is to learn when not to use prepositions. And if you are not sure, review the lesson, or better still, go to our website: www.engvid.com where you can do a quiz on this, and really learn these... These 8 or 10 words very, very well so that you'll know when not to use prepositions. Okay? So, good luck with your English. Bye for now.

Vocabulary Hack: Learn 30+ Verbs in 10 minutes!
00:11:11
engVid
7 Views · 5 years ago

Want to turn your basic vocabulary into advanced English vocabulary? Learn this easy trick to master 30 verbs in just 10 minutes! You'll learn how to turn basic words into advanced vocabulary by using 'en' as a prefix or suffix. By using this hack to learn vocabulary, you will communicate faster, sound smarter, and speak more like a native English speaker. Click on this video to improve your vocabulary in minutes!

Practice makes perfect. So when you're done, practice your vocabulary with our quiz at http://www.engvid.com/vocabula....ry-hack-learn-30-ver ! Feel free to check out the resources at http://www.engvid.com/english-resources/ where you can find vocabulary list PDFs you can download to improve your English!

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. I'm Rebecca from engVid, and I think you're really going to like this lesson. Why? Because I'm going to give you a vocabulary shortcut that will allow you to learn 30 new words in just a few minutes. How do we do that?

Okay, well, what we're going to do is to follow a certain pattern that involves verbs, and this is the pattern. So, what we do is we add the letters "en" at the end of an adjective or at the end of a noun. I'll give you an example so you'll understand exactly. Okay? Now, let's take this adjective: "short". So, by adding "en", it becomes the verb "shorten". And what does it mean to shorten something? To make it more of whatever it was; in this case, to make it shorter. Right? Or, if we take this noun: "strength", and we add "en", it becomes the verb "strengthen". And to strengthen means to make something more strong, to make it stronger, to give it more strength. Okay? So, that's the pattern. All you need to do is to add "en" to the end of certain adjectives or nouns. Now, it doesn't work for every word in English, but it does work for lots of words, and that's why you see many words on the board, here. Okay?

Let's go through them. Now, these words are divided a little bit. I made it that way so that you would see that there's different ways that we can classify the verbs. It might help you. So, first let's look at size. For example: "short" becomes "shorten". "Wide": "widen". "Deep": "deepen". Right? So all of these on the board now are verbs. Right? They started off either as adjectives or nouns, but we're converting them, we are changing them into verbs, and quite dynamic verbs. All right? So instead of saying: "She made her skirt shorter", we just say: "She shortened her skirt." Skirt, right? Okay? Instead of saying: "They made their driveway wider", we can just say: "They widened their driveway", and it sounds much better, whether you're writing, whether you're speaking. Okay? And certainly if you're doing an exam like the IELTS or the TOEFL. Okay? You can use these kind of vocabulary words.

Now, also, the aspect of colour. For example: "She whitened her teeth." All right? "She darkened her hair.", "Her face reddened." All right? So, it works with certain colours; not every colour. We cannot add it to the word "green", for example. There is no "greenen", okay? But there is "redden", "darken", "whiten". What you could do is as I'm saying the words, try to repeat them after me, so you become more comfortable also pronouncing them.

Now, also certain qualities. For example: "Harden", "soften", "thicken". Right? "She added flour to thicken the soup." All right? That's one way. And then, all kinds of other words, some of them you've heard and some of them you may be using already, but maybe not all of them. For example: to make something sweeter is to "sweeten". To make your skin, for example, more moist, less dry, is to "moisten". To make something looser is to "loosen". For example: "He loosened his tie." Okay? I know it sounds a little bit strange if you haven't heard these words before, but believe me, it works and it's really quite easy. Okay?

Now, let's do a little bit of practice so that you get very, very comfortable with this. I will do these, and then you can do some of these with me. You'll see that it'll become much easier as we go along. So, for example, here we have: "exercise strength": "the exercise strengthened his muscles". Okay? "Condition worse": "Her condition worsened." Okay? Good. If you... If you get the hang of it, you can say it along with me. "Love deep": "Their love deepened." Okay? That means what? That means that their love became deeper. All right? Stronger, in other words. "Fruit ripe": "The fruit ripened." Now, in case you don't know that word, when a fruit becomes ripe, it becomes ready to eat. All right? So: "The fruit ripened."

Talking about your profession in English: 3 easy ways & 3 advanced ways
00:09:44
engVid
6 Views · 5 years ago

Learn 3 simple and 3 advanced ways to answer the important question: "What do you do?" This is one of the most common questions in English conversations. Use the right phrases, expressions, and prepositions to answer. If you're a beginner, you'll learn to answer this question correctly and easily. Advanced English speakers will learn to answer by talking about their industry and by using expressions and phrases to describe their work. Whether in social situations, at work, or during a job interview, knowing how to answer this question confidently will help you make a good impression. In addition to this lesson, you can also study our free printable resource page with 100+ basic business questions at http://www.engvid.com/english-....resource/100-basic-b . Improve your business English by learning how to answer all these questions.
Take the quiz here: http://www.engvid.com/talking-....about-your-professio

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. I'm Rebecca from engVid. If you work internationally or want to work internationally, you need to be able to answer many basic business English questions. Now, of course, there are hundreds of basic business English questions, but in this lesson, we're going to start with one which is very important, and that's the question: "What do you do?" So I'm going to show you how to answer that question simply, correctly, and confidently. And later, I'll tell you about a resource I've written with over a hundred other business English questions and answers, which you can access and download for free. But for now, let's start with the first important question: "What do you do?"

Okay, so at the top here, I've shown you three easy, simple ways to answer the question. All right? Let's look at what they are. And down here, there are some other options. But first, we'll focus on these. So, the first one is you could simply say when someone asks you: "What you do?" you could simply say: "I'm" plus your profession. For example: "I'm a doctor.", "I'm a lawyer.", "I'm an accountant." Okay? That kind of thing. So, that's one way to answer.

A second way to answer is to talk about the field that you work in. For example, I could say: "I'm in education." Somebody could say: "I'm in finance." Okay? So that's the field or the area of work. All right? The professional field. So right now, for yourself, think: How would you answer this? What would you say? "I'm a teacher.", "I'm an engineer." Okay? Or: "I'm in engineering.", "I'm in finance." That kind of thing.

Okay, the third way that you can answer is by talking about your employer, talking about the company that you work for. So then you would say: "I work for" plus the name of the company. "I work for Microsoft.", "I work for Sony." Or if you don't want to give the name of the company or if the name of the company is not necessarily known, or it's not important, or you don't feel like disclosing that information, you can simply say something in general, for example: "I work for an airline.", "I work for a law firm." Okay? So, these ways, these three ways are completely correct and you can be sure that if you say one of these, you will be answering the question: "What do you do?" correctly. Okay?

So, that's enough, but now I'm going to show you a little bit more that you could say, if it's relevant to you. But if this is enough, then just choose one of these, and use and learn one of those. Okay? But let's look at some other possibilities. For example, you could say: "I'm the CEO of Microsoft." Okay, that would be a very big position. "CEO" is "Chief Executive Officer", the top person, the senior most executive. All right? Or: "I'm the Director of Sales at Sony." All right? So, here, you're giving your position. Okay? So you notice that because it's a particular position, we don't say "a", we say "the". So if you're giving your title, your position, then you'd remember to say "the".

Next: If you want to express a little bit more about your field, but in a different way with a little bit more vocabulary, slightly more advanced vocabulary, then you could say: "I'm in the publishing industry." Now, you could also just say: "I'm in publishing." That's fine, too. But if you want to say a little bit more, give a little bit more advanced answer, you can say: "I'm in the publishing industry.", or "I'm in the advertising business.", or "I'm in the energy sector." Okay? "Sector" means a part of the economy. Or: "I'm in the public sector." which means you work for the government, or "I'm in the private sector." Okay? That kind of thing. So you could also say these. Okay? All the answers down here are a little bit more advanced.

Do you know these DAY & NIGHT idioms in English?
00:09:26
engVid
7 Views · 5 years ago

English idioms help you speak naturally and understand more! Learn what it means to 'call it a day', to be 'a night owl', to 'make someone's day', and more. Native speakers use these phrases every day; you will too after watching this lesson on common idioms related to day and night!
Take the quiz, then call it a day: http://www.engvid.com/day-night-idioms-english/

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. I'm Rebecca from engVid. In this lesson, you'll have a chance to learn 10 idioms that have to do with day and night. Okay? So let's get started.

Number one: "He's getting stronger day by day." Okay? So you see the idiom is written in red, so the idiom is "day by day". So, what does that mean: "He's getting stronger day by day"? It means as each day passes, he is getting stronger. So, "day by day" means as each day passes. All right.

Number two: "Thanks! You really made my day." So the idiom there is "made my day". Okay? So, what does it mean when you say to somebody: "Hey, you really made my day"? This is a very positive thing to say to somebody. It means you really made me very happy today, because you did something for me. Okay? So you can see the person is saying: "Thanks!" Thanks for calling, or thanks for your present, or thanks for that very kind thing you did for me, and as a result: "You really made my day." You made me very happy. Okay.

Number three: "Okay, let's call it a day." All right? "Okay", or: "Okay, guys, let's call it a day." Now, this is often used at work. Okay? So when you say: "Let's call it a day", it means let's stop working for the day. Let's finish working for the day, or let's finish our work day. All right? "Let's call it a day" means let's not do any more work today. All right? Sometimes a slight variation on that is: "Let's call it a night." That also means let's not do anything more tonight. Okay? But if you finish... If you want to say to stop working and it's still daytime, then you will probably say: "Let's call it a day." Okay?

Number four: "One of these days, I'll be rich!" Okay? Probably all of us say that. So, "one of these days", it means sometime in the future, someday, one day-I hope-I'll be rich. Okay? All right.

Number five: "John's a night owl." Okay? So, what does that mean? How can John be an owl? Okay? What's a night owl? So, a night owl... Sometimes instead of "night owl", they also say "night person". Okay, so basically, in life we have day people and night people. And the day people like to get up early, and they like to do things in the day and they're very efficient in the day; and the night people really love the night, and they function better at night, and they enjoy the night, and they prefer the night. And that's what a night person is, and that's what a night owl is. A person like that who prefers the night is called a night owl. Okay? So, are you a day person or a night person? Are you a night owl? Okay.

Number six: "The baby was crying all night long." So, if you've had a baby or you know any babies, you probably understand this anyway, and it means that the baby was crying the whole night; the entire night; all night long. It means through the whole night. Okay? Of course it's a bit of an exaggeration, but you know, probably those parents were very tired when they said that. Okay.

Number seven: "They're a fly by night operation." Okay? So now here, when they're talking about "they", they're probably referring to a company. All right? And when you say they're a fly by night operation, it is not a compliment; it is not something good. It is, in fact, something very negative. It means that that company is a dishonest company, they are not trustworthy. Okay? You can't trust them. Don't do business with them. They're here today, they've gone tomorrow. Don't give them your money. Don't trust them. It's a fly by night operation. Okay? That's what it means. Okay.

Number eight: "We enjoyed a night on the town." This is something positive. "A night on the town" is when people go out to celebrate something, they go out eating and drinking, and dancing maybe, listening to music. Having a lot of fun, going out at night. Okay? Have you had a night on the town lately? Okay.

Number nine... Now we have expressions which have the words "day" and "night". The first four, in case you noticed, the first four idioms had the word "day", the next four idioms had the word "night", and the last two have both "day" and "night". Let's read them.

Number nine: "She looks after her mother day and night.", "She looks after her mother day and night." It means around the clock; all the time. Okay? In the day, and also in the night. Day and night. It means around the clock. Okay?

English Grammar: Using PRESENT PERFECT Tense with 'NEVER'
00:07:06
engVid
12 Views · 5 years ago

Don't be afraid of this grammar lesson! I'll teach you how to use the PRESENT PERFECT TENSE easily, so you can start using it right after this lesson! I'll give you lots of examples, so you will understand how to talk about things you have done all your life, or things that you have never done before. You'll learn to use the word "never" with regular and irregular verbs in present perfect. Check out this lesson and master this very useful English grammar tense! Then test yourself with the quiz: http://www.engvid.com/english-....grammar-present-perf

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. I'm Rebecca from engVid. In this lesson, you're going to start using the present perfect tense right away in an easy way. Now, a lot of students get a little bit scared of using the present perfect tense, but you don't have to be, especially after this lesson. I think you'll find an easy way to use it, and a reason to use it. Okay?

So, first of all, just very quickly: What's the present perfect tense? It sounds like this. It sounds like: "I have skated." or "I have flown." Right? So, what does that mean? When I say: "I have skated many times in my life." it means that at some time in the past, I did something and it's still true today. Okay? So just as we can talk about things that we have done in our lives... For example: "I have seen that movie.", "I have read that book." Correct? The same way, you can also talk about what you have never done, because I'm sure that there are some things that you've never done, just like there are some things I've never done. So, we can use the present perfect to describe these actions as well. So, I'll show you what I mean? Okay? There are many good examples on the board.

So, let's look at this. So, for example, with that sentence that I gave you at the beginning: "I have skated many times in my life." Now, actually, that's not true. I have never skated, okay? Even though I live in Canada, I have never skated. So, that is how we can use the present perfect tense with the word "never". So, "skated" is a regular verb. Regular verb means that in the past tense we add a "d" or an "ed". "Flown" is an irregular verb, so when we use it with the present perfect, we use the past participle. There's usually like a third form, there's a long list, you kind of have to learn by heart, when you're in school, when you're learning the present perfect, and you can practice it here because you'll see many examples that I've written for you on the board.

So, here, we put the word "never" just before this last verb. Okay? So: "I have never skated.", "I have never flown." Okay? What do I mean by "flown"? So, for example, flown by airli-... By air. That's not true. In my case, I have travelled. But there are many people in the world who have never had a chance to travel by air, so they... That person could say: "I have never flown by air." Okay? All right.

So, let's look at many examples so you'll understand how to say something like this. So, here I've got all the subjects, here we have the word "never", and here we have many regular verbs, and here, many irregular verbs. So let's make a lot of different sentences so you can hear the pattern of this type of sentence, as well as understanding the grammar of it. So, here we have the subject: "I've". What is "I've"? "I've" is short for "I have". Right? But when we are speaking in conversational English, usually we don't say: "I have never flown." or "I have never eaten..." No. We just say: "I've". Okay? So that's a contraction. All of these are contractions that we use in regular conversational English.

So, let's make some sentences, now. "I've never visited China." Okay? So, here, we had the subject, the word "never", the verb, regular verb, past tense form, and some more information. Right? "I've never visited China.", "You've never talked to him before.", "So why are you talking to him now?" somebody might say. Okay. "We've never tried Korean food.", "They've never played so well."

Do you know these business abbreviations? CEO, Inc., Ltd., HR...
00:10:29
engVid
4 Views · 5 years ago

Do you work with English speakers? Learn 10 common business abbreviations used by native speakers in the workplace. Find out the difference between HR and PR, your USP, and your ROI. Such short forms are used every day in business. You need to understand and use them to be successful in your career. There are many aspects to the English language, in this lesson you'll learn to communicate effectively using business English abbreviations.
http://www.engvid.com/business-abbreviations/

Hi. I'm Rebecca from engVid. In this lesson, you'll learn 10 common abbreviations that you should know if you work or want to work in the business world. Okay? It's possible you have heard many of these, and possibly not. So, let's make sure that you know all of them. Okay.

So, first I'm just going to read them to you, and you can see if you've heard them before or if you know what they are. Okay? "CEO", "PR", "HR", "ISO", "ROI", "MBA", "VAT" or "V-A-T", "USP", "Ltd.", and "Inc." Okay? So, possibly you've heard some of these before. Let's go into them in more detail.

So, what is a "CEO", or better still: Who is a CEO? So, a "CEO" stands for "Chief Executive Officer". Okay? And the Chief Executive Officer is the most senior executive in a corporation, in a for-profit corporation. Okay? So he's the topmost executive. All right? That's the CEO.

"PR". Okay? What does "PR" stand for? "PR" stands for public relations. So, this term could define the field or it could def-... Describe a department in a particular company or corporation. And what is the job of this department? Their job or their responsibility is to spread information to the public about the organization, about the corporation, maybe in the form of new developments, in the form of press releases. Okay? If there's a crisis... Or even if something negative happens, it's the job of the public relations department to communicate that in a positive way. Sometimes they have a different section, crisis communications, but basically, "PR" stands for "public relations". Good.

"HR". Okay? So, "HR" is something that you probably have heard before, especially if you've ever been for a job interview, you might have met an HR representative. So, "HR" stands for "human resources". Now, the term "human resources" can, again, refer to the entire field of managing people, it can refer to a particular department in a company that is responsible for all of the personnel that work in that organization or that company. All right? It's responsible for hiring them, for training them, and for all the administration that has to do with the staff or the personnel that work in that company. Okay? But HR, as in human resources, can also just refer to the people themselves-okay?-who work in a particular place. All right.

Next is "ISO". All right? Now, this stands for "International Organization for Standardization". Okay? It's a long name for a very important organization, and it's a group that basically confers or gives quality certification to different companies for their products, for their materials, for their processes. They set quality benchmarks or quality standards. Okay? So you might see in a particular company that they are ISO 9,000 certified or something like that, and that's very important because it indicates that they have a certain degree of quality in that organization regarding that area. Okay? So it's basically an organization that sets quality benchmarks, ISO. Okay?

Next is "ROI". Okay? So "ROI" has to do with finance. And it's basically... Stands for, first of all, "return on investment". "ROI", "return on investment". So, ROI is a profitability ratio that helps finance people to determine if a particular investment is going to give them profit or give them savings. All right? So that's what the "ROI" stands for, "return on investment", and it's a profitability ratio. Okay.

Next: "MBA". That, you probably have heard of. Okay? We might hear somebody saying: "He has an MBA." Okay? Now, you noticed that I said "an MBA". Why did I say "an MBA"? Do you know? Usually, we say "an" before a vowel. Right? But, it's not only before a vowel. It's actually before anything that has a vowel sound. So the... The letter "m" is like "e-m", "em", so therefore, we cannot say: "He has a MBA", we say: "He has an MBA." All right? Or: "He is an MBA." We also say that. And an "MBA" stands for "Master of Business Administration". So, it's a graduate business degree. Okay? It's a very popular graduate degree in business. All right?

Next is "VAT" or "value-added tax". So, value-added tax is a very common tax on goods and services, usually in Europe-okay?-you'll hear this a lot. "Is the VAT included in the price?" The value-added tax. Okay? There are different taxes, of course, in every country and every part... Or part of the world, but a VAT... VAT is a very popular common tax in Europe especially.

English Vocabulary: Crime & Criminals
00:09:19
engVid
7 Views · 5 years ago

Do you like to watch the daily news? Do you love detective shows? Then you need this lesson on the vocabulary of crime. Here, you'll learn about five common crimes and five types of theft. You'll also learn what to call the people who commit these crimes.
After the lesson, take the quiz at http://www.engvid.com/english-....vocabulary-crime-cri
And don't forget to check out the full EngVid resource on 50 different types of crimes and criminals at http://www.engvid.com/english-....resource/vocabulary-

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. I'm Rebecca from engVid, and this vocabulary lesson is about the topic of crime. Okay? Let's start by looking at a few headlines.

All right, the first one: "Banker charged with embezzlement." Next one: "Celebrity arrested for shoplifting." Last one: "Man jailed for manslaughter." Okay? Now, there are three vocabulary words there that have to do with crimes: "embezzlement", "shoplifting", "manslaughter". If you don't know what they mean, by the end of this lesson, you will. Okay? So let's get started.

So, let's look at five words that have to do with crime. What I've done this time is I've written the meaning on the board, and what I'd like you to do is to think, because in... It's possible that you know the word; some of them are fairly common, and some are not so common. Okay? So try to think what it is, and work with me.

So the first word refers to the act of setting fire to a building, or a shop, or something on purpose; intentionally. Do you know what that word is in English? It starts with an "a", and it is "arson". Okay? That's the act of setting fire to a building on purpose. Maybe the person is trying to get some insurance money, or something like that. It's called "arson", and the person who does that is called an "arsonist".

Next: What is the word for the crime of forcing sex on someone, or forcing someone to have sex? That one starts with an "r", and it's called "rape". Okay? The person who does that is called a "rapist".

Next: What's the word for the act of killing someone on purpose, with a plan? It starts with "m", most people are familiar, unfortunately, with this word, which is "murder". The person is called a "murderer", so you add another "er" at the end.

This one is the act of threatening to reveal secrets, and demanding money in order to keep quiet about those secrets. Sometimes... Or very often this is in connection with someone who is famous, a politician, or something like that. Okay? Do you know what that is? It starts with a "b" and it's called "blackmail". Okay? To blackmail someone, to threaten to reveal secrets.

Next, killing someone accidentally or through negligence. What's that? Here, we said killing someone on purpose, which is murder, but this crime is called "manslaughter". Okay? Manslaughter. Killing someone accidentally or through negligence. "Negligence" means not paying enough attention to something you were supposed to be paying attention to. For example, if something happens to a child or something like that. Okay? So, these are the first five. We have five more which we're going to look at next.

Okay, the next five words all have something to do with stealing, but different kinds of stealing, so we have different words for the different crimes. All right? Let's see if you know what they are. So, the first word refers to stealing in general. "Stealing", by itself, first of all, in case you're not sure, means taking something without permission, without paying for it. All right? Or from a place that's not your own place, etc. Something that's not yours.

So, what is the general word for stealing in English? It starts with a "t". The word is "theft". Okay? The word is "theft", the person who does it is called a "thief".

Next, stealing from a bank or shop with force or violence. With a gun, perhaps, things like that. What's that? It's kind of stealing, again, but it has a different word. It's called... It starts with an "r". "Robbery". Okay? And the person is a "robber". Might be a bank robber. It doesn't have to be only a bank robber. It could also be a robber of this in a store. All right?

Next one, breaking into a home to steal. What is that crime called? This one starts with a "b". Okay? Do you know what it is? It's called "burglary". Okay? Now, I know you may not be able to see these words very well, and also what I'm saying about the people, like this one who is called a "burglar", but there will be a resource on our website about this vocabulary. So you'll have the crimes, as well as the criminals, so you can always check there if you want to know exactly what the words are, how to spell them, and so on.

Next one, stealing money in your care. What I mean by that is this is a word to refer to the crime of... It's sometimes called a white-collar crime, someone who is in a... A position of responsibility, and is responsible for a lot of money, steals. Over time, usually. Not maybe at one time.

Talking about "having something done" in English
00:06:30
engVid
9 Views · 5 years ago

Do you "cut your hair", or do you "have it cut"? In this lesson, you'll learn how to talk about actions that other people do for you. When we talk about these actions, we change the structure of the sentence by adding the verb "to have". In this quick lesson, you'll master an important part of speaking English correctly by learning to apply this rule, and by reviewing many example sentences. Intermediate and advanced ESL students will find this lesson very helpful. Test your understanding by taking the quiz at http://www.engvid.com/talking-....about-having-somethi

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. I'm Rebecca from engVid. In this lesson, I'll show you an advanced way to improve your English. Let me start by asking you a few questions. Do you cut your own hair? Do you repair your own car? Do you fix your roof? If you're like most people, you probably do not do those things by yourself; you have someone else do those things for you. Right? So in English, when you have someone else perform an action for you, we express that in a different way, and that's what you're going to learn in this lesson. Okay? Let's have a look at the board.

Okay, so let's say that you do something by yourself. Okay? Then you would say, for example: "I paint the house every year." That's if you do it by yourself. If you... In the past, we would say: "I painted the house last year." In the future, you would say: "I will paint the house next year." Right? That's when you do the action. That's the normal way in which we construct an English sentence.

But what if you don't do it yourself? What if somebody else comes in and does it for you? Okay? You hire a painter, and he or she does the work for you. Then, in English, we have to express it in a different way. We have to express it like this. In the present, it would be: "I have the house painted every year." So what's special, there? This: "I have the house painted every year." Last year or in the past: "I had the house painted last year." Okay? See the difference, there? And when we're talking about the future: "I will have the house painted next year." Okay? Good.

Now, I know that sounds like a mouthful. That means it sounds like a lot of words, and it is a lot of words in the beginning until you understand how it's constructed, but just try to see the difference between: "I paint the house." and "I have the house painted.", between: "I painted the house." and "I had the house painted.", between: "I will paint the house." and "I will have the house painted." Okay? That's what you have to do when you are talking about something which someone else does for you; a service which someone else performs for you. Okay?

Let's look at a few more examples, and then you'll understand a little better. So let's say, for example, I don't cut my own hair, and I guess you don't cut your own hair either. So, how would you say that? Okay? If somebody else does it for you? You would say: "I have my hair cut every month." for example. In the past: "I had my hair cut." Sorry, it should be "last month". Okay. And: "I will have my hair cut next month." Okay? So we have present, past, future. So what was special, there? "I have my hair cut", "I had my hair cut", "I will have my hair cut". Okay? So that's the way we express it when a hairdresser or someone else, or a barber, is going to cut your hair, and not you.

Okay, next. Now, here we're going to talk about John. John is a rich guy, and he's also doing very well, he makes a lot of money, but he doesn't like to clean. So he doesn't clean his own apartment. He calls a maid in to clean his apartment. So, when we're talking about John, we say... We don't say: "John cleans his apartment", because he doesn't do it himself; someone else does it for him. Right? So we say: "John has his apartment cleaned every week." Okay. I said he's rich. Okay, he has the money. "John had his apartment cleaned last week." Or: "John will have his apartment cleaned next week." Same construction: "has his apartment cleaned", "had his apartment cleaned", "will have his apartment cleaned". Okay? Same concept in every single example.

Let's take one last example. So, let's say a hotel-right?-they have many floors, they have to wash their windows regularly. But they don't do it themselves; they hire a company to do that, a window-washing company. So we could say: "The hotel has its windows washed every year." Right? Last year, we're talking about the past: "The hotel had its windows washed last year." Here we go. And future: "The hotel will have its windows washed next year." Okay? All right.
tremendously. For more tips like that on improving your English quickly and effectively, subscribe to my YouTube channel so you can get regular videos. Okay? Thanks for watching. Bye for now.

How to write a letter: Find the Mistakes!
00:09:15
engVid
14 Views · 5 years ago

Can you find all the mistakes in these sample sentences? I've chosen 8 mistakes students make when they write letters. Learning these common mistakes will make you a better writer in minutes! This is a great lesson to test your English because it includes a variety of English writing skills from grammar to spelling. To improve your writing, you'll also learn some great written expressions to use when you are writing in English. So whether you have to write for work/business, school, or an English proficiency exam like IELTS or TOEFL, check out this fun lesson and learn to write correctly! Continue to test yourself by taking the quiz at http://www.engvid.com/how-to-w....rite-a-letter-find-t

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. I'm Rebecca from engVid, and this lesson will help you to write better letters. Whether you need to write a letter for your IELTS exam, or at work, or in life in general, this lesson will help you because we're going to focus on eight common letter-writing mistakes. Okay? Let's see if you know what they are, and also how to correct them. Okay.

Number one: "I look forward to see you.", "I look forward to see you." What's wrong with that? Well, this is a very common error, actually. Most people don't realize that they're making it, but it's a really important thing to correct. So, it should be not: "I look forward to see you." But: "I look forward to seeing you.", "I look forward to seeing you.", "I look forward to meeting you.", "I look forward to discussing these ideas with you." Right? Whatever verb you put here, you need to say it or write it with "ing". Remember that. Okay.

Next, number two: "Tanks your letter." Okay? This person has written: "Tanks your letter." Now, the person actually wants to say: "Thanks", but many people make a mistake, first of all, in the spelling of this word. It does have an "h" in it, so it should be: "Thanks", and then there's another mistake. Right now it says: "Thanks your letter." But that's not correct. It should be: "Thanks", what's the right preposition? "Thanks", "Thanks for your letter." Okay? Or: "Thank you for your letter." Okay.

Next, number three: "Please to give my regard to Mr. Smith.", "Please to give my regard to Mr. Smith." Okay. There are two mistakes, here. See if you can find them. Okay. So, the first one is right here. We don't say: "Please to give", "Please to write", "Please something". No. We just say: "Please give", "Please reply". Right? "Please respond", "Please ask". Don't say: "to ask" or anything like that. "Please give my regard" is not right. It should be "regards". "Please give my regards to Mr. Smith." All right? We can't say "regard" just like that, without the "s", so make sure you add an "s" there.

Number four: "I am interesting your products.", "I am interesting your products." That's not right. We need to say, what? Can you find the mistake? Here. "I am interested", okay? "I am interested", your products are interesting. So the thing you're talking about is with the "ing". The product is interesting, the book is interesting, the movie is interesting. Okay? But when we talk about my feelings or somebody's feelings about that, we have to say that with the "ed". "I am interested", "I am excited", okay? Like that. But there's still one other small mistake, now. Now it says: "I am interested your products." So this part is right: "I am interested", but we need to have a preposition after that. What is it? "I am interested in", "I am interested in your products." Okay? Good.

Number five: "When I will be in London, I'll call you." Okay? "When I will be in London, I'll call you." In many languages, this would... This kind of structure would be correct, but in English, it's not, because there are really two parts to this sentence. Right? This one: "When I will be in London", and then the other part: "I'll call you". So I'll help you to find the mistake by telling you that this part of the sentence is actually fine. "I'll call you" is short for "I will call you", that's fine, but in this part of the sentence which has a conditional word-all right?-we do not put the future tense. We write, here, we use, here, the present simple tense. So, instead of saying: "When I will be in London", we say: "When I"... "When I am in London" or "When I'm in London, I'll call you." Okay? So when you have a sentence like that in the future and you're going to... You have two parts that have future in one section, in the other section don't use the future tense, just use present simple. And it doesn't matter what the order is. It's the same principle if the sentence was: "I'll call you", right? "I'll call you when I'm in London." So even if we change the order, the principle stays the same. Okay.

Number six: "It was pleasure to meet you." This one's almost right, but not completely right. So, what's wrong, here?

How to ask questions in the PAST SIMPLE tense
00:14:39
engVid
5 Views · 5 years ago

Ready to master the most used tense in English conversations? In this easy grammar lesson you'll learn to ask questions in the past simple tense. We use this tense more than others because when we have a conversation or tell a story, we are usually talking about something that happened in the past. Unfortunately, many English learners make simple mistakes when they ask questions in the past simple tense. Watch this video for a clear explanation of all the rules you need to follow. Then we'll do some exercises together so you can practice changing statements into questions. In this lesson, I also mention irregular verbs. You can view online, download, or print a list of the most common irregular verbs in English at http://www.engvid.com/english-....resource/irregular-v

Take the quiz on this lesson here: http://www.engvid.com/how-to-a....sk-questions-in-the-

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. I'm Rebecca from engVid. If you're a beginner or intermediate level student, this is a really important lesson for you, and that's because we're going to focus on the past simple tense, and specifically on making questions or forming questions in the past simple tense.

Now, why are these two areas specifically a little bit more challenging for students? For two reasons. First of all, when we're talking about the past tense, it's a little bit more challenging because we have to deal with regular verbs and irregular verbs, and when we're talking about questions it's a little bit harder because we have to add some words when we form a question and we have to change other words. All right? And all of this we have to do quite a lot when we speak in English, because most of the time when you speak in English or when you speak probably in any language, we tend to talk more about the past than about anything else. So, certainly, when we speak in English, we use this tense very, very often. Okay? So, let's have a look at exactly how to make these changes so that you can ask questions in the past simple tense very easily. Okay.

So, first of all, let's look at the sentence. When we form a sentence using a regular verb in the past, so what we do is we take the base verb, which in this first case is "work", and we add "ed" or "d". Okay? If the verb already ends in "e", like "dance", then we just add a "d"; and if not, we add "ed". So: "He worked", right? "He worked", "work" becomes "worked". But what happens when we need to make the question? Two things. First, you have to add this extra word: "Did". Without that, your question, I guarantee you, will be wrong. It might be casual, it might be informal, but it will grammatically be incorrect. So we need that word "Did" to form the question, and then we have to make another change. We have to add this: "Did he work?" So what happened? Here, when we had the sentence, we had to write "ed", and we said: "He worked." But when we come back to the question, we are coming back to the base form off the verb, so we do not say: "Did he worked?" We just say: "Did he work?" All right? So try to get the rhythm of that. And I'll try to repeat it for you, too, which you can then listen to and repeat after me. So, for example: "He worked.", "Did he work?", "She played.", "Did she play?", "They visited.", "Did they visit?" All right? You see? In each case, we have come back to the base form of the verb. So, do not say: "Did he worked?" Don't say: "He worked?" Try to use the entire expression: "Did he work?", "Did she play?", "Did they visit?" Okay? That's with regular verbs.

Now, what happens when we have irregular verbs? Well, you have to learn a little bit more. First, you have to learn: What is the past tense form to use with those irregular verbs? So, for example, in this one, the verb itself is the verb "go". "I go." Or let's say: "He goes." But in the past, you have to know that the past tense form of "go" is "went". All right? How do you know that? Well, you just have to learn it. Okay? There's no other way. There's a list of irregular verbs, and then you have to learn them by heart, you probably know many of them because you hear them a lot, but otherwise, you have to learn them. There's not much choice, there. Okay?

So in the past: "He went." How do we make that into a question, and what happens? The same thing that happened up here with the regular verbs. So: "He went." becomes: "Did he go?" All right? So let's see. "He went to the store." When we ask the question, we say: "Did he go to the store?" All right? So, again, we had to add the word "did", and we have to come back to the base form of the verb, which in this case was "go". All right?

English Vocabulary: Verbs for things you do every day!
00:05:56
engVid
12 Views · 5 years ago

Do you make your bed in the morning? Set the table before dinner? Empty the trash in the evening? Learn to speak fluently about common tasks by watching this simple lesson on everyday actions around the home. I will teach you simple and useful verbs that will help you describe things you do at home, like "clean", "wash", "vacuum", and more. Don't miss this useful vocabulary lesson, and don't forget to do the quiz at the end to check your understanding.
http://www.engvid.com/english-....vocabulary-verbs-for

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. My name's Rebecca. Sometimes students want very much to learn advanced vocabulary, but in the process, they forget about learning some basic everyday vocabulary, which you also need to describe everyday life. So in today's lesson, we'll focus on the verbs you need to describe some common activities around the home, and you're going to help me with this. Okay?

So, when you get out of bed, what do you need to do to the bed if you want your room to look nice? You need to "make the bed". Okay? That's the correct expression. What about the dishes? After you've eaten, you have a big mess in the kitchen, and you say: "I need to"? "Do the dishes" is the most common expression. Okay? Now, of course, with the dishes, you could do some other things. You could say: "I need to wash the dishes." But usually, "do the dishes" means that. You could say you need to dry the dishes, but this is the most common expression. Okay?

If you're lucky enough to not have to do the dishes by hand and you have a dishwasher, then what's the verb for what you do to put the dishes inside? Do you know the verb? I need to "load the dishwasher". Okay? Or "unload the dishwasher" or "empty the dishwasher". Okay? But when you're putting the dishes inside, you say: "I need to load the dishwasher."

Next, okay, you've prepared the food and it's... You're going to... You need to now make the table look very nice, put the plates, and the glasses, and the cutlery, so you need to do what to the table before you eat? You need to "set the table". Okay? That's the correct expression. Now, after you've finished eating and you need to take all of the dirty dishes back to the kitchen, so you need to do what to the table? You need to "clear the table". Okay? That's after you eat.

Next, for the carpet. What's the verb you can use to say that you need to say "clean the carpet"? We don't really say "clean the carpet", we usually say to...? It starts with "v", "vacuum the carpet". Okay? Next... It could be also "the carpet" or "the rug". All right?

Next: "the clothes", so what do you need to do to the clothes? Well, with clothes, you could do a number of different things. You could say: "I need to wash the clothes.", "I need to iron the clothes." for example. "I need to fold the clothes." All right?

Next: you haven't cleaned the furniture in a long time and there's something on top, and if you put your finger, you can write in it. So what do you need to do? You need to "dust the furniture", because there's dust on it, but we need to... The expression we use, the verb we use is "to dust" the furniture.

Next: How do you clean the floor? What verb can you use to describe that? So, you could say: "I need to sweep the floor with a broom." Sweep the floor, and if you're cleaning the floor with something wet, then we say: "I need to mop the floor." Okay? That's if it's wet; this is if it's dry.

Next: Which verb do you use to describe the laundry? Okay? Which one? "I need to do the laundry." Good.

What about the trash? Okay? "I need to..." You could say: "I need to empty the trash.", "I need to take out the trash." All right? Depends on the situation.

Now, if you go a little bit outside your house and you have a lawn, which means the green grass outside your house... So, what's the verb for that? To... Sort of to cut the grass? We don't usually say "to cut the grass". We say to "mow", m-o-w, "to mow the lawn". Okay?

And, in general, all of this described what? What were you doing? "I need to clean the house". Okay? I need to... Another verb we sometimes use, not as much at all, but we use it: "to tidy". "To tidy up" means to clean up, but it's when it's not very messy. "To clean" usually means the whole bit; everything. All right?

So, sometimes knowing these basic words can also help you make breakthroughs in English. English is about little words, and advanced words, and beginner words, and it's a whole mix of things. So if you subscribe to my channel, every day, watch a little bit - you will definitely improve your English. I've helped thousands of students in classrooms and online, and I can help you. Okay? So watch our YouTube channel, and also on engVid. You can go to www.engvid.com, and you can do a quiz on this and many other English topics. Thanks very much for watching. Good luck with your English.

How to get people to say YES!
00:07:14
engVid
8 Views · 5 years ago

Learn the simple, secret word that makes people say yes to you more often! Find out the best ways to make polite requests of bosses, co-workers, friends, family, or strangers. First, we will look at the 3 levels of requests and what they are based on. Then you will practice how to adjust your language to different situations, problems, and people. This lesson will help you achieve more success in business and life!
Test your understanding with the quiz: http://www.engvid.com/how-to-g....et-people-to-say-yes

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. I'm Rebecca from engVid, and this special lesson will help you get people to do things for you. How? In two different ways. By teaching you the language that you need to make requests, and the psychology that you need to make request, because the language will show you how to make a polite request, and the psychology will teach you how to make an effective request. In fact, if you keep listening, in the middle of this lesson, I'm going to share with you some research that was done by psychologists that show you one secret word, one keyword and technique that will help people to say "yes" to you when you ask for something. Okay? So keep watching and listening.

Now, when we start to talk about the language, you should know that there are three factors that determine what language we use to make a polite request. The first one is: What is the relationship of the person that you're asking? Okay? Is it a family member, is it a colleague, or is it a stranger? Okay? Because obviously, we speak differently to these different people. Right? Okay. Next: What is the difficulty-okay?-of the request? Are you asking for a lot of the person's time, or effort, or money, or something else? How hard is it for that person to do that for you? And third: What is the size of the request? Is it a small request, is it a kind of medium-sized request, or is it a huge request, are you asking a lot of that person? Why is this important? Because the size of the request will determine also the language that we use, and that's what we're going to look at next.

Okay, so let's start with a small request. "Can I go now?" Medium request: "Do you think I could leave now?" Big request: "I was wondering if it would be possible for me to leave early?" So, what were some of the characteristics of these three different kind of requests? Okay? The small one was a little bit more direct, informal, and short. The medium request was more polite, formal, and the standard size of a question. And the bigger request was very polite, very formal, and also very long. So what that means is that when you want to ask something more serious, you need to say more words, you need to make it longer. Okay? And I'll show you some of the expressions that you use in order to do that.

Let's take another example. Small request: "Got $5?" Medium request: "Could you please lend me $25?" Big request: "I hope you don't mind my asking, but could I please borrow $250?" Okay? So we went from 5 to 25 to 250; it became a little more serious. And because it was more serious, here, the sentence, the question was much longer. What kind of expressions did we use? "I was wondering if it would be possible", "I hope you don't mind my asking, but". You see how we have so many words before we actually get to the main part? But here, we have very few words before we get to the main part. Right? Because it's more informal, and this is more formal, and this is somewhere in between, so we had just a few extra words: "Do you think I could", "Could you please". Right? So these are the key phrases which you will find in the research, I'll tell you later where you can download this resource which has these expressions.

But now I'm going to tell you what I told you I was going to tell you, which is: What is that key that the psychologists found through their research that will help you to be more successful when you make a request? Well, it was this: When you ask somebody for something, if you tell them why, if you give them the reason or if you use the word "because" to give them the reason, it will help you to get a more positive reply. So, let's try that now and see how you feel when I ask you these questions, this time using a... Either the word "because", or giving you a reason. Okay?

"Can I go now? Because I have to pick up my kids." Okay? So it's a little bit different when I tell you that I need to go because I have to pick up my kids. Right? So that reason that I gave you might help you... Help you to decide that: Yes, it's okay for me to go. Okay? "Got $5? Because I need to buy lunch." Okay? All right.

Do you know these 8 idioms with 'TAKE'?
00:05:02
engVid
7 Views · 5 years ago

Learn the meaning of 8 commonly used idioms with the word "take". Do you know the difference between "take place" and "take sides"? What about "take care" and "take charge"? In this lesson, you will learn the meaning of eight commonly-used idioms that use the word "take". Start using idioms like these easily and naturally, just like native speakers do every day. Don't take forever! Watch this lesson now!
Take the quiz to test your understanding: http://www.engvid.com/8-idioms-with-take/

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. I'm Rebecca from engVid. You can never learn enough idioms, it seems, because they are everywhere. So this is a lesson about idioms with the word "take". Let's go.

Number one: "When did the accident take place?" So, what do you think that means?

"When did the accident take place?" means: When did the accident happen? Okay? When did it happen? When did it take place? Good.

Number two: "Please take your time." What do you think that means?

"Take your time" means don't rush. Don't be in a hurry.

Number three: "It takes forever to load these files.",

"It takes forever to load these files." what do you think that means?

It means it takes a very long time, because forever is a really long time. So, this idiom means it takes a very long time.

Next, number four: "The painkillers should take effect soon. The painkillers should take effect soon."

what does that mean?

That the painkillers, the medicine should start working soon. Okay? Should have an influence or an impact soon.

Let's review. "When did the accident take place?" means: When did the accident happen? "Take your time." Don't rush. "It takes forever." It takes a long time. And: "The painkillers should take effect" means that the painkillers should start working soon. Good.

Number five: "Don't take sides without understanding the issues.",

"Don't take sides", it means don't support this party, or this person, or this group, or that group without understanding the issues. Don't support one side or the other. Okay? That's what it means to take sides, to prefer and support one side.

Number six: "See you! Take care!"

You hear this expression a lot, right? People use it. Native speakers use it all the time. "Take care", they use it in writing, they use it in speaking. So, what does that mean: "Take care"?

It just means: "Hey, look after yourself. Be well. Be..." You know? That's it. Nothing very serious, but: "Take care. Look after yourself." Okay?

Number seven: "Did you take note of how she looked at me? Did you take note of how she looked at me?",

"Take note of" means: Did you notice? Did you realize? Okay? Did you pay attention to...? Okay? Good.

Number eight: "You need to take charge of your life." Okay?

What does it mean to take charge of something?

To take charge of something means to get in control of something. So, "take charge" means to get in control.

Let's review again. Number five: "Don't take sides" means don't prefer or support one side or the other. "Take care" means look after yourself. "Take note of something" means to pay attention to something, or realize, or understand. And "to take charge of something" means, what? Do you remember? It means to get in control. Okay?

Let's go really quickly. "When did it take place?" When did it happen?

"Take your time", don't rush.

"It takes forever", it takes a long time.

"When will it take effect?" When will it start to work?

"Don't take sides", don't prefer one side or the other.

"Take care!" Look after yourself.

"Take note of something", pay attention to this.

And "take charge of something", be in control of it.

All right?

So, you've just learned eight idioms. If you want to make sure that you really know them, go to our website at www.engvid.com. There, you can do a quiz on these idioms, as well as watch more than 700 or so videos on all aspects of English. Okay? Good luck with your English. Bye for now.

Grammar: Using THE with common and abstract nouns
00:10:08
engVid
19 Views · 5 years ago

An abstract noun is a word that means a general concept or idea, like "life" or "friendship". We can use "the" with common nouns, as in "the sky is blue". But can we use "the" with abstract nouns? For example, would you say "happiness is important" or "the happiness is important"? If you are not sure, watch this lesson to learn when to use "the" with general and abstract nouns. Don't forget to take the quiz afterwards to test your understanding!
http://www.engvid.com/grammar-....the-common-abstract-

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. I'm Rebecca from engVid. Many English learners have trouble deciding when to use "the" or no "the", so I understand that problem, I know it can be a little bit confusing, but I believe that by the end of this lesson, you're going to find it much easier. Okay?

So let's start with a little quiz first to see where you stand regarding that word "the". So, let's look at this first example. Should you say: "Life is beautiful." or "The life is beautiful."? Okay. Think about it. Decide. Another one: "Friendship is precious." or "The friendship is precious."? Which one is right? Think for yourself. We'll do one more, and then I'll give you the answers. "Happiness is important." or "The happiness is important."? Which one is correct? Do you know? How do you know?

How do you decide which one is right? I'll tell you. When we're talking about something which is a general concept or idea, then we do not use "the". Okay? For example, let's take the first one. "Life is beautiful." Now, life is a general concept, so we do not need "the". So, this is the correct answer. All right? Not this. "Life is beautiful." Because life is a general idea, a general concept. Okay? We're not talking about anything specific. If we say: "The life of wise people is beautiful." that is something specific, and then we would be correct to say: "The life". Okay? But if we're just talking in general, then no "the".

Let's look at the next example. "Friendship is precious." Again, friendship is a general idea or a general concept, so this is correct. Okay? In this example, this one was wrong. But if I said, for example: "The friendship between those two children is precious." then that would be fine, because now I'm specifying which friendship. Right? The friendship between those two children, so then it becomes specific, and then we would use "the". But in this example, this is correct. Okay? Just like this was, and this is wrong, because this is a general idea. Okay?

Next one: "Happiness is important." By now you know, again, happiness is a general idea, a general concept, so this is correct. In this example, it would be wrong to say: "The happiness", because: The happiness of what? So, if we say: "The happiness of my family is important." that's fine. That's very good. That would be a perfect sentence. But in this case, we cannot say: "The happiness is important." because we didn't specify which happiness. Okay? So, in this case, that's wrong, and this is correct. Okay?

Now, the same principle applies to these. See if you can figure it out. Okay? "I want to make money." or "I want to make the money."? Which one do you think is right? Are we speaking in general, or are we speaking specifically? Well, we are speaking in general right now, so this is correct, because we're just talking about money; we didn't say which money. I want to make money. Right? General idea. If I said, for example: "I want to make the money I need to pay my rent." that's specific, so then I could say: "the money", because I'm explaining after that which money. Okay? But in this example, no.

Next one: "She wants to lose weight." or "She wants to lose the weight."? Is it general or is it specific? What do you think? It's still general. Good. By now you're getting really smart. "She wants to lose weight." is a general term. Right? We're just talking about weight in general; not any specific weight. But if I say: "She wants to lose the weight she put on during the holidays." that's specific, and then I need "the". Okay? But not in this example.

So, last one here: "He needs to earn respect." or do we say: "He needs to earn the respect."? Is it general or is it specific? By now you know, you'll really know. It's general. Very good. Okay? Because we didn't talk about any specific respect; we're talking about respect in general. So: "He needs to earn respect." But if this was being used, it would be something like: "He needs to earn the respect of his peers." Peers are people your age. Okay? Or: "He needs to earn the respect of his employees." for example, or "of his parents". Then it becomes specific. Which respect? The respect of his parents, the respect of his employees. All right?

So, if it was specific, then we could say "the", but when we're just talking in general, we don't need "the". "Life is beautiful.", "Friendship is precious.", "Happiness is important.", "I want to make money.", "She wants to lose weight.", "He needs to earn respect."

Learn English: "because" or "because of"?
00:08:06
engVid
7 Views · 5 years ago

What's the difference between "because" and "because of"? The word "because" is used when we express the reason or cause of something. Sometimes, we use it on its own, and other times, we use "because of". Both of them give reasons, but grammatically, they are used in different situations. Do you know the difference between the two? In this short English grammar lesson, I will teach you how to use these common words correctly.
Test your understanding of this lesson by taking my quiz at https://www.engvid.com/learn-e....nglish-because-or-be

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. I'm Rebecca from engVid. Do you mix up the words "because" and "because of"? It's possible that you do and you know it, and it's possible that you do mix them up but you don't know it. So, let's find out-all right?-in this lesson. Now, both of these terms are used to give reasons, but grammatically, in English, they're actually used very differently. So let's understand this difference in this lesson.

So, first: "because" by itself is a conjunction in English, and "because of" in English is a two-word preposition. Okay? So, technically, they are different. Now, "because", the conjunction, is followed by a subject and a verb. "Because of", the two-word preposition is followed by a noun or a noun phrase. So, that's the grammar of it. Let's look at some examples so you can really understand this.

So here's an example of using "because" properly: "Because it was raining, we cancelled the picnic." All right? So, what do you see? You see the word "Because"-you see a subject, here, right?-"it", "was raining", verb. Right? "Because it was raining, we cancelled the picnic." All right? So that's the proper use of the word "because", because it's followed by a subject and a verb. Now, let's look at the same sentence with "because of". So, as we said, "because of" should be followed by noun or noun phrase. Let's see if that happens in our example. "Because of the rain, we cancelled the picnic." You see how it's quite different from the first example? Here we said: "Because it was raining", here we said: "Because of the rain". So, here, "because" is followed by "rain", which is a noun. Right? And then the rest of it is the same. Now, even though in both these sentences I started with the word "Because", it doesn't have to be like that; it could be the other way around. It could be: "We cancelled the picnic because of the rain." Or: "We cancelled the picnic because it was raining." Okay? That part doesn't matter, but this part about "because of" or just "because" is still the same.

Now, let's take another example. "Because the flight was delayed, they missed the meeting." All right? So, what do we have here? We have: "Because the flight"-subject-"was delayed" is our verb. Right? So that's fine. "Because the flight was delayed, we missed... They missed the meeting." Let's look at the next example. "Because of the flight delay, they missed the meeting." So this time we have here-right?-our noun. "Because of the flight delay"-noun, noun phrase-"they missed the meeting". All right? Do you see how it's quite different? Let's see how well you've understood this by actually doing some practice together.

So, we have here eight fill-in-the-blank sentences, which you will fill in with either "because" or "because of". Remember the rules. "Because" plus a subject or/and verb. Or: "Because of" plus a noun or noun phrase. Okay? Let's get started.

Number one:
"__________ she was busy, she didn't call me."
So, should we say: "Because she was busy, she didn't call me." or should we say: "Because of she was busy, she didn't call me."? Which one is right? It should be: "Because she was busy", because we have "Because" plus a subject, "she was busy". Okay?

Next:
"__________ the traffic jam, they were late."
Blank the traffic jam, they were late. Should it be: "Because the traffic jam" or "Because of the traffic jam"? Which one is right? It should be: "Because of the traffic jam". Okay? Good.

Number three:
"__________ he had the flu, he couldn't work."
Blank, should it be: "Because he had the flu" or "Because of he had the flu"? Which one is right? What belongs here? "Because". Okay? Again, "Because", subject, and verb.

Next:
"__________ the distance, they took a taxi."
Should it be: "Because the distance, they took a taxi" or "Because of the distance"? It should be: "Because of the distance", right? Because we have a noun after that. "Because of the distance, they took a taxi."

How's it going so far? Is it going well? I hope so. You have four more. Okay? Let's go.

Number five:
"We visited John __________ he was in the hospital."
Poor John. So: "We visited John because he was in the hospital." or "We visited John because of he was in the hospital."? It should be... Okay. [Laughs] All right. So: "We visited John because he was in the hospital." All right? Good.

Learn English for Call Centers and Customer Service Jobs
00:05:31
engVid
6 Views · 5 years ago

Does your job involve speaking with customers in English? If you want to speak clearly and politely to customers, this lesson is for you! You'll hear a model conversation full of polite expressions you can use at work. I'll teach you the correct way to greet customers, and how to ask common questions that come up in customer service and sales jobs in call centers. This is a great way to improve your job performance or to prepare for a call center interview. I'll also teach you a secret that all the top customer service agents know. Beyond call center training, this lesson will help anyone who wants to communicate more professionally and politely in the workplace.
http://www.engvid.com/learn-en....glish-for-call-cente

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. I'm Rebecca from engVid. Being polite is always important, but it's especially important if you have a job in a call centre or in any customer service oriented position. So, let's look at what it sounds like when we meet a polite employee and a rude employee, whether it's on the phone or in person. But this dialogue that we're going to go through is actually on the phone. So, let's listen.

Okay, so we have here two employees, Rude Robert and Polite Patricia, and they speak very differently. So let's listen to Robert. Robert answers the phone, and he says; "Yes? Huh?" Patricia says: "Hello. Good morning." Robert goes on: "What do you want?" Patricia says: "May I help you? How can I assist you?" Then Robert says: "Wait a minute." Patricia says: "Just a moment, please." Then Robert can't hear, so he says: "What? Huh? Can't hear you." Patricia says: "I'm afraid I didn't hear what you said. Could you speak a little louder, please?"

Now, in this case, we were listening to both people. Right? Let's just go and listen to Robert by himself and see what he sounds like. "Yes. Huh? What do you want? Wait a minute. What? Huh? Can't hear you." Now let's listen to Patricia. "Hello. Good morning. May I help you? How can I assist you? Just a moment, please. I'm afraid I didn't hear what you said. Could you speak a little louder, please?" Who would you rather meet on the phone? Let's continue this dialogue.

And Robert continues. Let's listen in. "What else? Is that it?" Patricia says: "Will there be anything else? Will that be all? Is there anything else I can help you with today?" Robert says: "Gimme yer email." Now, you see, I wrote here: "Gimme your email." Okay? That is not proper English; that is not correct English. Don't write like that. But I wrote it like that because when people speak really fast and they speak very casually and very, very, very informally, then it sounds like that. But it's only proper in certain informal situations with your friends or something like that; not in the workplace. Okay? And certainly not in a customer service kind of position. So, you will see some things like that here, but don't try to talk like that or write like that if you have a customer service job.

So, Robert says: "Gimme your email." Patricia says: "May I have your email please?" Robert says: "How many boxes do ya want?" Patricia says: "How many boxes would you like?" Now, that's something to really pay attention to. When we change: "Do you want" to "Would you like", it makes a world of difference. "Would you like" is very, very polite, and "Do you want" is very ordinary. So make sure that you use: "Would you like", even if you don't have a customer service job. It's just a much more polite way of speaking.

Let's continue. So, Robert says: "How do you wanna pay?" And Patricia says: "How would you like to pay?" Again, we see: "Do you want" or "wanna" and "Would you like". Right? "How will you be paying today?" And Robert says: "Okay. Bye!" And Patricia says: "Thank you very much. Have a nice day.

Now, did you notice that when I was reading Patricia's part, I was smiling; when I was reading Robert's part, I wasn't smiling? So, most call centres and customer service positions train their employees to smile while they're speaking, because they say that we can hear your smile. All right? And it's true. And if you go back and listen to this video, you might hear my smile even if you're not looking at the video. So try that yourself. If you want to sound friendlier, if you want to sound more polite, if you want to sound warmer - then smile, especially when you're on the phone. And even though people can't see you, they can hear your smile and your warmth. Okay? So, keep these points in mind. They can make or break your career. All right?

If you'd like to do some practice on this, please go to our website: www.engvid.com. Thanks very much for watching. Bye for now.

Can you find these 10 common English mistakes?
00:09:20
engVid
10 Views · 5 years ago

How's your English? Find out with this quick quiz. If you get any wrong, follow up by watching the lessons you need, related to each mistake. Improve your English immediately by correcting these basic English errors. Test your knowledge with the quiz: http://www.engvid.com/can-you-....find-these-10-common

Whose or Who's? https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=04YAkWJw3Js
It's or Its? https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=f-_vU1WlKTA
Your or You're? https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=KRxod7diTkU
Advice & Advise https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ZCbAx9pZU7k
Bring & Take https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=YgN088QH598
Lose or Loose? https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fWHikwIGTvs
They're, There, Their https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=d3SAngtK4lg
Before & Ago https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=K1VAPaJt7_E
Success, Succeed, Successful, Successfully https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=WCoTL16EaUA
Adverbs of Manner https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Y_BHPv9EYA8

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. I'm Rebecca from engVid. Do you think you speak good English? Well, let's find out. In this lesson we're going to look at 10 common errors made by English students, and let's see if you know the difference between right and wrong. Okay? Let's get started.

So, here's the first one: "Whose this?" or "Who's this?" Now, these are homonyms. That means they're two words that sound the same or almost the same, but they're spelled differently and they have different meanings. So which one is correct in this question? Okay? Think about it. So I hope you said that this is correct. Okay? Because this one is the word we use when we're talking about possession. Okay? "Whose bag is this?", "Whose book is this?" Like that. Okay? But: "Who's this?", "Who's" means: "Who is this?" Okay? Let's go to the next one.

"Its Maria." or "It's Maria." Another homonym. A lot of people get this wrong, so look at it carefully. What should it be? I hope you said that this is correct and this is wrong. Okay? Because this again means: "It is Maria." And the other one is the possessive form. Okay? Now, you'll have a chance to understand all of these in more depth-okay?-more clearly. I'll tell you exactly where to go because we have lessons on every single one of these points in case you get them wrong.

Okay, next: "I think you're beautiful." or "I think your beautiful." Two more homonyms. Which one is correct? Ready? Okay, so it should be... This is right, this is not. Okay? Because again, you want to say in this sentence: "I think you are beautiful", not "your", which is the possessive form, like: "Your bag is on the table." Like that. Okay? This is a very common error made, unfortunately, also by English speakers. But you don't want to do that because you know better.

Next: "Can you advice me?" or "Can you advise me?" Now, here the pronunciation was a little bit different, but which one is correct? Which word do we need here? What do you think? It should be this one, not this. This is the verb. Okay? "Can you advise me?" It almost has a "z" sound, and this with the "c" is the noun. "Can you advice", so that's not right. We can't say: "Can you advice me?" You need to say: "Can you give me some advice?" That would be fine. Then we use the noun, but in this sent-... This question, we say: "Can you advise me?"

Last one on here: "Bring this file over there." or "Take this file over there." Which one is correct? Very common error, kind of a vocabulary issue here. So, the correct answer is: "Take", this is wrong, because we said: "Take this file over there." Okay? So the difference is you take something away from you, and you bring something towards you. Okay? So because we had the word "over there", the direction is away from you, so you needed to say: "Take". Next we'll look at five more. All right?

Okay, number six: "Did you lose your keys?" or "Did you loose your keys?" Okay? You see that there's a spelling difference. There's also a slight pronunciation difference in those two words. So which is the correct answer? It is the first one. Okay? Because this is the verb, "lose", it has one "o", l-o-s-e, and the other word is the word "loose", as in: "His pants are loose." or "His shirt is loose." Okay? So that's not what you want here. You want the verb.

Next. Here you have a choice of three. Okay? See if you can find the right one. "They're going home." or "Their going home." or "There going home." Okay? Again, these are homonyms, three of them that sound almost exactly the same so you must know which word is the right word to use. So, which one is it? I hope you said this one. Okay? These are not correct, because this is a contraction which is two words which are shortened into one, which stands for: "They are going home." Okay? This one: "Their", t-h-e-i-r is a possessive form: "This is their house." And "there" is the opposite of like "here", "there", that kind of thing. Okay?

Improve your Vocabulary: 8 verbs to talk about movement
00:09:27
engVid
9 Views · 5 years ago

You probably know the words "walk" and "run", but do you know "shuffle", "stroll", or "tiptoe"? In this lesson, you'll learn eight words native English speakers use to talk about moving. Having a broad vocabulary will help you understand more English, and will make your speech more fluent. In this video, you'll hear explanations and common examples of when we use these words. Whether your goal is to get a higher score on IELTS or TOEFL, to improve your high school or university writing, or you just want to be a more descriptive speaker -- watch this lesson, then take the quiz at: http://www.engvid.com/8-verbs-....to-talk-about-moveme

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. I'm Rebecca from engVid. Do you want to be able to speak and write in a more dynamic way in English? Do you want to be able to enjoy literature, movies, and television in English? Well, the key to all of that is to expand your vocabulary. Now, of course you know that and I'm sure you've been trying to do that. And I'm going to show you one way to do it, and it's by focusing on a particular theme. And the theme of this lesson is movement, so I'm going to show you and introduce you to eight different words that are connected with movement, moving in different ways.

So if I were to ask you what vocabulary you know that is related to people moving, what would you say? Think for a second. Maybe you can think that people... What do people do? People walk, people run, but do you know a lot of other words around that? Well, I think in a few minutes you will know. Okay? So let's look at some of this vocabulary which will make it more interesting for you to express what's happening around you. Okay? Let's get started.

So, the first word is "crawled": "The baby crawled along the floor." So, what does it mean to crawl? "To crawl" means to move on your hands and knees like a baby does before it learns how to walk. "The baby crawled along the floor." Okay? Good.

Next one: "The young child toddled into the kitchen." What does it mean to toddle? Like this. You know when children have just learned how to walk? They can't sort of walk too straight, so they move like this. So this movement is called "toddling". And in fact, a child who is about... I think up to about one and a half year or so is called a "toddler". Okay? Because it toddles. He or she toddles. So: "The young child toddled into the kitchen."

Next: "The old man shuffled along." So, "to shuffle" means to move without moving or lifting your feet very much. So think of an old man with a walker, walking along the corridor and he's not really able to move his feet very much or very high, so he's shuffling along. Okay? "The old man shuffled along." Good.

Next one: "The injured player limped off the football field." So, he's injured, he hurt his leg, he can't walk properly, so he limped off the football field. So, you limp when you have hurt some part of your body, one of your legs or your feet, or something like that and you can't walk properly, then you are limping. Okay?

So, now you've learned four words already. "Crawled" on your hands and knees, "toddled" like a young child, "shuffled" like an old man, and "limped" like somebody who is injured. Okay?

Next: "The nervous father paced back and forth." You know sometimes when you're scared, or nervous, or afraid of something, you can't sit still, you feel very restless, so you walk back and forth? That's what it means to pace. To move in a nervous way. All right? That's pacing.

Then we have the next one: "The young couple strolled in the park." Okay? So they're holding hands, it's a beautiful day, and they're walking along, and they're strolling in the park. They're walking in a very relaxed, happy way, very calm way. They are strolling. Okay? "The young couple strolled in the park." All right.

Next one: "The businessman hurried to the airport." Okay? He hurried. "To hurry" means to walk or move fast.

The next one and the last one that we have here today is: "The teenager tiptoed into the house." Okay? "To tiptoe" means to walk quietly on your toes, because maybe the teenager didn't want his parents to know that he was coming home that late, so he tiptoed into the house. All right? So that means to like walk on your toes to be very quiet.

So, you also learned these last four. "To pace" means to walk nervously, "to stroll" means to walk slowly and in a relaxed way, "to hurry" of course means to rush, and "to tiptoe" means to walk on your toes in a very quiet way. So, now we're going to check how well you've expanded your vocabulary with these eight new words.

So, let's start. So, now we're going to express the words in the present tense. Okay? You choose the words. Help me along here. So, what's the word if I want to say that somebody's moving fast? To move fast like the businessperson is to "hurry". Right? Very good.

To move on your hands and knees. The word starts with "c". What's the word? To "crawl". Okay? Good.

Learn English Grammar: How long does it take?
00:06:54
engVid
10 Views · 5 years ago

How long will it take you to watch this video? Just a few minutes! But in that short time, you will learn how to use the very common English expression "how long will it take" in the present, past, and future tenses. Improve your grammar instantly by watching this video, then master how to ask and answer questions easily by doing the many practice exercises on the quiz at http://www.engvid.com/learn-en....glish-grammar-how-lo .

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. I'm Rebecca from engVid. In this lesson you'll learn how to use the expressions: "How long does it take...?", "How long did it take...?", and "How long will it take...?" All right? Now, before we begin I want to explain that the words "how long" can apply to two different areas. Sometimes they apply to space, and sometimes they apply to time. So, for example, we could say: "How long is the table?" Now we are measuring space. Okay? The length of the table. That's one meaning. That's not what you're going to learn in this lesson. In this lesson we're going to focus on "how long" in terms of time.

So when we say: How long does it take for something, we're actually asking: How much time is needed for something? How much time is required to do something? For example: "How long does it take to fly from Los Angeles to New York?" Okay? So that's in the present tense, which we can use to talk about things in general. So: "How long does it take to fly from Los Angeles to New York?" The answer to that would be: "It takes about six hours." Okay? You see that up here. -"How long does it take...?" -"It takes..."

Now, if you were asking the same question in the past, then we would ask it like this: -"How long did it take to fly from Los Angeles to New York?" -"It took about six hours." Okay? So along with the question, we see that the answer has to also change. Right? The form of the verb "take" changes according to our response.

Now, in the future we would say: -"How long will it take to fly from Los Angeles to New York?" -"It will take about six hours." Okay? So what you need to remember is this expression: "How long does it take...?", "How long did it take...?", or "How long will it take...?" And also the responses: "It takes...", or "It took...", or "It will take..." All right? Does that seem easy? Well, I hope so. We're going to find out in a minute. We're going to do an exercise where you'll have a chance to practice using these expressions.

So let's begin. So remember: According to whatever it says here, present or past or future, you're going to ask questions like: "How long does it take...?", "How long did it take...?", or "How long will it take...?" and the appropriate answer. Okay? If you need to look down here, you can to look at the words: "does", "did", or "will", or "takes", "took", or "will take", but if you don't need to, then just try to keep your eyes at the top. Okay?

First one. Present. "How long does it take to become a doctor?" The answer is: "It takes 10 years." Okay? At least 10 years. Probably much more.

Okay. In the future, how will you ask this question? "How long will it take to finish your homework?" Answer: "It will take 30 minutes." Okay? Try to do it along with me.

In the past, how do we ask the question? "How long did it take to complete your MBA?" In the past, the answer: "It took 2 years." Okay?

Next, in the future: -"How long will it take to deliver the pizza?" -"It will take 20 minutes." Good.

In the present, okay? Still with me? Ready? How do we ask the question in the present? "How long does it take to drive downtown?" The answer: "It takes 45 minutes." Good.

Now, in the future. Slightly different question, I'm going to show you what it is. So: "How long will it take you", okay? Now we've put in a word here. "How long will it take you to get ready?" So the answer is: "It will take me 10 minutes to get ready." Okay? You see how that is? -"How long will it take you...?" -"It will take me..." All right?

Next, if we're asking the question in the past: "How long did it take him to get a refund?" The answer: "It took him 2 weeks to get a refund." Okay? Good, you're doing great.

And the last one in the present tense: "How long does it take her to get to work?" Okay? "How long does it take her to get to work?" Good. The answer is: "It takes her 15 minutes. It takes her 15 minutes to get to work." Okay? All right.

Once you get the hang of it, of course it will flow much faster and much more easily. Right? -"How long does it take...?" -"It takes this long." -"How long did it take...?" -"It took that long." -"How long will it take...?" -"It will take this long." Okay? So, practice it. And a very good way to do that is to go to our website at www.engvid.com. There, you can do a quiz on this lesson and also have access to hundreds and hundreds of other English lessons. Okay? I wish you all the best with your English. Bye for now.

8 Easy English Idioms with IN and ON
00:10:50
engVid
6 Views · 5 years ago

Are you "in the loop" or "in two minds"? Are you "on your own" or "on a mission"? Learn the meanings of eight commonly used idioms in no time! What are idioms? Words that have a different meaning when used together than when used separately. Watch this lesson now, so you won't be "in hot water" when speaking to native English speakers! Then, take the quiz: http://www.engvid.com/8-easy-e....nglish-idioms-with-i

TRANSCRIPT

i. I'm Rebecca from engVid. In the next few minutes you will learn to understand and use eight idioms which are used very commonly by native English speakers. Okay? Now, of course, there are thousands of idioms in English. And just to remind you: What are idioms? Idioms are expressions that have a different meaning when used... When the words are used together than when they are used separately. But even though there are thousands - don't worry. Today our goal, our mission is for you to know eight more idioms than when you woke up this morning. Okay? So, let's get started.

Number one. Oh, by the way, I tried to make it a little bit easier for you by choosing four that start with "in" and four that start with "on". Okay? I hope that helps. All right, number one: "in the loop". What does it mean to be "in the loop"? It means to be... First of all, a "loop" is like something round, a circle. Okay? Kind of like a circle or... Or if I take this wire and I make it go around, I will loop it around. Okay? So, "loop" is like a circle. So, if you are "in the loop", you're part of a group of people who know what's happening. Okay? That's what it means. So, sometimes there are in... Let's say in a company, there are some people who are lower down, and there's some people who are a little bit higher up, and they know exactly what's going on, they are in the loop. Okay? They know what's happening, or part of a group of people who know what's happening.

Okay. Now: "in two minds". What does it mean to be "in two minds"? What do you think it means? In this is one mind, this is another mind - no. Okay. So, "in two minds" means you're not sure what to do. You feel like doing this, then you feel like doing that, so you are in two minds. It means you're undecided or unsure. Okay?

Next, number three: "in hot water". Okay. What do you think it means: "in hot water", to be in hot water? I don't know. Maybe you have a similar expression in your language. Well, in English, it's not good to be in hot water. In English, if you're in hot water it means you are in trouble. Okay? So it's not a good thing. All right.

And number four: "in no time". What does that mean: "in no time"? It means very, very quickly. All right? "In no time" means very quickly.

Let's review. "In the loop" means you're part of a circle of people or a group of people who know what's going on. "In hot water" means you're in trouble. "In two minds" means you're unsure, you're undecided. And "in no time" means very fast, very quickly. Okay? Let's go on to the next four. Are you ready? Let's go.

Number five: "on a mission". If you are on a mission, which I believe you are, it means you are determined to do something, you are very serious about achieving something, a goal, a target. Okay? You are on a mission. I think you are on a mission to improve your English, that's why you're watching this video.

Okay, number six: "on my own". Now, I've written: "on my own", but you can actually write anything; "on my own", "on your own", "on his own", "on her own", "on our own", "on their own". Okay? But what does it mean if I say: "I'm on my own"? It means I'm alone. Or: "I did it on my own" means I did it by myself. Okay? So, what it means is just that person alone; not with any help or not with anyone else there. Okay?

Number seven: "on good terms". What does it mean to be on good terms with somebody? Well, I hope you're on good terms with your boss, with your colleagues, with your neighbours. It means you have a good relationship with them. Okay? "On good terms" means a good relationship.

And the last one, here: "on second thought", okay? So, "on second thought" means on thinking a little bit more, when I think a little bit further, then I think this. So what this suggests is that first you made one decision, but then after thinking some more, then on second thought you decided something different. Okay? So, whenever you say: "on second thought", you're going to say that that new thing is different from whatever you had decided earlier. Okay?

So, just to review: if you are alone, you could say you are "on your own". If you change your mind and you thought something first and now you think something else, so then what expression could you use? "On second thought", good. If you are determined to do something and nothing's going to stop you, you could use which idiom? You could use the idiom: "on a mission". And if you get along very well with people, you can say you are "on good terms" with them, very nice. Let's use them now, okay?

Learn English Grammar: "to have" in the present tense
00:13:29
engVid
6 Views · 5 years ago

You HAVE to watch this lesson! You will learn how to use the commonly confused irregular verb "to have" in positive, negative, and question forms. The verb "to have" is very important because it is used on its own and as a helping verb. If you're a beginner, learn to use this important verb correctly from the start! If you're more advanced, review the conjugation of "to have" to make sure you know this verb perfectly. Next, take the quiz at http://www.engvid.com/learn-en....glish-grammar-to-hav and make sure you don't have any mistakes!

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. I'm Rebecca from engVid. In the next few minutes you're going to master one of the most important verbs in the English language, and that's the verb "to have". Now, not only is it one of the most important verbs because we use it so often for so many different things, it's also, unfortunately, a verb where a lot of students make mistakes, especially at a basic level. And sometimes these basic mistakes can cause problems even down the road when you reach advanced levels. So, whether you're a beginner student, or intermediate, or advanced - please watch and just make sure you know it; and if you're reviewing it, make sure that you review it really, really well. Okay? So, here we go.

So, with the verb "to have", one of the reasons it's so important is because we use it not only as a basic verb by itself, but we also use it as a helping verb. All right? When we use it as a basic verb by itself, we can use it to show possession; what somebody has, what somebody owns. For example, you could talk about an object that you have, a thing that you have. You could say: "I have a car." You could talk about somebody's features, or qualities, or characteristics. For example: "She has nice hair." Or you could talk about relationships that people have, for example: "They have children." Okay? You can also use the verb "to have" to talk about actions, and we use this a lot. Like: "I... I have a shower every day. I have dinner at 7 o'clock." Or: "He has a lot of meetings today." Right? So, we use it in so many different ways. And, of course, as I said, we also use it in more advanced ways as a helping verb in our perfect tenses. For example: "I have done my homework." Okay?

So, let's begin understanding exactly how this simple verb is structured. All right. So, I've divided the board into three sections: positive, negative, and questions. So, you'll learn exactly how to use it in all three situations, and those are the only situations. Okay? So, first: "I have", "You have", "We have", and "They have". With these four pronouns, we say: "have", and that's our base form of the verb, and that's what we use here.

But where does it change, and where do most of the mistakes happen? They happen, here. For: "he", "she", and "it", we don't say "have". We have to say: "has". "He has a car.", "She has a car.", "It has a camera." Okay? Your cellphone, for example. All right? So, make sure that you remember this, because this part is very important. You will see that actually we don't have "has" in any other section of this entire structure, but we do have it here. Okay? I'll come back to it.

Now, what happens when we make the sentence negative? So, instead of saying: "I have a camera", you can say: "I don't have a camera." What is "don't"? "Don't" is short for "do not", but when we're speaking, we just shorten it, we contract it, and it becomes "don't". "I don't have a camera, you don't have a camera, we don't have a camera, and they don't have a camera, so we're not going to take any pictures." Okay? All right. "Don't have".

Now, what happens when we're saying: "he", "she", or "it"? Now, two things happen. First of all, we have to use a different word, here. We don't say: "do not", we say: "does not". When we shorten it, it becomes: "He doesn't". And then you come back to the base form of the verb, so you say: "He doesn't have". Not: "He doesn't has", which is a mistake that many students make, but you're coming back to the base form of the verb. Look at all the places where we see the base form of the verb. Okay? Here, here, here, here, here. So, where do we not have the base form of the verb? Only with: "he", "she", and "it" in the positive sentence. Okay? So, let's come back: "He doesn't have a car.", "She doesn't have a car.", and "It doesn't have a camera." Okay? That's the negative.

Now, if you want to ask a question, then, again, we're going to use the words: "do" and "does". So, here: "Do I have...?", "Do you have...?", "Do we have...?", "Do they have...?" All right? And with: "he", "she", and "it", you have to use the word "does". "Does he have a camera?", "Does she have a cellphone?", "Does it have an air conditioner?" Okay? The... The room. All right?

How native speakers say AND & THE in English
00:13:10
engVid
9 Views · 5 years ago

Want to sound more natural when speaking English? In this lesson, I will give you some tips and will specifically look at how native English speakers use the words "and" and "the" in a sentence. We will listen to how these common words are shortened in real conversations, and learn how to make two simple changes to improve your accent. The result? People will understand you more easily because you are speaking in the way they expect to hear. With these small changes to your speech, I guarantee you will feel more confident about your English! http://www.engvid.com/how-nati....ve-speakers-say-and-

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. I'm Rebecca from engVid. In this lesson I'm going to show you two simple changes that you can make to sound more like a native English speaker, and also to understand native English speakers when they speak. Okay? So, that is with two simple words: "and" plus "the". Okay? Now, of course, "and" plus "the", we say them pretty often. Right? We say them quite a lot. So, what's this little change that you need to make to sound more like a native speaker? Let me tell you.

Let's start with "and". Now, if I just say this word: "and", then of course, you're going to say it like that: "and", but we don't usually just say that word. We say it as part of a sentence or part of a phrase. Right? So, what happens then? What happens is that this entire word "and" is reduced or shortened to sound just like "n", just like an "n". Okay? For example: "over n over", "n". Okay? Instead of "and", we're just saying: "n", "n", "n". Okay? So, let's say lots of phrases so that you can hear it, because your eyes are telling you to say "and", but I want your ears and your mouth to start recognizing and saying: "n" instead of "and" when it's in the middle of a phrase. And later, we'll look at sentences. Okay? Say it... You can say it with me, you can also repeat it after me.

"Over n over", "over and over". "Again n again", "again and again". Good. "Bread n butter", "bread and butter". "Hide n seek", "hide and seek". This is a game that children play. Okay? It's called hide and seek, somebody hides, somebody goes to look for them. Another word for "looking" is "seek". All right? Let's continue. "Cream n sugar", "cream and sugar". "Pros n cons". What are "pros and cons"? "Pros and cons" are advantages and disadvantages. All right? So, even if you said those longer words, you'd say: "Advantages n disadvantages". Right? Now you know: Don't say "and", just say "n". Okay? "Black n white", "black n white". Not: "black and white", "black n white". "John n Mary", "John and Mary". "Mr. n Mrs. Jones", not: "Mr. and Mrs." Sometimes we don't even say "Mrs." nowadays, but in some countries, this forms are still used, so I'm giving you that example. "Mr. n Mrs. Jones". Or we can use it for companies, too: "Microsoft n Google". It doesn't matter what we're talking about, whether we're talking about cream and sugar or Microsoft and Google, we're still saying: "Cream n sugar", "Microsoft n", right? "Microsoft n Google". So we almost swallow the word "and", and we just reduce it to "n".

Except when you want to emphasize the word "and". All right? Now, this is not true most of the time; this is an exception. All right? This is what happens 99% of the time, but sometimes you really want to emphasize the word "and". For example: "I want you to call your sister and I want you to apologize!" Now, in this case, the person who was saying that really wanted to emphasize this second part, that I don't just want you to call your sister, but I also want you to apologize. So that's why in that particular sentence, we don't just say: "I want you to call your sister n I want you to apologize." They were emphasizing it, so that's why they said "and" like "and". But most of the time, this is what you need to do. And in the next section, we're going to look at what happens when we use the word "the".

Okay, now let's look at another word, a simple word, and that's the word that is spelt t-h-e. Why don't I say it? Because have you realized that this word is often pronounced in two different ways? Sometimes we pronounce it: "thuh", and sometimes we pronounce it: "thee". Why? What's going on? I'm going to tell you. Now, what I'm explaining to you is not a rule. Okay? But it is a pattern. This is what native speakers do kind of naturally. They haven't been taught that, and it's not a rule, but it is a pattern which you will recognize, and which you might want to adopt yourself. All right? So, let's understand what's behind it. So, we say: "thuh" when the word that comes after "the" starts with a consonant sound. Not just with a consonant-we'll see some exceptions in a minute-but with a consonant sound.

Learn the Keys to IELTS & TOEFL Essay Success
00:11:59
engVid
5 Views · 5 years ago

Success at essay writing depends on you, but only if you know what matters! Learn the precise elements you must master for essay writing success on the IELTS, TOEFL, and TOEIC. This is an essential lesson from an experienced teacher who has examined thousands of essays. If you are planning to take a test or simply want to improve your essay writing skills, don't miss these keys to higher English grades.
TEST YOUR UNDERSTANDING WITH THE QUIZ: http://www.engvid.com/learn-th....e-keys-to-ielts-toef
FREE IELTS GUIDE: http://www.goodluckielts.com/
FREE TOEFL GUIDE: http://www.goodlucktoefl.com/

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. I'm Rebecca, and today I'm going to share with you a whole new way to think about your essay writing. Now, a lot of students get very confused when it comes to essays. They don't understand why they got a low score, they don't sometimes understand why they got a high score. Well, I'm going to break it down for you so you understand exactly how an examiner thinks when he's giving... He or she is giving you marks. All right? Because I've been an examiner thousands of times.

So, this is what it breaks down to. What is good essay writing? Well, a good essay depends on two main areas: What you write and how you write. What you write depends on your topic, whether you write about your topic because if you write a beautiful essay on the wrong topic, you're still going to get a zero. It depends on what you write, depends on your topic, depends on your logic of your ideas, how you present it, the organization of your ideas, and things like that. That's what you write.

But today we're not going to talk about what you write. We're going to talk about the second element, which is how you write. Okay? It'll be... There are other essay... Other lessons of mine which talk about what to write. Today we're focused on how to write. And what I want you to understand is in connection with how you write, every single little thing you do matters, from the smallest thing to the biggest thing, and that's how I want you to learn to think about your writing, that everything from the micro level (the smallest level) to the macro level (the largest level) matters. What do I mean by that? Let's look.

So, what I mean is every mark you place on your essay matters, every word you choose matters, every sentence you write matters, every paragraph you construct matters, and the entire essay that you build is important. Okay? What did I just go over? That every mark you place, every word you choose, every sentence you write, every paragraph you construct, and the entire essay - all of that constructs... Goes together and combines to give you a good score or not. So, let's see how you can improve in every single aspect. Okay?

Let's start with the smallest aspect, but smallest doesn't mean necessarily least important. Okay? So when we talk about every mark you make, it means the punctuation. Now, people think that they know punctuation, but do you really know punctuation? Yes, you probably know how to use a question mark, you may know how to use an exclamation mark, although we don't use them too much in essay writing. Do you know how to use a semi-colon? Do you know how to use quotation marks? If not, that's something you need to go and study so that you can include the whole range of punctuation marks in your essay so you can show the examiner that I know how to write well in English, which is what you're trying to do. So if you're not 100% sure, for example, how to use a semi-colon, then go and find out. Okay?

Next: The words you choose, obviously, are very important. That means you need to use rich vocabulary. That means using more than just saying "good" and "bad". In fact, I have another lesson on that. Go check that out on how to use anything but "good" and "bad". Right? And go to our website. I have a whole resource about 142 words you can use instead of "good" or "bad" to give you a higher score. All right? It also means... Vocabulary in essay writing also means using transition words, like to express your opinion, to compare and contrast, things like that. Right? To conclude. And if you want a list of those, you can go to another website which I'll give you a little bit later. You can check these things out. These things are available. Take advantage of them. Okay?

Next: What's important when it comes to the word? Spelling. Yeah, you have to learn spelling. I know that English spelling is very difficult. I have a resource about that, too, on our engVid website about 50 common spelling errors. Make sure... Go through the list, make sure you're not making those errors. There are some things we can control, for example, check the spelling of the transition words. Right? Make sure that you're not making a mistake in something you're guaranteed to use. You can't know all the words you're going to use, but you can know some of the words you're going to use for sure.

Say MORE with LESS: 2-Word Expressions in English
00:15:30
engVid
7 Views · 5 years ago

My pleasure. Allow me. Well done! Upgrade your English conversation skills easily and quickly with two-word expressions like these, used by native speakers every day. Today I'll teach you ten short expressions that you can learn quickly. The best part is that they are easy, and can be used in any situation – formal or informal; business, social, or academic. You'll learn how to give compliments, make suggestions, give warnings, and show agreement with your friends, co-workers, and strangers. Improve your conversation skills by saying more with less!

Test your understanding with the quiz: http://www.engvid.com/say-more....-with-less-2-word-ex

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. I'm Rebecca from engVid. In the next few minutes you're going to learn 10 common expressions that you will hear native English speakers using at home, at school, at work, and in all kinds of social situations. These are actually very easy because they only have two words. Okay? Now, that means that you will not only be able to understand people when they use them, but that you, while watching this video, your goal should be to learn them and start using them yourself because they're really quite easy and they're very common. Okay? So, let's get started.

Now, before we begin, let me just tell you that there are only five of them here. I'm going to show you five more in a few minutes. And these are not the meanings. This is for a little bit later-okay?-when we're going to do a little quiz. So, just stay with me and listen to what I'm saying, and then you can follow. Now, some of these are compliments, some are offers, some are replies to what other people say, some are suggestions, some are warnings, and some are just comments on something that's happening. And just to remind you: What's a compliment? A compliment is when we say something nice to somebody. Okay? All right, so let's get started.

So the first one is: "Well done!" When do we say to somebody: "Well done"? We say: "Well done" when somebody does something really well, when we want to praise them. So it's a compliment. Right? We say: "Hey. Good job. Great work. Nice going." Things like that, all of these expressions mean: "Hey, you did a great job." So you could use it to tell your son or your daughter: "Hey, you did a good job on the exam, so, well done." Or you could say it to a colleague who did a successful presentation. You could just say to him or her: "Well done." Okay? So, that's the first one, when we're complimenting somebody or praising somebody on something they did well and successfully. Okay.

The next one, it's kind of close, it's: "Well said!" So, here, we are also complimenting someone, but this time we're complimenting them or praising them on something that they said. So we say: "Hey, you said that very well." Maybe it was just one comment, maybe it was a toast to somebody, maybe it was an entire speech, but what you're saying is: "I really like what you said, you said it very well and I agree with it." Okay? So when we say: "Well said", it means you did a really good job in what you said.

Next: "My pleasure." Okay? When do we say to somebody: "My pleasure"? Well, it's just like: "You're welcome", but it's a little more formal, it's a little more polite. It shows that I really enjoyed helping you. Okay? So, if somebody says: "Thank you", you can simply say to them: "My pleasure." Okay? And it's very elegant, it's very refined, it's very educated, and you will sound that way. Okay?

Next. The next one is: "Allow me." So, when do we say: "Allow me"? Okay? So imagine this situation: Two people are approaching a doorway, and both of them are about to reach out to open the door, and then one person says to the other person: "Allow me." That means: "Allow me to open the door" in this situation. Okay? It means: "Let me do this for you. Let me do this." Not always, but sometimes men do this for women, but women can do it for men or women can do it for other women, and men could do it for other men. It's just saying: "Let me help you. Let me open the door", let me do something that's a little bit awkward. Okay? That's a little bit difficult, maybe, for the other person. Okay, so: "Allow me." It's a nice gesture. It's just a suggestion, it's an offer to help. Okay.

The last one here is: "Help yourself." So, when do we say to somebody: "Help yourself"? Well, usually we say it most often probably when there's a lot of food and drinks on the table, and we say to somebody: "Hey, come on in. Help yourself." So what we're telling them is that nobody is going to serve you, you should please go around and help yourself, have as much as you like of the food, of the drink, of the desserts, or whatever. It doesn't have to be only food. It's often that. It could be other things, it could be materials. Maybe you went to a seminar and there's a lot of information on the table, and they just say: "We're not going to hand it to you, but you can help yourself."

Top 10 Confusing English Verbs for Beginners
00:11:40
engVid
10 Views · 5 years ago

Take 10 minutes and master these 10 English verbs. Learn or teach? Do or make? Win or beat? Learn the difference between the most commonly confused verb pairs in English. This is an important lesson for beginners because these are basic verbs that you need to use in everyday conversations. I'll explain exactly how each word is used, with examples on the board. Take the quiz to make sure you remember how to use these words correctly: http://www.engvid.com/top-10-c....onfusing-english-ver

Next, study my free resource page on when to use "do" and "make": http://www.engvid.com/english-....resource/do-make-exp

Your English will improve tremendously by correcting these errors, so let's get started!

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. I'm Rebecca from engVid. In this lesson you will have a chance to understand 10 of the most confused verbs in English. Now, if you're a beginner student, then you have a chance to learn them right to begin with. If you're an intermediate level student, you might still want to review these verbs just to make sure that you're really using them properly. And if you are making mistakes, no worries, I'm going to explain them to you and also show you how to correct them. Okay? Here we go.

The first set of words we have is "learn" or "teach". So, let me give you a sentence and you tell me what you think is right. What should we use here? Which verb? "Mrs. Cole learns us English" or "Mrs. Cole teaches us English"? Which is correct? If you had to think for more than one second about the answer, then I'm so glad you're watching. Okay? Because I'm going to give you this very important difference. I hope you said: "Mrs. Cole teaches us English." Okay. So, what's the difference between "learn" and "teach"? If you made a mistake, no problem. I'm going to explain it to you so you get it. So, "to learn" means to get knowledge or skills. All right? And "to teach" means to give knowledge or skills. So right now what are you doing? Are you giving knowledge or are you getting, are you receiving knowledge? I think you are receiving, so you are learning, you are getting. And I am giving, so I am teaching. I'm teaching, you're learning. Right? So, this is what it says here: "Teachers teach". Okay? That's also a big clue because the word "teacher" has the word "teach" in it, so: Teachers teach something, like I teach English. Teachers teach math, English, history, etc. Or teachers teach someone, they teach students, usually. Okay? And students learn something, like students learn English, or math, or history. And students learn from someone, usually a teacher. All right? So what are you doing right now? You're learning. What am I doing right now? I'm teaching. Good. Let's look at the next one.

The next one: "bring" or "take". Let's look at this example. "Please bring this book to Mrs. Smith on the second floor" or do we say: "Please take this book to Mrs. Smith on the second floor"? Take a second to think about it. What did you say? "Bring this book to Mrs. Smith" or "Take this book to Mrs. Smith"? Well, the correct answer is: "Take this book to Mrs. Smith on the second floor." Why? Well, let's look. "To bring something" means to move it towards the person who's speaking, to the speaker. Okay? And "to take something" means to move something away from the speaker. All right? So I could say to you: Bring it to me or take it away from me. Got it? And even if somebody else is telling you that on the phone. Okay? So it doesn't matter where that person is. What matters is: Who is the speaker? Who is saying that sentence? So, for example, you could say to the waiter if you're in a restaurant: "Please bring me some water." Right? Towards you. Or you could say to the waiter or waitress: "Please take my plate away." So now you're taking the plate away from you. All right? Got that? Let's look at another set of words.

Now, "borrow" or "lend". Let's look at an example. "My father borrowed me his car last night" or do we say: "My father lent me his car last night"? Which one is right? The sentence is in the past tense, so instead of "lend", we see "lent", but which is it? "My father", what should it be? "Lent me", "My father lent me his car." Let's understand why. Okay? In case you didn't get it right. And if you did get it right, let's be 100% sure why you got it right. Okay, so "to borrow something" means to take something temporarily, and with... And you expect to... You are expected to give it back. You plan to give it back. You're not taking it forever. You're just taking it temporarily. All right? For a little while. And "to lend" means to give something temporarily, and you also expect to get it back. For example, a person who lends is called a "lender". The person who borrows is called a "borrower". And "lend" we often... Most people are... Have heard of money lenders, right?

Learn 10 English Idioms about People at Work
00:10:56
engVid
5 Views · 5 years ago

Who's the head honcho in your company? Who's the smart alec? Find out the meaning of 10 commonly used business idioms referring to people at work. Be careful, though... you might learn what people have been saying about you or your colleagues!

Download the resource with even more workplace idioms: http://www.engvid.com/english-....resource/50-english-

Take the quiz on this lesson: http://www.engvid.com/10-engli....sh-idioms-people-at-

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. I'm Rebecca from engVid. In today's lesson you'll have a chance to learn 10 expressions that are used to describe people at work. Now, these are quite commonly used expressions by native English speakers, so if you work in an English-speaking business environment then it's quite likely that you will hear some of these expressions. Okay? Let's get started.

So, I've kind of divided them up for you. So, some of them are positive, some are negative, and some are neutral. What do I mean by that? It means: These people we are happy to meet, these people we are really not very happy to meet, and these people we just... Where it's okay, we're just using these expressions to describe them. Okay? We have no feelings, positive or negative. Okay.

So let's look at the people we are happy to meet. So, the first one is a "whiz kid". What's a whiz kid? A "whiz kid" is a term that we use to describe usually a young person who's quite brilliant, very intelligent, very successful, very talented, and you know that he's on a path to a lot of success. So, often we talk about like a computer whiz kid, a young person who's got lots and lots of talent. You probably know people like that. Okay? So that's a whiz kid.

Next. Next one is called an "eager beaver". An "eager beaver" is kind of a very hardworking, enthusiastic person. Maybe this person comes to work early and stays late, and they're always smiling and they're happy to do their work. That person is called an eager beaver. Now, I put that as a positive. Maybe some people don't like them, but generally speaking, people like them. Okay.

The next one is an "angel investor". What's an angel investor? Well, if you have a startup company or a new company that you want to start, you would love to meet an angel investor because this "business angel", as they're also known as, is someone who's usually rich and they're like a sponsor and they put money into your business. They are ready to invest money into your ideas, into starting your company, and so on. So these are called "angel investors". So if you want to start a business, you're probably going to be very happy if you meet one of these people. Okay?

Next, let's move over here to the people that we're usually not very happy to meet at work. The first one is called a "smart alec(k)". Who's a smart aleck? A "smart aleck" is somebody who thinks he or she knows everything. Have you ever met such a person? They are just so extra confident, and they tell you everything as if they know everything. And usually people aren't very happy to meet those kind of people too much. Okay? And they called them "smart alecks". Sometimes it's written: "alec" and sometimes "aleck", doesn't matter. Usually we don't write this word. We usually say it. Okay? "Oh, he's a smart aleck. He thinks he knows everything." Okay? That kind of thing.

Next one: "rotten apple". So, what's a rotten apple? If you can imagine a bag of apples and in the middle there's one that's not good. "Rotten" means bad, spoiled. So what will happen to all the other apples around that bad apple? Well, after some time all of them will start to go bad a little faster. Right? So when we call someone a rotten apple we're trying to suggest that this person has some rather unpopular, not very honest, is kind of dishonest, he's bad, he's corrupt, and he's also influencing people around him, his colleagues or workers to think or act in the same way. So this person is usually quite a troublemaker as far as the organization is concerned. Okay? So that's a rotten apple, a person who is kind of corrupt and has bad ideas, and is also influencing people around him or her in a negative way. Okay? You might know some people like that.

Okay, what's a "faster talker"? Well, it's not somebody who talks... Speaks very fast, no. When we say: "fast talker", we mean somebody who is very good at convincing people and persuading people, but he's not always... He or she is not always very honest or moral about it. He doesn't really care... This person doesn't really care if they're selling you something which is not good, or which is actually bad. They don't care. They may lie, they may present it as very good. They're very good at that, but they're not necessarily selling you something in your interest.

HAPPY NEW YEAR! What to say and do: expressions, customs, vocabulary
00:16:31
engVid
11 Views · 5 years ago

Start the new year the right way by learning what people say and do around this time of year. I will teach you everything you need to know about New Year's Eve and New Year's Day! We will go over some vocabulary and expressions used during this special season, as well as explore some customs and traditions of English-speaking countries. After watching, you will be able to express your New Year's wishes to your friends and family in speaking and writing, and you'll even be able to send them a greeting card! If your New Year's resolution is to improve your English, you can start right here and now!

Discover your unique LEARNING STYLE: Visual, Auditory, Kinesthetic
00:09:01
engVid
17 Views · 5 years ago

Did you know that everyone learns differently? In fact, there are three main learning styles among students: visual, auditory, and kinesthetic. You may be more comfortable with one or a combination of these learning styles. Do you know what kind of learner you are? In this lesson, you will find out how to learn anything more quickly, easily, and effectively, including English! Take charge of your success in your personal, academic, and professional life. This is an essential lesson for students, parents, teachers, and adults in all fields. For more free information about learning styles and how to learn more effectively, go to https://www.studyingstyle.com .

Take the quiz: http://www.engvid.com/discover....-your-unique-learnin

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. My name's Rebecca, and in this lesson I'm going to explain to you about something called learning styles. This lesson is good not only for English learners for whom I usually make lessons, but also for anyone in general who's trying to learn more effectively. Now, the thing to remember is that not everybody learns in the same way. I have a particular way of learning, you have a way of learning, so does your brother, your friend, your cousin. Okay? So what's important when you're trying to learn is to discover: What is your learning style? And that's what this lesson will show. All right? Let's go to the board.

There are three main learning styles. About 60% of the population are visual learners, about 30% of the population are auditory learners, and about 10% are kinesthetic learners. Okay? And as I read through the characteristics, you'll probably be able to identify who you are and what kind of way you learn best because you will recognize what you enjoy doing, and what you enjoy doing tells you what kind of learner you are and what kind of a learning style you have. Okay?

So, the visual learner, of course, enjoys learning by seeing; auditory by hearing; and the kinesthetic by actually doing something. I'll explain what that means. So, visual learner will enjoy reading information from books, and the internet, and so on; auditory will enjoy talking and hearing lectures; and the kinesthetic person will enjoy participating in experiences. All right?

Visual learner will also enjoy diagrams, pictures, maps. You enjoy writing things down on pen and paper in order to really understand them and remember them. Okay? Or into the computer, but you need to see it written down somewhere. You don't feel like you've actually understood until you've written it down. That's how I actually learn. And also enjoy reading the news. All right?

An auditory person, as I said, enjoys lectures, music, they enjoy hearing instructions, receiving verbal instructions. This person will need to read instructions before doing something or going somewhere, and this person will prefer to be told the instructions. Okay? They also enjoy participating in discussions, debates. They usually memorize well, and they also have been told... Maybe you've been told you have an ear for languages. If you have an ear for languages that means you are probably an auditory learner. And you probably enjoy listening to the news versus reading the news. All right?

The kinesthetic learner is in the minority, and usually has a harder time at school, college, university, because in those educational establishments you have to sit down-right?-when you're learning, supposedly. They don't give you a lot of space to move around, so that person is a little bit more challenged. They may have had a hard time going through school because of that. And so, let's look at what that person actually enjoys doing or how they enjoy learning. You enjoy participating in experiences, going on field trips, building a model of something in order to understand the concept, not just reading about it, and also moving. Okay? Doing things with the information. So, next I'll give you various strategies you can use if you are a visual learner, or an auditory learner, or a kinesthetic learner.

English Grammar: The Past Tense of HAVE
00:11:07
engVid
8 Views · 5 years ago

A basic, important grammar lesson for anyone learning English! Do we say “he didn’t have” or “he didn’t has”? If you are not sure of the correct form of the verb, this lesson is for you. It's a good idea to solidify basic, essential grammar concepts. In this lesson, I will teach you how to use the past tense of the commonly confused verb “to have” in affirmative, negative, and question forms. Practice with me and master this important verb! After watching, take the opportunity to practice what you've learned by doing the quiz at http://www.engvid.com/english-....grammar-the-past-ten . No more embarrassing mistakes for you!

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. I'm Rebecca from engVid, and this is a lesson for English learners of all levels, so whether you're a beginner, intermediate, advanced, or somewhere in between, this lesson I believe will help you. Why? Because in this lesson I'm going to review the verb "to have" in the past tense. Now, as you probably know because you've been speaking English, the verb "to have" is a very important verb for two reasons. First of all, we use it by itself for lots and lots of things. And secondly, because we also use it not only by itself, but as a helping verb with some of the advanced tenses. Right? With the perfect tenses. But we're not going to go into that. We're just focusing here on how to use the verb "to have" in the past tense, because this is also something where a lot of students make mistakes, but not you after just a few minutes. So, let's get started.

Okay. So, what is important here is that actually in English the past tense becomes very easy, and a lot easier than many other languages. Why? Because with whatever subject we have you have to use only one verb. You don't have to change the verb based on the subject. So, in the past tense... Remember this is not the present tense. In the past tense the verb "to have" becomes "had". Okay? Say it after me: "had". Good. So in other words, I'm going to give you a very simple sentence. Okay? Because we're going to say it very often. So let's keep it simple. Always keep it simple when you're trying to learn one point; don't mix it up with lots of other points. Don't put hard vocabulary. Okay?

So: "I had fun.", "You had fun.", "We had fun.", "They had fun.", "He had fun.", "She had fun.", and "It (the cat/the dog) had fun." Okay? All right. Now, so you see how simple it is? What you have to learn is that the verb "have" in a positive sentence becomes "had". And we can use "had" with every subject. All right?

Now, what happens when we make it negative? This is where some students get a little bit confused because they remember this, and then they try to put this here, but that's not the case. What happens when we make a negative sentence and when we make a question is that we come back to the base form of the verb. What's the base form of our verb? "To have", right? So if you want to make a negative sentence, then we simply say: "I didn't have fun.", "You didn't have fun.", "We didn't have fun.", "They didn't have fun." You see? It's basically staying the same, but we're using "have". We're not using "had" anymore. Okay? "He didn't have fun.", "She didn't have fun.", "It didn't have fun." Okay? We'll just pretend there's an it. So what's important is this "have". All right? Come back to the base form of the verb, but not here.

Now, the same thing will happen when we have a question. We're going to come back to the base form of our verb. So it's quite simple then. "Did I have fun?" I don't know. I think so. "Did you have fun?", "Did we have fun?", "Did they have fun?", "Did he have fun?", "Did she have fun?", "Did it have fun?" Okay? All right.

Now, that's basically it. It's not more complicated than that. Remember that in the positive sentences we use "had", and after that come back to the base form, but use "did" or "didn't". Now, just to review, this "didn't have" stands for "did not". Okay? But usually in conversation we don't say: "He did not have fun." We just say: "He didn't have fun." That's the contraction, the short form. And here we can use the word "did" and that's what we usually use, and it's important to use it. We can't just say: "You have fun?" That would be wrong. Okay? So remember to put "did" in there. You could also, by the way, ask a negative question. So you could say: "Didn't you have fun? I thought you would love that movie." Okay? So you could ask a negative question. But if that's confusing to you, don't worry about it. Okay? You don't have to do it. And the other thing to remember is that when we add a question word, we still keep this order. What do I mean? For example: "When did they...?" Okay? "When did they have the meeting?" Okay? "Where did they have the meeting?" Right? So whether it's saying: "When? Where? Who did they meet?"-right?-we're still keeping this construction. We're just adding a question word before that.

Free consultation with IELTS & TOEFL Specialist
00:30:24
engVid
10 Views · 5 years ago

Need to take IELTS, TOEFL, or TOEIC? Start here! This video is like a free consultation with an experienced exam advisor. I have over 30 years of English training experience and have helped thousands of students pass their exams, so I know what you need to focus on, and I know what can hold you back. In this video, I'll ask you questions that will help you:
• decide WHICH English proficiency test is best for you
• plan HOW MUCH TIME you need to prepare
• budget for the COSTS of the exams
I'll also share my secrets to succeeding on these English proficiency tests, and let you know what resources I recommend to start studying. By the end of this video, you'll know what to expect and be able to create your own plan for success.
http://www.goodluckielts.com
http://www.goodlucktoefl.com
http://www.goodlucktoeic.com
http://www.goodluckexams.com
http://www.studyingstyle.com

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. I'm Rebecca from engVid. Have you just been told that you need to do an English proficiency exam, such as the IELTS or the TOEFL or the TOEIC, or are you in the middle of preparing for one of these exams or some other English proficiency exam? If so, please watch this lesson because I think it can really help you. What I'm going to do here is I'm going to go over some of the very important questions that you need to be asking yourself in order to prepare very well and very effectively for this exam. And it's much more than just studying English. All right?

So, what am I going to cover here? I'm going to cover four different areas. First the basics of: What are the things you need to know about the test? The logistics, or the planning that you're going to have to do in order to be very successful. The progress, how to measure it, how to tell, how to actually make progress towards your goal. And last of all, what can you do, what else can you do to really achieve great success? And that is a lot more than just doing English or just studying English, or improving your English.

Now, a lot of this knowledge has come to me because besides being a trainer on engVid, I have also owned and managed a language school for many years and I had a lot of students come into my office and sit down, and tell me that they had been told that they needed to do the IELTS, or the TOEFL, or that they needed to do an exam and they weren't sure which one, and their friends said do this, and another friend said do that. And they were really confused and they didn't know what are the various things that they had to think about. And so, through the years I've developed a lot of experience in advising and counselling students to prepare very well for this task, which is not an easy task but it's also a really important task because these... These exams matter a lot to your life. Okay? So let's get started.

So let's start with the basics. Number one: Which exam do you need to do? Now, sometimes you have a choice and sometimes you don't have a choice, but if you do have a choice, please check because there are so many different exams; the IELTS, the TOEFL, the TOEIC, and so many others today. And sometimes students have heard of, let's say the IELTS, but they haven't heard of another exam, but perhaps that is one of the options and that's an important, very important question for you to answer. I had a student, for example, in our school who was preparing for the IELTS and he was having a tough time with it, and he didn't do really well because he was starting at a lower level. And so later it came out that he could have actually prepared for the TOEIC exam, which is much easier. And so I told him, like: "Why don't you just switch to that exam?" and then he passed right away because that's where he was and he had a limited amount of time to prepare. So, it is really important to check: What are the possible exams you could do to satisfy the requirement of your university or your professional certification, body, or whatever reason it is that you're doing this exam? Okay? So make sure you know that.

Now, the second point then becomes let's suppose that you do have to do the IELTS exam. So the IELTS, for example, has different versions; it has an academic version and a general version. Usually the academic one is if you're trying to get into university because they need you to have higher level English. And the general one is for, for example, immigration to a country. So make sure you know and make sure you don't waste time studying for the wrong exam because each one is quite different.

Now, which area does your exam cover? So, for example, with IELTS academic, obviously it's going to be more academic subjects. If it's general, what kind of topics do they have there? If it's the TOEIC exam, that area is going to be business because TOEIC is an exam that covers business English, not really general English.

Learn 10 Easy 3-Word Questions in English
00:14:29
engVid
12 Views · 5 years ago

"What's the catch?" "Care for another?" "Have you met?" Improve your English conversation skills easily and quickly using these ten short questions. Once you start to use these in your speech, you will sound more like a native speaker, because they are all so commonly used. Since they are short, they are easy to learn too! We use these questions at home, at work, and in social situations. If you have been in an English speaking country or watch English television, you've probably already heard these questions, but you might not understand what they mean. I'll explain each expression, give you examples of how they are used, and let you practice them in a short exercise with me. I believe that by the end of this short video, you'll be able to use these standard questions yourself. Have fun learning these and good luck with your English learning!

Take a quiz on this lesson: http://www.engvid.com/learn-10....-easy-3-word-questio

If you're interested in another short and easy lesson, you can check out my video on 2-word expressions in English here: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=wxDs7lrNVDY

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. I'm Rebecca from engVid, and in this lesson you're going to learn 10 easy questions that you can use in all kinds of everyday situations. Now, they are really easy so they will not only help you to understand what people are saying, but you can also start to use them yourself. Why? Because all these questions have only three words. All right? And I think, and I know, and I believe that you can learn them. Okay? So let's look at what they are.

Let's go. Number one: "What's the matter?" Okay? If someone says: "What's the matter?" it means: "What's the problem? What's...? What's wrong?" Okay? Now, don't look on this side. This is not the answer, this is not the explanation. These we're going to use later when we do our quiz. So just listen to me to understand what the questions mean first of all. Okay? So: "What's the matter?" means: "What's the problem? What's wrong?"

Number two: "Do you mind?" Now, when do we say: "Do you mind?" What does that mean? "Do you mind?" "Do you mind?" means: "Do you have any objection? Do you have any...? Do you not agree with me for some reason? Do you not accept what I'm about to do?" "Do you mind?" means: "Do you have any problem with what I'm going to do, or say?" or something like that. Okay? "Do you mind?"

Number three: "Have you heard?" Now, some of these are full grammatical questions. Okay? For example: "What's the matter?" is completely and grammatically correct. Some of them that you'll see down here are actually just shortened versions of a fuller question, but because they're used so often people do shorten them. Okay? So keep that in mind also. So: "Have you heard?" If somebody just says: "Have you heard?" why would they say that? Have you heard what? So in what situation do we use this? Usually people will say: "Have you heard?" when there's some sort of big news. Now, it could be big news in terms of world news, it could be big news in terms of in your office, it could be big news in terms of your family. But whatever it is, it is considered by the person who's asking you this to be big news that you either probably have heard about and do know about, or should know about. Okay? So then the person asks you: "Have you heard?" And if you say: "No. Why? What? What are you talking about?" then they tell you. And if you do know, then you say: "Yes, I know, I heard." if it's bad news. Or: "Yes. I heard. She won the lottery. Wow." Okay? So it could be good news or bad news. Next... Of course the way they'll ask the question will vary. If they say: "Have you heard?" that's good news. They say: "Have you heard?" that's not so good news. Okay.

The next one: "Care for another?" Again, this is one of those where we're shortening it. Okay? So: "Care for another?" Another what? Well, it depends on the situation. Usually we're talking about food or drink. So somebody might be saying: "Care for another drink?" "Care for" means: "Would you like? Do you want?" So: "Do you want another drink?", or "Do you want another piece of cake?", or "Do you want another dessert?", or "Do you want another slice of pizza?" So somebody might just say: "Care for another?" instead of saying: "Do you want another something?" Okay?

And the last one here is: "Who is it?" Now, that sounds pretty straightforward, but in some languages we don't use... They don't use "it" so much. So when we're talking about: "Who is it?" are we talking about an animal or a thing? No. Because we said "Who", so we're talking about people. Usually this question we ask when let's say somebody knocks on the door, we say: "Who is it?" Okay? Or let's say you have a phone call and somebody else answers, and then you... You ask... They say: "You have a call", or "You have a phone call." And you say: "Who is it?" Okay? That means: "Who is calling?" or "Who is at the door?" Depends on the situation. All right.

Top 10 Most Confusing Words for Advanced English Learners
00:07:48
engVid
8 Views · 5 years ago

Should you use "affect" or "effect"? "Advise" or "advice"? "Emigrate" or "immigrate"? Not sure? In this lesson, I will explain the differences between ten commonly confused English words. This is a quick way to improve your English immediately and get higher marks on your IELTS, TOEFL, or TOEIC. Learn what's right and what's wrong, and upgrade your English!

RELATED VIDEOS
Succeed, Success, Successful: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=WCoTL16EaUA
Affect or Effect: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=BwKPJfYpjA0
Advice or Advise: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ZCbAx9pZU7k
Choice and Choose: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=iGfRMRwAJMU
Immigrate or Emigrate: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=uicRkouflCE

Take the quiz here: http://www.engvid.com/top-10-m....ost-confusing-words-

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. I'm Rebecca from engVid. There are really only two ways to improve your English: Go forward and learn what's right, and go back and correct what's wrong. In this lesson we're going to do a little bit of both. We're going to look at 10 confusing words and see if you know the difference. Sometimes it's a different word form, sometimes it's actually a different verb altogether, or a different word. So, let's look at these. They are confused very often, so stick with me and you'll understand the difference. Let's get started.

The first one: "How can I succeed?" or "How can I success?" So obviously the pair we're talking about here is "succeed" and "success". So, what is correct in number one? "How can I succeed?" or "How can I success?" The answer is: "succeed". Okay? All right.

Number two: "How can I achieve succeed?" or "How can I achieve success?" What's the right answer? Do you know? I hope so. It is: "How can I achieve success?" All right? So, what happened here? Well, "succeed" is the verb. All right? And "success" is the noun. That's a really important difference. Thousands and thousands of students, probably millions make a mistake with these two words. So make sure you are not one of those. All right? Let's go on.

Number three: "Smoking affected her health." or "Smoking effected her health." All right? I hope you can hear the difference in pronunciation and also in spelling. So, what's the correct answer here? "Smoking affected her health." or "...effected her health."? It should be: "Smoking affected her health." Very good.

And number four: "Smoking had a bad affect on her." or "Smoking had a bad effect on her."? What's the difference? Well, it should be: "Smoking had a bad effect on her." So the two words we were looking at here were "affect" and "effect". And which one is the verb? "Affect" is the verb and "effect" is a noun. All right? Good.

Number five: "Could you give me some advise?" or "Could you give me some advice?" What's the correct word there? "Could you give me some advice?" Okay? Good.

And number six: "Could you advise me?" or "Could you advice me?" Which is correct? It should be: "Could you advise me?" Two words here: "advise" and "advice". "Advise" is the verb, and "advice" is the noun. Now, also, "advice" is a non-count noun, so we cannot say: "advices". All right? Sometimes people say: "advice", but then they make it "advices". That's not correct. You can't say that. So, "advise" which is spelt with an "s" but sounds like a "z", and "advice" which is the noun. Now, don't worry. If you got any of these wrong we have actually detailed lessons on each of these points which I will refer you to afterwards. Okay? Stick with me.

Number seven: "We will choice the new Prime Minister (PM)." or "We will choose the new Prime Minister."? What do you think it should be? "We will choose the new Prime Minister." Okay? Good.

"He was our first choice." or "He was our first choose." Which one is it? Can you tell? "He was our first choice." Okay? So, here again, "choose" is the verb and "choice" is the noun. Okay? We made a choice, but we chose him. "Choose" in the past becomes "chose". All right? "Choose", "chose", "choice", you have to work with them-all right?-to really master those words.

And the last one: "They emigrated to Canada." or "They immigrated to Canada."? Which one is it? This one is confused a lot, and actually one of our other engVid teachers, Emma, has done a great one on this one. So if you're confused, I'm going to tell you where you can find her lesson, too. So: "They emigrated to Canada." or "They immigrated to Canada."? Well, it should be: "They immigrated to Canada." Okay?

And number 10: "They emigrated from Mexico." or "They immigrated from Mexico."? Okay? This time you have both verbs. Right? So if that was "immigrated", this one is actually "emigrated". "They emigrated from Mexico." Now, here, it's not a question. They're both verbs. Okay? "Emigrate" is a verb and "immigrate" is a verb, but what's the difference? You see that you immigrate to a place, but you emigrate from somewhere else. All right?

Speak English Naturally: My pronunciation secret for difficult words
00:14:08
engVid
7 Views · 5 years ago

Learn the important pronunciation technique called BACKCHAINING, used by actors, singers, and public speakers to sound more natural and authentic in any language. Backchaining will retrain your ears to hear and your mouth to pronounce English words more easily and successfully. It is especially useful for those long, difficult English words, but it is also helpful with any word you are struggling with. Most English teachers do not have time to teach you this simple strategy, but you can apply it immediately after watching this lesson. Famous language courses are based on this powerful pronunciation technique; watch, listen, and solve your pronunciation problems today! https://www.engvid.com/speak-e....nglish-naturally-bac

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. I'm Rebecca from engVid. In this lesson you're going to learn a pronunciation secret that will help you to say English words more easily and correctly, especially long, difficult ones. Okay? Now, this is actually a professional technique that's used by actors, and singers, and linguists, and lots of people who have learned many different languages and want to or need to pronounce words correctly and authentically. Okay? Now, the reason why pronunciation is difficult for everyone when you're learning a new language is because when we grow up speaking our native language, we get used to... Our ears get used to hearing certain sounds, and our mouths get used to making certain sounds. And when we learn a new language, like English, then you have to train both your ear and your mouth to work a little bit differently. Okay? Now, the other part is because English is not phonetic, it's not completely phonetic. A large part of it is. Some people say about 80 to 85% is phonetic, but a lot of it is not phonetic. What does that mean? That means when we see a word, the way we say it is not the way it looks. Right? So, there's also that factor to take into account. But this technique can help you with both of these difficulties. Okay? So, first let's look at what we normally do when you're learning how to pronounce a word. Okay? So normally what we do is we do something called frontchaining, and I'm going to explain to you exactly what that is, but what I'm going to teach you in this lesson, the secret is something called backchaining, and that's what we will practice. Now, let's take our first example and do what people normally do, even teachers, even ESL teachers. All right? When they're teaching classrooms, they don't normally spend that much time on pronunciation because they don't have time. There's so much to teach and the class is so big, there's so many students it's difficult to spend time on pronunciation. So naturally, people have a harder time learning that and mastering that. And if you think about it, when a child is born and when a child is growing up, it doesn't learn to read first, it just learns by listening. So this is an opportunity to listen afresh, like new in a different way to words so that you can reproduce the correct sound, the correct pronunciation. Okay? So let's take our first example, and our first example is the word "pronunciation". Okay? Because by the way, a lot of people do not say this word correctly. Now, let's do it in the standard way, frontchaining, and see what happens. So in frontchaining, we start pronouncing or saying the word from the front and going forward. So if I did that, if I was teaching you how to say this word by using frontchaining, I would say to you: "You need to say it like this: pro-nun-ci-a-tion." Okay? I've divided up here just to make it a little bit easier for you to see and hear the syllables. Okay? This long word happens to have five parts, five syllables. Right? So it's quite long. Pronunciation. So when a student hears that, they're like: "Oh my god, I have to learn so many different sounds", and it's a little bit scary because there are five sounds, you know, that have to follow. So, what happens when you feel scared or nervous about something? Your brain shuts down. You don't learn as effectively. You don't learn as well as when you're happy and relaxed. So the advantage of learning in... Through the other system, the other technique called backchaining is that you feel much more relaxed because when we did it from the front we had to learn one, two, three, four, five different sounds. But look what happens when we use backchaining. So, backchaining is a technique that teaches you how to pronounce words starting from the end. So let's do that now and see what happens. So let's just take this last syllable, and we can say: "tion". So all you have to learn right now is the word "tion". Not word, part of the word. Next: "ation". You can repeat it after me. "ation, ciation, ciation, nunciation, nunciation". And last: "pronunciation, pronunciation".

Learn English Prepositions: TO or AT?
00:08:30
engVid
4 Views · 5 years ago

Do you arrive "to" the airport or "at" the airport? Do you fly "to" London or fly "at" London? In this lesson, I will teach you an easy way to know which preposition to use when. I'll explain which word refers to movement and which one refers to location. Watch this lesson so you can be sure – today and always!
https://www.engvid.com/learn-e....nglish-prepositions-

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. I'm Rebecca from engVid. In this lesson you'll learn the difference between two commonly confused prepositions, which are "to" and "at". So, the thing to remember is that "to" always suggests movement or direction. All right? "To" with movement, you're going to someone, to someplace, or towards something. So, "to" is movement or direction, and "at" suggests a location in place or time. So, "to" something, but "at" somewhere. "To" something, "at" somewhere. Do you see the difference? "To", there's movement. "At", you've already arrived. Okay? So: "to" and "at". If you use those gestures it may help you to think through it while you're choosing which preposition to use.

So, let's look at some examples. So, as again... As I said, again, we use "to" for movement or direction towards a person, a place, or a thing. For example: "I talked to him.", "We went to school.", "She walked to her car." A person, a place, a thing. Movement, "to". Okay? All right, here are some other common verbs. There are lots and lots of verbs that we can use with this preposition "to", which implies movement. These are some examples. You go to someplace, you go to school. You go to the university. You go to work. You run to something. You fly to London. You return to somewhere. Okay? Or you can also use lots of verbs with "to" plus a person. You explain something to someone, send a letter to someone, read it to someone, write to someone, or speak to someone. There's a direction. Right? Whether you're speaking, or writing, or walking, or running - "to" is always movement and direction. Good.

Now, "at" is steady. Whereas "to" is moving, "at" is very steady. "At" stays in one place, "at" is location, location and place, location and time. For example: "We arrived"-where?-"at the airport." We drove to the airport, and then we arrived at the airport. All right? So: "We arrived at the airport." Or: "Wake me up at 6:00." So, again, it's a location or a place in time, or a physical place. All right? Got it? Now, here are some other examples of verbs that you can use with "at", but again, there are lots and lots of verbs. So what's really important is not to learn the verbs, but to learn how these prepositions are used and what exactly they mean. But here are some examples. We stayed at the hotel, for example. I live at... I work at... I eat at this restaurant. I shop at the mall. Okay? So, "at" plus place or sometimes "at" plus time. Call me at 5:00. Let's meet at noon. Let's start at 10:00. Okay? So we have "at", location. Okay? Arrival, and "to" is always movement or direction. Got that? Now let's do a little quiz to make sure that you really got it.

All right, now let's do the quiz. Now remember: "to" indicates movement and "at" indicates location or arrival. So, here we go.

"We stayed _______ home."
"at home" or "We stayed to home"? "We stayed"... In all of these cases you have to choose between "to" and "at". "We stayed at home." Okay? Stay somewhere.

"I spoke _______ Jack."
"to Jack", "I spoke at Jack"? What do we say? "I spoke to". The direction of your speech is towards Jack.

Next:
"She went _______ the bank."
"to the bank" or "at the bank"? "She went", so "went" is movement. Right? Think of the verb. The verb is talking about movement. "She went to the bank."

Next:
"I bought this keychain _______ the gift shop."
"to the gift shop" or "at the gift shop"? So here the answer would be "at". Very good.

Next... The next one:
"Meet me _______ the coffee shop."
"Meet me to the coffee shop", "at the coffee shop"? What do we say? "Meet me at", right? Because it's a place.

Next:
"The movie starts _______ 4:00."
"to 4:00", "at 4:00"? Which one is right? "The movie starts at", okay? We always use "at" for very specific times.

Next:
"We flew _______ Amsterdam."
What do we say? "We flew..." Flew, movement. Right? Flying is movement. "to Amsterdam", very good.

"I sent a card _______ my Mom."
Sending, is it movement? Yes. Sending implies movement, so for movement we have to say: "I sent a card to my Mom." Okay.

"She read a story _______ her son."
When you're reading, the activity is directed towards someone, so: "She read a story to her son."

And the last one:
"John studied _______ the library."
So, where was he? Was he in one place or was he moving? He was in one place, one location. All right? So we can say: "John studied at the library."

Okay? I hope that my little demonstrations helped you to understand the meaning of "to" as well as "at". All right? If you'd like to do some more practice, please go to our website, www.engvid.com.

IELTS General: Writing Task 1  – 14 Top Tips!
00:23:40
engVid
5 Views · 5 years ago

I've trained thousands of students for success on their IELTS exam by using these 14 tips! Now it's your turn. You'll learn what you MUST do to get the highest score on your IELTS General Writing Task 1. Find out how to easily identify the type and purpose of each letter, and how to start and end your letter perfectly. Learn to save time and effort by using standard expressions. Understand the scoring criteria, so you know exactly what to do and what NOT to do. Visit http://www.GoodLuckIELTS.com for a free guide to the IELTS, and download my free resource at https://www.engvid.com/ielts-g....eneral-task-1-letter with sample letters, sample topics, key expressions, tips, and much more. Good luck!

Take the quiz on this lesson: https://www.engvid.com/ielts-g....eneral-writing-task-

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. I'm Rebecca from engVid. If you need to do the IELTS general exam, I'm sure it's for a very important reason. Perhaps you're trying to immigrate to another country, or get admission to a college program, or join a professional training program. Whatever your reason, I know you want to get the highest marks possible. Right? Of course. So I'm going to help you to do exactly that in one particular area of the exam, and that's in your writing section. Now, in the writing section there are two parts, one is a letter and one is an essay. In this lesson we will focus on how you can get the highest marks possible in the letter-writing section. Okay? The 14 tips that I'm going to give you I promise you, if you apply each one of these things, step by step you're going to get more and more marks. Okay? So stick with me and we will go through them. Let's get started.

So, the first thing you have to identify when you read the letter-writing task is: What type of letter am I being asked to write? Is it a formal letter, is it a semi-formal letter, or is it an informal letter? Well, how do you know that? Well, you can know it in a few ways and I'm going to explain them, but one of the ways that you can know it is to look at the second point that you need to understand, is to identify the purpose of the letter because some purposes are more formal than other purposes. All right? For example, some formal letters might ask you to request information; or apply for a job; or complain about a product or a service, maybe to an airline, maybe to a store, something like that; or to make a suggestion or a recommendation. All right? To a shopping mall, to a restaurant, something like that. These are more formal situations. These are when we are writing to people or companies that we don't know. All right? That's the clue: You don't have anybody's name, you just have the name of the company.

All right. Semi-formal letters might include things like this: Complaining to a landlord; or explaining something, a problem or a situation to a neighbour; or asking a professor for permission to miss an exam or to submit your assignment late. Whatever it is. Okay? The details vary. Doesn't matter. And here, what's...? What identifies the semi-formal? The semi-formal we know it's still a kind of a formal situation, but here we usually do know somebody's name. You would know the name of your landlord, or your professor, or your neighbour, for example. Right? So that means something in terms of the way that you write the letter, the language, the tone, the style. All of this is affected by whether it's formal, semi-formal, or informal. And I'll explain more to you as we go along.

Now, examples of informal letters might be where you're being asked to invite a friend, or thank a friend, or apologize to a friend, or ask for advice from someone that you know. Okay? Here what's important is that you really know this person well and you're probably going to call them by first name. So I'm going to explain exactly how all of this translates into the next step, which is how you begin your letter.

So the first step was to identify the type of letter. Second step, the purpose. Now the third step is to open and close the letter correctly. Once you've done steps one and two, you will know how to do this step. Because if it's a formal letter then you start with: "Dear Sir" or "Madam", and you end with: "Yours faithfully". Okay? That's how it is. If it's a semi-formal letter, you will start with something like: "Dear Mr. Brown" or "Dear Ms. Stone" or "Mrs. Stone". "Ms." Is when you don't know if a woman is married or not, or if she's just a modern woman. And you end the semi-formal letter with something like: "Yours sincerely". Okay? What we're trying to do is to match up the formality of the situation with these terms that we're using. Okay? The opening and closing salutations they're called, these are called. All right? Next is the informal one.

Vocabulary Hack: Sound smarter and avoid mistakes
00:12:49
engVid
9 Views · 5 years ago

Start speaking and writing at a more advanced level with this easy trick! You'll improve your job prospects, get higher grades, and sound smarter altogether. In this video, I'll show you how to use compound adjectives. These are adjectives built of more than one word. You'll see common examples that you can use, and learn how to write them correctly. I'll also teach you how to avoid a common error that many English learners make, so that you can write correctly and confidently. Impress your friends, co-workers, and teachers by using compound adjectives. Want to practice what you've learned? Do the exercises at https://www.engvid.com/vocabul....ary-hack-compound-ad

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. I'm Rebecca from engVid, and this lesson is a vocabulary hack. What does that mean? It means that this lesson will allow you to learn something to do with vocabulary very quickly, and also will enable you to improve your vocabulary tremendously with just this one little trick. Okay? Now, what does it have to do with? It has to do with something called "Compound Adjectives". Now, that doesn't sound very exciting, but it is actually really exciting. Let me show you what it is and how to do it. Okay? How to use it.

So, first of all, what's an adjective? An adjective is a word that describes, usually, a noun. For example, if we say: "He is a tall man", "tall" describes the man, so "tall" is the adjective. "It's a sunny day", "sunny" is the adjective. Right? "We had a big party", "big" is the adjective. So that's an adjective by itself. Now, what does the word "compound" mean? "Compound" means more than one. So when we have compound adjectives we have two or more words that are used together, but kind of as one unit, to describe a noun. All right? Let's see how it works.

Now, for example, before I show you this, let me give you two sentences. So sometimes people write like this or speak like this: "Tom Cruise is an actor. He is well-known." Now, these are two simple sentences, but it's kind of a very basic way to speak. So if you want to speak more formally, or more academically, or more professionally, then you could take those two sentences and make them into one sentence. For example, you could say... Instead of saying that: "Tom Cruise is an actor. He is well-known", you could say: "Tom Cruise is a well-known actor." Now, when we use "well-known" like this, we have to hyphenate it. We put that little dash in the middle, that's called a hyphen, and then this becomes a compound adjective which describes the word "actor".

Let's take another example: "We decided to go to New York at the last minute." Okay? Or I could say: "We made a last-minute decision to go to New York." Now, the second way is a little bit higher English, more advanced English. All right? "Last-minute" in this case is the compound adjective, which remember is connected with a dash or a hyphen.

The third example: "They live in a country where people speak English." We could say that, but it is better and more advanced to say: "They live in an English-speaking country.", "English-speaking" is the compound adjective. All right.

The last one here, okay: "The city had so much rain that it broke all previous records." Okay? Or we could say: "The city had" or "The city received record-breaking rainfall." Okay? So, again, "record-breaking" is the compound adjective here.

All right. Now, just to show you how important it is for you not to forget the hyphen, let's look at these two sentences. Now, the first one says: "I saw a man eating tiger." Now, what does that mean? Well, let's see if there's any difference between that one and the second one. "I saw a man-eating tiger." Any difference? All right, so there is a difference, there is a big difference, especially for the man. All right. "I saw a man", so this is like the man, and he was eating tiger. He was eating some tiger meat. Okay? The man was eating the tiger. But in this one: "I saw a man-eating tiger", "man-eating" is an adjective which describes the tiger. That means the tiger is the kind of tiger that eats people, and that's called man-eating. So, the meaning is completely different when you add the hyphen, so don't forget to add that. All right.

Now, this is another very important thing to remember when you're doing... Or using compound adjectives, and that's when you use compound adjectives that have numbers. This is such a common mistake, even at advanced levels. But now that you're watching this video, you have a chance to get rid of this mistake forever. And if you don't make this mistake, you will get a much higher score-I assure you-on your... Any exam and also when you apply for a job, or when you're looking for a promotion because this is a very sophisticated thing to correct. It's an advanced correction, but it's a really easy correction, and that's why this is a vocabulary hack. Remember? Okay.

Are you using "enough" correctly?
00:06:14
engVid
8 Views · 5 years ago

Do you say "smart enough" or "enough smart? "Time enough" or "enough time"? Learn how to use this common word correctly in an English sentence. In this short and easy lesson, I'll teach you how to use the word "enough" correctly based on whether the word it is modifying is a noun, an adjective, or an adverb. Once you understand this easy grammar rule, you'll never make a mistake with "enough" again! Just to make sure, we'll do some practice exercises together. Then you can test how well you understood the lesson with the quiz at https://www.engvid.com/are-you....-using-enough-correc

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. I'm Rebecca from engVid. The word "enough" is a very commonly used word in English. Unfortunately, it's also a very commonly misused word. That means that many students make mistakes while using this otherwise rather simple word. The reason for that is because the word "enough" can be used in two different ways, and in this lesson we're going to learn exactly how to do that. Okay? Let's get started.

So, first of all, what does the word "enough" mean? It means that you have as much or as many of something as you need. All right? For example, if you have just a few minutes, you have enough time to watch this lesson and to learn the lesson. Okay? Learn how to use the word "enough". All right.

So, what are these two ways in which we can use the word "enough"? You can either use it before a noun, or after an adjective or an adverb. Okay? Now, I know that's a lot of grammar, so let's look at some examples. So, when we use "enough" before a noun, we could say: "We have enough food for the party.", "We have enough space in this room for everyone.", "We have enough chairs for all the guests." Okay? So that's an example of "enough" before a noun.

Now, as I said, you can also use it after an adjective. For example: "It's warm enough in the room." Okay? Or: "Is your tea sweet enough?", or "The teacher explained the lesson clearly enough for everyone to understand." Okay? So the last one was an adverb, the other two were adjectives.

Now, let's take one example and use the word "enough" in these two different ways to see exactly how it works. First: "He has enough money to buy the car." Right? So, here, before a noun. Right? "He has enough money". Second example: "He is rich enough to buy the car." Okay? So now we see that the "enough" comes after the adjective. "He has enough money", "He is rich enough". All right? So, that's how it works and that's all you really need to learn, but let's do some practice just to make sure that you really got it.

So, the first word: "rice". So do we say that we have "enough rice" or "rice enough"? So, "rice" is a noun, so we need to say: "enough rice". Okay? I'm not going to write the word "enough", I'll just put the "e" on this side or that side, according to whatever you tell me. All right. Next word: "carefully". Do we say: "enough carefully" or "carefully enough"? It should be "carefully enough". "He drove carefully enough to pass the driving exam." Okay? All right. Do we say: "enough experience" or "experience enough"? "He has enough experience." Very good. Okay.

Do we say: "enough tall" or "tall enough"? All right? It should be: "He was tall enough to reach the top shelf." Okay? Good, you're doing really well. Let's continue. Do we say: "The house was enough clean" or "clean enough"? Which one? I hope you said: "The house was clean enough." Very good. Do we say: "There were enough people" or "people enough"? What do you think? "There were enough people." Again, "people" is a noun so it's going to come before. You'll see wherever we have the e's on this side, that means those words are nouns; wherever we have the e's on that side it means those words are adjectives or adverbs. Right? This was an example of an adverb.

Let's continue. "The candidate had enough votes" or "The candidate had votes enough", what do you think? It should be: "enough votes to win the election". Okay, good. "You speak enough well to give a presentation" or should we say: "You speak well enough to give a presentation"? What do you think? It should be "well enough". All right, very good. "We have enough rooms for everyone" or "we have rooms enough"? I'm saying "rooms", okay? So: "We have enough rooms for everyone." Good. And: "The house is enough quiet for the baby to sleep" or "The house is quiet enough for the baby to sleep"? What do you think? Ready? Right: "The house is quiet enough." Okay?

So, as you can see, it does take a little bit of practice. Okay? But I know you can get it. I hope you got these right, but if you'd like to do some more practice, please go to our website: www.engvid.com. There, you can do a quiz on this and you can also watch lots of other really interesting English videos. And if you like this lesson, subscribe to my YouTube channel. Thanks for watching. Bye for now.

Learn English Tenses: Past Simple, Past Continuous, Past Perfect, or Present Perfect?
00:12:52
engVid
6 Views · 5 years ago

Are you sure which past tense to use and when? Do you understand why? Save years of English mistakes by watching this important lesson in which I teach you about past tenses. Discover your strengths and weaknesses in a few minutes. Then, follow my suggestions to master the grammar tenses you'll need to use more than any other in English.
TAKE THE QUIZ: https://www.engvid.com/learn-e....ngish-tenses-past-te

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. I'm Rebecca from engVid, and this lesson is going to save you years of English mistakes. Why? Because it's a diagnostic lesson. In just a few minutes you'll find out what you know and don't know regarding the past tenses in English. And why is that important? For two reasons. First, you can focus on what you don't know and improve those areas and improve quickly, and second because the past tenses are among the most important tenses that we use in English. Okay? And at the end of the lesson after you've done the exercise and you find out what you might get wrong or right, I'll show you exactly how to improve, what you can do. Some simple steps. Okay? Let's get started.

So, number one: "It rains all day yesterday." Okay? So these are all sentences in the past tense. Okay? There are four tenses we're covering: Past simple, past continuous, present perfect, and past perfect. Okay? So, all of these sentences have some mistakes. You try to find out: What's the mistake? If you know, then you know that part. If you don't, we'll see what to do. So: "It rains all day yesterday." What's wrong with that sentence? Okay. So, we're talking about yesterday so we know it's in the past, so what's wrong is here, this verb is right now in the present simple. It should be... It should be in the past. So then this sentence should be in the past simple. So if you didn't know that, then... Then you need to review the past simple. Okay?

Number two: "Have you seen Maria last week? Have you seen Maria last week?" What's wrong with that sentence? Or that question, rather. Can you find the mistake? Okay, so the mistake is this: When we say: "Have you seen", that's which tense? Present perfect. But then we go on to say: "Have you seen Maria last week?" That's a problem, because when we use the present perfect tense, we cannot use a finished time with it. If you use a finished time, like last week, then you have to change this question and make it into past simple. For example: "Did you see Maria last week?" That's one way to fix that question. And the other way, if we wanted to keep it present perfect-right?-we would say: "Have you seen Maria this week?" for example. Okay? That... Of course, that has a different meaning, but if you're going to use this tense then if you have a timeframe you can only talk about time which is either still going on, like this week, today, this month, this year, and so on. Okay? So if you made a mistake here, remember to review present perfect. Okay? Just make a note of that.

Next: "Gary studied when I arrived. Gary studied when I arrived." What's wrong there? There is a little mistake there, and it's here. Okay? This should be: "Gary was studying"-right?-"when I arrived". Now, "was studying" is past continuous. So, why do we need past continuous there? Because the action of studying takes some time. Right? It doesn't happen in one second. So he was studying, and studying, and studying, and then in the middle of this studying I arrived. "Arrived" doesn't take time, so "arrived" can be in the past simple tense. That's fine. I arrived, it's finished, it's over. But Gary was studying, and studying, and studying, and studying, and I came in the middle of that. Okay? So these are the kinds of things you have to know about these tenses in order to use them correctly. So, if you made a mistake here, remember to review past continuous. Remember at the end of the lesson I'll tell you exactly how you can review these. Okay?

Next, number four: "When have you sent the email?" Okay? "When have you sent the email?" Okay. So, the problem here, again, is that the tense that's used is present perfect. But with present perfect we cannot use the word "when". If you use the question word "when", then you need to change this entire question to past simple. "When did you send the email?" Okay? "When did you send the email?" Because when I ask you that question you're going to tell me sometime in the past that's finished and over. So that's past simple, and not present perfect. So if you made a mistake here, you should really review past simple, but more importantly also, again, present perfect. Okay? A little bit of both. If you just said here: "Have you sent the email?" then it's fine and it's present perfect. Okay? But if you need to use the question word "when", remember to change it to past simple. Good.

Number five: "Did you ever see this movie? Did you ever see this movie?"

Vocabulary for IELTS & TOEFL Essay Success
00:09:13
engVid
8 Views · 5 years ago

Watch this lesson to get a better score on your IELTS or TOEFL essay. Learn how to generate key vocabulary from the essay question itself! Avoid the ONE BIG MISTAKE made by thousands of students. Learn the art of paraphrasing through synonyms and boost your essay score. It's easier than you think, and the results will pay off in higher grades.
IELTS COMPLETE FREE GUIDE: http://www.goodluckielts.com
TOEFL COMPLETE FREE GUIDE: http://www.goodlucktoefl.com
TAKE THE QUIZ: https://www.engvid.com/vocabul....ary-for-ielts-toefl-

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. I'm Rebecca from www.engvid.com. Do you want to get a higher score on your TOEFL, or IELTS, or TOEIC essay? In the next five minutes I'm going to show you how to do this in a really easy way. You just have to follow two easy steps. Take your essay question and find the key words there, and then replace them with synonyms. Now, that might seem very easy and obvious, but you'd really, really be surprised to know that lots of students don't do that. What they do instead is that throughout their essay they keep using the same words that are used in the essay question. And if you do that, what you're showing is that you don't have a very good vocabulary, you don't have a rich vocabulary, you don't use... You don't have many synonyms to express the same ideas and thoughts. And what you need to do instead is to show off your vocabulary, and the way you can do it is to take the question, find the key words and make sure that you can generate lots of synonyms for those key words, because if you can do that then you'll use all those kind of synonyms throughout your essay instead of repeating the same vocabulary. Isn't it kind of a shame when you only have maybe 250 words on your IELTS essay or 300 to 350 on your TOEFL essay to keep using the same vocabulary? Don't do that. Learn to do something a little bit differently.

Let's see how to do it. Okay? So I've got a sample question, here, from the TOEFL exam. A part of the question. This is... This says: "Many students choose to attend university outside their home countries." Okay? And maybe after that they said: "Do you agree or disagree?" or something like that. Okay? Doesn't matter. So, what are the...? How do you find the key words? Key words are almost any of the important words. For example: "many". Right? So if you're going to talk about this in your essay and you're going to give your opinion, then you want to use different words. So what could you use instead of "many"? Well, try to make a list. For example, I made my list: "myriad students", "countless", "an increasing number". It could be another word, it could be an expression. Anything that expresses the basic idea. And sometimes when you're using a synonym you're expanding on the idea, and that's okay, too. You're changing the idea a little bit, and that's all right. That's fine. So, that was one of the key words.

Second key word: "students". If they said "students" in the essay question, don't use the word "students" every time in your essay. Use another word, like: "pupils", or "young people", or "scholars". Okay? Again, changing the meaning. "Scholar" is not exactly students, but it's okay to use that word somewhere. It also shows you have a lot of vocabulary, rich vocabulary.

Next: "choose to". Right? Instead of saying: "...students choose to", what else could you say? You could say: "they decide to", "they opt to", "they prefer". All right? So, what I'm suggesting that you do is take some of the essay questions. Right? And when you're practicing before the exam, just from the essay questions see if you can generate lots of synonyms for the words used in the essay question. If you can do that, believe me, you're going to use those words in your essay writing.

Let's see how it continues. "...to attend", "Many students choose to attend", what could you use instead of "attend"? You could say: "to join", "to enroll in", "to apply to", "to pursue undergraduate studies" or "pursue graduate studies". All right? Again, we're changing the meaning a little bit, but it's the same basic idea. Right? Because in order to attend you need to enroll, you need to apply, etc.

"Many students choose to attend university", here's another key word. Instead of saying "university" 15 times in your essay, you might want to say: "academic centres", or "an academic program", or "institutes of higher learning", or an "educational institution", or "school", "college", "academy". Okay? Instead of the word "university". Don't keep using the same word. Use the same idea, but not necessarily the same word.

Next. Next part, key part: "...outside their home countries". Instead of saying: "outside their home countries", say: "abroad", "overseas", "in a foreign country", "away from their homeland". Right?

Now, you don't have to write this sentence again, but what I'm asking you to do is to take the question, find the key words, and see if you can come up with lots of vocabulary for that.

Easy English Expressions with "OUT OF"
00:15:02
engVid
3 Views · 5 years ago

What's the difference between "out of milk" and "out of nowhere"? One is an expression, always with the same meaning; the other is an idiom, with different meanings. In this lesson, you'll learn how "out of" can be part of an expression or part of an idiom. You'll see how "out of" is used in everyday life as an expression and then learn eight common idioms, including "out of character, "out of town", and "out of touch". Idioms upgrade your English fluency in speaking and writing. Watch this lesson and start using these expressions for greater social, academic, and business success.

TAKE THE QUIZ: https://www.engvid.com/english-expressions-out-of/

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. I'm Rebecca from engVid. In this lesson you will learn how to use some common expressions and idioms, all of which start with the words: "out of". Okay? Now, let's see exactly how this works. First we'll start with some expressions, and then we'll look at idioms. And all of them are going to use the words: "out of", but in different ways. All right?

So, when we use the words "out of" as an expression, there, the meaning is consistent. What does that mean? The meaning is pretty much the same. It means this, when we say: "out of x", it means I have no x left. Okay? For example, when I'm out of something, it means I have no something left. I had something before, and now I don't have any remaining. There's nothing left. For example... Okay? The examples always help you to really understand something. So let's say you go to the fridge and you open it, and you're about to have a nice cup of coffee and you say: "Oh my goodness, I'm out of milk." What does that mean? You had milk before, but now there's no milk left. So then we say: "I'm out of milk", for example. Now, here when we use it as an expression it always means something like that. There is no something left. There is no something remaining. For example, in the office you go to use the printer and you can't print. Why? Because you're "out of paper". All right? Or you get into the car and you have a really big problem because you're "out of gas". Okay? "Gas" here means gasoline, petrol. Okay? All right, so that's a very common way that we use the expression "out of". All right? And here it always means that you don't have something left that you had before.

Let's look at some other examples where it means the same thing, but a little bit more abstract. So, for example, you're at an exam, you have three/four hours, you have a lot of time when you start; but at the end in the last five minutes, you have to hurry up and finish your essay or whatever you're doing because otherwise you will be "out of time". All right? That means you won't have no time left. All right. Or you go to the casino with a lot of money in your pocket, but after a little while the money's gone, you have no money left or you are "out of money". Or we could say: "out of space". For example, let's say you're moving and you're packing everything into a truck, but you've still got a lot of furniture left and there's no space, so you say: "We're out of space. We have to come back one more time with another truck to fill the rest of the furniture." Okay? That's called being out of space.

So do you understand? In all of those examples, and we use that a lot, with anything. Okay? And it always means you had something and now you had nothing left. That's the straightforward way in which we use this expression, but we can also use "out of" as an idiom, and then it doesn't mean that you have nothing left. It means all kinds of things, and each time, each idiom means something different so you kind of have to learn what that idiom means. Okay? So here when it's used as an idiom it can have different meanings. Let's look at eight of these to see what they mean. All right.

So the first one is: "out of touch". You might have heard this, especially if you write to people by email, and what it means to be out of touch means to not be in contact. So, I haven't heard from John for a long time. We've been out of touch. All right? We're not in contact regularly. All right. Another idiom: "out of work". If you say that John is out of work or Mary is out of work, what does it mean? It doesn't mean that they don't have any work left. It means something a little bit different from that. It means they are unemployed, they don't have a job actually. All right? But it's kind of a nicer way to say that somebody's out of work, it means they're unemployed. They don't have a job right now. All right, the next one when you say: -"Oh, have you talked to James?" -"No. I haven't seen him. I think he's out of town." Okay, what does that mean: "out of town"? That means he's not in the place where he usually lives. All right? And that could be a city, it could be a town. It doesn't matter. We use the expression "out of town" even to talk very much about cities. It just means that you're away from the place that you normally reside or live.

Practice Speaking English: How to give short answers about yourself
00:09:11
engVid
7 Views · 5 years ago

Do you get nervous when people ask you questions in English? Do you wish you could answer easily, quickly, and confidently? In this lesson, you'll learn and practice how to give short answers with the verb "to be". You'll learn to answer positively and negatively for the present, past, and future. But for this video, our focus is not on grammar. It's on getting used to answering common questions naturally. You'll practice speaking by repeating these short answers again and again. Watch this lesson and you'll be able to confidently use the expressions: "yes, I am", "no, I'm not", "yes, I was", "no, I wasn't", "yes, I will", and "no, I won't". Practice with the quiz at https://www.engvid.com/practic....e-speaking-english-s and perfect these easy answers today!

TRANSCRIPT

Do you feel stressed out when people start asking you questions about you in English? Do you get nervous, confused? Why? Why are you scared? Well, sometimes it's because suddenly the attention is on you and you have to respond. Right? So, my name is Rebecca, and in this lesson I'll show you how to solve that problem very easily. Now, of course, there are all kinds of questions in English, but in this lesson we'll focus on questions with the verb "to be" in the past, present, and future. Why only the verb "to be"? Because the verb "to be" is a very common verb in English, and lots of questions are asked to you using this verb. Now, because people ask you a lot of questions, in this lesson I'm only going to focus on questions that people ask you, so you know exactly how to answer. These are not how to answer questions about him, or her, or us, or them. Okay? Only about you. All right? So by the end of this lesson you will know how to answer these questions, and feel much more confident and comfortable. Okay? Let's get started.

So, first of all, the thing to remember that in English when somebody asks you a question, especially when it's a yes or no question, you don't usually just say: "Yes." or: "No." because it sounds a little too short, and could be a little rude, could sound nervous, could sound angry. So usually we say a little bit more. Why? Just because then it sounds a little bit more like a sentence. And these... This little bit more are... This is called short answers. Okay? That's what we'll learn now.

So, for example, the question will start something like this: "Are you something?" and we're going to practice many times so you get it, and your answers... The options are: "Yes, I am." or: "No, I'm not." Okay? This and this, these are called short answers with the verb "to be". "Yes, I am.", "No, I'm not." Okay? This is, of course, contracted a little bit, but don't analyze it. Okay? Just repeat it after me so that it comes out of your mouth very easily. So, now I'm going to ask you some questions about you, and wherever you are, I want you to answer. If you're in a library, say it quietly. Okay? Or say it in your mind, but better if you can actually pronounce it and say it. So I'm asking you: Are you married? You could say: "Yes, I am." or: "No, I'm not." Okay? So say it. Really, tell the truth about you. Okay? Next: Are you American? So you probably said: "Yes, I am." or: "No, I'm not." Are you having dinner right now? "Yes, I am.", "No, I'm not." Okay. Are you a student? "Yes, I am.", "No, I'm not." Are you at the library? What did you say? "Yes, I am." And some of you said: "No, I'm not." In case you realized, these are general questions, these are a little bit academic, and now we come to the more professional questions somebody might ask you at work. Are you a manager? And you could say: "Yes, I am." or: "No, I'm not." And last: Are you attending any meetings this week? Even if you're not, just pretend. Give me an answer. "Yes, I am.", "No, I'm not." Okay? So, in the present tense these are the only two options you have, these are the only two things you have to learn: "Yes, I am.", "No, I'm not." Next we'll look at how to answer these questions in the past.

So, in the past our question will be: "Were you something?" Okay? And the answer will be: "Yes, I was." or: "No, I wasn't." Say it after me: "Yes, I was.", "No, I wasn't." Okay? So, let's look at some imaginary questions. These are general, these are to do with the academic world, and this has to do with work or at your job. Okay? So: Were you busy yesterday? So you could say: "Yes, I was." or: "No, I wasn't." Were you in London last year? You could say: "Yes, I was." Maybe you were. Or: "No, I wasn't." Okay, next: Were you ready for your last English test? I hope you're saying: "Yes, I was because I watched engVid." Or: "No, I wasn't. I have to watch more engVid." Okay. Or: Were you doing your homework when I called? Okay? "Yes, I was." or: "No, I wasn't." All right. Now: Were you on the phone? "Yes, I was." or: "No, I wasn't." And last: Were you at the conference last week? And you're saying either: "Yes, I was." or: "No, I wasn't."

Advance your English with 7 INTENSIFIERS
00:11:06
engVid
9 Views · 5 years ago

Want to sound more educated in English? Then I strongly recommend you watch this lesson. You'll learn seven advanced English expressions you can use while speaking or writing, in social, academic, and business situations. Intensifiers add passion and depth to your English. Once you learn these, I'm sure you'll also start noticing how commonly they are used. I sincerely hope you enjoy the lesson and honestly believe you'll upgrade your English! I recommend you practice using one or two of these intensifiers every day. Try writing a sentence with one of these intensifiers in the comments here!
TAKE THE QUIZ: https://www.engvid.com/advance....-your-english-7-inte

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. I'm Rebecca from engVid. After teaching English for more than 30 years, my goal in all my lessons is to help you to learn English more quickly and easily. So in the next few minutes you're going to be able to take your English to a higher level by learning seven advanced expressions with intensifiers. Now, what does that mean? What are intensifiers? Let's find out. Okay?

So let's start with this example in a general situation. Okay? "Joan likes music." We can say that, or we could say: "Joan really likes music." In this example, the word "really" is an intensifier, and what an intensifier does is that it strengthens or emphasizes the verb. She doesn't just like music, she really likes music, and that's fine to say. Okay? That's called an adverb intensifier. All right? Doesn't matter, but maybe for those of you who like to understand grammar, I'm just telling you what the words are.

All right, let's look at another example from a business context. "We appreciate your offer." Okay? No intensifier, there. The next example: "We really appreciate your offer." Now, again, the word "really" was the intensifier. But do we use only "really" as intensifiers? No. We use many, many other words because it would be very boring to keep saying "really" all the time. Also, "really" might be fine in this example because it's kind of informal and conversational, but here it's a little bit more formal, a little bit more businesslike, so you want to use better English, you want to use more advanced English, and you want to use more advanced expressions. So, what do we usually say instead of that with the verb "appreciate"? We usually say something like this: "We truly appreciate your offer." Okay? Now, in this example, the word "truly" is the intensifier instead of "really". Right? And the verb stays the same, so that's "appreciate". So, when you have an intensifier like "truly" or "really" plus a verb, like "appreciate", that's called a collocation. Okay? Or a word combination, two words which are used together very frequently. All right? So people expect to hear them together. All right? So when you use them, you sound much more natural. You also sound a little bit more formal, more polite, more educated, a little bit more refined and cultured, and just more advanced in English. All right? Because obviously if you say: "I truly appreciate your offer", instead of saying: "I really appreciate your offer", then you're going to sound more advanced. Now, of course, it depends on the situation. If you're just talking to friends, maybe you want to keep saying "really appreciate", but I'm going to show you seven other expressions... Six other expressions-you've already learned one, all right?-which you can use and which are used very often in academic circles and also in professional circles because you can use these expressions in speaking and writing, you can use them in social and business situations, like especially in customer service, in meetings, negotiations, presentations, discussions. Right? And, of course, we can use them in a lot of academic situations, like in your essays, or your IELTS, or your TOEFL. Imagine if you started using this kind of vocabulary instead of regular vocabulary. Of course you're going to get higher marks. All right? So, let's look at some of these expressions.

All right, so let's first start with an overview of these six advanced expressions. All right? I'll just read them right now. Don't worry about understanding them or how to use them. I'm going to explain that in just a minute. Okay? All right. So the first one: "Strongly recommend", "honestly believe", "deeply regret", "fully recognize", "sincerely hope", and "positively encourage". Okay? So, what did you notice in those? Each of them had an intensifier. Right? "Strongly", "honestly", "deeply", "fully", "sincerely", "positively", and each of them had a verb; "recommend", "believe", "regret", etc. Okay. So, why are they expressions? Why are they called collocations? Because these expressions, these two-word combinations are used together, and they are recognized as good expressions to use together. All right?

So let's go through them now so you understand exactly how to use them.

"WHAT" or "WHICH"? Learn how to choose!
00:09:17
engVid
7 Views · 5 years ago

How do you know when to use "what" or "which"? It's easy! In this English grammar lesson, you'll learn which of these question words is more specific and limited and which is more general and wide. Watch this lesson now -- learn and remember forever! Once you learn the grammatical rule, it will be so easy for you that I think you can all get 10/10 on the quiz. What more could you ask for?

TAKE THE QUIZ: https://www.engvid.com/what-or-which/

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. I'm Rebecca from engVid. In the next few minutes you will learn how to ask better questions in English. Specifically, you'll learn when to use the question word "what" and when to use the question word "which". Now, is there a difference? Yes, usually there is, and it's a very easy difference to understand once I explain it to you. But maybe you already know the difference, maybe you already know when to use "what" or "which". Let's find out.

So, do we say: "What colour do you like?" or should we say: "Which colour do you like?" Think about that for a minute, decide something. I'll tell you in a second. And here, do we say: "What colour do you prefer - red or blue?" or do we say: "Which colour do you prefer - red or blue?" Think about that. Got your answer? Okay, so let me tell you what we would usually say. Here we would usually say: "What colour do you like?" Why? Because we're asking: "Out of all the colours in the world, what colour do you like?" And here, we would usually say: "Which", okay? "Which colour do you prefer - red or blue?" Why? Because here we have a specific choice. All right? So let me summarize what the difference is. Okay? So, when we use "What", we use "What" to talk about things that are very broad or very general. So here, we used it to talk about general questions or very wide, broad questions. Okay? Where the number of options, the number of possibilities are unknown or very large. Okay? "Which" is much different, it's much more specific. Okay? So, we use "Which" when we have limited options, not wide. We use it when we have much more limited options. For example, here we said: "Red or blue?" It doesn't have to be only two. It could be three, four, it could be 10, but it's limited and not unlimited. That's the difference. "What" is used when we're asking about something general, and "Which" is used when we're asking about something specific. Now, just to explain, in this one, for example, I said that the probable answer is: "What colour do you like?" But if I showed you a card which had four colours, and now it's limited, right? So then I could ask you: "Which colour do you like?" because it's out of these four, so it becomes limited and not: What colour out of all the colours in the world? Okay? So, let's look at a few more examples so you can understand exactly how this works.

All right, so let's look at some examples in a social context, in an academic context, and in a business context. Okay? So, for example, we could ask someone: "What do you want to do today?" Very general question. Out of all the things we could possibly do in this city, what do you want to do? Very broad. Right? Or: "Which movie do you want to see - Star Wars or Batman?" Now the choice is much more limited. Right? It's more specific, and that's why we used "Which". Do you see the difference between the broad and the narrow, between the general and the specific? All right, academically we could ask someone: "What would you like to learn?" Okay? Out of all the subjects in the world, what would you like to learn? So very general, very broad. Or: "Which class do you prefer - music or art?" Now, of course, again our choice is very limited between two. Again, the choice might be between more. All right? But here it's two. In a business context we might ask: "What are our options?" Okay? Out of all the different things we could do, what are our options? This is a very common question people ask in business situations, in business meetings, negotiations, and things like that. Right? Or: "Which conference are you attending, the one in New York or in London?" Again, a much more limited choice, and therefore we used "Which". All right? So, are you ready to try some on your own? Let's do that.

Okay, number one, let's pretend that you're on a date and you want to get to know the other person so you ask them: "_______ kind of music do you like?" What should we say: "What" or "Which"? It's a very general question, right? So we say: "What", "What kind of music do you like?" Okay? Because there are all kinds of music; we didn't limit the options.

All right, the next one, let's say you're thinking about learning how to play an instrument, so you go to a music store and you ask the salesperson: "_______ instrument is easier to learn - the guitar or the piano?" What do we say there? What should we say? I think we should say: "Which". Right? "Which instrument is easier to learn - the guitar or the piano?"

No more mistakes with MODALS! 3 Easy Rules
00:09:57
engVid
10 Views · 5 years ago

Do modals confuse you? Are you unsure how to use the words can, could, may, might, should, ought, must, have to, shall, will, or would? Watch this lesson and learn three easy rules to use modals correctly in English, once and for all!

TEST YOURSELF WITH THE QUIZ: https://www.engvid.com/modals-3-easy-rules/

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. I'm Rebecca from engVid. In this lesson you'll learn how to use modal verbs properly, and how to avoid making the most common mistakes that students sometimes make when using these special helping verbs. Now, even though modal verbs doesn't sound that exciting, when you see what they are you'll realize that we use these verbs all the time, and so you need to know how to use them correctly. Right? Okay.

So, let's look at what modal verbs are. So, these are words that express different kinds of things. For example, they might express ability, possibility, permission, obligation. Okay? And some other things like that. And they behave differently from regular verbs, and that's why they're sometimes a little bit confusing. But let's look at some examples of what modal verbs are. "Can", "could", "may", "might", "should", "ought to", "must", "have to", "will", "shall", and "would". Okay? These are the most common ones. All right.

So, I'm going to give you now three basic rules that you can follow to avoid most of the mistakes that are usually made with the modal verbs. Okay? So, first of all, make sure to use the modal verb as is. That means don't change it in the present, or the past, or the future. For example, we can say: "He can swim." This is a correct sentence. It would be wrong to say: "He cans swim." Because, here, the student put an extra "s" there. All right? And we don't need to change that modal verb ever. Okay? All right.

Second, use the base form of the verb after a modal. Don't use "to". What do I mean by that? For example, you should say: "He might join us." Not: "He might to join us." Okay? This is a really common error, so make sure you don't make this one. So don't use the full infinitive to join after a word like "might". Just use the base form of the verb, which is: "join". "He might join us.", "He could join us.", "He should join us.", "He must join us." and so on, without "to". All right? Very good.

Now, the next point is if you need to, say, use the modal verb in the negative form, then just use "not" after the modal. All right? Don't add any extra words most the time; there's one little exception, I'll explain that to you, but for most of them, don't use words like: "don't", or "doesn't", or "isn't", "aren't", "wasn't", "won't". Okay? So, with most of these modal verbs just say "not". For example: "You should not smoke." Not: "You don't should smoke." All right? So, here the student knows and learned all these lovely words: "don't", "doesn't", "isn't", "aren't", all that and try to use it when using the modal verb, but that's wrong. Okay? So, the only exception is with the verb... With the modal verb "have to", there if you want to make it negative, you need to say: "You don't have to do this", okay? But with the other ones, we just say: "You cannot", "You could not", "You may not", "You might not", "You should not", "You ought not to", okay? So there you have to be careful where to place it. "You must not", this one I told you is an exception. "You will not", "You shall not", and "You would not". Okay? And the other thing to keep in mind when you're using this word and "not", this is a really common mistake, so the important thing to remember: This actually becomes one word. Okay? Only in that case. You don't say... You say: "cannot", but it's actually one word. All right? Most of the time, almost always "not" is a separate word with all of the modal verbs. But not with "can". With "can" it actually becomes one word: "I cannot arrive"-okay?-"on time", like that. Okay? So, now that you've got these basic rules and you've understood how it works, let's do some practice to see how well you've understood.

Okay, so let's get started with our exercises. Now, the rules are written at the top just in case you didn't remember them exactly. First one, remember use it as it is, don't change the modal verb. Second one, use with the base verb. Don't use the full infinitive "to" something. And the last one: Use "not" after the modals when it's negative. Okay? All right. Try to keep those in mind, but most of all let's look at the actual examples and you tell me what's wrong with them. There is something wrong with each and every one of these sentences. Okay.

Number one: "You must to finish your homework. You must to finish your homework." What's wrong there? What did the person do wrong? They added "to". All right? This was our second rule. Right? You cannot use "to".

Vocabulary Hack: 2 suffixes, 200+ words!
00:09:14
engVid
5 Views · 5 years ago

Expand your vocabulary with two easy suffixes: "-ize" and "-ization". Start using advanced verbs like "westernize', "criminalize", and "democratize" in your IELTS and TOEFL essays. Use advanced nouns like "monetization", "globalization", and "maximization" in business letters. Learn and study vocabulary in a smarter and more efficient way by understanding how words are created with these suffixes. For the best results, get my free resource page, with over 200 words that follow this pattern: https://www.engvid.com/english....-resource/improve-vo

WATCH MY OTHER VOCABULARY HACK VIDEOS FOR TRICKS TO LEARN LOTS OF WORDS... FAST:
Sound smarter & avoid mistakes: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=rKsm3AZuuFE
Learn 30+ verbs in 10 minutes: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=WyF8qR-1JXA

TAKE THE QUIZ: https://www.engvid.com/vocabul....ary-hack-2-suffixes-

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. I'm Rebecca from engVid. Back with another vocabulary hack. So, what's a hack anyway? A hack is a shortcut, a way for you to learn or do anything faster and more effectively. Okay? So in this vocabulary hack lesson you're going to learn not one word at a time, but you're going to learn a principle that will allow you to learn hundreds of words. Does that sound good? I think so. Because when you're learning a new language, the more vocabulary you learn, the more advanced you get. Right? So, especially if you're going to appear for the IELTS or the TOEFL exam, this is a great lesson for you, and also if you just want to improve in your career, and at work, and write better letters to your clients and your boss, and so on, and be more impressive, this is a way to do that. Okay? Let's learn how.

So, one of the keys to expanding your vocabulary is to use something called prefixes or suffixes. Now, a prefix is a group of letters that you add to the beginning of a word. A suffix is a group of letters that you add to the end of a word. In this vocabulary lesson we're going to focus on suffixes that you add to a verb and to a noun. Now, these suffixes are related so that once you make the verb you can also make the noun, and so you get... From one word you're going to get three words. And there are hundreds of words like this for which I will show you where you can get a resource so you can really expand your vocabulary. Okay?

So, let me show you how it's done. The suffix that we add to the verb is "-ize" in American English, or "-ise" in Britain English. And to make a noun we add "-ization" in American English or "-isation" in British English. Okay? You'll understand exactly what that means in a second. So, what does it mean when we take a word which could be a noun, it could be an adjective, and we add this suffix? What happens? What does it mean? It means that you're going to make or cause something to be. For example, if you want to make something more final... Okay? You have reservations, you want to make them more final, so we say if we want to use the verb, we want to finalize them. Okay? See? We make the verb with the suffix. Or if you want to use the noun: the finalization of my reservations. Okay? So you add another verb and you add another noun just from one adjective, so you've got three words instead of just one word.

If you're using the noun... So, what does the noun do? When we add "-ization" or "-isation", we're basically talking about the act, or process, or the result of making something a certain way. For example, let's take an example from the academic world. Okay? Lots of times you have to put something into your memory. Right? Whether it's a formula, or a poem, or a quotation, or something. So, what's the verb for that? We add "-ize", let's say: "memorize", and what's the noun for that? "Memorization", okay? Now, there's a little rhythm to this and we're going to practice that so that it comes to you really easily.

Let's look at something from the business world. What do people in business want to do? They want to make as much money as possible, so let's say you had the word "maximum" and you want to make it into a verb, you add the "-ize", so you say: "I want to maximize my profits", or: "Our focus is on the maximization of our profits." Okay? Or: "Minimize our cost", "Minimization of our costs", okay? Now, even if you weren't familiar with these words before you can see how you can use them and how easily you can form them, and this pattern applies not only to these three words, but as I said, to hundreds of words, and I'm going to show you a few more examples right now.

8 English Idioms to learn BY heart!
00:10:41
engVid
7 Views · 5 years ago

What do you know "by heart"? Who did you call "by accident"? When will you make something "by hand"? Learn eight easy, everyday idioms in English, all starting with "by". These expressions can be heard at home, at school, and at work, so understanding them is a must, and using them is even better. Learn to do both, confidently and clearly. Let's start now!

WATCH NEXT:
1. 8 IDIOMS WITH 'IN' AND 'ON': https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vZaFkJPMTjs
2. 5 'WORLD' IDIOMS: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=0IufiEw4SFE
3. EASY EXPRESSIONS WITH 'OUT OF': https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=erA1adH1R_c

TAKE THE QUIZ: https://www.engvid.com/8-english-idioms-by/

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. I'm Rebecca from engVid and today we have another lesson on idioms. "What? Another lesson on idioms?" Yes, because you can never learn enough idioms. Why? Because they're everywhere. Right? They're at school, they're at work, they're when you go out to parties. People are using idioms everywhere. Also, when you're watching TV, or watching a drama, you're watching sports, you hear them all over the place. The sooner you learn idioms, the more advanced your English will be, the more comfortable you'll feel around people because people use them and you understand what they're saying. Okay? All right. So today we're going to focus on eight idioms, not three, eight, eight-okay?-idioms that all start with the word "by". All right? So, let's get started.

The first one: "by heart". Okay? Now, first of all, I've written all of the idioms here. These are the meanings, but they are all mixed up, so don't look there. Okay? You need to listen to me, and then we'll check later. All right? Let's do it like that.

So, the first one: "by heart". What does it mean to know something or learn something by heart, by heart? It means from your memory, to know it just like that. For example, when you were a child-right?-you learned nursery rhymes probably, little poems that people teach children, and now if I ask you, you probably know them even though you might not have said them for years, you know them by heart. Okay? You know them from memory. All right, good.

The next one: "by hand". When you say that somebody made something by hand, it literally means by hand, not by machine, that's the main point, so whether it's embroidery, whether it's making something out of wood, or making something out of stone, you made it by hand. Okay? It was not made by machine. All right.

The next one, now, here there are two expressions that pretty much mean the same thing, so you might hear someone saying: "by chance" or "by coincidence". And what does that mean? That means something happened accidentally, without any planning. All right? And you were walking down the street, and by chance you met your old teacher, Rebecca, from engVid. "I remember you." Okay, all right, so that happened by chance or by coincidence. All right?

And the last one here is: "by mistake" or "by accident". All right. So, have you ever called someone that wasn't the person you meant to call, you were trying to call? So then you called that number by mistake or by accident. That means you didn't plan to do it, it wasn't on purpose, it was a mistake. All right?

So, now let's review them a little bit. So, if you did something without planning, just happened, then which one of these idioms describes that?

It would be "by chance". Okay? There was no planning involved, it happened by chance or by coincidence. All right.

The next one, not on purpose. Okay? You didn't make that... Dial that wrong number on purpose.

You did it "by mistake" or "by accident" so when someone says: "Hello. Yes?" And you say: "Oh, I'm sorry, I called you by mistake." Okay? Or: "I called you by accident." All right.

The next one, if something is not made by machine, then it is usually made "by hand". Okay? Good.

And if you know something from memory, that means you know it "by heart". All right. Good. Okay?

Let's go on, here. Now: "by the book". What does it mean when someone is the kind of person who goes by the book? When they say "the book", they're kind of referring to the book of rules, the book of laws. Okay? So, a person who goes by the book is a person who follows rules very strictly. All of us know people like this. Some people are more relaxed about rules, and some people are very strict about the rules. And those kind of people who are very strict or who are following the rules very strictly or applying them very strictly are called... We say they are going by the book. All right? Got it? Good.

Now, another expression, it's a very commonly used one: "by and large". Okay? "By and large, how's the weather today? Is it a good day where you are, is it sunny, is it rainy"? "By and large" means on the whole, very generally, in general.

How to read and write the date, and how NOT to!
00:13:28
engVid
17 Views · 5 years ago

If you don't know how to write the date correctly, you could lose your job. Are you scheduling a meeting, organizing an event, or planning a party? Watch this lesson first to avoid confusion. By reading or writing the date incorrectly, you could lose your job, miss an event, or even DIE. The date is written differently in different parts of the world, so it is important to know how to write for the people in your life. I'll show you how the date is written in different parts of the world, and teach you how to ALWAYS use the right date format. You'll learn when to write the date in words, when to use numbers, and what DD-MM-YY means. This lesson is important for everyone, but especially those who work with people from other countries.

TAKE THE QUIZ: https://www.engvid.com/how-to-....read-and-write-the-d

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. I'm Rebecca from engVid, and I have a simple question for you today. What date is this? Look at it, and tell me what date it is. Now, you probably said one of these. You might have said: "April 3rd, 2018" or "the 4th of March, 2018", and that's the problem, that not everybody who is watching this video from different parts of the world said the same thing. Can you imagine all of the problems that would ensue, that would follow if you announced this date for a major event where people from all over the world are going to attend? You could lose your job for this one, and I'm not exaggerating. This is a really serious point to learn in today's lesson. Okay?

Now, let's take it a little bit further. Let's imagine that you're organizing a conference. Let's pretend you're organizing a lecture at a university, or let's pretend that you're planning a wedding for a friend and you're sending out invitations. Okay? Let's see what happens if you write the date like this. Lots of interesting things, I assure you.

All right, so let's see what happened. If you sent out an invitation or an announcement with the date written like this: "04-03-2018", the Americans and Filipinos wrote: "April 3rd, 2018" in their diaries. In the meantime, the Brits, Germans, Russians, Mexicans, Indians, and a whole lot of others wrote: "4th of March, 2018" in their diaries. Already confusion is on the horizon. Right? Lots of expenses, lots of confusion, lots of issues. And the Chinese, Korean, and Japanese, they really weren't sure because you weren't actually following their system at all, so they're flooding your inbox to ask you: "Which date did you actually mean?" And all of this is leading to a lot of unnecessary problems, so I'm going to show you exactly what you need to do, when you need to write the date in words, and at other times when you need to write the date in numbers, how to do that and what guidelines you can follow. Now, of course, I'm giving you the general picture, it will also depend a lot on your company, what policies they have regarding how you write the date, the date format, and so on. But I'm going to tell you exactly how to write the date in words and also in numbers when you really have to. Keep watching.

Okay. So, as I said, when you have a choice, always write the date in words. And I'm going to show you exactly how you can do that in the next segment. But sometimes you don't have a choice. Sometimes, for example, if you're filing out a job application online or a government form, or a visa application, or you're writing the date on a cheque, sometimes you're going to see little squares where something is written in the background very lightly. It's usually a "D" or an "M" or a "Y", or all of them. Okay? So what does that "D", "M", and "Y" stand for? The "D" stands for "Day", the "M" stands for "Month" and the "Y" stands for "Year". Okay? So that already will help you a whole lot anytime you're filling out any kind of form. All right? Now, these are the different options you might see there and what will... I'm just trying to show you an example of how you would change the information based on what they're asking you with the "D", "M", and "Y". Okay? So let's suppose that you're filling out an application, a visa application, and they're going to ask for your birthdate. All right? And let's suppose your birthdate is January 3rd, 1986. If the form says: "Day/Month/Year", then you would write: "03/01/86". Now, usually they have two spots available for the day and the month, because they obviously... December is 12. Okay? You can't have more than two digits for the day or for the month. So if it just says... If it just has two, four, six spots there with a "D" and a "Y", you're going to write the date like that. Sometimes they switch it around, then you'll know: "Month/Day/Year", so in this case it would become January 3rd, '86. Okay? This is a situation in which the year is only asked for in two digits. Okay? Sometimes you see it like this: Year, month, day, then you would write, in this case: "86-01-03". Year, day, month: "86-03-01".

The 10 WORST English mistakes you're making!
00:10:58
engVid
6 Views · 5 years ago

Test yourself and find out if you make any of these mistakes in English! These are some of the worst mistakes people make in English -- but they are also very common. Both native speakers of English and English learners make them. I'll show you have to correct these writing and speaking errors quickly and easily. If you need more help with any of these issues, you can watch an entire lesson that focuses on it. Here are the individual lesson videos on each point:

1. YOUR & YOU'RE:
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=KRxod7diTkU

2. WHO'S & WHOSE:
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=04YAkWJw3Js

3. IT'S & ITS:
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=f-_vU1WlKTA

4. THERE & THEIR:
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=d3SAngtK4lg

5. LOSE & LOOSE:
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fWHikwIGTvs

6. GOOD OR WELL?:
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=xS1Krim0TUo

7. DO & MAKE resource page:
https://www.engvid.com/english....-resource/do-make-ex

8. AT, ON, IN – PREPOSITIONS OF TIME:
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=efuX_K-6ThY

9. I OR ME? SHE OR HER? THEY OR THEM?:
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=RoHCUX5P0ow

10. PRESENT SIMPLE & PRESENT PROGRESSIVE:
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=TDuZNqIeURA

QUIZ: https://www.engvid.com/10-worst-english-mistakes/

TRANSCRIPT:

Hi. I'm Rebecca from engVid. In the next few minutes you'll find out if you make any of the 10 worst mistakes in English. Now, even though it seems like I'm joking, it's actually quite serious. These mistakes could make you fail an exam or a job interview, they could make you lose a sale or a client, they could also ruin your presentation, or worse still, your reputation. You really don't want to be making these mistakes. And luckily, you found this lesson, so at the end of this lesson you will know exactly what to do to fix these mistakes in case you make them. And if you don't make them, then you can feel really good and confident about the English that you do speak. Okay? So, let's get started.

The first one... Now, I should say that the first five are all written mistakes, that is if you say these things, nobody will be able to tell what you're saying, but if you write them down then they will see your mistake. In other words, they are spelling mistakes, but the spelling mistake is based on a grammatical mistake that you have misunderstood something in English. Okay? But I'm here to explain it to you, so no worries. Here we go.

Number one: "Your late", "Y-o-u-r" or "You're late". Now you see, they sound the same, but this one is written "y-o-u-'-r-e". Have you seen this mistake on the internet? I see it all the time, but not by you I hope. So, what's the right answer here? The first one: "Your late", "Y-o-u-r" or the second one? Okay? So, the correct one is this. This is the correct one, this is wrong. Why? Okay? "You're late" like this is what? "You are", it's a contraction or short form of "You are", and the other one: "Y-o-u-r" is a possessive form of "You". It means this is your book, this is your brother, etc. Okay? So: "You are late." is what you wanted there.

Second one: "Who's that?", "W-h-o-'-s" or: "Whose that?", "W-h-o-s-e"? Which is correct? Well, this one is correct, and this is wrong because: "Who's that?" is short for: "Who is", "Who is that?" Again, it's a contraction or a short form. Right? And this one: "Whose" is a possessive word to ask: "Who does this belong to?" Okay? That's not what you want to say here.

Number three: "It's time to go." or "Its time to go." Again, remember they sound exactly the same, they are what are called homonyms, but don't worry about that. You need to know how to spell, so is it like this or like this? Well, this is correct, this is not. This is, again, a contraction for: "It is", right? "It is time to go. It's time to go." This: "Its" with no apostrophe is the possessive form of "It", it shows that something belongs to it. All right? That's not what you want to use here.

Next: "There here", "Their here", or "They're here". Again, they sound the same, but what's the correct spelling? Which word do you really want? So, we want this one. "They are here." Okay? It's a contraction. This one: "There" is the opposite of "Here", and "T-h-e-i-r", "Their" is the possessive form of "They", it means something belongs to them, and that's not what you want in this example.

The last one here is: "Did you lose this?" or "Did you loose this?" Now, some people don't pronounce it correctly so they end up sounding the same, they actually pronounce differently, and spell differently, and the meaning is completely different. Okay? So: "Did you lose this?" or "Did you loose this?" Which is the right one? This is correct, and this is wrong. The first one: "lose" is a verb because that's... It means... Okay, like something is lost, you lost it. You lose something. And "loose" means not tight, like: "His pants were very loose", not tight. […]

Master AT, ON, IN with the TRIANGLE method
00:07:01
engVid
8 Views · 5 years ago

No more confusion! Learn my simple trick to using "at", "on" and "in" for better English and higher grades. Master these common prepositons of time to speak and write more fluently. After watching, go get my free resource on the rules, expressions, and exceptions when using "at", "on" and "in" in English at https://www.engvid.com/english....-resource/50-express . You can also take the quiz at https://www.engvid.com/at-on-in-triangle-method/

Watch the next lesson in the series, Using the Triangle Method with prepositions of place: https://youtu.be/tIuUgJMjrQ0

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. I'm Rebecca from engVid. By the end of this lesson you will learn how to use three of the most confusing prepositions in English, and they are: "at", "on", and "in", as applied to time. Now, if you think you're alone in having problems with these little words, you are not alone. Many students have difficulty with these words because they're different in their native languages and probably in yours. Right? So, what do you do? Well, keep watching because I have found a solution which has helped many of my students, and I think it will help you, and that is by using a pyramid or a triangle-okay?-to learn these three important words. Let's see how it works.

So, like the triangle: "at" is used in very specific situations, very narrow situations. For example: "At 5:00", "At 12:30", "At midnight", right? It's very exact. It's very narrow. "On", like the triangle, is a little bit broader and it's used for one day or one date. For example: "On Monday", or "On January 25th", "On New Year's Day". Right? Got it? Are you with me? Good. Let's continue. Now, "in" is the widest of the lot, as you can see, like in the triangle; "at", "on", "in". So, "in" covers things like months, seasons, years, decades, centuries, and any kind of long period. For example, we say in English: "In July", "In summer" or "In the summer", "In 2005", "In the 1960s", "In the 1800s", which was a long time ago, or: "In the past". We can also say: "In the future", okay? Because it's also a long period of time. Did you get that? So: "at" for very narrow situations; "on" for little bit wider, one day or one date-right?-and "in" for the widest situations of all, more than one day or one date. Now, let's do a little practice to see how well you've understood this.

Okay, now let's fill in the blanks with our three words: "at", "on", and "in". But before we fill them in here, let's fill them in on our triangle. So, do you remember: What goes at the top, what's very narrow and covers a very specific time? "At", very good. What's a little bit more than that, covering one day or one date? "On", very good. And what's the widest of the lot, covering months, and seasons, and years, and decades, and centuries? "In", okay? You've got it. Now let's apply what we've learned, because otherwise there's no point, so let's do it.

So:
"_______ 6:00."
What do we say? Do you remember? "At 6:00." Excellent.

"_______ Sunday."
One day, right? "On Sunday." Very good.

"_______ winter."
What do we say? It's a long period of time, especially in Canada where I live, okay? So: "In winter." We can also say: "In the winter." Same thing.

And:
"_______ Independence Day."
It's one day, so we need to say: "On Independence Day." Okay? Very Good.

Now let's continue to some sentences, because that's how you actually use the language. Number five:
"See you _______ noon."
"See you..." Now, what's "noon"? "Noon" means 12 o'clock in the afternoon, it's a precise, exact time, so we say: "See you at noon." Very good.

Number six:
"I'll call you _______ Friday."
"I'll call you on Friday." Very good, because it was one day.

Next one:
"We have a meeting _______ 4:30."
"We have a meeting", specific time, which one? "...at 4:30". Very good.

And the last one:
"They're getting married _______ March 9th."
It's one day, okay? One date. So, it is this one: "They're getting married on March 9th." Okay?

So, you can see that the triangle can help you to remember which preposition to use when. Now, here's some more things you can do to help you remember this really, really well. First of all, go to our website at www.engvid.com, and there you'll find a resource which I've written which explains all of this, and also you can print it out, you can download it for free. Everything is for free; no cost. Okay? And there you'll find exercises and explanations of this, and also an explanation of some exceptions and expressions that we use with "at", "on", and "in". There are about more than 50 of them. Okay? So you'll find the explanation of the triangle, plus more. Second, while you're at the website, www.engvid.com, you'll find hundreds of other lessons which can help you with your English. Okay? Lots and lots of lessons at different levels; beginner, intermediate, advanced, business English, pronunciation, grammar, IELTS, TOEFL, you name it. Okay? It's all available and it's all for free.

Basic English Grammar: How to Use WAS and WERE
00:12:55
engVid
8 Views · 5 years ago

Do you make mistakes with "was" and "were"? Learn how and when to use the past tense of the verb "to be" with this simple, clear lesson. Practice using "was" and "were" in sentences and questions. An important and useful lesson for beginners and anyone who wants to review the important verb "to be" in English.

Next, watch my video on the difference between Past Simple, Past Continuous, Past Perfect, and Present Perfect:
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=e0q24_bB_54

After the lesson, take the quiz to test yourself: https://www.engvid.com/basic-e....nglish-grammar-was-w

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. I'm Rebecca from engVid. In this lesson you'll learn how to use the past tense of the verb "to be". Now, as you know, the verb "to be" is a really important verb, so in this lesson you'll learn how to use the words "was" and "were" correctly in English. Now, this is a beginner's lesson, but even if you are at any level and you just want to review the basics, this lesson will help you. So, let's get started.

So, the verb "to be", of course, can be used in the present, in the past, and also in the future. But in this lesson we are focusing on how to use it in the past. I'm going to just review very quickly how to use it in the present, but I think you already know that. Right? Okay. So, when we say: "The present", what do we mean by that? It could mean right now, it could mean this year, it could mean today. Right? So, for example: "I am at work right now. Yesterday I was at home." So when I say "was", that's the past. The past can be yesterday, last night, last week, five years ago; any time before now is the past. Okay. So, let's take another example. "He is a manager this year. Last year he was a worker". "He is" becomes "He was". Next: "She is in London today. Yesterday she was in Paris." Again, "is" became "was". Another example: "It is cold today. Yesterday it was hot." So, once again, "is" became "was". So what's the pattern here? What do you see? I know you see the pattern, so the pattern is that all of these became "was". So: "I am", "I was"; "He is", "He was"; "She is", "She was"; "It is", "It was", right? So all of these: "am" and "is" become "was" in the past. All right? Let's go to some other pronouns.

"We are studying right now. Yesterday we were working". "We were", make sure you pronounce that properly. A lot of people make a mistake when they say "were". It's not the word "where", like the question. It's "were". Okay? Say it with me: "We were studying." Good. Or, sorry: "We were working." All right. Another example: "You are married today. Yesterday you were single." Okay? Somebody just got married. All right. "They are here right now, but a few hours ago they were over there." Okay? All right. So, what do you see here? Another pattern. Whatever is "are" in the present tense becomes "were" in the past tense, that's all. So there's only two possibilities in the past tense: "was" or "were". Okay?

So, here's a little review: "am" and "is" become "was"; and "are" becomes "were". Now, one last little point: "was" and "were" can be used by themselves. Okay? So this can be a verb used by itself. For example: "It was hot." This is just the verb "to be" by itself, or "was" and "were" can be used as helping verbs. For example: "We were working." Okay? So that's just a little something to keep in mind. Now, next, you'll learn how to use "was" and "were" in English.

Now let's look at how to use "was" and "were" in positive sentences, negative sentences, and also in questions. Okay? So, as you've already learned: "I", "He", "She", and "It" all use "was". Right? "I was at home", "He was at home", "She was at home", "It was at home". "It" can be for a thing, for example, a cellphone. All right? If you want to make that sentence negative, then basically in English what we have to add is the word "not": "I was not", but when we're speaking we don't usually say: "I was not at home." We just say something a little shorter, we say: "I wasn't at home." Do you want to repeat that after me so you can learn how to pronounce it really well? "I wasn't at home." Now, when you're writing it, just remember that the apostrophe goes where we take out the "o". So: "was" and "not", take out the "o" and add the apostrophe, and then you'll not only say it perfectly, you'll also spell it perfectly. Good. So: "I was", "I wasn't". And then to make a question, we just change the order. Same word, right? "Was I at home? I don't remember.", "Was he at school?", "Was she at work?", "Was it on the shelf?" Okay? So you're just changing the order when you make a question, so that's pretty straightforward.

Now let's look at what happens with: "We", "You", and "They". For that we have to use "were". "We were", "You were", "They were". And how do we make it negative? Again, you only add the word "not". […]

Speak like a Manager: Verbs 1
00:20:19
engVid
4 Views · 5 years ago

This "Speak like a Manager" lesson teaches you eight English verbs with hundreds of uses. A real vocabulary hack to learn English faster then ever! Learn to use the words identify, resolve, motivate, focus, minimize, maximize, generate, and implement. These verbs are especially useful in business and professional situations. You'll learn powerful collocations or word combinations to use these eight advanced verbs in hundreds of creative ways. Make sure to subscribe to get all the lessons in my Speak like a Manager series (https://www.youtube.com/playli....st?list=PLxSz4mPLHWD

GET THE FREE LIST OF 100+ BUSINESS ENGLISH COLLOCATIONS HERE: https://www.engvid.com/english....-resource/speak-like
TAKE THE QUIZ: https://www.engvid.com/speak-l....ike-a-manager-verbs-

WATCH NEXT:
How to change basic English into business English:
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_2ZDNgtAsbw&t=0s&list=PLxSz4mPLHWDb5ilkSD089gY2UwKiP72S7&index=4

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. I'm Rebecca from engVid. Today I'm especially excited to welcome you to a new series that I've created called: "How to Speak like a Manager". In this series you will learn how to take general English and upgrade it to business English. Okay? And we'll be doing that by looking at different verbs that you can use, adjectives, nouns, and so on. Okay? But today in this lesson we will be focusing on eight verbs. But you might be asking: "Only eight verbs and I can become a manager?" Well, yes. "Why?" Because I'm going to show you how these eight verbs, to start with, can actually be used in hundreds of ways, in different collocations or combinations of words, so therefore you'll be able to use them in all kinds of situations. Definitely in professional situations, but also in social situations or personal situations. Okay? So, let's start right now. Okay.

So let's suppose what you want to say in general English or regular English is something like this: "I need to find out what's wrong." Okay? Now, on this side is all the regular English or the general English. Okay? And on this side we're going to express the same idea, but in higher English, in more advanced business English or more professional English. And you're going to help me because I didn't write the word in yet. You're going to help me because perhaps you already know some of these words, but even if you know them you might not realize how many different ways we can actually use those same words, and that's what I want you to be able to do. Okay? So suppose your idea in your mind is that: "I need to find out what's wrong." So how can we say that in more professional English? "I need to", the verb starts with "i": "I need to _______ the problem. I need to identify the problem." Okay? So, our first word today is "identify". Say it after me: "identify the problem". Good.

Now, suppose the idea you're trying to convey is: "I need to fix the problem." Okay? "Fix" is a very ordinary word, so what better word could we use here? "I need to _______ the issue or the issues. I need to", you might know this word. "I need to resolve", okay? So, "resolve" is just like "solve", but usually we say: "Solve the problem", but we might say: "Resolve the issue". And "resolve" is an even higher, more advanced word. And the higher vocabulary that you use, the more professional you will sound. Okay? And that's what our goal is. Right?

Okay, next: "I need to give people confidence." So what's a good word or verb for that? "To give somebody confidence" is to, something starts with "m": "I need to _______ my employees. I need to..." Do you know this word? I'm sure you've heard it. "Motivate". Okay? Say it after me: "Motivate" or "motivate". You can say the "t"; sometimes it's easier and clearer for people to understand you when you say the "t". So let's say the "t" now: "Motivate. I need to motivate my employees" or: "I need to motivate my employees." Okay? Instead of saying: "I need to give people confidence", because you see that all the verbs here are very ordinary, everyday verbs, and those are higher-level verbs.

Next: "I need to give clients my attention." Again, we have a very weak verb here, so how can you say that: "I need to give my attention to my clients or give clients my attention"? The word... The verb starts with "f": "I need to _______ on our clients." What's the verb? Do you know it? "I need to focus", okay? Say it after me: "Focus". Be careful how you pronounce this word because otherwise it can sound improper. All right? "I need to focus on our clients." Sounds a lot better than saying: "I need to give my attention to my clients." Okay? "I need to focus".

Next: "I need to spend as little as possible". "Spend as little" means spend as little money. So what's one word that captures that idea, to spend as little as possible? It starts with "m": "I need to _______ our expenses or our costs." Do you know what it is? Okay? So the word is "minimize". […]

How to make your English learning plan and achieve your goals
00:19:18
engVid
12 Views · 5 years ago

You’re working on your English, but do you have a plan? In this special video, you’ll build your English learning plan by answering six simple questions. Based on your specific goals, I’ll tell you how to achieve them with free and/or paid options. You'll learn what areas of English you can work on by yourself, and when you need the help of an English teacher. I’ll explain when you should take group classes and when private lessons with an English tutor are better. If you’re here, you want to learn English. It may be for academic, professional, or personal reasons, or to pass an English exam, such as TOEFL, or IELTS. These days, there are many options for you to learn English: books, videos, online, English schools, private tutors, Skype, newspapers, movies, music, and so many more! I’ll discuss each of these methods and how they can help you reach your goal quickly, and efficiently, regardless of your budget. I’ve helped thousands of English learners reach their goals, and I know you can do it too!

To contact me about private online lessons, go to https://www.RebeccaEzekiel.com/

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. I'm Rebecca from engVid. In this special lesson I'm going to show you how to plan your English learning so that you can get the best results based on your needs. And in order to identify your needs, we're going to go through a series of questions. Okay? Now, these are the same questions that I use with my consulting clients from all over the world to help to find the best path for them to achieve their goals. And I believe, if you follow these steps, you will be able to do the same thing. So what you might want to do is to grab a piece of paper, and as we go through the questions, make some notes for yourself. Okay? And then by the end of the lesson, you may actually have a much clearer idea of what the next step is in order to achieve your English learning goals. Okay? And also, what are the best strategies that you can use to get there. Okay? So, are you ready? Let's get started.

Okay, so the first question that you need to ask yourself is: "Why are you learning English?" Now, I know that sounds pretty obvious, like: "Why? Well, okay. I need to... I have to..." These are some of the things that I hear upfront, then when we go a little bit further we start to get more real reasons. And why is that important? Why is the "Why?" of our life important? Because the "Why?" is the motivation, the "Why?" is your fuel to reach... To help you take this journey. Okay? Learning English is a journey, and you need that motivation and you need to know clearly: "Why am I doing all of this?" And so, in order to do that... First somebody might say to me: "Well, I'm learning English for my job." I say: -"Okay. Why are you learning English for your job?" -"To get a better job." -"Why are you trying to get a better job?" -"To earn more money." -"Why are you trying to earn more money?" -"Because I have to provide for my family." -"Why do you have to provide for your family?" -"Because I love them. They're the most important thing in the world with... to me." Okay, now we found the real reason. It wasn't just that you're learning English for your job, you're learning English for your family who you love with all your heart. So, like in everything, there's a rational reason why we do something and there's an emotional reason. If you can find your emotional reason, then along with your rational reason, now you have really strong motivation. So ask yourself these questions, okay? Because nobody has to do anything; we choose to do something. Find your: "Why?" and you will have the strongest motivation to achieve your goals. Okay?

So, now, more specifically, let's look at some of the "Whys" that people have usually. So, number one: University. Let's suppose you're trying to get into university. Why is it important to know that? Because the "Why?" is also going to determine the "What?" What you need to study. So what's your "Why?" Is it to get into university? If so, then you need to focus on academic English. All right? And that's actually an entire field of English language learning. It's called English for academic purposes. Then you need to get those kind of books, attend those kind of courses, work with teachers who have experience in those areas. All right? Why? Because your needs are very specific. Right? Your needs are to be able to write papers and assignments at a university level, to understand lectures, to read textbooks with lots of technical vocabulary. Right? So that's why focusing in on your "Why?" to get into university will help you to determine your "What?" All right? There are many more questions.

Let's suppose your "Why?" is an exam, you need to pass an exam. Then... Let's suppose it's the IELTS, or the TOEFL, or the TOEIC, or the PTE, then your study strategy is completely different. Right? From somebody else, because these exams are like a world in themselves. […]

Pronunciation: How native speakers say TO, FOR, FROM in English
00:08:41
engVid
10 Views · 5 years ago

Want to speak more naturally in English? I'll show you what happens when native speakers use "to", "for", and "from" in normal conversation. Listen to how these words are reduced and shortened. Learn how to make these three simple changes in your own speaking style. After this lesson, you will understand native English speakers more easily and they will understand you!

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. I'm Rebecca from engVid. In this lesson I'm going to show you some simple ways in which you can understand native English speakers when they speak, and some simple changes you might want to make when you speak so that they can understand you more easily. Okay? So let's look at what they are.

They will involve these three prepositions, which we use very often. Right? They are: "to", "for", and "from". Now, normally, if we just say this word: "to", "for", or "from", then we would say it like that, but you don't normally just say the word: "to", or "for", or "from"; you usually use it in a sentence. Right? So what happens when a native speaker or you use this word in a sentence? Right now what you're probably doing is actually still saying it like that, as if it was alone, like: "to". But what happens when we use it in a sentence is we don't say: "to". With this one, we say: "t'". We say: "t'", "t'", "t'". So what happened to it? It became shorter, it became reduced, it became a little less stressed. Okay? Now, the word: "for", what do we actually say when we're using it in a sentence? We don't say: "for", we, again, shorten it or reduce it, and we say: "f'r", "f'r", "f'r". Okay? I know it sounds weird when I'm saying it like this, but you'll see how it works when it's in a sentence, and then you will be able to understand what people are saying when they speak at normal speed. All right? The third one: "from" by itself sounds like "from", but when we use it in a sentence we're shortening it and it ends up sounding like this: "fr'm", "fr'm", "fr'm". Okay? Did you hear that? All right.

Now, because you are used to saying what you see, what I'd like you to do for this first part just to train your ears right now is close your eyes and just listen to me as I read out some sentences. Okay? Doesn't matter. Just try to hear it. "I love to read.", "He wants to go home.", "She's going to the store." So what do you hear there? You can open your eyes for a second. Even though we had: "I love to read", we didn't say: "I love to read." I said: "I love t' read.", "He wants t' go home.", "She's going t' the store." So: "to" became "t'". Okay? All right.

Again, close your eyes for the next three. "I'm waiting for someone.", "Our house is for sale.", "Good for you." Okay? Open your eyes. Again, you had the word "for" there but it went much faster. Now try to match what I'm saying with what you see. "I'm waiting f'r someone.", "Our house is f'r sale.", "Good f'r you." See how the "for" became "f'r", "f'r"? Okay?

Close your eyes again. "I'm from Canada.", "It's from your brother.", "We work from 8:00 to 4:00.", "We work from 8:00 to 4:00." Okay? So: "I'm fr'm Canada", not: "I'm from Canada." Okay? We don't need to say each word separately. "I'm fr'm Canada.", "It's fr'm your brother.", "fr'm", "We work fr'm 8:00 t' 4:00." Okay? There you had two of them: "fr'm 8:00 t' 4:00". Okay? So, sometimes you have to train your ear and sometimes you have to train your eyes to not necessarily say exactly what you see. All right? And that's what we're going to practice next when you actually practice saying them. All right? Here we go.

Oh, I forgot something. When the word "for" is used at the end of a sentence or a question, then we do say: "for". Okay? That's a bit of an exception. For example: "What's this used for?" We don't say: "What's this used f'r?" Okay? That's was when it's in the middle somewhere, but when it's at the end then we do pronounce it that way. So: "What's this used for?", "What's this used for?" Okay? So then we are saying "for". Now we can practice.

Okay, so now let's see if you can make the small changes that you need to make in these three prepositions in order to sound a little bit more natural. So, what are those changes again? "To" becomes "t'", "for" becomes "f'r'", "from" becomes "fr'm". Okay? So, let's try it. "It's going to rain." You say it. "It's going to rain.", "It's going t' rain." Okay? You can repeat after me or you can try to say it with me, or before me. All right? Number two: "She worked there for a year.", "She worked there f'r a year." Not: "for a year", "f'r a year". Good. "I'm free from Sunday.", "I'm free fr'm Sunday." Good. […]

When to use CAPITAL LETTERS in English
00:16:04
engVid
12 Views · 5 years ago

Do you know when to use capital letters in titles? It seems so confusing. Some letters are capitalized and some are not. In this lesson, I focus on the extra-confusing words -- the ones that are sometimes capitalized and sometimes not! You'll learn the easy capitalization rules for writing about subjects, courses, companies, workplaces, occupations, and job titles. You'll also learn how to capitalize the names of movies, shows, books, songs, reports, articles, and more. You can do this -- watch and learn! Then take the quiz at https://www.engvid.com/capital-letters-in-english/

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. I'm Rebecca from engVid, and this lesson is about confusing capitals. Now, usually when you learn the rules of English capitalization, certain words are always capitalized. Okay? For example, the first word in a sentence, the word "I", the names of people and places, and so on. Okay? Some words are always capitalized, but in this lesson I'm not going to review all of the rules of capitalization, but I am going to show you about when to capitalize certain words and when not to capitalize them, because sometimes the same words are capitalized in one context, but not capitalized in another context. But it's not hard to understand; it's actually very easy. Okay? So I'm going to explain it to you right now. Let's get started.

So, the first one is in the area of a subject or a course. For example, if we're talking about a subject that you study, for example, algebra, then you do not capitalize it. For example, if you say: "I'm studying algebra this year." Okay? So you're just talking about the subject, and therefore it's not capitalized. But if you're talking about the subject as a course, as the name of a course, then you do capitalize it. Okay? For example: "This year I'm taking Algebra 101." Okay? That's the name of that course, so you do capitalize it then. Okay? Let's look at another example. "She's studying psychology. This year she's studying... She's taking Psychology 201." Or: "She's enrolled in the Psychology 201 class." Okay? Excuse me. All right.

Another example: "I would like to study business in university." Okay? The person is being very general, just talking about the subject. But: "This year I'm taking a course called Global Business." Okay? Now you're giving the name of the course, right? So what's the rule here? If we're just talking about the general subject, no capital; if we're talking about the course, then yes, we do capitalize it. Okay? All right. There is one little exception: When we're talking about languages, and this is always true. So if you're studying French or whether you're taking French 101, you're always going to capitalize the name of a language. Okay? And that's just because in English we always capitalize the name of a language; doesn't matter which one. Okay? That's it. All right.

Now, when it comes to places, let's look at how it works. So, for example, if I say: "She works in a bank." Okay? A bank, the bank, it's just the place, the building or whatever. Okay? The business. So then it's not capitalized. But if I say: "She works at the Brookfield Bank", now I gave you the name of the bank, so therefore it is capitalized. Okay? Because, again, the name of something is capitalized; the name of a person, or a place. Right? So then it will be capitalized. Or I say: "I went to the library." Okay? "I often study at the library." Okay? Just a library in general, not capitalized. Or: "I often visit the Toronto Public Library." Now I'm giving you the name of a specific library, right? So, of course, it gets capitalized. Got it? Okay.

Or: "He goes to university." Okay? He's in university, just a regular word so we don't capitalize it. But: "He got admission to the University of Oxford." Okay, now we're giving the name of the university, so you do have to capitalize it. Okay? Got it? All right. So I hope that's pretty clear so far. All right? So when we're giving the name of a course or we're giving a name of the particular place, like a bank, a library, university, a school, a business-right?-then you're going to capitalize it; and otherwise, in general, not. Okay.

Now let's look when we're talking about professions and titles. So, the rule is like this: If you're just talking about... Let's say: "I went to see the doctor." Okay? Or: "I need to see a doctor." So if before the profession you say the word "a" or "the"-okay?-then you don't capitalize it because you're just talking about a doctor in general; you're not giving the name of the doctor, you're not saying which doctor. So, here we just say: "I need to see a doctor." Or: "I have an appointment with Dr. Patel." Now this is the name of the doctor, right? So then we need to capitalize the "D" for "Doctor" and, of course, his or her name. All right? Next: "I would like to speak to the professor." Okay? "The professor", again, general, so no capital, but here: "You need to make an appointment to see Professor Brown." […]

Parallelism: The secret to great writing
00:13:42
engVid
11 Views · 5 years ago

Parallelism or parallel structure is one of the secrets of great writing. It gives greater balance and power to the way you communicate. It will help you get higher grades, improve your job prospects, and look more professional. In this lesson, I explain all about parallelism -- what it is and how to use it correctly. This easy but important lesson will take your English to a higher level. Follow up by watching my lesson on the Magic of 3 to strengthen your English even more: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=0FcAub-xqGQ&index=94&list=PLxSz4mPLHWDZgp8e6i0oyXOOrTAAaj0O7&t=0s

Take the quiz on this lesson here:
https://www.engvid.com/parallelism-great-writing/

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. I'm Rebecca from engVid. This lesson is for you if you want to learn how to communicate more powerfully in just a short time. This lesson is about something called: "Parallelism" or "Parallel Structure". Now, in case you've never heard of it, or if you've heard of it but you're not sure what it is, I just want to tell you that it's something really important, especially in academic circles or in the business world. All right? And also socially. So, whether you're speaking, or whether you're writing, this principle of parallelism will help you to communicate more effectively.

So, first of all, what is parallelism? So, it's a speaking or writing technique in which you communicate more powerfully by balancing different parts of your sentence, and I'm going to show you lots of examples so you understand exactly. So, when we create a sentence that has parallel structure, it means that when we have a list of items in our sentence, all of the forms of speech should be the same. For example, you have verbs, verbs, verbs; nouns and nouns; adjectives and adjectives; adverbs and adverbs. Now, that seems obvious, but in real life when people speak and write, they don't always do that. So I'm going to show you: "What are the benefits of using parallelism?" and also exactly how to use them in a sentence.

So, some of the benefits that you will get when you start creating sentences with parallel structure are that your sentences will have more weight, they'll be more balanced, they'll have more rhythm to them, they'll have more style, more clarity (they'll be more clear), and also you'll be able to emphasize things more. And as a result of all that, your speaking or your writing will be much more dramatic and much more powerful. And you may not realize why, but it's really important that this parallel structure exists. Now, in addition, it's not just something to make it better, it's not just something to improve your communication. In academic circles, if you don't follow these parallel structure rules, it's actually considered a mistake in writing; it's considered very weak writing, bad writing, poor writing, and you will get lower grades as a result of that. Okay? So it's really important, especially if you're in the academic world or writing anything serious or in the business world, to write this way.

Let's look at some simple examples first. Okay? So, this sentence, the first one: "Janet sings and dances." So here, what do we see? We see verbs and verbs: "Janet sings and dances." If somebody didn't write this sentence properly, they might write: "Janet sings and is dancing." Now, here it didn't match because this was present simple, so this should be a verb in the present simple; they should both be verbs, they should both be in the same tense, and so on. Okay?

Let's look at more examples. "We enjoy reading and cooking." Here we have two gerunds: "reading", "cooking". Next: "I like to watch movies and to travel abroad." Okay? Now, you see how that seems really balanced? Okay? So we have: "to watch movies", so we have an infinitive and a noun, and "to travel abroad". "To travel", infinitive and a... Well, it's not a noun, but it's like a noun, it functions like a noun.

Next: "The reasons for my view are political, cultural, and social." So here we have three adjectives. Now, up til now we had two, now we have three. And if you've watched my earlier lesson on: "The Power of Three" or "The Magic of Three", you will know that this is really special. This is like parallelism on steroids. This is like the best kind of writing you can do, and a lot of very famous leaders and writers write this way, using parallelism in threes to make things much more effective. So, if you haven't watched that other lesson, I will tell you where you can get it; it's called: "The Magic of Three" on our website. So: "The reasons for my view are political, cultural, and social." Three adjectives.

"The police acted quickly and carefully." Okay? So we have here: "quickly", "carefully", two adverbs. And last: "We enjoy comedies, dramas, and documentaries." So you have here three nouns. Right? So that's what's important: nouns with nouns, adverbs with adverbs, adjectives with adjectives - you get the idea. Okay? Now, if you get the idea, work with me, stay with me. […]

Fix two BIG errors in English writing!
00:11:31
engVid
11 Views · 5 years ago

Stop making the two most common errors in English writing: run-on sentences and comma splices. Write better email at work and score higher on your IELTS, TOEFL, TOEIC, or PTE. These mistakes occur when two sentences are combined incorrectly into one sentence. I'll show you how to correct these mistakes with a period, a semi-colon, a compound sentence, and a complex sentence! One lesson, so much progress!

Test your understanding by taking the quiz at https://www.engvid.com/fix-two....-big-errors-in-engli

Next, watch these videos to keep improving:
1. The Secret to Great Writing: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Y8pIidfrSG4&index=2&list=PLxSz4mPLHWDZgp8e6i0oyXOOrTAAaj0O7
2. The Top 10 Most Confusing Words for Advanced English Learners: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=n5pDRnCHbZo&index=25&list=PLxSz4mPLHWDZgp8e6i0oyXOOrTAAaj0O7

#writing
#LearnEnglish
#engvid


TRANSCRIPT

Hi. I'm Rebecca from engVid. In this lesson I'll show you how to avoid the two most common errors made in English writing, and also how to fix them. Okay? So, these two errors are: The run-on sentence and the comma splice.

So, what does that mean? Well, what happens in both these cases is that two sentences are incorrectly joined into one sentence. In one case, the run-on sentence, it's incorrectly joined because there's no punctuation; and in the comma splice, it's incorrectly joined with a comma. Okay? Let's have a look at some examples so you understand exactly what I mean.

So, the first one: "I like your haircut it looks really good." Now, what happened here? We have a subject and a verb, and a sentence here: "I like your haircut." So this sentence is really a sentence by itself; it should end there in some way. Okay? Later we're going to look at exactly how to fix it; there are a few options. But the writer wrote right after that: "...it looks really good", so that's another sentence with a subject and a verb. Right? We have it here. All right? So, this is incorrect, and this is an example of a run-on sentence, because it's two sentences with no punctuation.

Let's take a look at this one: "I like your haircut, it looks really good." Well, it still should be two separate sentences in some way, or correctly joined, but it's not. It was only joined with a comma, which is incorrect. Okay? So this is an example of the comma splice, which is basically these two sentences were combined into one incorrectly with a comma.

Let's take a look at another example. "My brother is a doctor he works at a hospital." So, by now you can probably tell me: Here we have... "My brother" is the subject, "is" is the verb; "he" is the subject, "works" is the verb, but these are two sentences. Right? But what happened? The writer wrote them as one long sentence. "My brother is a doctor he works at a hospital." And really, we needed some kind of break here, and the same thing here. So this was... Sorry. An example of a run-on sentence. Right?

And this one: "My brother is a doctor, he works at a hospital." But, again, we cannot join this kind of... These two sentences with a comma. So this was a mistake called a comma splice.

Now, you're saying to me: "Does a comma really make all that difference?" Yeah, it does, and especially if you're appearing for any kind of exam-okay?-any kind of English exam, like the IELTS, or the TOEFL, or the TOEIC, or the PTE, or anything else; or if you're submitting an assignment in school, or in college, or in university; or if you're writing an email. An email, you're just going to look quite unprofessional; but in school or in any academic situation, you're going to lose marks for sure in your writing with this mistake. Why? Because it's a very basic mistake. Okay? It's not a sophisticated, advanced mistake; it's a basic mistake that you need to know in English. "What is a complete sentence? And how to create a complex sentence or anything else." Okay? So, next we're going to look at how to fix these mistakes.

All right, are you with me? Let's take a look at a new example. "People are buying books online bookstores are closing." All right? So right now, the way it is up here, this is a mistake. This is, which one? Run-on sentence or comma splice? It's a run-on sentence. Okay? If it had had a comma here, then it would be a comma splice. But one way or the other, we have two sentences which are incorrectly joined and made into one sentence.

So, how can we fix it? So, here, first I'm going to show you two easier solutions that you can use. So, the first one is to separate the two sentences with a period. For example: "People are buying books online." (Period). And then, of course, because now we have a new sentence, we need to make this a capital: "Bookstores are closing." All right? Got it? Separate them with a period. Separate the two sentences, and start the new sentence with a capital letter.
[…]

10 Common English Expressions
00:11:03
engVid
2 Views · 5 years ago

What does your boss mean when she says "keep me posted"? What does your friend mean when he says "let it go"? Understand and learn to use 10 common English expressions today. They're easy to remember since they each only have three words! Start sounding more like a native speaker with these useful and practical English expressions for everyday life. Then take the quiz at https://www.engvid.com/10-comm....on-english-expressio !

WATCH NEXT:
1. 10 Idioms about people at work: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=hH4unUcQF3E

2. 8 idioms to learn BY heart: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=9wQkKwffiGM&list=PLxSz4mPLHWDZgp8e6i0oyXOOrTAAaj0O7&index=11

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. I'm Rebecca from engVid. In this lesson, you're going to learn 10 lovely English expressions that you might be hearing all around you, every day. These are really common expressions, so I want to make sure that you know them so that you understand what people are saying; and also, once you're really sure of the meaning, you can also start to use them yourself. Okay? Now, the other thing is that they're really short; each of them... The ones I've chosen, here, only have three words, so they're also really short and easy to say. Okay? And there are no complicated, long words to pronounce or anything like that. Okay? So, let's get started.

Number one is the expression: "Good for you." So, the way that I said it, what do you think it means? Well, what it means is that somebody gives you some good news, like: "Oh, guess what? Rebecca, I passed my IELTS exam on the first try." So what would I say to that student? "Good for you. Wow, you did it. Amazing." Or someone tells you: "Hey, I got the job. I didn't... I can't believe it." And I was like: "Good for you. You know? You tried, you did it; you succeeded. Good for you." Okay? Really easy to say and very easy to understand, I hope. All right?

Next: "Keep me posted." All right, so what does: "Keep me posted" mean? You have the word "post" here, but don't worry about that; it has nothing to do with mailing letters or anything like that. "Keep me posted" means that there's a situation and you want someone to keep... Give you updates; to keep you updated on what the latest news is or what has happened. So, for example, let's suppose that someone is in the hospital and they're... The doctor is giving them news every few hours to tell them what's happening, so you are not there but you want to know. You care and you want to know what's happening, so you tell the person in the hospital: "Keep me posted." That means: "Let me know. Anything new that happens, let me know. Keep me updated." Okay? And you will hear this expression in regular situations, like the one I described, and very often at work. Okay? If there's a particular project going on and your manager wants you to update him or her whenever something important happens, they might say to you: "Keep me posted." Okay? So, that's another one for you.

Number three: "Sleep on it." Okay? "Sleep on it? Sleep on what?" Okay. So, what this means is: Don't decide something right away. Okay? Take some time to decide, take some time to maybe sleep at night and think about something quietly, and don't be in a rush to decide anything. Don't be in a rush; don't be in a hurry to make up your mind, or make an important decision or choice. Say: "I don't know. I have this job offer, I have that job offer; I've got to let them know. I don't know what to do." If somebody's in that situation, so you can say to them, what? "Why don't you sleep on it? Okay? I think you'll know better in the morning." Okay? Sometimes people get very anxious, but you can tell them... It's another way of saying: "Take some time to decide. Sleep on it." Okay? So: "Sleep on it" is actually, like, the decision, okay? On the decision. Okay.

Next: "Let it go." All right? This is a really nice expression. So let's say somebody's had a bad situation, okay? Something bad happened to them, they... Somebody spoke to them angrily and they're feeling very hurt, or somebody left them. Okay? Or they... They lost their job and the manager, you know, embarrassed them in front of other people and they're feeling really negative and they're feeling bad, so instead of... instead of... and the person is telling you about all these bad things that happened, so you want to tell them: "Why don't you just...? You know what? I understand, but let it go. Forget about it. Move forward." Okay? So you say: "Let it go", means don't keep all that negative feeling inside you. Okay? Or that negative energy inside you. Let it go. All right? Forget about it, move forward, and do something good. Okay? Say it after me: "Let it go."

Or: "Sleep on it." Okay? Say it after me: "Keep me posted." And: "Good for you." Okay? Don't forget the... Okay? This is important. I always do that. I always make a fist when I say: "Good for you." Okay? You can do it, if you want to. All right. […]

How to say the time in English
00:08:47
engVid
8 Views · 5 years ago

What's the time right now? Can you answer this question quickly, without making a mistake? Watch and learn how to talk about time in English. Understand the two ways to express 1:15, 1:30, or 1:45. Make appointments or talk about schedules confidently and clearly. Answer this common question without stress or confusion, starting right now! Test yourself with the quiz at https://www.engvid.com/speakin....g-english-how-to-exp

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. I'm Rebecca from www.engvid.com. In this lesson, we're going to learn how to tell time in English. Okay? So, for example, if someone tells you: "I'll meet you at ten to ten", what does that mean? What is "ten to ten"? We're going to find out. Okay? Let's go.

All right, so here's the clock that I've drawn. Excuse my drawing, but what time does it say? Okay. So, let's examine the clock. So, this is called the hour hand - it shows the hour; and this is called the minute hand. Okay? The shorter hand is the hour hand, and the longer hand is the minute hand. All right.

And right now the hour hand is pointed to 2, and this is pointed to 12, so that means it is 2 o'clock. All right? So, as we go around, it would be 1 o'clock, 2 o'clock, 3 o'clock, 4 o'clock, 5 o'clock, 6 o'clock, 7 o'clock, 8 o'clock, 9 o'clock, 10 o'clock, 11 o'clock, and 12 o'clock. Now, if you just say: "12 o'clock"... If you don't know what it's like outside - is it dark? Is it 12 o'clock at night? Is it 12 o'clock in the afternoon? So, sometimes when it's 12, we just say: "Twelve noon" or "Midnight". Okay? If it's night, we say: "Midnight". But we'll get to that.

Now, there are many things you need to know in order to be able to say the time or express time correctly. All right? So, let's go through what they are. So, as I said, first of all, if it's a complete hour, on the hour, then just say the hour-the number-plus "o'clock". All right? That's the expression. 2 o'clock, 3 o'clock. Right?

Now, then let's start going by five-minute intervals around the clock and see what happens. So, here we would say: "Two oh five". Say it after me: "Two oh five". Good. The next one: "Two ten". Okay? That would be here. "Two ten". Then here: "Two fifteen, two twenty, twenty-five, two thirty, two thirty-five, two forty, two forty-five, two fifty, two fifty-five". Okay? So, we're going by five-minute intervals right now. And it could be something in between; it could be "two twelve", or it could be "two twenty-three", but usually people round off to those... These numbers, here. Okay?

So, one way that you can tell the time, and I think it's the easiest, as long as you know these basic numbers up to 59, but certainly the numbers by five, is just to say that: -"Two oh five." -"What's the time?" -"It's two fifteen. It's two fifty. It's two forty." Okay? "Two forty-five", and so on. That's the easy way, and you can say that, but you might hear people using another expression or a few other expressions as well, so let me explain those to you.

So, as I said, this you can call: "Two fifteen" or: "Quarter past two". So, why are we saying that? Because in this method what we're doing is we're dividing the clock into quarters. Okay? Like this and like this. So, when it's 2:15, it's a quarter past two or a quarter after two - after two o'clock, but we don't have to say: "after two o'clock", we can just say at that point: "It's a quarter past two. It's a quarter after two." Okay?

Then, when it comes to 2:30, we could say: "It's two thirty", or we could say: "It's half", right? Half from the 12 to the 6: "It's half past two"; that's how we express that. And at 2:45, we can also say: "It's a quarter to three. Quarter to". Now, anything after the 6... You see this other arrow, here? From here to the 12, we have to say something "to". "Quarter to twelve. Quarter to three." Okay? It would be quarter to three if it was 2:45. All right? Or: "Twenty-five minutes to three". You could say that, but those you'll probably just hear people saying: "Two thirty-five, two forty", and so on. But on these quarter and half, people do use these other expressions. Okay? So, again: "Quarter past two. Half past two. Quarter to three." Okay?

Now, remember when I said: "Ten to ten"? So that was 10 minutes to 10... 10 minutes to 10 o'clock. All right? 10 minutes before 10 o'clock. So, when people say: "Ten to ten" - 10 minutes to 10. It's not used very often, but sometimes people just use it in short. Okay? All right.

Let's look at a couple of other things you might see when talking about the time. So, when we're going from 12 midnight to about 11:59 in the afternoon, that period of time is referred to as "am - ante meridiem", but don't worry about what it stands for; people just say "am" and "pm". Ante meridiem and post meridiem. Don't worry about those. […]

Speak like a Manager: 8 Easy Workplace Expressions
00:11:11
engVid
14 Views · 5 years ago

Ready to sound more professional? What's the difference between "a zero-sum game" and "a win-win situation"? What about "a lucky break" and "a tough break" or "an uphill battle" and "a piece of cake"? Start speaking like a manager by understanding and using these eight English expressions, commonly used in the English workplace and in business communication.

NEXT, watch more videos in my SPEAK LIKE A MANAGER series:
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=TUSxq7KoTsM&list=PLxSz4mPLHWDamTa4xW7tkb-roADpiT5Jf

Or for more EngVid Business English videos, go here:
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vDMJVrVY3ME&list=PLs_glF4TIn5a_gCoap4RgS1pzj9DNyGtO

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. I'm Rebecca from www.engvid.com, back with another "Speak like a Manager" lesson. Okay? So, in this particular lesson, we're going to focus on eight expressions that are very commonly used in the workplace, in business, and so on. All right? And what's easy about them is that they are grouped... I have grouped them for you in pairs, so that one of them has a particular meaning and the other one kind of has the opposite meaning, and I hope that will make it a little bit easier for you to understand them and also to start using them. All right? So, let's get started. All right.

So, here's the first pair: "a tough break" or "a lucky break". All right? So, what do these two expressions mean? So, first of all: "a tough break"... When we say "break", we don't actually mean break. All right? It's like a chance; an opportunity, or a situation. So, when we say: "tough"... "Tough" means difficult. So this means something difficult or something bad that happened; and this, "lucky" means something good that happened. So: "a tough break" is something bad that happened, and "a lucky break" is something good that happened.

For example, let's say that someone you know lost their job. Okay? They didn't expect it, and it happened suddenly, and that was a tough break. Okay? That was something bad that happened; it seemed like. But then the person managed to get a better job in the first week, so that was a lucky break; something good that happened. All right? So, you see now that these are quite easy to use, these expressions, and you will hear them very often in the context of employment, in the context of clients, in the context of customers, and so on. Okay? All right. And in the context of life. Right? Okay.

So, let's go to the next pair: "a win-win situation"... Say it after me: "a win-win situation" or "a zero-sum game". Say it after me: "a zero-sum game". All right. So, here, also we have two opposite kind of situations. "A win-win situation" is where both sides come out ahead; both sides benefit; both sides can win. All right? Yes, this is possible. All right. And "a zero-sum game" is where only one side can win; and if one side wins, the other side is going to lose. All right?

So, for example, let's suppose there is a negotiation going on in a... In a company, in a large corporation between the management and labour. Okay? Labour is the... The people who work; the workforce. Okay? And they're negotiating and they're negotiating; and finally, they come to a compromise, they come to an agreement that both sides are happy. It's not easy; it doesn't happen easily, but it can happen. And if that happens and when that happens, you can describe that situation as a win-win situation, where both sides were happy. All right? In any kind of... Usually we use this when there is some kind of negotiation going on. All right?

Next: "a zero-sum game", right? So, here we said only one side can win. So, for example, if three law firms are trying to get the contract to work with a large corporation but only one is going to be awarded the contract or given the contract, then that's a zero-sum game. So, when one wins, the other is going to lose or the others are going to lose. All right. So, that's "a zero-sum game" or "a win-win situation".

Let's just practice pronouncing this first pair, repeat it after me: "a tough break". I know it says "t-o-u-g-h", but it's not pronounced like that. English is not always phonetic, all right? It doesn't sound the way it looks, so repeat it after me: "a tough break". It's like: "t-u-f-f". All right? It sounds like that. Or: "a lucky break". Say it after me: "a lucky break". Good. All right.

Now let's go to these two: "a long shot" or "a safe bet". So, "a long shot" describes the situation in which there is very little chance of success, and "a safe bet" is a situation in which there is a very high chance of success. This one, low chance of success; and this one, a high chance of success. All right? […]

Speak like a Manager: Verbs 2 – Opposites
00:13:23
engVid
12 Views · 5 years ago

Expand your English vocabulary by learning 20 business verbs that are also opposites. Learning antonyms is a fun, effective way to understand, remember, and increase your business English vocabulary. Learn verb pairs such as deposit & withdraw, expand & contract, save & spend, and more. Press play to watch, and 15 minutes from now, you will be speaking more fluently and communicating more powerfully. Test your understanding with the quiz at https://www.engvid.com/speak-l....ike-a-manager-verbs- .

Make sure to subscribe to get all the lessons in my Speak like a Manager series (https://www.youtube.com/playli....st?list=PLxSz4mPLHWD

WATCH NEXT:
How to change basic English into business English:
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_2ZDNgtAsbw&t=0s&list=PLxSz4mPLHWDb5ilkSD089gY2UwKiP72S7&index=4

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. I'm Rebecca from engVid, back with another "Speak Like a Manager" lesson. All of these lessons are designed to help you improve your level of business English so that you can sound more professional in the workplace. All right? Now, in this particular lesson, we're going to focus on a very important part of any English sentence, which is the verb. And we're going to look at business verbs that are opposites. All right? So, first I'm going to give you the opposites, and then we'll play a little game to help you make sure that you actually know them when you need them, because in speaking, you can't think too much. Right? You've got to work fast and think on the spot. So, let's get started. All right.

So, the first pair of words and verbs is: "increase" and "decrease". All right? Say it after me: "increase", "decrease". So, "to increase" means to go up - prices went up, prices increased; prices decreased. Okay? So, "decreased" means to go down. All right.

The next pair: "promote", "demote". Say it after me: "promote", "demote". So, what does that mean? When somebody gets a higher position, he is promoted or she is promoted; when somebody gets a lower position, that means they had a certain position and now they have been sent down. Okay? They lost that higher position and they've been given a lower position, then that person is demoted. Now, that often happens... For example, you might hear about it happening in the army; somebody had a higher-level position and now they have a lower-level position. They were demoted. All right? Doesn't happen all that often, but it does happen, and you want to make sure that you have the vocabulary to express that situation. All right? "Promote", "demote".

Next: "hire" and "fire" or "dismiss". So, "hire", you know, is like "recruit"; when someone is given a job. When a company takes a person on and gives him a job or gives her a job, they hire that person. And when that person is told to go away, they no longer have their job, the slang for that is "fire". So, lots of people know the opposite: "hire" and "fire", but "fire" is actually slang. Okay? "Hire" is not slang; "hire" is a proper business word. Another business word, here, is "recruit", but let's stay with "hire".

"Fire" is slang, so instead of... Maybe you don't want to use the slang term; you want to use the proper businesslike term, and the proper word for that is to "dismiss". Okay? Somebody was dismissed. That means they were told to go away; their job was not there anymore. Okay? They didn't have their job anymore. They were dismissed.

Now, you might hear the word "dismissed" in a slightly different context. Sometimes you might see it in a movie where they're showing somebody in the army, and the General is telling the soldier: "Dismissed. You are dismissed." So that also has the idea of being told to go away, but it doesn't mean that person... That soldier has lost his or her job; it just means they're telling them: "Okay, you have my permission to go away." All right? So there's a slightly different meaning of to dismiss someone. But in the business context, usually to dismiss someone means to no longer... To tell them you no longer have your job. Okay? All right.

Let's look at another pair of words: "to deposit money"-okay?-or "deposit a cheque in the bank", and then you "withdraw" or "take out money or cash from the bank". All right? So, "to deposit" means to put into the bank; "to withdraw" means to take out. All right. Good.

The next thing also has to do with money, which is you can "save" your money, keep it-all right?-not use it; or you can "spend" your money. All right? You can buy lots of things. When we buy things, we spend money. When we don't buy, we just keep the money, then we save the money. All right? We might save it under our mattress, or usually nowadays we save it in the bank. All right? But to save or spend. Repeat it after me: "save", "spend". Let's repeat some of the other ones: "deposit", "withdraw". Good. "Hire", "fire", or: "hire", "dismiss". Good. And: "promote", "demote". Good. All right. We already said the first one. […]

English Grammar: How to use 5 confusing indefinite pronouns
00:15:03
engVid
14 Views · 5 years ago

“None of them is” or “none of them are”? What about all, most, any, and some? Are they singular or plural? I’ll show you an easy way to decide when these pronouns are singular and when they are plural. I’ll also review indefinite pronouns such as everybody, somebody, anybody, nobody, each, every, both, several, few, and many. You can get higher scores and better results in speaking, writing, IELTS, and TOEFL by applying these rules. Make sure to download my resource page on Countable and Uncountable Nouns to master this topic: https://www.engvid.com/english....-resource/countable- And test your understanding of this video with the quiz: https://www.engvid.com/english....-grammar-5-confusing

WATCH NEXT:
1. THE TOP 10 MOST CONFUSING WORDS FOR ENGLISH LEARNERS: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=n5pDRnCHbZo&list=PLxSz4mPLHWDZgp8e6i0oyXOOrTAAaj0O7&index=28

2. VOCABULARY HACK: SOUND SMARTER AND AVOID MISTAKES:
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=rKsm3AZuuFE&list=PLxSz4mPLHWDZgp8e6i0oyXOOrTAAaj0O7&index=24

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. I'm Rebecca from engVid. One of the most important things when we speak a language and we want to speak it correctly is to make sure that our subject agrees with our verb. So, if we have a singular subject, we want to make sure we have a singular verb; if we have a plural subject, we want to make sure we use a plural verb. And most of the time this is something that you learn and you master. But when it comes to pronouns, it can be a little bit trickier.

Now, with the regular pronouns which are definite pronouns, like: "I", "you", "he", "she", "it", and... These are singular; and "we", "they", and "you" sometimes - these are plural. So that's also quite easy and usually you know that. But one area which can cause a lot of confusion to people who are learning English is something called indefinite pronouns, and there are lots of them. Okay?

So, what I'm going to focus on in this lesson is five of the most confusing ones because sometimes they are singular, and sometimes they are plural. And I'm going to explain to you so you will know exactly what to do. I'm also going to review some of the others and tell you when they are... Which ones are always singular and which ones are always plural. So, first of all, just before we start, let me just tell you that an indefinite pronoun is what it says; it's not definite, so it doesn't refer to a specific person, or place, or thing. Okay? Let's get started.

Okay, so we have, here: "Indefinite Pronouns", right? We have, as I said, three kinds; some that are always singular, some that are always plural, and the five which we're going to focus on in this lesson which could be singular or plural. Okay? All right.

So, this is just to review these first. So, which ones are always singular? Things like: "Everybody", "everyone", "everything". So, we say: "Everybody is here.", "Everyone is here.", "Everything is here." Okay? We don't say "are". Same with: "Somebody is", "Someone is", "Something is", "Is anybody here?", "Is anyone here?", "Is anything here?" or... And so on. "Nobody", "no one", "nothing" - also singular. "Each", "every", "much". All of these are always singular. So, you have to learn that. If you're not sure, you need to review that, but these are always singular. Okay? They're always talking about only one, so they are... Even though it seems like there's a lot. Okay? When we say: "Everyone", we're talking about, like, a group of people, so sometimes people think that means it's plural, but it's not; it's actually singular. So, you have to learn that because we're considering one group.

Next, we have a second category of indefinite pronouns which are always plural. These kind of make sense, so let's look at them. "Both", obviously we're talking about at least two people-right?-here. So: "Several", which means many - this is plural. "Both of them are", "Several of the customers are", "A few of the customers are here.", "Many of the customers are here.", and "Others are here." Okay? So, these indefinite pronouns are always plural - that's easy, and a little bit easier even than this one. Right?

But what happens when we come to these? These five are a little bit more confusing, because sometimes we can say the singular version, which is "is" and sometimes "are", or depending on whatever the verb is. So, what are these indefinite pronouns that could go either way? They are: "Most", "all", "none", "any", and "some". So, now I'm going to explain to you exactly when they become singular and when they are plural.

Okay, so the way that you decide with these five indefinite pronouns: "Most", "all", "none", "any", or "some"... The way you decide whether the verb should be singular or plural is based on what follows these terms. Okay? Let me give you an example. First we're going to start with the easy example with countable nouns. So: "Most of the book is interesting." […]

Learn English: How to wish someone in person and on Facebook
00:13:51
engVid
3 Views · 5 years ago

If you only write “Happy Birthday” to people on Facebook, you need this lesson! I’ll teach you what you can say AFTER that! You’ll learn many useful phrases and sentences to express your wishes genuinely, sincerely, and creatively. I’ll also tell you what to say when someone gets a job, sneezes, is unwell, has a baby, passes an exam, and more! Let’s make the world a kinder, more genuine place by saying what we feel and showing we care about the people we know.

NEXT, watch these videos to keep improving your English:
1. Polite English – Show people you care: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=mtl9vPjsP10

2. 8 ways to be positive & encourage others: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8Xz7C7TRRbo

You can also take the quiz on this lesson at https://www.engvid.com/wishes-in-person-online/

TRANSCRIPT

Hi, and welcome back to engVid. Today we have a really special lesson planned for you. In this lesson, you'll learn how to wish somebody in person, or in an email, or on Facebook during the happy and sad occasions of our lives. Okay? Now, actually, I've learned different languages; and even though sometimes you learn all kinds of complex words and all kinds of difficult things, sometimes it's hardest to say the simplest wishes and greetings in the natural way that they should flow when somebody tells you good news or bad news. Okay? So, this is to review, in case you don't know, and there may be some situations where you're not... Not really sure at all what to say. So, try to do this quickly with me. I'm going to give you a situation, and you tell me quickly: What do you say to a person in that situation? Now, some of them are going to be pretty obvious, and some maybe not. Okay? Are you ready? Let's get started.

Okay. What do you to say to someone on their birthday? "Happy birthday." Good. Now, as I ask you, if you want or you need more time, then just pause and say it. Okay? But, really, we're going to do this quite fast. So, on a birthday we say: "Happy birthday." Later I'll tell you what else you can write besides: "Happy birthday."

Okay. Your friend has a job interview. Before they go for the job interview, what do you say? There are a number of possibilities, here, but tell me something quickly. You can say: "Good luck." You could say: "All the best." All right? Good.

It's your friend's anniversary, what do you say to them? You say: "Happy anniversary." Yes, that works. Okay? You can also say: "Congratulations", but: "Happy anniversary" is fine.

It's January 1st and you see a friend, what do you say to him? "Happy New Year." Okay? Good.

It's somebody's wedding day, what do you say to them? Usually we just say: "Congratulations." Okay? Again, later I'll tell you what else you can say after that basic word, but you at least want to get the basic words out of your mouth. Right? Good.

Now, we don't always do this, but often we do say something before someone's about to eat, like, a nice meal or something like that. And the strange part is we say something in French because we don't actually have something in English to say before you're about to sit down to eat a nice meal. So, have you heard what people say before someone is about to eat a nice, fancy meal? Have you heard? We say: "Bon app�tite", which in French means: "Good appetite." Okay? So, that's something for you to learn. All right?

Your friend tells you that she's pregnant, and you say: "Congratulations." Okay?

Next, someone is introduced to you. Okay? So, what do you say to them? You put out your hand and you say: "Nice to meet you." By the way, depending on the culture and the situation, you don't always put out your hand for... To shake hands, but what you say is: "Nice to meet you." Okay? Good.

If someone has helped you a lot through a difficult situation, or with a project, something at work, something at home, what do you say to someone who has helped you? You say: "Thank you." Okay?

This one you may or may not know if you haven't been in this situation. Somebody loses someone that they love-that means someone in their family passes away or dies-what are you supposed to say to them? Well, there are a few possibilities. So, you could say: "My condolences." Okay? The word is: "condolences". Okay? "Please accept my condolences." Or: "I'm very sorry to hear that." If you can't remember the word "condolences" or you feel it's hard to pronounce or something, just say: "I'm very sorry to hear that. I'm very sorry for your loss." Okay?

Now, in case you're not catching exactly what I'm saying, what you can do during this lesson is to turn on the captions, which we have, and there you'll see these words that I'm saying written down. And if there's anything you don't know, then you could write them down for yourself, which is also a very good way for you to remember. Okay? So, there, you'll be able to write down, like: "Condolences", "Congratulations", exactly how to spell and write these words. Okay? […]

The New IELTS Computer Test: Everything you need to know
00:23:31
engVid
8 Views · 5 years ago

What’s the new IELTS? Should you take the new IELTS computer test or the old IELTS paper test? How are they similar? How are they different? Which one is easier? Watch my lesson to learn all about the new IELTS option, its content and structure, and the pros and cons of the computer-based IELTS and the paper-delivered IELTS. I explain the listening, reading, writing, and speaking sections, so you know what to expect. I also share students’ feedback and experiences. There are a lot of little differences that are not obvious. Find out which one section is easier on the IELTS computer test. Watch this lesson to decide which test is best for you and improve your chances of getting a higher IELTS score! Take the quiz on this lesson at https://www.engvid.com/

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. I'm Rebecca from www.engvid.com. In this video I'm going to explain to you about the new IELTS test, which is called the IELTS CDT. That stands for "Computer-Delivered Test". Now, there was and there still is another IELTS test also available, at least at the time that we're recording this lesson, which is called the PBT, which stands for "Paper-Based Test".

Now, if you're taking the IELTS or if you are re-taking the IELTS, it's really important for you to understand the differences between these two exams, which I'm going to explain to you here. We're going to talk about how they're similar, how they are different, and also which exam you should choose to take based on what those similarities and differences are, based on your personality, your skills, your preferences, and so on. And I'm also going to share with you some of the feedback that I've been receiving from my students who have appeared for both the paper-based test and the computer-delivered test. Okay? So, let's get started.

So, first let's look at how these two exams are similar. Okay? So, if you've never done the IELTS, then you need to do some basic homework. Okay? So, the IELTS is an English proficiency exam. All right? And it stands for "International English Language Testing System; the IELTS". Okay? And it has four sections. Like many English proficiency exams, it has reading, writing, listening, and speaking. So, in terms of these two tests-okay?-the paper and the computer one, the content is the same. That means you're not going to be asked harder or easier things if you take the paper one or the computer one. The content is the same. The sections are the same, as in the four sections that I mentioned. Okay? Both tests have four sections.

The timing is exactly the same. Okay? So you have 60 minutes for reading, 30 minutes for listening, 60 minutes for writing, and about 15 to 20 minutes for a speaking interview. Okay? So, the overall length of the exam is the same. Okay? It's about two hours and 45 minutes. That part is the same. The scoring is also the same. They are not judging you differently based on which form of the test that you took. Okay? The scoring rubric, the scoring criteria are the same.

Next, the speaking part of the test is exactly the same. Why? Because the speaking is not done on paper or on computer. If you've ever appeared for the exam before or if you've read about it, then you will know that the speaking part of the IELTS test is done with you face-to-face with an examiner. Okay? And so, that part is the same. Okay? So we're not going to talk very much about that because that part is exactly the same. That's the speaking.

We are going to talk about the other sections and how they are different. Okay? So, let's get to that. Let's talk about that first. So, here, I've talked about the content, the academic part of the test; and, here, I'm going to explain to you about some of the administrative differences-okay?-and how that will affect you or may affect you.

So, we said the speaking part of the test is the same; however, reading, listening, and writing, even though the content is the same, the experience is going to be very different for you, whether you're doing the paper-based test or the computer-based test. Why? Because you are different. Okay? Some people are very comfortable using the computer. Okay? And when you do that computer test, you should be someone who is really computer literate; you should be very comfortable navigating around a screen, scrolling, clicking on answers, clearing answers, highlighting text, typing on a keyboard, using the mouse, and so on. Okay? If you are someone like that, if this describes you, then you would probably be quite comfortable doing that computer test. Okay?

However, if you're someone who gets confused when you see lots of instructions, and you have to go forward, you have to go back, there are arrows, and you get confused by computer... By working on computers, then first and foremost overall, you might be better off taking the paper-based test-okay?-which basically is just a test on a piece of paper and with a pen and pencil. Okay? So, that's overall. […]

AT, ON, or IN? The Triangle Method for Prepositions of Place
00:11:25
engVid
15 Views · 5 years ago

No more mistakes! Learn this simple trick to use “at”, “on”, and “in” correctly in English. Master common prepositions of place with the Triangle Method, to speak and write more fluently at work, in school, on exams, or in daily life. Then, move on to master prepositions of time with my other video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=G01SFcou6P4&list=PLxSz4mPLHWDZgp8e6i0oyXOOrTAAaj0O7&index=16

Take the quiz here: https://www.engvid.com/at-on-i....n-triangle-method-pr

TRANSCRIPT


Hi. I'm Rebecca from www.engvid.com. In this important lesson I'm going to show you how to use three very common prepositions correctly in English, and they are: "at", "on", and "in". Now, you might have seen an earlier lesson of mine where I talked about "at", "on", and "in" when it had to do with time, and we used something called "the triangle method". But here, also, we're going to use this triangle method to learn "at", "on", and "in", but we're going to refer to places. Okay? To place; not time, but place. So, let's see how it works.

So, here we have the triangle, and you can see "at" at the top, "on" in the middle, and "in" at the bottom. Okay? So what does that mean? So, here we want to show that "at" is used when we're talking about very specific places. Okay? For example, when we're talking about the name of a restaurant: "at Starbucks", "at McDonald's", and so on. Or when we're giving a specific address: "at 25 Main Street". Okay? So, you have the number; not only the street, not only the city, but the specific number of the building and the street - "at 25 Main Street". Or we say a specific place, like: "at JFK Airport". And even if it's not with a name, it could just say: "at the airport", "at the office". Right? "At the library", "at the supermarket". You see that it's very specific, and that's why we use "at"; in those very specific situations. All right? Got that?

Now let's look at the second one. So, the second one is "on". "on" we use for a little bit more than a very specific place; it's a little bit wider. For example, we see here on a street, or a highway, or a floor. Okay? So, we see: "on Main Street", "on Route 66", "on the 6th floor". Okay? So: "Somebody lives on Main Street.", "I drive to work on Route 66.", "I work on the 6th floor." Okay? So we see that it's a little bit wider than that specific place. Little bit wider tends to often be horizontal kind of places. Okay?

Next we come to "in". So, this is for everything more. Okay? So, "in" is used for large areas. For example, we say: "in Los Angeles". Well, let's look first at what the categories are. So, large areas, such as a city, a state, a country, a continent, or just a large area. For example, we could say: "He lives in Los Angeles.", "She lives in California.", "They live in the US.", "in North America", "in the world". Okay?

So, what do we see here? That "in" is the broadest; it's the widest. Okay? And then "on" is a little bit less, and "at" is very specific. Okay? So, have you got that? Let's find out when we do a little quiz where we're going to practice using these very common prepositions: "at", "on", and "in". Okay? Because we use these all the time; we use them in writing, we use them in speaking - and if you have a mistake in this then you're going to have lots of mistakes. So, let's get it right and let's practice with a little quiz.

Okay, so before we get started, let me just tell you that there are two ways that you could do this with me. One is if you'd like a little more time to think about the answer, then just pause the video, and you can see all of the exercises. So, stop it, write down the answers, think about it, and then you can follow me as I go through it. Or if you feel you can do it right away, then join me right now. Okay? Let's get started.

So, again, your options are what? "at" for something very specific, "on" for something a little bit wider, and "in" for the largest areas of all. Okay? All right. So, let's begin.

Number one:
"_____ Tokyo".
What do we say there? Okay? Yes. It should be "in Tokyo". Okay? Why? Because Tokyo is a city, and it's a large place, so we said that for large places we use "in". All right?

Next:
"_____ Hill Road. _____ Hill Road. I live _____ Hill Road."
What would you say, there? Which of these? Okay, good: "I live on Hill Road." Okay? So, we said "at" is the specific one; "on" is for things like also the horizontal kind of places like roads, and streets, and rivers. Okay? The places like that; the floor that you live on. Okay? We say "on", "on Hill Road".

Number three:
"_____ Brazil. She lives _____ Brazil."
What would you choose for that one? "She lives"-yes-"in Brazil". Okay? Again, Brazil is very wide. Right? It's a big place, so we want the widest option, which is "in". All right? "in Brazil". "in" for cities, countries-remember?-continents, large areas of land, or also in the world. All right? […]

Can I? Could I? May I?
00:09:49
engVid
12 Views · 5 years ago

Should you say “Can I”, “Could I”, or “May I”? Learn exactly when to use each expression to ask questions politely in English. Be confident and correct when you ask permission or make a request in different situations: informal, semi-formal, or formal. Find out how to match your question and answer with the context. These modal questions are extremely common in English, which is why this is such an important lesson. Don’t miss it!

Take the quiz at https://www.engvid.com/can-i-could-i-may-i/

Next, watch this lesson about when to use "WHAT" and when to use "WHICH": https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=zAKnC2kr1_I&list=PLxSz4mPLHWDZgp8e6i0oyXOOrTAAaj0O7&index=22

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. I'm Rebecca from engVid. In this lesson I'm going to show you three simple ways that you can ask a polite question in English. Okay? Now, usually when we're asking a question, it's we're asking if we can do something or we're asking permission, or we're asking someone else to do something for us, in which case we are requesting that they do something. All right? And there are three key words that you can use for this purpose, but in different ways. So, let's look at what they are. All right.

So, those three words are: "can", "could", and "may". Now, of course, you've heard those words before and I'm sure you use them as well, but let's be really sure when to use which one. So, it's very easy. We use "can" in more informal situations. All right? What do I mean by "informal"? For example, with your family or friends. All right? We use "could" in more semi-formal situations. "Semi-formal" means a little bit formal. For example, with your colleagues, people you work with. Right? With your hairdresser perhaps, with a salesperson in a store. All right? There we could use "could" so we kind of know that person or we don't know that person too well, but it's not a very formal situation. And the last is in formal situations when we use "may". So, what's a "formal situation"? Well, for example, if you're talking to a client, or a customer, or you're at an interview, then you want to be on your best behaviour, use your best manners, be very polite, be very formal and proper, and that's when we use "may".

Now, there is a little difference in terms of the grammar of how we use these three words. So, with "can" and "could", we can use those two with all of the pronouns. So, we can say: "can I", "can you", "can we", "could they", "could he", "could she", "could it". All right? Can use those with all of the pronouns. But when we come to "may", we can only use it with "I" or "we". All right? "May I do this?" or "May we" - you can't really ask permission for somebody else so much, so this is... These are the two ways we use "May". All right? Sometimes you might hear it with one or two other pronouns, but really, these are the most common. All right? So that's what you want to be able to use so you can always be 100% right.

Now, let's look at the same question and how it's different with the three words. All right? So, let's say I'm at home and I ask someone from my family: "Can I have some orange juice?" All right? So, there I'm using "can" because it's really informal. Now let's say I'm at the mall, I'm at the food court and I'm ordering some juice, so I say: "Could I have some orange juice?" All right? Slightly more formal. And now let's pretend that we're in a fancy restaurant and I'm ordering orange juice, so then I say: "May I have some orange juice?" Okay? Now, you could add the word "please" also, but with some of these it's already very polite, so you don't have to go overboard, you don't have to do too much, you don't have to always say "please", especially when you're asking for yourself. Okay? If you're requesting something that someone else do, then often we do add the "please" as well. Okay?

Now, what are some of the responses? We're not really focusing on the responses in this lesson, but let me just tell you what would be the appropriate responses-positive responses and negative responses-to these questions. So, if someone said: "Can I have some orange juice?"-informal-the answer might be: "Sure, here you go." Or: -"Could I have some orange juice?" -"Yes, of course." -"May I have some orange juice?" -"Certainly." Okay? So you see that the formality of the question matches the formality of the answer.

If it was negative: -"Can I...?" -"Sorry, we're all out." -"Could I...?" -"I'm sorry, we're all out." -"May I...?" -"I'm afraid we're all out." Okay? Same basic information, but represented quite differently. So now let's look at some more examples.

All right. So, informally, we could say: "Can I help you wash the dishes?" That would be a really nice thing to say to someone. Okay. All right. Or: "Can you clear the table, please?" Now, you see here because I'm requesting something of someone else, it's perfectly nice and fine to say "please" at the end. Okay? "Can you clear the table, please?" What does that mean: "Clear the table"? […]

Speak like a Manager: How to leave a voicemail
00:12:17
engVid
7 Views · 5 years ago

Do you feel nervous when leaving a business voicemail? Do you say too much or too little? What should you say and how much should you say? Watch and learn exactly what to do and what NOT to do to leave an effective voicemail. You’ll learn a system you can follow every time, based on the who, when, why, and what of your call. Watch and practice to improve the professional quality of your messages and increase your chances of getting what you want.

Take a quiz on this lesson at https://www.engvid.com/speak-l....ike-a-manager-voicem .

Continue improving your professional English with the rest of the Speak like a Manager (SLAM) series: https://www.youtube.com/playli....st?list=PLxSz4mPLHWD

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. I'm Rebecca from engVid. Do you get nervous when leaving a voicemail for someone at work or in a business situation? Do you wonder what to say, how to say it, or how much to say? Well, you're not alone. Most people make one of two mistakes when leaving a voicemail: They either say too much - they go on and on, and they ramble, and there is no end; or they don't say enough and they don't leave enough information. So, in this lesson I'm going to show you exactly what you should say and what you should not say. All right? I'm going to give you some general guidelines, and then I'm going to actually give you three examples at least of full conversations, full... not... sorry. Not conversations, but voicemail messages so that you can follow that pattern, and learn and practice to leave your voicemail. Okay? So, let's get started.

So, first of all, these are some of the things you should not do, and on this side are things you should do. So, let's look at these guidelines. Now, this lesson is part of the series of lessons that I have on "Speak Like a Manager", so whether you're a manager today or you aspire to be a manager in a work context, this lesson will help you along with several other lessons of this kind. Okay? Just a point for you. All right.

So, these are some mistakes that people make. Sometimes when leaving a voicemail, they leave no name. That doesn't help; no one knows who to call. Or they leave no number, because they think: "Oh, he knows my number", "She knows my number" - no. Don't do that. Make it easy for the other person. Or the message is left, but it's a very vague message. "Hi. This is Rebecca. Call me back." Okay, that doesn't really tell the person very much. Right? What did I want? No. You have to be more specific.

Sometimes people call repeatedly; they make repeated calls, many calls, and leave no message. And today that's a really bad idea because people can see the number that called, and if they see that you called, like, five times and you didn't even leave a message, it's very frustrating. Okay? So, don't do that. It's not only frustrating, it's also not professional, so don't do that. Or they have... Sometimes people call again and again, and they leave many messages. So, you can't do that either. You can't leave too many messages for someone; they may be away, they may be at a meeting, they may be at a conference, and you can't fill up their voicemail with just your messages. Okay? All right.

Next is sometimes people zoom through their name and number because they know their name and number so well that they say it really fast, but that doesn't help the person who's receiving your call. They need to hear your name and your number. Okay? So, these were some of the bad practices; now let's look at the good practices, the best practices.

So, when you're leaving a voicemail, you want to make sure to leave your first, or your first and last name. Now, that depends on whether you know the person, you don't know the person. If you know them, you can just say: "Hi. This is Rebecca.", "Hi. This is Maria.", "Hi. This is John", whatever. Or give your full name: "Hello. This is John Smith." Okay?

We're going to run through the exact conversation, so don't worry. First we're just establishing some basic guidelines. So, you want to leave your first, or first and last name. You want to leave your contact information or number. If it's a number, if it's an email - whatever that may be. You want to leave a specific message about why you're calling. Okay? You want to call once and leave a message. All right? Don't keep calling. And maybe if you don't hear back from them-okay?-you could call a second time. All right?

It depends on the situation. Of course, if something is urgent, then that's a different context, but I'm speaking generally. So, you could try a little later in the day or after a few hours. Again, leave a second message possibly, but usually not more than that. And if that... If you don't get a reply or a response from that, then you could call once and try another method, you could send an email, you could send... Message them. Right? Text them-right?-on your phone. So that's another way. […]

Do you make these mistakes in English?
00:17:48
engVid
6 Views · 5 years ago

Want to improve your English easily and quickly? In this video, I explain the most common mistakes made by English learners. Over 150 of these mistakes are included in my new course, "Correct Your English Errors in 10 Minutes a Day": https://10.bexenglish.com . It helps you make small changes to achieve BIG results. Common mistakes include: verb tenses, confused words, subject-verb agreement, adjectives, adverbs, word forms, expressions, and more. The secret is to learn a little each day, and to review often. Whether you join my course or build your own learning program, this video will help you upgrade your English. Interested in my easy, daily program to advance your English? Click here: https://10.bexenglish.com

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. I'm Rebecca from www.engvid.com. In the past 30 years, I've worked with thousands of students from all over the world to help them improve their English communication skills. In the past year, I've been researching the most important errors and the most common errors made by English learners. And what I've done is I've put all of this information together into a course. It's called: "Correct Your English Errors in 10 Minutes a Day". I'm very excited to tell you about this course, because I really think it's an easy, quick, fast way for you to improve your English and take it to a higher level. All right?

But first what I want to do is tell you: What are the points you have to keep in mind when you are trying to improve your English? What do you need to know about correcting your errors? So, let me share a little bit of my results from my research so it can help you. Okay? And then we will look at specific types of errors, and do a little quiz to see where you stand. Okay? Let's get started.

So, first, when you're correcting your English, really, you can do two things. Right? When you're improving your English, you can do two things; you can learn what's right or correct what's wrong. Now we're talking about this area where we correct what's wrong. So, in order to correct what's wrong, what do you need to do? First, you need to know what's wrong. So, when I get an essay or I get an email to correct, what's the problem? It's not that the person was trying to make mistakes. They weren't trying to make mistakes; they're trying to do their best. Right? That's what you do. Every time you write or every time you speak, but you didn't know that something was wrong. So, first you have to know what's wrong.

Then you have to understand why it's wrong. Why is it this word and not that word? Why is it this verb tense and not that verb tense? And so on and so forth. Okay? Then you have to learn how to fix it. Okay? Is it a spelling change? It is a punctuation error? What kind of mistake is it? That's what we're going to be looking at - the types of mistakes. Because once you understand and correct a type of mistake, you will correct lots of mistakes all at once. Okay? And that's what I want you to do; to make quick progress, fast progress. Okay.

Then what you need to do, which many students do, is to practice it immediately. So, for example, if I teach you something in this lesson or in any one of my engVid lessons, after you watch it, what you need to do is to practice something with that immediately. That's why we usually have a quiz-right?-so that you can go there right away, do some more practice to put that information really into your head; and not just to put it passively there, but to use it. Right? To use whatever you've learned in a practical way.

So, you need to practice it immediately, but sometimes that's where students stop. They practice it right away, and then they don't touch it after that, and they think: "I did it. I know it", but not quite. So, what's also very, very important in terms of our brain, in terms of how we learn, in terms of how we remember is this point, here: That you need to review it frequently. Review anything that you learn often; otherwise, it's not going to stay with you. So, for example, in my course, what we have are we have daily quizzes, we have weekly tests, we have monthly reviews with the same material. Okay? So that after a while, you say: "Of course I know that. I know how... The difference between 'it's' and 'its'. I know the difference between 'affect' and 'effect'. That's not a problem", because you've reviewed it. If you don't review it, then it's going to drop away. Okay? So this is an essential part of brain-based learning, of very smart learning. Not just hard learning, but smart learning.

And then you need to know what's important. So, let's say you get back your essay and there are twenty corrections. So, are they all equally important? No. Some are critical. If you make some mistakes, you can get very low marks on your IELTS or TOEFL, you could lose a job possibility… […]

Quick & Easy Writing Tip for IELTS, TOEFL, TOEIC, PTE
00:12:21
engVid
12 Views · 5 years ago

Get a higher score on your IELTS, TOEFL, TOEIC, or PTE Writing with one easy trick! Stop using lazy, weak English and start using strong, powerful English. In this lesson, I show you how to avoid sentences starting with “There is/are/was/were/has been/have been” or “It is/was”. Instead, learn to identify and use the real subject and a dynamic verb to communicate more effectively. In just 12 minutes, your English writing will be more advanced, academic, and professional for higher grades and more success!

Keep going by watching more of my exam success videos:

1. Vocabulary for IELTS & TOEFL Essay Success: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Bstz4HeG4YU&index=19&list=PLxSz4mPLHWDaU-hMVZ7p3SiQvnEDI1jpQ

2. IELTS & TOEFL – An easy way to improve your vocabulary: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=aZ841VPEhCI&index=2&list=PLxSz4mPLHWDaU-hMVZ7p3SiQvnEDI1jpQ

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. I'm Rebecca from engVid. In this lesson I'm going to share a quick and easy technique that you can follow in order to get higher marks on your TOEFL or your IELTS writing. Okay? And it's one way to make weaker sentences into stronger sentences. So, what does that mean? That means that perhaps the sentences you're writing sometimes are actually correct grammatically, but they're still not very powerful. So, you can get lower marks sometimes because you make a mistake, but sometimes you can also get lower marks if you write sentences that are not very strong, because of vocabulary or because of sentence structure. So I'm going to show you a quick and easy change that you can make so that your sentences and your essay can get higher marks and be more impactful. Okay? So, here we go.

So, what we're going to do is to avoid using structures that start with: "There is", "There are", "There was", "There were", or: "It is" and "It was". Okay? This is what we want to avoid; not because it's wrong, but because it's just not very strong. It's not powerful. And what happens when you use this is that you end up using a verb which is actually very weak, instead of looking for a good, strong verb. Okay? So let's look at how we can transform these sentences, and you'll see for yourself that the second sentence in each case is actually much more powerful. Okay? Let's look.

Number one: "There is a lot of useful information in that book." Okay. There's nothing wrong with that sentence; it's just not very powerful. So, how can we make it stronger? We could say: "That book contains a lot of useful information." Now what happened, instead of just using this structure with "is", we're using "contains". Right? "contains" is a strong verb. All right? So, even when we're talking about things in general... First I'm going to give you some general examples just so that you get the idea, and then I'll give you some more examples which are specifically from some TOEFL or IELTS essay topics. Okay? So, here you see that just changing that structure and using and introducing a better verb is giving you a higher score, in effect. Okay.

Next: "There are several benefits to online classes." Again, nothing wrong with that, but what can we do? So, look for... Look for the actual subject. Look for the actual subject you want, which is "online classes", right? So, try and start with that; sometimes that strategy works. So, here, we said: "Online classes offer several benefits." Okay? So, now we're starting with the subject, which is strong, we're using a verb which is a good verb-all right?-and we adding some other details. All right?

Next: "It is the director who makes the final decision." Okay? Because this strategy can be used not only on your IELTS or TOEFL; it can also be used in your general writing, it can be used in your business writing, in your email, and so on. Okay? So it's a good strategy to learn whether you're appearing for an exam or even if you're at work. All right? Or in all your life, as such. So, here, how can we change it? So we're talking about the director, so let's make the director the subject of the sentence. "The director makes", right? "The director makes the final decision." Okay? Did you get it? Good.

Let's get another example. "It was low sales that forced them to close." So, what are we talking about here? "Low sales", so let's start with that as the subject. "Low sales forced them to close." Okay? Close the store, close the factory, whatever. Okay? But, again, we're starting off with the thing which is most important, we're adding a verb which is strong, and even though you used the same verb there, it was kind of hidden because it's hidden when we say: "It was", "It is", "There is", "There are", "There was" - then things get hidden, and you want to put them upfront and strong so that your sentences are more powerful. So, let's see how to do that now with some examples which are from TOEFL and IELTS kind of topics. Okay? Let's do that next. […]

Tricky Pronouns: ‘I’ or ‘ME’?
00:13:30
engVid
20 Views · 5 years ago

Are you 100% certain when to use “I” and when to use “me” in English? Which one is a subject pronoun and which one is an object pronoun? Watch this important lesson to learn the difference between these two commonly confused pronouns. This basic, serious mistake could cost you grades, jobs, and promotions. Make sure you know what’s correct every single time, to optimize your English communication. Next, take the quiz at https://www.engvid.com/tricky-pronouns-i-or-me/, then watch the other lesson of mine that I mention in this lesson: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=RoHCUX5P0ow&list=PLxSz4mPLHWDZgp8e6i0oyXOOrTAAaj0O7&index=196

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. I'm Rebecca from engVid. In this lesson you'll learn the difference between two confusing pronouns, and they are: "I" and "me". Okay? Now, unfortunately, mistakes are being made everywhere with these two simple pronouns Okay? Whether you're reading on the internet, or whether you're watching a show, or anything else, you'll see people making lots of mistakes here, so it's very important that you watch this lesson so that you know what's right and you do you what's right, especially if you're taking an exam, like the IELTS, or the TOEFL, or the TOEIC, or anything else; or if you're applying for a job, because this kind of mistake is a very basic mistake, and you don't want to make it ever. Okay. So, I'm going to show you exactly how to know when to use "I" and when to use "me". All right? So, let's have a look.

Now, as I said, we are focusing on "I" and "me" here; we... I do have another lesson in which I talk about all of the pronouns because sometimes all of them are mixed up, and I'll give you a link to that in the lesson description so you can watch that later if you want to get an overview of all of the pronouns, but let's start with this important one because very often we are talking about ourselves, and for that we need to say: "I" or "me". All right? Here we go.

So, first of all, both "I" and "me" are pronouns. Okay? Now, the pronoun basically takes the place of a noun. All right? That's a grammatical explanation; don't worry about it too much. The most important thing that you have to remember here is that "I" is used as the subject of a sentence, and it does the action in a sentence. All right? And "me" is an object; it receives the action of the sentence. All right? To understand exactly how that works, let's look at some examples.

So, here we said: "I called Steve." And "I" is the subject. Right? "I called", so I am doing the action. Whereas here: "Steve called me." Now Steve is doing the action, so "Steve" is the subject, and "me", here, is the object. Right? Yes, I heard you say that. Yes. It's correct. Okay? Steve called me, so I received the action, I received the call. Okay? Here I made the call, so I did the action; there I received it. Got it? It's always like that. Okay? "I" is always going to be the one that does the action; "me" is the one that receives the action.

All right, let's look at some more examples. "I talked to Mary." Okay? Again, "I" is the subject, and so we used it here. And here: "Mary talked to me." All right? So, here, we have "me", again, as the object which received the action. Who is the subject here? "Mary". All right? "Mary" was the subject here; "Steve" was the subject here, but here we're focusing on: What's the object? "me".

Now, another clue to know that you need to use "me" and not "I" is because we see here a preposition, right? "to". So, whenever you see a preposition, after that what needs to follow is a object pronoun; not the subject pronoun. So: "to me", "for me", "before me", "after me", "with me", okay? All that kind of thing. Or even here: "Steve called me.", "Steve texted me.", "Steve asked me.", "Steve answered me." Okay? But, again: "me", "me", "me". All right? When it's... And you'll see that it's usually at the end of the sentence, whereas the subject is at the beginning of the sentence. Okay. So, that's the basic stuff. This is when we have one subject or one object, so that's the basics.

Now, where do people make most of the mistakes? When... Somehow when we have multiple subjects or multiple objects. So even though they know this rule, most of the time most people, somehow when there are multiple subjects or objects, for some reason people get a little bit confused. So, that's okay. Let's clarify all your confusion right now.

So, let's look at this example: "Sarah and I are friends." Okay? So, here we had more than one subject; we had a compound subject. But we still have to say: "I" because it's a subject. Okay? "Sarah and I". All right? Not: "Sarah and me"; "Sarah and I". Because... And also, another way you can tell: Take out "Sarah", and then you say: "I am friends". Right? We don't say: "me am friends" or something like that. So, you have to use "I" here, but let's look at the other side of the equation. "The gift is from Sarah and me." […]

Vocabulary Hack: How 5 words become 30!
00:12:12
engVid
7 Views · 5 years ago

Multiply your vocabulary with this amazing lesson! Watch how four easy suffixes can form HUNDREDS of words! Improve your academic and professional vocabulary quickly and easily. A great lesson for TOEFL and IELTS success. Download the free resource page with hundreds of examples here: https://www.engvid.com/english....-resource/vocabulary All my Vocabulary Hack lessons teach you shortcuts to upgrade your English in smart ways. Watch more of Rebecca's famous VOCABULARY HACK lessons here:

1. Vocabulary Hack: Sound smarter and avoid mistakes: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=rKsm3AZuuFE&t=0s&list=PLxSz4mPLHWDZgp8e6i0oyXOOrTAAaj0O7&index=28

2. Vocabulary Hack: Learn 30+ Verbs in 10 minutes! https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=WyF8qR-1JXA&t=0s&list=PLxSz4mPLHWDZgp8e6i0oyXOOrTAAaj0O7&index=62

3. Vocabulary Hack: 2 suffixes, 200+ words! https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=T4vJn7hdlI0&t=0s&list=PLxSz4mPLHWDZgp8e6i0oyXOOrTAAaj0O7&index=19

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. I'm Rebecca from engVid, back with another vocabulary hack lesson. Now, what is a "hack"? A "hack" is a shortcut; a way for someone to learn to do something faster and more effectively. Okay? And that's what you're going to do here - you're going to take actually a system to expand your vocabulary, to multiply your vocabulary very easily and quickly.

The way we're going to do it today is by adding suffixes to nouns. Now, what does all that mean? Okay, so we're going to take a word. Our sample word here is "power". Now, "power" is a noun. To that, we're going to add a suffix. What's a "suffix"? A "suffix" is just a group of letters that you add to the end of a word to change the meaning. So, we have two suffixes, here: "ful" and "less". When we add "ful" to the end of the word "power", we get the new word: "powerful". And the suffix "f-u-l"-with only one "l", okay? Don't get fooled-it means "full of" whatever; in this case, full of power, but when we spell it, we add only one "l". Okay? So it becomes one word: "powerful". For example: "A powerful leader". Okay?

Or here's another suffix: "less". When this word is added... This suffix is added to the end of a word, it means without something. So, when we add it to "power", we get: "powerless", which means without power. This meant full of power; that means without power. Okay? Got it? So, we could have "a powerful leader" or "a powerless leader". Okay? We could be in "a powerful position" or "a powerless position". All right? Here we do write two "s'", but here remember only one "l".

Now, you can use these same suffixes to create hundreds of words. Okay? And that's what I'm going to show you here. Let's just look at some examples first. You could say, for example... Suppose we're talking about a message. It could be "a thoughtful message" or "a thoughtless message"; "a useful idea" or "a useless idea". Right? A mean-... We could say: "meaningful words" or "meaningless words". We could say: "These are harmful products" or "harmless products". "Harmful" - they cause harm, they do damage, they hurt you. Or "harmless" - they don't hurt you. Okay? So, you see the same pattern is being applied; the same rule - we're just adding "ful" or "less" to the end of a noun. All right?

Let's look at many more words now. All right? And let's go from here. So, for example, we could talk... We start with the nouns. Okay? We have five nouns. We're going to turn them into ten words. All right? So you're already multiplying your vocabulary. "A careful driver" or "a careless driver". "A powerful leader", as we said, or "a powerless leader".

"A fearful person" or "a fearless person". In this case, without... It's good to be fearless; "without fear" means that you are not afraid. And "to be fearful" means you are afraid. Okay? So, it doesn't mean that the word with "ful" is always the more positive or stronger word. Okay? You have to look at: What's the noun? If the noun is something positive, then when you're full of something positive, you're going to be stronger. But if the noun suggests a weakness, then when you're full of something you're going to be less strong. Okay? Let's continue.

Let's say you're talking about an operation: "A painful operation" or "a painless operation". "A helpful person" or "a helpless person". Okay? Did you get that? Did you see that just by taking some nouns and adding "ful" or "less", we've come up with adjectives now, and we've come up with not only one adjective per word, but two? So we've already multiplied our words from five to 10. Now let's see what happens next.

All right. Ready for some more magic? Here we go. So, we started with five words, five nouns, then we turned them into ten with the adjectives, now we're going to create adverbs from the same basic word. How do we create an adverb? Usually by adding "ly". Okay? So, we could say, for example: "He drove carefully." Right? Or: "He drove carelessly". […]

How to use the modal SHOULD in English
00:14:43
engVid
8 Views · 5 years ago

The modal verb “should” is used every day in English. We use it to refer to the present, past, and future. In this lesson, I focus on how “should” is used most often, to talk about actions in the past that didn’t happen. I show you how to use expressions like “I should have called” or “I should have gone” easily and confidently. You will learn how to combine “should” with the present perfect tense and regular or irregular verbs, to upgrade your English right away. Test your understanding with the quiz: https://www.engvid.com/modal-should-in-english/

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. I'm Rebecca from engVid. In this lesson I'll show you how to use the word "should" correctly and easily in English. Now, native speakers use the word "should" all the time; we use it to talk about the present, the past, and the future. And by the end of this lesson, you should be able to use it just as easily. Okay? So, let's get started.

So, first of all, "should" is what's called a modal verb. What does that mean? It's called a helping verb. Okay? "Modal verb" just means a helping verb, and that means we cannot use the word "should" by itself; we have to use it as a helper with another verb. For example, we cannot say: "I should today". I should what today? So, we could say: "I should study today.", "I should work today.", "I should sleep today." So, you have to say: "I should" something with another... With a verb. Okay? You cannot use it by itself, and that's why it's called a modal verb or a helping verb; you use it with something else. But besides that, it's actually very easy because it doesn't change in the way that regular verbs change. Okay? And that's what I'll show you now.

So, let's look at some examples of how we use the word "should". In the present tense, we could say: "I should study today." In the future tense, look, we say: "I should study tomorrow." There's hardly any difference. The difference was here, right? So this part is really easy. What's a little bit different is when we want to talk about the past. Then we say: "I should have studied yesterday." Okay? So we'll be focusing on this one more; because as you can see, the present and the future are really easy for you to construct because you're just saying "should" with the verb. All right?

Now, what does it mean when we use "should"? What does it actually mean? Well, we can use it for different reasons; we can use it to give advice. For example: "You should stop smoking." Okay? Or we can use it to express an obligation or something that somebody needs to do. For example: "You should do your taxes."

Or we can also use "should" to express an expectation; something that we think will happen. For example: "Okay, you're leaving now. You should arrive there in about half an hour." Okay? So we can use "should" in these different ways. Very often it's used in the first way to give advice.

And when we say it, all of these things, when we use "should" for all of these reasons, we can use it to give advice to ourselves. For example: "I should exercise more." We can use it to give advice to others. For example: "They should invite her to the party." Or we can also use it to refer to things. "Oh, I fixed your computer; it should work well now." Okay? So we can use it in all of these different ways.

So now let's go to this one, which was how to use "should" to talk about things in the past. Why would you use "should" to talk about something in the past? Because you want to say that you wish that you had done something. And as we all know, we're always in this kind of situation where we have plans and then something didn't happen, and we wish that we had done something. Okay? So, then we use this form: "I should have" plus the verb. And the verb here is the past participle. Okay? So, we say: "I should have" plus the past participle of a regular verb or often irregular verb. All right? I'm going to show you some examples so you understand exactly how to do that.

Now, this is actually very, very useful because we don't just say things, like: "I should have studied yesterday." In real life, we use this form to say these kind of really important sentences. For example: "I should have called you on time. I'm sorry you got worried.", "I should have thanked you.", "I should have apologized. I'm sorry." Or: "I should have helped you." Okay? Can you see how useful this word "should" is-okay?-in real life?

Or, even if we use the negative form of "should", which is "shouldn't", we could say: "I shouldn't have forgotten your birthday. I'm sorry. Did you have a good time?" Or: "I shouldn't have shouted at you. I'm sorry." Or: "I shouldn't have hurt you. Sorry I hurt your feelings." Okay? So, you can say that, this form of using "should" in the past is actually very, very useful. All right?

Now, let's look at this chart so you understand exactly what's going on. So, let's take the subject first: "I", "You", "We", "They", "He", "She", okay? […]

How to say your email correctly in English + more
00:14:27
engVid
7 Views · 5 years ago

Find out how to give, ask for, and talk about email and email addresses. It is because this topic seems so simple, that many people don’t bother to learn specifically how to talk about email in English. As a result, millions of people worldwide are making mistakes when giving this key information. How do you say @ in English? Speak like a global professional by learning the vocabulary and symbols of email, so clients, colleagues, and friends understand you easily – the first time. I’ll also show you how to spell your name and address using the NATO Phonetic Alphabet. This lesson is a must for greater international success in personal, cultural, academic, and professional situations. Make sure you understood everything by taking the quiz at https://www.engvid.com/how-to-....say-your-email-corre

TRANSCRIPT

Hi. I'm Rebecca from engVid. In the next few minutes you will find out if you are giving your email address properly in English, because in English we have certain terminology that we use when we describe an email address. All right? So, in this lesson you'll find out if you're doing that properly.

Now, unfortunately, lots and lots of people around the world are not doing this properly because they're following the conventions in their country. Okay? And sometimes they're borrowing words from other languages, and so on, to give that. So, after this lesson, you will know exactly how to give your email address, how to ask somebody for their email address, and also some of the terminology that we use when we're talking about email. All right? So, let's get started.

So, first of all, this word "email" is a new word. Right? So there's still a bit of disagreement around the world, even in the English-speaking world, about exactly how to use some of the detailed aspects of it. For example: Do we write "email" just like that? "Email" or do we write "e-mail"? Okay? There are all kinds of little arguments about how to do that, but let me tell you in general some of the things that most people are following so you will always be correct.

So, first of all, email is used... The word "email" is used as a noun, a verb, and an adjective in English, generally speaking. Okay? Maybe some companies have a different policy, but I'm going to tell you generally what most people are doing today and how it's being used. So, for example, as a noun, we could say: "I sent you an email." All right? That's a noun. Or as a verb: "I'll email you." Now, some more formal companies frown upon that; they don't like using "email" as a verb. But again, most people when they're just speaking are using it that way. Next, as an adjective: "He has two email addresses." All right? So, here, "email" is being used as an adjective, so it can be used all three ways. All right?

Next, we can use... Another controversial subject. We can use "email" in a singular format or plural. All right? And there are a lot of arguments about how exactly we can do that; but again, I'm going to tell you what most people are doing today. "This email is from Fred." Okay? One email. Now, some people say that we shouldn't say that and you should say: "This email message is from Fred." So, again, check if your company has any special rules regarding email communication and email terminology. Okay? They might, and in that case, of course, follow that so that you keep your job. All right? But otherwise, in general, follow what I am telling you and you will be fine.

Next, plural: "These emails just arrived." Okay? So, again, this idea of putting the "s" is also something that people are arguing about, but most of the time people are saying "emails" when they're talking about more than one email message. Okay? All right.

Now, something else that you need to be able to do... excuse me one second. All right. Is when you give your email address to someone, you need to be able to know how to spell your name and your email address, especially if you have an unusual name to someone who is a native-English speaker. All right? So, you have to be able to spell it in a very clear way. Let's suppose you're on a phone line and the phone line is really bad; people can't hear you very well. And even if they can hear you, they just don't recognize that name-okay?-or that word that you're saying, so you need to reference it in some way so that people don't make mistakes.

Now, there is one way that you can use and you can learn, if you wish, it's called the NATO Phonetic Alphabet. Okay? That is a system that is in place-it's used all over the world by many organizations-and it's a system that gives a code. All right? So, for example: A is Alpha, B - Bravo, C - Charlie, D - Delta. Okay? So, sometimes... Also airlines use this and so on, armies use this, aviation... In the aviation world they use this system so that way... They have to be very precise, right? So they can be very sure that they're not just saying "B" because maybe when you said "B", I heard "P". […]

English Vocabulary for Beginners - Spatial Location - UNDER, BEHIND, IN FRONT OF, and more!
00:07:27
engVid
18 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ In this lesson, I look at some basic vocabulary that can help you answer the question "Where?" I explain "under," "on top of," "behind," "in front of," "beside," "inside," "outside," and "between." I'll be adding more English lessons every week.

Speaking English - Expressing ability with CAN, COULD, BE ABLE TO
00:06:49
engVid
4 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ In this English grammar lesson, I look at how to use "can", "could", and "be able to", when talking about ability. I explain which term is appropriate, depending on if you're talking about the past, present, or future.

English Speaking - How to Ask Permission - CAN, COULD, MAY, DO YOU MIND
00:04:20
engVid
10 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Learn how to be a polite English speaker in this lesson. I explain how politeness, formality, and necessity are all important parts of asking permission, when using the following common words and expressions: CAN, COULD, MAY, and DO YOU MIND.

English Grammar – Prepositions of Place: AT, ON, IN
00:08:06
engVid
10 Views · 5 years ago

In this lesson, you will learn about three common prepositions of place: AT, ON, and IN. Want to know how to use AT, ON, and IN? Have a look at this video, and improve your English grammar, as well as your written and spoken English. To test yourself on this lesson, check out the quiz at https://www.engvid.com/

English Spelling - When to Double Consonants
00:06:38
engVid
24 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Having trouble trying to figure out when you double your consonants? In this spelling lesson, I look at a few simple rules that are guaranteed to remove any confusion, and to quickly improve your writing skills.

Parts of a Paragraph - English Academic Writing Introduction
00:05:02
engVid
13 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ English academic writing differs from other cultures. If you are looking to learn how to structure a written paragraph in English, this lesson will give you the simple formula that most university professors look for.

Order of Adjectives in English
00:04:57
engVid
14 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Believe it or not, there is a specific order that adjectives follow when English speakers are describing something. In this lesson, I discuss this order, so you will never have to feel embarrassed about your word order again. This is helpful in writing, as well as speaking. For more of my free English writing lessons, visit my section at http://www.engVid.com/

How to Use Commas in English Writing
00:06:53
engVid
5 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ In this lesson, I look at comma use in the English language. If you are looking to get into university, or simply want to improve your writing, this lesson is a great way to strengthen your punctuation skills. Don't forget to test your understanding of the lesson by taking the quiz at http://www.engVid.com/

Speaking English - Tag Questions - How to express assumptions or comment on a situation
00:06:53
engVid
14 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Tag questions are a normal part of everyday English conversation. In this lesson, I teach you how to recognize tag questions, so that you are not confused when you hear one, and how to improve your English conversation skills by using tag questions effectively.

Idioms in English - 'Blue'
00:03:26
engVid
13 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Feeling blue about not understanding idioms? Expand your informal English knowledge with this lesson. These are all common expressions and phrases that use the colour blue.

English Grammar - ALREADY & YET
00:03:25
engVid
5 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ The lesson will help you understand when to use "already," and when to use "yet."

English Grammar - Past Progressive
00:04:24
engVid
4 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ This is an introduction to the past progressive tense in English, which describes an action that was in progress at some point in the past. This tense is very useful if you want to recount events or tell stories about things that have happened to you. Don't forget to take the quiz at http:/www.engVid.com/

Grammar - Using "Since" and "For" with the Present Perfect
00:03:59
engVid
6 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Depending on whether you want to talk about how long you have been doing something, or when you started doing something, you will need to use one of these two words. Find out which is which and take the free quiz on the lesson at http://www.engVid.com/

Grammar - Giving Advice - SHOULD, OUGHT TO, HAD BETTER
00:07:10
engVid
7 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ In this English lesson, I teach you how to give advice, using 'should', 'ought to', and 'had better'. These are used differently and can mean different things, so learn about the differences here. Don't forget to take the quiz at http://www.engvid.com/give-advice-should-ought-to-had-better/

Idioms in English - Music
00:07:00
engVid
8 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Want to know what it means when someone says you're "fit as a fiddle"? This lesson will be music to your ears, as it features six common music related idioms. Enhance your conversation skills with this lesson!

Imperatives - How to give commands in English and more!
00:07:25
engVid
4 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ In this lesson, I look at the many uses for imperatives. If you ever wanted to know how to give clear commands or directions to someone, or even how to make a request, this lesson will help you.

Grammar - Articles - When to use A, AN, or no article
00:08:35
engVid
7 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ In this grammar lesson, I teach about one of the most common problems that new English speakers have. There are a couple of very basic grammar rules you can follow to help you know when to use "a," "an," or no article. Don't forget to take the quiz at http://www.engVid.com/

Talking About Quantity in English - A FEW, A LITTLE, FEW, LITTLE
00:06:47
engVid
18 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ In this practical speaking and grammar lesson, I teach how to use some very common English expressions that are related to quantity. What is the difference between "a little" and "a few"? Watch this lesson to find out, then take the quiz at http://www.engVid.com/

Idioms in English - Body Parts
00:06:28
engVid
17 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ In this lesson, I look at some of the most common idioms related to the human body. What does it mean if someone tells you to keep your nose out of his or her business? Expand your idiomatic knowledge with this useful English lesson.

Speaking English - Expectations - How to use "supposed to"
00:04:36
engVid
6 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ In this English lesson, I explain how to talk about different kinds of expectations using "be supposed to." If you would like to know how to talk about rules, predictions, hearsay, and plans or arrangements, this is a great place to start. Take the free quiz on this lesson at http://www.engvid.com/speaking-english-expectations-how-to-use-supposed-to/

English Grammar - This, That, These, Those
00:05:07
engVid
6 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ In this grammar lesson, learn the difference between four common English words: this, that, these, and those. Perfect for beginners. Test your understanding after watching the lesson, by taking the free quiz at http://www.engvid.com/basic-grammar-this-that-these-those/

Grammar for Beginners - Making Questions with "To Be"
00:05:40
engVid
4 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ This is a basic grammar lesson for beginners who want to start asking questions in English. Take a quiz on this lesson at http://www.engvid.com/grammar-making-to-be-questions/

Speaking English - How to talk about what you want - Expressing Preference
00:07:34
engVid
6 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Learn the difference between "I prefer," "I would prefer," and "I would rather." In this English lesson on preference, you will learn how to tell people what you would like when faced with more than one option. Test your understanding by taking the quiz on this lesson at http://www.engvid.com/preference-how-to-talk-about-what-you-want/

Speaking English - MUST, HAVE TO, HAVE GOT TO - Talking about Necessity
00:05:36
engVid
11 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Not sure what the difference is between "have to," "have got to," and "must"? In this lesson, you will learn how to use each of these very common English phrases effectively and fluently. Take a free quiz on this lesson at http://www.engvid.com/must-have-to-have-got-to-necessity/

English Grammar - How Often? - ALWAYS, USUALLY, OFTEN, SOMETIMES, NEVER
00:05:06
engVid
5 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ What does it mean when you say that you "often" or "usually" do something? In this beginner lesson, learn the difference between "always," "usually," "often," "sometimes," and "never." Take the free quiz to test your understanding at http://www.engvid.com/

Cat Idioms in English
00:04:18
engVid
7 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ There are lots of expressions in English that involve cats. In this lesson, I let the cat out of the bag, so you never have to feel lost if someone uses one of these idioms in conversation. Take the quiz on this lesson at http://www.engvid.com/

English Grammar - COULD & SHOULD
00:04:10
engVid
3 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ If you're having problems understanding these two words, you should watch this lesson. There is a quick and easy way to know the difference! Take the free quiz to test your understanding at http://www.engvid.com/

English Grammar - Past tense of 'should'
00:07:05
engVid
6 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ The word 'should' doesn't follow the normal rules in English, when used in the past tense. In this grammar lesson, I explain how to use 'should' in the past tense to form sentences like "I should have watched the lesson."

Sports Idioms in English
00:07:01
engVid
6 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Get ahead of the pack with these common English idioms, then attempt the free quiz at http://www.engvid.com/english-idioms-sports/ to test your knowledge.

English Grammar - BEING & BEEN
00:07:42
engVid
5 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Being & Been -- Are you having trouble understanding the difference between these two common English words? Watch this lesson and don't make any more mistakes! Test your understanding by taking the free quiz on the lesson at http://www.engvid.com/

English Pronunciation - I & EE
00:04:44
engVid
2 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ The 'i' and 'ee' sounds are often mistaken by new English speakers. If you're not sure how to make these sounds, watch this pronunciation class to learn about tongue position and practice making the sounds in front of your computer screen. It's easy!

English Grammar - SHOULD &  MUST
00:05:21
engVid
4 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ If you want to understand the difference in meaning between "should" and "must," you should check out this lesson! And then you should take the free quiz on the lesson at http://www.engvid.com/english-grammar-should-must/

English Grammar - Either & Neither
00:09:51
engVid
3 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ "I don't want to go!" "I can't do this!" How do you agree with these statements? Learn about the different ways that you can agree with negative sentences in English conversation using EITHER and NEITHER. Take a free quiz on the lesson at http://www.engvid.com/english-grammar-either-neither/

Speaking English - Talking about pains and aches
00:04:57
engVid
7 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Learn how to talk about different types of aches in this painless English lesson for beginners.

English Grammar - Passive Causative
00:07:21
engVid
9 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Learn more about the passive voice, and how to use "have" and "get" when talking about actions that were performed for you or to you, in this advanced grammar lesson. To see if you've understood the lesson fully, take the free quiz at http://www.engvid.com/english-grammar-passive-causative/

Writing - Relative Clauses overview
00:10:51
engVid
8 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ In this overview of relative clauses, I look at identifying and non-identifying clauses, relative pronouns ("who," "whom," "whose," "which," "that,") and how to use commas when using relative pronouns in your writing. If you are looking for a general overview of these things, this is a good introductory lesson. Take a quiz to test your understanding of the lesson at http://www.engvid.com/writing-relative-clauses-overview/

English Pronunciation - A & E (Man vs. Men)
00:03:28
engVid
1 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Learn the difference between saying "man," "men," and other similar words that include these two common vowel sounds. Listen and repeat with me! This is a perfect lesson for beginners. http://www.engvid.com/english-pronunciation-a-e/

English Vocabulary - GET
00:06:53
engVid
5 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ "Get" is one of the most common English words and can be used in many situations. Learn about some of them in this lesson.

English Grammar - "Would" in the past
00:08:15
engVid
4 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ If you're used to "used to" to talk about past habits, then you are ready to add a new grammatical structure to your English language skills. "Would" has more uses than you think! Also, learn about the differences between "would" and "used to" in the past in this lesson. Take a free quiz on this topic at http://www.engvid.com/english-grammar-would-in-the-past/

English Grammar - The future in the past - "Was/Were going to"
00:07:55
engVid
5 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Do you want to talk about failed plans in the past? This is the lesson for you. Learn how to talk about going back to the future! Test your knowledge with a free quiz on this topic at http://www.engvid.com/english-grammar-the-future-in-the-past/

How to use the word AIN'T in English (slang lesson)
00:06:40
engVid
11 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ This ain't a joke. If you want to improve your understanding of English slang, check out this lesson and learn about the importance of context. After the class, take the quiz at http://www.engvid.com/slang-in-english-aint/

English Grammar - Present Simple tense
00:03:23
engVid
5 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Learn about the present simple tense and how to speak about your daily routine. An excellent lesson for beginners who want to gain confidence in their speaking abilities. You will learn to talk about your everyday activities. After you've taken the grammar lesson, test yourself by taking the quiz at http://www.engvid.com/present-simple-tense/

Speculation in the Present - MUST, HAS TO, HAS GOT TO
00:06:11
engVid
5 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Where is your best friend right now? Why is the bus late? Learn to talk about possibility and speculation in the present! Here, you will learn how to use "must," "have to," "might," "may," and "could" for speculation. You may want to check out this lesson if you are interested in improving your English. Take the quiz at http://www.engvid.com/speculation-in-the-present-must-has-to-has-got-to/

That & Which
00:07:15
engVid
7 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Learn when to use "that" and "which," and listen to a review of the two types of relative clauses. Commas are important and can change the entire meaning of a sentence! Make sure to also watch my lesson on relative clauses at http://www.engvid.com/writing-relative-clauses-overview/ and to take the quiz on this lesson at http://www.engvid.com/that-which/#quiz

Improve your writing: Adverb Clauses
00:10:05
engVid
2 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ What is an adverb clause? What is a subordinating conjunction? What are the different types of adverb clauses? Find out the answers to these questions in this English lesson, and improve your grammar and your writing. I have written an overview of adverb clauses that you can read and print out at http://www.engvid.com/english-resource/adverb-clauses/ You can also take a quiz to test yourself on this lesson, at http://www.engvid.com/adverb-clauses/#quiz

Basic English Grammar - How to show possession in English - MY / MINE, HER / SHE / HERS, and more!
00:06:17
engVid
14 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ "My" or "mine"? "Her" or "hers"? Learn the difference and when to use them! If you are a beginner, you NEED this basic grammar lesson on possessive adjectives and pronouns. After you've watched the lesson, take the quiz to test your understanding at http://www.engvid.com/possession-my-mine/#quiz.

5 Common Irregular Past Tense Verbs
00:05:59
engVid
2 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com Not all past tense verbs end with "-ed". Learn about the past forms of five very common irregular verbs in this basic grammar lesson. I teach the verbs go, make, take, get, and have. You may also want to check our very useful list of common irregular verbs at http://www.engvid.com/english-resource/common-irregular-verbs-grouped/. After the lesson, test yourself with a free quiz at http://www.engvid.com/5-common-irregular-past-tense-verbs/#quiz

English Grammar - Present Simple - YES/NO QUESTIONS
00:06:14
engVid
4 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com "Do you" or "Are you"? Learn how to tell the difference in this grammar lesson for beginners that explains YES/NO questions. Take the free quiz at http://www.engvid.com/present-simple-yes-no/#quiz.

English Grammar - Present Simple - WH- QUESTIONS
00:06:30
engVid
7 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com How do you ask questions with the "do" auxiliary verb? Learn a very common formula in this essential beginner English grammar lesson!

Test your understanding at http://www.engvid.com/present-simple-wh-questions/#quiz.

5 ways to say goodbye in English
00:05:16
engVid
3 Views · 5 years ago

http://engvid.com Tired of just saying "bye" and "goodbye"? Here are five new ways to say goodbye in English. Watch this vocabulary lesson to improve your conversation skills, then test your understanding by taking the quiz at http://www.engvid.com/5-ways-to-say-goodbye/#quiz!

5 Important Phrasal Verbs for English Learners
00:08:55
engVid
8 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com Learn the meanings of 'look forward to', 'put off', 'put up with', and more in this phrasal verbs lesson. Take a quiz on this lesson to test your understanding of the phrasal verbs: http://www.engvid.com/5-important-phrasal-verbs-for-english-learners/#quiz

English Vocabulary - School Slang
00:06:39
engVid
5 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ It's September and in many countries, this is the time when schools and universities start their new years. In this English vocabulary lesson I teach some simple slang you might hear in the classroom. After the lesson, watch the quiz at http://www.engvid.com/english-vocabulary-school-slang/ .

Speaking English - 4 Ways to Order at a Restaurant
00:03:58
engVid
4 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com How do you order food at a restaurant in English? Here are four common phrases that will build your confidence and give you the skills necessary to survive in an English speaking environment. If you're living in an English area, or if you're traveling, you must watch this lesson.

Test your understanding with the quiz at http://www.engvid.com/4-ways-to-order-at-a-restaurant

Bar and Pub Slang
00:08:52
engVid
1 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com What does it mean when a person is "hammered"? What is "a tab"? What's "a dive"? In this useful lesson for people who like to party, learn how to speak in a bar or pub setting. Warning: some strong language.

Take a quiz on this lesson at http://www.engvid.com/bar-and-pub-slang/

Basic English Grammar - BE verb
00:06:11
engVid
3 Views · 5 years ago

http://ww.engvid.com Learn about the past, present, and future of the verb "to be". What can follow it? What can't follow it? This is a great lesson for beginners, and for intermediate students who need a reminder.

Take a quiz on this lesson here: http://www.engvid.com/basic-english-grammar-be/

5 Essential Communication Idioms in English
00:05:52
engVid
8 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com Learn some basic ways to talk about communication in this useful idioms lesson. I cover "to give (someone) a call," "to call (someone) up," "to not see or talk (to someone) in ages/forever," and "to keep in touch." After the lesson, take the quiz at http://www.engvid.com/5-english-communications-idioms/ .

English Grammar - like, would like, be like
00:05:37
engVid
6 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ What do you like to do on the weekend? What would you like to do this weekend? What are your weekends like? Learn the difference between these types of questions in this useful English grammar lesson about easily confused expressions. Would you like to test your understanding of the lesson? Take our free quiz at http://www.engvid.com/english-grammar-like/

'Put' in Phrasal Verbs - put down, put back, put off, put up
00:09:42
engVid
13 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Don't put this lesson off! If you want to enhance your vocabulary and understanding of some common phrasal verbs that use "put," watch this free English lesson now. Take the quiz at http://www.engvid.com/phrasal-verbs-put/ !

"Yes, I do" or "Yes, I have"? - Speaking English
00:05:30
engVid
4 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com Learn this easy trick to remember how to answer yes/no questions that use 'do' and 'have'. This is useful for beginners, and a good reminder for intermediate students who may still be making this common mistake. For more information on short answers, watch Rebecca's short answer lesson at http://www.engvid.com/short-answers/ . Take a quiz on this lesson at http://www.engvid.com/yes-i-do-or-yes-i-have/

Texting slang - jk, idk, ttyl, cya, tmi, np, k
00:05:40
engVid
10 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com Want to understand what your English friends are texting you? Here's a helpful lesson that teaches you some common text language. For more text language, watch Ronnie's texting slang lesson: http://www.engvid.com/english-slang-text-messaging-lol-wtf/ And take the quiz at http://www.engvid.com/texting-slang/

Money vocabulary and expressions in English $$$
00:07:13
engVid
2 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com What does it mean if you're loaded? How about broke? What's a tab? And when should you pay up? Watch this lesson to enrich your vocabulary and understanding of expressions related to money. $$$. Take the quiz here: http://www.engvid.com/money-vocabulary-expressions/

English Grammar - The Subjunctive
00:04:57
engVid
10 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ "I advise that he study more" or "I advise that he studies more"? Learn this advanced grammar point, and improve your speaking and understanding of this formal structure in English, the subjunctive. Personally, I suggest that you click on this video—then take the quiz at http://www.engvid.com/english-grammar-subjunctive/ !

English Grammar & Vocabulary - 'Now' and 'Still'
00:05:19
engVid
4 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com What are you doing right now? Are you still reading this explanation of the video? If you're not clear about how to use these two common time words, click on this video to find out the difference. Now, take the quiz at http://www.engvid.com/now-still/ .

Winter Vocabulary in English
00:05:39
engVid
5 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ IT'S FREEZING HERE! Learn some simple words in English that you can use to talk about the winter months and the cold weather that they bring. After this quick vocabulary video, take the quiz at http://www.engvid.com/winter-vocabulary-in-english/ to test yourself.

Basic English Grammar - "Is" or "It's"?
00:05:41
engVid
4 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com "Is nice today," or "It's nice today"? Learn when to use "is" and "it's" in this basic but important English grammar lesson. If you are a Spanish speaker, this is especially important! And don't forget to take the quiz: http://www.engvid.com/is-or-its/

"Oldest" and "Eldest" - What's the difference?
00:03:59
engVid
8 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com Oldest or eldest? Learn how to use these two easily confused words. Stop waiting, and click the play button to watch this vocabulary lesson now! Don't forget to go to http://www.engvid.com/oldest-eldest/ to take the quiz.

Sort of & Kind of
00:06:55
engVid
16 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ "I'm kind of tired." "I'm sort of tired." What do these sentences mean, and what's the difference between them? If you're kind of confused about these words and how to use them, watch this free lesson. It might be kind of useful to you! Go to http://www.engvid.com/sort-of-kind-of/ to take the quiz.

SAY & TELL - Reported Speech
00:05:48
engVid
5 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ "He said me...", "He told me...", or both? Find out the answer in this grammar lesson on how to use say and tell in reported speech, and avoid this very common mistake in English. Then take the quiz at http://www.engvid.com/say-tell-reported-speech/

Learn English - Internet Vocabulary
00:06:55
engVid
15 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com Click on this video to learn essential Internet vocabulary. What's the difference between signing in and signing up? How do we use Google, Facebook, and email as verbs? What's streaming? What does it mean to look something up? Learn this vocabulary and more in this useful lesson. Then take the quiz: http://www.engvid.com/internet-vocabulary/

6 Dog Idioms in English
00:07:20
engVid
5 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ In this lesson for animal lovers, I look at some very common idioms in English that have to do with dogs. I'll teach you exactly when and how to use expressions such as "dog eat dog world", "sick as a dog", "every dog has its day", and more! After the lesson, test your understanding by taking the quiz at http://www.engvid.com/dog-idioms/

Writing - When to use commas with AND, BUT, OR, FOR, SO, YET...
00:04:09
engVid
3 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Do you need to put a comma before and, but, or, for, so, or yet? Learn how to use coordinating conjunctions in English, and when to use commas with them too in this punctuation class. If you're interested in improving your writing, this lesson is a must! Watch the video, then take the quiz at http://www.engvid.com/commas-coordinating-conjunctions/

6 Simple Phrasal Verbs
00:04:56
engVid
7 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Pay attention to these six essential phrasal verbs for beginners, and develop confidence in your vocabulary. The phrasal verbs in this lesson include wake up, get up, turn on, turn off, and more! http://www.engvid.com/6-simple-phrasal-verbs/

Cardinal and Ordinal Numbers - FIRST, SECOND, THIRD, FOURTH...
00:05:28
engVid
4 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Is Valentine's Day on February 14th, or February 14? Did the runner come in 1, or did he come in 1st in the race? Learn how to use and pronounce cardinal and ordinal numbers in this essential lesson, then take the free quiz at http://www.engvid.com/cardinal-and-ordinal-numbers/

Quick Slang - Talking about being excited!
00:02:35
engVid
9 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Are you tired of using the word "excited" again and again? Do you want to learn more informal ways to talk about being excited for something? Get pumped and psyched for this quick slang lesson! Then you'll be ready to take the quiz! http://www.engvid.com/excited-slang/

Speaking English - Irregular Plural Nouns
00:04:30
engVid
8 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Fish or fishes? Men or mans? Childs or children? Learn about some common irregular plural nouns. Not everything ends with "s"! I'll teach you what irregular plural nouns are, and how to pronounce some of the ones you will need to use. Take a quiz on this lesson at http://www.engvid.com/irregular-plural-nouns/

Possessive Gerunds
00:04:28
engVid
25 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ "I don't like Mary's cooking" or "I don't like Mary cooking"? Find out about a very common mistake that even native speakers make with possessives! Test your understanding of this lesson with a quiz: http://www.engvid.com/possessive-gerunds/

English Vocabulary & Slang to talk about AGE: retro, dated, antique, old school
00:05:06
engVid
9 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ If you have found this website, you're not a dinosaur. In this useful lesson, learn some synonyms for "old," and some slang as well. If you're not ancient, you'll click on this video! Then take the quiz here: http://www.engvid.com/age-slang-vocabulary/

Adjective & Preposition Combinations (English Grammar)
00:05:34
engVid
4 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Adjectives can be followed by many prepositions in English. In this lesson, learn about some of the most common adjective/preposition combinations! This is something you should be interested in. And take the quiz to see if you're good at remembering the lesson: http://www.engvid.com/adjective-preposition-combinations/

English Vocabulary - WORTH
00:04:46
engVid
9 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ What is the meaning of the word "worth"? How do you use it in a sentence? What does it mean if something "isn't worth it"? Click on this lesson to find out! And make sure to take the quiz: http://www.engvid.com/english-vocabulary-worth/

Yes/No questions for advanced English students
00:03:25
engVid
11 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ You want to learn how to understand advanced yes/no questions in English? Check out this lesson to learn how native speakers sometimes shorten their questions. You curious? Come in and learn more. Then take the quiz here: http://www.engvid.com/advanced-yes-no-questions/

Pronunciation - TH - through, weather, lethal, breath, breathe
00:06:48
engVid
13 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Did you know there are two ways to pronounce the "TH" sound in English? Find out the difference in sound between words like "three" and "the" or "breath" and "breathe" in this very important pronunciation lesson. Then try it yourself with the quiz! http://www.engvid.com/pronunciation-th/

When to use 'THE' with names of seas, oceans, and rivers
00:03:09
engVid
10 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Do we say "The Lake Geneva" or "Lake Geneva"? "The Nile River" or "Nile River"? Learn the basics of using "the" with bodies of water. Then take the quiz here: http://www.engvid.com/when-to-use-the-with-bodies-of-water/

When to use 'THE' with country names
00:04:02
engVid
7 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ When do we use "the" with countries, continents, and landmarks? Check out this lesson to find out! http://www.engvid.com/when-to-use-the-with-country-names/

Download the resource for this lesson: http://www.engvid.com/english-resource/the-with-country-names-lakes-rivers/

Farther or Further?
00:04:26
engVid
4 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ What's the difference between farther and further? Learn about one of the most common grammatical misunderstandings in this quick and easy lesson. Then go a step further and take the quiz: http://www.engvid.com/farther-further/

10 common verbs followed by infinitives - English Grammar for Beginners
00:06:02
engVid
9 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ In this essential English grammar lesson for beginners, I'll teach you some of the most common verbs that are followed by infinitives. Never say "I want going/doing/making" again! You also need to take the quiz: http://www.engvid.com/10-verbs-followed-by-infinitives/ And check out our resource with a list of verbs commonly followed by infinitives or gerunds: http://www.engvid.com/english-resource/verbs-followed-by-gerunds-and-infinitives/

Less or Fewer?
00:03:37
engVid
7 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ There are less native speakers who know this rule than you think. Don't believe me? If you thought "less" was okay to use in the first sentence, you're wrong! Find out why by watching the lesson, then test your understanding of the rule by taking the quiz. http://www.engvid.com/less-or-fewer/

Advanced English Grammar - Adjective Clauses + Quantifiers
00:07:18
engVid
4 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ EngVid users, some of whom are advanced speakers, will find this lesson useful for improving their formal English. If you're comfortable with adjective clauses, check out this lesson to expand your knowledge. Then take the quiz here: http://www.engvid.com/adjective-clauses-quantifiers/

10 common verbs followed by gerunds
00:04:55
engVid
17 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Do you want to improve your grammatical accuracy and vocabulary? In this lesson, I look at some of the most common verbs that are followed by gerunds. Never say "I enjoy to do" ever again! http://www.engvid.com/10-common-verbs-followed-by-gerunds/

After the video, check out our resource page for a detailed list of verbs that are followed by gerunds and infinitives: http://www.engvid.com/english-resource/verbs-followed-by-gerunds-and-infinitives/

English Vocabulary - CATS & DOGS
00:08:06
engVid
6 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ If you have a pet cat or dog, this is an essential lesson. Even if you don't have a pet, you can watch this to learn about the vocabulary we use to talk about the parts and actions of these two common animals. You'll learn words like whiskers, paws, prowling, and many more! After the lesson, take the quiz here: http://www.engvid.com/vocabulary-cats-dogs/

Writing - Passive verbs with 'that' clauses - "It is thought that..."
00:06:13
engVid
7 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ If you want to learn a useful formal structure, watch this writing lesson and expand your grammatical knowledge. It is expected that you will become a more proficient writer and speaker when you are finished! http://www.engvid.com/writing-passive-verbs-that-clauses/

Learn English with 5 Jokes
00:08:13
engVid
12 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Do you want to be the life of the party? Do you like clever word jokes? This is the lesson for you! Learn to understand five easy jokes that use double meanings to be funny. You'll laugh, you'll cry, you'll learn. Watch the lesson, then take the quiz: http://www.engvid.com/learn-english-with-5-jokes/

5 Phrasal Verbs with GET - get up, get along, get ahead, get by...
00:07:01
engVid
9 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ "Get" is a tricky word. It is also a very popular verb in English phrasal verbs. Learn 5 of them in this essential lesson and you will definitely get ahead! After the lesson, take the quiz here: http://www.engvid.com/5-phrasal-verbs-get/

Transcript:
Hi guys. I'm Alex. Thanks for clicking, and welcome to this lesson on five phrasal verbs with "get". If you are watching this, you know that phrasal verbs are one of the most difficult things to master in English because they often have an idiomatic meaning. So today, we're going to look at five of them, and they all have "get" in some way. No. 1 is "get up". If you've been studying for a while, you might be familiar with this verb. "I got up late today." What do you think this means, "I got up late today"? Right. It means "to rise from your bed", right? "To get up" is "to rise from bed". And not only from bed. You can get up from any position where you are lying down. So, to "rise from bed", or really any lying position. Okay. You can also get up from a chair as well, if you're sitting. That is the meaning of "get up". You can ask your friend, "Hey, what time did you get up today?" "I got up at 7 a.m. or at 6 a.m.", whatever it is.

Okay, No. 2, we have "get along", and this can be by itself, or you can add "with". You can "get along with" a person, "with" someone. Sorry about that. For example, "My sister gets along with everybody". What do you think the meaning of this is? Okay. Do you think she has a good relationship, or do you think she has a bad relationship? Well, the meaning is she has a good relationship with everybody. So to "get along" or to "get along with" someone is to have a good relationship with -- I'm just going to put "S/O" for "someone". Okay. For example, if you "get along" with -- well, of course, you "get along with" your friends. You can get along with anybody -- I mean anybody that you know in your life. If you have a good relationship with them, you can say, "Yeah we get along". The negative is, "I don't get along with" that person, or "we don't get along". So you can say, "We don't get along", or "We get along". Or if you want to add "with": "Yeah, I get along with her", or "I get along with him", or "we don't get along together", as well. Okay.

No. 3, we have "get ahead". All right. Example: "If you want to get ahead, work hard." "You have to work hard if you want to get ahead." If you look at the context of this sentence, you might be able to figure out the meaning, and in this situation, "get ahead" means "to succeed" or "make progress". So if you work in a company, and you are "getting ahead" in the company, it means that you started at the bottom, and you're working your way up, up, up, the ladder. Then you are "getting ahead" in the company. You can "get ahead" in life even. Make progress. Succeed at something. Get further than other people, for example.

Next, we have "get by". "Can you get by without your cell phone?" If you look at the context of this sentence, can you identify the meaning? Okay. It means "to survive". Okay. If I ask you, "Can you get by without your cell phone?", basically I am asking you if you can survive without your cell phone. If I ask you, "How do you get by without the Internet?" "How do you get by without your cell phone?" Or, "How do you get by without Facebook?" How do you survive without these things that are wonderful in the modern world? So how do you survive. Okay. I can also ask you, "Do you think you could get by with only $20 for one week?" If that's possible, right? Okay.

Finally, we have a pretty simple one, I think. And that is "get together". When two people get together, it means that -- well, let's look at the sentence first. "We are getting together for coffee later". Get together. Okay. This means "we are meeting", "to meet". Okay. When you get together with your friends, you are meeting your friends in one location, in one place. "Get together" can also have another meaning when you are talking about two people who are dating; who are seeing each other. And that means the first time they met. For example, if I ask you, "When did you and your wife, or when did you and you husband, or when did you and your boyfriend or girlfriend get together?" This means, "When did you meet for the first time?" Okay. So it can also just mean "to meet". I can say, "Let's get together later".

All right, guys. To review, we have "get up", which is to get up from your bed, to rise from a lying position or a sitting position. We have to "get along" with someone, which is to have a good relationship. To "get ahead": this means to succeed or to make progress in some aspect of your life. To "get by" is to survive, you know. If I ask you, again, "How are you doing?" "I am getting by." I am surviving. Not doing great, but I'm living. I'm surviving. And No. 5, "get together": to meet. All right, guys.

5 Native English Speaker Mistakes
00:08:39
engVid
16 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Native English speakers make mistakes all the time. In this grammar lesson, I look at five common errors to watch for by native and new English speakers. Make sure you're not learning bad English from a native speaker! http://www.engvid.com/5-native-english-speaker-mistakes/

TRANSCRIPT:
Hey guys, I'm Alex. Thanks for clicking, and welcome to this lesson on five common native English speaker mistakes. So, these are mistakes that native speakers make in conversation with other native speakers. So for those of you who are just learning the language, this is good for you too because you will hear these mistakes being made on the street. And if you're wondering: "Hey, that doesn't sound correct. Why, why is that person not using correct grammar?" It's because they might not know that they are using incorrect grammar. Those of you who are English speakers: well, this is the stuff that drives English teachers absolutely crazy.

So, let's begin with number one: Double Negatives. Okay, so what's a double negative? There are three examples on the board. We have: "I didn't see nothing.", "She didn't do nothing.", "They don't buy nothing with trans fats." Okay, now you see two negative words in each of these three sentences. In the first one: "I didn't" so "didn't" obviously is a negative word. We have "nothing" which is also a negative word. So if you say "I didn't see nothing", you actually mean that you saw something. So you're giving the opposite meaning of what you actually want to say. So what word should replace "nothing" in these three sentences? "Anything", that's absolutely correct. So, you can say, "I didn't see anything.", "She didn't do anything." Or: "They don't buy anything with trans fats." Okay, so just remember: watch out for those double negatives.

Now, on to number two: "Less" vs. "Fewer". Okay, so this is a question of count and non-count nouns. Basically, when you use "less", you should only be using it with non-count nouns. So we're talking about nouns like honey, water, milk -- anything you can think of that you can't really count like abstract concepts like love or justice, for example. Now, things that you can count and are in plural form should be using "fewer".

So in these three examples there are three mistakes. We have: "There were less than 50 people at the club.", "There are less reasons to own a home phone today.", "I know less languages than my cousin." All of these are absolutely wrong because they all use "less", which you should be using for non-count nouns. But, if you look at this closely: "people" -- you can count people. You have "reasons" -- you can count reasons. "Languages" -- you can also count languages. So with all of these, you should actually be saying, "fewer, fewer, fewer". Now, I know this is a mistake that I hear commonly, especially with relation to people. "Less people" -- you should actually be saying, "Fewer people, fewer reasons, fewer,"-- sorry -- "fewer languages". So remember: if it's plural, it's countable, you're thinking "less/fewer". If you can count it, it's plural: "fewer".

Now, let's move on to number three: "I could care less." This is an expression we use when we want to say that we have almost no interest in something that one of our friends or somebody has just said. So for example: -"Spain won the World Cup!" And you might, say, hear somebody say, -"I don't care about soccer, I could care less about this.", -"Dianne bought a new purse!" -"I don't know Diane, I don't know her very well; I could care less about Dianne buying a new purse." -"Do you like U2?" -"I could care less about U2." Maybe because I'm not a fan of rock and roll or I just don't like the band, or I don't like Bono's political views or something like that.

Now, this expression: "I could care less", actually says that you care a little bit. So what you're trying to say is not exactly what you're trying to say. If you want to say that you have no interest or this doesn't affect you in some way, the expression is: "I could not care less." Okay? So let's just fix this up here and say: "I couldn't care less." This means your interest is so low that there's nowhere for you to go. If you say: "I could care less", maybe you care this much and you could still care a little more -- or sorry --, care a little less. Okay guys, so again, next time you want to show that you don't have any interest in a topic a person is talking to you about, say: "I couldn't care less."

Now let's move on to number four: "Have went". This is a problem of using the incorrect verb form. So basically in English, you're going to have three verb forms for each verb. So for example: with the verb "go" we have the present: "go", the past: "went", and we have the past participle which we use in the perfect forms of English, which is "gone". So when you use: "have + went", you actually mean: "have gone" and you should be saying: "have gone".

How to use START and BEGIN in English - Vocabulary
00:06:46
engVid
8 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com Begin improving your vocabulary in this very essential lesson. When do we use 'start?' When do we use 'begin?' Is there a difference? What are you waiting for? Start the video! Then take the quiz: http://www.engvid.com/start-begin/

TRANSCRIPT:
Hi guys. I'm Alex. Thanks for clicking, and welcome to this lesson on "start" and "begin". These are two incredibly common words in the English language, and while most of the time there is no real difference between one or the other, there are some situations where one or the other is preferred, or when there is a certain grammatical structure that is preferred after "start" or "begin". So let's see what I'm talking about here.

In the beginning, we have, "He began/started working here two years ago." Which one of these should we use in this situation? Should we use "begin"? Should we "start"? Does it matter? It really doesn't, right? So for the most part -- I mean, you can say, "He began working here two years ago." "He started working here two years ago." But usually, there is little to no difference in most situations. In most situations, you can use one or the other, so: "The concert started at nine." "The concert began at nine." Whatever you want to say, okay? However, there is a level of -- or an issue with formality when it comes to "start" and "begin". When you are talking about a formal situation, "begin" is actually preferred. So if you look at these two sentences: "Let us begin this meeting with a message from our president." It is possible to say, "Let us start this meeting", but in formal situations, "begin" is the one that's actually preferred. He's starting to annoy me!" "He's beginning to annoy me." "Beginning to annoy me," sounds a little more formal. Like, you're just a little more upset. So in informal situations, we use "start" more often than not. Again, "begin" is preferred in formal situations. I'll just leave it as "S"; it means "situations".

Now, when we're talking about machines, or when we are talking about making something "start" or "begin", there's only one word that really works, and that word is "start". So you can't "begin" your car. You can't "begin" your washing machine. When it comes to machines or making something start or begin, we can only use "start", okay? So, "My car won't start." We don't say, "My car won't begin." "I started the washing machine an hour ago." Not, "I began the washing machine an hour ago." So again, we use "start" for machines and for making something start. And I'm just going to put "S/T" for something. Okay, so if you're the person who's making something start, you "start", not "begin". If a machine doesn't work, it means that it won't "start", not it won't "begin". So you can say, "My laptop won't start." "My lawnmower won't start." "My car won't start." Not "begin". Okay, guys?

Spelling - Rules for Third Person 'S'
00:06:45
engVid
4 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Why do we write "catches" and not "catchs"? How about "reads" and not "reades"? To find out the answers to these questions, and to improve your spelling, click on the video. This lesson covers the essential rules for spelling verbs correctly in the third person. After the lesson, take the quiz: http://www.engvid.com/spelling-third-person-s/

When to use 'good' and 'well' - English Vocabulary
00:05:03
engVid
7 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ How are you? Good? Or is it 'well'? Did the team play "good" or did they play "well"? Which one is an adjective and which one is an adverb? Can you use them in the same situations? Check out this simple lesson to learn the difference between two of the most common English words. This lesson will improve your grammatical and conversational abilities. Make sure to take the quiz: http://www.engvid.com/good-well/

Learn English with Alex
00:00:41
engVid
4 Views · 5 years ago

Do you want to learn English? I will teach you!
Subscribe to my channel to learn English grammar, vocabulary, pronunciation, and more. Start improving your English today.
http://www.engvid.com

TRANSCRIPT:
Hey guys. I'm Alex. Thanks for clicking on my channel. If you're here, it's probably because you're interested in improving your English in some way. You've come to the right place. Down below, you will find many videos about English grammar, English vocabulary, pronunciation, writing skills, speaking skills, and a wide variety of things related to the English language.

So if you never want to miss a video, please subscribe to my channel and I'll always be here! Thanks, guys. Good luck, and take care!

Learn English
http://www.engvid.com

3 ways to use 'as long as' - English Grammar
00:06:06
engVid
7 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ 'As long as' is a very common English phrase. Find out what it means and three different ways to use it in this essential grammar lesson. In it, you will learn how to talk about duration, conditions, and emphasis with 'as long as'. As long as you're here, why don't you click on this video? It's my 100th video to date! Take the quiz here: http://www.engvid.com/as-long-as/

TRANSCRIPT

Hi guys. I'm Alex. Thanks for clicking, and welcome to this lesson on "as long as". Now, this lesson is not about "as long as" in a comparative sense, like, if I say, "My arm is as long as three rulers, maybe?" But it is about three other ways that we can use this very common, everyday expression. So a couple things that we have to learn about "as long as", and we'll do them in a three-step process.

No. 1: we're going to look at this sentence, and you will tell me what is the correct way to finish it. So the sentence is, "I will remember you as long as I live/I will live." Which one do you think is correct in this situation? Okay, well, you already have "I will" in the first part of the sentence, so you don't really need it in the second part. The reason for this is that we generally use "as long as" in the present tense, okay? So: "as long as I live". We don't really say "as long as he will live" or "I will be here" or whatever it is. Generally, we just keep it in the present tense. Now, it is possible to use in the past as well. We just don't really use it with "will". What does "as long as" mean? Well, in this situation, it actually means, like, "for the duration of", "for the duration of the period". So "for the duration of my life", "as long as I live", "for the duration of this period", okay?

The second sentence says, "You can come as long as you're quiet." So if you have a friend who's very talkative, who's very social and loud, and you don't want to them to come with you to, let's say, the grocery store or in a public place. But you tell them, "as long as you're quiet, you can come." What do you think "as long as" means in this situation? What can you replace it with? When you look at the context, you might think of the word "if", right? So "as long as" can also be used
to mean "on the condition that", okay? So, "as long as" here means "on the condition that".

"On the condition that you are quiet, you can come." So think of it a little bit like "if", okay? Now, finally, we have "The meeting could be as long as three hours!" Now, after "as long as", we said that we can use it for duration, and this is definitely duration, not condition. But what we are doing is we are emphasizing, right? It's to emphasize a really long time. So if you want to emphasize a really long time, you can also use "as long as". So we can use it for emphasis before a number. And I apologize for my writing. I think you guys can understand that, okay? So we can use "as long as" to talk about duration. We can use it to talk about conditions, and we can also use it to emphasize a number like a really long time.

So I have three more sentences at the bottom, and I'd just like you to tell me how we're using "as long as" in these three situations. "I will help as long as you buy pizza!" So if you have a new building, a new apartment, you have just moved in a new house, and you're painting. You need to paint your house. You invite some friends, and one of your friends says, "Okay, I will help as long as you buy pizza -- right? -- for us, for helping." So this is obviously condition, okay? So I'm going to just put -- maybe I'll write it here -- "condition", just "con." This is a condition. I will help as long as you buy pizza, on the condition that you buy pizza. "He can talk for as long as 1 hour!" So if you have, again, a very talkative, chatty person, a talkative friend, and you want to emphasize -- right -- -that, "Oh, my goodness, they can talk forever." So here, this is for emphasis. And finally, "As long as I'm here, I will help." So again, this is for duration -- "for the period of time that I am here", okay? So guys, here are three ways that you can use this very common, everyday, English expression.

I'd like to thank you guys for listening to this and listening to me for the past 100 videos. This is actually the one hundredth video that I have done on www.engvid.com. When we started in 2009, I wasn't sure if we would ever get this far, so the fact that I'm doing this in this year still is incredible. So once more, thanks, guys. And as always, if you'd like to test your understanding of this material, you can check out the quiz on www.engvid.com, and don't forget to subscribe to my YouTube channel. Thanks, guys. Take care.

5 Common Idioms with 'OUT'
00:06:22
engVid
3 Views · 5 years ago

What does it mean to be 'out cold' or 'out of commission'? If a person is 'out to lunch' or 'out of gas,' what's their condition? In this lesson, I will teach you five very common and easy-to-remember idioms. Missing this lesson is simply 'out of the question.' Get ready to improve your vocabulary and conversational ability! And take a quiz on this lesson here: http://www.engvid.com/5-common-idioms-with-out/

TRANSCRIPT

Hi guys. I'm Alex. Thanks for clicking, and welcome to this lesson on idioms with "out". Today we're going to look at some of the most common idioms that use "out" in the English language. On the board, we have some sentences. At the bottom, we have some definitions for each of the idioms that we will look at today. So let's start from the top, and you guys can tell me what is the meaning of this idiom -- what is its definition.

The first sentence says, "Dan is out like a light." And we have an idiom that means something similar and can be used in exactly the same situation or in a different situation as well, and it says, "I was out cold for 20 seconds." So it is possible to say, "I was out like a light for 20 seconds", or "Dan is out cold" as well. Now, what do you think these two phrases -- these two idioms -- mean? Do they mean "broken/not working", "tired/exhausted", "not alert/uninformed", "unconscious/asleep", "not possible/not permitted"? If we look at the context, and we say, "Dan is out like a light", or "I was out cold for 20 seconds", I think the most obvious one would probably be "unconscious/asleep". So here, we'll put No. 1. Okay, so if a person is "out like a light" or "out cold", this can have two meanings. The first meaning can be simply that they are deeply asleep. So if I say, "Wow, Dan is out like a light." Like, "I can hit him. I can slap him. He's not waking up", okay? So a person who is not only asleep but deeply asleep can be "out like a light" or "out cold". Now, if you think of boxing, and you think of a boxer getting hit in the face and knocked out, he goes unconscious. So you can say that, "Wow, he's out cold." If there's no response, he's "out cold". He's unconscious. You can also say, "He's out like a light", okay?

All right, guys. Let's look at No. 2. It says, "The printer has been out of commission for 2 days." Okay, so what do you think this means, "out of commission"? Is it, "broken/not working", "tired/exhausted", "not alert/uninformed", or "not possible/permitted"? Well, when you think of a printer, a printer works or it doesn't work, and if it's "out of commission" it's probably "broken/not working", right? So we often use this idiom when we talk about machines, pieces of technology. It can not -- it can be for other things, too. Like, if I said that "the toilet is broken", I can be a little, you know, exaggerative. I don't know if "exaggerative" is a word, but I can exaggerate and say, "The toilet is out of commission." "It's not working." "It's broken", okay?

The next one says, "He was out of gas after the first half." So imagine this is a soccer player. You know, in soccer you have the first half, the second half. And after the first half, he's "out of gas" like a car. So your car can be "out of gas". So what do you think "out of gas" means in this context if we think about cars? Well, is it "tired/exhausted", "not alert/uninformed", "not possible"? Obviously, "tired/exhausted", right? So this is No. 3. Okay, so if you're "out of gas", you have no more energy. You are absolutely exhausted. It can be for a car. It can also be used for a person.

No. 4, "Going on vacation this year is out of the question." So imagine that this year you don't have a lot of money. Maybe you don't have a lot of free time, so you cannot go on vacation. It is "out of the question". So this means that -- you probably figured it out -- it's "not possible/not permitted". Now, this idiom we often use in an imperative sense. So if you ask your parents if you can go out somewhere or if you can sleep over at a friend's house, and they say, "That is out of the question." "That's out of the question." They are just stating the fact that it's not possible. They're not permitting you to do it. So you can just say, "out of the question", which means, "not possible", or, "I'm not allowing you to do it", okay?

Finally, "I didn't understand the lesson because I was out to lunch." Well, there's only one option left, so "not alert". It can also mean "uninformed". So if you are "out to lunch", you're not actually out eating lunch somewhere. It kind of means, like, your mind was in a different place, in a different location. Like, you're on lunch when you're relaxed, and you just want to sit and chat with your friends. So if you were "out to lunch", it means that you weren't paying attention or your mind was in a different place, okay?

So just as a review, guys, if you're "out like a light" or "out cold", you are deeply asleep, or you are unconscious.

How to use 'too' and 'enough' in English
00:05:48
engVid
4 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ How do we use "too" and "enough"? What's the difference between these two common words? Where do we put them in a sentence? Learn the answers to all of these questions in this useful lesson. This English grammar lesson also covers where to place adjectives with "too" and "enough," and the correct verb form to follow each. You can take a quiz on this lesson, too: http://www.engvid.com/too-enough/

TRANSCRIPT

Hi, guys. I'm Alex. Thanks for clicking, and welcome to this lesson on "enough" and "too" with infinitives. So today, we're going to look at a common grammatical pattern that we can use with "too" and "enough" and how to follow those with infinitives. And remember, an infinitive is "to" plus the base form of a verb, so "to play", "to swim", "to hang", "to chat", whatever it is.

Now let's look at, first, a common "too" pattern when we talk in English. So again, we use "too" when we want to talk about an extreme. So here we can use: Too + adjective/adverb + infinitive. Now if you're tired of looking at formulas, and you're better with just seeing examples, examples, examples, well, guess what? I have many examples for you today. First one is: "It's too hot to go outside", okay? So here you see the pattern: It is too + an adjective -- to go outside. So again, we don't say, "It's too hot going outside." You have to follow it with an infinitive: "It's too hot to go outside." "It's too hot to swim." "It's too hot to stand out in the backyard for more than 20 minutes", okay? Another example, "She's too young." "She's too young to do what? She's too young to drink." " She's too young to smoke." " She's too young to drive." Okay? "It's too early." "It's too early to wake up." So Saturday morning it's, let's say, 6:30 a.m. Your alarm clock goes off at 6:30 on a Saturday. Unless you work, that's way too early to wake up for most people. If you enjoy it, hey, that's your life.

Next, "He tried too much to impress his boss." Okay? All right, guys, so again, this is the most common pattern with "too" when you want to talk about -- and you want to use infinitives. So again, "It's too hot to go outside." "She's too young to drink." "It's too early to wake up." "He tried too much to impress his boss." So again, we don't say, "It's to go, too hot, outside." You know, we don't mix it up like that. The pattern is: Too + adjective/adverb + infinitive.

Now, let's look at "enough". Okay, so with "enough", we have a different structure. Now again, "enough" means "sufficient", something that is "sufficient enough". So whereas we had, "too + adjective/adverb + infinitive", here we have the adjective/adverb + enough + infinitive. So for example, "He is smart enough to pass." "She was fast enough to win." "He yelled loudly enough to wake up our neighbours!" So again, you see the pattern with "too" and "enough" is different in that, again, normally with "too", we have "too" before the adjective. With "enough" we actually put "enough" after the adjective or the adverb in this situation. Okay? So are you guys getting it so far? Yeah?

All right. Let's look at one more little rule with "enough". Okay, let's look at another pattern with "enough". Whereas in the first pattern we had, "adjective/adverb + enough", in this one we have, "enough + noun + infinitive". So let's look at these examples. I think most people are familiar and comfortable with this pattern. Maybe you don't know that we should add an infinitive after it, though. So: "We don't have enough gas to make it to Vancouver." So again, "We don't have enough": You have "enough"; you have the noun; and then you have the infinitive, "to make". "To make it to Vancouver", means to arrive -- right? -- to Vancouver. "We have enough money to go on vacation." So, "We have enough money to go" -- the infinitive "to go" -- on vacation." "Money" is the noun in this situation.

Okay, so this is the more informal, everyday, common structure. If you want to sound proper in English, you can also use the formal structure here. For this I'm going to do up my button, okay? Because I have to be very formal for this. So: "We have money enough to go on vacation." So in the formal structure you can actually put the noun before "enough" and then follow that with the infinitive. If you speak like this, I don't know, maybe you'll make some friends. Maybe people will look at you weird. I recommend speaking like this because this is more common, but just be aware if you watch British television, British films, anything with formal English in it, you might hear this pattern as well.

Okay, guys. If you'd like to check your understanding of how to use "too", how to use "enough" with infinitive patterns, you can check out the quiz on www.engvid.com. Take care, and good luck.

Thanks for clicking x10,000,000!
00:00:31
engVid
9 Views · 5 years ago

A personal 'thank you' to everyone who has helped my channel reach 10,000,000 views. I really appreciate your continued support! Thanks again for clicking, and keep coming back for more!

4 Phrasal Verbs with PUT - put up, put on, put away, put together
00:06:01
engVid
3 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ In this lesson, you will learn 4 important phrasal verbs with "put". When you're done, you can put all of your knowledge together and complete the quiz to test your understanding! You'll learn the following phrasal verbs in this lesson: "put away," "put together", "put on", and "put up". http://www.engvid.com/4-phrasal-verbs-put/

For Alex's previous lesson on "put" phrasal verbs, see http://www.engvid.com/phrasal-verbs-put/

TRANSCRIPT

Hi, guys. I'm Alex. Thanks for clicking, and welcome to this lesson on four phrasal verbs with "put". If you'd like to check out more information on phrasal verbs with "put", we have another lesson made by myself that you can check on the website, and it's linked to this video. Today, we're going to look at four different phrasal verbs with "put".

The first one is to "put up with something/someone". So any time you see "ST", it means "something" in this video, and "SO" means "someone", so to "put up with something or someone". Let's look at this sentence and see if we can identify the meaning. So I have, "I hate traffic." "I hate traffic, but I have to put up with it." So imagine every day you go to work, you must take the metro or your car, and you have to drive. You have to drive through the traffic. You hate the traffic, but you have to use it. So in this situation, in this context, to "put up with something", to "put up" with traffic means to "tolerate" it. You don't like it, but you have to do it, okay? So this means, "to tolerate", okay? Those of you who don't know what "tolerate" means, again, it means that you don't like it, but you still have to deal with it in some way. And, again, you don't only have to "put up" with things, like I "put up" with traffic every day. You can "put up" with people in your life. So maybe at work or in your school, university, there are people you don't like, but you see them every day and you have to tolerate them, you have to "put up" with them, okay?

All right, guys, so No. 2, we have to "put something on". This is a separable phrasal verb, so this means the (ST) can actually go in the middle of the phrasal verb or at the end of the phrasal verb. So the sentence is, "Put on your jacket." It's also possible to say, "Put your jacket on." Based on the context of this sentence, I think it's easy to see that to "put on" means to, you know, "cover yourself" with clothing. And it's not only clothing - basically, anything that you can put on your body, like jewelry -- "to cover your body with clothing or jewelry". So the most common context is to put on clothing, so, "Put on your socks." "Put on your shirt." "Put on your pants." Whatever it is. Okay.

No. 3, to "put something away." Just like "put on", to "put away" is a separable phrasal verb, which means you can put the object, the (ST), in the middle of the phrasal verb or at the end of the phrasal verb. So, "Put away your books. It's time for the test." So the context here is: You're in class. The teacher says, "Put away your books. It's time for the test." You can't look at your books, right? So where do you put your book? Well, most students put them in a backpack, right? Your bag. So to "put something away" means you have to "put it in an appropriate place". So the appropriate place for your books is your school bag. So "to put in an appropriate place", so a place where that is expected that you would put that thing or whatever it is, okay?

And finally, we have to "put something together". And once more, this is a separable phrasal verb, so you can put the object in the middle or at the end. Let's look at the sentence. "I hate putting together new furniture." So if you go to IKEA, which is a really popular furniture store, when you go home, you have to put the furniture together. It doesn't come as one piece. You have to work with it. And to "put it together" means to "assemble it", "complete it". So this means, "to assemble", okay? So kids can "put things together" if they play with Legos, or if you are good with computers, you can "put together" a new computer, or in this case -- this is something that I'm very familiar with -- you "put together" new furniture.

Okay, guys. So once more, those four phrasal verbs are to "put up with something or someone". You don't like it, but you have to do it, okay? So you "put up" with traffic -- "put up" with people. "Put something on": to cover your body with clothing or jewelry. "Put something away": to put it in an appropriate place. And to "put something together" means to "assemble" something. And if you'd like to test your knowledge of this material, as always, you can check out the quiz on www.engvid.com. Good luck, and take care.

Grammar: When to use "bad" and "badly" in English
00:06:55
engVid
6 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Does the food taste bad or badly? Does the flower smell bad or badly? Does he play guitar bad or badly? If you're not sure which of these fundamental words to use in these situations, watch this grammar lesson to erase your doubts. In it, I look at when to use adjectives and when to use adverbs. After this, you can apply the rules for bad and badly to other adjectives and adverbs.Take the quiz on this lesson here: http://www.engvid.com/bad-badly/

TRANSCRIPT

Hi, guys. I'm Alex. Thanks for clicking, and welcome to this lesson on "bad" vs "badly". Now, this lesson is a complement to a past lesson that I did on "good" vs. "well". And with "bad" vs. "badly", it's actually a very similar kind of case.

So very simply, first, let's look at the parts of speech that "bad" and "badly" represent. As I have written here, "bad" is an adjective, which means that it describes either a state of something or someone or a feeling, okay? So think of states and perceptions, feelings, with "bad". "Badly" is an adverb. Now, again, an adverb usually modifies a verb. It can also modify adjectives and other adverbs -- generally verbs, though. And it describes how you do, how you perform, or how you react to something, okay?

On the board, I have a variety of different sentences, and in all of them, you have to decide whether I should be using "bad" or "badly" to complete the sentence. So as we go through this, just always use these two definitions as a personal reference, okay?

Sentence No. 1 says, "He felt bad/badly about missing her birthday." So what do you think? "He felt badly about missing her birthday" or "He felt bad about missing her birthday"? If we go back to the rules, if we're talking about feelings, it's always "bad", okay? "He felt bad." Now, if I said, "He felt badly about missing her birthday", this would mean that you're modifying the verb "felt", and you're actually trying to say that he felt "badly", like his sense, his perception of feeling, of touch, is very poor, which doesn't make the sentence make any sense, okay?

So second sentence says, "She did bad/badly on her chemistry exam." So let's look back here. How you do/perform/react to something. Okay. How did she do on her chemistry exam? "She did badly." She performed badly. Okay? "I twisted my ankle." Okay. How did you twist your ankle? Well, really, really badly. Okay? So "bad" or "badly", actually. And I think I gave you the answer, so -- how did she twist her ankle? The quality of the injury. "She twisted it badly." When she twisted it in the moment of the action, it was really bad, so she did it badly, she did the action badly, okay? Sorry. I'm repeating myself a lot. "Bad", "badly" -- you will be sick of hearing these words by the end of this lesson.

Next one: "He is a bad singer" or "He is a badly singer"? Now, again, a singer, a person who sings a song, [sings "lah lah lah"], etc., and we're talking about the state of this person. What kind of singer is he? So we're modifying "singer", so "He is a bad singer." Now, remember: "badly" -- there's no verb here that you're modifying, right? You can't really modify the verb "to be" in this situation with "badly". You can't say, "He is badly" just by itself, okay?

So next one: "They felt bad" or "They felt badly about coming late." If we go back to the rules -- feelings, right? So how do you feel? You feel bad. Internal state. "They felt bad about coming late." So they came to a meeting. They came to a party, a movie, something -- oh, sorry. I feel bad about that, okay? Next one: "She danced bad" or "She danced badly at her recital". So maybe she dances ballet, and they had a performance. A performance is like a recital. And she danced -- you're talking about the quality of her dancing. So how you perform something -- how you do something is, in this situation, "badly". So how did she dance? "She danced badly."

Now, "This tastes bad" or "This tastes badly"? Now, what are we talking about here? Are we talking about -- "this", whatever it is, whether it's a soup, a sandwich, a hamburger, a steak; doesn't matter. You're talking about the state of the thing. You're talking about the flavor, the taste, the internal state, okay? So when we go back here, "This tastes bad." Now, again, if we said, "This tastes badly", the meaning would be that -- let's imagine it's a steak. So this means that the steak can eat other things and that the steak tastes things badly, okay? It means that it doesn't have a sense of taste, that the steak can't taste things very well because its tongue is not good, okay? So you can imagine the image is not very appetizing I guess. I wouldn't want to eat a steak that was talking. Although before it's a steak, it's a cow, but that's another topic. Let's not get into that.

And finally, "Their reasons didn't seem so bad." Okay, so here, the topic, the subject, is their reasons, their reasons for doing something.

5 Common English Learner Mistakes
00:08:47
engVid
8 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ What are the most common grammatical mistakes that new English learners make? It depends on the country, but regardless of where you're from, you have probably heard others make these mistakes or you have made them yourself. In this lesson, I look at what's wrong with saying "it's depend," "it depends of," "I took a sandwich for breakfast," "She's learning for go to university," "I am interesting in that," and "Is good! Is easy! Is not a problem!" Check out the lesson, and improve your language accuracy! Take the quiz here: http://www.engvid.com/5-common-mistakes/

TRANSCRIPT

Hey, guys. I'm Alex. Thanks for clicking, and welcome to this lesson on "5 Common New English Learner Mistakes". So in this lesson, I'll be looking at mistakes that I have heard in my time as a teacher from students from various parts of the world. So these are mistakes that are made by Spanish speakers, Portuguese speakers, German speakers, Korean speakers, and they might apply to you as well. These are mistakes that kind of cross over and that are very common.

So let's start with the first one. Let's look at No. 1. Okay, so this is, actually, a double mistake that I commonly hear when you're discussing a subject and you want someone to give you an opinion on something. So for example, "Do you prefer Coke or Pepsi?" Or "Do you prefer this or that?" And some people will say, "Well, it's depend." Or "Hmm, it depends of (...)" So "It depends of the season." "It depends of the person." "It depends of the society or the country" or something like this. So what is wrong with this? Well, we don't say, "it's depend". We say "it depends", "it depends". Okay? So we don't say, "it's depend". The correct form is: "it depends". And for this, this is okay: "it depends", right? The only problem is the preposition that you're using. We don't say "of" in English; we say "it depends on", okay? So "it depends on the person." "It depends on the country." "It depends on the time of day." Whatever topic you're discussing.

Okay, guys, let's move on to No. 2. So for the second one, this is, actually, a verb choice error, and maybe languages, when you talk about eating, you use the verb "take". So you can "take a Coke", or "take your coffee in the morning", or you "take breakfast", "take dinner". In English, it's a little different. So here, we have two sentences. The first one says: "I took a coffee this morning." Now, when you look at it, maybe you went to a coffee shop, and you say, "Yeah, I will take a coffee." Okay. Not too much wrong with that. That's okay. However, when you're talking about the act of drinking the coffee, we use the verb "have" in English. Okay? So you didn't "take" a coffee; you say "I had" in the past, right? "I had a coffee this morning." Same thing for the second one. So this one says: "I take dinner around six." Well, in English, we don't really say, "I take dinner around six." We say, "I have dinner", okay? So when you're talking about food, you "have breakfast", "have lunch", "have dinner", "have coffee". You "have pizza". You "have a sandwich". Anything to do with food, use the verb "have".

Now, let's move on to No.3. Okay, so this one is, actually, a preposition error, and it's when people use "for" when they mean to use an infinitive. So for example, "I use it for go to work." Imagine you have a car, and people and you, "What do you use your car for?" You know, do you drive around a lot, or you say, "No, no. I only use it to go to work", right? So we don't say "for go", we use "to go". Now, why do we do this? Well, when you have a verb and you follow that verb with either a pronoun or an object of some kind, the verb afterwards has to be an infinitive, okay? So also, if you look down here, "I need glasses for read." Well, we know it's "to read". And: "She ran for catch the bus." "She ran to catch the bus." Again, there are some verbs, as you know, which are only followed by gerunds, some verbs which are only followed by infinitives. So here, if you want to have a verb and you want to use another verb, another action after that verb -- so "she ran to catch the bus" -- it has to be a gerund or infinitive. An "infinitive" is "to" plus the base verb, okay? So don't say, "I use it for do", "for do something." "I use it to do something." "I need glasses to read", not "for read". Okay? So if you ever have, you know, the desire to have a verb plus another action, either use a gerund or in this case, it's not "for do something", it's "to do" something.

All right, guys. Let's look at No. 4. So this one is, actually, an adjective choice error, and it's the difference between -ing and -ed adjectives. So when you feel something internally, inside -- it's a personal feeling -- you should be using an -ed adjective, not an -ing adjective. So all three examples on the board here are, actually, incorrect. So the first one says, "I am exciting about that."

English Grammar - 6 Ways to Use Gerunds
00:07:59
engVid
19 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Gerunds are tough -- really tough. They can be hard to master, and new English speakers often wonder why they have to use one in a given situation. In this advanced grammar lesson, I cover the six ways you can use a gerund, including as a subject, object, complement, object of a preposition, and as the object of a possessive. Don't forget to take the quiz when you're done! http://www.engvid.com/6-ways-to-use-gerunds/

What books should I read to improve my English
00:09:34
engVid
12 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ As a teacher, one of the most common questions I receive from students is "What books should I read to improve my English?" In this video, I give a couple of suggestions that you can purchase or find for free online! This video also includes 10 vocabulary words which are featured in the books I mention. After watching the video and completing the quiz, check out the following websites for more information:

• List of books and authors in public domain: http://www.goodreads.com/list/tag/public-domain
• Edgar Allan Poe's Tales of Mystery and Imagination on amazon: http://www.amazon.com/Mystery-Imagination-Penguin-Readers-Edition/dp/1405862548/ref=sr_1_5?ie=UTF8&qid=1378173927&sr=8-5&keywords=tales+of+mystery+and+imagination+penguin+readers
• Sherlock Holmes Short Stories on amazon: http://www.amazon.com/Sherlock-Stories-Penguin-Readers-Edition/dp/1405865237/ref=sr_1_4?ie=UTF8&qid=1378174011&sr=8-4&keywords=sherlock+holmes+short+stories+penguin+readers
• Penguin Readers homepage: http://www.penguinreaders.com/

And don't forget to take the quiz: http://www.engvid.com/books-to-improve-english/

Learn English - 5 'KEEP' Idioms
00:06:27
engVid
8 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ If you are interested in improving your vocabulary and conversational ability, you should keep this lesson in mind. In it, you will learn five very common English idioms that use the verb 'keep.' The idioms in this video include 'keep your word,' 'keep someone posted,' 'keep an eye out,' 'keep a straight face,' and 'keep something/someone in mind.' Check it out! http://www.engvid.com/5-keep-idioms/

TRANSCRIPT

Hi, guys. I'm Alex. Thanks for clicking, and welcome to this lesson on idioms with "keep". So in this lesson, we will look at five very common idioms which all use the word "keep" in some way, and just like my lessons on idioms with "out", you have some definitions at the bottom. So you can try and figure out the meaning of the idiom if you have never heard it before.

So let's begin. The first sentence says, "Don't trust him. He never keeps his word." Now, I know in some other languages you probably have a similar idiom already. So if you can translate this from your own language, or if you can try and guess what the meaning of "keeping your word" is, I think you can guess the definition. So is it "to remember and think about something" or "to watch for the arrival or appearance of someone or something"? "Is it to uphold a promise"? Yeah, that's right. It is "to uphold a promise". Okay, so No. 1, if you can keep a promise, you can "keep your word". So if I say, "I always keep my word. Don't worry." That means I always keep my promises. If I say I will do something, I do it.

Okay. No. 2, "Keep me posted about your decision." So again, imagine that you are somebody who is giving a job to someone, and you offer them a new position, and they say, "Well, I need a few days to think about it." And if you say, "Keep me posted about your decision", this means, "Make sure that I know" or "Give me information." "Make sure -- keep me updated." So this means -- what do you think? "Keep someone informed", right. So if you "keep someone posted" about something, it means you keep them informed -- give them regular updates. They always know what's happening, okay?

The next one, "Keep an eye out for a red van." So imagine that you are at the airport, and maybe you called a friend, and the friend said, "Okay, I'll pick you up in 30 minutes." And you're with someone who doesn't know your friend. So you tell this person, "Keep an eye out for a red van." We're looking for a red van so we can go home from the airport. Well, if you're "keeping an eye out", what are you doing? You're "watching for the arrival or appearance of something or someone", okay? So again, think about it logically: "Keep an eye out." So you're looking for something, you're paying attention. So, "keep an eye out" for -- if you have a friend, and you're expecting their arrival. Or "Keep an eye out for Josh" or John or whoever it is.

Okay, guys, No. 4 says, "She can never keep a straight face -- keep a straight face -- when she talks to her boss." Maybe her boss is a funny guy, or maybe she always feels that -- well, maybe she doesn't like her boss and she wants to laugh in his face for some reason. So if you "keep a straight face", this means that you keep yourself from laughing. You hold your laughter inside because in this situation, maybe it's not appropriate to laugh. So if you can -- "remember and think about something"? No. You "keep your face from laughing". Sorry about that. There we go. Okay. So what are some situations where you have to "keep a straight face"? Anything where it's serious or formal. If you're at a funeral, number one, you generally have to "keep a straight face", be serious, not laugh. If you want to be sarcastic towards your friends and make them believe something, you might want to say something with a "straight face". And they're like, "Really?" And if you laugh, they know you're lying, or you're trying to play a trick or a joke on them.

Okay, finally, we have, "If you need an extra person on the team, keep me in mind." There's only one left, so "remember and think about something". So if you "keep someone in mind" -- you can keep something or someone "in mind". If you keep a person "in mind" for something, it means that you're remembering them or thinking about them based on whatever decision you're trying to make or based on whatever the situation is. You can also keep something "in mind", not only a person "in mind". So if I say -- okay, let's say that we make plans, and you're normally late. You're a person who's usually late, but for this movie -- let's imagine that it's the opening day of the movie, and you can't be late or you will not get a seat. So your friend tells you, "Keep in mind that it's the opening night." "Remember. Keep in mind it's the opening night. Be there early. You have to."

IELTS & TOEFL Academic Vocabulary - Verbs (AWL)
00:06:27
engVid
4 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ The TOEFL and IELTS tests feature lots of technical and academic verbs, especially in the reading sections. In this lesson, I look at 10 academic verbs that you may see on both tests. The verbs include "estimate", "obtain", "pursue", "occur", "interpret", and others. By expanding your academic vocabulary, you will improve your chances of doing well on the reading, writing, speaking, and listening sections of the test.

Take the quiz: http://www.engvid.com/ielts-toefl-academic-vocabulary-verbs/
Check out the detailed academic vocabulary list in our resources section: http://www.engvid.com/english-resource/academic-word-list/

TRANSCRIPT

Hey guys, I'm Alex. Thanks for clicking, and welcome to this lesson on IELTS and TOEFL academic vocabulary, with the focus being on verbs. So, on the IELTS and on the TOEFL, vocabulary is, of course, extremely important. It's necessary in the reading section, in the writing sections, obviously in the listening, and it can help you in your speaking as well. So today what I'm going to do is look at 10 verbs that you can find in the back of almost any TOEFL or IELTS preparation book which comes with an academic word list. And at the end, I'll let you know where you can find an academic word list that's a little more comprehensive, that not only has verbs, but nouns and adjectives. The answer is actually quite simple.

So, let's begin with five verbs. The first one is: "estimate". So "to estimate" means to predict or guess, not merely guess though, to make an educated guess based on some kind of evidence. So, for example: "Police estimated that 20 people were killed." It's a little dark to say that, but if you read any newspaper article or if you are doing a reading section on a TOEFL or an IELTS, you might read something similar to this. So police estimated; they made a prediction. Okay?

The next word is: "identify". "Identify" is just another way to say: "show" or: "to point out", if you want to use a phrasal verb. So: "Scientists have identified numerous species." They have basically shown, discovered, pointed out numerous species. Okay, and just a reminder: all of these are verbs which means you can use them in variety of tenses, all English tenses.

The next verb is: "interpret". "To interpret" means to give a personal analysis or a personal opinion on something. So you can interpret a text, you can interpret a film, you can interpret a person's words. The example we have here is: "His poems have been interpreted in many ways." So they have been analyzed, and people have developed their own opinions, many different types of opinions about his poems. So this comes from "interpretation" which I know some of you Latin speakers may be familiar with.

The next verb is: "minimise". This is the opposite of: "maximize". When you think of "max", you think of the top. Right? When you think of "to minimise" something, you think to keep it at a low level. So for example: "They attempted to minimise confusion." Whether that's because they created a text and they didn't want people to be confused by the text, so they kept the language at a, you know, manageable level that everyone could understand.

And finally: "occur", a very common verb. And you might be wondering: "Well, what does 'occur' mean?" It just means: "happen", it comes from an occurrence. "An occurrence" is an event, something which happens. So: "This strange event occurred in 1994." The strange event happened in 1994.

Okay, guys, let's look at the other five verbs that I'm going to look at today. The next verb is: "obtain". Now, "to obtain" means to acquire or to get something. So for example: "Archaeologists obtained the lost artifact." They acquired it, they got it, essentially.

The next verb is: "prohibit". This comes from "prohibition" which is the noun form. "To prohibit" is to not allow something or not give permission to do something. So, for example: "Protesters were prohibited from entering." Maybe from entering the building or something like this, so they were not allowed, they were not given permission, they were prohibited.

The next is: "pursue". Basically, this is a very common verb which means to chase or to go after. So, for example: police pursue criminals. Or, as we have on the board: "He pursued a career in economics." So you can pursue a career, like chase after it, go after it.

Okay, the next verb is: "symbolise". "Symbolise", you might see the word: "symbol" in this. A symbol is a representation of something. So: "to symbolise" is to represent. For example: "In many cultures, the skull" - a human skull - "symbolizes death." It represents death.

And finally, we have the verb: "transform" which just means to change into, it comes from "transformation", which is the noun form. So, for example: "Caterpillars transform into butterflies."

Phrasal Verbs - The 7 Meanings of 'Make Out'
00:07:20
engVid
7 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Phrasal verbs often have more than one meaning, and "make out" is no exception. In this lesson, I cover the seven idiomatic meanings of this important phrasal verb, with definitions and clear examples. I promise that you'll make it out of this lesson a better and more fluent English speaker! Take the quiz here: http://www.engvid.com/phrasal-verbs-make-out/

TRANSCRIPT

Hi guys. I'm Alex. Thanks for clicking, and welcome to this lesson on seven ways to use: "Make out". Today, we're going to look at seven different ways that we can use this very common phrasal verb.

So, let's look at the top. The first sentence says: "I can't make out what you're saying." In this situation: do you think you can understand what the person is saying or you can't understand what the person is saying? Well, if you look at the negative, it means that you can't understand. So one meaning of "make out" is to hear or see what a person is saying. Or if you see an object in the distance and you can't really tell very clearly what it is, this means that you can't make it out or you can make it out. So imagine you're watching a YouTube video and there's a person speaking in the background, and maybe they're speaking very low and you have to listen very carefully to understand what they're saying. So you listen, listen and you say: "Oh, I don't... No, I can't make out what he's saying, like I can't hear it." Okay? Also, if you're looking at a picture and in one corner of the picture, maybe there's a small little object and you don't know what it is. And somebody tells you that it's maybe a laptop, and you look at it, you say: "No, I can't make it out. I can't... I can't see it properly." Okay? So this is one meaning.

The second sentence says: "I made the check out to the president." Now, a check is a piece of paper that you give to someone when you want to pay for something. Right? You write your name, you write the amount of money you're going to give to the person, the company, the organization. So in this situation, you can make a check out to a person which just means you make the check payable to a person. Okay? So this means to make a check payable - okay? - to someone. And you always... Usually we make out a check to a person. Okay?

The next one says: "Don't make out like you know the answer!" So imagine you're in a math class and you have a student who thinks that they know the answer to a difficult question so they pretend like they know the answer, but they really don't know the answer; they're just trying to look smarter than the other students. So don't make out like you know what I'm talking about or don't make out like you know the answer; don't pretend.

Okay, the fourth way we can use "make out": "How is your son making out at school?" So we can use this to mean: how is your son progressing? Okay? So "make out" can also mean to progress or: "How is he doing?" as well. Okay, so to progress, do or perform. So for example, I can ask you: "Hey, how did you make out on your driving exam?", "How did you make out on your final exam for history?" So: how did you do, how did you perform, how did you progress? Here you notice we're actually using it in the progressive tense, right? So how is he making out, how is he progressing or performing?

Okay, number five: "I saw them making out at the party." Now, in this situation... This is usually the most common way that we use "make out", and if you've seen it taught in schools, if you've seen it taught in other videos, basically it means to kiss passionately. Okay, so to kiss with lots of passion. Not just a normal, regular, soft kiss, but really passionate with the other person. Okay?

Number six: "I can't make out what it says at the bottom." So this is actually similar to number one where you can't hear or see or understand, but this refers to very small details. So you're reading, you're reading, you're reading and maybe you need glasses so at the bottom...You look at the bottom and you say: "No, I can't make out what it says on the bottom", if you're reading a document or a book or something like this. Okay? So in this situation, "make out" means to decipher small details. Okay, to notice a very small detail. "Like I can't make it out, I can't see it", in this situation.

Okay, and: "We can't make him out." So if you can't make a person out... Again, it's not very, very common to use it in this way, but basically it means you can't understand this person; you can't figure out what type of personality they have. Okay? So this means to understand someone's character or someone's personality. Okay guys, so as you can see, there are many ways that we can use just one single phrasal verb. Today, that phrasal verb was: "make out".

Speaking English - "Dress up" or "Get dressed"?
00:05:36
engVid
8 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ What time do you get dressed in the morning? When is it necessary to dress up? Why did I use "get dressed" in one question, and "dress up" in the other? Find out why in this essential beginner lesson which talks about a very common confusion that new English speakers sometimes experience. Don't forget to check your knowledge with the quiz! http://www.engvid.com/dress-up-get-dressed/

Hey guys. I'm Alex. Thanks for clicking, and welcome to this lesson on: "Dress up" or: "Get dressed?" So these are two very common expressions that we use regularly in English to talk about putting on clothes. However, there is a slight difference in the usage, and we're going to look at that today. So let's look at the top three sentences on the board, and see if you can tell me which expression I should use to complete them.
So the first one says:
"It's your mom's 50th birthday! You should __________."
The second one says:
"The bus leaves in 5 minutes! __________!"
"Do you __________ for Halloween?"
Okay, if you're screaming and saying: "Wait, this one should be: 'get dressed' and this one should be: 'dress up'", ask yourself: why are you saying that? So first, before we actually do the answers, let's do the definitions.
So when you "dress up" for something - over here, we'll put it in the middle -, you basically dress formally. So if you're going to a wedding you have to dress up, if you go to a nice restaurant you have to dress up or you can put on a costume of some kind. So those of you who maybe are comic book readers and if you have been to a comic book convention, people dress up at comic book conventions.
Now, the other one: "get dressed" is much more general. It just means to put on clothes in a general way. So every morning, you know, you get dressed. If you're going out somewhere, you have to get dressed; just put on clothes. Okay? So now that we know this, let's look at the top three sentences and do them one more time.
So:
"It's your mom's 50th birthday! You should get dressed" or: "dress up", what do you think?
Well, your mom's 50th birthday is a special occasion, so I'm giving you the advice that you should probably dress up. Okay? Wear nicer clothes. It's her 50th, you're going to a nice restaurant. Okay?
The second one:
"The bus leaves in 5 minutes!"
So you're going to school or you're going to work and you just woke up, and you're still not ready; you're in your pajamas so you have to get dressed. So this could be a mom yelling at her son or daughter, or a dad I suppose as well.
And finally:
"Do you __________ for Halloween?"
Again, Halloween is a holiday where you... Well, not really a holiday; people have to work. But it's a fun day in October where people wear costumes. So: "Do you dress up for Halloween?" Okay? Now, again, we wouldn't say: "Do you get dressed for Halloween?" That just means like: do you wear clothes at all or do you go naked for Halloween? So two very different meanings. Right?
Okay, so now that we... I think we have the basic meaning of these two expressions, let's look at three more to perfect it.
First:
"There's a dress code."
So imagine, you're going to a restaurant and some restaurants have dress codes; you're not allowed to just go in jeans and a t-shirt. You have to either wear a suit or nice pants or a belt. So: "There's a dress code. You have to dress up." Okay.
Today zombies are very popular, at least at the time of this video. Maybe 10 years from now when you're looking at this maybe - I don't know, what could be popular? - police officers? I have no idea. So imagine there is a costume party and it's a zombie-themed party; the theme is zombies. So:
"Everyone is", everyone is doing what? "Everyone is dressing up." Everyone is going to dress up. So you can say: "Everyone is going to dress up." Or: "Everyone is dressing up for the party." They're putting on zombie costumes, zombie makeup.
Finally:
"In the morning, I __________ after I brush my teeth."
So after you brush your teeth, generally you put on clothes in the morning. Right? So you get dressed.
That's it. So I hope I have cleared up this... These two very common expressions for you guys. So one more time: "get dressed", very general, put on your clothes. Usually we're talking about when you get up in the morning or before you leave the house, you have to get dressed. "Dress up", if it's a formal occasion, if you're putting on a costume of some kind for a party or a special occasion.
So if you'd like to test your understanding of these two expressions, make sure you have them perfectly, you can check out the quiz on www.engvid.com. And don't forget to subscribe to my YouTube channel. See ya guys.

Vocabulary: How to Use 'Aggravate' and 'Annoy'
00:05:48
engVid
5 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ English teachers sometimes get annoyed when native speakers mistake these two words. If you want to avoid aggravating this annoying habit, just click on this lesson and put your questions to rest. If you're a native speaker, this lesson is also useful as a refresher, as it breaks down the essential misunderstanding many people have with these two common words. Take the quiz on this lesson here: http://www.engvid.com/vocabulary-aggravate-annoy/

TRANSCRIPT:
Hi guys. I'm Alex. Thanks for clicking, and welcome to this vocabulary lesson on: "Annoy vs. Aggravate". These two words are often confused, even by native speakers. And many native speakers don't actually think there's a difference between the two words. Well, today, I'm going to show you the difference between them.

So, very simply: "annoy" and "aggravate" are both verbs. They can also act as adjectives actually if you add: "ed" or: "ing" to them. But, "to annoy", this word is the one that most people understand the meaning of it. So: "to irritate/to pester someone/to get on someone's nerves". Now, again, this... This is an idiomatic expression which means to annoy a person. So if I say: "She gets on my nerves", she annoys me, irritates me, makes me "err", angry because of something that she does or something he does.

Now, "aggravate". Many people think that "aggravate" is actually a synonym for "annoy", that it has the exact same meaning as "annoy", and we use it the same way as "annoy". This is actually incorrect. Now, "to aggravate" something means to make it worse. Okay? So, usually when you aggravate something it's always a situation, a problem, a physical injury. Okay? So if you make something worse, a situation worse, a problem worse, a physical injury worse, you're aggravating it. Okay? It's not the same as annoy.

So, let's look at the sentences and decide which word we should use to complete each one... Each sentence.
Now, the first one says:
"She annoyed/aggravated her injury."
Now, if you were listening to me just now, you clearly know that here we should be using: "aggravate". Right? She made her injury worse. So maybe she had a... A shoulder injury and she decided to do some really extreme exercise, and then: "Uhh", her injury was aggravated. She aggravated her injury, she made it worse.

The second sentence says:
"Her uncle annoys/aggravates me so much!"
Now, if you're a native speaker, you might think: "Well, you can use both of them. There's nothing wrong with that." Actually, there is something wrong with it if you want to get very technical and the meaning of the two words taken literally. You have to use: "annoy" in this situation. "Her uncle annoys me so much!" Irritates me. Okay?

Let's continue:
"I always get annoyed/aggravated by him."
So, again, this is similar to the second sentence where you're talking about someone who is irritated by another person. Here, we're seeing the adjective form. Right? So: "I always get annoyed or get aggravated, become aggravated or annoyed by him." Really, we should be saying: "annoyed" which means irritated.

Next we have:
"He annoyed/aggravated the problem."
So whatever the problem might be... Again, if you remember back to my initial explanation about aggravating problems, injuries, situations, you will know that here we should be using: "aggravate". Okay? He made the problem worse.

Next:
"We were annoyed/aggravated by her insensitivity."
Now, again, here, she made an insensitive comment, this really irritated us. Right? It didn't make us worse. Although, again, if you really want to get technical: yeah, you could make a person worse, I suppose, but really "annoy" is the more common, more correct word that you should be using here.

Next:
"She's always annoying/aggravating her friends."
Now, is she making her friends worse or is she irritating them? I think in this situation, you... Your meaning most of the time when you're saying a sentence like this means that she's irritating them, pestering them, getting on their nerves. So: "She's always annoying her friends."

Now, let me talk about something with you guys. With words like this: "annoy" and "aggravate" where many native speakers don't even know that there is a difference between the two words, if you say: "Oh, she aggravates me so much." It is in common usage. Most English native speakers don't know this rule, so if you misuse "aggravate" and mean "annoy" in your sentence, don't feel too bad about it. Okay? Just know that, technically, there is a difference between the two words. We should not be using them interchangeably, although if you do, know that many native English speakers do the same thing.

So, if you'd like to test your understanding and really get the meaning of "annoy" and "aggravate", you can check out the quiz on www.engvid.com. Good luck with that. Take care, and I'll see you guys soon. Don't forget to subscribe to my YouTube channel. See ya.

English Grammar: Subject-Verb Agreement with EACH, EVERY, ANY, SOME
00:06:11
engVid
8 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Are the words "each," "every," and "any" singular or plural? Which verb form should we use with them in the present simple? What about the word "some"? Never confuse these subjects and their verbs again! Everyone needs (or is it "need"?) to check this grammar lesson out. Don't forget to check your understanding with the quiz: http://www.engvid.com/english-grammar-subject-verb-agreement-each-every-any-some/

TRANSCRIPT

Hi, guys. I'm Alex. Thanks for clicking, and welcome to this lesson on subject/verb agreement. And today, we're going to look at subject/verb agreement as it relates to pronouns, such as: each one, anyone, someone, etc. Okay?
Now, the most important thing to know about these subjects -- and again, you have the whole list here. You have: each, everyone, every one, everybody, anyone, anybody, someone, somebody. These are all singular subjects. So even though you have a word like "someone" -- you see the word "some"; you think it's plural -- focus on the "one", "some one", "some body". This means he or she, okay? So if you have words like these -- pronouns like these as your subject, the verb you use must also match them. It must be a singular verb -- basically, a third person verb. Okay? So they all require singular verbs.
So here's what we're going to do. We're going to look at some example sentences, and I want you to identify, No. 1, the pronouns that we have discussed, and No. 2, the verb and what form the verb is taking. Okay?
So the first sentence says, "Each of the students is responsible." Okay. First, we identify "each", okay? And we're talking about the students. Now, again, don't become confused by the plural of "students". You're thinking, "Students are 'they', so we say 'students are.'" The focus is on "each of the students", so this individual student, that individual student, you as an individual student, he, she, he, she, he, she. So your verb must be singular, which is why we say, "Each of the students is, not each of the students are," okay?
The next one, "Everybody loves the Beatles!" This is an opinion, of course. Maybe you share it; maybe you don't. And here we have the subject, "everybody". And again, you're thinking as everybody as a group, but really, you're talking, again, "every body" -- if you take the word apart, you have "every body", every individual person loves. So the verb is not "love", but "loves". He loves. She loves. Okay?
Next, "Do you know anyone who has a PS4?" So you have "anyone". And again, "anyone" -- you're talking about individuals, okay, which is why we have the verb "has" and not "have". "Anyone who has." So again, we say "he has" or "she has", not "he have" or "she have". Okay?
The next sentence, "I haven't met anybody who thinks like you." So here, we have "anybody" -- "I have not met anybody" -- and again, we don't say "who think like you". It's third person. It's singular. So the verb is "thinks". So "he thinks, "she thinks", and not "anybody" as in, like, a collective group, but as an individual, okay?
All right. The next two. These ones confuse people sometimes just because you see the word "some". And again, we know "some" has a plural meaning. However, look at the complete word. It's "some one" or "some body". And again, think of "body" as an individual, okay? So, "Someone needs to help us." So you have "someone", and the singular verb is "needs". "Someone needs", not "someone need". And finally, we have, "Somebody is waiting for you downstairs." So you're giving news to someone, and you're saying that they are waiting for you downstairs. So we have "somebody". And again, here we have a present continuous sentence. However, the first verb, the auxiliary verb, is the verb "to be" -- "is". We don't say "somebody are" just because you see the word "some". We focus on the "body", basically, the individual, okay?
Okay, guys. So again, be careful when you see these words. Just always be aware. Basically, you're using the word "has". You're using the verb "is" or "isn't" or "hasn't" if we're talking about "has". If you're using present simple sentences, you're adding the S, okay, at the ends of the verbs after these pronouns. So again, when you see: each, everyone, every one, everybody, anyone, anybody, someone, or somebody, they all require a singular verb because they are all singular subjects.
And one quick point before I finish, the difference between "everyone" and "every one" -- "everyone" refers to the whole group, and "every one" refers to every individual, okay, as a separate entity, essentially.
Okay, guys. If you would like to test your understanding of this material, as always, you can check out the quiz on www.engvid.com. Take care.

English Grammar: Causative Verbs: Make, Have, Let, Get, Help
00:06:26
engVid
5 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ What is the difference between someone making you do something and someone having you do something? Is it correct to say "He made me clean my room" or "He made me to clean my room"? In this lesson, I look at a very common active causative verb structure with the verbs "make", "have", "let", "get", and "help." Check out the lesson and check your understanding with the quiz.
http://www.engvid.com/english-grammar-causative-verbs/

TRANSCRIPT

Hey, guys. I'm Alex. Thanks for clicking, and welcome to this lesson on causative verbs. Specifically, we will be looking at the verbs "make", "have", "let", "get", and "help", and how they are used and formed in a causative sentence structure.

So first, we have the sentence, "She made me wash the dishes." So the causative verb is "make", and here we're using the past tense. We will be using the past tense for all the examples today. And, "She made me wash the dishes." Now, in this situation, the causative verb "make" -- in this context "made" -- means, "She forced me. She didn't give me a choice." So this could be your mother, for example, forcing you to wash the dishes. Now, what we notice here is you have the subject, okay? I'm just going to do this for the first sentence and write a little S, or what looks like an S. You have your subject, the subject that is going to force the action or cause the action. You have your causative verb, which we'll call your CV. And then, you have "me", "she made me". And this will be your object, okay? So, "She made me wash the dishes. She forced me to wash the dishes." What you'll also notice is you have "wash". We're using the base verb, okay? So when you have the causative verb "make", you have this structure of subject, "make", object, base verb. Base verb, base verb, base verb, okay? Because not all of these causative verbs follow the same structure as you'll see.

Okay, the text sentence says, "My dad let me go by myself." So you wanted to go to a party or you wanted to go to a movie, and your dad let you go. If you "let" someone do something, you give them permission; you allow them to do it, okay? Now, what you notice here is "my dad" -- I'm just going to do quick underlines. "My dad let me." And again, you have the base verb, okay? So just like "make", "let" also uses a base verb after for your main verb.

The next sentence, "She had the students do the assignment." So, "The teacher had the students do the assignment." Now, here, the verb "had" means "requested" or "asked". Not really "made" them do it in the same way, but she made them do it in a polite way. So if a teacher says, "Okay, please turn to page 25 and do the assignment on that page", she's requesting, but really, you don't have a lot of a choice because you have to follow the instructions. So if you "have" someone do it or do something, you are requesting and asking them to do it, but really you're politely making them do it, okay? So same structure, "He had the students" -- base verb, okay? We're still using a base verb with "make", "let", and "have".

The next one is "get". So simple past, "She got me to mow the lawn." "Mow the lawn" means to cut the grass, you know, with a lawnmower. So if someone "gets" you to "do" something, it means they "persuade" you to do something. They convince you to do something. So, "She got me to mow the lawn." Maybe she paid me five dollars if this is my mom, again, all right? So look at this structure, though. We have "she got me", and we don't say, "She got me mow"; we say, "She got me to mow." So when you use "get" in this causative form, you have to use the infinitive phrase of "to" plus the base verb, okay? "To mow", "to do", "to make", "to see", okay?

And finally, we have the causative verb "help". So for example, "EngVid has helped me improve/to improve my English." I think you guys know the verb "help". It just means to "aid" you in doing something. So here, we have EngVid, and we actually have a present continuous -- present continuous? Present perfect sentence. "EngVid has helped me" -- and you can say "improve" or "to improve". So the verb "help" in the causative form doesn't discriminate between the base form and the infinitive form. You can use either one. Both are 100 percent correct, okay?

All right, guys. So again, what I want you to get from this is number one, understanding what these causative verbs mean. So if you "make" someone do something, you "force" them to do it. If you "let" someone do something, you "give them permission" to do it. If you "have" someone do something, you "request" and ask them to do something. If you "get" someone to do something, you "convince" them, "persuade" them, give them an incentive to do it. And finally, if you "help" someone do something, well, you know, you give them aid; you give them help in doing it.

IELTS & TOEFL Academic Vocabulary - Nouns (AWL)
00:07:27
engVid
5 Views · 5 years ago

http://[a]www.engvid.com%2F[/a] Are you studying for TOEFL or IELTS? In this lesson you will learn academic and technical nouns which commonly appear on the tests. The vocabulary you learn here will be especially helpful in the reading section but will improve your score in the reading, writing, speaking, and listening sections as well. I will teach you nouns such as: "aspect", "disposal", "indication", "substitute", "trend", and others.

Take the quiz: http://[a]www.engvid.com%2F[/a]ielts-toefl-academic-vocabulary-nouns/
Check out the detailed academic vocabulary list in our resources section: http://[a]www.engvid.com%2F[/a]english-resource/academic-word-list/

TRANSCRIPT

Hi, guys. I'm Alex. Thanks for clicking, and welcome to this lesson on IELTS and TOEFL academic vocabulary, with a focus on nouns. So, today, we will look at 10 academic nouns that you may see or hear on the IELTS or TOEFL tests, and this could be either in the reading, writing, listening, or speaking sections.

Now, today, you may see some words that you are familiar with, and you may see some words that are totally new to you. If you're familiar with the words, that's excellent - but don't get overconfident because the purpose of today is not only to learn new words, but to look at words that you may be familiar with, but perhaps, you know, you're not sure how to use it appropriately in a sentence, and more specifically, in an academic sentence. And when you're done here today with this video, don't forget to check out a more extensive list of academic vocabulary on the www.engvid.com resources page.

Okay, so let's begin. First word that we're going to look at today is: "aspect". Now, an "aspect" is a part or element of something. So, for example, the sentence we have on the board is: "Vocabulary is just one aspect of language." So vocabulary is just one part of language.

Second, we have the word: "component". And, if you notice, it has the exact same definition of "aspect", so it's a part or element of something as well. And the sentence we have here is: "A laptop has many complex components."

Now, you might be asking yourself: "Well, are these words exactly the same?" And the answer to that is: not really. They are the same, in that you can talk about abstract aspect and abstract components to things, but when it comes to physical things, you're more likely to use the word "component". So, for example: here I'm talking about the components of a laptop, so I'm talking about the board inside, and the RAM, and the memory, and everything like that; so I'm talking about the physical parts of the laptop. Again, you can use both of them to talk about the abstract parts or elements of something, but if you're referring to the physical part of something, I would stick with "component".

All right, the next word we have is: "consequence". I'm sure many of you are familiar with this word. It's a result or effect of something. So, for example, the sentence we have here is: "Obesity is a consequence of overeating." And, again, "overeating" just means eating too much and "obesity" is the physical problem of being overweight to the point where it's not good for your health. So, one thing about this word, if you are going to use a preposition after it... The most common preposition we use with "consequence" is: "of". So we say: "This is a consequence of this.", "That is a consequence of this." Okay?

The next word we have is: "disposal". The meaning I give for this is: the act of arranging or distributing. So think of "disposal" as the distribution of something and the arrangement of it. So, for example, in the army: "The general is responsible for the disposal of troops." Now, when I say "troops", I mean soldiers, people who are in the army, for arranging them and where they're going to go.

And finally, we have the word: "function" which is the working purpose of something. So: "Today's phones have numerous helpful functions." And again, "function" is another word, another noun where if you want to use a preposition after it, use the preposition: "of". So: "What is the function of a cellphone or the function of a camera?" Etcetera, etcetera.

Okay, guys, let's look at five more words.

Okay, so the next word is: "indication". So, "indication" means a sign or a token of something. So if we look at the sentence: "The melting of ice caps" - of polar ice caps - "is an indication of global warming." So, if you're making an argument about science, for example, in one of your papers, this might be a sentence that you would write. So, "an indication of". Again, you're using the preposition "of" after: "indication". Okay?

The next word is very common - I'm sure you're familiar with it - and that word is: "option". So again, an "option" is basically a choice, and usually it's a choice of one of several possibilities. Right? So: "This is one of several options." One of several choices.

5 adjectives to make you sound smart
00:07:13
engVid
10 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com Do you want to impress your friends, colleagues, and teachers with more advanced vocabulary? Are you tired of using the same vocabulary again and again? In this lesson, you will improve your vocabulary by learning five advanced adjectives that will make you the intellectual life of the party! This lesson covers "maudlin", "lackadaisical", "interminable", "egregious", and "visceral". Grab a bottle of wine and get ready to enhance your lexicon! Then take the quiz here: http://www.engvid.com/5-adjectives-to-sound-smart/

TRANSCRIPT

Hi, guys. I'm Alex. Thanks for clicking, and welcome to this advanced vocabulary lesson on five adjectives to sound smart. So, in this lesson, I'm going to be looking at some uncommon adjectives that you can use in your speech and the adjectives I have chosen are understood by most native English speakers regardless, but they are a little bit more advanced and a little bit more formal. So let's look at some sentences, some vocabulary, and see if we can understand what these words mean.

The first one is: "maudlin". So, you can listen and repeat. One more time: "maudlin". All right, so let's look at the sentence:
"Looking at old photos makes me maudlin."
So, if you're looking at an old photo album of your childhood or your friends from elementary school or high school, how do you generally feel? I guess it depends on what kind of experience you had when you were a child, but in this context, I wanted it to mean like overly emotional and sentimental. Okay? So the meaning of "maudlin" we're going to put: overly - and that is supposed to be a "v" - overly emotional and - I'm going to put a plus for "and" - sentimental. Okay. So you can say, for example: "Drinking makes me maudlin." So if you drink too much and you start thinking about your past and your history, and you get very emotional, almost like teary thinking about it - you feel very maudlin. Okay?

The next adjective is: "lackadaisical". It's a very fun word to say, so say it with me: "lackadaisical". Okay, so sentence:
"Her work has been very lackadaisical lately."
Even when you think about the word and the sound of it like: "lackadaisical", it kind of sounds like lazy in a way and that actually is what it means. So lazy and careless. Lazy and careless; without care. Okay? So if I ask you: "Hey, how was your weekend? Was it productive?" And you can say: "No, I was really lackadaisical." Or: "I felt very lackadaisical." A person's work can be lackadaisical meaning that, again, lazy, careless, not a lot of attention paid to it. Okay?

All right, the next adjective is: "interminable". Okay? So say it with me: "interminable". Okay, so:
"His complaining is interminable!"
Now, when we look at this adjective, you might see in the middle: "terminable", "termina", "termina", okay, what does this word sound like? It almost sounds like "terminate". Right? Now, with the prefix: "in", this makes it negative, so not terminate, okay, not ending. So, if something is interminable, it's almost like it's endless or at least it feels like it's endless, like it's not going to end. So his complaining, the way he complains is interminable; he always complains, it doesn't end. So, basically, never ending or it feels like it's never ending. Now, at the time of this video, we are in the middle of winter in Canada and it's still going on, it's March and, you know, some of us are starting to feel that this winter is interminable; it's not going to end. This is 2014, by the way, at the time of recording.

All right, finally... Not finally, fourth. "Egregious". So very, very useful adjective.
"Sorry, but your logic is egregious."
So if someone gives you an explanation for something and the explanation, the logic is: "That doesn't make sense", like if it doesn't make any sense, it is egregious which means incredibly bad or terrible. Okay? So let's say: "Very bad". Normally, we talk about logic being egregious or a statement, something a person says as being egregious which just means it's just wrong. Okay? Now, we don't really use it to talk about people, like you can't really say: "He is egregious. He is really bad." Normally, it's things or actions that are egregious, things you say or your logic is egregious. Okay?

And finally, we have the word: "visceral". So when we look at the sentence:
"Skydiving" - which means jumping from a plane - "is an incredibly visceral experience."
So imagine jumping out of a plane, how do you feel emotionally, physically? Well, you probably do feel very emotional and your senses are, you know, engaged. So if something is visceral, it's emotional and instinctual which means that your senses are very much engaged during this activity, whatever it is.

5 Phrasal Verbs with HOLD - hold on, hold against, hold in...
00:05:48
engVid
9 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Phrasal verbs are an important part of speaking English fluently. In this lesson, I look at FIVE common and useful phrasal verbs with the verb "HOLD." Hold on. Five? That's right! I don't hold back anything in this lesson. Hold onto something, and get ready to learn. You won't be able to hold in your smile as you improve your vocabulary! Click on this lesson, or I may hold it against you! www.engvid.com/5-hold-phrasal-verbs/

TRANSCRIPT

Hey, guys. I'm Alex. Thanks for clicking and welcome to this lesson on five "hold" phrasal verbs. This is actually a user-requested lesson. And just a reminder: if you ever want to suggest a lesson for myself or any other engVid teacher, feel free to do so on the comment section below or look me up on Facebook. You can just look up "Alex engVid."

Now, today, we're going to look at five phrasal verbs, as I mentioned, that use the verb "hold".

First one is: "hold on". So let's look at the sentence:
"Could you hold on for a minute?"
Hmm, often this phrasal verb is used in this type of question form, it's also used as an imperative. If I just say: "Whoa, whoa, hold on". So, "hold on" basically means: wait or stop. Okay? So, generally, it means to wait. "Could you hold on for a minute? Could you slow down, or wait, or stop what you're doing?" Okay? So, often used in imperative or in a request form.

Next, we have to hold onto something or hold onto someone. So if I put "st", it's something; "so" is someone.
"You shouldn't hold onto anger."
What do you think this means? You think of the verb "hold" and very literally, you hold onto something, it means you don't let it go. Okay? So to not let something go. So you can hold onto a person's hand or you can hold onto the railing as you're walking up the stairs somewhere. Okay? So a very literal meaning in this one.

Next, we have: "to hold something against someone". So we have the sentence:
"You're ambitious, but I don't hold it against you."
Now, to hold something against someone means that you basically resent someone or you don't like someone because of something about their character or something they have done, so you feel badly towards someone because of something they did. So basically, to resent someone for something, for something they did or something about them. So in this situation, I'm saying: "You're ambitious", now maybe some people think, you know, ambition can be a positive thing. It can also be a negative thing if you're too ambitious and you want too much for yourself. So if I say: "Well, you're ambitious, you know, but I don't hold it against you, I don't hate you for it. I don't resent you for being ambitious". Okay?

Next: "to hold something in". The sentence says:
"I couldn't hold in my laughter!"
So if you hold something in, this means that you don't let it out. Right? So to not let something out. Now, we often to use this to talk about laughter. You can hold in your feelings. Also, if you're going on a long car ride on the highway, you can hold in your bodily functions, so you can hold in your pee basically, that's what I want to say. So to not let something out, like hold it in. Okay?

And, finally: "hold back". So the sentence says:
"He was held back by the police."
So think of held back by the police. Held back, hmm, this means to restrain a person from doing something. And you can hold yourself back from doing something. So to restrain someone. Okay? So you can also restrain something, like you can restrain yourself from doing something as well.

Okay, so guys, just to review: "hold on" means to wait, most often used in imperative like: "Whoa, whoa, whoa - hold on, I don't understand". Or: "Whoa, hold on, go back". Or to make a request: "Hey, can you hold on for one minute?"

Second, "to hold onto something or somebody", don't let it go. You can hold onto a feeling, you can hold onto something physical, you can hold onto an emotion. Okay. Feeling, emotion - same thing I suppose.

"Hold something against someone", like you are angry at a person because of something they did in the past and you can't let it go. Okay?

"Hold something in", to not let something out. "I couldn't hold in my laughter the movie was so funny", or: "the joke was so funny".

And "to hold back" is to restrain yourself or to restrain someone or something from doing something.

So, if you want to test your understanding of these five phrasal verbs, as always, you can check out the quiz on www.engvid.com. Don't forget to subscribe to my YouTube channel. And again, if you have any suggestions for future lessons, please leave them in the comment section below. And I'll see you guys next time. Bye.

3 ways to use HAVE GOT in English
00:05:41
engVid
7 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Learning English? You have got to watch this! In this lesson, I teach two very common words and a few different ways to use them. You will learn how to use "have got" to show obligation OR possession. More importantly, I teach you which tenses each form is possible with, and how to form the negative constructions. You'll also learn some very common mistakes ESL students make using "have got". And on top of all that, I teach you a little bit of slang. You gotta check this out!
http://www.engvid.com/3-ways-to-use-have-got/

TRANSCRIPT

Hey, guys. I'm Alex. Thanks for clicking, and welcome to this lesson on "have got". So, in English, any time you have the verb: "get" in a lesson, you know you're in for a bit of a ride because there are so many different ways to use "get" in English.

Today, we're looking at "get" when combined with the verb "have". So let's look at a number of ways we can use "have got" in English.

First of all, just so you know, "have got" can be used as an emphatic form of "have to" which we already use for obligation. So, the full expression is actually: "Have got to" which is the same meaning as: "Have to", but it sounds a little more emphatic; it gives you a little more emphasis, a little more punch. So you could say: "I have to see that movie. Like, oh my goodness, I have to." It's almost an obligation. If you want to make it sound stronger, you can say: "I have got to... I've got to see that movie." And you can see here the construction is: "Have got to" and you always follow it with a base verb. Okay? So it's not: "I have got to seeing". "I've got to see", "I've got to make", "I've got to do", "I've got to play". Okay? So, instead of just saying: "Have to" for obligation, you can also use: "Have got to" which just makes it stronger.

Now, the thing about "have got to" is that there are no past or future forms for this. You cannot say: "I had got to see that movie." You cannot say: "I will have got to see that movie." You can only say, in the present: "I have got to". If you want to speak about obligation in the past, you can simply use: "Had to". Okay? So you can say: "I had to call my mom.", "I had to leave early." Not: "I had got to leave early" which doesn't make sense grammatically. Same with "will" or "going to" for the future, you can say: "You will have to do something." Not: "You will have got to." It sounds way too full in a native speaker's mouth. Sorry for that sentence; I don't know why I said that.

Now, there's also really no negative form of: "Have got to". You can't say: "I don't have got to call my mother today." You can say: "I don't have to". However, in slang, in speaking, we do say: "Don't gotta". So: "You don't gotta do that!" Which basically means: "You don't have to." So, again, the correct form is, you know: "You don't" - don't? - "You don't have to do that." If you want to sound a little bit more I guess cool or hip, you can say: "I don't gotta", "She doesn't gotta", "We don't gotta", which just means: "We don't have to", "I don't have to", "She doesn't have to". Okay? It's not an obligation.

Number two. "Have got" is also another form of the possessive: "have". So you could say, you know: "She has a big family.", "She has a big family." However, you can also say: "She has got a big family." Which has the exact same meaning. Okay? So you can say, you know: "I have a computer." Or: "I have got a computer.", "I've got a smartphone.", "I've got a nice camera.", "I've got", whatever it is you possess. Okay?

Now, finally, "have got", or: "had got", or: "will have got". Well, first of all, those are the American forms because "got" is, you know, not really correctly formed in the American English. They use the term: "got". The past participle is actually: "gotten". Getting back to this though. You can use: "Have gotten" or "have got", "had gotten" or "had got", "will have got", "will have gotten" in the present, past, and future perfect grammar forms.

How to Give Advice in English - recommend, suggest, advise, encourage...
00:05:46
engVid
14 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ I've got some advice for you! This lesson is all about giving advice using correct sentence structures. Watch this English lesson to learn how to give advice using the verbs: "suggest", "recommend", "propose", and "urge". I also teach you about a very common mistake that ESL students make, and how to correct it. If you want to learn how to give formal advice in English, I highly recommend that you click on this video! http://www.engvid.com/how-to-give-advice-in-english/

TRANSCRIPT

Hey, guys. I'm Alex. Thanks for clicking, and welcome to this lesson on advice verbs. In this lesson, we will be looking at how to give a bit more formal advice. Now, if you're familiar with the verb, "should", you know that we use "should" for advice. Like: "You shouldn't drink and drive." for example. Or: "You should exercise regularly." Today, we're not looking at "should", we're looking at other advice verbs. And we're going to look at some correct structures when using these advice verbs. And I'm going to specifically focus on one very common mistake that I hear with a couple of these advice verbs.

So, imagine this problem: I need a better job. Right? I need a better job. This is your problem or your friend's problem. Hmm, what kind of advice can you give for this?

Well, you should, you know, update your resume. Now, let's look at some other verbs that we should use instead of "should". You can say: "I recommend", "I suggest", "I propose", "I advise", "I urge". "Urge" means that something is urgent and I'm pushing you to do it. Or: "I encourage", okay?

Now, let's look at what can follow these specific advice verbs. The first three here: "recommend", "suggest", "propose", they can all be followed with these four structures here. So you can say: "I recommend updating your resume." So you can use a verb + "ing". Recommend doing something, suggest doing something, propose doing something. You can also use a possessive, like: "Your doing something", so you can do... This is known as a possessive gerund and you can use this to give advice as well, if it's a little more formal though.

So you can say, again: "I recommend your updating your resume.", "I suggest your updating your resume.", "I propose your updating your resume." And the other two structures you can use are: "I recommend", "I suggest", "I propose that you", so you have the pronoun in between the object, "that you update your resume". Or without that, the same thing: "I recommend", "suggest", "propose you update". So these two structures are known as the subjunctive. Right? So you can use the subjunctive with these three verbs. And actually, you can also use the subjunctive with these three verbs.

So the most common mistake that I hear and that I would like to correct today is a lot of students, when they use: "I suggest" and "I recommend", specifically those two verbs: "recommend" and "suggest", I always hear: "I recommend you to do something." Or: "I suggest you to do something." This is actually incorrect. The only four structures that you should be saying when giving advice with: "recommend", "suggest" would be one of these four. So: "I recommend doing", "I recommend your doing", "I recommend that you do", or: "I recommend you do." Okay.

So you may be wondering: "Well, why did you write, you know, 'you to update'?" There is a category of advice verbs that do use this structure, but it's not "recommend", it's not "suggest", it's not "propose". It's, for example, these three verbs here: "I advise you to do something.", "I advise you to update your resume.", "I urge you to update your resume.", "I encourage you to update your resume."

Now, if you're wondering... Let me put a star beside this, "advise", "urge", "encourage". Okay? So these three can use this structure, you can use: "I advise", "urge", "encourage" the person + the infinitive. So you can do this infinitive form. "To" + the base verb. You can do this with these three verbs, but you can't do it with: "recommend", "suggest", or "propose".

Now, one more thing, you may be wondering: "Wait, with 'advise', 'urge', 'encourage', can I only do this?" No. You can say: "I advise", "I urge", "I encourage updating", "your updating", "that you update", "you update", "you to update". So these ones are actually more flexible because you can use all of these constructions. However, with the verb: "suggest", "recommend", "propose", only use these top four constructions. Okay?

That's it, guys. If you'd like to test your understanding of these advice verbs, as always, you can check out the quiz on www.engvid.com. And don't forget to subscribe to my YouTube channel. Good luck, and I'll see you guys next time.

5 nouns to make you sound smart
00:06:27
engVid
12 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Do you want to sound smarter? In this lesson, I'll teach you five advanced nouns that you can use in the classroom, at the office, or with friends. Start including these nouns in conversations with your boss, or use them in essays to impress your teachers. You'll sound smarter in no time! Expand your vocabulary, and make a better impression on the people that you meet. Learn these five nouns with me now! http://www.engvid.com/5-nouns-to-sound-smart/

TRANSCRIPT

Hey, guys. I'm Alex. Thanks for clicking, and welcome to this advanced vocabulary lesson on five nouns to sound smart. In this lesson, we will look at five words that are a little bit more formal and you can use whether you're giving a lecture, if you're doing any type of formal writing, if you're writing an essay, if you're giving a speech in front of a crowd of people, and you can also use it in everyday dinner conversations if you want your friends to think that: "Hmm, this guy is using some really high-level vocabulary", or: "this girl".

Let's start with the word: "bedlam". So the sentence here says:
"The streets were in bedlam during the protests."
"Protest" is a word some of you Spanish speakers, Portuguese speakers, you might use the word: "manifestations". In English, we say: "protests". All right? So: "The streets were in bedlam during the protests." So if you imagine a protest happening with a lot of people, you're probably imaging lots of chaos if it's not a peaceful protest. Okay? So, "bedlam" basically means chaos and disorder, something that is not organized. And we often use the preposition, "in" before "bedlam". So: "It was in bedlam.", or: "The streets were in bedlam." or: "It's bedlam in here." It's chaos, it's disorder. Okay?

The next noun is: "gall". Okay? So if we look at the sentence:
"She had the gall to call me lazy!"
So if someone calls you lazy, you're probably very offended and you think: "I can't believe that person said that." I can't believe they had the nerve - okay? - to actually say that. So, "gall" basically refers to the bold courage or the nerve to say something. So it refers to your nerve or bold courage. Okay?

Next up, we have: "juxtaposition". Very good word, especially in academics and especially if you're writing essays of comparison and contrast. So the sentence we have is:
"A child next to an old man is a strong juxtaposition."
So, the word "juxtaposition", the word "juxta" actually means near and "position" means position, so near in position. When two things are in juxtaposition, it just means they are near to each other, placed next to each other. And we often juxtapose which is the verb form, we juxtapose two things that are different from each other to compare them, to contrast things. Okay? So, basically, "juxtaposition" means near in position. And commonly, this word is used when you want to compare and contrast two things that are not the same, that are not alike. So you place things in juxtaposition with one another, near to each other, and then you can compare them, contrast them. Okay?

Next up: "quagmire". If we have this sentence:
"The war has created a quagmire."
So when you think about a war happening anywhere in the world, it's probably a very difficult situation for citizens and that is precisely what a quagmire is, is that it's a difficult, hard situation that is difficult to escape, that is difficult to get out of. All right? So a quagmire, we're going to say a difficult situation. Okay? So think about being stuck in like mud and... And you can't really escape or it's difficult to escape the mud. And specifically, we more talk about the situation of, you know, wars or personal situations that are quagmires.

And finally, we have: "rabble". And in this sentence, we have:
"The police couldn't control the rabble."
So, the rabble, going back to protests, refers to the common people. Now, the rabble specifically refers to a group of disorderly people or a mob you can say. So rabble is basically a mob of common people or citizens.

And just to give you one bonus vocabulary, the word, "rabble", a person who excites the rabble, excites the common people and leads the protest is called: "a rabble rouser". And I'm going to write that here for you guys, "a rabble rouser". So this is the person, the person who excites the people, and says: "Come on, let's go! We're going to fight back against the government or fight back against the police." They are called "a rabble rouser" because they excite or rouse the rabble, the common people, the mob. Okay?

All right, guys, so one more time. "Bedlam" refers to chaos and disorder. "Gall" refers to the nerve or the courage, the bold courage to do something. Juxt-... "A juxtaposition" is basically a comparison of two things that are next two each other. "A quagmire" is a situation that is difficult to escape from. And "rabble", a mob of common people.

IELTS & TOEFL Academic Vocabulary - Adjectives
00:06:16
engVid
7 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ If you're preparing for the TOEFL or IELTS, vocabulary is incredibly important. In this lesson, I will give you 10 academic adjectives you may need on your test. Learning vocabulary can improve your score in ALL sections, because it is essential to every aspect of English. These words commonly appear on the tests, and are great to use in your academic writing. The adjectives include 'aware', 'crucial', 'prohibited', 'visible', 'flexible', and five others. Learn these words with me, and then practice using them on your quiz. Good luck on your test! http://www.engvid.com/elts-toefl-academic-vocabulary-adjectives/

TRANSCRIPT

Hi, guys. I'm Alex. Thanks for clicking, and welcome to this lesson on IELTS and TOEFL academic vocabulary, with a focus on adjectives. Don't forget to check out the other IELTS and TOEFL academic vocabulary lessons on verbs and nouns.

Today, we're going to look at 10 adjectives, and again, this is to help you on your writing, speaking, listening, and reading sections of the IELTS and TOEFL. So, basically, every single section; vocabulary is important for every single section, obviously.

So, the first word we have is: "aware". Now, again, "aware" is an adjective which means that you are conscious of something or that you have knowledge of something. So, for example: "I was not aware of that fact." I didn't have knowledge of that before. So, for example: I was not aware that the red panda was an actual animal. If you don't know that, look up: "red panda" on Google image search and you'll see a red panda. It happens. They're... It's true.

The next word is: "crucial". So something that is "crucial" is vital or very important. Think of it as essential, almost. So: "Pronunciation is a crucial part of language." It's a very important, vital, essential part, component or aspect of learning language.

The next word we have is: "flexible". So, if you are "flexible" or something is "flexible", it is able to be shaped, meaning it's not rigid. Like this would be not flexible; inflexible. You know, I can't really bend this very much. So, for example: "Employers want employees who are flexible." So, if you work for a company, your boss probably likes it if you're able to work a variety of hours and you can do different types of jobs. So you have many talents and you're able to, you know, move and bend, depending on the needs of the company.

The next word is: "obvious". If something is "obvious" - you might be familiar with this word - it's clear and easy to see. So: "It is obvious that a large population increases traffic." So, in a city like Toronto, or Hong Kong, or any type of large metropolis or cosmopolitan area, you have large populations and those large populations cause more traffic because you have more people - more cars. So it's obvious that large populations increase traffic.

Next, we have the word: "prohibited". If something is "prohibited", it's not allowed, it's forbidden. So, for example: "Smoking is prohibited in most restaurants." It means that you can't do it. It's not allowed in those restaurants.

Okay, guys, let's look at five more words.

Okay, so the next word is: "relevant". Now, if something is relevant, it is connected to the current situation or the current issue we are discussing. Another word for "relevant" is: "pertinent". The example we have on the board is: "Your question is not relevant to this discussion." So, for example: if I am talking about global warming and you ask me a question about clowns or make-up, that's not relevant to the thing that we are discussing.

The next adjective is: "reliable". "Reliable" means able to be predicted or dependable; something you can count on. The sentence we have on the board is: "Everyone wants a reliable source of income." A reliable source of income means money from your job that you know is going to come, you know, at a dependable pace; so every two weeks, you know you will receive a certain amount of money from your job. So everyone wants a reliable source of money, an income from their job.

The next word is: "secure". You might know the word: "security" which is the noun form. Here, we're looking at the adjective which means safe or protected from harm. So: "My city is secure." We don't say: "My city is security." Remember: an adjective is a word that talks about the quality of something or it describes it in some way. So you're describing your city. In this situation, you say: "My city is secure." Not "security". My city has security, it is secure.

The next adjective is: "significant". So, if something is "significant", it's of consequence; it is important. So, for example: "Landing on the moon is one of man's most significant achievements." An achievement that has had a tremendous consequence, basically, on our world today and the development of the space program in general.

Learn English - 5 "DOWN" Idioms
00:06:50
engVid
7 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Learn five idioms with the preposition "DOWN". Are you "down-to-earth"? What does it mean to be "down in the dumps"? What happens if your work goes "down the drain"? If you feel "down and out", are you motivated? And what does it mean if a sports game goes "down to the wire"? Learn these common expressions, and get ready to improve your vocabulary!
http://www.engvid.com/5-down-idioms/

TRANSCRIPT

Hi, guys. I'm Alex. Thanks for clicking, and welcome to this lesson on five "down" idioms. In this lesson, we're going to look at five idioms that use the word, "down" in them. So how it's going to work is I'm going to explain the idiom, then I'm going to look at a sentence, and then you're going to tell me if you can figure out the meaning of this idiom based on the sentence. So, again, idioms are used in every single language. English, just like any other language, has tons of expressions that are used colloquially and, you know, you have to know these expressions to understand parts of conversation. So let's look at them.

First one: "Down in the dumps". So the sentence says:
"Since her cat died, she's been down in the dumps."
So you think about the experience of a person's cat dying or losing a pet, and how would that person feel? Probably not very good, not very well, not healthy. So, "down in the dumps" actually means sad or depressed. Right? So this actually comes from... Sad and depressed, let's see... This comes from the word "dumps" which kind of means garbage, so you're kind of like rolling in sadness, and filth, and depression. So think about it that way. So you always use the verb, "to be" with this. So: "I am down in the dumps.", "I have been down in the dumps.", "He is down in the dumps." Etcetera.

Let's look at the second one. This one says: "Down the drain". If we look at the sentence which says:
"All my money went down the drain."
If you understand the word, "drain", you can probably understand this sentence and the meaning of this idiom. So the drain is that part, you know, when you wash your hands either in the kitchen or in the bathroom, you have a sink, and the drain is where all the water goes. So when the water goes down the drain, it's basically lost forever. So this is the meaning of this idiom. If something goes down the drain, it means it's lost forever; never to be gotten back again. All right? So, almost wasted, in a way. So imagine if you do a lot of work on a project and then for some reason, the project is cancelled. All you can say: "All my work went down the drain. It was wasted. It's lost forever. I can't get it back." Okay?

Next one: "Down-to-earth". This is basically an adjective expression that we use to describe a person. So:
"I want a girl who's down-to-earth."
If you're looking for a partner, or a boyfriend, or a girlfriend - a down-to-earth person is someone who is practical. Okay? Someone who... Here we go, practical. Okay. I apologize for the letter "p" there. Someone who does not believe in supernatural things, someone who likes to get things done and who is very practical, nice, humble, polite. So this is a down-to-earth person; they're not up in the sky. Okay? They're down-to-earth.

"Down and out". So let's look at the sentence:
"She gambled all her money away." So she went to the casino, she spent all her money. "She's down and out!"
So if you're down and out, it means that you have no support and no money. Right? So having no support or money. So this can refer to a couple of different situations. This one specifically says, you know: "I'm down and out, I have nothing left." Maybe... Maybe I'm homeless, maybe I'm without a family or something like this. You can also be, for example, unconscious and this also means you're down and out. So if you're walking... Walking, I apologize. Watching a boxing match and one of the boxers gets knocked out, you can say: "1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10. He's down and out." Like he's not going to get back up and no one is going to help him up, so he basically will have no support in getting up as well I guess. So, yeah, down and out, you have no support and no money.

Improve your English vocabulary: Better words than "BIG"
00:05:18
engVid
13 Views · 5 years ago

http://[a]www.engvid.com%2F[/a] If you want a better English vocabulary, you need to know different words that mean the same thing. Instead of saying 'a big building', you can say 'a colossal building'. Instead of 'a big amount of money', say 'an enormous amount of money'. In this lesson, I'll teach you many different words in English that mean 'big'. Learning synonyms for common English words is a great way to make your English more interesting. Watch this video to learn words you can use instead of 'big'. Then, see how well you can spell these words in my quiz! http://[a]www.engvid.com%2F[/a]english-vocabulary-big-synonyms/

TRANSCRIPT

Hey, guys. I'm Alex. Thanks for clicking, and welcome to this vocabulary lesson on the word: "big". Today, we are going to look at 10 synonyms for this very common, often overused word. So if you're tired of describing things using the same adjectives again and again, specifically the word: "big", today, we're going to look at 10 other ways you can do that just so you have some variety in your speech. Now, we're also going to focus on the pronunciation of these words because that's also important in speech. So let's get to it.

At the top, I have two sentences, you know, where you could use the word: "big". So the first one says:
"That's a(n) __________ amount of building!"
"They made a(n) __________ amount of money!"

"That's a", or: "an", depending on if it's a consonant or vowel. If it's the word: "big", we would say: "That's a big building!" Or: "They made a big amount of money!" That doesn't sound as good I guess, but I would say: "a large amount of money", probably sounds better in that case.

So let's look at some words that we can use in place of the word: "big" in these contexts. First, we have, very simple, the word: "large", which you might hear, you know, if you go to a fast-food restaurant and order a drink or something like that. So you can say: "That's a large building!" Very basic.

Second one we have is: "huge". So this one you really have to stretch your "u" sound in "huge", "huge". Not: "huge" or: "hudge". It's: "huge". So make sure you're stretching it. And you can imagine... You see my hands going like this, I naturally want to this when I... When I say that word "huge" just because it makes me think of something very, very large.

So, the next one, I know this word exists in other languages in different forms, it's: "gigantic". Okay? So it's not: "gigantic", it's: "gi", "gigantic". All right? So you can say: "They made a gigantic amount of money!" Whether this is a recording studio or something like that.

Next word: "enormous". Now, this one has two acceptable pronunciations that you might hear on the street. Some people say: "enormous", so you can say: "enormous". Some people, like myself, we say: "e", "enormous", "enormous". Okay?

Next one we have: "massive". So this one, you really have to open up your mouth like: "ma", "massive". And again, it's not: "massive". It's: "massive", "massive". All right?

Five more to go, and we're going to do the pronunciation on these ones now. So first one: "immense", "immense". Not... You could say: "immense" as well, this is another one that has two possible pronunciations, so: "immense" or: "immense".

This one: "colossal". So you think of a giant colossus with one eye like a gigantic monster, a colossal building. Or you can say: "I have a colossal headache", if your head hurts a lot. All right?

"Mammoth", this comes, again, from the giant two-tusked animal. So you think of a mammoth as being a large creature, you can also say: "a mammoth building", or: "a mammoth headache", or: "a mammoth lunch", if you eat a lot.

Next one: "monstrous". So think of a monster, a gigantic, scary monster.

And finally, we have, if you... You know, you're a comic book reader, you might be familiar with the Hulk, so this one is: "hulking". So think of the Hulk when you say: "hulking". So a hulking building or a hulking amount of money - just very, very powerful, large, strong.

Okay, one more time, I just want you guys to listen and repeat with me for the pronunciation. Okay? So from the top, everyone listen and repeat: "large", "huge", "gigantic", "enormous" or: "enormous", "massive", "immense" or: "immense", "colossal", "mammoth". Make sure you get that "th", "mammoth". One more time: "mammoth". Okay. "Monstrous", and again, make sure you get that final "s", "monstrous". And finally: "hulking".

So if you want to test your understanding of this material, specifically, I'm going to be focusing on the spelling in the quiz. Make sure you know how to spell these words, as well as pronounce them. You can check out the quiz on www.engvid.com to do that. And don't forget to subscribe to my YouTube channel and every other engVid teacher's YouTube channel because where else can you get free, good English lessons online? I guess many places, but not the way we do them here. So, guys, I'll see you next time.

English Vocabulary: 5 verbs to make you sound smart
00:06:16
engVid
11 Views · 5 years ago

I'm here to help you sound smarter! In this English lesson, you'll learn five advanced verbs that will make you sound more intellectual. These verbs are perfect for your academic essays, but you can use them in a conversation at work, or in a discussion with your friends. Check out my other lessons on nouns (http://www.engvid.com/5-nouns-to-sound-smart/) and adjectives (http://www.engvid.com/5-adject....ives-to-sound-smart/ to sound smarter. Take the quiz and test your understanding. Once you know these words, practice your advanced English vocabulary by writing sentences with these words in the comments!
http://www.engvid.com/5-verbs-....to-make-you-sound-sm

TRANSCRIPT

Hey, guys. I'm Alex. Thanks for clicking, and welcome to this vocabulary lesson on: "5 Verbs to Sound Smart". Now, you may have already checked out my lesson on five nouns to sound smart, five adjectives to sound smart; and today, we're looking at the verbs.

So, from the top, we have the verb: "ostracize". All right? So repeat it after me: "ostracize". Okay. So what "ostracize" means is to exclude someone, generally from a social group like a family, or a team, or any kind of religious group as well. So to exclude, shun, or snub them from a specific group. So, for example: "He was ostracized for his beliefs." So this person had different beliefs than the other people in his social group, and the other people in his social group basically pushed him away and didn't allow him to return. They looked at... They looked down on him like he was less than them. He was ostracized; he was excluded from the group. So, again, you can be ostracized for your beliefs, you can be ostracized for something you say, you can be ostracized for something you do. So, for example, if you follow, you know, a system of faith, a religion that tells you that you have to act a certain way, if a person doesn't act that way, they could be ostracized by members of their religious community. Okay?

The next one: "garner". So think... Look at my hands. "Garner", which means to get, to acquire, to earn. You can also think of it as to collect. So, the example we have on the board is: "They garnered a poor reputation." So this group of people basically acquired a poor reputation for their beliefs or their actions. You can also, for example, garner evidence. Like if you're a police officer, you can also garner information. So you can say: "We have been trying to garner, collect, or get, or acquire as much information as possible." Or: "The police haven't garnered enough evidence to, you know, send the suspect to jail."

Next, we have: "contemplate". Now, some of you might be familiar with this word because it's similar to something, you know, in a Spanish language, for example. And: "to contemplate" means to consider or to think about something. So, for example: "We have contemplated moving to a new city." So this could be a family or a boyfriend and girlfriend, or a couple and, you know, they have: "Hmm, okay, we have talked about it, we have thought about it, we have considered, contemplated moving to a new city." So if you're having a difficult time making a decision or it takes you a long time to think about the process of decision making, you can use the word: "contemplate". Okay?

Next one is: "differentiate". So you might already see the word or hear the word: "difference". Right? In this word. "Differentiate" is the verb form of: "difference". So to be able to tell the difference, you can differentiate between two or more things, or people, or objects. For example: "I can't differentiate between my twin cousins." An important thing to remember about differentiate is if you want to talk about and mention the two things you are comparing, you can use the preposition: "between", so you differentiate between "A" or "B", or "A" and "B". Okay? So to be able to tell the difference. My twin cousins look the same, I can't differentiate between the two of them.

And finally, we have the verb: "fluctuate". This comes from the noun: "fluctuation". So "to fluctuate" is to change or vary, usually at regular intervals. So the sentence we have on the board relates to the stock market. For example: "The dollar has been fluctuating"-has been going up, going down, changing, hasn't been stable-"a lot this month." So if something is constantly changing; going up, going down, going left, going right - it is fluctuating. So what are some things that can fluctuate? We can talk about the economy, you can also talk about the weather. So you can say: "The weather has been fluctuating a lot this week." You can also talk about, you know, your beliefs or the things you say if they're inconsistent with one another.

5 'RUN' expressions in English
00:09:02
engVid
3 Views · 5 years ago

Running out of time? If you can only watch one English video today, make sure it's this one! I will teach you five very useful expressions with the word "run". You will learn the expressions: "run into", "run out of", "run against", "run behind", "and "run by". Want to improve your English? This is the lesson for you!
TAKE THE QUIZ: https://www.engvid.com/5-run-e....xpressions-in-englis

TRANSCRIPT:
Hey, everyone. I'm Alex. Thanks for clicking, and welcome to this lesson on expressions with "run". Today, we're going to look at five expressions that use the word "run" and look at the meaning of the expressions as well as some sentences that use them. So we're going to look at the meanings and some context for each one. A lot of these are phrasal verbs, so let's have a look, and we'll start with the first one, which is "run into".

So the sentence says, "I ran into my cousin on the bus." Now, again, you can "run into" someone or something. But specifically, when you "run into someone", this means that you meet them by accident. Okay? So to "run into" is to meet by accident. Now, what I mean when I say "by accident" is you were not expecting to see this person. So if you run into a person on the bus, it's like, "Oh, hey! I didn't expect to see you here." You can run into people everywhere. We do this all the time in our lives. If you are shopping at the grocery store, maybe you run into your sister, your brother, your mother, a friend, a classmate. So think of places that you can meet people unexpectedly, by accident. You can run into people on the metro, the subway, the train, the bus -- anywhere in public. And you can -- again, you can use this in the past tense, in the present tense, in the future. The future is a little weird. It's like -- you could say, "I hope to run into you there at the concert" for example. Okay?

The next one says "to run out of something." So the "s/t" means "something". Now, the sentence is, "We're running out of juice." So if you live with someone, whether you're married or you have a roommate, and you look in the refrigerator and you see the juice is almost finished -- so if you "run out of something", it means that you use it until there is no more left. You have finished all of it. So to "run out of something" -- "to use until finished". Now, I used the example of juice because this is an expression that is commonly used with food items in your refrigerator. So you can say, "We ran out of milk", or "we ran out of bread." We ran out of juice." A very common thing that we run out of is gas in your car as well. So you can say, "I'm running out of gas." Or you can also be "out of something". So you can also say, "We are out of gas", or "We are out of juice." "We are out of milk", for example.

Okay. "To run behind." So the sentence says, "Sorry. I'm running a little behind." Now, what do you think of when you think of "running behind"? Okay. You're not with the person in front of you; you are behind them. So if you're "running behind", essentially, you are "running late", so you're not on schedule. Okay? So "to run behind", "to not be on schedule" -- essentially, "to be late". You know, if you have a meeting with a friend and you call them and you say, "Sorry. I'm running a little behind", this means, "Something happened to make me late, and I'm going to be five minutes late -- ten minutes late." And you can even give a time for how long you're running behind. So you could say, "Sorry. I'm running behind by ten minutes", or "I'm running behind by five minutes." Something like that. Okay?

The next one is "to run against someone or something". The sentence says, "Obama ran against McCain in 2008." So we're talking about a presidential election that occurred in politics. And what do you think this means? If you know anything about the presidential elections in the United States, that Obama was in opposition to John McCain in 2008. So they were running against each other like a race. So to "run against someone" means to be in opposition to them. Now, this is an expression that is very specific to politics. So you can say, "Hey, who is he? Or who is she running against in the next election?" So one more time, it means "to be in opposition. Sorry for my B there. It's a little fancy. Now, again, you can also "run against something", specifically, I think of the word "time". I say, "I'm running against time." You know, time is always going to win, and if you're doing a project, you could say, "I'm running against the clock. I'm running against time. I'm in opposition to time or the clock." Okay?

Improve your Accent: Tongue Twisters
00:09:14
engVid
6 Views · 5 years ago

Improve your accent by doing these exercises. Every language has tongue twisters. They are fun to practice your pronunciation because they use sound sequences that are often difficult to say quickly. In this lesson, I look at four common English tongue twisters to help you improve your pronunciation. The tongue twisters include "Peter Piper", "Betty Botter", and more. When you're finished with this video, check out our resources page for 50 tongue twisters to improve your pronunciation: http://www.engvid.com/english-....resource/50-tongue-t

TRANSCRIPT

Hi, everyone. I'm Alex. Thanks for clicking, and welcome to this lesson on "Popular Tongue Twisters". So, every language has tongue twisters, which are essentially short phrases or short little stories that repeat problem sounds or the same groups of sounds to make it difficult to pronounce when you say it very quickly. Now, what is the purpose of tongue twisters? Number one, they're really fun. And number two, they are challenging. And number three, they do improve your pronunciation, your enunciation, and your ability to speak more fluently, more clearly, and in a way that makes you more understandable, you know, to a general audience. Especially if you're in public speaking, even for native speakers, tongue twisters are a great way for actors or public speakers to improve their pronunciation; an ability to be clear when they speak.

So, we're going to look at four popular tongue twisters in English. And at the end of the lesson, if you really enjoyed this, you can actually check out our resources page where there will be a resource that has a list of popular English tongue twisters for you to keep practicing after this lesson, and to improve your pronunciation. Okay?

So, number one is:
"She sells seashells by the seashore."
Now, this tongue twister is essentially to practice your "sh", "se" combinations. Okay? So, you could see here it's: "She sells seashells", this is the hardest part. It goes "sh", "se", "se", "sh". So you have a "sh" and a "sh" at the end; and in the middle, you have a "se", "se". Okay? So, try saying it after me. "She sells seashells". All right, one more time. "She sells seashells". Okay. And the full thing is: "She sells seashells by the seashore." So this is "seashore", "se", "sh". So I'm going to say it one more time and then you repeat after I say it. "She sells seashells by the seashore." Okay. Not bad. Okay. All right, we'll try it one more time and I'm going to do it quickly this time. "She sells seashells by the seashore." Okay. Keep practicing.

So, the next one says:
"How can a clam cram in a clean cream can?"
This is very difficult because it does focus on the, you know, "c" sound, but it's specifically the "l" and the "r" sound. So, I have taught numerous Korean speakers, as well as Japanese speakers who do have an issue with the "l" and "r" sound, and this is a great tongue twister to get you to practice the difference, to notice the difference. So, one more time. I'm going to say it piece by piece, and I want you to repeat after me. So: "How can a clam cram"? So, can you just say: "clam cram"? Okay? "Clean cream can". So repeat this after me: "Clean cream can". All right. Now we're going to try the whole thing. So: "How can a clam cram in a clean cream can?" It's not easy. Right? But the more you practice it, the better you will be. And again, start slowly. First, make sure that you can actually pronounce the sounds, and then work your way through it, repeating it, getting faster. And eventually, you can say: "How can a clam cram in a clean cream can?" And then if you say that again and again, you will improve, you will get better.

And finally, there are two more. These are actually much longer. The full versions are much longer. So I just gave you the first line of these two very popular English tongue twisters, and they are Betty Botter and Peter Piper. For the full versions, you can check out the resources page like I mentioned before.

So, for Betty Botter, this will really help you to practice that "ah" sound in English, as well as other vowel sounds. The full versions has:
"Betty Botter bought some butter, but she said the batter's bitter."
So you're going to be practicing your "a", your "e", your "ah". And just listen and repeat after me for the first line. So, first: "Betty Botter bought some butter." Okay, so here, we have "be", so just repeat after me. "Be", "bah", "bah", "be", so this one is not "bah", not "batter", but "butter", "buh", "buh", "buh". One more time. "Bu", "bah", so open your mouth more on "Botter" and "bought". So, we'll say the whole thing one more time. "Betty Botter bought some butter." Okay. Not bad, not bad. And let's try it one more time, a little quicker this time. "Betty Botter bought some butter." Okay. So, keep practicing it. And for the full version, check out the resources page.

Learn English Vocabulary: Talking about FEAR
00:05:19
engVid
7 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ We all get scared sometimes. In this lesson, you will learn vocabulary and expressions related to FEAR. I review the basics such as 'scared', 'afraid', 'frightened', and more. I also look at expressions like 'scared to death', 'shivers down my spine', and 'gives me the creeps'. Don't get freaked out by this vocabulary lesson. Click on it, and I promise that you won't be scared of talking about horror movies and creepy experiences anymore.
Take a quiz on this lesson here: http://www.engvid.com/english-vocabulary-fear-2/

TRANSCRIPT

Hey, everyone. I'm Alex. Thanks for clicking, and welcome to this lesson on talking about fear. So today, we're going to look at different ways you can talk about being scared. You can use this to talk about scary movies, scary books, scary experiences you've had in your life, or things that just make you feel uncomfortable or really shocked and afraid.

So No. 1, I have a lot of different synonyms for the word "scared". So you could say, "I'm scared" or, "I'm afraid"; "I'm frightened"; "I am terrified"; "I am horrified." And just make sure you use the most common preposition for these words, and that is "of". So, "You are scared of spiders", for example, or "scared of heights", which are high places.

And here, the second one we have is, "He is scared to death of flying." So this is a complete expression, "to be scared to death of something". And again, you need the verb "to be" in this as well. So, "He is scared to death"; "I am scared to death"; "she is scared to death"; "they are scared to death." So they are scared so much that they want to die in the presence of this thing or whatever it is. So, "He's scared to death of flying", he is incredibly afraid, very afraid.

Next, "He gives me the creeps." Now, before I explain this, you will notice that No. 3, No. 4, and No. 5 all have similar words. And we have "creeps", "creeping", "creepy", this whole family of words. So I'm going to go with "creepy" first. So, "That's really creepy." If something is "creepy", it makes you feel uncomfortable, like, uncomfortable in your skin. It sends shivers down your spine. And I'll explain that in a little bit. So if you feel uncomfortable, that means that something is "creepy". Okay?

So, "He gives me the creeps." So someone can "give you the creeps", meaning they can make you feel a little uncomfortable, unsure of that person. And, "Stop it! You're creeping me out." So if someone is "creeping you out" -- to "creep someone out" means to make someone feel uncomfortable and scared or frightened, but more of an uncomfortable fear. Okay? So think of, like, people making you uncomfortable and scaring you in a creepy, unsettling kind of way. So a person can "give you the creeps". A person can "creep you out". Or a person can just "be creepy", and this is an adjective, so you have to use the verb "to be". "That is really creepy"; "he is really creepy"; "they are creepy", etc.

And the next two, you'll notice -- "freaky" and "freaked me out". They have a similar -- what's the word I'm looking for? -- connection with "creepy". But instead of meaning something makes you uncomfortable, if something "freaks you out" or if some "is freaky", it's scary in a shocking way. So if I say, "Whoa, that's freaky", that's really frightening and scary, not in, like, an uncomfortable way, but in a shocking kind of way. Okay? So think of "creepy" as uncomfortable. Think of "freaky" as, "Whoa. Shock." So that's "freaky". Or, "The movie freaked me out", like, shocked me, made me scared. Okay?

Now, what you'll notice is we can say, "He gives me the creeps", but you cannot say, "He gives me the freaks", or, "That gives me the freaks." So "gives me the creeps" is the only expression you can use. Otherwise, you can say, "freaky" or "freak me out".

And finally, "It sent shivers down my spine." So your spine is, you know, the part of your back that runs up and down to your brain. And if something sends "shivers" -- like a cold feeling, like your body shakes -- it makes you uncomfortable. Again, so if something "sends shivers down your spine", it makes you afraid or scared.

All right. So to review, you can be scared of something, afraid of something, frightened of something, horrified of something, terrified of something. You can be scared to death of something. Someone or something can give you the creeps. They can creep you out, be creepy, be freaky, freak you out, or send shivers down your spine.

Now, if you want to test your understanding of this material, as always, you can check out the quiz on www.engvid.com. And don't forget to subscribe to my YouTube channel. Thanks, everyone. I'll see you next time.

English Grammar - 5 Ways to Use Infinitives
00:06:01
engVid
4 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ A grammar lesson for advanced students of English. There are many ways to use infinitives in English. Did you know that an infinitive can be used as a subject, object, subject complement, adjective, or adverb? It's true. In this grammar lesson, I look at these five common ways to use infinitives. Once you're done with this lesson, don't forget to check out my lessons on common verbs followed by infinitives, and active and passive infinitives.
http://www.engvid.com/english-grammar-5-ways-to-use-infinitives/

TRANSCRIPT

Hey, everyone. I'm Alex. Thanks for clicking, and welcome to this lesson on five ways to use infinitives. To refresh our memory, an infinitive in English is "to" plus the base verb. So for example, "to run", "to play", " "to hide", "to eat", "to go" -- these are all examples of infinitives. Now, despite the fact that infinitives refer to actions, they often perform the same function as nouns. So let's look at the five ways that we can use infinitives in English.

So here, we have -- infinitives can be subjects. They can be the subject of a sentence. This is a very formal structure, but it is possible. For example, "To do the right thing is not easy." "To learn a new language is helpful." So here, we have "to do", "to learn", okay? And again, these are infinitives. And this is a very formal structure. So in speaking, we don't often use infinitives as subjects, but I want you to know that it is possible. However, in speech, when we use infinitives in this kind of context, we usually put them in the middle of an "it" phrase. So for example, instead of saying, "To do the right thing is not easy", we say, "It's not easy to do the right thing." Or instead of, "To learn a new language is helpful", in common speech, we say, "It's helpful to learn a new language." Okay? So again, this is formal; this is much more common. Okay?

Second of all, infinitives can be objects. So for example, "I want to help you." Here, we have "I", "the subject, "want", the verb, "to help" -- and "to help", here, would be an object. Okay? So, "I want to help." "They love to travel." And in both of these sentences, the infinitive is actually the object of the sentence.

Here, No. 3, infinitives can be subject complements. Now, a "complement" is basically something that gives you more information about the thing you're talking about. In this situation, we want more information about the subjects of these sentences. So for example, "Her job -- okay." "Tell me more about her job." "Her job is to assist you." So if this is a receptionist, for example, her job is to assist you. You're giving more information about her job. "My dream -- my dream is -- what is your dream? Give me more information about your dream." "My dream is to open a business." Okay? So here, we have infinitives used as subject complements.

Now, these last two -- infinitives can be adjectives and adverbs -- you might be surprised because when you think of adjectives, you probably think of colors or words like "happy" or "sad" or "cold" or "hot". However, if you're not comfortable with thinking of them as adjectives, maybe think of them as object complements. And that's another way to look at it if mentally it doesn't make sense for an infinitive to be an adjective. However, let's look at an example. "I told you" -- so here, we have subject, verb, object. "I told you to wait." So what did I tell you? I told you to wait. So you're describing what you told this person. "He wants me to leave." What does he want me to do? He wants me to leave. So I'm describing what he wants. Again, adjectives are description words, right? Describing what he wants. I'm describing what I told you. Okay?

And finally, adverbs -- so again, adverbs give more information about a verb. In thinks situation, "We must study" -- we have the verb "study". "Why must we study?" "To learn." So here, you have verb plus infinitive. And here, "I want to learn to sing." So here, "I want to learn" -- "to learn" is an object. And we want to give more information about the object and why we do it. So here, we have "to sing".

Now, again, grammatically, if you don't understand "adjective", "adverb", "subject complement", it's not -- I don't want to say it's not important, but in everyday speech, it's not that important to be able to say, "This is an adjective"; "this is an adverb"; "this is a complement." The most important thing is do you understand these sentences when you see them? Do you understand the meaning of, "We must study to learn"? "I want to learn to sing"? As long as you understand what the sentences mean, the grammatical language is not as important, as long as you know how to use it in different parts of the sentence. Okay?

Learn vocabulary about CARS in English
00:08:52
engVid
9 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ In this English vocabulary lesson, you'll learn the words for the various parts of a car, like "windshield", "steering wheel", "bumper", and more! What do you call all of those mirrors in and around a car? Find out by watching this practical video. Don't forget to do the quiz after watching, and please subscribe to my YouTube channel for my latest videos.
http://www.engvid.com/car-vocabulary-english/

TRANSCRIPT

What's this? Car vocabulary. Little pink car there, picture of a car, and camera. I guess I'm teaching you guys car vocabulary today. I actually know this car, this is my daughter's car. I don't know what it's doing here, but it could be used to teach you guys some English today. So, that's what we're going to do. All right, let's do this. There's even a marker.

So, hi. I'm Alex. Thanks for clicking, and welcome to this lesson on car vocabulary. Now, today, we're just going to look at the different parts of a car and their names in English. And when you're done, you can actually go, do the quiz, test your understanding of this material.

So, I'm going to look at this car. We'll start from the front. Okay? Here we have these two lights. Now, these aren't just called "lights" in English. You could say, you know: "My lights are broken." Or: "The lights are too bright." Specifically, because they're at the front or at the head of the car, these are called "headlights". Okay? So I'm just going to write that here, "headlights". Okay. I'm sorry for the writing there.

Now, specifically, you know, when your lights are normal, we call them, you know, your headlights. When you are driving on a dark country road and you need your headlights to be very bright, and you need to, you know, click them one further so it's very bright and you can see further, those are actually called your "high beams". So you can turn your high beams on or off. So, we have headlights and we also have high beams. So, you know, if you're driving with a friend and they say: "It's too dark. Turn on the high beams." And if you see another car coming, you might say: "Whoa, whoa. Turn off the high beams", because you don't want to blind the other person coming towards you.

Okay, let's turn around. Okay, we have, yeah, we're still going to look at the front. The front part of your car, and also the back part of your car that protects it from accidents as much as it can, this is called your "bumper". So it could be your front or your rear bumper. And we call this one the rear. You can also call it the back, the back bumper or your front bumper.

All right, here, this big window that we see through, this is called your "windshield" because it is like a shield from the wind. Right? Okay. So this is the windshield. And when it rains, you use your "whish, whish, whish, whish". These are called "windshield wipers", because they wipe. So I'm just going to put in parenthesis here "wipers". So your windshield and you also have windshield "whish, whish, whish", wipers. All right?

Let's look, hmm, okay. We'll look at the back of the car a little bit. This, here... Now, again, this is a Volkswagen Beetle so it pops up a little bit. This is called a "hatch". But, you know, in a normal car, a car like this, where you can place things in the back, it's called your... I got this. Really, I do. Really. Yeah, that's better. Okay. This is called your "trunk". The trunk of the car. Okay?

Now, let's go inside a little bit. If we go inside the car, you have the mirror to see behind you. And that's here in this car. Probably can't see it on the camera. But this is called your "rearview mirror". If there are any Pearl Jam fans, of the rock band Pearl Jam, they have a song called "Rearview Mirror". So you can YouTube "Rearview Mirror" to see a song by this name.

And then you have the other mirrors that are on the sides. So, because they're on the sides, you can call them your "side mirrors" or your "sideview mirrors" because they show you the sides. So, I'm just going to do an arrow here like this. And this is the sideview mirror. Now, again, if you're in the driver's seat, if you are the driver, you can call it your "driver side mirror", or if you're a passenger, you can also call it the "passenger side mirror". All right?

Now, let's look. What are we missing? Hmm. Okay, we got these things here. Generally, they're black. Right? These are called your "tires". So you can get a flat tire. So, if your tire blows out on the highway, this would be called a flat tire. A flat tire. You can also just say: "I got a flat." Or: "I got a flat tire." All right? And the whole thing, you know, not just the tire but everything inside is called the "wheel". The wheel. So these are your wheels. "I need to change my wheels or rotate my wheels at the mechanics."

Don't make these mistakes in English!
00:06:16
engVid
8 Views · 5 years ago

Can you find the mistakes? "I am student", "I am agree", "Yesterday, I'm go downtown", "He no have money", "I want to meet the downtown". If you don't know, this is the lesson for you! These are mistakes made by students of all levels, so watch this video and learn to avoid these common errors.

Take the quiz here: http://www.engvid.com/dont-make-these-mistakes/

And don't forget to check out our other video on 5 common English learner mistakes: http://www.engvid.com/5-common-mistakes/

TRANSCRIPT

Hey, everyone. I'm Alex. Thanks for clicking, and welcome to this lesson on five more common English learner mistakes. So if you have watched my other video on five common English learner mistakes, this is a follow up to give you five more. So let's not waste time and get right to it. Here we go with No. 1.

So this first mistake is common because in many languages, when you discuss jobs or your station in life, you don't use articles even if you come from a country where there are articles in the language. So for example, "I am student." "He is engineer." If I ask you, "What do you do", you need to use an article because "student" is countable; it's singular; and "engineer' is countable and it's singular. So you have to say, "I am a student." "He is an engineer." Now, let's move on to No. 2.

Okay. Here, we have two sentences on the board. We have, "I am agree." "Are you agree?" So in this situation, "agree" is a verb. We don't say, "I am agree." You can just say, "I agree." If it's negative, "I don't agree" or, "I disagree." And the question is not, "Are you agree?" It's, "Do you agree?" Now, if you are set on wanting to say "I am" and use "agree" in some way, you would have to say, "I am in agreement." This is very formal, but it is possible. Otherwise, you say, "I agree" or, "I disagree" and, "Do you agree?" Now, let's move on to No. 3.

This next mistake is about the use of the past tense. For new English speakers, because they can't form the past tense, sometimes they use the verb "to be" with the verb. So I have heard, "I'm go downtown yesterday." Or, "He was see his cousin." If you are speaking in the past, make sure you simply use the past simple verb. In this situation, we don't say "I'm go". The past of "go" is "went". "I went downtown." We don't say "he was see". The past of "see" is "saw". So this is about using the past simple form of the verb to speak about the past. Never say "I'm go", "I'm do", "I'm make". "I saw"; "I made"; "I did"; "I played". Okay? Now, let's move on to No. 4.

Now, this mistake is about using negatives. In many languages, whether they're European or Latin, Spanish, I hear this frequently. So you might hear, "He no have money" or, "They no like chocolate." So if you are making a sentence in the sent simple, and you want to make it negative, you have to use "doesn't" and "don't". So not "he no have" but, "He doesn't have." Okay? Not "they no like chocolate" but, "They don't like chocolate." So make sure you learn how to make negative sentences. "He doesn't"; "I don't"; "we don't"; "they don't"; not "he no", "she no", "I no". All right? Now, let's move on to No. 5.

Finally, here we have a word choice error. And this is because maybe speakers translate from their own language, and many languages, you can use the verbs "meet" or "know" to talk about going to places and getting to know cities and towns, for example. So, "I want to meet the city" or, "Yesterday, I knew downtown." Now, in English, we don't really use the verbs "know" and "meet" to talk about getting to know a place. You can use the verbs "explore" or "get to know" or "visit". So you can say, you know, "I want to explore the city." I want to go around the city." "Yesterday, I knew downtown" -- "Yesterday, I traveled around downtown." And you can also use terms like "get to know" a place. You can visit a place. You can explore a place. Okay? But you can't meet a park. You can meet a person, but you can't meet a place. Now, let's review all five of these mistakes one more time.

All right. So to review, No. 1, "I am a student." If you want to talk about your status in life. Are you a student? An engineer? Are you a teacher? Etc. you need to use an article to talk about jobs, professions, talk about your station in life.

No. 2, "I agree, not "I am agree"." Do you agree?" Not "are you agree?"

No. 3, "I went downtown." "I saw my cousin." So remember, memorize those past tense verbs. Not "I was go" or "I am go". "I went"; "I saw"; "I did". All right?

Learn English Vocabulary: Talking about your nose!
00:06:08
engVid
5 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ In this vocabulary lesson, you'll learn lots of words to describe your nose, including the adjectives "runny", "stuffy", "blocked", and "clogged (up)". You'll also learn to talk about "nose hairs", "boogers", "snot", "nostrils", and more. Prepare for the next flu season by watching this useful video!
http://www.engvid.com/learn-english-vocabulary-talking-about-your-nose/

TRANSCRIPT

Hey, everyone. I'm Alex. Thanks for clicking. And welcome to this lesson on "Talking About Your Nose". So, we all have noses, and how do you talk about them in English? That's basically what this lesson is about.

So, here, we'll start with the basic anatomy of the nose. So, here's a picture of a nose. And you see these arrows point at the two holes. So, the holes in your nose are called your "nostrils". Okay? So, let's do some pronunciation too. Repeat after me: nostrils. Okay. Good job. And this middle part is called "the bridge of your nose". So, if anyone ever breaks your nose, they can crack your bridge or break the bridge of your nose. And this area around your nose, when you're very sick and you feel like "uhhh", these are called your sinuses. Okay? So, repeat after me: sinuses. All right. Excellent.

And let's look at this picture. Now, again, many of us, after a while, you have hair that grows in your nose, and these are called "nose hairs". Very simple. Right? Nose hairs. And if you want to remove your nose hairs, there are a couple of things you can do. The first thing you can do is if you just take, you know, your finger and just grab one, and pull it out. This is called "plucking" or "pulling out" your nose hairs. So it's possible to pluck your nose hairs with your finger or with a nose hair plucker, I guess. And it's also possible to "trim" your nose hairs. So, you can go to a barber and trim your hair, cut your hair, but just a little bit. You can also trim, give your nose hairs a little cut if you have long nose hairs. For some of us, it's not an issue; for some of us, it is an issue. So, you can either pluck, pull out, or trim your nose hairs. Okay?

Now, let's look at some vocabulary when we're sick. So, if I say: "Oh, I'm sick. My nose is runny." So, if your nose is runny, think of run, like the liquid is running out of your nose. So, this is runny, like it's very liquidy inside your nose.

You can also say: "My nose is stuffy." It's stuffy. So, this is the kind of feeling of stuffy. You can also say: "Stuffed up", like it's full. And "blocked" and "clogged", these are very similar to "stuffy" as well. So, these three: "stuffy", "blocked", "clogged". You can also say: "Blocked up" or: "Clogged up". "My nose is all blocked up. It's all clogged up." Or: "It's stuffy." Or: "It's stuffed up." It just means it's full, it's blocked, and you need to somehow get rid of what's inside your nose.

So, let's look at things that can be inside your nose. So, if your nose is stuffy, or if your nose is blocked up, or it's clogged, there could be a couple of different reasons why. So, you will probably not use this sentence, but just to learn the vocabulary, let's look at this sentence. "My nose is full of boogers." Now, "boogers", they are the dry things inside your nose. So, if your nose is full of boogers, some of us might pick our noses. So your mom, or your dad, or someone in your family might tell you: "Don't pick your nose!" So put your finger in your nose and take out the boogers. Okay? Am I grossing you out? Is it disgusting? A little bit. Right?

And the other thing that can be inside your nose when you're sick and you need to, you know, get rid of this thing, is called "snot". So, snot is like the liquid form, the green liquid, clear liquid, depends I guess what you have in your nose, but the liquid part. And when you... When your nose is full of snot, you need to blow your nose. So, to blow your nose, you might need one of these. Okay? So this is called "a tissue". "Do you have a tissue? I need to blow my nose." Okay? Now, again, instead of tissue, a lot of English speakers just say: "Kleenex". "Do you have a Kleenex? I need a Kleenex." And Kleenex is actually a brand name, but we use it as a common noun just to mean tissue. Okay?

So, just to do a quick review, the holes in your nose are called your nostrils. This is your bridge, your sinuses. And if you have nose hairs, you can pluck out your nose hairs, pull out your nose hairs, or trim your nose hairs. You can say: "My nose is runny.", "My nose is stuffy, blocked, clogged. It's clogged up, stuffed up." And a number of things, one of these three. And: "My nose is full of boogers", the dry stuff that you can pick. So: "Don't pick your nose!" Or it's full of snot, and you need to blow your nose if it's full of snot.

Okay, if you've made it this far and you're not disgusted, you can do the quiz on www.engvid.com. And don't forget to subscribe to my YouTube channel. Bye.

Grammar: Active and Passive Infinitives
00:07:12
engVid
5 Views · 5 years ago

To click or not to click? That's not even a question if you're an advanced English student who wants to learn even more about infinitives. Check out this grammar lesson if you want to learn how to use infinitives in simple and past forms, as well as active and passive forms. If you find this lesson too challenging or confusing, don't forget to check out my video on the uses of infinitives (http://www.engvid.com/10-verbs....-followed-by-infinit as well as my lesson on common verbs followed by infinitives (http://www.engvid.com/english-....grammar-5-ways-to-us Once you're ready, come back here and increase your knowledge!
Take the quiz here: http://www.engvid.com/active-a....nd-passive-infinitiv

TRANSCRIPT

Hey, guys. I'm Alex. Thanks for clicking, and welcome to this advanced grammar lesson on "Active and Passive Infinitives". Now, before this lesson, I really recommend checking out the previous lesson that I did on the functions of infinitives, just so you're already familiar with how they work in a sentence, what verbs they can follow, and everything like that. So, today, we're going to look at active infinitives in which the subject is doing an action plus an infinitive, and we're also going to look at passive infinitives where you are receiving the action. Okay?

So, first of all, let's look at the active simple, which is the most basic infinitive use. And again, an infinitive is "to" plus a base verb. So: "She plans to invite them." Here, "to invite". After "plan", we always use an infinitive. There's nothing special going on here. It's just a present, simple sentence.

"Mike's afraid to make mistakes." We know that many adjectives, such as "afraid" can be followed by an infinitive.

And here we have: "Bermuda is a nice place to spend your vacation." Okay? So, this is basically the simple use of an infinitive. There's certain verbs that are followed by infinitives, there are many adjectives that are followed by infinitives, there are many noun phrases which are also followed by infinitives. And this all plays into the rest of this lesson as well.

So, here, we have the active past. So if you'd like to talk about an action that a subject did in the past and you have to use an infinitive, the structure you use is: "to have" plus the past participle. So, "to have" is actually the infinitive in this sentence. For example: "You seem to have forgotten your jacket." So, I'm speaking to you in the present, maybe I'm talking to you on the phone, and you know, you left my party two hours ago, and I say: "Hey. It looks like you left your jacket." You seem to have forgotten, in the past, your jacket. And again, "seem" is always followed by an infinitive, so you have to use an infinitive after it. Past, "to have" plus p.p.

Okay, second sentence says: "I was happy to have finished everything early.", "I was happy to have finished", so this, you're almost using a past perfect structure because what you're doing is you're saying the first action is I finished, you know, I finished everything early, whether it was studying, work, whatever it was. And then I was happy after that. Right? So this is the first action, and this is the second action. You can say: "I was happy to finish everything early." That's fine as well. But if you want to focus more on the order of the action and this, you know, having been completed a little bit earlier, you can do: "to have" plus the past participle.

All right, let's look at the passive forms. Now, in passive, the subject basically here... Well, the object, sorry, becomes the focus and it receives the action. Okay? So, in the passive simple, all you're doing is "to be" plus the past participle. So, the first sentence says: "They expect to be invited." In general, they expect now to be invited, for example, to a birthday party, or a wedding, or whatever the occasion is, they expect to be invited by someone. Passive. They're receiving the action.

Second sentence: "We waited to be given instructions." So here, "to be given" is using a passive simple structure of an infinitive. Now, what this means is, you know, we waited in class to be given instructions from the teacher. The teacher is the one doing the action; we are receiving the action. And as we know, based on the previous lesson on infinitives and common verbs, "wait" is followed by an infinitive. So you wait to do something. Okay?

And here: "Prepare to be amazed!" This is an... Well, how can I say this? Yes, it's an imperative. Right? So: "Prepare to be amazed!" whether this is a tagline for a movie or something like that, they are telling you: "Prepare to be amazed" by something. So, you're going to receive the action of amazement in this situation.

Grammar: Active and Passive Gerunds
00:07:17
engVid
15 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Did you know that you can use gerunds in active AND passive forms? Did you know you can actually use gerunds in past forms as well as present and future? This grammar lesson is for advanced students, so if you're having a hard time understanding the constructions, get yourself prepared by checking out my lesson on the uses of gerunds (http://www.engvid.com/6-ways-to-use-gerunds/), and my lesson on common verbs followed by gerunds (http://www.engvid.com/10-verbs-followed-by-infinitives/). Once you feel confident, come back here and challenge yourself even more!
http://www.engvid.com/grammar-active-passive-gerunds/

TRANSCRIPT

Hey, guys. I'm Alex. Thanks for clicking, and welcome to this lesson on active and passive gerunds. Those of you who don't know, a gerund is a verb + "ing". And if you'd like to check out the various uses of gerunds and where a gerund can go in a sentence, you can check out my previous lesson on the various uses of gerunds. That lesson is very essential to understanding this one, so please check it out if you haven't already.

In this lesson, we're going to look at how to use a gerund in a passive form and in an active form. Now, very simply, let's begin with the easiest which is the active simple which is basically the simple gerund use, just verb "ing". Now, in this situation, this means you can put the gerund as a subject, as an object, as a subject complement, you can also put it as the object of a preposition, possessive. All that stuff is explained in the other lesson.

So, for example, let's look at these sentences: "I like swimming." "Swimming" is the gerund, it's the object of the sentence. In the present, I enjoy swimming; I like swimming.
"Smoking is bad for you." As we know and have discussed, a gerund can be the subject of a sentence, and here, "smoking" is the subject. "I regret not calling you." "Not calling", "calling" being the gerund in this situation. So this is your basic gerund use that most
students at the advanced level are familiar with at some level or another.

Okay, now let's look at the active past. Okay? Not the active simple, but the active past. If you specifically want to put a gerund into the past, you can do it by using: "having" + a past participle. In this structure, "having" is actually considered the gerund. So, let's look at this. "I'm proud of having completed university." Now, we call this active past because you are the one who completed university, you are the one who did the action. Right? And you are proud of... And again, we use a gerund here because of "of" which is a preposition. And I'm proud of having completed university, I'm proud now because I completed university in the past. Okay?

And let's look at another example: "Having gone to college is one of the best things I've ever done." So here, "having gone" is considered the active gerund. Again, "having" is the gerund in this construction. Okay? So having gone to college is one of the best things I've ever done. So any time you have: "having done", "having done", "having done" something in the past, you're actually using a gerund. And in this situation, a passive - sorry - an active past gerund.

Now, let's look over on this side and let's look at how we use passive gerunds. So this might be new for a lot of students here. Passive simple, basically all you're doing is you have "being" + p.p. Remember: "passive" means the person is receiving the action. Okay? So being done... Something is being done to the person.

So, for example: "She hates being told what to do." "Being" is the gerund in this construction. She is receiving the action of someone telling her what to do. She hates being told what to do. And, again, if you're wondering, you know: "Why are you using 'being'? Why not 'to be'? Why are we using 'ing' and not 'to' plus the base verb in some of these?" Basically, it follows the constructions that I describe in the previous video about the uses of gerunds. So, again, another reminder to check that out before this.

Okay, another example: "I'm tired of being insulted!" And, again, you have "of" which is a preposition, and after a preposition, you have to use a gerund. So I'm tired of being insulted by other people, or by him, by her, by someone. Okay? And, finally: "Being robbed is an awful experience." And here, we're using a gerund as a subject which is possible. Being robbed by someone - passive construction, you receive the action - is an awful experience. So here, you're speaking in general; here, you're speaking about the present; here, again, she hates being told what to do in general, in the present.

Now, let's look at how we can refer to the past with this construction. So for the past...This is actually the least common form of all of these that we're... That are up here just because it's such a long construction that there are not many opportunities you get to actually use it.

Improve your vocabulary: Synonyms for "small" in English
00:06:11
engVid
9 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ It gets tiring and boring to use the same vocabulary all the time. In this lesson, you'll learn new words you can use instead of the common English word "small". You'll also learn how to use these synonyms in different contexts and the correct grammatical form for them. The words include "tiny", "minuscule", "puny", "petite", "teeny", and more! Expand your vocabulary, and become a more refined speaker with this useful lesson.
http://www.engvid.com/vocabulary-synonyms-for-small/

TRANSCRIPT

Hi, everyone. I'm Alex. Thanks for clicking, and welcome to this lesson on small synonyms. If you've watched my lesson on big synonyms, this lesson has a similar idea. We're going to look at ways to make your vocabulary richer to make it stronger and to add variety. So I will be looking at some other ways that you can say "small" so that you don't sound like you're repeating the same adjectives, the same words again and again in your conversations or in your writings. So let's begin.

First, we have a sentence. "He's, she's, that's" -- you can say, "It's so" -- obviously, you could say "small" if you're talking about a building, a chair, a table, whatever it is that you're talking about. You can also say, "That's so little." So "little" and "small" are probably the two most common words that you likely know. And you might know the next one as well, which is "tiny". So you can have a tiny problem or a tiny headache, or a tiny issue with someone.

The next one might be new for some of you, and that word is "minuscule". Now, "minuscule" -- think of the word "mini", which is here. And again, "mini" just means "small", just means "little". If you wanted to make it a little more formal, you can say, "It's minuscule." So if you have the difference between buying one car and another car, but one car is much better, but the price difference is not very big, you can say, "The price difference is minuscule. I should pay the extra money and get the much better car." Okay? So a difference can be minuscule or small or little.

Next, we have the word "petite". This comes from the French word for "small", "petit" or "petite". I apologize for my pronunciation. We also use this word in English. In English, it means, like, "cute", so small that it's acute and adorable like this little thing. What is this? Hey. There's a little Pikachu in my pocket. So as you can see, this Pikachu is very petite, so cute, so small, so tiny that he's adorable. Okay, Pikachu. I'll see you later. He's small, but he's very heavy. I hope he'll be okay.

Next, we have the word "puny". Now, "puny" has a negative meaning. It's so small that it's weak, not strong. So a person can have puny muscles, for example. So again, "petite" -- cute and adorable; "puny" -- so small that it's weak, not strong.

Next, we've the word "mini" which we discussed. And the final three words are not as commonly used in writing, but we definitely use them in speech. So the word "wee". If you want to, you know, have a big problem, and when you're talking about this problem to your friend and you don't want to stress the size of the problem, and you want to say, "We have a wee problem, a small problem." Even if the problem is big and you want to make it smaller in the person's mind, you can say, "We have a wee problem, a teeny problem, a teensy problem." So all three of these words, they use the sound "ee". And you can stretch it out when you're saying it. "A wee problem, a teeny problem, a teensy problem."

And finally, we have one, two, three, four expressions where we're combining two different adjectives and we're making them sound really cute and adorable and small and tiny. So first, "itty-bitty". It sounds fun to say, right? So repeat after me, "itty-bitty". You can say "an itty-bitty problem", "I have an itty-bitty headache." Very cute. Adorable, almost.

Next, we have the words "teensy". And if you want to emphasize it even more, "teensy-weensy" okay? "Teensy-weensy." Same with the next one, "teeny-tiny." So all you're doing is combining teeny and tiny. And finally, we have "itsy-bitsy". So there is a children's nursery rhyme that goes "itsy-bitsy spider". And if you're lucky, maybe you'll get to hear it at some point.

So one more time, from the top, listen and repeat. Practice the pronunciation. "Little, tiny, minuscule, petite, puny, mini, wee, teeny, teensy, itty-bitty, teensy-weensy, teeny-tiny, and itsy-bitsy." Okay.

So if you'd like to test your understanding of how to spell these words, how to use them in context, as always, you can check out the quiz on www.engvid.com. And don't forget to subscribe to my YouTube channel. Bye.

"The itsy-bitsy spider went up the water spout. Down came the rain and -- hey. What are you looking at? -- washed the spider out. Out came the..."

6 Phrasal Verbs with HANG: hang on, hang up, hang out...
00:07:00
engVid
7 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ In this useful vocabulary lesson, you'll learn six phrasal verbs which use the word "hang". These include "hang on", "hang up", "hang out", "hang around", "hang in", and "hang on someone's every word". These are common expressions used frequently by native English speakers. Watch this video now, and take a step towards more natural English. http://www.engvid.com/6-phrasal-verbs-hang/

TRANSCRIPT

Hey, everyone. I'm Alex. Thanks for clicking, and welcome to this lesson on "Expressions with 'HANG'". Today, we will be looking at one, two, three, four, five, six different expressions that all use the word "hang" in some way. I hope some of them will be familiar, and some of them will be new to you guys.

So, first up: "Hang on". The sentence says: "Could you hang on a minute?" When we see "a minute", "hang on", clearly, we see this means to wait. Okay? So, "to hang on" means to wait. Generally, we use "hang on" in the imperative form, which means we give a command. So, if you're listening to a person tell a story and you want to say: "Whoa, whoa, whoa. Hang on, hang on. Wait, wait, wait", also kind of like "stop" in this situation... And if your friends are running away, and you're like: "Whoa. Hang on, hang on a minute. Hang on a minute." Okay? So, this means wait. And usually it's given in a command form. Okay?

Next up we have: "Hang up". So, the sentences here say: "Did you hang up the phone?", "He hung up on me." So, "to hang up" generally... All the time, actually, we use it to refer to ending a phone call and clicking the end button. Okay? So, "to hang up" is to end a phone call. And the important part here is to know you can use the preposition "on" if someone hangs up on you. So, if I say: "He hung up on me", that means he ended the phone call. Now, usually this is because the other person was angry or upset at you, so: "I can't believe he hung up on me.", "I can't believe she hung up on me." Okay?

Next one is: "Hang out". So: "Do you want to hang out this weekend?" If you watch a lot of movies or if you listen to music, anything related to pop culture, you have probably heard this a lot, TV shows as well, and "to hang out" just means to spend time. Okay? So, you hang out with your friends on the weekends. And hanging out means not doing anything in particular, but just spending time with your friends. So, you can hang out at someone's house, you can hang out at a coffee shop. So, just hang out. Spend time together in a casual situation. Okay?

The next one is: "To hang around". So: "We're hanging around the mall." So, you're talking on the phone, and your friend calls you and says: "Hey, where are you? We're looking for you." And you say: "Oh, we're just hanging around the mall." So, "hang around" you might think has a very similar meaning to "hang out" because you are spending time, but "hang around" means you're spending time usually in one specific area, and usually it's because you're wasting time and waiting for something else to happen. So, it does mean to spend time in an area. Now, again, as I mentioned, usually you're waiting for something else to happen when you're hanging around. So, you know, if you tell your friends: "Just hang around here for five minutes. Just spend some time, kill the time here. Okay? And I will be back. Just hang around this area."

Next is: "To hang in". And this is one that we definitely most often use in a command form as well, imperative form. So: "Hang in (there) just a little longer." You'll notice I put the term... The word "there" in parenthesis, in brackets, and this is because we often use this with "hang in". So, if I say: "Hang in there", this means... Well, it means to don't give up, keep surviving, keep fighting. So, "to hang in" means to continue, or to survive, or to not give up. So, if you're watching a mixed martial arts fight, for example, and one of the fighters in the fight, you know, you don't expect him to win and you say: "Wow, it's round three. He has hung in for three rounds." So, he has hung in there for three rounds, this means that he has survived. He is still going, continuing for th-, th-, the third round. I'm sorry. My tongue is doing th-, th-, th-, things.

And, finally, the expression "to hang on someone's every word". So, for example: "I hung on the professor's every word." This means you pay attention to, listen to, you're interested in the person's every word. So, basically, this means to be interested in everything or by everything a person has to say. Now, you can use this when you're listening to a lecture, you can use this if you're listening to a politician, you know, give a speech and you're just interested in everything a person has to say. Okay?

TOEFL iBT: Independent Speaking Task – 5 Ways to Succeed
00:07:56
engVid
10 Views · 5 years ago

What is the structure of the TOEFL independent speaking task? What types of questions are on it? For how long must you speak? I answer these questions and give five tips on how to prepare yourself for the TOEFL iBT independent speaking task. Watch the video to prepare yourself and get a high score.

http://www.goodlucktoefl.com/
http://www.engvid.com/toefl-ib....t-independent-speaki

TRANSCRIPT

Hi, everyone. I'm Alex. Thanks for clicking, and welcome to this lesson on the TOEFL IBT: Independent Speaking Task Structure and Tips. So, this will be a two-part video. In the first section, I will describe the structure of the independent speaking task on the TOEFL IBT; and in the second part of the video, I will give you some tips on how to do well on this. So, if you know the structure, you might want to fast-forward maybe two or three minutes. Okay? If you don't know the structure, here we go.

So, on the TOEFL independent speaking task, there are two tasks that you must complete and there are two different types of questions. So, the first type of question on the TOEFL independent speaking task might be a personal choice question. So, in this section, you'll be asked a question about important people, places, events, or activities that you enjoy. It will always be something related to your personal experience or just general knowledge of life. So, you know, they might say: "Tell me about a person who has meant a lot in your life. If you could learn one instrument, what would you learn and why?" Something related to your personal experience.

And the section type of task, section type of question is a paired choice question. So, in this situation, you have to choose between "A" or "B", either or. So, for example, the questions might ask you to compare, you know: "Do you prefer life in a hot country, or do you prefer life in a country that has seasons? Do you prefer renting or owning a house or an apartment? Would you prefer private or group classes?" And then you basically have to give a response. "Well, I think that private classes are better than group classes because you get more personalized attention and because..." you know, whatever your reasons are.

So, in this task, you actually have 15 seconds of preparation time before you have to speak, and then you are given 45 seconds to speak. So, again, during the IBT... This is for the IBT, so the IBT, you have headphones on. You will hear the question and you will read the question on the computer screen. And once the question has, you know, finished being read, then you have 15 seconds to prepare a response. And I completely recommend a notebook. And then 45 seconds to answer the question. Now, in addition to bringing a notebook, let's look at some other tips that can help you to do well on the TOEFL independent speaking task.

All right, so let's look at some tips on how to do well on the independent speaking task. Number one, this goes for the test as a whole, be honest with yourself. Don't take the test unless you're ready. Now, what I mean by this is if you're a beginner student, don't even consider the TOEFL test. If you're an intermediate student, a high intermediate, then it's more possible for you to do well on the TOEFL. Remember, the TOEFL is meant to prepare people for an academic setting, so a university. So, if you are not a high intermediate or advanced student, you will find the TOEFL to be very, very difficult. And honestly, you would probably be wasting your money in taking the test or a preparation course if you're not an advanced or high intermediate student. So, be honest with yourself. It's hard advice, but it's completely true.

Number two: have a notebook to write your ideas for the independent speaking task. You are allowed to bring a notebook, and a pencil or a pen, and this will help you to write ideas, you know, after you read the question and listen to the question.

Number three: have at least two reasons or two examples to support your opinion. So, you know, if you're having one of the independent opinion choices or the second paired choice questions, make sure you have at least two reasons to support your position. So, if you are doing a paired choice question and the question is about, you know, do you prefer living in a dormitory or living at home when attending university, make sure you have two reasons for why you prefer, for example, living in a dormitory. In a dormitory, you can make friends and you can also make it to classes on time because it's very close to the campus, for example. So, at least two.

English Vocabulary: Talking about RAIN
00:06:17
engVid
5 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Love it or hate it, we all have to deal with rain. In this essential vocabulary lesson, you will learn some words and expressions that describe rain. How do you talk about light rain and heavy rain? What is the difference between "drizzling", "spitting", and "pouring"? What is a "puddle"? What does it mean if you are "soaked" or "drenched"? Grab an umbrella, and get ready to improve your vocabulary. You will be singing in the rain in no time!
http://www.engvid.com/english-vocabulary-talking-about-rain/

TRANSCRIPT

Hey, guys. I'm Alex. Thanks for clicking. And man, it is really coming down out there. So, today, you're lucky. I've been inspired to talk about the rain with you guys today. On the board, I have a lot of vocabulary, nouns, verbs, expressions, words associated with rain and talking about it.

So, first, we have: "Rain falls from the clouds." So, here's a picture of a cloud and the rain is falling. Different things we say about the rain. So you can say simply: "Oh, look. It's raining!" So "rain" can be a noun, like "rain falls", "rain". It can also be a verb, so: "It's raining." You can say: "I love the rain." or: "I hate the rain." You can also just say in general, without the article "the": "I love rain.", "I hate rain." One or the other. You can say: "It's gunna rain.", "It's going to rain." If you're making a prediction, you look at the clouds, it looks dark. You can say: "Uh-oh. It's going to rain." Very common phrase.

-"How is it outside?" -"Well, it's a little rainy." So, you can use the term "rainy" to mean there is a little rain outside. And you can also talk about rainy days. So: "I love rainy days. On rainy days, I love to stay inside, and read a book, watch a movie." Maybe you hate rainy days, because you want to be outside.

Now, when the rain gets very extreme, you have a storm. So, this is when you can see lightning. Here's a picture of a lightning bolt. And you can hear thunder. So, lightning is the flash you can see; thunder is the sound you can hear. And you might say: "Uh-oh. Look, it's a thunderstorm." So there is a thunderstorm outside; lots of thunder, lots of lightning, lots of rain.

So, obviously, when it rains, you need to bring an umbrella. So I have mine here with me today. And during a rainstorm, you also need a raincoat. I don't have a raincoat. I never thought to buy one really. I don't know. A lot of people have raincoats. And you can also wear boots or rain boots, because they are waterproof. Now, "waterproof" is an adjective that you can use in many contexts. So, you can have a waterproof watch. Right? Waterproof boots, waterproof clothing. Okay? So, to protect you from the rain or from water in other situations.

Below, we have some more intermediate and advanced vocabulary related to rain. So if you want to talk about the difference between light rain or heavy rain, here are some words and expressions you can use. First, if the rain is light outside, it's possible to say: "Mm, it's drizzling. It's just drizzling." or: "It's just spitting." So, if you look at "spit", it's the same as the verb "spit", which is to go like this: "thhto". Then, think of the rain like spitting down on you. So you can say: "Mm. It's just drizzling." or: "It's just spitting." Okay?

If it's very heavy, you can say: "It's pouring." So, you can pour juice, pour milk, pour liquid out of a container. Same idea. It's pouring outside. Or, you can use the expression that I used when I first started the video. "It is really coming down. Like really coming down." And when, you know, when you say "it", everyone understands you're talking about the rain, because when it's raining, most people know that it's raining outside, unless you work in an office with no windows. And then I'm sorry.

So, if the rain is very heavy and you didn't bring an umbrella, and you come inside and you have water on your clothes, on your shoes, on your face, everywhere, you can say: "I am drenched." or: "I am soaked." You can also say: "I got drenched.", "I got soaked by the rain." Okay? So, here's a causative sentence. "I got drenched.", "I got soaked by the rain."

And here, if you're wondering what we call the little space of water, the little holes of water that appear after a rainfall, they are called "puddle". "Puddles", I'm sorry. So: "Look at that huge, big puddle." Not poodle, which is the dog, but puddle, which is the water.

So, just to review: "Rain falls from the clouds." You can say: "It's raining.", "I love the rain.", "I hate the rain.", "It's a little rainy outside.", "I hate rainy days." If the rain is light: "It's drizzling/spitting." If it's heavy: "It's pouring.", "It's really coming down.", "I get drenched.", "I get soaked.", "Look at that puddle.", "Bring an umbrella.", "Bring your raincoat.", "Bring your boots." and: "Stay dry." Okay?

English Vocabulary: Talking about BUGS and INSECTS
00:05:59
engVid
8 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ This is a simple vocabulary lesson in which you will learn about different bugs and insects. In addition to the names of the insects, you will also learn about some of their actions and physical traits. The vocabulary in this lesson includes "caterpillars", "ladybugs", "bees", "spiders", "ants", "mosquitoes", "cockroaches", and "fireflies". Watch this video to increase your vocabulary and learn how to pronounce these basic insect names in English. Then, take the quiz: http://www.engvid.com/english-vocabulary-bugs-insects/

TRANSCRIPT

Hi, everyone. I'm Alex. Thanks for clicking, and welcome to this lesson on talking about bugs and insects. So in this lesson, I'm actually going to get the help of one of my oldest friends. This is Steve the Spider. We've known each other since high school. We were on the basketball team together, on the swimming team together. He's a heck of a chess player. And you know what? We lost contact for a long time, but he recently found me on Facebook. And I thought, "You know what, Steve? I'm going to do a lesson on bugs and insects. I think it would be really cool if you helped me." So here he is helping out, Steve the Spider.

So this is a basic lesson on some of the vocabulary nouns that we use to talk about different bugs and insects as well as some of the actions associated with those bugs and insects.

So to begin, we have caterpillars. And we are going to focus on pronunciation a bit on this one, too. So repeat after me, everyone. "Caterpillars." Okay. So what do caterpillars do? Well, they make cocoons and become butterflies. So here is a picture of a butterfly. Do you like that butterfly, Steve? Yeah? It looks very nice, right? Okay. So here's a picture of a caterpillar. They make cocoons, which is the home of the caterpillar before it becomes a butterfly. All right? So caterpillars make cocoons and become butterflies.

Next, we've ladybugs. Here is a picture of a ladybug. Steven has dated many ladybugs in his life. And ladybugs have black spots. I think it's the black spots that attract him the most. So they have black spots. Here's a ladybug -- red ladybug with some black spots on it.

Next, we've bees. And bees can sting you. So this little sharp stinger -- it's called a "stinger" -- can sting you. Okay? They can sting you. So you can say, "I got a bee sting", or "I got stung by a bee. I was stung by a bee." And bees, the sound they make, obviously, is "bzzz", so we say, "Bees buzz."

Next, we've spiders who are cousins of Steve here. Spiders make webs." Steve has made many a web in his life, and he's going to continue making webs for the rest of his life as well. So if you've seen Spider-Man, you're familiar with spiders, and they make webs. Okay?

Next, we've ants. The same pronunciation like your aunt, which is you know, the sister of your father or your mother. Ants live in colonies, so large groups or colonies. And here's a picture of ants going to their home. This is actually called an "anthill", so an "anthill". Ants live in colonies and anthills.

Next, mosquitoes. Mosquitoes can bite you and make you itchy. So mosquitoes are the insects that like human blood. And you can say, "I was bitten by a mosquito", or "A mosquito bit me." You can also say, "I have a mosquito bite." So if your hand is red and you're itchy -- "itchy" means you want to scratch. Scratch, scratch, scratch. It's because you have a mosquito bite.

Next, fireflies. Fireflies glow -- which means they give light -- and flicker. So when you think of "flicker", thank of lights that go on, off, on, off. Okay? So they glow -- they give light at night -- and they flicker. So here's a picture of a firefly giving light.

And finally, we have cockroaches, which very few people like. They have some uses, but -- cockroaches have hard shells. So you know, the back of the cockroach, the shell of the cockroach is very hard, which makes them crunchy and hard to kill. Depends on the size of your boot. You would never hurt a cockroach, right, Steve? No, I didn't think so.

Okay. So just to review, let's do some pronunciation of all of these insects one more time. Repeat after me. "Caterpillar". We'll use the singular. One more time, "caterpillar, ladybug, bee, spider, ant, mosquito, firefly, cockroach". Okay.

So if you'd like to test your understanding of this material, as always, you can check out the quiz on www.engvid.com. And don't forget to subscribe to my YouTube channel. Did you subscribe to my YouTube channel, Steve? Okay. We're going to go play some basketball, so we'll talk to you guys later. See you.

Grammar: 6 ways to use WILL
00:06:04
engVid
4 Views · 5 years ago

Is "will" only used to talk about the future? Yes. But there are many different contexts and uses of "will" that you might not be familiar with. Do you know what the difference is between "will" and "be going to"? These two are often confused, but you can learn how to use them correctly by watching this lesson. I will teach you six different ways you can use "will": future intentions, promises, predictions, confirmations of place and time, order of events, and goodbyes. Take this essential lesson, and never be confused between "will" and "be going to" again.
http://www.engvid.com/grammar-6-ways-to-use-will/

TRANSCRIPT

Hey, everyone. I'm Alex. Thanks for clicking, and welcome to this lesson on the many uses of "will". "Will" is one of the most difficult English grammar words to master because there is a lot of confusion about whether or not it can be used to talk about future plans. Now, number 1, if you are going to talk about a plan that you have for the future, "be going to" or the present continuous are much more common in English. So you won't say -- if someone asks you," "What are you doing this weekend?" -- you don't say, "I will visit my grandma" or, "I'm visit is my grandma." "I'm going to see a movie"; not, "I will see a movie." So now that we have that out of the way. Let's look at the other ways -- and there are many -- that we can use "will". Number one, you can state your intention with "will". Now, this isn't a plan; it's an intention. So for example, if someone asks you, "What are you doing this weekend?", you usually modify "will" with "I will probably", "I will maybe", "I will likely", "I will definitely be at the show." So this is similar to making a promise, which you can also use with "will", and we'll talk about later. And you can say, "Yeah, I will be at the show" or, "I will probably be at the show this weekend." Okay? Now, you can use it to confirm plans and to confirm orders of events. So if you and your friends made plans and you want to get the plans straight in your mind, you can say, "Okay, wait. Wait. So first, I will call you. And then, we will meet at the theater." So if you have a future order of events and you want to get it clear, you can say, "Okay. Number one, you will do this. Number two, I will do this. Number three, we'll do this. Yeah? Okay." So this means -- again, you're confirming plans. You're confirming the orders of events. You're not actually saying "I'm doing this". You're saying, "This is what will happen. I just want to have it clear in my mind."

Number three, decisions made in the moment. So if you're at a restaurant, at a store -- if you're buying shoes, and you make a decision in the moment, you use "will". So for example, you're making a decision. "Do I want the red shoes or the blue shoes? I'll take the blue ones." Okay? So, "I will take the blue ones." You can also say, you know -- if you're ordering at a restaurant, "I will have the chicken and fries", for example. So for decisions in the moment, use "will".

Next, predictions. Now, again, predictions, you can use "be going to" as well, if you have evidence. "Be going to" is stronger for predictions. Or you can use "will" where you can give your opinions, your thoughts. For example, you're talking about your friend who's doing a test. Your friend has one hour to do the test. He didn't study. He's very nervous. And you say, "There is no way he will finish on time." So you can say, "He won't finish on time. This is my prediction." Okay? So you can make a prediction using "will".

You can also use it, like I mentioned, to make a promise. So, "I will never disappoint you" or, "I will always love you." Think of the Whitney Houston song from the 1990s, The Bodyguard. Depending on what year you're watching this, that is already very dated, and you have no idea what I'm talking about. But that's okay. The Bodyguard -- "I will always love you", Whitney Houston.

And number six, you can confirm a future time or place. So you can say, "Okay. I will be there at eight". "Where are you going to be at eight o'clock?" "I will be at home. I will be at the mall. I'll be having dinner" -- in that situation. So if you want to talk about what you will be doing at a future time or future place, you can use "will" in this context.

And finally, you can also use "will" for goodbyes. So, "Yeah. I will see you later. We will get together soon." This is similar to making a promise, right? Like, "I will see you later. I promise you." But a specific context of promise because it's goodbyes.

English Vocabulary: Talking about ♥ broken hearts
00:05:57
engVid
4 Views · 5 years ago

If you've ever had a broken heart, you know how painful it can be. In this lesson, you'll learn how to talk about heartbreak and how to use this common expression. These are words and expressions you will often hear in English music, movies, and especially in romantic comedies. Heal your poor heart by learning something new!
http://www.engvid.com/english-....vocabulary-broken-he

TRANSCRIPT

Unbreak my heart. Say you love me again. Un... Oh, hey, guys. Don't mind my singing. I'm Alex. Thanks for clicking, and welcome to this lesson on "Talking About Broken Hearts". So, many of us have had our hearts broken, whether because of a relationship, or because you received some bad news, or maybe you really love a sports team and they lost, and they broke your heart. So, today, we are going to talk about broken hearts and the different ways we can use the term "heart" and the verb "break" in different context, different situations, different grammatical structures.

So, first of all, again, the most common situation, if someone breaks up with you, ends a relationship with you, if you want to be very dramatic, you could say: "She (or he) broke my heart!" All right? In the past tense. "She broke my heart!", "He broke my heart!" Now, again, this... Because it's a verb, "break", you can use it in any tense you wish. So you can say: "I have had my heart broken before." You can also make a prediction for your friend, like: "He's going to break your heart!" So, you can use it in a variety of tenses. "You will have had your heart broken." You know, any tense you can think of.

If you wanted to use this in a passive construction and say that you are the one, you know, who had their heart broken, you could say this: "I had my heart broken." Or: "I got my heart broken." So the passive would be: "I had my heart broken.", "I got my heart broken." Okay?

And now, here... Here, we have the term "heartbreak". And if you're talking about "heartbreak", the noun, the concept of having a broken heart, you would use the verb: "suffer". So: "I'm suffering from heartbreak." And if you notice, I put two pop culture references related to heartbreak. So, for example, Elvis sang a song called "Heartbreak Hotel", and if you are a professional wrestling fan, you might be familiar with the Heartbreak Kid, Shawn Michaels. And he's a professional, ex-professional wrestler; he's now retired. But he was known as the Heartbreak Kid, and the Sexy Boy in professional wrestling.

So, you can also say a person who breaks hearts regularly is a heartbreaker. Okay? So: "She's a heartbreaker." Or: "He's a heartbreaker." Someone who breaks hearts and doesn't, you know, stay long in relationships, but just breaks people's hearts. So, he or she is a heartbreaker.

Now, let's look at some adjectives and some past participles as well. So: "I was heartbroken when I heard the news. So, you can have your heart broken by something. And if you want to say... You know, use an adjective, you can say: "Oh, I am heartbroken." Or: "I was heartbroken." Or: "I'm going to be heartbroken if they lose." Or: "When the news comes", or something like this.

And instead of "heartbroken", it's also possible to reverse this and say: "brokenhearted". Now, again, many more contexts, we would use the term "heartbroken". I am heartbroken. But you can also say, you know: "He's a brokenhearted romantic." Or: "A heartbroken romantic." So they're both very similar meanings. I would say "heartbroken" is much more commonly used in popular speech, common speech.

And, finally, if you want to use, you know, an adjective that describes a situation or news, a game, a movie, a book, or again, a situation, you can say: "It was heartbreaking!" So: "The news was heartbreaking. It broke my heart.", "The game was heartbreaking. The loss of my favourite team broke my heart.", "The movie was heartbreaking. I just saw The Notebook and it broke my heart. It was a heartbreaking movie." Or: "The book was heartbreaking." I just read... I've never read Love in the Time of Cholera, but let's imagine... I'm imagining that Love in the Time of Cholera might have some heartbreaking moments. Okay?

So, just to get a quick review, the most common phrase is: "He broke my heart!" Or: "She broke my heart!" You can use it in any tense. "He's going to break your heart.", "You had your heart broken.", "I have had my heart broken." Whatever it is. So, again, I had my heart broken. I got my heart broken.

If you use the term "heartbreak"... You can suffer from heartbreak. And, again, pop culture references. Think of "The Heartbreak Hotel" by Elvis or the Heartbreak Kid, Shawn Michaels. And you can say: "He is a heartbreaker.", "She is a heartbreaker." A person who breaks hearts. You can be heartbroken, you can be brokenhearted, and something can be heartbreaking. Okay?

Talking about CLOTHES in English: Vocabulary about SHIRTS
00:05:28
engVid
4 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ In this practical vocabulary lesson, I look at words associated with shirts. There are more than you think! The nouns include "collar", "pocket", "cuffs", "sleeves", and "buttons". Also, learn how to use the verbs "do up", "button up", "unbutton", "undo", "roll up", and "pop" in relation to dress shirts. Watch this easy lesson, and do our quiz to test your understanding of this clothing vocabulary. http://www.engvid.com/english-vocabulary-shirts/

5 common sayings in English
00:05:33
engVid
5 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ In this lesson, you will learn five useful English sayings including, "Practice makes perfect", "Don't judge a book by its cover", "Two heads are better than one", "Don't put all your eggs in one basket", and "No man is an island." Sayings are also called proverbs. They are essential to understanding conversations, movies, and Western culture in general.
A LIST OF 50 OF THE MOST COMMON PROVERBS IN ENGLISH: http://www.engvid.com/english-resource/50-common-proverbs-sayings/

TAKE THE QUIZ: http://www.engvid.com/5-common-sayings-in-english/

TRANSCRIPT

Hey, everyone. I'm Alex. Thanks for clicking, and welcome to this lesson on five more popular English proverbs. So if you've seen my other lesson on popular English proverbs, get ready for more of the same with five new ones.

So to quickly review, proverbs are sayings or wise words or words of advice that people have in a culture. They are culturally specific. So some proverbs are used in many countries, more than one language, but some of them don't. The whole purpose of a lesson like this is to help you guys to memorize and know how to say these proverbs in English. Again, let's not waste any more time, and we'll start with No. 1.

"Practice makes perfect." This simply means the more you do something, the better you will be at it. If you want to improve your ability in a musical instrument or some kind of sport or even something like learning a new language, the more you practice, the better you will get. "Practice makes perfect." Let's look at No. 2

"Don't judge a book by its cover." This means don't judge someone or something by their appearance or by their looks alone. So for example, I have two books here, "The Republic of Plato", "Poland" by James Michener. They don't look that exciting on the covers. It's just words, just a lot of white space, a lot of purple space. But if you open them up, if you read them, you'll see that there is some really good and exciting stuff in both of these of books. So don't judge a book or a person or a restaurant or anything by its cover. Let's move on to No. 3.

"Two heads are better than one." Simply put, it is better to work on something as a team than to do it just by yourself. So if you're working by yourself on a project at work or if you're working on a project at school, maybe if you only have your ideas, it's more difficult to make the project successful. But if everyone works together, that project can be more successful, and you can get more done quicker, like me and Steve here. Now, let's move on to No. 4.

"Don't put all of your eggs in one basket." This means that you shouldn't put all of your resources or all of your hopes just on one possibility or one dream. So for example, if you want to become an astronaut and you take all of your free time, all of your money, and all of your hopes, and you put it on this one dream, if this one dream doesn't become real, you'll be very disappointed. So this is a life philosophy. "Don't put all of your eggs in one basket." Now, let's move on to No. 5.

"No man is an island." This means that no one is truly capable of living alone, living by themselves, because they will not be happy in the long term. So you cannot live alone. You cannot be by yourself because it affects your emotional health over a long period of time. You need friends; you need connections; you need family to be a healthy human being, just like me and by buddy Steve here. Now, let's look at all of these proverbs and review them one more time.

Okay. So we started off with, "Practice makes perfect." This means the more you do something, the better you'll become at it.

Then we went to, "Don't judge a book by its cover." We said this means don't judge a person or a thing based on its appearance. So for example, if a person looks poor, you don't really know that they're poor. Or if you judge them to be dangerous because of their clothes or their hair, maybe they're the nicest people you've ever met. Who knows? Don't judge them by their cover, by their appearance.

Next, we had, "Two heads are better than one." You can get more done as a team by working together than you can independently.

Then, "Don't put all your eggs in one basket." This means don't depend on one hope or one dream and use all of your resources to accomplish that thing.

And finally, "No man is an island." No one can live truly alone and be happy over the long term.

Again, the whole purpose of these proverbs is to get you guys to memorize them exactly how they are worded. If even one word is different, then the meaning is lost or can be lost depending on the person you're speaking to. So memorize them.

That's it for this lesson. If you'd like to test your understanding of the proverbs, make sure that you've memorized them all, as always, you can check out the quiz at www.engvid.com. And don't forget to subscribe to my YouTube channel. See you, guys. Bye.

English Vocabulary: Talking about SPORTS!
00:07:00
engVid
3 Views · 5 years ago

In this video, you will learn important vocabulary related to sports. What's the difference between a "nail-biter" and a "blowout"? Which prepositions can you use after "win" and "lose"? How do you use the verbs "beat" and "beaten"? Become a pro at speaking about soccer/football, hockey, basketball, baseball, and more in this fun and useful lesson.
http://www.engvid.com/english-vocabulary-sports/

TRANSCRIPT

Oh, hey. Sorry, guys. Just watching the game. So I'm Alex. Thanks for clicking, and welcome to this lesson on talking about sports. So today, I'm going to look at some of the basic vocabulary that we use to talk about our favorite teams, what happened in the game yesterday... And this is useful to talk about soccer, football, hockey, baseball -- almost any team sport that you can think of and maybe some single sports as well. So today, I have a sample situation. Realistic or non-realistic, depends on what year it is, I guess. Here, we have the score of a soccer game in the English Premier League. It's Arsenal 2, Chelsea 1. So some of the most common questions that you ask if you've watched the game yesterday in the past was, you know, "Who played?" "What was the score?" "Who won?" So these are the three most common questions that sports fans ask about a game that just happened.

So I'm going to look at some of the most common vocab to start, and then, I'll look at some of the more specific situations. So here are five different sentences -- the five most common sentences that you use when you talk about one team defeating another team or beating another team. So if we talk about who played yesterday, you could say, "Arsenal played against Chelsea." So it's -- we say "played against"; "they played against." You could say "with", but it's not as common. Normally, we say, "They played against each other" or, "They played against one another."

Now, here, the score is Arsenal 2, Chelsea 1. So we can say, "Arsenal won against Chelsea." You could also say, "Arsenal won 2-1 against Chelsea" -- the score. And very common, "Arsenal beat Chelsea." So very common verb when talking about sports is "beat".

Now, on the other side, if you want to talk about the loser, we can say, "Chelsea lost against" or, "Chelsea lost to arsenal", okay? So, "Chelsea lost against arsenal. They lost to Arsenal." You can also say, "They lost 2-1." So you can give the sore as well.

And finally, this is the passive construction. Here, we have, "Arsenal beat Chelsea." And in the passive sense, you can say, "Chelsea were beaten by Arsenal." So we don't say "were beat". The past participle of "beat" is "beaten", so you have to say, "Chelsea were beaten by Arsenal. They were beaten 2-1". Okay? Again, no offense to Chelsea fans. I'm just an arsenal supporter, so that's just me.

Now, let's look at some other situations that happen in sports -- team sports specifically. Here, we have some different scores, different situations. So here, we have a game where it's Manchester United and Liverpool, and the score was 1-1. So we can say, "The game ended in a draw" or, "The game ended in a tie." So these are the two words that you need to know if the score is the same. So if the score is 1-1, 2-2, 0-0, you can say, "The game ended in a draw" or, "The game ended in a tie." You can also just say, "They tied" or, "They tied 1-1." "They tied 2-2." Okay?

Here, we have another situation. Arsenal 5, Everton 0. So in this situation, Arsenal won by a large difference of goals. So if one team dominates the other team on the scoreboard, we can say, "It was a blowout." So here, we have "blowout". So think of the words "blow out". So here, we can say that "Arsenal blew Everton out." So, "They blow them out." "Arsenal blew Everton out." And you can also use the passive where "Everton, they were blown out." So here, you use, "They were blown out" in the passive construction for Everton. "They were blown out. Arsenal blew them out." Okay? And here, "The game was a blowout. It was not even close. It was not close." Now, here, we have Real Madrid 3, Barcelona 2. It sounds like a very exciting game, a close game. So if you have a close game, you can just say, "It was a close game." If you want to get a little bit more -- I'll use the term "slangy", I guess. Use a little bit more slang. You can say, "It was a nail-biter." So think of your nails and -- you're watching the game. It's so exciting. It's so close, and you're so nervous that you're biting your nails. So you can say, "The game was a nail-biter. It was a close game." Okay?

English Grammar: Should you use DO or BE?
00:07:39
engVid
6 Views · 5 years ago

Should you say "Where do you from?" or "Where are you from?" Is the correct question "What do you do?" or "What are you do?" Are both forms correct, or is one of them completely wrong? In this lesson, I will erase your doubts about this common problem English learners have when they start forming questions. Are you ready? Do you want to improve your English grammar? Are you going to watch the lesson?
http://www.engvid.com/english-grammar-do-or-be/

TRANSCRIPT

Hi, everyone. I'm Alex. Thanks for clicking, and welcome to this beginner lesson on questions with "do" and "be". This is a very common problem, a very common question that students, who are learning English for the first time, ask. "When do I use 'be' and when do I use 'do'? Especially when I'm asking questions."

So, first, what I'm going to do is actually just to go through these with you, and see what your natural instinct tells you, and afterwards, I'm going to explain the rules which are behind me, and we'll explain why, you know, these answers are the answers that we gave.

For example, number one:
"Where _______ you from?"
Do we say: "Where are you from?" or "Where do you from?" - "Where are you from". That's one of the most common questions, so you probably knew that one.

"What _______ you do?"
"What are you do?", "What do you do?" - "What do you do". Not: "What are you do".

"_______ you want to go?"
"Do you want to go?", "Are you want to go?" Okay? "Do you".

"How old _______ he?"
"How old does he?", "How old is he?" - "How old is he". Okay?

"_______ she a student?"
"Does she a student?", "Is she a student?" - "Is she a student". Okay?

"_______ you happy?"
"Do you happy?" or "Are you happy?" - "Are you happy".

"Where _______ you going?"
"Where do you going?" or "Where are you going?" - "Where are you going".

And finally:
"_______ he here?"
"Is he here?" or "Does he here?" - "Is he here". "Is he here?"

Okay, so do you notice anything common about some of these questions when we use "do" and when we use "be"? The ones with "be" are a little more complicated, so let's look at the two examples we have with "do", and you can tell me what is the same; what is common to these two questions.

"What do you do?", "Do you want to go?" Number one: one is an open question; one is a yes or no question. But they still have something in common. Specifically, they both use a verb: "do" and "want". So, here, you see: "What do you do?" Base verb. "Do" is a base verb. "Do you want to go?", "want" is a base verb. So, this is the basic, basic rule when you're using questions with "do" or "did" if you're speaking in the past. If you want to ask a question that uses an action, a base action, always use "do" or "did", if you're speaking in the past. "Where did you go?", "What do you do?", "Who did you see?", "What do you want?" These types of questions where you have an action, a base verb, always use "do" or "did".

Now, "be" can be used in many more situations than "do". It's much more versatile in that way. So, let's look at the rules. Like I said, for "do", you can ask the question word, "do" or "did" plus the subject, plus the base verb. And we can say "do" is only for actions. Only use it with actions, only with base verbs.

Now, "be", you have your question, you have the verb "to be", which can be "am", "is", "are", "was", "were", "will be" even. You have your subject: "I", "you", "he", "she", "it", "we", "they", and then you have a number of different parts of speech and functions that you can use. So, you can ask a question about age with the verb "to be": How old are you? "I am", whatever your age is. You can use actions with the questions with the verb "be", but they can only be continuous actions. So: "Where are you going?" Right? "What are you doing?" So you can add verb+ing, present continuous.

You can ask questions with adjectives: "Are you happy?" You can ask questions with nouns or jobs, for example: "Is he a student?", "Are you a teacher?" I am... You don't say "I do", but you would say: "I am an engineer", for example.

And finally, you can use "be" with prepositions and adverbs. And when I say adverbs and prepositions, sometimes they relate to locations, adverbs specifically. So: "Is he here?" And again, "here" is an adverb, and it refers to a space, a location. So you don't say: "Do you here?" or "Does he here?" but: "Is he here?", "Are you here?" And same with prepositions. So, in the first question: "Where are you from?", "from" is, again, a preposition, so you would use the verb "to be" in this situation.

So let's look at these. We have "from", which is a preposition. "How old is he?" Here, we're asking about age. "Is she a student?", "student" is a noun. "Are you happy?", "happy" is an adjective. "Where are you going?" This is verb+ing, "going". And: "Is he here?", "here" is an adverb.

English Vocabulary: Talking about AUTUMN
00:05:11
engVid
12 Views · 5 years ago

http://www.engvid.com/ Fall is here! We also call this season "autumn". In this beginner lesson, you'll learn some basic vocabulary related to the season of change. The vocabulary in this lesson includes "leaves", "rake", "mulch", "scarecrow", "squirrel", "acorn", and more. Bundle up, and learn how to speak about Alex's favorite season! http://www.engvid.com/english-vocabulary-autumn/

TRANSCRIPT

Hey, everyone. I'm Alex. Thanks for clicking, and welcome to this lesson on fall vocabulary. I'm very excited today because fall is actually my favourite season, and today, we're going to look at some words, some verbs, some nouns that we use when we talk about the fall and the different activities that happen during this season.

So, first, the top sentence says: "In fall or autumn..." Or: "In the fall, the autumn..." When you're talking about seasons, you can use the article "the" or not. So you could say: "In the... In the fall..." or: "In fall...", "In the autumn..." or: "In autumn..." And again, fall or autumn, doesn't matter which one you use, everyone will understand that you're talking about the season where things get colder, the leaves change colour, etc.

So, speaking of leaves, here's a lovely Canadian maple leaf. The leaves in the fall, we can say: "Change colour.", "They rustle." Now, if you're not familiar with the verb "rustle", it refers to the sound that the leaves make when the wind blows through them. So, when you have the leaves going like "shh, [makes sound effects]", like this, the leaves start rustling. So the leaves rustle in the trees. They make sounds, like they're rubbing and crunching against each other.

And, again, we say: "The leaves fall off the trees." We don't really say they fall the trees, or they fall down the trees. The most common expression, very useful, is just: "Fall off the trees." So, here, you have a picture of a tree in the autumn or in the fall with the leaves on the ground.

Now, in the fall, here are some things that you have to do. Number one: "You have to bundle up." This is a phrasal verb that means that you have to dress warmer. So, you notice me today, I'm wearing a jacket, I have a scarf. I am bundled up a little bit more. Okay? So, "to bundle up" means to dress warmer.

You also have to rake the leaves. If you are a home owner, you have a house, and you have trees around your home, you might have to use a rake to rake the leaves. Okay? Now, if you're lazy, or maybe just environmentally conscious a little bit more, you can also mulch. Mulch the leaves. Now, "to mulch" means to cut them and make them into small little pieces. So, to mulch the leaves... Most lawnmowers are able to mulch leaves. So this is a lawnmower. I'll just write that word for you guys here. So, one more time. You rake leaves with a rake, and you mulch leaves with a lawnmower. Okay?

Talking about farmers in the fall, they reap the harvest. So, the harvest is the full collection of fruit, vegetables, etc. that the farmers have grown. And now it's the fall, it's time to collect the food from the fields, so farmers reap the harvest; they collect it, and take it, and make sure that, you know, everything is used and they take all the corn, all the other vegetables as well.

Farmers also put scarecrows in their fields. So, here is a picture of a scarecrow, standing in a field like this. So, this is a very common thing that farmers use to scare birds. Right? So, remember the word "scarecrow". If you've seen the Batman movies, the Scarecrow. There's the inspiration.

And finally, in the fall, in the autumn, the temperature. If you want to talk about the temperature getting colder, you can say: "The temperature drops.", "The temperature goes down.", "The temperature falls."

So, it's all connected. We started with: "In the fall..." We end with the temperature falling. Now, if you'd like to test your understanding of this vocabulary, as always, you can check out the quiz on www.engvid.com. And don't forget to subscribe to my YouTube channel. See you, everyone. Bye.

English Expressions: 5 Popular English Proverbs
00:06:52
engVid
7 Views · 5 years ago

Do you know what a proverb is? Proverbs are wise words of advice. They are also the most common expressions that native English speakers use. In this lesson, I'll teach you five popular English proverbs. By watching this lesson, you'll not only learn to speak and understand English better, you'll also gain the wisdom of these proverbs! Before you start using these expressions, take the quiz to make sure that you know exactly how to use them! http://www.engvid.com/english-....expressions-5-popula

You can also check out my list of 50 common proverbs in English here: http://www.engvid.com/english-....resource/50-common-p

If you like this lesson, make sure to watch my other proverb video at https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fHliub2EM_s

TRANSCRIPT

Hi, everyone. I'm Alex. Thanks for clicking, and welcome to this lesson on five popular English proverbs. First, what is a proverb? Well, every culture has proverbs. They are sayings, or wise words, or words of advice that people use in given contexts/situations.

Now, again, I mentioned that every culture has proverbs. They are culturally specific. There are some that, you know, go across various cultures, various languages. And maybe some or perhaps all of the ones I will look at today, you will be familiar with in your own language. But the key is to learn it in English so that you know which verb we use with the proverb or what the correct phrase is. So the important thing is to memorize them, because you will hear them all the time in movies, you'll read them in books, you'll hear them in conversations.

Let's not waste any more time, and let's start with number one. "Actions speak louder than words." So, this is a very common proverb across many languages. Again, in English, it's: "Actions speak louder than words." So the important thing, again, memorize the exact phrasing because if one word is different, some people might not understand what you mean. So this proverb simply means actually doing something means much more than just talking about it. If you have a friend who always talks about doing great things with their life, but they never do anything about it, it doesn't mean anything. Their words are meaningless. So, in this situation, I will only believe you once I see you doing it. Actions speak louder than words.

Let's look at number two. "Laughter is the best medicine." So, this is a proverb which simply means that laughing makes it easier to deal with difficult situations. So if you're having a hard time, you know, in school or you've received some sad news about someone in your family, maybe your friend invites you to watch a comedy movie at the movie theatre, and they say: "Come on. Laughter is the best medicine." If you're in a difficult situation, it helps to remind you that, you know, there are good things in the world and just laugh about it. You will feel a little bit better. So, laughter is the best medicine.

Now, let's move on to number three. "Two wrongs don't make a right." So in this context, we mean that revenge will not fix the problem. If someone does something to you and you want to do something bad to them, that's not going to fix the problem. They're wrong, you're wrong, it doesn't make it right. And it can also mean that morally bad actions-this is a philosophical question; it's up to you to decide what is morally bad-do not justify their results. So if you just keep doing bad things, but you're getting, let's say, a lot of money for these bad things, those bad things don't make it right. Okay? So remember: two wrongs don't make a right.

Now, let's move on to number four. "Better late than never." So, this simply means exactly what it says. It's better to do something, even if it's late, than to never do it at all. So if you have a writing assignment at school, it's better that you finish it, obviously, on time, but if it can't be on time, do it late because it's much better to do it late and lose 20%, 30% than to not do it at all and to get a zero. So, better late than never.

Finally, let's look at number five. "When in Rome, do as the Romans do." This simply means that when you are in a new situation or a new place, do your best to follow the expected customs of that situation or of that place. This is a very common expression that people use, especially when they're on vacations. So, if you're in a new place, for example, Paris, France, and let's say that the stereotype is people drink wine, eat baguettes with butter and cheese, maybe that's what you want to do and say: "Okay, well, when in Rome..." Even though you're in Paris, you still say "Rome". "When in Rome, do as the Romans do."

Learn EATING Vocabulary in English
00:10:07
engVid
10 Views · 5 years ago

Unless you're a plant or robot, you need to eat. In this quick and easy vocabulary lesson, I introduce, explain, and pronounce some of the most common and useful English vocabulary related to eating. The words include bite, nibble, chew, swallow, drink, sip, hungry, thirsty, and more. This is an essential lesson that will help you feel more comfortable in common everyday conversations about food and eating.
Test yourself with the quiz here: http://www.engvid.com/learn-ea....ting-vocabulary-in-e

TRANSCRIPT

Let's eat. Hi, guys. I'm Alex. Thanks for clicking, and welcome to this lesson on "Eating Vocabulary". We all eat, every day. Unless you're a plant, you definitely eat. Today, we're going to look at some vocabulary that we use to talk about eating, the activities associated with it, the feelings associated with it. You know, not like really emotional, emotional, like angry, although you could be, but different... Different words associated with food and eating.

So, I will just go down the list, point with my knife. It's not very dangerous. Don't worry. Plus, you're watching me somewhere; I'm not going to hurt you. Let's start from the top. First, we have the verb "bite". So, "bite" is simply this action: [bites]. Okay? When you bite, you have to bite food if it's very hard, for example. Now, this actually goes towards an expression, and we have an expression called: "Grab a bite". So, if you are hungry and you want to get something to eat with your friend, family, etc., you can say: "Hey, let's grab a bite. Come. I want to grab a bite." Or: "We should grab a bite." This means: We should get something to eat. Usually something small, like if you go for lunch with someone at a fast food restaurant or something like that, if you go to fast food restaurants. So "grab a bite" means get something to eat, and "bite" is this action: [bites]. All right?

Next, we have the verb "chew". So your mom or your dad probably told you when you were a kid to chew your food. So, chewing is this action: [chews]. And don't talk when your mouth is full. Right? So, you need to chew your food. There is some rules, or maybe they're real, maybe they're not, they say: "Chew your food 24 times before swallowing." I guess it depends like what you're eating, so I don't know.

Next, before I move to this, we have the verb "nibble". Now, "to nibble" is to eat something, but just give it a small, small bite like... I'm going to look ridiculous, I'm sorry, just: [nibbles]. Like rabbits could nibble carrots, for example. You think of like Bugs Bunny or something. Okay? So "to nibble" is to just take a small, small, small bite of something. Now, this expression "have a nibble", if you're... You know, if you go for dinner with your friend and you want your friend to try your food, you can say: "Here, have a bite." You can also say: "Here, have a nibble. Just a little nibble. Try a little piece." Okay?

Here we have the word "bib". At the start of the lesson, I put on my bib. It means I'm ready to eat. If you go to a restaurant... A lot of people don't really use the bibs in this way anymore I think. Most people put them in their laps when they go to a restaurant. But this is a bib. Still very useful, especially if you eat lobster or ribs; anything messy.

"Drink". I'm sure you understand the verb "drink". Basically, if you have any liquid, water, etc., juice, you must drink it. Okay? Now, "drink" can be a noun or it can also be a verb. So you drink if you are thirsty. If you're thirsty, you need water, you need liquid. You need to drink something, like this.

I'm just going to put these down. And... Ah, this is a good word: "sip". So "a sip" is if you want to take a small drink of something. So, for example, I am a little thirsty, I need a sip of water. So you can use "sip" like a noun or a verb. You can have a sip, or you can sip, like this. Just a sip, a quick drink. Okay? We also use this verb very commonly if you're drinking something hot, like we say: "Whoa, whoa, whoa. Don't... You know, don't just drink it. Sip it, like: [sips]." Right? Small, little sips, like this, if something is very hot. Very important.

Okay, and again, I gave you the expression: "You can take a sip", or "have a sip", similar to "have a nibble", "have a bite", if you're offering food. If you want to offer, you know, a taste of your drink to a friend, you can say: "Here, try it." or "Here, have a sip." Very common. Or: "Take a sip."

Okay, next, we have the verb "swallow". So after you eat, after you chew, after you drink, you: [swallows] ingest your food. The food goes down into your body. This is called "swallowing". So you swallow your food.

Next, we have the verb "burp". So if you eat hotdogs, drink Coca-Cola, have pizza, have some carbonated beverage, or even some water, you might burp. So, "burp" is when the gas comes up and comes out of your mouth, like: "[burps]." This is called a burp. I can't burp right now. I can't.

Learn English with THE HUNGER GAMES
00:18:30
engVid
8 Views · 5 years ago

Let the games begin! Reading is a great way to improve your English, but it's sometimes difficult to know which book to start with. In this informative lesson, I explain why The Hunger Games is a good first novel choice for intermediate and advanced-level English learners. I also look at 10 vocabulary items from chapter 1 of the book, including words such as "swollen", "abandoned", and "upbeat". Get a FREE audiobook of THE HUNGER GAMES at: http://www.engvid.com/out/audiblealex

Get the print or ebook editions of THE HUNGER GAMES from:
http://www.engvid.com/out/amz_hunger

TRANSCRIPT

Oh, hello. I didn't see you there. I'm Alex. Thanks for clicking, and welcome to this lesson on how to learn English with books. Today, I'm looking at a very specific book. This is The Hunger Games by Suzanne Collins. It is a young adult novel that is very popular, and has been turned into a movie, and is easy to find everywhere.

So, in this lesson, I'm going to talk about why The Hunger Games is a great book to start for new intermediate English learners, and also, I'm going to talk about 10 items of vocabulary from chapter one of the book. If you'd like to get a copy of the book yourself, you can check out the link to Amazon attached to this video for a physical copy, and if you're interested in an audio version of the book, you can actually link to www.Audible.com where, if you do sign up, you get your first book free, so you can get The Hunger Games, you can get classics like 1984, you can find newer books as well. So, if you're interested in that, check out the links attached to the video. And now, let the games begin.

So, like I mentioned, The Hunger Games is a good book for intermediate English students for a number of reasons. First of all, The Hunger Games is written in the first person, so there is a lot of: "I", "I", "I", just like you normally speak in everyday life, where the most common personal pronoun you use is probably "I". Second of all, it is written in the present tense. Now, I don't mean that the book doesn't have future tense, or past tense, or conditionals. It has all those things, but the primary tense it uses with the character speaking is the present. So, now, I'm going to read you the first paragraph of the book so you can see what I mean.

"When I wake up, the other side of the bed is cold. My fingers stretch out, seeking Prim's warmth, but finding only the rough canvas cover of the mattress. She must have had bad dreams, and climbed in with our mother. Of course she did. This is the day of the reaping."

So, you see "is", you hear: "The other side of the bed is cold when I wake up." Present simple. Now, not only does this make it a little easier for new English learners or intermediate English learners to read the book because the present tenses are usually the first ones you learn, it also makes the book a lot more engaging, interesting, and exciting, because everything feels a lot more present. There's no other way to put it.

Third of all, The Hunger Games, as you probably know if you're watching this video, or maybe you don't know, is very popular. Now, you might be thinking: "Why is this a good thing if I'm choosing a book to learn English?" Well, number one: It's really easy to find. Whether you're looking for the audio book or if you're looking for a physical copy, if you're looking for the e-book - every website, every store will have stacks and stacks of copies of this book. This also means there are multiple translations. This might also mean that you have already read this book in your own language, and it might be a good idea, now, to read it in English, because you're already familiar with the content, the characters, and what the action is like in the book.

Fourth, it does have an interesting story. Is it my favorite book of all time? No, it's not, but it is pretty interesting. There is a dystopian world, a tyrannical government that's ruling everyone, and there's a strong female hero.

English for Beginners: Keep in touch!
00:05:03
engVid
3 Views · 5 years ago

Learn four common expressions you can use in letters and emails. The expressions include: "keep in touch", "stay in touch", "be in touch", and "get in touch". This is an essential class for beginners. These expressions are also useful in many social situations. I'll teach you how exactly to use these expressions, and when you should use each one. Make sure you've understood everything by taking the quiz at http://www.engvid.com/english-....for-beginners-keep-i

TRANSCRIPT

Hi, everyone. I'm Alex. Thanks for clicking, and welcome to this beginner lesson on "Keeping In Touch". So, today, I will look at some very common verbs that we use with the term "in touch", to talk about staying in contact and keeping communication with our friends, our relatives, and loved ones.

So, "to stay in touch", or "keep in touch", or "be in touch", or "to get in touch", basically means to remain in contact or communication. To keep communication. Stay in contact, stay in communication with someone in your life. So, three verbs that we have here are: "keep", "stay", and "be". So, it's possible to say, you know: "Oh, don't worry. This person is leaving. But don't worry, I will keep in touch. I will stay in touch. I will be in touch." So, you can use this as an imperative. You could say: "Okay, keep in touch. Bye." You know, contact me, stay in contact, in communication with me. "Be in touch!", "Keep in touch!", "Stay in touch!"

Let's look at some example sentences of different ways and different tenses we can use these phrases in. So: "We didn't keep in touch.", "We didn't stay in touch." are both possible. And, what you mean here is you had a friend and maybe you lost contact with the friend, and you want to communicate that: "We lost contact. We didn't stay in touch. We didn't keep in touch." You can also say: "We lost touch." So, we lost communication. We lost touch. Okay?

And, again, you can also use: "be in touch". Now, again, the verb "to be" is special, so you can't say: "We didn't be in touch." You have to say, you know: "I was in touch with someone." Or: "I wasn't in touch with someone." And in this context, you're talking about contacting a company and maybe you contact them two times, and you say: "Oh, I was in touch with someone who works there. I was in communication, in contact with a person who works at that company."

Okay, and I put "get in touch" as separate from these because "to get in touch" has a slightly different meaning than, you know, "keep", "stay", "be". So, these talk about the state of remaining; keeping and staying in touch. "To get in touch" means to initiate the communication, to start the contact, to get in touch. Okay?

So, I have three example sentences. "Get in touch with me when you arrive." You're talking to a friend, the friend is coming to visit you by bus, by airplane. It doesn't matter. And you're telling them: "Okay, get in touch with me. Contact with me." Okay? This is the meaning. "Contact me when you arrive." Now, you will notice I circled the preposition "with" because if you want to talk about the person that you're going to get in touch with, you must use "with". And again, you can also use "with" with: "Keep in touch with me.", "Stay in touch with me.", "Be in touch with me." as well.

Okay, let's look at two more with "get", and then we'll recap everything. So: "I tried to get in touch with her." I attempted to get in contact, but I wasn't successful. "I will get in touch with you later." So, I will contact you later. Okay?

All right, so, review. "Keep in touch!", "Stay in touch!", "Be in touch!" they all mean to keep communication, to stay in contact, stay in communication with a person. "To get in touch" means to start the communication, to initiate the contact. And you can use, especially "Keep in touch" when you're saying good bye to a person that you're not sure if you will see them again for a long time. You could say: "Okay, yeah, keep in touch. Stay in touch. Be in touch." And, "To get in touch", you can, you know, use it as a command to tell a person to contact me. Okay?

So, if you would like to test your understanding of this material, as always, you can check out the quiz on www.engvid.com. And don't forget to subscribe to my YouTube channel. Keep in touch.

Learn English with STAR WARS!
00:32:27
engVid
13 Views · 5 years ago

Can you learn English by watching a space fantasy from 1977? Absolutely! In order to get ready for Star Wars Episode VII: The Force Awakens, I re-watched the original Star Wars film. Watch this video and follow the adventure, as I look at dialogue and discuss scenes from the movie. I will teach you vocabulary, phrases, and grammar used in the movie. I also get to hold a lightsaber and argue with Emperor Palpatine. Use the Force and learn some English!

If you can't get enough of Star Wars, follow this link to sign up for a FREE 30-day trial at Audible, where you can download an excellent, 5+ hour original Star Wars radio drama, as well as many other Star Wars audiobooks: http://www.engvid.com/out/audiblealex

Take the quiz on this lesson to test your mastery of the Force: http://www.engvid.com/learn-en....glish-with-star-wars

TRANSCRIPT:
[Lightsaber noises] It's time to use the force and learn some English. [Star Wars music].

Hey, everyone. I'm Alex. Thanks for clicking, and welcome to this lesson on learning English with Star Wars. So, I am very excited because Star Wars, episode seven, The Force Awakens, is set to come out in theatres all across the world. Maybe it's already out at the time that you're watching this. If you're watching this years from now, maybe Star Wars episode seven is out, episode eight is out, episode nine is out, and we say that they're awesome, maybe they're terrible. Who knows?

Anyway, what I thought that I would do in preparation for the movie is go back, watch the original, and teach you guys some English. Those of you who don't know, Star Wars is a very famous space fantasy film. "A-ahem." Yes, Emperor Palpatine? "I thought Star Wars was science-fiction." Well, Emperor Palpatine, that is a common opinion and a common misconception. You see, science-fiction means that it takes the technology, pushes it into the future to its most extreme. Now, Star Wars is closer to, like, Lord of the Rings, or, you know, a fantasy where there are creatures that simply can't exist. "Oh. Hmm. Carry on."

Okay, so now that that's clear, what I'm going to do is tell you about the story and the characters of the original Star Wars, and I'm going to go through the movie, from beginning to end, and talk about some of the key dialogue, key vocabulary with you guys. And at the end of this, don't forget to check out the quiz. Hopefully, you'll have learned something. So, let's get on with it and learn English with Star Wars.

Okay, so the story of the original Star Wars. In the beginning, there is an evil galactic empire that is spreading across the galaxy. What they're doing, what evil things they are accomplishing, we don't really know. They don't say, we just know they're bad. There's a small rebel group that is fighting back, and they're trying to take down this evil empire, and this rebel group has recently stolen some plans for a powerful weapon. Now, this weapon is being designed by the empire, and they call it the Death Star. And now, the Death Star is this big, round, globe ball battle station in the movie, and the rebels need to destroy it. They figure that if they have the plans, maybe they can find a weakness in the Death Star and destroy it. Will they destroy it? Wait. You'll find out later. And, again, at the beginning of the movie, the empire is chasing a small rebel ship, because they think this ship has the plans, and they're trying to get them back. So, that is the beginning of the movie.

Now let's look at some of the characters. We have Luke Skywalker. Luke is a farm boy from the planet Tatooine, and he's the main hero, here. He's the one who's going to learn how to use the force and save the day. We have Princess Leia. She is there at the beginning of the movie on the small rebel ship, and what she's going to do is give instructions to R2D2, the little robot, to find Obi-Wan Kenobi. So, Princess Leia. We have Han Solo and Chewbacca. Han Solo is the pilot of the Millennium Falcon. Chewbacca or Chewy is the guy who just sounds like this: [Roaring noise]. He doesn't actually say anything, but somehow, Han Solo can understand him, based on a roar. It was the '70s, you know, people believed these things.

Learn English with the Pac-Man Method!
00:08:32
engVid
4 Views · 5 years ago

What do Pac-Man and learning English have in common? More than you think. In fact, there is a learning philosophy behind the game that can be applied to anything you want, including learning a new language. In this exciting lesson, you will learn about the importance of being flexible and confident as you learn English. You will also find out about the learning blocks you need to avoid or overcome if you want to be successful and get to the last level of the game. Ready? YOU CAN DO THIS! Wakka wakka wakka.
http://www.engvid.com/learn-en....glish-with-the-pac-m

TRANSCRIPT

[Pac-Man noises] Hey, everyone. I'm Alex. Thanks for clicking, and welcome to this educational philosophy video on how to learn English with the Pac-Man method. Pac-Man? Educational philosophy? Huh?

Now, before we start, we should learn a little bit about Pac-Man and his history. First, Pac-Man was originally a 1980s arcade game, a very popular one, as you can see by the t-shirt. And the goal of Pac-Man was to eat all of the pellets in a maze. Now, a pellet is a compressed, little ball. Think of something you can feed a bird or something you can feed a fish, or think of a pellet gun. In Pac-Man, these pellets represented food for Pac-Man to eat. Now, in the 1980s at the arcades, a little pellet, a little dot on the screen, it could have represented anything.

So, it is a 1980s arcade game. The goal of Pac-Man is to eat all of the pellets in a maze. The difficult part about eating all of these pellets is that there are ghosts constantly chasing you, trying to kill you, attack you, eat you, and you have to avoid them. Now, you can fight back. How to fight back in Pac-Man is you need to eat a power pellet. And this power pellet turns the ghosts blue, and allows you to chase them and eat your enemies.

What was really difficult about this game is that it had 256 levels. 2-5-6. Can you think about a game today that has that many levels? It's ridiculous. So, this was something that was really, really difficult to master, and it had a ton of levels, a ton of patterns and mazes and content that you had to memorize. Does this sound familiar to you? So let's see how this relates to English.

Now, imagine for a moment you are Pac-Man. I'm Pac-Man. Every level, every maze in Pac-Man represents an element of the English language that you have to learn. So, a Pac-Man maze could represent an academic vocabulary list that you're trying to learn, it could represent a grammar tense, it could represent a pronunciation point that you are currently studying. For example, a Pac-Man maze could be the present continuous tense, it could be how to use "will" in many contexts. Now, what you have to do in mastering this vocabulary list, this grammar tense, this pronunciation point is complete the level by eating every single pellet of information in that level, before you can continue and do other things.

Now, the ghosts, what do they represent? What does this guy represent? This guy, this guy, and this guy? These are blocks to learning. These blocks could be bad experiences you have had with English in the past. These could be fear about not knowing enough. A block to learning could be a negative person in your life who tells you: "You'll never learn this language." Avoid those people, just like you avoid the ghosts in the game. Now, a block to learning could be a bad teacher, someone who gives you bad information about English. And a block to learning, similar to fear, could be just your own low self-confidence. You know that feeling where you think: "I will never learn this language"? And I understand that feeling, because I am currently studying French, and I feel that way about French, so I'm right there with you.

Now, how can I improve? How do I make sure that these blocks to learning are conquered, that I can destroy them, and get through them? Let's look at that. So, your goal when learning English with the Pac-Man method is to avoid those blocks to learning, triumphing over your fears, and growing in your own self-confidence as you get better, and better, and better with English the more time you spend with it. Just like the more time you spend with a Pac-Man video game... Well, we don't have arcades anymore with Pac-Man in them, really, but the more time you spend playing anything, the better you will be at it. Just like the more time you spend practicing English, studying English, listening to English - the more confident you will become and the more knowledgeable you will become. So, to improve and continue improving, what you need to do when learning something is eat those language power pellets, those things that teach you to study, understand, and practice, and to speak confidently. I'm not scared of you, I'm not scared of you, I'm not scared of you, and I'm not scared of you! I can do this!

WH Questions in English: The most common WHERE Questions
00:09:19
engVid
2 Views · 5 years ago

Does it take you a long time to answer questions in English? In this conversational lesson, I'll teach you more than ten common questions that start with "where". You improve your speaking by knowing the most common questions English speakers use in conversation. Learn to speak more fluently by practicing saying these questions the way native speakers say them. I'll give you a chance to listen and repeat after me. Some of the questions in this lesson include: "Where are you from?", "Where were you born?", "Where did you grow up?", and more. In the quiz for this lesson, you'll review the grammar and correct structure of these very common WH questions. Where do you go for more English lessons? http://www.engvid.com !
Where do you take the quiz? http://www.engvid.com/wh-questions-in-english-the-most-common-where-questions/

TRANSCRIPT

Hi, everyone. I'm Alex. Thanks for clicking, and welcome to this lesson on "Common 'Where' Questions". So, in this lesson, I'm going to give you a lot of different, you know, questions, obviously, that we ask with the word "where". And specifically, I want you to use this lesson for listening practice and fluency practice. So, yes, you know, we will look at the structure and the meaning of the questions, but we'll also be looking at saying the questions quickly so that you can identify them if you hear them, or you will know how to say them quickly yourself, because some of them, you can cut words out, or when you say it quickly, it sounds a little bit differently than if you just cut word, word, word, word.

So let's look at from the top, very common question if you're, you know, meeting someone or talking to someone at work or at school that's new and you don't know, or maybe you're meeting somebody at a party at your family's house or your friend's house, and you're curious about their origin, you can say: "Hey. Where were you born?" Right? "Where were you born?" So you can say: "Oh, I was born in Canada.", "I was born in Mexico.", "I was born in Palestine." Like: "Where were you born?" Again, this is slightly different from the question of: "Where are you from?" Because, again: "Where were you born?" you can specifically mention, you know, the hospital that you were born, but: "Where are you from?" like, you know: "Which country? Which area?" So, for example, me, I am from Poland. I live in Canada, but originally I'm from Poland, I can say.

So: "Hey. Where did you grow up?" This is really good because "grow up" means, you know: Where did you have, kind of, your childhood, growing into a teenager experience? So, essentially, from the ages of... I guess it varies, depending on who you talk to, but kind of the memories you have as a child, probably from the age of 6 until you were like 14 to 16 years old - that 10-year period. -"Where did you grow up?" -"Oh, I grew up in Michigan." or "Oh, I grew up in Paris." If you're so lucky to grow up in Paris, that's pretty cool.

So, a very common question: "Hey. Where do you work? Where do you work?" Right? Like, so: "I know your job, but where do you work?"

"Where do you go to school?" Right? "Where do you work?" or "Where do you go to school?" Very common question.

And, also, if you're making plans for the weekend, and maybe you're texting your friends or you're calling your friends. Let me get out my phone, here. And if you're calling your friend and you're making plans for tomorrow, you can say: "Yeah. Where do you want to go? Where do you want to go? Do you want to see a movie, or do you want to go out to eat? Hey. Where do you want to eat? Do you want to eat at the pizza place, or do you want to eat at the Italian restaurant? Where do you want to meet up?" So, "to meet up" means to meet, essentially. This is a phrasal verb that just means "to meet". Where do you want to see each other? Again, very common. "Where do you want to meet up? Where do you want to go? Where do you want to eat? What do you want to do?" Right?

So: "Where are you going? Hey. Where are you going?" "Where are you?" If you're looking for someone and you're talking to them on the phone, and you're at a party or you're at a big concert, and you can ask them: "Hey. Where are you?" Right? "Where are you now?" Or even if you want to know... You want to meet with them later, right? And you can say: "Where are you? Like, are you at your parents' house? Are you at school? Are you at the library? Where are you now?"

And finally: "Hey. Where is it?" So this can be anything. Right? "Where is the pool? Where is the library? Where is the movie theatre?"

Learn English Vocabulary: Talking about HIGHWAY DRIVING
00:05:58
engVid
8 Views · 5 years ago

As drivers or passengers, at some point we all use cars to get around. In this lesson, I'll teach you essential vocabulary and expressions we use to talk about driving on streets and highways. You may need to give someone driving directions in English, or perhaps you'll be describing your favourite driving routes -- we all have these conversations! Knowing this vocabulary is especially great to practice your English because drivers talk about driving as often as the weather. Learn about on-ramps, off-ramps, toll booths, passing lanes, merging, and more. Increase your vocabulary and your conversational confidence in English by learning to speak about driving! Most importantly, always be aware of driving conditions, and drive safely!
Take the quiz at http://www.engvid.com/english-....vocabulary-highway-d

TRANSCRIPT

Hey, everyone. I'm Alex. Thanks for clicking, and welcome to this lesson on "Talking About Highway Driving". So, today, we're going to look at some of the vocabulary that is associated with driving on the highway. So, if you have a car, if you've ever had a car; if you have ever ridden, driven on the highway, this vocabulary will help you to talk about this experience in English. Now, again, it's not only specific to the highway; it can also be about city driving. But a lot of it is just specific to the highway.

So, for example, first: to get on the highway. So use the phrasal verb, if you're in the city: "Oh, I want to get on the highway." To get on the highway, you have to find an on-ramp. So, the on-ramp is the lane that goes on to the highway, that puts you on the highway. So you're driving and, you know, the person beside you might say: "Oh, look. There is an on-ramp." or: "There is the on-ramp." So on-ramp to get on the highway.

Once you're on the on-ramp, you have to merge with traffic. So you're driving and let's say the traffic is here on this side, and you can see that people are driving fast, slow, etc. You have to match the speed and merge with the traffic. Next, you have to go with the flow of traffic. So drive the same speed or similar speed to what other drivers are driving.

And again, you still have to do something, though, in relation to going with the flow of traffic. You have to go the speed limit. You can also use the verbs "drive" the speed limit, "follow" the speed limit, "respect" the speed limit. If you don't follow the speed limit or respect the speed limit, you could get a ticket, and this is called a speeding ticket. So don't speed. Again, you can use "speed" like a noun, you can also use it like a verb. So: "Don't speed. Don't get caught speeding."

And again, don't switch lanes too often. So "switch" means to change. You can say: "Change lanes" or: "switch lanes". So when you're driving on the highway, say: "Don't switch lanes or change lanes too often." Again, if there is someone slower than you, you know, the person beside you might say: "Hey, can you switch lanes?" Or you might say: "Oh, I need to change lanes. This person is too slow." If the person is too slow, you can use the passing lane or the fast lane to pass slower cars. Now, again, I live in Canada, so to me, the passing lane is on the left side of the road. That is called the passing lane or the fast lane. So you can say: "Okay, get in passing lane and pass this car because he's driving too slow."

Let's continue on with some more vocabulary. To use some highways, you have to pay for them. So to pay for the use of the highway, you use a toll booth. So you have to pay the toll at the toll booth. And again, the toll is usually pretty small; it depends where you go, obviously. Like, in the States, you can go through various toll booths and it can be very expensive by the time you drive across the country. But the amount you have to pay is called the toll. So you can say: "The toll was $2.", "The toll was $5." It's a $2 toll, for example. And again, the place where you pay, and you drive, and you give the money is called the toll booth.

Next, some advice for you: don't get pulled over by the police. So, if you're driving too fast, you are speeding, the police can pull you over. So if they pull you over, you have to go to the side of the highway, get a ticket. So don't speed or don't get caught speeding. So you can tell your friend: "Oh, I got caught speeding." or: "I got a speeding ticket." And also, don't-the phrase is-drink and drive. So, don't drive and drive, meaning, you know, don't drink alcohol and then drive the car, or you can get pulled over by the police. And today, very important, don't text and drive either. Right?

And finally, when you're finished, you have to exit or get off the highway. So, remember you get on the highway, and then when you exit, you get off the highway. To get off the highway, you need to find an exit. An exit can also be called an off-ramp. So you can say: "Okay, I'm going to take the next exit." or: "Take that exit." or: "Get on... Get off at that off-ramp." Okay?

Grammar: Using DO and DID to make a strong point in English
00:04:07
engVid
9 Views · 5 years ago

"Do" and "did" are some of the most common words in English, but do you know how to use them to add contrast or emphasis? In this lesson we'll look at "do" and "did" in affirmative sentences. You'll learn to use them to make your English sound clearer, more interesting, and more fluent. Usually, you learn that "do" and "did" are only used in questions, negatives, and short answers, but we also use them to make strong points. You'll hear many examples of how this is done in spoken English. So if you do want to improve your English, watch this video and take the quiz at: http://www.engvid.com/grammar-....using-do-and-did-to-

TRANSCRIPT

Hi, everyone. I'm Alex. Thanks for clicking, and welcome to this lesson on "Do and Did in Affirmative Sentences". So, by this point, you're probably familiar with using "do" and "did" in three different contexts. And specifically, I'm talking about "do" and "did" as auxiliary verbs. So you can use "do" and "did" most commonly in questions. So: "Where do you live?", "Do you like cheese?" for example. You can also use "do" and "did" in negatives, so: "I don't want to do that.", "He didn't start the test on time." And you can also use it in short answers, like: "Yes I do.", "No I don't.", "Yes he did.", "No she didn't." Okay?

However, the focus of this lesson is on using "do" and "did" in affirmative sentences. And it is possible in two different contexts. So, like the board says, they can also be used in the affirmative to show, number one, contrast. So if you really want to emphasize a contrast between two different things, you can use "do" or "did" in the following way. Check out this example. "He didn't like the movie, but he did like the music." Okay? So if you go to a theatre and you watch a film, you can say: "Hmm, I didn't like this, but I did like this." So you're emphasizing a contrast. You can do this in many contexts. Many things where you have differing opinions or different feelings about something. If you go to a restaurant, you can say: "Mm, I didn't like the food, but I did like the service." So, the service was really good, but the food wasn't good. So: "I didn't like this, but I did like this.", "I don't like this, but I do like this." or: "I do want this or need this." etc.

All right, secondly, you can use "do" and "did" to show emphasize or to give clarification to something. So what I mean by this is if you are walking through, you know, a department store and, hmm, you're looking at a refrigerator with your girlfriend, your boyfriend, your husband, or wife and they're trying to convince you to buy this fridge, this new refrigerator. And then you think: "Hmm, we do need a new fridge." So, we need a fridge, a new fridge. You can also say: "You know what? We do need a new fridge." So you are emphasizing your need for that refrigerator.

You can also clarify: "Hey, why isn't...?" For example: -"Why isn't Mark here?" -"Well, he did say..." Not just: "He said", "He did say he was going to be late." So, if you're waiting for Mark, and you know what? Yeah, he did say that he was going to be late. So you're clarifying and you're emphasizing what he said. Okay?

So, just as a reminder, "do" and "did" are not only for questions, not only for negatives, not only for short answers, but they can also be used to show contrast and to show emphasis. All right?

So, now, you do need to do the quiz to make sure that you understood this material. So check out that quiz on www.engvid.com. And don't forget to subscribe to my YouTube channel. See you guys.

5 ways to use the PRESENT CONTINUOUS verb tense in English
00:06:54
engVid
5 Views · 5 years ago

If you think the present continuous is only used to talk about actions that are happening in the present, think again. In this grammar lesson, I look at five different ways the present continuous (also called present progressive) can be used, including a pre-arranged future plan, an event that is happening during a particular period, repeated behaviors, and temporary situations. This is a great way to refresh what you already know about the present continuous and to expand on it. After watching, I am hoping you will check your understanding by completing the quiz at http://www.engvid.com/5-ways-t....o-use-the-present-co

TRANSCRIPT

Hey, everyone. I'm Alex. Thanks for clicking, and welcome to this lesson on five ways to use the present continuous, or present progressive, depending on which grammar book you read.

So, today, we are going to look at five different ways that we use this very, very common grammar tense. Now, if you're watching this video, you might say: "Okay, I know the present continuous. I use it to talk about an action that is happening right now." Or maybe you're a little more advanced, and you say: "Okay, you can use it for an action happening now, and I know I can use it for future actions, too." This is correct. These are two ways that we're going to talk about today, but there will also be three more ways.

So just to begin, as a reminder, this is the structure of the present continuous. You have a subject, the verb "to be", and a verb+ing. For example: I (subject) am (verb "to be") studying (verb+ing). "I am studying" is a present continuous sentence. Now, let's look at the five ways that we can use this tense.

Number one, the most basic one: An action that is happening at this moment. -"What are you doing?" -"I'm watching YouTube videos." Okay? "I am studying.", "I am reading.", "I am listening to music." Now, in this moment. And, again, the most common question in this situation is: -"Hey. What are you doing?" -"I am doing this."

Number two: An action that is happening during this period of time. Now, this means the period of time in your life right now, maybe the past week, two weeks, a few months. For example: "Hey. Are you still practicing piano?" You're not practicing piano at this moment, but practicing piano is something you do or have been doing in your life for a while. So, for example, you can say, you know: "Hey. What are you doing? Where do you go to school?" blah, blah, blah, and a person can say: "Oh, I'm studying at the University of", wherever. Okay? So if a person asks you: -"Where do you study?" -"I am studying at this university" or "this school". You are not studying there right now in the moment, but in your life this is happening right now.

Number three: An action that is prearranged in the future. So this means you are almost 100% certain that this action or this event will happen, is going to happen. So, for example: -"What are you doing tomorrow?" -"Tomorrow? We're going to New York tomorrow. We are going 100%." Other examples: "My mom is visiting me this weekend.", "I'm seeing a movie tomorrow.", "I'm watching a play with my cousin." Okay? So anything where it's scheduled, it's prearranged, it's preplanned, you're almost 100% sure it's going to happen in the future. You can also use the present continuous in this way.

One thing about number three is depending on, you know, who your grammar teacher is, you might hear sometimes: "You only use the present continuous if it's an action that is happening in the near future." This is incorrect. Okay? You can use the present continuous to talk about actions that are definitely in the near future, like: "We're going to New York tomorrow", but you can also talk about something that's going to happen in the distant future, too, using the present continuous, like, for example: "We are going to Cuba in November." Okay? "We are travelling to Australia next year." So here are examples of present continuous for prearranged things in the future, but they can be far away. Not just near future; far future, too.

Number four: A temporary event or state/situation. So a person can be acting a certain way in the moment, and maybe they don't normally act this way; it's a temporary way of acting. For example: "Why are you being so selfish?" You are acting a certain way, you are being selfish in the moment and it's temporary, and maybe normally you are not selfish. Another example is... For example, if you are in a band, and you say: "Oh, normally Jack plays guitar, but today he's playing the bass." Now, again, normally he plays the guitar. Today, temporarily, he is playing the bass.

Basic English Lesson: How to Talk about Yourself
00:10:21
engVid
15 Views · 5 years ago

So you want to meet other students and start practicing your English? You are going to need to learn how to talk about yourself. In this lesson, you will learn easy English sentences that will let you talk about yourself confidently. I will teach you how to make basic sentences in the first person. "I am", "I like", "I don't like", and "My name is" are some examples of how to begin a sentence when describing yourself to someone you have just met. I'll teach you what to say and how to say it. Watch this lesson, and then practice these basic sentences to perfect your beginner conversation skills.
QUIZ: http://www.engvid.com/basic-en....glish-lesson-how-to-

TRANSCRIPT

Hey, everyone. I'm Alex. Thanks for clicking, and welcome to this beginner lesson on how to talk about yourself. So, like I mentioned, this is a great lesson for beginner students who want to build their confidence in English, and you can do this by learning some of the most common sentences you make when discussing yourself to other people. So, this includes things like giving a greeting, mentioning your name, your age, your nationality, your origin, your profession, your location or where you live, your likes, and your dislikes. So, in this video, I will talk about myself; and in the second part of the video, I am going to introduce one of my special friends, and talk about them.

So, to begin, for a greeting, you can just say: "Hi!", "Hello!", or "Hey!" depending on how formal or informal you want to be. So, after, you know, introducing yourself to someone and saying: "Hi!", "Hello!" they will probably ask what your name is, or you can volunteer your name; give your name. So, I would say: "Hey! I'm Alex." Just like I do at the beginning of all of my videos. Or I can say: "My name is Alex." And this is another way to, obviously, mention your name; what you are called.

Next, I would mention my age. So, I can talk about how old I am. And in English, we say: "I am", and then you list your age. Personally, I am 34 years old. If this is true, not true, I don't know; up to you to decide. In some languages, you say: "I have" plus your age. In English, use the verb "to be". "I am 34 years old.", "He is 26 years old.", "She is 37 years old." Okay? Make sure you use the verb "to be" for your age.

Next: "I am Polish-Canadian." This is my nationality. So, you can say: "I am Brazilian.", "I am American.", "I am Columbian.", "I am Croatian." You know, whatever your nationality is.

"I was born in Poland." This is my origin, so the place where my Mom gave birth to me. So, you can say: "I was born in", maybe your country or a different country. So, I have a friend who is Portuguese, lives in Canada, but he was born in France. It's weird, but, you know, it can happen.

Next, my profession. "I am a teacher." It's very important when you talk about your profession in English to use an article before the profession. So, here, you see: "I am a teacher." Not: "I am teacher.", "I am a teacher.", "I am an engineer.", "He is a professor of psychology." Okay? Always, always, always mention an article with your profession.

Next, my location. Where do I live? "I live in Montreal, Quebec." Okay? And you can say: "Hey! I live in Bogotá." Or: "I live in Rio de Janeiro." Or: "I live in Caracas, Venezuela." It's possible, too.

Next: "I like reading, photography, and yoga." These are my likes. So, what do you like? You can say: "I like books. I like movies. I like..." I don't know. Painting, maybe.

And finally: "I don't like high places." You can also say "heights". So, in general, I don't like heights. I feel very nervous when I go to Toronto, Ontario and I go to the top of the CN Tower, and look down. They have a glass floor. I can't step on the glass floor for very long, because I feel very nervous, very anxious. I don't like high places.

Now, if you think that this is something that is easy, that's okay. Even if you're an intermediate or advanced student, using sentences like these can still help you to build your confidence and to improve your pronunciation. Specifically, when you say these things, you're supposed to be focusing on making them fluent and quick.

So, now, I'm going to ask you some questions, and I want you to answer-okay?-with your own personal information. For example, I will ask: What's your name? And you will say: "My name is", hmm. You're talking to your computer screen, you're talking to me. Look around. Is anyone watching you? Are you in a computer lab? Are you at home? Are you on the bus? If you're on the bus, maybe don't do this exercise, but if you're in a safe place where people will not look at your... At you weird, come, do this exercise with me.

So, let me ask you and you answer clearly, quickly, confidently. What's your name? How old are you? What's your nationality? Where are you from? What do you do? Where do you live? What do you like? What don't you like?

English Vocabulary: Talking about WORK
00:08:50
engVid
5 Views · 5 years ago

Do you have a job? Do you know how to talk about it in English? In this vocabulary lesson, I will teach you some basic English words and expressions we use to talk about work. This lesson features vocabulary like "shift", "overtime", "get off", and common sentences such as, "I'm not getting enough hours", "I need to come in early", and "I need to stay late." Do not miss this essential lesson, and make sure to do the quiz at http://www.engvid.com/english-....vocabulary-talking-a to review your new vocabulary!

TRANSCRIPT

Hey, everyone. I'm Alex. Thanks for clicking, and welcome to this vocabulary lesson on talking about work. In this lesson, we will learn some phrases that we use to talk about work with our friends, family, colleagues, etc. So, you will see some sentences, as well as some questions that you can use to talk about your job.

So, let's start with some basic questions that people might ask about your work, your job. For example, the most basic one, if you have a job: "Where do you work?" Right? Where do you work? Do you work at Microsoft, maybe? Do you work at Google? Do you work somewhere else?

And, this is a very common question, especially if you don't have, you know, like a set schedule where you work, you can say: "Hey. When do you start?" Right? If you ask a person: "When do you start? Do you start at 8 o'clock? 9 o'clock? 10 o'clock?" This might be a common question, you know, if you're wondering if you can have breakfast with someone or maybe lunch with someone, depending on if they work in the afternoon, if they work in the morning, etc. And obviously, you can also ask when a person finishes their job. "When do you finish?" Okay?

Two other ways that we can ask when a person is finished are: "Hey. When are you off?" Okay? So, if you say: "When are you off?" you know, you're asking them: What time do you finish? Same with this: "When do you get off work?", "When do you get off work?", "When do you finish work?" All right? So, again, you can say: "When do you finish?", "When are you off?", "When do you get off work?"

Now, some sentences that we can use. You can say: "Oh, I work day shift.", "I work afternoon shift." or "I work night shift." Now, a shift is basically the time... The period of time, the block of time of work that you do. So, if you work in a factory, usually factories, a lot of them are open 24 hours per day. They have some people who work in the daytime, some people work in the afternoon, some people work at nighttime. So you can say: "Oh, I'm on day shift.", "I am on afternoon shift.", "I am on night shift." Instead of saying, you know: "I work day shift, afternoon shift, night shift", you can also say: "I'm on days.", "I'm on afternoons.", "I'm on nights." And this can change, depending on how your schedule works. You can say: "I'm on afternoons this week, but next week I'm on days." And again, this is important information, depending on who you're talking to, if they want to get together with you for something, it's important to know. -"What shift are you on next week?" -"Next week I'm on nights, so that means that we can get together for dinner before I start work." Okay?

Now, "overtime". "Overtime" is time that you work longer than you are expected to legally work. So, for example, in most companies... I'm just going to talk about the North American context. Typically, one week a person is expected to work in most jobs 40 hours per week. If you work beyond that, you can work overtime. Right? You work overtime. Or if you work eight hours per day, if you work more than eight hours per day, you work overtime. So a person, your friends, colleague, family member can ask you: "Hey. Are you doing overtime tonight?" Or: "Are you working overtime tonight?" And short form for overtime: you can also say "OT". "Are you doing OT tonight?" You can say: "Yeah, I'm staying OT." Or: "I'm staying for two hours of OT." for example.

Okay, next: maybe a common sentence for you, maybe not; depends on who you are. So, for example, here I wrote: "Jackie called in sick last Friday." So if you are sick and you call your job to tell them: "I'm sick. I can't come today." you are calling in sick. So the phrase is "call in". Okay? You might... Your friend might also tell you: "Hey. Monday, you know, we're going to have a big party on Sunday night, so Monday you're going to be very tired. Just call in. Call in." Or: "Call in sick". Okay? I'm not recommending this, but it's something people do.

Next: "I need a vacation." And if you want to say you have been working really hard, one expression you can use is: "I've been working like a dog." Okay? You think of a dog like [pants like a dog] like this, if you are working very hard, you can say: "I've been working like a dog."

English Expressions with 'HAVE'
00:09:04
engVid
2 Views · 5 years ago

"Have" is one of the most common verbs in the English language. It can be used to express so much more than just possession. In this essential English lesson, I look at many expressions that use the verb "have", such as "have dinner", "have a drink", "have a problem", "have a baby", "have a great time", and more. We will also look at how to conjugate the verb in each of these expressions. For example, would you say, "I have coffee" or, "I am having coffee"? Both of these are correct in different scenarios. Watch the lesson to learn more!

TAKE THE QUIZ: http://www.engvid.com/english-....expressions-with-hav

TRANSCRIPT

Yes, I did the laundry. Yes, I had breakfast today. Okay, I'll talk to you later. Bye. Yeah, love you too. Okay, bye.

That was my mom, sorry. Oh, hey. How's it going? I'm Alex. Thanks for clicking, and welcome to this lesson on "Expressions with 'Have'". So, "have" is one of the most common verbs in the English language, and I know most of you know, you know, that you can use it for possession, but there are also a ton of other things and a ton of other expressions that we use with this verb. So, today, I will look at some of these expressions.

First, let's say: "He has", "He had", "He will have", we have the present, the past, the future; "I have", "I will have", "I had". And, like I said, possession, here: "He has a car", "He had a PS4", "He has a son", or "He will have a son", if his wife or his girlfriend is pregnant, for example. So, here we have possession, something that belongs to you or is yours. Or if you have a family member, like: "I have two sisters, three brothers", etc. This is similar in most languages.

Next: "I have a headache", or "I have a backache", or... I'm not going to say this, so I'll say: "He has cancer". So, if you are talking about a pain, or an illness, or a disease, you can also use the verb "have", so: "I have a headache", "I have a backache", "I have an earache", and a wide variety of pains that you have, you know, on your body.

And here are some other ones that... You know, common expressions we have. You can say: "Teacher, teacher, I have a question." So, you can have a question. The teacher will, hopefully, have an answer. "I have an idea." You can have a question, you can have an idea. "I have something to say." You can have something to say.

So, all of these, what you'll notice is they are all in a simple tense, and they can also be used in the perfect tenses, but there are some expressions that you can use in the simple tenses, and you can use in the perfect tenses, but you can also use them in the continuous tenses. So, for example, possessives, most of you probably know you cannot say: "I am having a car." You can only say: "I have a car." That's it. All right.

Next, let's look at some where you can use the continuous tenses; past continuous, present continuous, future continuous, or the simple or perfect tenses. So, you can say: "I have" or "I am having breakfast", "lunch", or "dinner". So, when you are talking about meals that you eat during times of the day, use "have", and you can say: "I'm having lunch now.", "I'm having breakfast now.", "I'm going to have dinner with my mom." I'm going to have dinner with my mom later. It's true. All right.

You can use this for drinks, like: "I have coffee every morning." Okay? Or: -"Hey, what are you drinking?" -"I'm having juice." Or: -"What would you like?" -"Mm, I will have water." Okay? Or beer, like: "I'm having a beer." You can have a beer; drink a beer.

And next, food, in general. "A sandwich", "pizza", "a bowl of cereal", anything you can eat, you can say: "I'm having pizza for lunch today.", or "I had pizza for lunch.", or "I'm going to have a sandwich later." Okay? So, meals, drinks, food - all can use the verb "have". And I know some of this is repetition from my eating vocabulary video, so you can check that out, too, for more information like this.

All right, next, some other common things, common expressions with the verb "have". You can say: "I have a problem." or "I'm having a problem." So, imagine that, you know, I record, I make videos, this thing isn't working. I'm having a problem with my video camera. And you can "have a great time" doing something, like: "Oh, I'm having a great time making this movie that we're doing today." So, let me put this away. A little noise in the background for you guys, makes it more real. And you can say: "I'm having a great time" if you are at a party, for example.

If you are taking a course and people ask you: "How are you doing? Are you enjoying it?" You can say: "It's really difficult. I'm having a hard time understanding my teacher.", or "I'm having a hard time remembering the information or the material." So, hopefully, you're having a great time watching this video.

And, next, you can "have a good day" or "have a bad day". And again, you can use the continuous tenses to talk about this. -"How is your day going?"

3 Grammar Rules for REPORTED SPEECH
00:07:55
engVid
11 Views · 5 years ago

We use reported speech when we want to express what someone said. For example, "My mother said that she loved me." This communicates what your mother said at some point in the past. But if someone gives you an order in the imperative, like "Do your homework", how can you report this? Or what if someone asks you, "Are you from around here?" How would you report that? In this essential lesson, I will teach you three grammar rules on how to report speech when you receive an order, instructions, or are asked a yes/no question. So what did I say? "Alex told me to watch the video and then test my knowledge by completing the quiz at http://www.engvid.com/3-gramma....r-rules-for-reported "

TRANSCRIPT

Hey, everyone. I'm Alex. Thanks for clicking, and welcome to this lesson on "Reported Speech". Now, in this lesson, I'm going to look at two very specific cases of reported speech, and I will expect that you already have the basic knowledge of how reported speech works. If you don't, we have a lot of videos on engVid to get you prepared. Benjamin has done a lesson on reported speech, Ronnie has done one, I've done one on "say" and "tell", so make sure you have the basics of this before you jump to this lesson, or watch this lesson first and then go back and look at those lessons for the basics.

So, today, I'm going to tell you how to report imperatives and instructions, and how to report yes and no questions. So, imperatives. What's an imperative? It's a command: "Stop", "Don't do that", "Don't go there", "Study a lot of English if you want to improve", whatever it is. And instructions, you know, instructions, commands, these are very similar things. But an instruction could be something you read on the back of a box of cookies, and how to bake them, for example.

So, first, let's look at an affirmative imperative, an affirmative instruction or a command. So if your teacher says: "Turn to page 209 in your textbook", how do you report this? Well, when you're reporting something that is a command, that is an imperative, that starts with a base verb like "go", "do", "play", "make", "turn", what you need to do after your reporting verb: "He said", you actually need to use "to" plus the base verb. Okay? So, here: "Turn to page 209." If I'm saying this and later you go to your friend, or your friend says: "What did he say?" You said: "Oh, he said to turn to page 209." So, we have: "Turn to page 209." When you're reporting, make sure you have "to" plus the base verb. Okay? "He said to turn to page 209.", "He told us to turn to page 209." So, here we have: "He told us to turn to page 209." And again, I'm going to assume that you already have the basics of reporting structure, but here specifically, this is an instruction, an imperative that you are reporting. So you have the base verb in the instruction, and then you have "to" plus the base verb when you're reporting it.

Now, if you are reporting a negative command, for example: "Do not cross the street." Maybe you are reading a sign that says: "Do not cross when red." You know, when the light is red, for example. Well, how do you report a negative one? Very, very simple: "The sign said not to cross the street." Okay? So, here we have "to turn", here we have "not to cross". So, an imperative will always be in the present. You will always hear: "Stop", "Go", "Do", "Don't", okay? And because of that, when you are reporting a negative imperative, all you have to do is add "not" before "to" plus the base verb. So: "The teacher said not to do this.", "The sign said not to do this." Okay? So, again, if you are reading, let's say, an instruction manual for your new digital camera or your new phone and it says, okay: "Charge your phone before first use." So, before you use your phone, charge it for six hours, for example. So, say: -"Hey, what does the instruction manual say? My phone is not turning on." -"Ah, the instruction manual says to charge it", "to charge", the instructions say to charge for six hours before you use it for the first time.

Now, let's move on to yes/no questions. So, we have three yes/no questions. "Do you need help?", "Is she here?", "Can you play guitar?" So, first: "Do you need help?" Yes or no? Present simple question. "He asked", and again, I'm going to give you a lot of different reporting verbs, here, like: "He asked", "He wanted to know", "He was wondering", and I'm going to assume that you already have this knowledge. "He asked me" or "He asked if I needed help." And again, you can probably already see this formula, here, "if", "if", "if". So, when you are reporting a yes/no question, in the reporting, you need to add an "if". Very simple.

Learn English with 5 Stupid Jokes!
00:05:52
engVid
6 Views · 5 years ago

Learning English can be FUNNY! This special lesson is all about simple, easy jokes that dads tell their kids. We call them these "dad jokes". These jokes are a great way to learn English because they are based on pronunciation, puns, and vocabulary. You'll hear five simple dad jokes along with explanations. I'll also go over the vocabulary in detail so you can really master some new vocabulary. Take the quiz, and practice speaking by telling these jokes to your family and friends. Most importantly, continue having fun with your English!
Take the quiz here: http://www.engvid.com/learn-en....glish-with-5-stupid-
And try a free audiobook, courtesy of Alex: http://www.engvid.com/out/audiblealex

TRANSCRIPT

Hey, everyone. I'm Alex. Thanks for clicking, and welcome to this lesson on improving your English with dad jokes. "Dad jokes?" you ask. "What are dad jokes?" Simply put, dad jokes are jokes that dads tell their kids in an effort to make them laugh, when in reality, they usually just make them roll their eyes or groan. Err. But, dad jokes can be an excellent way to improve your English, because they often play with word meanings and word sounds. So, especially if you are an intermediate level English learner, dad jokes can be a great way to enter the world of English jokes. So, let's look at some examples now, and we'll come back and talk about 'em.

Hey, Leah, I got a good one. Why couldn't Dracula's wife fall asleep? Don't know? Because of his coffin! Get it? Because coffin is where, you know, Dracula sleeps, and, like, it rhymes with "coughing", [coughs], so Dracula's wife couldn't fall asleep because of his coughing. It's pretty good? No? Okay. I bet your friend Caitlin would have laughed.

It's so good. Hey, Caitlin, I got a good one. What kind of music do mummies listen to? Wrap music! Nothing? Get it? Because rap is a type of music, and mummies are wrapped in bandages. No? Still nothing. I bet your friend Roberta would have laughed.

Come on, baby. Come on. Come on. Ugh. A commercial. Hey, Roberta, I got a good one. What was Beethoven's favourite food? Ba-na-na-na! Get it? Because, like, a banana is a food, and like, ba-na-na-na, that's, like, the beginning to Beethoven's 5th Symphony. No? Nothing? Kids these days. I bet your friend Maria would have laughed.

Hey, Maria, I got a good one. Why didn't the shrimp share his treasure? Because he was a little shellfish! Huh, huh? You get it? Because, like, a shrimp and a crab and a lobster are, like, shellfish, and "shellfish" kind of rhymes with "selfish", which means you don't like to share. So, he didn't want to share his treasure. Still not funny, huh? Okay, I'm just going to get your Pop-tart, and I really, really bet that your friend Krystal would have laughed her head off.

I always hate this. Krystal, I got a good one. What do calendars eat? Dates! Get it? Because, like, a date is a type of food, and like, dates are also found on a calendar. No? Nothing? What's wrong with kids these days?

As you can see, dad jokes can be pretty funny, or just bad; it probably depends on your sense of humour. So, before we go, let's review these jokes, and then you can go and tell them to your friends, your family, and be laughed at or watch people roll their eyes, or you can just explain it to them, and... Whatever.

So, number one: "Why couldn't Dracula's wife fall asleep? Because of his coffin!" So, like the dad said in the video, a coffin is the place where, you know, vampires sleep. "Coffin" sounds like "coughing". Pretty funny.

Next: "What kind of music do mummies listen to? Wrap music!" So, again, rap is a type of music, but to wrap... Mummies are wrapped in bandages.

Next: "What was Beethoven's favourite food? Ba-na-na-na!" Which is, you know, the beginning of his most famous symphony.

Number four: "Why didn't the shrimp share his treasure? Because he was a little shellfish!" So, a shrimp, a crab, lobster, these are all shellfish. "Shellfish" sounds like "selfish", and "selfish" means you don't like to share.

And finally: "What do calendars eat? Dates!" So, a date is a type of food, a date is also something you can find on a calendar.

So, again, share them with your friends and let me know what kind of reaction you get. And if you enjoyed this video, as always, you can comment on it, like it, subscribe to the channel, check me out on Facebook and Twitter. And if you want to review the jokes, as always, you can check out the quiz on www.engvid.com, where you can also donate, if you want to support the site. So, until next time, thanks for clicking.

English Vocabulary: 10 adjectives invented by Shakespeare
00:12:44
engVid
7 Views · 5 years ago

Did you know that William Shakespeare added more than 2000 words to the English language? That's right! In this lesson, we'll look at 10 adjectives that were invented by Shakespeare. You'll learn the meaning of each of the words and how to pronounce them correctly. Often, Shakespeare invented these words by turning nouns into adjectives. Many of the words may have been used in English already, but Shakespeare was the first to put them down, and that's how they grew to become parts of the language that are still with us today. Native English speakers use this vocabulary in everyday speech and in writing. This lesson has excellent advanced vocabulary that you'll learn easily because you'll get the definitions and examples, and I'll tell you the most common contexts you'll hear these words in. To continue learning with Shakespeare, sign up for a free trial with Audible at http://www.engvid.com/out/audiblealex and you'll be able to download a FREE audiobook of one of Shakespeare's plays. Take the quiz on this lesson here: http://www.engvid.com/english-....vocabulary-10-adject

TRANSCRIPT

Shake, shake, shake. Shake, shake, shake. William Shakespeare. William Shakespeare. Ow!

Hey, everyone. I'm Alex. Thanks for clicking, and welcome to this lesson on learning English with William Shakespeare. Today, we are going to look at some vocabulary, specifically, some adjectives that are credited to William Shakespeare. Now, if you've been living under a rock, maybe you don't know that William Shakespeare is one of the most famous English playwrights and writers in general. He has almost 2,000 words that are credited to him. This doesn't mean the words didn't exist before him, but it is definitely the first time that people saw them in print. So, today, we are going to look at 10 adjectives.

Now, what was cool about William Shakespeare is that he would take verbs, he would take nouns, and he would just mash them together. And if a word, you know, didn't exist that he needed that he really felt would make the scene that was necessary for the dialogue, he created it. So, what we're going to do is look at some of those words now. Let me put my book down, and we can begin.

Okay, number one: "lackluster". So, this will also be a pronunciation lesson for you guys. Repeat after me: "lackluster". Okay. "Lackluster" means something is without vitality, without brilliance, or without spirit or life. So, a movie can be lackluster, a performance in a movie can be lackluster, or on stage. An experience can be lackluster, or a presentation can be lackluster. Many other things can be lackluster, but these are some common examples. And again, the examples I will give you today will be the most common ones that are associated with these adjectives. So, you can say: -"How was the movie?" -"Mm, it was lackluster." Okay? It didn't have enough light or life to it. "How was the performance?" if you go to see a stage play, a Cirque du Soleil. Cirque du Soleil is never lackluster, but imagine, you know, maybe the performers on that day, they were all sick, and there were lots of accidents. That might be entertaining, but anyway, you can say: "It was lackluster." There wasn't enough vitality, enough spirit, enough life in it.

Next: "cold-blooded", so you see the word "cold", you see the word "blood", Shakespeare took the word "blood" and added "ed" to it, and basically turned a noun, "blood", into an adjective. "Cold-blooded". "Cold-blooded" means without emotion. So, a killer, a criminal, a murderer, or a villain. A villain is the opposite of a hero. Now, you might think: "When am I ever going to use this word?" Well, this word is very common in crime dramas, like CSI or like Law & Order, or in movies where there are killers and murderers. A very happy topic. It's why I'm wearing all black today.

So, next, we have "worthless". "Worthless" means without value; zero, nada, zilch. Okay? If something is worthless, it has no value. An object can be worthless. An effort to do something can be worthless. An idea, you might say, is worthless. It can't be used. It has no use. So, for example, I have a rock, and this rock has no value. And we say the rock is worthless. Or if you're in a fight and in the fight you have a feather... Does...? You know, does a feather have any use in a fight? Say: "No, this is worthless. I can't use this to fight", unless it's a very sharp feather, maybe.

Next: "tranquil". Now, "tranquil" means-breathe-peaceful, calm, serene. Okay? So, a place, usually, we say is tranquil. An experience or a feeling that you have can be tranquil as well. So, if I go to, you know, a place to meditate on top of a mountain and I am at peace with everything, the mood is tranquil. Okay? This is also where we get tranquilizer darts-right?-that make someone just fall down, and be calm, and fall asleep. So, that's "tranquil".

Fix these basic English pronunciation mistakes!
00:08:48
engVid
4 Views · 5 years ago

Do you make these common pronunciation mistakes? Good pronunciation is needed to be understood by native English speakers. In this important lesson you'll have a chance to practice your pronunciation by hearing and repeating vocabulary. I chose words that many of my students pronounce incorrectly in my classes. It doesn't matter if you speak Spanish, Hindi, Portuguese, Hebrew, Arabic, Vietnamese, French, or any other language – there is a good chance you have been pronouncing some of these words incorrectly. Fix these pronunciation mistakes today and you'll get closer to having a native speaker accent, be understood more easily, and sound much more fluent in English!
https://www.engvid.com/fix-the....se-basic-english-pro

TRANSCRIPT

Hey, everyone. I'm Alex. Thanks for clicking, and welcome to this lesson on "Commonly Mispronounced Words". So, these are some of the common pronunciation mistakes that I have heard in my experience as an English teacher from new English learners. Now, it doesn't matter if you're Russian, if you're a Spanish speaker, if you're Korean, if you're Japanese, if you're Arabic - I've heard these mistakes come from all over the place. So, today, I'm going to look at some of the most common pronunciation mistakes, the most common mispronounced words so that you can fix these mistakes and never make them again, and you'll sound more fluent, more natural. So, let's do it.

First word: "ask". Okay, so you were supposed to repeat, there. All right? Did you do it? So, again, it's not: "axe", but "ask". So repeat after me: "ask". Good. Now, repeat this question, repeat this sentence: "Ask him a question." Okay, good.

Next, not: "boos", but "bus". Repeat it one more time, one more time. "Bus". Okay, so it's "uh", right? It's an "uh" sound. It's not "oo", but "uh", "bus".

Now, there's a trick here because the next word is "busy", and some students confuse this, because they actually know how to pronounce "bus", but then they try adding the same pronunciation rule from "bus" to "busy", and they say "busy", which is not correct. So, the correct word... The correct pronunciation of this word is "busy". So, repeat after me one more time: "busy". Excellent.

Next, very common mistake, especially when students try to say it in a weird, plural way. So, I had a Korean student who was reading Edgar Allan Poe, and the word "clothes" is in the book a couple of times, like 2-3 times on one page. And she's reading, and she keeps saying: "closes", "closes", "closes", as if it's plural. It's not "closes", it is "clothes". Think of "open", "close", same pronunciation. All right? So, one more time, repeat: "clothes". Perfect.

Next: "comfortable". Not: "com-fort-able". Okay? But: "comftrabull", so repeat after me one more time: "comfortable". All right, let's take it apart. This one is a little longer: "com-ftra, ftra, bull", "comfortable". All right. It's tough.

Next, not "edu", but "edju", "edjucation", so there's a "je", "je", "je", "je", "je" sound. Si... Excuse me. Such as: "judge". Right? So, "education." Repeat after me. "Education". All right.

Next, not "famoos", but "famous". Repeat it one more time, faster this time. "Famous". All right. So, the second part is a "miss" not "famoos", a "miss", "miss", like: "I miss you", okay?

And next, same thing, not "lettoos", but "lettuce". "Lettuce". Okay? So, it's "lettuce". Good.

Next, not "prevate", "private", so "i". "Private". Exaggerate it a little bit, it makes it a little bit more fun. So, one more time: "private". Now, in a normal conversation, you would just say: "private". Okay? Now, that second part "vit", "private".

Next, the opposite of "private" is not "pooblic", but "pu-, public". Repeat it one more time. "Public". It's kind of like you're just letting a puff of air let go from your mouth, "pu", "public". Okay, good.

And next, not "salmon". The "l" is silent in this word, so a salmon is a fish, the most delicious fish in my opinion, and it is pronounced: "samon", "salmon". Okay, very good.

And next, not "stoody", but "study". "Stu-dy". Okay. So, it is not "stoo", but "stu", it's an "uh", "uh" sound. So, repeat it after me very quickly, here: "study".

And finally, the name of our website. Whew, now, this is a mistake that I make. Go back, listen to my videos, guys, I say "angVid" a lot, especially in like 2011, 2012, I say: "Thanks for clicking on angVid.com, angVid.com." I have made a mistake, everyone. It is "eng". We don't say "Anglish", we say "English". The name of our site is engVid.com. I'm sorry. Even I make mistakes.

So, one more time we're going to go through the words from the top to the bottom, from the top again to the bottom again, and I'm going to ask you to repeat after me, so let's do it. "Ask", "bus", "busy", "clothes", "comfortable", "education", "famous", "lettuce", "private", "public", "salmon", "study", "engVid".

What is an oxymoron? Definition and 20 funny examples!
00:13:05
engVid
6 Views · 5 years ago

Do you know what an oxymoron is? This video starts with a quick definition of oxymorons. They're a funny part of the English language! Oxymorons are figures of speech that have two contradicting terms. Using oxymorons correctly will make your English speaking and writing more descriptive. They're fun to learn and are a great boost for your vocabulary, too. In this lesson, I'll share 20 oxymorons that are common in everyday English, I'll explain them, and I'll give you examples of how they are used. So don't be scared! Oxymorons are fun and easy! Take the quiz at http://www.engvid.com/what-is-an-oxymoron/ to make sure you know these phrases correctly, then start using them in your own conversations!

TRANSCRIPT

Ah. Hey, everyone. I'm Alex. Thanks for clicking, and welcome to this lesson on "20 English Oxymorons". So, let's get right to it. An "oxymoron" is a figure of speech that has two contradictory or opposite words appearing side by side. So, basically, it's a combination of two words that really have opposite meanings, but we use them, you know, regularly in sentences and phrases.

So, the origin of the word "oxymoron" is from the Greek for "oxy" and "moron", which means sharp and dull. "Dull" is the opposite of "sharp". So, you can have a sharp knife or a dull knife. A dull knife doesn't cut very well. Right? Which itself is oxymoronic. So, these combinations of words here are oxymoronic.

What I'm going to do in this video is first I will review every single one of the oxymorons. So, if you are already a native English speaker, you can kind of just read the oxymorons with me, get a good laugh, continue with your day, and watch whatever other cat videos you want to watch today on YouTube. And if you are a non-native English speaker, after reviewing everything, I'm going to go back one by one, and give a more detailed explanation. All right? So, let's begin.

Number one: "alone together", "crash landing", "devout atheist", "exact estimate", "found missing", "minor miracle", "old news", "only choice", "freezer burn", "growing smaller", "jumbo shrimp", "loosely sealed", "loud whisper", "original copy", "same difference", "seriously funny", "small crowd", "student teacher", "unbiased opinion", "working vacation". Okay.

Now, let's look at these one by one, and explain why they are oxymoronic. One: "alone together". The word "alone" means to be by yourself, so how can you be alone when there's another person or a group of people with you? You're not alone. You're with other people. Right? Okay.

A "crash landing". So, an airplane can land or it can crash. Right? So, these things are opposites. "To crash" means to just smash into the ground, and "to land" typically means to land smoothly with the plane, and to touch down with no problems. So, a crash landing doesn't really make sense.

A "devout atheist". So, an atheist is a person who doesn't believe in God. The word "devout" is an adjective that means highly devoted, usually in a spiritual sense. So, can an atheist show, like, devotion to not believing in something? Usually, if you are a devout, for example, a devout Christian or a devout Muslim or a devout Hindu - you show devotion to, you know, your God or your Gods. Whereas an atheist doesn't really have a God or believe in God, so they can't really have devotion for something. Right?

All right. An "exact estimate". An estimate is a guess, it's not exactly a precise figure. So, if you go to the mechanic to fix your car and you ask: "How much money will this cost?" and the mechanic says: "Probably $400-$450", that's the estimate. Now, "exact" means exactly the number. You can't estimate exactly the number. You can only estimate a guess, or around a specific number.

"Found missing". So, if a child goes missing, they get lost or kidnapped from their parents, and then they are found by the police, in the news people say: "The child was found missing." But you found them, so they're not missing anymore. Right? Okay.

Next: "minor miracle". Going back to the religious term a little bit. A miracle is something that cannot be explained by science. It's something that is so amazing that it goes against the laws of nature. So, really, something is miraculous, it's amazing, incredible. It can't be small, it can't be minor. It's something massive and huge. Right?

Next: "old news". "News" means things that are current, things that are happening now. So, how can news be old? Maybe yesterday's news kind of, but really, the two terms collide with each other.

Next: "only choice". Now, "choice" means you have more than one option. Okay? If you only have one choice, that's not a choice. So you can't have an only choice, you must have multiple choices. All right?

Words that belong together: Adverb-Adjective Collocations in English
00:08:35
engVid
6 Views · 5 years ago

Does your language have words that just sound good together? In English, these are called collocations. In this important English vocabulary lesson, you'll learn 10 common adverb-adjective combinations. These include expressions such as "seriously injured", "highly probable", "totally wrong", "virtually impossible", "cautiously optimistic", and more! If you want to improve your vocabulary and sound like a native English speaker, this lesson is a must, especially for intermediate and advanced level English students. Take the quiz at http://www.engvid.com/words-th....at-belong-together-a and see how high you score!

TRANSCRIPT

That is absolutely delicious. Oh, hey. Hey, everyone. I'm Alex. Thanks for clicking, and welcome to this lesson on "Adverb and Adjective Collocations". Now, "collocations" is just another fancy way to say combinations. And specifically, these are adverbs like: "very", "really", "seriously", "incredibly", "absolutely", and adjectives like: "hot", "cold", "injured", "wet", whatever. And these are ones that go together commonly. Okay? So, let me put my coffee down, and we'll get started with the lesson. Today we're going to look at 10 of them.

So, first, we have: "Seriously injured" or "Seriously hurt". If you watch a lot of sports, you will hear this. Okay? So, for example: "She was seriously injured in the 2nd half." Now, for me, when I was around 23-24 years old, I used to play football just a little bit, and one time I was playing and I twisted my ankle, and I heard the muscle rip a little bit. It was very painful, and I was seriously hurt, seriously injured, and I couldn't walk for about two weeks. So it was a... It was a tough time. All right? So, again: "seriously injured", "seriously hurt". You could just say: "hurt", "really hurt", "very hurt", but for some reason, the word "seriously" and the word "injured" have been put together time and time again. They sound beautiful together to people.

Next: "highly probable", "highly likely". So, if something is highly probable, highly likely, it means there is an excellent chance that it will happen. So, in the weather report, you might hear: "Rain is highly probable tomorrow." It is highly probable that it will rain. Okay? So, very likely, very possible or probable. So, again: "highly probable", "highly likely".

Next: "cautiously optimistic". Now, if you are an optimistic person but, you know, something is coming and you're optimistic, but you're carefully optimistic, you're not sure 100% how optimistic to be - you can say: "I'm cautiously optimistic." Okay? So, for example: "I'm cautiously optimistic about the next Star Trek movie." So, I have enjoyed the first two Star Trek movies directed by J. J. Abrams. There's a third one coming where he's the producer, and the director is the guy who did The Fast and the Furious. So, The Fast and the Furious director is doing a Star Trek movie, and in the trailer, like, Captain Kirk is on a motorbike? I don't know. I don't know. But I enjoyed the first two movies. I think I'll enjoy the third one, but I'm cautiously optimistic that it will be good. Okay. And if at this time the movie has been released, and hopefully it's great; if it was bad, I'm sorry.

Next: "totally wrong", "totally wrong". All right? So, you could just say something is wrong, but people commonly say: "That is totally wrong." All right? "Your answer was totally wrong." Totally incorrect. Absolutely incorrect. Okay? So, you can imagine you can use this in a variety of contexts.

Next: "incredibly lazy". Okay? So: "He was incredibly lazy as a kid." Like, let's say this kid, whoever he was, just played video games all day, ate Doritos chips, drank Coke, skipped school all the time. I don't know, never did anything. His parents told him to do stuff, he didn't do it. He was incredibly lazy. So you can say: "Oh my god, my sister is so incredibly lazy." Or: "She is so incredibly lazy." My uncle, or my cousin, or my aunt, or my best friend is incredibly lazy. They are so lazy that it is incredible. All right? So, let's go and look at five more.

"Virtually impossible". So, "virtually impossible" means something is practically, or almost, absolutely not possible. So: "This quiz is virtually impossible!" Some video games, if they're very difficult, you're like: "This game is virtually impossible to beat! I can't finish it." Like Dark Souls. Or when I was a kid... What was a game that was really difficult to beat? I had this game for the Nintendo Entertainment System called Time Lord, and I could never get past, like, the fourth level. It was a pirate ship, and I had no idea how to finish it. Or the original Ninja Turtles video game for the NES was also virtually impossible. Bad memories. Okay.

"Absolutely incredible". So, at the time of this video, you know, Star Wars episode seven is kind of a big deal, and I would say that: "Star Wars was absolutely incredible!"

The 25 Most Common Verbs in English
00:10:36
engVid
6 Views · 5 years ago

What are the most common English verbs? In this simple and fun lesson, I'll show you the 25 most common verbs. You need to know these (and you need to know them well!) if you want to become a fluent English speaker. Learn the present, past, and past participle forms of the verbs. I'll give three example sentences for each verb. Some of the verbs in this lesson include: have, make, do, see, know, and look. Don't miss this essential English vocabulary lesson!

TAKE THE QUIZ: http://www.engvid.com/the-25-m....ost-common-verbs-in-
WATCH OVER 1000 OTHER FREE ENGLISH LESSON VIDEOS: http://www.engvid.com/

TRANSCRIPT

Hey, everyone. I'm Alex. Thanks for clicking and welcome to this lesson on "The 25 Most Common English Verbs". 25. How did I decide which 25 verbs to pick? I just thought about it, and I thought: "I use this word a lot, this word a lot, and this word a lot." No, I didn't do that. This list is actually composed of many linguists, many websites, many different people all over the place who have decided that: "Yeah, these are the 25 words that most people use." So what I'm going to do is just very straightforward, I will give you the name of the verb, the pronunciation of the present form, the past form, and the past participle form, and I will give you three examples that will provide context for the verb so that you understand its meaning clearly. I recommend that you watch this video multiple times so that you can master all of these verbs. Here we go.

"Be": "be", "am", "is", "are"; "was", "were"; "been". "She is a fantastic writer.", "They were home all day yesterday.", "I've been re-reading Harry Potter lately."

"Have": "have", "has"; "had"; "had". "He has two brothers.", "We had a great time last night.", "I'm having a cup of coffee."

"Do": "do", "does"; "did"; "done". "Have you done your homework?", "I'll do the laundry later.", "I did well on my test!"

"Go": "go", "went", "gone". "Where did you go last night?", "We're going to Niagara Falls this weekend.", "See you later! I'm going home!"

"Say": "say", "said", "said". "Wait. What did she say?", "You said I could trust you!", "Don't say anything." Shh.

"Get"; "got"; "got" (British English), "gotten" (American English). "He got a new job!", "You should get new shoes.", "I think I'm getting a headache."

"Make": "make", "made", "made". "We've made some mistakes.", "The kids are making a lot of noise.", "Look! I made a model car!"

"Know": "know", "knew", "known". "I don't know your name.", "We've known each other for 8 years.", "Hey. Do you know who this is?"

"Think": "think", "thought", "thought". "What do you think about this?", "She'll think this is a terrible idea.", "Let me think about that for a minute."

"See": "see", "saw", "seen". "I'll see you later.", "Has anyone seen Jack today?", "Have you seen this video?"

"Take": "take", "took", "taken". "She's taking a philosophy class this semester.", "I would never take anything from him!", "I'm going to take a shower."

"Come": "come", "came", "come". "He had never come later before.", "Hey. Mariana is coming over later.", "Wait for me! I'm coming!"

"Want": "want", "wanted", "wanted". "Come on. What do you want for your birthday?", "I've always wanted to have a dog.", "Who wants to see Star Wars again? Anyone?"

"Use": "use", "used", "used". "I've never used this before.", "Have you ever used this before?", "What do you use this for? Oh."

"Find": "find", "found", "found". "Did you find the restaurant?", "Have they found life on Mars yet?", "I can't find my keys."

"Give": "give", "gave", "given". "She'll be given her diploma tomorrow.", "Who gave you that pen? Who gave you that pen? That's my pen.", "I'll give this to you if you promise to give it back."

"Tell": "tell", "told", "told". "I won't tell your secret to anyone. I swear.", "Tell her the truth!", "Wait. What did you tell your mom about me?"

"Work": "work", "worked", "worked". "Where do you work?", "She has worked here since 2014.", "How does this thing work?"

"Call": "call", "called", "called". "I'll call you after work.", "Your mom called while you were out.", "Hey. Did you just call me?"

"Ask", "asked", "asked". "Don't be afraid to ask questions.", "She asked where I lived.", "You can ask me anything. Anything."

"Try": "try", "tried", "tried". "I'm trying to find a new job.", "She's been trying to contact me.", "Have you tried learning English on YouTube? Hmm?"

Real English Vocabulary: At the BANK
00:08:41
engVid
8 Views · 5 years ago

This is a practical vocabulary lesson about words we use at the bank. Banking has a set of specialized vocabulary, and you may be nervous to go to the bank in an English-speaking country. But knowing some useful words will make it easy and pleasant for you. In this lesson, I will teach you the meaning of "bank teller", "PIN", "investments", "account", "deposit", "withdraw", and many more terms associated with going to the bank. If you want to feel more confident when going to the bank and speaking in English, watch this lesson and complete the quiz. After that, you'll be in business! http://www.engvid.com/real-eng....lish-vocabulary-at-t

TRANSCRIPT

Hi, everyone. I'm Alex. Thanks for clicking, and welcome to this lesson on "Bank Vocabulary". Today, we're going to talk about going to the bank, and the different things you can do, and the different verbs associated and nouns associated with this very common experience.

So, first, when you enter the bank, you have to "get in line" or "get in the queue". Now, specifically, in the United States, even in Canada, we use the word "line" when you're waiting to see someone at the bank. If you are in other parts of the world, specifically England, you can also call a line a "queue", so you get in the queue or get in line.

Next, once it's your turn to, you know, do your business at the bank, you see a "bank teller". So, the name of the person who helps you at the bank is the teller. And after you see the bank teller, if you already have an account with the bank, you have to use your bank card and put in your "PIN". Your "PIN" is your personal identification number, your code, your password. Right?

Now, once this is done, you're ready, the bank teller can see your account. Or maybe it's your first time and you didn't put in a PIN, there are different things you can do and ask for when you're at the bank. Number one, you can say: "Hi. I'd like to open an account", or "close an account". Now, again the two most common types of accounts at a bank are a checking account and a savings account. So your checking is your everyday spending. This is what you use your debit card for. Right? So, I'm just going to put "debit card" here. Your debit card is your bank card, and this is what you use to make payments when you go out to restaurants, movie theaters, etc.

Okay, you can also transfer money when you are at the bank. So if you'd like to move some money from your checking account, for example, to one of your other accounts, such as a savings account or maybe a joint account that you have with your partner, husband, wife, etc., you can ask to do that. You can say: "Hi. I'd like to transfer $200 from my checking account to my savings account." And again, this is if you don't do online banking, which solves a lot of these issues.

Now, instead of transferring money, you can also "deposit" money or "make a deposit". This means you are putting money into your accounts. So if you, you know, receive a check from the government, for example, or maybe your workplace still gives checks (it still happens, it does), you can deposit that check. And "deposit it" means put that money into your account. You can "withdraw". Now, "to withdraw" is to take out money. So, these two are really the most common verbs when you're talking about exchanging money with the bank, whether you're in the bank or at an ATM machine. So you deposit, which means you put money in; withdraw means you take money out. So you can withdraw or take out money. And the term we can also use is you can make a "withdrawal". And you'll see the "al" here, this means that, again, this is a noun in this case. The verb, there's no "al" at the end; it's just "withdraw". Withdraw money.

You can "pay a bill". So, again, bills are our favourite things in the world, like pay for your electricity at your house, or your television, internet, etc. Now, again, this doesn't only have to be for those common things, because most people today, you have an automatic withdraw happens when you pay for a bill. But again, sometimes you get something where you have to go to the bank to pay the bill. If you get something from the Ministry of Transportation or something from the government, and it's unclear what you have to do to pay something online, you can go to the bank and you can pay that bill.

Also, you can "exchange currency". So if you are travelling somewhere and you only have money from your country, you can change that money. And again, the name for "money" in this case is "currency", like the dollar is one type of currency, the yen is another type of currency. And you can ask the bank: "What's your rate?" because different places, exchange offices, banks, will have different rates for your currency. So, for example, the bank might say, if I'm travelling from Canada to the United States, they might say: "95 cents per dollar." Okay? So for every dollar that I have Canadian, I receive 95 cents American.

17 Common "WHEN" Questions in English
00:12:19
engVid
5 Views · 5 years ago

Asking questions can be a challenge when learning any language. But they are essential to learning more about others and making new friends! In this lesson, I look at the construction and pronunciation of many common WHEN questions in English. Some of these include: "When were you born?", "When do you wake up?", "When are you free?", and "When did you arrive?". After watching, test your understanding with my quiz: http://www.engvid.com/17-commo....n-when-questions-in-

Next, watch my lesson on COMMON 'WHERE' QUESTIONS IN ENGLISH:
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=G0u-cF56klw

TRANSCRIPT

Oh, hey. When did you get here? I'm glad you came. Just give me a second. Hey, everyone. I'm Alex. Thanks for clicking, and welcome to this lesson on "Common 'When' Questions", "When" in English. So, when we ask a question with "When", we want to know the time that something happened, generally happens, will happen, etc. So, today, I am going to look at some of the most common questions you can ask with this question word, and we will focus not only on the structure, but also getting fluent with these questions, making sure we're pronouncing them correctly, and making sure the intonation is good, and that the fluency is nice and sharp, and quick and fast. Okay?

So, let's start from the beginning. Your beginning. "When is your birthday?" Okay? So, here, most commonly, you're using the contraction. Right? So quickly, you would say: "When's your birthday?" Okay? So, everyone, if you can just repeat after me: "When's your birthday?" Excellent. Now, a similar question asking about the date of your birth is: "When were you born?" Okay? Now, let's try this a little quicker, repeat after me: "When were you born?" All right? Excellent.

And next we have a series of questions that ask about bed, pretty much. So, for example: "Hey. When do you wake up?", "get up?", "get out of bed?", or "go to bed?" Now, obviously the first three in the morning or maybe in the afternoon after a siesta or a nap, depending on your schedule. They relate to getting out of bed. So: "When do you wake up in the morning?" open your eyes. "When do you get up?" like, leave your bed. Or: "...get out of bed?" which is literally, you know, leaving your bed. Or, at night: "When do you go to bed?" Now, of course, these are routines, habits. You can use words like: "When do you normally get up?", "When do you usually get up?", or "wake up?", or "go to bed?" So, let's repeat them after me: "When do you wake up?", "When do you normally get up?", "When do you usually get out of bed?" Now, did you listen to that? I said: "...get outta bed", not just: "get out of", but "get outta". So, one more time: "When do you get out of bed?" All right? And last one: "When do you go to bed?" Very good.

Okay, next: "When is __________?" So: "When is this?", "that?", "it?", "When is it?" This can be anything, this can be an event or the start of a movie, or something like that. Or the release date of the movie. So, for example: "When is the party?", "When is class?", "When is the conference?", "When is the Retro Fan Expo in San Francisco?" I guess that's a thing, maybe. I don't know. Okay? So: "When is it?", "When is that?", "When is this?" So, you get like something from your friend and it looks like an exciting event is coming, and you say: "Oh, when is this?" Right? So, repeat after me, we'll do all three: "When is this?", "When is that?", "When is it?" Very good. Okay.

Now, if you're a student, the next question can be very common. So, you would ask your professor or maybe one of your friends because you didn't attend an important class, or you attended the class but you were not paying attention, and you have an assignment, a test, or you have something you need to write and you need to give it to the professor, say: "Hey. When is this/that/it due?" Now, when something is due it means you must complete it and submit it to your professor by that date. So, let's do the three questions, and you can just repeat them after me: "When is this due?", "When is that due?", "When's it due?" Okay, good. Now, you noticed I said: "When's", right? "When's it", "When's it". So, make sure you're listening when I'm using the contraction as well. All right.

Next, if you want to invite your friends, you know, for dinner or to go have a coffee or just to hang out at your house or something, you can ask: "Hey. When are you free?" or "When are you available?" Okay? So, your schedule, you know, you're working here or you're in school here or you have a birthday party here. I want to see you: "When are you free?" or "When are you available?" So, repeat after me: "When are you free?", "When are you available?" Good. Now, this can also be in the workplace.

English Books: How to learn English with Harry Potter!
00:32:49
engVid
3 Views · 5 years ago

Want to improve your English by reading? In this reading lesson, we'll go to Hogwarts to look at the story and vocabulary from chapter 1 of Harry Potter and the Philosopher's Stone. Learn English with me, as I read and explain actual passages from the book. If you want to improve your vocabulary, and your overall English comprehension, reading books is a great way to do it! Even if you don't care about Harry Potter, you should still watch this video to learn some good vocabulary and expressions.

Take the quiz on this lesson at http://www.engvid.com/english-books-harry-potter/
You can buy the book or ebook of Harry Potter and the Philosopher's Stone here: http://www.engvid.com/out/amz_harry . For a more interactive experience, you can sign up for a trial account with Audible and download the FREE audiobook version of Harry Potter:
http://www.engvid.com/out/audiblealex
I recommend the audiobook, because you will be able to hear how all the words are pronounced. Learn English with Harry Potter, and see how studying a new language can be magical!

TRANSCRIPT

Hey, everyone. I'm Alex. Thanks for clicking, and welcome to this important lesson on: "The Secret to Mastering English!" And the secret is... -"Where am I? And who are you?" -"You're in Hogwarts, Alex. And I'm Dumbledore." -"No you're not. Dumbledore looks different." -"I shaved. Listen, Alex. I have an important job for you. Can you do it?" -"Anything for you, Dumbledore. What is it?" -"Your engVid students want you to do a lesson on Harry Potter. Here, take this and teach them." -"Thank you." -"You're a wizard, Alex. Now, go."

We're back. So, today we are going to talk about Harry Potter and the Philosopher's Stone, chapter one. Now, I know for many of you, Harry Potter was the first book you read in English. And the reason it's a really, really good book for you guys to read is that it is the most popular book series ever, which means that you can find it in many languages, there have been movies made about it, and you can find a lot of discussion about the characters, the dialogue, the story. So everyone knows pretty much what happens in a lot of these stories.

Now, if you don't have a copy of the book, what you can do is get a print version or an e-book version on Amazon attached to this video. What I recommend, though, if you want a more interactive experience with Harry Potter is that you get the free audio book. Now, you can get a free audio book of Harry Potter, not just this one, the entire series, by signing up for the free trial at www.audible.com, which is attached to this video. When you click on the link, you will have to go through a couple of different pages and signups, but at the end you do get the book for free. So go through it, sign up, get the book for free, and it's an excellent audio book. Highly recommend it.

Now, why should we read Harry Potter? Well, it has interesting characters; Harry, Ron, Hermione, the Dursleys, Dumbledore who I met today. How cool was that? It has great dialogue, great plot, and the language is pretty easy to follow, but of course, it still has a ton of useful vocabulary. Not just for non-native English speakers, but even for, you know, kids who are already native speakers of English. And finally, it's just magical. It's a magical story, a magical book. I love it. It's one of my all-time favourites, so let's start looking at chapter one.

So what I'm going to do is look at the actual text from chapter one. Not every line, of course, but I'm going to pick some very specific lines that tell us important details about the story or that tell us some important vocabulary that I think is going to be useful for English students. Now, you notice I gave a page number to start this. I am going to be looking at this hard cover version of the book. This was published by Raincoast Books in Vancouver, so this was published in Canada. Maybe your version is this one, maybe it's not. Maybe you're listening to the audio version, in which case page numbers are not important. But if you want to follow with a physical copy, this is the version that I am using. Okay? Let me put this down.

Here we go. Page seven. So we start Harry Potter by learning about the Dursleys, Mr. and Mrs. Dursley, and their son, Dudley. First we have this line: "Mr. Dursley was the director of a firm named Grunnings, which made drills." So, a firm is a company, and Mr. Dursley was the director of this company, and they made drills. Now, drills are a power tool. Think of the tool that allows you to put screws into things, like: "[Drilling noise]". That's a drill. Okay? So he was a director of a firm named Grunnings, which made drills.

Now, we have a description of him: "He was a big beefy man", "beefy", think of beef. So he was a little bit fat, and: "...with hardly any neck". Now, "hardly any" means almost zero. So, he was so big and round that you couldn't see his neck. Okay? Hardly any neck. "...although he did have a very large moustache".

Collective Nouns in English: How to talk about groups of people and things
00:10:27
engVid
16 Views · 5 years ago

Do you want to speak more fluent English? Learn to use collective nouns – special words we use to talk about groups of people, animals, or objects. This is an important English vocabulary lesson because a lot of these words will not make sense logically to you unless you know the meaning in this context already! Some of the collective nouns I'll teach you include: a batch of cookies, a deck of cards, a litter of kittens, an army of caterpillars, and more! Watch this video before the rhinos get me!

Take the quiz: http://www.engvid.com/collecti....ve-nouns-in-english-

TRANSCRIPT

Is it safe? Can I come out? Okay. Whew. Okay, I was just baking some cookies, but the strangest thing happened. A group of rhinos started chasing me, so now I'm just... I'm trying to escape, but I want to give you guys this very, very important English lesson first. So I'm going to put these down, and we're going to try to do this lesson before the rhinos come back. Okay? Okay, let me... Let me compose myself.

Hey, everyone. I'm Alex. Thanks for clicking, and welcome to this lesson on "Collective Nouns". So, collective nouns are nouns we use to talk about a group of things, animals, or people. Of course, it's possible just to say: "A group of", whatever. For example: "a group of birds" or "a group of kittens", but there are very specific names that we can give them and we do give them to make it a little more specific, I guess. Okay? So, I'm going to give you first some of the most common ones that we use, and then some that are a little less common.

So, to begin: I had "a batch of cookies" at the start of this lesson. So, if you are baking and you bake a lot of cookies like I did, you baked a batch of cookies. Okay? So you can say: "The first batch is ready." or "The second batch is in the oven." or "I made three batches of cookies."

All right, next: "a bouquet of flowers". I think many people probably know this one. So we just say: "Bouquet". Very French. Right? Very French. So, you can give a bouquet of flowers to your mother on Mother's Day, or to your girlfriend, boyfriend, husband, wife on the anniversary or Valentine's Day.

Next: If you play poker, you need "a deck of cards". Right? It's not a group of cards. It is a group of cards, but we don't say: "Hey. Do you have a group of cards?" We say: "Do you have a deck of cards?" Okay?

Next: Birds, if you have many birds, a group of birds together, they are called: "a flock", "a flock of birds". Okay? In the 1980s there was a band called "Flock of Seagulls". A seagull is that white, annoying bird in public, and they had a famous song, "I Ran", went like: "And I ran, I ran so far away..." Doo, doo, doo, doo. Whatever the lyrics were. I don't remember them. So, "a flock of birds", "a flock of seagulls."

Next: For cows and buffalo, you can say: "a herd", "a herd of cattle", "a herd of buffalo".

If you have kittens, baby cats, baby dogs, you say: "a litter of kittens", "a litter of puppies". So, for example, in the movie 101 Dalmatians, a famous Disney movie where there are 101 baby puppies, baby Dalmatians, that is a litter of 101 puppies.

Next: "a pack of wolves", or dogs, or hounds. So, the movie, Frozen, very popular amongst young people, girls-my daughter loves it-there's a scene where Anna and Kristoff are escaping in the forest and behind them there are a bunch of wolves, a group of wolves, so you can say: "A pack of wolves is chasing them." All right?

Next: "a panel of judges" or "a panel of experts". If you watch TV shows, like The Voice, or American Idol, and you have one, two, three judges... Usually you have the nice one, and the annoying one, and the one who's really hard on people. This is a panel of judges. Okay? Or a panel of experts.

"A school of fish", so I'm going to tie this to movies again. If you have seen Finding Nemo, any time you see that big group of fish travelling together, that is called "a school of fish". Yes, just like go to school, the same thing. A school of fish.

And finally: "a wealth of information". Now, information is non-count. You cannot say: "One information, two informations, three informations". You can say: "A lot of information" or "A wealth of information".

All right. Let's look at some more on this side. A little less common, here. We have: "an army of caterpillars". It sounds really cool. Right? So, caterpillars become butterflies, but if you have a lot of caterpillars together, that's called "an army of caterpillars". I don't recommend you Google search "army of caterpillars", especially if you don't like insects because some of the pictures of the caterpillars all together, and being furry, and fuzzy, and... Uhgl. It's not very nice if you don't like insects. Also, "army" like: "an army of soldiers". Or in this case, on my shirt, an army of stormtroopers from Star Wars.

Learn English by playing Final Fantasy 7! Let's play and learn!
00:22:15
engVid
21 Views · 5 years ago

Looking for a FUN way to learn English? Have you tried video games? That's right! In this lesson, I'll teach you English from the popular game Final Fantasy VII. This game has a great story and lets you "speak" with many characters about a variety of issues. Because of how interactive it is, you can really learn a lot of English from the game, especially vocabulary, expressions, and slang. I'll go over the first half hour of the game with you, and explain the English that the characters use. I think this is a great way to learn English: it's fun, it's engaging, and it forces you to learn key phrases and vocabulary. In a way, it's like traveling to an English speaking country! If you enjoy this video and want to see more like it, stick around until the end to see my views challenge!

If you liked this video, you should also watch my video about learning English with STAR WARS! https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=UpksX5p0J9k

TAKE THE QUIZ ON THIS LESSON TO TEST YOUR UNDERSTANDING: http://www.engvid.com/learn-en....glish-final-fantasy-

17 ways to say "YOU'RE WELCOME" in English
00:08:55
engVid
7 Views · 5 years ago

When someone says "thank you", we usually respond with "you're welcome". But can you believe there are at least 17 different ways to say "you're welcome" in English? In this lesson, I will teach you 17 ways that you can acknowledge someone's gratitude. You will learn when and how to use "no problem", "no worries", "don't mention it", "my pleasure", "it was nothing", and 12 more! If you want to add more variety and learn other polite formulas to respond to thanks, this is the English lesson for you. Don't forget to do the quiz I wrote for this lesson at http://www.engvid.com/17-ways-....to-say-youre-welcome .

15 Common WHO Questions in English
00:14:23
engVid
4 Views · 5 years ago

Do you have trouble with asking questions in English? In this essential lesson, I look at some of the most common questions using "who". The word "who" is most often used as a pronoun in English, and it represents a person or persons in a sentence. Here are some examples: "Who is it?", "Who's with me?", "Who's that?", "Who did that?", "Who won?" There are too many "who" questions to list here, so watch the video to learn many more. This useful lesson will help you gain confidence and fluency in English.
http://www.engvid.com/15-commo....n-who-questions-in-e

TRANSCRIPT

Hey, everyone. I'm Alex. Thanks for clicking, and welcome to this lesson on: "Common WHO Questions in English". That's right, today I am Dr. Who for you. Woo, woo, woo, woo. That was not too bad. Right? Okay. So, today, if you've watched the other videos on common questions, this is the one for "Who?" So, just like those videos, we're going to practice the pronunciation, the fluency, and the structure of these questions. So I don't want to waste any time. Let's begin.

First one, a very philosophical question: "Who am I?" Okay? So, this is also the title of a Jackie Chan movie, and it's also the title of another movie I think from the 2000s that's also action-based. So: Who am I? You know, if you're ever 16 years old, if you're 17, you're looking up at your ceiling while listening to whatever music kids listen to today, just: "Who am I?" You know? That's it. Just think about it.

And: "Who are you?" So, you know, if you meet someone for the first time or if you think someone is acting rudely, you can be like: "Who are you?" Okay? Or, like: "Who are you? I don't know you." Like: "Who are you?" Are you, like, her brother or her sister, or who are you? I don't know. All right?

And: "Hey. Who's he?", "Who's she?", "Who's this?", "Who's that?" Okay? So if you don't know someone and you're talking to a family member, a colleague, a friend, co-worker, and you want to know because you want to meet someone or you're curious about someone, and you can say: "Hey. Who is that?", "Who is she?", "Who is he?", "Who's this?" Okay?

All right, so these three because they're common, you know, they say: "Who am I?", "Who are you?", "Who is she?", "Who is he?", "Who is this?", "Who's that?" I said them very quickly, and now I want you to repeat them after me. So repeat after me: "Who am I?", "Who are you?", "Who's he?", "Who's she?", "Who's this?", "Who's that?" All right, very good.

Now, next, similar style of question: "Who is the _________?" Here, you have many possibilities, many different titles that you can use in this question. So: "Who's the president?" If you... If you're travelling to a new country and you don't know about the political system or the political leaders, or you're just curious about the political leader in a country or a place, you can say: "Who's the prime minister there?", "Who's the president?", "Who's the new guy?" or "the new girl", right? So, if you're working in a company and someone new comes in, and maybe you never met them before, very common question: "Hey. Who's the new guy?", "Who's the new girl?" Like, where...? Where did they come from? Okay?

"Who's the teacher?" So you're taking a class in university and you're looking at the name of the class, and you're like: "Oh, this sounds interesting. Who's the teacher? Who teaches that class?" Okay? "Who's the leader?", "Who's the goalie?" Right? So if you're trying to gamble and make a bet on a team, and you want to know, you know, in hockey or in soccer/football, depending on where you're from, you want to know: "Hey. Who's the goalie for that team? Who's in net? Who's blocking the shots?" Because if it's someone who's bad, then maybe I will bet on the other team.

Or: "Who's the boss?" This is only a reference. I only put this here to reference a 1990's TV show with Tony Danza, and I don't remember the actress' name in the show. She was Angela. Who's the Boss? Anyone? If you're like under 25, you probably don't know. I'm sorry.

Okay, and next, I drew a door. Very common question if someone knocks on your door: "Who's there?", "Who is it?" Okay? So, again, you can also say, you know: "Who's there?" or "Who is it?" if you hear someone in a room and you thought you were alone, you can say, like: "Who's there?" Also very common in horror movies or thrillers, like: "Who is it? Who's there?" Okay?

Next: "Who's coming?" or "Who's going?" So, you know, your friend is having a birthday party and you want to know about how many people will be there or who will be there, so you can ask: "Who's coming?" or "Who's going? Who's going to the party?" Okay? All right.

Now, let's go back a little bit and repeat these with me. So we'll do three and three. "Who's there?", "Who is it?", "Who's coming?", "Who's going?" Okay?

How to negotiate in English: Vocabulary, expressions, and questions to save you $$$
00:09:25
engVid
7 Views · 5 years ago

Want to save money? Getting the best price can be hard, and it's even harder if you aren't comfortable using the language you have to negotiate in. In this useful English lesson, you'll learn how to get a better deal by negotiating prices. You'll learn phrases and vocabulary you can use to get a better price on your car, house, or on any item at a local market. Learn about the different ways you can ask about prices politely, so you can get more for less! I'll also teach you some helpful vocabulary we use to talk about prices, like "pricey", "ballpark", "halfway", and many more. You'll also learn a little bit about cultural aspects of negotiating prices in North America.
http://www.engvid.com/how-to-n....egotiate-vocabulary-

TRANSCRIPT

I've always wanted to do that. Hey, everyone. I'm Alex. Thanks for clicking, and welcome to this lesson on: "How to Negotiate Prices". So, this is a business vocabulary lesson, and today we are going to look at how to ask about the cost of something, how to comment about the cost being too high for you, and then how to get someone to maybe lower the price of something. Now, what situations can we do this in, you know, in the 21st century? This is if you're trying to negotiate the cost of a car maybe, the cost of a house, or it can be something in a local market or a garage sale.

So, first let's look at how to ask about the cost of something. And I have-one, two, three, four, five-six different questions that you can use to ask about cost, to ask about the price. Number one: "How much does this/that/it cost?" For the sake of me not saying the words: "this", "that", "it" every time, I'm just going to say "this", but know that you can say: "How much does this cost?", "How much does that cost?", "How much does it cost?" Okay? So, next: "How much is this/that/it?" Instead of: "How much does this cost?", "How much is this?" Next: "How much is this/that/it going for?" So, this is an expression. Something goes for a certain amount of money. For example, say: "Oh, this comic book is going for $20." Maybe it's a rare collector's edition or something. "It is going for...", "It costs..." This is how much people are paying for it. Okay. "Hey. How much is it for this/that/it?" So you're asking: "How much money, you know, is it...? Does it cost for this? How much is it for this?" And if you want to be a little bit more specific, this one you can use in a more informal situation, like a garage sale, for example, or at the market, like: "Hey. How much do you want for this?" Okay? Or: "How much do you want for that or it? How much do you want for it?" And another one: "Is this/that the final price?" So, you're kind of opening the door to say: "Mm, is this the final price? I'm not sure I want to pay this price. Is it the final price or can I talk about it with you?" Sometimes the person you are talking to, you know, if you ask them this question: "Is this the final price?" and they'll say: "Well, you know, what are you thinking? Like what do you have in mind? What is another price we can talk about?"

Now, if you want to negotiate and you want to get the price down, you need to comment and say: "It's a little..." For example, this thing, whatever, you're looking at the price and this thing... Imagine this is $500. $500 for this amazing globe. Now, you can say: "$500. It's a little expensive.", "It's a little pricey." "Pricey" is an adjective. You see the word "price", it's slang for expensive. "It's a little pricey.", "It's a little out of my price range." So, for example, you have a range. A range means kind of like from $0 to $200 is my range. That's where I can go with the price, but $500, that is ridiculous. Same with: "It's a little over my budget." So, your budget is how much money you can spend or how much money you want to spend. So, my budget to buy this globe was $300. $500 is over my budget. You can say: "It's more than I have. I don't have $500. It's more than I have." Or you can also say: "It's more than I can pay." or: "It's more than I can afford." So now you've opened the door, you've started the discussion, saying: "I'm interested in this globe, but it doesn't really, you know, match what I can pay you." So let's see where the conversation can go from here.

Okay, now you've asked about the price, you've commented that it's a bit too expensive. It's time to make an offer. It's time to say what you can pay for it. So, there are a couple of phrases that you can use. You can say, for example: "Would you sell it for $200?" That's really low. You can also say: "Would you take $200?", "How about $200?" If you want to be very direct: "I'll give you $200." Okay? So, very direct, saying: "I will give you $200."

English Vocabulary: House Cleaning
00:04:56
engVid
8 Views · 5 years ago

Your house is a mess! I'm going to help you to clean it... in English! In this lesson, you'll learn some common house cleaning verbs and nouns, like "sweep", "mop", "clean", "wipe", "vacuum", "scrub", "broom", and "cloth". This is an easy lesson that will help you talk about your daily chores in English.

TAKE THE QUIZ: http://www.engvid.com/english-....vocabulary-house-cle

TRANSCRIPT

[Whistling] Oh, hey, guys. I'm Alex. Thanks for clicking, and welcome to this lesson on "House Cleaning Vocabulary". So, most of us, we have to deal with house cleaning. Cleaning our homes is one of the most basic things that we do on our weekends or during the week. So, let's look at some common verbs, as well as some common nouns that you can use to talk about house cleaning.

Number one, obviously the most basic verb, is: "clean". So, you can use the verb "clean" to talk about anything. You can clean the floor, clean the window, clean a wall, clean a table, clean a chair. That's all you need to know about the verb "clean".

Next, we have the verb: "sweep". So: "Sweep the floor with a broom." Does anyone know what a broom is? That's right. This is a broom. Okay? And sweeping is the action of doing this. So, you sweep the floor with a broom. Okay?

Now, once you sweep the floor, you might want to, you know, clean it a little more maybe with some water and some soap. And if you want to clean the floor with some water and some soap, what you are doing is you're probably mopping the floor with a mop. Now, I don't have a mop with me today, but it's best to think of a mop as like a broom with a wet part at the end. So, mopping, you're going whoosh, whoosh, whoosh, whoosh. You're mopping the floor with a mop. The verb and the noun are the exact same thing.

Next up, we have "vacuum". Now, what is a vacuum? Let me show you. There we have a vacuum. And it's similar to "mop" where the verb and the noun are the exact same thing. So, you can vacuum with a vacuum, just like you can mop with a mop. All right?

Next, we have the verb: "wipe". And "wipe" can be used in many contexts as well. So, if I have let's say... Let's imagine this is a piece of cloth. I can wipe off the table with a cloth, for example. Or you... I can wipe off the board if it's dirty. So, "to wipe" is this action. Okay? And, again, you can use the preposition "off" as a phrasal verb, so you can wipe off a table or wipe off a board, for example.

Next, we have the verb: "scrub". Now, "scrub" is very often used when you're cleaning, you know, your bathroom, or the bathtub, or the walls in your bathroom. And if you have tiles, which are, again, the square pieces like in a bathroom, you can scrub them. Okay? And normally, what you need is a brush to scrub, not a toothbrush, but, you know, a cleaning brush or what you can call a scrubbing pad. So, to really get that hard clean, to scrub stuff around your toilet, or around your bathtub, or around the walls in your bathroom. Okay?

And finally, you can use the word: "Dust (or dust off) the table with a duster." Now, "dust" is something which accumulates over time on tables, on pretty much anything. Imagine it as being the little particles that build up over time if you don't touch something. So, if you can [do this to a book or to a table, you will see dust flying off of it, and you need a duster to dust off the dust. Okay?

So, to review, the most common verb you can use in house cleaning is "clean". You can sweep the floor with a broom. You can mop the floor with a mop. You can vacuum the floor or the carpet with a vacuum. You can wipe a table with a cloth. And you can scrub tiles with a brush or a scrub pad. And you can also dust a table with a duster.

If you'd like to test your understanding of this vocabulary, as always, you can check out the quiz on www.engvid.com. And don't forget to subscribe to my YouTube channel. Back to work.

Learn 8 Phrasal Verbs with "PUSH"
00:08:17
engVid
5 Views · 5 years ago

Ready to learn more English phrasal verbs? In this lesson, you'll learn 8 phrasal verbs with the the word "push". These English expressions are used in professional, social, academic, and athletic situations, so there's something for everyone! You probably already know that phrasal verbs are very common in spoken English. You'll hear definitions and examples for how these "push" phrasal verbs are used, so you can start using them yourself. After the lesson, you can push ahead and practice the English you learned by taking the quiz at https://www.engvid.com/8-phrasal-verbs-push/

TRANSCRIPT

Hey, everyone. I'm Alex. Thanks for clicking, and welcome to this lesson on: "'Push' Phrasal Verbs". So phrasal verbs, like you know, if you have been following my channel for a while, are some of the most difficult words and expressions to master in the English language. They take a verb with a preposition, which is actually called a particle in a phrasal verb, but it looks like a preposition, and they create a new meaning when you match the verb with the particle, with the preposition, whichever one you want to call them. So we are going to look at eight, eight "push" phrasal verbs in this lesson. We'll start with four, we'll do another four right after this. So, I don't want to waste any more time. Let's get started.

Number one: "to push ahead with something". So, to push ahead with something means to continue with something, to continue doing something when there are problems or when other people maybe working on a project wish to stop. So you keep doing it even though other people say: "No, no, stop. It's a bad idea." Typically, you push ahead with things in an office or the government will push ahead with something. Let's look at the two examples to show you what I mean. Number one: "We pushed ahead with the policy despite unpopular public opinion." The public didn't like the policy we introduced, maybe the policy says: "Everyone must have a fake mustache on the second day of every month." I don't know. And this is unpopular public opinion, but, you know, the government says: "Oh, it's a great idea. Let's do it." So they push ahead with the policy. Second: "The municipal government is pushing ahead with its plans." So, again: "to push ahead" is to keep going, to keep pushing with something even if there are problems or other people think it's a bad idea.

Next: "push someone around". So think of... If someone pushes you around, they treat you in a rude way. They act like a bully. For example: "Our boss thinks he can just push people around." Or: "My brother pushed me around a lot as a kid." So imagine you are the person who is being pushed around, you're... Someone is bullying you, pushing you in this direction and that direction, treating you like they are a bully.

Next: "to push someone away" means to force someone away from you. So: "The relationship wasn't working, so she pushed him away." This means, you know, she stopped calling him, she stopped commenting on his Facebook photos, she just did not text him anymore. She pushed him away because the relationship was not working. Next: "We're friends. Why are you pushing me away?" Okay? So: "You're my best friend. Don't push me away. Come back." Okay? Don't separate yourself. Don't try to force yourself away from me.

Next: "to push a date or an appointment back", this means to postpone something, so delay something (s/t - something) until a later time or a later date. Two examples: "The meeting had to be pushed back by a week." So the meeting was pushed back, delayed by one week. "We pushed our wedding date back." So we realized... There was a family emergency maybe, so we had to push the wedding date back. Okay, now we're going to look at four more.

Next we have: "to push back against someone or something". This means to fight back against someone or something. For example: "They pushed back against the enemy", against the enemy army. So the enemy army is coming at them, they're pushing them, pushing them, pushing them. And then they push back, push back, push back against the enemy army. Next example: "We can't accept these conditions. We need to push back." So, this could be a situation at your workplace where you do not like the conditions, so you want to push back against the management.

Next: "to push for something" or "to push for someone" means to support and advocate for something or someone. Examples: "The employees pushed for more money." So maybe, again, the employees are not happy with how much money they are making, so they go on strike and in their discussion with the management, they push for more money. They support and advocate for more money. Next: "Most Canadians pushed for Justin Trudeau in the 2015 election." So they pushed for him, supported him, advocated for him, and he won. He became the Prime Minister in 2015.

The 10 Most Common "WHAT" Questions in English
00:14:30
engVid
12 Views · 5 years ago

What's one of the most difficult parts of learning a language? Asking questions! In this important lesson, I make it easier by looking at more than 10 common WHAT questions. This video includes these questions and more: "What's happening?", "What's up?", "What's that?", "What did you do?", and "What's the point?" So what are you waiting for? Watch the video to improve your English speaking confidence and fluency.
Take a quiz on this lesson! https://www.engvid.com/the-10-....most-common-what-que

TRANSCRIPT

Que? Mah? Ta? Qua? Cosa? What?

Doesn't matter what language you say it in, the word: "what" means you want more information. Hey, everyone. I'm Alex. Thanks for clicking, and welcome to this lesson on: "Common 'What' Questions" in English. So, we are going to look at a bunch of questions that use the word "what". Now, again, "what" means you're usually looking for more information. It's one of the most common question words, which is why this lesson is important for you guys. Just like the other question lessons, we are going to focus on pronunciation, fluency, and... What was that thing? Pronunciation, fluency, structure. Definitely the structure. Very important to make sure the words are in the correct order. Whew, I'm out of breath, guys.

Okay, let's go. Here we go. Number one: "What is your name/email/number/address?" So, you can ask a person for their name, for their email, for their address, for their phone number. You can also say: "What's her name?", "What's his name?", "What's their address?" for example. Okay? So, repeat after me and try to focus on quickness and fluency: "What's your name?", "What's her email?", "What's his number?", "What's their address?" You can even ask yourself, for example, if you forget something, like: "What's my password?" Okay? Like for your bank account, or your Facebook, or something you signed up for like many years ago or you've had the password automatically set, you can say: "What's my password. Wait. What's my login again?" Okay?

So, next, very common: "What's this?", "What's that?" Okay? Many contexts. I'm thinking of a restaurant, for example, your friend gets something that you have never seen before and you're like: "Oh. What's that? That looks delicious." Okay? Or you get a meal and you didn't order it, you'll say: "What's this?" Okay? So please repeat after me, and again, focus on quickness: "What's this?", "What's that?" Very good.

And next, similar to: "What is this?", "What is that?": "What is it?" Okay? Now, this question can be used in many different contexts. It could be similar to: "What's this?", "What's that?", "What is it?" It can also be a question you can ask someone if you think something is bothering, like, your partner or your friend or somebody in your life who you care about, and you can say: "What's wrong?" Like: "What is it?" Okay? So, this is a very common question if you want to ask a person you care about, you know, if something is wrong and what you can do to help. Like: "What is it? What's wrong?" Okay?

Next, very common: "What are you doing?" Now: "What are you doing?" present continuous question can mean: "What are you doing now?" Like, you're talking on the phone: "Hey. What are you doing? Oh, you're busy? Okay. Can I call you later? Yeah, sure? Okay." You can also use this to talk about the future, like: "What are you doing later?", "What are you doing tonight?", "Hey. What are you doing tomorrow?", "What are you doing this weekend?" for example. Okay? So, it just asking... You know, it is just asking a person what they are doing in the moment or their plans for later as well. All right? So repeat after me: "What are you doing?" Very good.

All right, the next three, I'm going to talk about these in the context of asking a person, you know, like what is new in their life or what is going on, what's happening, what's up. Those three questions precisely. So: "What's going on?" or: "What's happening?", "What's up?" The context I'm thinking of, you're seeing a friend you haven't seen for a while and you can say: "Hey. What's up?" or: "Hey. What's happening?", "Hey. What's going on?" These questions just ask and they mean, like: "What is new in your life?" Now, a very common mistake that people make with: "What's up?" specifically new English speakers is they think that: "What's up?" means: "How are you?" "What's up?" is not: "How are you?" So sometimes I hear... I say: "Hey. What's up?" and a student will say: "Good. You?" That's not how you answer: "What's up?" The most common answers for: "What's up?" are: "Not much." or "Nothing new." Okay? "Nothing much.", "Not much.", "Nothing new is happening."

Improve your English: WHO or WHOM?
00:14:46
engVid
2 Views · 5 years ago

When do we use "who", and when do we use "whom"? In this English grammar lesson, I will explain the difference between these two relative pronouns and when you should use them. It doesn't matter if you're a new English learner or a native English speaker – if you're not sure whether to use "who" or "whom", I hope that this lesson will erase your doubts. It's much easier than you think.
Test your understanding with the quiz: https://www.engvid.com/who-or-whom/

TRANSCRIPT

Hey, everyone. I'm Alex. Thanks for clicking, and welcome to this lesson on "Who" vs. "Whom". That's right, today we are going to look at one of the most commonly confused and asked about subjects in the English language, not just by new English learners but native speakers as well. So, we're going to use some grammar terminology, but I'm also going to give you some examples that will make it very clear what the difference between these two words is. So, first I'm going to talk about how to use them in statements, and after I'm going to show you how to use them with quantifiers, and at the end I'll look at some question examples with these two. So, let's start.

First: "who" and "whom". These are relative pronouns. Now, what this means is "who" is a subject relative pronoun, "whom" is an object relative pronoun. What does this mean? Well, this means that when you use "who" in a sentence to give more information about something, you are using it to give more information about a subject. When you use "whom", you're using it to give more information about the object of a sentence. So let's look at some examples first with "who".

Number one: "I have an uncle who works for Apple." Number two: "There's someone who is waiting for you." Number three: "Tom, who's been working here forever, recently found a new job." What do they all have in common? Well, they all have a subject, a person who you're giving more information about. So, I'm going to mark things up a little bit so you can see how this works. "I have an uncle who works for Apple." Who are you giving more information about in this sentence? You are giving more information about your uncle. So you have "who", and "who" relates to an uncle. Now, this uncle is doing an action. The uncle works for Apple. So, if you have a subject, you're giving more information about the subject, and the subject is doing an action after who, then you use "who". All right? "I have an uncle who works", he works for Apple. Next: "There is someone who is waiting for you." So we have "who". Who does "who" relate to? "Who" relates to "someone", a mystery person. So there's someone who is waiting for you. Yes, we are giving more information about someone, and the someone is doing an action. So here they are waiting. So I have someone... There is someone who is waiting. They are the ones who are doing the action. Next: "Tom, who's been working here forever, recently found a new job." So we have "who", I'm just going to mark "who's", "who has" been working. And yes, we are talking about Tom. And we are saying that Tom has been working here. So if the subject of the sentence is doing the action here, then you need to use "who".

Next: "whom". Three sentences. One: "Ghandi is someone whom most people admire." Two: "That's the guy whom she married." Three: "My best friend, whom I've known for 10 years, is getting married." So, what's the difference between these sentences and the sentences with "who"? Hmm. "Ghandi is someone whom most people admire." Yes, the sentence is about Ghandi. We are talking about Ghandi in this sentence. But also important: Is Ghandi doing an action in this sentence or is he receiving an action in this sentence? Here we have: "Ghandi is someone whom most people admire." The sentence is actually talking about the people who admire Ghandi. The people are doing an action to Ghandi, and Ghandi is receiving the action in this sentence. So, here, and this is true in most cases, after "whom" you usually have someone who does the action to someone else. So: "Ghandi is someone whom most people admire."

Next: "That's the guy whom she married." We see "whom". Who does "whom" relate to? Yes, we are talking about the guy, but the guy is receiving the action. He's actually an object here, because she married him. Now, I don't mean that the man is an object and the woman is the... An object in many cases, so I don't mean any of that. But grammatically, that's the guy whom she married. The guy is receiving the action of marriage from her.

And finally: "My best friend, whom I have known for 10 years, is getting married." Here we have "whom". Who are we talking about? Okay, my best friend, yeah. But my best friend is receiving an action here. I have known my best friend. Okay? So here, I'm saying I have known my best friend. I have known him or her. Okay?

How to improve your English by reading
00:10:28
engVid
7 Views · 5 years ago

How can reading improve your English? What reading strategies can you use to improve your vocabulary, pronunciation, fluency, and enunciation? In this instructional and motivational video, I tell you how picking up a book can not only help you to improve your vocabulary but your speaking confidence and presentation skills as well. Watch the lesson, and let me know some of your favourite books in the comments section! https://www.engvid.com/how-to-....improve-your-english

TRANSCRIPT

Hey, everyone. I'm Alex. Thanks for clicking, and welcome to this lesson on "How to Improve Your English By Reading". So, it might be very obvious how reading can help you improve, you know, your speaking in English, particularly your vocabulary, but there are a number of reasons and a number of things that reading regularly and reading in specific ways can actually help you to improve your English, and also not only like your reading English, but your ability to speak properly or to speak confidently. And again, this applies not only to English as a second language learners, but also to English speakers, period. So pick up a book, and here's how picking up a book can help you to improve your English.

So, number one: You can improve your English by picking up any book, reading out loud, and exaggerating what you're reading. You might think: "This sounds ridiculous", but if you are a second language learner, this is a fantastic way to improve your enunciation, your pronunciation, and presentation skills. Even if you're not a second language learner... English as a second language learner.

So, for example, it doesn't matter what type of genre you like, what type of books you like. Me, personally, I love science-fiction, I love fantasy. And I can turn to, you know, pages in any of these books and read out loud, exaggerate what I'm saying, and just the act of doing this, of speaking out loud what I'm reading makes me feel, again, more confident speaking in front of an audience, for example.

So I'll just open to a random page here and... Okay, so in this book, just so you know, there's a horse, his name is Artaq. And it says: "Artaq did not hesitate. He veered toward the Silver River. The wolves came after, soundless, fluid, black terror. Will was sure that this time they would not escape. Allanon was no longer there to help them. They were all alone."

Now, what you notice is I'm... I'm trying to exaggerate: "They were all alone." Even like my l's. And focus on every letter when you're reading, because this type of reading, reading out loud, exaggerating, if you are a professional, this is a great way to build that clarity in your speech when you're speaking in front of people, and pacing yourself, how fast you speak as well is important, obviously, when you're giving a presentation.

This second part... Again, this one can apply to both native speakers of English, but it's more specifically geared towards English as a second language speakers, and that is: Paying attention to word endings. And especially "ed" and "s" endings. So, specifically past tense words, like "wanted", okay? Or plural words, like "hawks" instead of one hawk, because a lot of, again, English as a second language learners sometimes forget the "ed" ending when they're reading. I've taught classes where, you know, students have to read out loud, and they're so focused on reading and getting the words correct, but the pronunciation, they just drop the ends of words sometimes, especially "ed", especially "s".

So let me see if I can quickly find an example. Okay, here's one: "When he stayed on his feet..." When he... Oh, why am I pointing? You can't see that. You can't see that. So: "When he stayed on his feet" this is one part of the sentence. Again, you have the verb "stayed", so some new learners of English will sometimes read that as: "When he stay", "When he stay", and they just drop the end. So please, please, please focus on those "ed" and "s" endings, and this will really help your fluency, the ability of others to understand you, as well as your enunciation. "Stayed", okay?

Number three: Pay attention to punctuation. Now, punctuation refers to the use of commas, periods, question marks, exclamation marks when you're reading. By paying attention to these things, you can actually focus on improving your intonation and your fluency; two specific things. So, the intonation refers to the up and down movement of your voice when you are saying something or reading something. So, for example, you know, raise... In the second part I said: "Raise intonation for yes or no questions." So if you notice when you're reading that, you know, this person is asking a yes or no question, then your voice should be moving up at the end. And, you know in speaking, this also improves that.

So, for example, in this book there is... Okay, here's a yes or no question, the question is: "Did you find her?"

English at Work: 10 Phrasal Verbs for the Office
00:08:47
engVid
5 Views · 5 years ago

Do you work in an office? Do you have English-speaking clients? In this Business English lesson, I'll help you succeed in your career by teaching you 10 important phrasal verbs that are commonly used in the office. Do you "note things down" in your meetings? Do you "back up" your files? Is your printer always "running out" of ink? Are you "keeping up" with your colleagues? I'll explain what all of these expressions mean as well as "call off", "come up", "go through", and more! Check out this lesson and improve your English for work.
https://www.engvid.com/10-phra....sal-verbs-for-the-of

TRANSCRIPT

Yeah, hey. Something has come up and I can't make the meeting. Yeah, can we call it off until next Tuesday? Okay. No, no. Ask her to just, you know, just fill out the registration form and we'll just see her next Tuesday. Okay. Yeah. Okay, see you Tuesday. Yeah. Bye.

Hey, everyone. I'm Alex. Thanks for clicking, and welcome to this important English lesson on using English at work. And today we are going to look at "10 Phrasal Verbs for the Office". So, if you have an office job, any type of office job, these phrasal verbs are very, very common in any English-speaking workplace. So let's start with the first five, we'll talk about them, we'll look at some examples, and I'll explain them for you guys.

So, number one: "to fill out". Now, "to fill out" basically means to complete. And this is usually in the context of a form. So: "Did she fill out the registration form?", "Oh, if you're interested in working here, please fill out this application." Okay? So you fill out or complete a form.

Next: "to run out (of) something". Now, I put the "of" in parenthesis because you can just say: "Oh, it ran out", or "something ran out of something else". So, for example, if something runs out it means you have used all of it and there is no more left. Now, in the office usually this refers to some kind of supply, some kind of inventory item that you have no more of because you ran out of it. For example: "The printer ran out of ink." Or you can say: "Oh no. We ran out of paper", or "We ran out of pens. We need to order more pens." Okay? So if you run out of something it means you have used all of it and there's no more left, you need to order more.

Next: "note down". This is very common in meetings, and "to note down" simply means to write. For example: "Did you note down the main points from the meeting?" I used to have a boss, and any time I had a meeting with him, if I came into that meeting with no paper, with no pen, he would... He would not start the meeting. He said: "Okay, we're going to have a long meeting for 30 minutes, 60 minutes, you need to note down the important points from the conversation. Alex, go get a pen and a paper." Good times.

Okay, next: "to back up". Now, this context is usually used for files on your computer. So: "to back up your files", "back up your information", "back up your data" means to make an extra copy. So, for example: "Make sure to back up your files." A lot of people use, you know, online storage spaces to back up important information. You might have something in your email address, you might have something like the... At this point, the cloud or, you know, like your Google Drive or something like that, or maybe you have an external hard drive where you back up your files or a USB stick to back up your files. So it just means make an extra copy in case the original copy gets deleted or erased by accident, or because of a virus or something like that.

All right, next: "come up". So, if something comes up at the office it means that something has happened or it has arisen. So, for example: "An urgent situation has just come up." So if something comes up it's something that just happens, surprises you. So, for example, if one of your employees... If you are a boss, for example, and one of your employees quits... And you're in a meeting and the employee comes in and quits, and you say: "I can't finish this meeting. Something urgent has come up. Somebody is quitting." Okay? So something comes up, happens, arises without kind of you expecting it to.

Okay, next: "keep up with". So, "to keep up with something" means to follow or to keep pace with something in the context of business, office work. Let me give you one example. "Have you been keeping up with the latest news? Have you been following the latest news?" You can also talk about a business keeping up with trends, with things that are happening in their line of business now. Okay?

Next: "set up". So, "to set something up" means to organize it or to, you know, get it started. So, for example: "Could you help me set up the new printer? Could you help me plug it in and make sure everything is okay, make sure the software is on the computer? And could you help me set it up?" It's not only for objects. You can set up a meeting or organize a meeting. You can set up a holiday party, for example.

American English Pronunciation Practice: Short and Long "A" Sounds
00:14:30
engVid
10 Views · 5 years ago

Do native speakers have a hard time understanding you? Even if you know grammar and vocabulary, your pronunciation can prevent native speakers from understanding what you're saying. This lesson will help you with the difference between the short and long "a" sounds in American English. You'll have a chance to listen to the difference between these two sounds and to practice your pronunciation with me, using common English words and sentences. If you don't understand the difference between these sounds, it can be confusing to the people you're speaking to. In some cases, it can change the entire meaning of your sentence! Watch and practice with this easy class to master these sounds.
https://www.engvid.com/america....n-english-pronunciat

TRANSCRIPT

Water. Love it. Hey, everyone. I'm Alex. Thanks for clicking and welcome to this pronunciation lesson on the short "a" and the long or wide "a" sounds in English. In this lesson, first I'm going to go sound by sound and give you a bunch of words that have the short "a" sound, as well as some sentences that use the short "a" sound. Second, I'm going to give you some words that have the long "a" sound or wide "a" sound, and some sentences that use them. And then finally, we're going to mix them all up and it's going to be a lot of fun.

So, when you are doing pronunciation, it can be a little bit ridiculous when you're practicing because you are going to be asked in this video to exaggerate a little bit. And honestly, the exaggeration is necessary if you really, really want to perfect, you know, your English pronunciation, as well as have some fun with it. And also you should know that my English is a Canadian English/Americanish English for this pronunciation lesson. So if you are looking for British pronunciation, this maybe isn't the video. But if you're interested in Canadian/American pronunciation... Yes, I know that there's a difference, don't kill me, to some degree, but here's what we're going to do.

So, first we have the short "a" sound. And for this I drew a picture of the mouth. In this sound your tongue is low, in the low position. For both sounds, actually, it's in the low position, and your mouth is only open a little bit. So your mouth makes this sound: "ah", "ah", "ah". Now, let's look at some words. And I just want you guys to repeat the words after me. We'll do it a little quickly. Okay? So, please repeat after me: "cut", "hut", "buddy", "cup", "nut", "shut", "putt", "gut", "cousin", "does", "was", "nothing", "sun". Okay, so you should hear that "ah", "ah", "ah" sound in all of these words. So, just to practice one more time let's go through the list one more time. This is going to help you, I promise. Just follow me for a few minutes here. "Cut", "hut", "buddy", "cup", "nut", "shut", "putt", "gut", "cousin", "does", "was", "nothing", "sun". Okay, good.

Now let's look at some sentences with this sound. So here we have three-one, two, three-sentences that use the short "a" sound. So I'm going to say all three first, and after I'm going to go one by one by one, and I want you to try to say them and repeat them after me. So the first one is: "Buffy loves Sundays." The second one is: "My mother won some money." The third one is: "Some of the rugs are dusty." All right, now let's try them one by one. Listen and repeat them after me. We'll go word by word. "Buffy", "loves", "Sundays". One more time, complete sentence: "Buffy loves Sundays." All right, let's try the second one. "My mother", "won", "some", "money". Okay, complete sentence: "My mother won some money." All right? And the third one: "Some", "of", "the rugs", "are dusty". All right, complete sentence: "Some of the rugs are dusty." Did you say it? All right. Good.

Now, let's look at the long or wide "a" sound. We're going to do the same routine, so first this sound your mouth is wide open. "Aah". Imagine you are going to the dentist. Okay? And it's a long sound. Your tongue is still low, in the low position, but your mouth is more open. So just try it one more time, like you're at the dentist: "aah". All right, let's do the words now. Repeat after me. "Caught", "hot", "body", "cop", "not/knot", "shot", "pot", "got", "coffee", "doctor", "a lot", "honest", "knowledge". All right, and just like before let's go through them one more time. From the top: "caught", "hot", "body", "cop", "not/knot", "shot", "pot", "got", "coffee", "doctor", "a lot", "honest", "knowledge". Okay, very good.

Now, just like before, let's look at three sentences. And I will read all three first. One: "Rob stopped shopping." Two: "John got a job." Three: "It's obviously not!" Okay? So now let's do, like before, one by one. You guys repeat the words after me. "Rob", "stopped", "shopping". All right? Now faster: "Rob stopped shopping." Okay. Second sentence: "John", "got", "a job". O

English Grammar: Using 'THE' before 'NEXT' & 'LAST'
00:13:00
engVid
3 Views · 5 years ago

English articles are tough. When was the last time you watched a lesson about them? In this video, I try to erase the confusion between "next", "the next", "last", and "the last". The rule on using the article "the" before "next" and "last" is much simpler than you think. If you're having a hard time with this topic, you should definitely watch this video, and next time you're wondering whether to add a "the" before one of these words, you'll be much more certain. Don't forget to check your understanding by doing the quiz at https://www.engvid.com/english....-grammar-the-before-

TRANSCRIPT

Yeah, it was really good to see you last night. No, I had a good time. Yeah, we haven't seen each other in ages, so we can get together again next week. Next week? Okay, I'll see you next week. Okay. Bye.

Sorry, that was just an old friend of mine. Hey, everyone. I'm Alex. Thanks for clicking and welcome to this lesson on "Next and Last Vs. The Next/The Last". So, this is a very common confusion, a very common grammatical problem that I sometimes hear from people who are learning English who are at the beginner, and intermediate, and sometimes at the advanced level even. But it's okay. You're here to learn, and if you've clicked on this video, like, you want to know this stuff and I'm going to do my best to transmit this information to you.

So, first: "next/last". Now, when you are talking and using "next" or "last" with a day of the week, a week, a month, a season, a year, basically you are referring to the one which means you are referring to the day, the week, the month, the season, or the year directly after or directly before the current one. Okay? So, you heard my conversation on the phone: "Yeah, it was great to get together, you know, last night. It was great to see you last night." The night before today, last night. And I said I will see them next week, the week directly after the current week. Okay?

So, for example: "See you next week!" The week directly after this week, the current one. "I saw him last night." I saw him basically directly before today. Or if it's night now, I saw him last night, the night before this one. Next: "Did you call her last Friday? She told me you promised her you were going to call her. Did you call her last Friday?" The Friday before now, the most recent Friday. Okay?

"Next month will be busy." So if you are, you know, preparing for the holiday season or a specific time of the year where it's going to be very busy for you, and your family, and your friends, you can say: "Next month", the month directly after this one. So, for example, if it's January, next month is February. If it's March... March, April. Yeah, I know my months. March, the next month... Well, next month after March is April. Okay? So: "I will see you next month. Next month will be busy."

"I can't wait for next summer!" Okay? So if summer just finished and the weather is getting colder if you are in a country that, you know, has more than two seasons or one season in some cases, please... You know, you can say: "I can't wait for next summer. I can't wait." And finally: "We're going to travel to Prague next year." The year after this one. So if the year now is 2017, next year is 2018. Okay? So we're travelling there next year. So, you use "next" and "last" with a day of the week, or just the word "week", or a month of the year, or a season, or a specific year when you want to refer to the one directly after or directly before the current one. You got it? Can I move on to the next part? Yeah?

Okay, the next part. So: "the next" and "the last". So, when you are talking about the period of seven, 30, whatever number of days, or weeks, or months, or seasons, or years, or any other historical periods, whatever - starting at or preceding, which means coming before the moment of speaking, you use: "the next", "the last". Okay, that's a lot of information, so if we just look at some examples I think it's a lot easier to understand and to see what I mean. So, for example: "The next 2 weeks will be tough." If you are preparing for exams and you have exams for two weeks from now when you're speaking, the moment of speaking, you're thinking ahead, like: "Oh, man. Next week and the week after next week", so the next two weeks, this period of time will be tough starting from my moment of speaking.

Next: "The last month has been amazing." So, basically the 30 days preceding today. So a month, 30 days, or 31 days, or 29, or 28 days depending on the month and leap years, and things like that. You can say: "Oh my god, the last 30 days, the last month has been amazing." The 30 days preceding now have been amazing.

English Homophones for Beginners – different words that sound the same!
00:11:00
engVid
8 Views · 5 years ago

Homophones are words that have the same pronunciation but are spelled differently. These words can really confuse English learners! Some of the most basic homophones include word pairs like "its" and "it's"; "there", "they're", and "their"; and "close" and "clothes". Learning to recognize homophones is essential if you want to make sure your writing is clearly understood, and it's also essential for building your English vocabulary. This is the first of a three-part series on homophones. If you are already familiar with these homophones, you can always jump to part 2, which is intermediate, or part 3, which is advanced. Homophones are a type of homonym, so you may have heard these types of words described before as homonyms. Thanks for clicking, and don't forget to check your understanding by doing the quiz at the end of the video at https://[a]www.engvid.com%2Fenglish-homophones-1-beginners%2F[/a]

PART 2: Intermediate Homophones https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=w91iiv7Libc

TRANSCRIPT

Oh, hey. Hey, everyone. I'm Alex. Thanks for clicking, and welcome to this beginner lesson on homophones. If you don't know, homophones are a category of homonyms, and homophones are words that sound the same, but they have a different spelling when you write them and they have a different meaning as well. Okay? So in this video I am going to look at 10 groups of homophones; some of them have two words that, you know, have the same sound, some of them have three words that have the same sound, but a different spelling and a different meaning.

The first three I'm going to show you, these are like the holy trinity of mistakes when people are writing English, and basically don't worry if you make these mistakes as a new English learner. I have friends on my Facebook who make these mistakes in writing all the time as well. So they're very important to know, identify, and to correct. Okay?

So first: "it's" and "its". Same sound, different spelling. "It's", "i-t", apostrophe "s" is just a contracted form, the contraction for "it is". Okay? And "its" with no apostrophe is the third person possessive. It's a possessive adjective. So, for example, I was reading a book, this is The Innocent Mage by Karen Miller. I've been reading it for a few days, I'm enjoying it. So: "It's a good book and its cover..." Right? Possessive. "Its cover is really nice. It's a good book. It is a good book, and its cover is really nice." All right, I'm going to put this down for the rest of the video.

Next: "they're", "their", "there". We have "they're", "t-h-e-y" apostrophe "r-e", just like "it's", if you see the apostrophe - contraction. "They are". "Their", "t-h-e-i-r" is the third person plural possessive adjective. And "there", "t-h-e-r-e" is usually used as an adverb of place. So, for example: "They're there with their dog." So: "They are there"-location-"with their"-possessive-"dog". Okay? So: "They are there with their dog. They're there with their dog." All right.

And the third one... If only, if only people would not make this mistake. "You're" and "your". Again, apostrophe... As soon as you see the apostrophe, it's a contraction. So this means it's usually two separate words. "You're", "you are". Okay? And then "your" is the second person possessive, a possessive adjective as well. So: "You're not with your parents, are you?" If you're talking on the phone with your friend-possessive, "y-o-u-r", your friend-you can say: "Hey. Why are you talking, like, so funny? You're not with your parents, are you?" Okay? So, these three, I started with them because they are the most common mistakes, not only for new English learners, but also for long-time born and raised English speakers. So now we're going to go to some other ones, and you guys just follow me.

Okay. Now that we have taken care of the most common mistakes, let's look at some other ones. First: "close" and "clothes". "Close", "c-l-o-s-e" is a verb which is the opposite of open. Okay? So you close a door. Next: "clothes" is a noun, it's a permanently plural noun, and "clothes" refers to what you wear, so a t-shirt, or pants, or a jacket. These are clothes. For example: "Close the door! I'm putting on my clothes!" All right? So: "Close the door! I am putting on my clothes!"

Next: "ate" and "eight". "A-t-e" is the past of the verb "eat", "e-i-g-h-t" is the number, which I put there, eight. So he... "He ate eight hot dogs." Okay? There's a hot dog, I think, times eight, so: "He ate eight (8) hot dogs."

Next: "here", "hear". "H-e-r-e" is an adverb of place. You are here on www.engvid.com or maybe on YouTube, depending where you're watching it. And "hear" is the verb, it's a sensory verb when you, you know, use your ears. In case you can't tell by my art that this is an ear, you hear with your ear. So: "I can't hear you from here." So when I am standing here and you're far away, I can't hear you from here. I will go closer to you or you need to come closer. Okay.

Phrasal Verb Opposites in English
00:09:09
engVid
22 Views · 5 years ago

What's the opposite of PICK UP? How about STAY UP? In this very important English vocabulary lesson, I look at several phrasal verbs and their opposites. Do you think you know phrasal verbs? Find out by clicking on the play button! Most nouns have an opposite. Phrasal verbs also have opposites, and it's important to know them. Some of the phrasal verb pairs in this lesson include: pick up & drop off, get on & get off, get in & get out, turn up & turn down, and more. These are some of the most commonly used phrasal verbs in English, so make sure you know them by watching this video and then doing the quiz at https://www.engvid.com/phrasal....-verb-opposites-in-e

TRANSCRIPT

So then I just got out of there as soon as I could. It was... It was a terrible scene. Okay, you ready for this? Let's do it.

Hey, everyone. I'm Alex. Thanks for clicking, and welcome to this lesson on: "Phrasal Verb Opposites". So, today with the help of my friend, Steve the spider, I am going to look at... How many? One, two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight, nine, 10 - 10 phrasal verbs and their opposites for a total of 20 phrasal verbs. That is more phrasal verbs than Steve has legs. More phrasal verbs than Steve has legs. Right?

So, we'll start from the top. First: "check in" or "check into". So you can check into a hotel when you first arrive. Say: "I'm here to check in." Okay? Now, when you check in, obviously, when you finish your stay at a hotel you have to "check out" or "check out of" the hotel. So, Steve, remember that time when we drove down to the States, we went to Fun Spot which is the biggest arcade in the world, we checked into the Holiday Inn on a Friday, and we checked out on a Sunday? It was a good time. I played Pac-Man Mania for like four hours straight.

Next, we have: "get in". So, "to get in", specifically into an enclosed space like a room or a car, or "get into", the opposite is: "get out" or "get out of" a place or something. So, in a car, for example: "I got into the car. She got into the taxi." So you get into a taxi or into a car, and then to leave you have to get out. Now, you can also be inside your house, and you can tell someone, it's like: "Get in, get in, get in." Or if you're very angry at them, you can say: "Get out!" Like that one time, remember that? You know what I'm talking about.

All right, next: "get on" or "get onto", "get off" or "get off of". Now, this is specifically for public transportation. So, you can get on or get onto a bus, a train, a plane, a boat. And then when you leave the bus, leave the train, leave the boat, leave the plane, you get off the plane, get off the boat, or get off of the bus, or the subway, or the metro. So, you get on the metro, the trip is finished, get off the metro. Okay? Depending on which part of the world you're from, you might say the metro or the subway. I say metro because I work around Montreal, but if you go to Toronto most people say subway, so it depends where you're from.

Next: "go out" and "stay in". So this means... "To go out" means to go see a movie, go outside of your house on the weekend, and do something with your friends. So after this, Steve and I are going to go out and have a little party somewhere. Don't know where. We haven't decided yet, but we got some friends waiting for us outside and we'll decide after. Now, if you don't want to go out and you prefer a quiet night in your house, in your room like Steve listening to Pink Floyd in his bedroom while staring up at the ceiling, then you stay in. So your friends ask you: "Hey. Do you want go out tonight?" Say: "No, no. Pink Floyd. I'm going to stay in. I need to take in this music."

Next: "pick up" and "put down". So, very literal. Pick up, put down. Pick up, put down. So you can pick up a glass, put down a glass. Pick up a pencil, put down a pencil.

And this is another meaning of "pick up", so we have "pick up" and "drop off". In this situation "pick up" can mean to get something or someone from a specific location. So you can pick up someone from the daycare. If you are a parent and you have a young child, you can pick them up from the daycare, at the end of the day you get them. You can drop them off at the daycare in the morning, meaning you leave them there. For example, after work if you're calling your friend, your mom, your roommate, your wife, your husband and they say: -"Hey. What time are you going to be home?" -"Oh. I'm going to be a little late. First I need to drop something off at the bank"-maybe a bill you have to pay-"and I need to pick up something from the grocery store." So maybe you are out of milk, you have no more milk so you need to pick up some milk from the grocery store. And, again, "drop off" not just for people, not just for kids, it can be for things, too. Both of them can be for things. So you can drop off money at someone's house, or drop off a CD, or drop off movie tickets somewhere.

21 Common Present Perfect Questions in English
00:17:41
engVid
8 Views · 5 years ago

Where have you been? We've missed you! In this extremely practical English lesson, I teach you the most common present perfect questions that English speakers actually use. These are FIXED questions that you can drop into your conversations with confidence, since every English speaker on the planet has heard them and uses them on a regular basis. The questions covered in this lesson include: What have you done? How long have you been here? Have you considered...? Have you thought about...? Have you ever wondered...? and many, many more! Watch this video to increase your vocabulary and to improve your English speaking skills. When you're done, don't forget to take the quiz at https://www.engvid.com/21-comm....on-present-perfect-q to make sure you know the correct question forms. Then, go out into the world and use real English in your conversations!

TAKE THE QUIZ: https://www.engvid.com/

TRANSCRIPT

Doo-doo-doo-doo-doo-doo. Doo-doo-doo-doo-doo-doo. Do-do-do-do-do-do-do-do. Uh, hey. How long have you been there? Okay, well, let's start the lesson. Forget what you saw, but don't forget this. Hey, everyone. I'm Alex. Thanks for clicking, and welcome to this lesson on "Common Present Perfect Questions". So, in this lesson you're basically going to learn some fixed questions that all use the present perfect. You can use these, obviously, in everyday conversations, and hopefully after this lesson it will be easier for you to recognize these questions in other contexts, like in media or on the street, or anywhere where you hear English and speak English. So I hope after this lesson you'll feel a lot more comfortable, and you will feel like you have, you know, a lot more vocabulary, a lot more phrases and common questions that you can use to make you sound more natural as an English speaker. Okay. Ready, Totoro? Yeah, okay.

So first... Well, before anything, why don't we talk about what the present perfect is for, right? So, as some of you or most of you hopefully know, the present perfect is usually used for life experience. So, for example: "I have been to China." This means that in my life experience any time before now-time is not important-I have been to China in my life. You can also use it to talk about something that started in the past, and has continued to the present. So, for example: "I have lived in Toronto since 2010." Example. And one more, you can also use the present perfect to talk about something that recently happened. Okay? And you can still see the effects of it. So, for example, if you say, I don't know: -"Where's John?" -"He has gone to the store." Okay? So very recently something happened. Okay, but this isn't totally a grammar lesson. It's more of a lesson on memorizing some fixed questions, so let's go over them.

Starting with "Yes/No", and first those in your life questions, so: "Have you ever...?" Now, after "Have you ever", always use a past participle verb, so: "Have you ever been to a place?" So: "Have you ever been to China?" for example. "Have you ever seen something?", "Hey. Have you ever seen the movie Titanic?", "Have you ever seen the TV series, I don't know, let's say Stranger Things on Netflix?", "Have you ever eaten snails?", "Have you ever eaten snake?", "Have you ever received a parking ticket, a speeding ticket?" Okay? So you can ask: "Have you ever" questions to, you know, ask about a person's life experience any time before now. You don't care about the time as long as it happened before the present moment.

Okay, some other common in your life questions: "Hey. Have you been there before?" So, this can be about any place. This can be a restaurant, this can be a city, this can be a dance club, this can be a karaoke bar. And you want an opinion from a person maybe to tell you about the quality of something, or to tell you about their experience with that place. So: "Have you ever been there before?", "Have you ever been to _______ before?"

Next: "Hmm. Have we met before?" This is a common situation, unfortunately, for many people. If you can't remember people's faces or you can't remember people's names, and someone comes up to you, in this case let's say they come up to me and say: "Oh, hey, Alex." I'm like: -"Hey. Have we met before? I'm sorry. I don't remember your name or I don't remember your face." -"Yeah. Remember? It was at Jack's birthday party." And I say: "There were one hundred people at Jack's birthday party. I'm sorry, I don't remember." So: "Have we met before?" Okay?

Next, you can use these questions to talk about something or someone that you have seen recently. So you can ask, for example: "Hey. Have you seen...?" For example: "Have you seen my phone?" if someone loses their phone, very common thing that happens. "Have you seen my phone? I left it in the bathroom. Have you seen it?"

5 types of jokes in English!
00:07:19
engVid
6 Views · 5 years ago

What's the difference between a banana and a million dollars? They both have appeal. Don't get it? You will after checking out this English jokes video. In this lesson, I look at five different TYPES of jokes, including "What's the difference between X and Y" jokes, "knock-knock" jokes, and three others. These are standard English joke formats that have been used for thousands of jokes. Especially for social situations, it's great to understand their format and pacing. If you want to share any jokes of your own, please share them in the comments section, and don't forget to check out my other two joke videos if you haven't already done so. Thanks for clicking, and (hopefully) for laughing!

TAKE THE QUIZ: https://www.engvid.com/5-types....-of-jokes-in-english

TRANSCRIPT

[Laughs] It's funny because cats don't wear diapers, yeah. Hey, everyone. I'm Alex. Thanks for clicking, and welcome to this lesson on "5 Types of Jokes". So, specifically we're going to look at five types of English jokes that often play with word meanings. Now, if you're learning a language, learning jokes in that language is usually, like, one of the final barriers you have to punch through before you can claim to be, like, a full mastered speaker person thing in that language. So, today let's see if we can break through that barrier for you and with you so that you can learn five different styles of jokes in English. Now, I'm not saying these are the only types of jokes. Okay? There are tons and tons and tons and tons of joke types in every language, but I'm going to look at five of the more common ones today. So, let's not waste any more time, and... Ready for it? Going to start with number one.

All right. What's the difference between X and Y? A very common joke type. So, for example: What's the difference between mashed potatoes and pea soup? You can mash potatoes, but you can't pee soup. Did you like it? I liked it. I think it's really good. If you don't know the meaning of this joke, because you know, you're a non-native speaker, "pea" is a type of little vegetable... Bean? Is it a bean? A lentil? Something. Anyway, something you can make soup with. And mashed potatoes, so you can mash potatoes but you can't pee... The other meaning of "pee" in this situation. Number two.

Okay, joke type number two is: What does X have in common with Y? So, for example: What does a banana have in common with a million dollars? They both have appeal (a peel). Huh? It's pretty good? Not bad? Okay. Let me explain it for you so you can, like, want to hurt me some more. So, a banana, peel. And if something has appeal it means that it is attractive, like: "Hmm, I want a million dollars." You get it now? Let's just... Let's just move on to number three.

Okay, next: "What do you call a/an...?" jokes. So, for example: What do you call a computer that sings? A Dell (Adele). Yeah, I like it. I like it. I think you like this one, too. Smiled just a bit, right? If you don't know, Dell is a computer brand and Adele is a famous singer in the 2010s to 2012 period and maybe beyond. Who knows? So let's just continue with number four.

So, next we have the "Why?" joke. So: "Why did", "Why do", "Why does", "Why is", "Why was", "Why were". For example: Why was the math book sad? Because it had too many problems. Yeah, that's the reaction. That's what I'm looking for. That's what I want. Okay, if you don't get this joke, math books have questions you have to answer, they have problems you have to figure out. They're just very emotional, emotional books. Too many problems. Okay? Whew. You didn't like that one? Well, let's try for the last one, shall we? Number five.

Next and finally: Knock, knock jokes. You didn't think I was going to do this video without talking about knock, knock jokes did you? So, the general structure of a knock, knock joke goes like this: "Knock, knock." And you say: "Who's there?" And in this case I'll say: "Lettuce." And you say: "Lettuce who?" And I say: "Hey. Let us in. It's cold out here." You're smiling, I can see it. I can feel it. Okay. So, if you don't know, you can probably hear why this is funny. "Lettuce" sounds like "Let us", so: "Let us in. It's cold out here." Did I just touch the mic? I'm not sure. Ah, it doesn't matter really, right, guys? All right, so let's review the jokes and we'll finish this for you.

All right. That's it. All five jokes. But we're going to review them one more time to maximize the pain. Now, you can tell these to your friends, make them laugh, make them cry, or both. So let's go from the top. What's the difference between mashed potatoes and pea soup? You can mash potatoes, but you can't pee soup. Yeah. Number two: What does a banana have in common with a million dollars? They both have appeal (a peel). All right? Number three: What do you call a computer that sings? A Dell (Adele). Yes, yes. And number four: Why was the math book sad? Because it had too many problems.

Intermediate English Homophones – different words that sound the same!
00:15:43
engVid
6 Views · 5 years ago

Homophones are words which have the same pronunciation but are spelled differently. In this video, you'll learn 10 intermediate-level homophonic word groups such as "aisle," "I'll," and "isle"; "allowed" and "aloud"; and "choose" and "chews". Besides improving your vocabulary and preventing a misunderstanding, often the double-meaning of these spoken English words can be the key to understanding jokes. So check this out and test your understanding of these words by doing the quiz at https://www.engvid.com/interme....diate-english-homoph . Thanks for clicking, and make sure to watch my earlier video with homophones for beginners: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=a6zpryGgsYc

TRANSCRIPT: Hey, everyone. I'm Alex. Thanks for clicking, and welcome to this intermediate lesson on homophones. So this is level two of my homophones series. And if you watched my beginner video and you feel comfortable with the idea of homophones, and you've mastered "your" and "you're"; and "there", "their", "they're"; and "its" and "it's" - fantastic. And now we're going to level up and go to the intermediate stage.

So, as a reminder, homophones are words that sound the same, but are spelled differently and they have a different meaning. So today we are going to look at ten more homophones or series of words that have different spellings, but have the same pronunciation and different meanings.

Number one, this is a threefer, which means like three here. So we have: "I'll", "aisle", "isle". Now, I should put a star beside "I'll". Some people do not pronounce it as "I'll", some people pronounce it as "I'll", okay? Like: "I'll call you later." But a lot of people also pronounce it as "I'll", which is "I will", okay? And then this is "aisle". An aisle is a walkway. Now, it is specifically a walkway that is between a section or two sections of shelves or chairs. When you go to the movie theatre you walk up the aisle. Okay? It's a walkway, a space between, you know, when you have things on both sides. When you go to the grocery store, you walk in different aisles. -"Where's the salt?" -"It's in aisle three." -"Where's the cereal?" -"It's in aisle five", for example. And "isle", this is just the short form for "island". Okay? So, example: "I'll meet you in aisle three." If you're talking or texting with your significant other, your wife, your husband, your boyfriend: -"Where are you?" -"I'm buying milk. What are you doing?" -"I'm buying this." -"Okay. I'll meet you in aisle three." That's where the... I don't know, what's something that people like to eat? That's where the chocolate is. People like chocolate, right? Okay. And another example: "The Isle of Man is in the Irish Sea." So, the Isle of Man is a place which has an awesome flag, and it's located in the Irish Sea. It's the flag with, like, three legs and a circle. It's pretty cool.

So, next: "allowed" and "aloud". So, "allowed", "a-l-l-o-w-e-d" just means you are permitted to do something, you are allowed. You have permission to do something. "Aloud", this one might be new for some of you. This means to say something vocally. Now, instead of just keeping it inside. Okay? Vocally or with a loud voice. So, for example, in this class, if you're sitting in university for example, your professor might say: "You're allowed to speak your thoughts aloud." Okay? Don't keep them inside. Vocalize them. Say them. Use them. Okay?

And number three: "choose", "chews". The first one you're probably familiar with, it's just a verb which means to select, and "chews", this is the third-person version of "chew", which you do when you eat food or gum. Right? So this is chewing. So, a ridiculous example for all of you: "She chews gum when trying to choose her clothes." It's a weird habit, but she's like: "Okay, time to choose my clothes. I'm going to chew some gum and choose my clothes."

Sound like a native speaker: Modals
00:13:44
engVid
13 Views · 5 years ago

Would you like to improve your English speaking and pronunciation skills? Could you use a lesson on how to sound more natural and fluent in English conversations? This is the lesson for you. Learn how to understand and produce common pronunciation patterns with modal verbs. This lesson covers reduced pronunciation sounds for "could you," "should you," "would you," "would he," "should he," "should have," "might have," and many more! Build your speaking and listening confidence with this very practical English pronunciation lesson, then go out into the world and sound more natural than ever!

TAKE THE QUIZ: https://www.engvid.com/reduced....-pronunciation-modal

TRANSCRIPT

Hey, everyone. One sec. I'm Alex. Thanks for clicking, and welcome to this pronunciation lesson on "Reduced Pronunciation for Modals". So we're going to look at a whole bunch of modal verbs and situations where you can reduce the pronunciation. Now, this is going to help you improve your listening comprehension, and also to improve your speaking so that you can sound more comfortable and more natural when you're speaking as well.

So, here we have: "would you", "would he", "could you", "could he", "should you", "should he", "have got to", "has got to", "have to", "has to", "ought to", and there's going to be five more after this board as well. Okay? Now, if you're wondering: "Okay, you have 'would you', 'would he', what about: 'would I', 'would she', 'would they', 'would it'?" There's no reduced pronunciation for those so I only gave you the ones where people normally do some kind of reduced pronunciation when they have these words together. Okay?

So, one: "would you", in speaking very quickly can be pronounced and often is pronounced: "wouldja". Okay? So it's like a "ja", "ja". So, repeat after me: "wouldja". So, you could say: "Hey, would you mind holding the door?" Or just like this, repeat after me: "Wouldja mind holding the door?" Try it one more time. "Wouldja mind? Wouldja mind", okay. I will review them afterwards, too. So if you didn't get it the first time, don't worry.

Next: "would he" can be pronounced: "wouldee". You're basically cutting off the "h" when you have "he" with the modal in this case. So, repeat after me: "wouldee". Like Woody from Toy Story, say it like that. Okay? So: "Would he know the answer?" Or very quickly repeat after me with the reduced pronunciation: "Wouldee know the answer?" Okay? Next: "Could you", same idea as "wouldja", we have: "couldja". Okay, so you could say: "Hey, could you help me with something?" Or very quickly: "Couldja help me with something?" Okay, try one more time with just: "couldja". Good. Next: "Could he", same idea "would he", "wouldee" or you can say: "couldee". So, you could say: "Could he do it?" or you can do it, repeat after me: "Couldee do it?" Perfect.

Next we have: "Should you", same like "wouldja", "couldja", "shouldja". Okay? So "shouldja" is a little more difficult for me I think. And you can say it this way, in this case: "Should you be doing that?" Or with "shouldja": "Shouldja be doing that?" And if you're shaking your head right now, saying: "Alex, I can't, I can't", let's try it one more time, let's try just saying "shouldja". So just repeat after me: "Shouldja?" And now the whole question: "Shouldja be doing that?" Okay, keep practicing.

Next: "Should he", again, you have: "wouldee", "couldee", "shouldee", okay? So: "Shouldee be here?" And, again, you could say: "Hey, should he be here? Should he be here?" Or when you have the reduced pronunciation, just: "Shouldee", "Shouldee be here?" Excellent. All right, next: "Have got to" and "Has got to", so you've got "'ve gotta" and "'s gotta". Okay? So, it's just fun to do, it's like an airplane. Speaking of, think of it like this. Right? "'v gotta, 's gotta". Okay? So let's try these two sentences with the plane. You could say: "You've got to try harder", okay? Or you can say: "You'v gotta try harder." Okay, repeat after me: "You'v gotta try harder." Okay, a little faster now that the airplane is making me... Making me say it longer, like "vvv", anyway. So, let's try it a little faster. "You'v gotta try harder." Good. Next: "Has got to", "'s gotta", so: "Mark's got to go home early", or contraction: "Mark's gotta go home early. Mark's gotta go." One more time: "Mark's gotta go home early."

All right, next we have: "Have to" and "Has to", very simply: "hafta", "hasta". So you can say: "We have to get a new car." Or you can say: "We hafta get". Complete sentence this time: "We hafta get a new car." And: "Patricia has to ask her mom first before she can go to the party: "Or: "Patricia hasta ask her mom first." Let's just try the "Patricia has to" or "Patricia hasta". So: "Patricia hasta", "Patricia hasta ask", "Patricia hasta ask her mom". Okay, and finally on this board we have: "ought to", so we have: "hafta", "hasta". "Ought to" is just: "oughta". So repeat after me: "oughta".

Basic English: 4 types of HOW questions
00:08:12
engVid
3 Views · 5 years ago

How comfortable are you with forming English questions? In this lesson, I will teach you four types of questions that are specific to the word "how". I will show you basic English question structure with "how much", "how many", "how + adjective", and "how + adverb". This is an excellent lesson for beginners who are just learning the language, and it's a good review lesson for those students who just want to make sure they're doing things the right way. When you're finished watching the video, don't forget to test your knowledge with the quiz at https://www.engvid.com/4-types....-of-how-questions-in Think of how much better you'll feel after watching this video!

TRANSCRIPT

How should I start this lesson? I have no idea. Okay, so I guess I'll just start. Right? If you don't know how, then just... Just do it. Just do it. Okay. Hey, everyone. I'm Alex. Thanks for clicking, and welcome to this lesson on "How" questions. Specifically, we're going to look at four common types of "How" questions. Now, what I'm going to avoid is I'm not going to talk about every single possible structure with a "How" question because they follow the exact same structure as all other "Wh" questions when you're talking about "How" plus a modal verb. So, for example: "How can you know that?", "How would", "How will", "How could", "How might", and they also follow every rule that you know for question forms with the present, past, and future tenses. All 12 of the tenses. So, for that information you can check out, you know, other parts of engVid. I'm not going to cover stuff that you can do with every single "Wh" question out there. I'm just going to cover the types of questions that are specific to "How". Okay?

So, number one, you can do "How" plus an adjective. The most common question... One of the first questions you probably learn when studying any language, is: "How old are you?" So: "How old", "How hot", "How serious", "How difficult". So, why don't you repeat some of these questions for me, guys? "How old are you?", "How hot is it?", "How serious is he?", "How difficult was it?" Okay, so you have "How" plus adjective. And, again, at home just get out a list of adjectives and say: "What kind of questions can I make with this? How cold, how serious, how funny, how", you know, just think of any adjective you can, see if you can make a question with it. Practice it.

Next: "How" plus an adverb. So, for example: "How often", "How well", "How quickly", "How quietly". Okay? So, adverbs tell us usually how something is done, the manner in which it is done, or how frequently something is done. So, repeat these questions after me: "How often does he bathe?" That's a gross question, but it's okay. Next: "How well do you know him?", "How quickly can you finish this?" A very common question at work, if you work in an office. And finally: "How quietly can you speak?" It's a strange question. Sorry, guys, I couldn't think of anything in the moment that really makes like a lot of sense for that one.

So: "How", now, these two you might be familiar with: "How many", "How much". If you don't know: "How many" can only be used with plural count nouns, so things you can count in the plural form. For example: "How many people", "How many websites", "How many books". Okay? Anything you can count-all right?-like chairs, tables, countries, whatever it is. So, repeat these questions after me: "How many people are there?", "How many websites do you visit every day?", "How many books do you read in a year?" Okay.

And next: "How much", we use "How much" with things we can't count. Okay? So: "How much time", "How much tea", "How much English", "How much love", so these are noncount nouns. And if you're saying: "Alex, I can count time." No, my friend, you can count minutes, you can count seconds, you can count hours, but you can't count the concept of time itself. Okay? So... And if you're saying: "Tea, but I can count cups", yes you're counting the cups of tea, but liquid you can't. So, repeat after me: "How much time do we have?", "How much tea would you like?", "How much English have you learned today?", "How much love do you need?" Okay, good. So, like I mentioned, I'm not going to review every single "How" form for every single tense and every single modal verb because those question types exist for every question form. These are specifically question types that are specific to "How". Okay?

And let me give you just two more that are slight exceptions. So, I'm going to give you one informal question that you can ask with "How", and the first one here is: "How goes?" this basically means: "How is it going?" or "How are you doing?" But if you, you know, are in a rush and you just want to ask someone: "Hey. How is it going?" you can quickly ask: "Hey. How goes?" Okay? "How's it going? What's...? What's happening?" And then last one is: "How dare you?"

Advanced English Homophones – different words that sound the same!
00:14:47
engVid
10 Views · 5 years ago

Congratulations! You have discovered the advanced English homophones level! By now, you should be pretty comfortable with the material covered in the beginner and intermediate homophone videos, and you're probably looking for an extra challenge. Well, don't worry. I've got you covered. In this video, I look at numerous words in English that are pronounced the same but which are spelled differently. Here's a small sample: "bald" and "bawled," "air" and "heir," "horse" and "hoarse," and "retch" and "wretch." Is any of this English vocabulary new to you? Good! Check out the video to learn their meanings, and learn to tell the difference between them. If you haven't watched my beginner and intermediate homophone videos, make sure to watch them now:
BEGINNER HOMOPHONES: https://youtu.be/a6zpryGgsYc
INTERMEDIATE HOMOPHONES: https://youtu.be/w91iiv7Libc

Take the quiz: https://www.engvid.com/advance....d-english-homophones

TRANSCRIPT

You made it, I made it. We are at the advanced level of homophones. Hey, everyone. I'm Alex. Thanks for clicking, and like I said, this is level three of my homophones series, the advanced stage. So, if you don't know why homophones are important to know, let me just repeat what I said at the end of the intermediate video, which is: They're important so that you know the spelling of words, you can understand context, you can understand what people are saying when they use a word that maybe has another word that sounds exactly the same but the pronunciation is also the same but the meaning is different. So, as a recap, homophones once more are words that sound the same, but are spelled differently and have a different meaning. So, it's self-explanatory why they're important to know, but I mention it to you guys anyway.

So let's not waste any time and let's level up, guys. "Air", "heir". I think you know what "air" is... Right? So, a technical definition, a mix of nitrogen, oxygen, and other small amounts of gases, or a soft breeze, or in the Phil Collins song: "I can feel it calling in the air tonight", something like that. It's a terrible, terrible voice. I'm sorry. I'm sorry, Phil. Very sorry, Phil. Or Mr. Collins, I'll call you Mr. Collins. "Heir", now "heir", "h-e-i-r", this is a noun and this is a person who has the legal right to someone's property after they pass away. Now, usually when we think about heirs, we think about it in, like, the Middle Ages where, you know, a prince is the heir to the throne of a king. Once the king dies, the heir steps up and he becomes the king. So, example from Lord of the Rings: "Aragorn is Isildur's heir", in The Lord of the Rings. Spoiler alert if you haven't seen that movie or read those books. So, Aragorn is Isildur's heir. Isildur defeated, you know, the evil wizard, Sauron, and you've seen the movie, you know.

Okay: "alter", "altar". "A-l-t-e-r", this means to modify or change something, so this is a verb. For example: "Do you wish to alter your plans? Do you want to change anything or modify anything?" And "altar", the noun "a-l-t-a-r", this is a table that is used for religious rituals. So, any, you know... Many religions use altars. If you're thinking about Christian faiths, if you go to a Christian church, they will have a table in the front of the church, this is called an altar. So: "The priest is behind the altar." In the past, altars were used for other things, like animal sacrifices, and in some cases human sacrifices, like that Indiana Jones scene. Right? What's that word that they u-...? I don't remember. Anyway.

"Bald" and "bawled". So, you probably know "bald", "b-a-l-d", an adjective which means without hair, having no hair. So, who's a famous bald person that I can think of? Well, if you've seen the movie Doctor Strange, Tilda Swinton's character is bald. She doesn't have any hair. Right? And "bawled", "b-a-w-l-e-d", so this is the past of the verb "bawl", "b-a-w-l" and in the past form it means cried loudly or wailed. So, let me... Let me look at some examples so you understand what I mean. So, first: "My dad bawled when he discovered his first bald spot." Okay? So, you know, balding is a process usually. When you find your first bald spot, like it's here usually, and you're like: "Oh no, I'm losing my hair." Although, bald is beautiful, too, so don't worry, guys. Just embrace it. It's okay. "My dad bawled"-like he cried strongly and loudly-"when he discovered his first bald spot". Or: "I bawled at the end of that movie." So, if you watch an emotional movie, or like the... You know, the big scene in The Lion King, for example, when Simba's father dies and when you were a kid, maybe you bawled because you were not emotionally prepared for that level of disappointment. Damn you, Disney. Damn you.

Improve your Vocabulary: English word pairs about TIME
00:09:42
engVid
11 Views · 5 years ago

Improve your English with this useful vocabulary lesson! You'll learn 10 common word pairs to improve your vocabulary and to give you more tools to speak like a native English speaker. I'll also give you examples and explain when these expressions are usually used. The word pairs include: "now and then", "quick and easy", "then and there", "slow and steady", "little by little", and many more. Learn these short informal English phrases and you're guaranteed to sound more confident and comfortable in your English conversations.

TAKE THE QUIZ: https://www.engvid.com/vocabul....ary-english-word-pai

TRANSCRIPT

If you're lost, you can look and you will find me, time after time. Hey, everyone. I'm Alex. Thanks for clicking, and welcome to this lesson on some common word pairs or expressions with time. So, not just the word "time", but different expressions we use to indicate time, or different expressions or word pairs we use to talk about how long something takes, or when something happens. So, first we're going to look at five, and then we're going to look at another five, and each time we go over one of these word pairs I'll give you an example sentence, and I want you to, you know, see if you can guess the meaning of this expression from the context, and then I will tell you the actual definition of, you know, what this expression or this word pair means. So, let's not waste any more time and let's begin.

Number one: "then and there". The sentence is: "I was hired then and there." Now, if you know the meaning, obviously, of "then", at that time; and "there", in that place - it means at that moment. Okay? So at that exact moment. At that moment. So, imagine you go to a job interview in this case and the interview goes very well, sometimes the person who does your job interview says: "Okay, we'll... We'll call you back and we'll let you know." But sometimes if they know that you're the right person for the job, they will tell you when... They will ask you, actually: "When can you start?" and they will hire you on the spot, they will hire you then and there, in that moment. Okay? So that's what "then and there" means, at that moment. Or: "She kissed me then and there.", "I was hired then and there."

Next: "sooner or later". Sooner or later. "You'll have to do it sooner or later." So, most of us I think don't like washing dishes or we don't like doing the laundry, and we just look at it in the corner, you know, telling ourselves: "Okay, we will do it. Not now, later. Later." Okay? And maybe, you know, somebody will tell you: "Okay, can you...? Can you do it now? Because you will have to do it sooner or later." And in this case it means eventually. Okay? So, to say something a little more serious: "Sooner or later we're all going to die." You know, it's going to happen. It's going to happen. That's not the happiest memory or the happiest image, but you know, I think you get the meaning. Sooner or later.

"Wait and see". Very simply: "Let's wait and see what happens." This just means let's be patient. Be patient. Okay? So, if you are watching a movie with a friend and your friend wants to know what happens next in the movie because you have seen the movie before, and your friend's like: "Oh, what happens next? What happens next?" And you just say: "Wait and see. Okay? Just wait and you will see what happens next." So, just be patient.

Now, the final two on the first board are very similar: "now and then", "from time to time". Both of these, if you look at the sentences: "I talk to him now and then.", "She reads biographies from time to time." What do you think these expressions mean? Sometimes, that's right. So, infrequently or sometimes. Sometimes. Another word, maybe might be new for some of you guys: "infrequently", not frequently, and these are interchangeable. Okay? So: "now and then", "from time to time". "We go to restaurants from time to time.", "We go to restaurants now and then.", "I read mystery novels from time to time.", "I read mystery novels now and then." -"How often do you call your mom?" -"Now and then.", -"From time to time." Okay? So, we have: "then and there", "sooner or later", "wait and see", "now and then", "from time to time". And now let's look at five more. So, magic. Ooo.

Hwah! Okay, so the next five. First: "quick and easy". "The test was quick and easy." So, something that doesn't take a lot of time, is not very difficult, basically let's just say very easy. Doesn't take time, doesn't take a lot of effort. So, often, if you like to cook and you see recipes on the internet or in a cookbook, you know, some of the cookbooks are called: "Quick and Easy Recipes". So, a quick and easy recipe for pancakes, for example. Okay? So something that doesn't take a lot of time and something that is simple, not complicated.

The final four are all very much related to making progress […]

English Grammar: "BEEN TO" or "GONE TO"?
00:10:09
engVid
10 Views · 5 years ago

What's the difference between "I've been to London" and "I've gone to London"? Is there a difference at all? Watch this video to find out when to use "been" and when to use "gone" in present perfect sentences. English grammar can seem confusing, but here at EngVid we make things easier by breaking it down and explaining the logic behind it all. Once you understand the rules, you'll know how to use the language. After you watch the lesson, make sure you understand it by taking the quiz at https://www.engvid.com/been-to-gone-to/ . See if you can score 10/10 this time! Good luck!

TRANSCRIPT

Oh, wow, I've definitely never been there before. Have you been there before? While we're on that topic: Hey, everyone, I'm Alex. Thanks for clicking, and welcome to this lesson on two commonly used and sometimes confused words in English. And those two words are: "been" and "gone". Now, these two words, I say they are commonly used and sometimes confused because they are often used in a similar way, in a similar context, but there is one situation where only one of them works.

Before we begin: What is "been", what is "gone"? Grammatically, these are past participles. And today we're specifically going to look at how to use them with perfect tenses, because the confusion with the two words usually happens in the perfect tenses themselves.

So, first let's look at "been". Notice the arrows that I drew here. So, if you have been to a place, this means that you went there and you returned. So, for example: "He's been to India." And by the way, this "he's", this means: "he has been in this situation", this is the present perfect. "He's been to India." He went and he returned in his life. This is a life experience that he had. Okay? So you can say: "I've been to India.", "I've been to Disney Land.", "I've been to Niagara Falls." So, if you want to talk about life experience where you went to a place, you returned from the place, it's behind you, it's in the past, it's done, it's in your life experience, "been" is usually the word you want to go with.

Next: "gone". Now, I'm going to look at "gone" in a specific context which basically means you went to a place and you're still there, and you went recently. So, for example: "He's gone to India". -"Where's Frank?" -"Frank's not in Canada, man. He's gone to India." This means recently Hank left Canada... Did I say Hank or Frank? Frank or Hank? How do you not remember? That's okay, let's keep going. "Hank/Frank, Hankfrank, Frankhank has gone to India." So, he went to India maybe two days ago. He's in India now.

Let's look at some more of these examples with "been" and "gone". "Been". "I've never been to China." Okay? Life experience, I've never been and returned, I have never visited China. "They had been there before." So we're using the past perfect tense, here. They had visited that location before. Ah: "We will have been in Montreal for three years by then." Now, here, it's actually slightly different. Right? Because you're not saying that you went to Montreal and you returned to Montreal, but that you have lived in Montreal for three years, or: "We will have lived", "We will have been in Montreal for three years by then." So, here is a different sense. Here, you're saying that in three years: "Oh, we will have been in Montreal for three years by that time", by a specific time in the future. Okay?

So, a different way to use "been". Now, again, remember "been" is the past participle of the verb "be", and after "be" you can use many, many, many, many different things, so you can talk about your age. Right? You can talk about adjectives, your feelings. You can follow the verb "to be" with a continuous form. Right? So: "He's been playing", "He's been reading", "He's been doing". For this lesson I specifically want to focus on using it to talk about travel and life experience with visiting places and returning from places.

"Gone", okay. "Jack's not here. He's gone home." Now, here we're using the present perfect. One of the uses for the present perfect is to talk about something that happened recently. Okay? And you can still see the effects, or something that just happened. So: -"Where's Jack?" -"Oh, Jack's not here. He's gone home. He has gone home." Not: "He's been home", that means he went home and he returned, and it's a weird kind of sentence. Maybe, unless he went for lunch, I guess. And here's another one: "She's gone grocery shopping". -"Hey, where is Matilda?" -"Matilda's not here. She has gone grocery shopping." Okay? So she went recently, she's there now. Next one, ah: "They've gone on vacation." So your neighbours are not here, you notice their car is not in the driveway. "Hey, where are the Hendersons?" -"Oh, the Hendersons are not here. They've gone on vacation." Okay? And last one: "He's gone to work". -"Mom, where's dad?" -"Dad's not home. He's gone to work." Okay? Recently he left the house, he went to work, he's at work now. […]

English Prepositions: BELOW & UNDER
00:07:44
engVid
5 Views · 5 years ago

Prepositions are hard to master in English. In this lesson, I talk about two very similar prepositions that often cause problems for English learners: "below" and "under". Should you say "He's below 21 years old" or "He's under 21 years old"? Are there situations where you can use both prepositions with no difference in meaning? The answer to the second question is YES, but there are situations where you must choose one or the other. To learn more about the similarities and differences between below and under, watch the video, then do the quiz at https://www.engvid.com/english....-prepositions-below- to check your understanding. I hope your score won't be below average!

TRANSCRIPT

Hey. Am I under the board or am I below the board, or am I both? Okay, there we go. Hey, everyone. I'm Alex. Thanks for clicking and welcome to this lesson on two very tricky prepositions, and those are: "below" and "under". So, we are going to look at the meanings of these prepositions and we're going to look at some examples, some contexts so that you can better understand and more confidently use them when you're talking about the physical position of something, or maybe not necessarily even the physical position of something, but if you're measuring something, for example.

So, when I started the video, I asked: Am I below the board or am I under the board? Well, it's actually both. So, "below" and "under" can both simply mean lower than. So: "Hey, where is the..." whatever it is. -"Where's my mug? Where's my cup?" -"Oh, it's... It's below the cabinet." Or: "Oh, it's under the cabinet." Okay? So, basically if the cabinet is up here and your mug is here, or here, or here, or here - it's below the cabinet or it's under the cabinet, just lower than the cabinet. Same with: "It's under the sink." Okay? "It's under the sink" or "below the sink", it just means lower than. All right? And here I have Kiki from Kiki's Delivery Service, those of you who watch anime and know who Hayao Miyazaki is. So, she is flying on a broom and she's flying over a city. The city is under her. The city is below her. It's lower than her, because she's in the air. Right? Okay. And she might be, like, flying over clouds, so the clouds could be below her or under her as well.

Next, let's look at "below". Some... Two specific instances where you must use "below", so for example, not directly under. So if something, like I said, is... If you have something here like a shelf, and you have an object here, like this marker, for example, the marker is not, you know, directly under the shelf, so we say it's below. So, for example: "We stopped 100 meters below the top of the mountain." If we're climbing the mountain and then we stop to take a break, maybe there's a cabin where you can go in, have some hot chocolate, prepare to climb the rest of the mountain, you can say: "Oh, we stopped 100 meters below the top of the mountain." You're not under the mountain. Right? You're on the mountain, and you're below the top of it.

Next, for measurements. Now, you must use "below" when you're talking about measurements. So, for example: "It's 5 below 0." So if you're talking about degrees Celsius, or... Well, not in Fahrenheit. Degrees Celsius, basically, you can say: "It's 5 below 0." Not: "5 under 0.", "5 below 0." Another example: "We are at 150 feet below sea level." If you're talking about someone's scores in their class, you can say: "Her grades" or "His grades are below average." Or you can perform below expectations-right?-if you're measuring performance, for example.

Next, for "under", basically if anything is covered, it, you know... You have to use "under". So, for example: "The cat is under the bed." Right? So he's under the bed, he's covered. Or with a blanket, for example, if a blanket is covering you, you are under the blanket. I am wearing a t-shirt under my jacket, under my blazer. Okay? Because the t-shirt is covered, so my t-shirt is under my jacket, under my blazer.

And finally: "under" can be used as a synonym for "less than". So, for example: "He's under 18." Under 18 years old. He's less than 18 years old. "There were under 5 people at the office today." So, there were less than 5 people at the office today.

All right, so let's do some quick practice. I have a grammar book. I have a novel that I'm reading right here. Where is the grammar book? Well, my grammar book is under my novel. Right? Because it's touching directly, so it's directly under. Okay? Now, where is my grammar book? My grammar book is under the novel. It's also below the novel, because it is lower than the novel. All right? So, just to give you another concrete example of how to use these two very tough prepositions.

So I don't want to complicate it, so I'll just repeat it one more time. Lower than, "below" or "under". Not directly under, use "below", like if you're climbing a mountain, for example. […]




Showing 2 out of 4